Professional Documents
Culture Documents
liiSiili! i!i!l
SCRITTI LETTERARI
ui
LEONARDO DA VINCI
e pu66etca*i
Mgft (ftufografi
J. P. RICHTER
LONDRA:
8AMPSON LOW, MARSTON, SEARLE & RIVINGTON
188, FLEET STREKT
1883
u .
i. saiK\
LEONARDO DA VINCI
compifeb anb &tfeb front f(k Original
BY
LONDON:
SAMPSON LOW, MARSTON, SEARLE & RIVINGTON
1 88, FLEET STREET
1883
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
DEDICATED
BY PERMISSION
TO
THE QUEEN
CONTENTS OF VOLUME II.
XI. Pages
NOTES ON SCULPTURE 124
Some practical hints (706 709). Notes on the casting of the Sforza
monument (710 715). Models for the horse of the Sforza monument (716
718). Occasional references to the Sforza monument (719 724). The project
of the Trivulzio monument (725). The mint of Rome (726). On the coining
of medals (727. 728). On plaster (729. 730). On bronze casting generally
J 74o).
(73
XII.
Pages
ARCHITECTURE 100-104
KKMARKS ON THE STYLE OF LEONARDO'S
XIV.
105-133
ANATOMY, ZOOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY
and suggestions for
I \NATOMY :-A general introduction ( 79 6).-Plans of u-
for the ,
XV.
ASTRONOMY 13 5~ 1 72
I. THE EARTH
AS A PLANET: The earth's place in the universe (857. 858).
The fundamental laws of the solar system (859 864). How to prove that the
earth is a planet (865867). The principles of astronomical perspective (868
to 873). On the luminosity of the earth in the universal space (874 878).
II. THE SUN: The question of the true and of the apparent size of the sun
(879884). Of the nature of sunlight (885). Considerations as to the size
of the sun (886 891). III. THE MOON: On the luminosity of the moon (892
to 901). Explanation of the lumen cinereum of the moon (902). On the spots
in the moon (903 907). On the moon's halo (908). On instruments for
observing the moon (909. 910). IV. THE STARS: On the light of the stars
(911 913). Observations on the stars (914). On the history of astronomy
(915). Of time and its divisions (916 918).
XVI.
Pages
of the structured the earth (984). VI. GEOLOGICAL PROBLEMS: Programme (985).
Doubts about the Deluge (986). That marine shells could not go up the
mountains (987). The marine shells were not produced away from the sea
Further researches (989 991). Other problems (992 994). VII. On
(988).
the atmosphere: Constituents of the atmosphere (995). On the motion of
air (996 999). The globe an organism (1000).
XVII.
XIX.
XX.
XXI. Pages
XXIL
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES 419472
Memoranda before the year 1500 (1379 1413). Memoranda after the
year 1500 (1414 1434). Memoranda of unknown dates (14351457).
Notes on pupils and artisans (1458 1468). Quotations and notes on books
and authors (1469 1508). Inventories and Accounts
(1509- 1545). Notes
in unknown
handwriting among the Manuscripts (1546 1565). Leonardo's
will (1566).
Page
PI. LXV. Two preparatory Studies for the Sforza Monument; from the Royal
Library, Windsor Castle: No. i drawn with the pen, No. .2 drawn with
the silverpoint on bluish tinted paper To face i
PI. LXVI. Study for the Sforza Monument; from the Royal Library, Windsor
Castle To face 3
PI. LXVII. Study for the Sforza Monument, drawn with the silverpoint on bluish
tinted paper;from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle To face .... 4
PL LXVIII. Study for the Sforza Monument; charcoal drawing on brown paper;
from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle To face 6
PI. LXIX. Study for the Sforza Monument, drawn in charcoal and with the pen and
Indian ink; from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle To face .... 8
PI. LXX. Study for the Sforza Monument, drawn with charcoal; from the Royal
Library, Windsor Castle To face 10
PI. LXXI. Study for the Sforza Monument, at firstdrawn with charcoal and
afterwards with the pen; from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle
To face 12
PI. LXXII. Drawing of a walking Horse, and two studies for the Sforza Monument;
from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle To face 14
PI. LXXIII. Study for the Sforza Monument, drawn with charcoal; from the Royal
Library, Windsor Castle To face 16
PI. LXXIV. Study for the Sforza Monument, at first drawn with red chalk and
afterwardswith the pen; from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle
To face 18
PI. LXXV. Study for the Sforza Monument; from the Royal Library, Windsor
Castle see text No. 711 To face 20
XII LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOLUME II.
Page
Two for the Sforza Monument; drawn in red
PI LXXVI. Drawings: No. i Study
se e text No. 712 (from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan);
No. 2
chalk,
of instruments for the mint of Rome, see text No. 726 ;
Drawing
from Manuscript G, Institut de France, Paris To face 22
Sketch of a walking Horse, and two studies for casting the figure of a horse, from
the Royal Library, Windsor Castle on page 24
PI. LXXVII. Two Drawings of Plans for Towns; from Manuscript B, Institut de
France, Paris see text Nos. 741, 742 and 743 To face 27
PI. I.XXIX. Two Plans for Canals in a Town; from Manuscript B, Institut de France,
Paris see text Nos. 745 and 746 To face 30
PI. LXXX. Four Drawings of Architecture for Castles: No. i from the Vallardi Vo-
lume, in the Louvre, Paris; Nos. 2 and 3 from Manuscript B, Institut
de France, Paris; No. 4 from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle;
and one Drawing of Ecclesiastical Architecture: No. 5, from Manu-
script B, Institut de France, Paris between pp. 32 and 33
PI. I. XXXI. Two Architectural Drawings: No. i a sketch for Decorations, from the
Trivulzi Manuscript, Milan; No. 2 Plan for a Royal residence; from
the Codex Atlanticus, Milan see text No. 748 To face 33
PI. I. XXXI I. Four Drawings of projects for Castles and Villas; Nos. i and 4 from
the Codex Atlanticus, Milan; No. 2 from Manuscript KJ see text
No. 749 , and No. 3 see text No. 750 from Manuscript B, Institut
de France, Paris ; between pp. 32 and 33
PI. LXXXIII. Drawing of Plans for a Castle, and of a Nude Figure, washed with
Indian ink; from the Royal Windsor Castle see text
Library,
No - 1I(>3 To face 34
PI. LXXXIV. Drawing of Ecclesiastical Architecture, from the Codex Atlanticus,
Milan To face 37
PI. LXXXV. Five Architectural Drawings: Nos. 112
from the Ashburnham Manu-
script II; No. 13 from Manuscript I , and No. 16 from
2
Manuscript H3,
Institut de France, Paris see text No. 768; Nos. 1416
(Nos. 14
and 1 6 in red chalk) from the
Manuscripts III and IP, South Ken-
sington Museum, London see text No. 768 To face 38
PL LXXXVI. Drawing of Ecclesiastical Architecture; from the Codex Atlanticus
Milan
lo cface
rp
41
PL LXXXVII. Four
Drawings of Ecclesiastical Architecture: No. from the Codex
i
cus Milan; No. 2 -see text No. 755-, 3 and 4 from Manu-
-npt B, Institut de France, Paris To face 43
Three Plans of Churches: from the Royal
,
Fig. Library, Windsor Castle; Nos. 2
a -om Manuscript B, Institut de
France, Paris on page .... 44
PL LXXXVIII. Two
Drawings from Manuscript B, Institut de
Han. of Churches; Nos. France, Paris: Nos. i-
Plan of 6, 7 Pavilion at Milan-see text
To face 44
' m
rfT f
CS fr Cri B InStitUt de France> P*
f
from
Church,
'
the
(% i, >) and
Ashburnham Manuscript II (fig. 3)
on page 45
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOLUME II. XIII
Page
PL LXXXIX. Drawing of Churches, from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris
To face 46
Plans of Churches: Fig. i and 2 from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris; Fig. 3
from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle on page 47
PI. XC. Drawing of Churches; from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris . To face 48
PL XCI. Two Drawings of Churches;^ from the Ashburnham Manuscript II see text
No. 754 To face 48
PL XCVI. Two Drawings of Churches: No. 7 from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan;
No. 2 from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris see text No. 757
To face 56
PL XCVII. Drawing of Churches; from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris
To face 56
PL XCVIII. Design for a Mausoleum; from the Vallardi Volume, Louvre, Paris
between pp. 58 and 59
PL XCIX. Three Drawings of Milan Cathedral: No. i from the Trivulzio Manu-
script, Milan see text No. 758 ;
No. 2 in red chalk, from Manu-
script III, South Kensington Museum, London; No. 3 from the Codex
Atlanticus, Milan To face 60
Two Drawings of Milan Cathedral, from the Trivulzio Manuscript, Milan . . on page 61
PI- C. Five Drawings of Milan Cathedral: No. i from the Codex Atlanticus,
Milan; Nos. 2 4 from the Trivulzio Manuscript, Milan; No. 5 from
Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris between pp. 64 and 65
Page
Two Architectural Drawings: No. i-see from the Royal
text No. 760
PL CL
Windsor Castle; No. 2 from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan;
Library,
No. 3 Designs of Fountains, drawn with the pen on bluish paper,
from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle ..........
To face 68
I'l. Oil. Three Architectural Drawings: No. i in red chalk, from the Royal Library,
Windsor Castle; Nos. 2 (reversed) and 3 see text No. 762 from
Manuscript B, Institut de France, Pance .......... To face 70
Two Drawings of the Base of a Column; from Manuscript III, South Kensington
Museum, London .................... on page 72
PI. CIV. Architectural Drawing; from the Arundel Manuscript, British Museum,
London see text No. 770 ................ To face 77
PI. CV. Two Architectural Drawings; from the Arundel Manuscript, British
Museum,
London see text Nos. 771, 775, 778 ...... ..... '.
To face 84
Architectural Drawing; from the Arundel Manuscript, British
London see text Nos. 772, 789 ............. Museum,
To face 94
Architectural Drawing; from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan ........ on page 104
Anatomical Drawing, drawn with the pen and washed with Indian
ink;
from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle ..........
To face no
PL CVIIL Four Anatomical Drawings; No. i see text No.
809 and No. 4 see
No. 814 from the Royal Windsor Castle; No. 2
Library,
-see text No. 824 from
Manuscript KJ, Institut de France, Paris-
>.
3 -see text No. 813 from Manuscript III, South
Kensington Mu-
seum; and an Astronomical Drawing see text No. from the
902
Leicester Manuscript, Holkam Hall ............ To face 120
PL CO. Sketch Map of Milan; from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan-see text
NO. IOIO ...... - ......... To T- r
face 233
Four Topographical
Drawings from Manuscripts in the Institut de France
No. i
:
(Constantinopel)-see text No. izo 9 -from
V,g evano)_see text No. 1 02 -in red Manuscript L-
nena Urbmo)-see text Nos.
4 chalk, from Manuscript H
765 and io 3 8-andNo. 4 (Cesenaj
text No. 1040 from Manuscript L ........
.. To face o /
LlhL?"5i ?' A ?P
r resentin g the Town of Imola from the Royal
Awry, Windsor Castle,-see text No. 105:-; No. 2 representing the
Mediterranean Sea; from the Codex
Atlanticus-see text' No T ^2-
between pp. 240 and 241
ed
Coloured Ma
Map of part
art of
Tuscany, from the Royal Library, Windsor
between pp. 240 and
241
Cdoured Map of par. of Central Italy; from the
Royal
yal Library, Windsor
between pp. 248 and
249
.
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOLUME II. XV
Page
PL CXV. Sketch Map of the Loire atAmboise; from the Arundel Manuscript,
British Museum see text No. 1074 To face 251
PI. CXVI. Sketch of Armenian Mountains; from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan see
text No. 1336 To face 385
PI. CXVII. Sketch of Armenian Mountains; from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan, see
textNo. 1336 To face 388
PI. CXVIII. Sketch of a Peak in Armenia, and Sketch Map of Armenia; from the
Codex Atlanticus, Milan see text No. 1336 , . . To face 391
PI. CXIX. Sketch Map of Armenia; from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan see text
No. 1336 To face 392
PL CXX. Drawing of Oriental Heads, in red chalk; from the Royal Library, Turin
To face 394
PL CXXI. Drawing of Musical Instruments &c. ; from the Arundel Manuscript,
British Museum, London see text Nos. 1128 and 860 .To face
. .
411
The size of the original drawings has been reduced on Plates LXVI, CVII, CIX, CXI No. I, CXII,
CXIII, CXIV, CXVI, CXVII, CXVIII and CXXII. On Plate CXIX it has been enlarged. The colour and
tone of the paper have in every case been faithfully imitated, in order to give to the facsimiles a perfect
and complete resemblance to the originals, whether drawn in charcoal, red chalk or pen and ink. It is
to be understood that all Drawings here reproduced are in pen-and-ink, unless otherwise stated.
I
ERRATA.
Mt; foe* 19 t. il /or rope rtad rompe./. 20 /. 4/nw* tf* end for sciuma read schiuma. p. 132 /. id for
cone ni^ icocr. /. 164 A 31 /or Irova; mu/ trova,./. 170 /. & for pu vicini r<W piii vicini./. 260 /. 9./&T vsarano mi</
VMTWM. /. *QJ /. u /or oro rW loro. /. 309 L 9 /or arimetici r<-<?rf aritmctici; /. n for sie stende read si estende. /. 328
/. M/OT r*W odo.-/.
Modi 3*9 /.
31 /or regoli nrarf regole. /. 358 /.
$/rom the end for bellonti read bollenti. p. 365 /. 3
frrm At /W/or abbraccieraoi rtad abbraccicran .
:
ffft 46 1. ii /or No. 14 rw*/ No. 4--/. 49 /. 19 for PI. CXXXIV rnirf PI. LXXXIV.-p. first Note, ^
ftr PL IX mul PI. XIJII. /. 60 /.
8/*r PI. CXIX r*-^ PI. XCIX. /. 102 /. 4 /n> ike end for XCVI arf XCIV.-p. 103 /. 8
/w PI. XL nrWPI. XC; t, ^ftr PI. XL read PL XC. /. 155 n /or weight read weighty./. 190 /. 25 for it there read
/.
ill**. /. Ji 4>w* *** tndfor to much rr<u/ so much./. 368 /. 24 for Flammc read Flame; 29 for to blows read blows. /.
u
XL
Compared with the mass of manuscript treating of Painting, a very small number
of passages bearing on the practice and methods of Sculpture are to be found scattered
through the note books; these are here given at the beginning of this section
(Nos. 706 709,). There is less cause for surprise at finding that the equestrian statue
of Francesco Sforza is only incidentally spoken of; for, although Leonardo must have
worked at it for a long succession of years , it is not in the nature of the case that it
could have given rise to much writing. We may therefore regard it as particularly
fortunate that no fewer than thirteen notes in the master's handwriting can be brought
together, which seem to throw light on the mysterious history of this famous work.
Until now writers on Leonardo were acquainted only with the passages numbered 712,
719, 720, 722 and 723.
In arranging these notes on sculpture I have given the precedence to those which
treat of the casting of the monument, not merely because they are the fullest, but more
A good deal of the first two passages, Nos. 710 and 711, which refer to this
subject seems obscure and incomprehensible; still, they supplement each other and one con-
tributes in no small degree to the comprehension of the other. A very interesting and
instructive commentary on these passages may be found in the fourth chapttr of Vasari's
VOL. II. A
THE SFORZA MONUMENT.
* * *~* ** <***'
oter designs
W*
P^ing ***/
method of cos**, <*< 4<*f "^^
/<-
copious
71 ^.finally
notes as to the
selected, *~ to be MM *y *******
in the Saggio on
"II cavallo dello Sforza''-^ Boito remarks very appositely
fratello al cavallo del Colleoni.
E si direbbe che questo fosse
26 "doveva sembrare
di uno dei quattro cavalli che sta-
jio del cavallo del Gattamelata,
il
quale pare figlio
me sketch shows
or whether-as seems to highly improbable-this
parations for casting it,
this in Vasari's
tolerably certain that Antonio del Pollajuolo took part in it, from passage
"E morte sua, disegno e modello che a
Lodo-
Life of this artist: si trovo, dopo la il
vico Sforza egli aveva fatto per la statua a cavallo di Francesco Sforza, duca di Milano;
il
quale disegno e nel nostro Libro, in due modi: in uno egli ha sotto Verona; nell'altro,
a un armato; ma la cagione perche non mettesse questi disegni in opera, non ho gia
potuto sapere." One of Pollajuolo's drawings, as here described, has lately been discovered
by Senatore Giovanni Morelli in the Munich Pinacothek. Here the profile of the horseman
is a portrait of Francesco Duke of Milan, and under the horse, who is galloping to the
left, we see a warrior thrown and lying on the ground; precisely the same idea as we find
V ;.>''.';
*
;X^^P.* :
S
''.-'."'' '.
Imp Eudes
THE SFORZA MONUMENT.
in some of Leonardo's designs for the monument, as on PI, LXVI LX VII LXVIH,
, ,
LXIX and LXXII No. i ; and, as it is impossible to explain this remarkable coincidence
by supposing that either artist borrowed it from the other, we can only conclude that
in the terms of the competition the subject proposed was the Duke on a horse in full
Leonardo may have been in the competition there and then, but the means for exe-
the project for the monument. Then, after he had obeyed a summons to Milan, the plan
part of the artist, that a pacing horse zvas substituted for one galloping, and it may
have been at the same time that the colossal dimensions of the statue were first decided
on. The designs given on PL LXX, LXX I, LXXII, 2 and 3, LXXIH and LIV and
on pp. 4 and 24, as well as three sketches on PL LXIX may be studied with
reference to the project in itsnew form, though it is hardly possible to believe that in
either of these we see the design as it was actually carried out. It is probable that in
Milan Leonardo worked less on draivings, than in making small models of wax and clay
as preparatory to his larger model. Among the drawings enumerated above , one in
black chalk, PI. LXXIH the upper sketch on the right hand side, reminds us strongly
of the antique statue of Marcus Aurelius. If, as it would seem, Leonardo had not until
then visited Rome, he might easily have known this statue from drawings by his former
master and friend Verrocchio, for Verrocchio had been in Rome for a long time between
1470 and 1480. In 1473 Pope Sixtus IV had this antique equestrian statue restored
and placed on a new pedestal in front of the church of San Giovanni in Laterano.
on erecting an equestrian statue to Colleoni; and as Verrocchio, to whom the work was
entrusted, did not at once move from Florence to Venice where lie died in 1488 before
the casting was completed but on the contrary remained in Florence for some years,
perhaps even till 1485, Leonardo probably had the opportunity of seeing all his designs
for the equestrian statue at Venice and the red chalk drawing on PL LXXIV may be
a reminiscence of it.
The pen and ink drawing on PL LXXII, No. 3, reminds us of Donatella's statue
of Gattamelata at Padua. However it does not appear that Leonardo was ever at Padua
before 1499, but we may conclude that he took a special interest in this early bronze
statue and the reports he could procure of it, form an incidental remark which is to be
found in C. A. 145 ; 432, and which will be given in Vol. II under Ricordi or
Memoranda.
THE SFORZA MONUMENT.
Among the studifsin the widest sense of the word made in preparation for this
statue we may include the Anatomy of the Horse which Lomazzo and Vasari both
mention, the most important parts of this work still exist in the Queen's Library at
^
,o
tlua are l6ani
,o that
tr*s<, a koru in full
gallop ^rs hu ocf
--e.-.og-
THE SFORZA MONUMENT.
If we may trust the account given by Paulus Jovius about 1527 Leonardo's horse
was represented as "vehementer incitatus et anhelatus". Jovius had probably seen the
model exhibited at Milan; but, need we, in fact, infer from this description that the
Jiorse was galloping'? Compare Vasari" s
1
sulla piazza di Sant Antonio, nel quale si dimostra lo sbuffamento ed il fremito del
cavallo, ed il
grande animo e la fierezza vivacissimamente espressa dall'arte nella figura
che lo cavalca".
These descriptions, it seems to me, would only serve to mark the difference between
We learn from a statement of Sabba da Castiglione that, when Milan was taken
by the FrencJi in 1499, the model sustained some injury ; and tJiis informant, who, however
is not invariably trustworthy, adds tJiat Leonardo had devoted fully sixteen years to
this work (la forma del cavallo, intorno a cui Leonardo avea sedici anni continui
consumati). This often-quoted passage has given ground for an assumption, which has
no other evidence to support it, that Leonardo had lived in Milan ever since 1483. But
I believe it is nearer the truth to suppose that this author's statement alludes to the fact
that about sixteen years must have past since the competition in which Leonardo had
taken part.
I must in these remarks confine myself strictly to the task hand and give no
'in
more of the history of the Sforza monument than is needed to explain the texts and
drawings I have been able to reproduce. In the first place, with regard to the drawings,
I may observe that they are all, with the following two exceptions, in the Queeris Library
at Windsor Castle; the red chalk drawing on PI. LXXVI No. i is in the MS. C. A.
(see No. 712) and the fragmentary pen and ink drawing on page 4 is in the Am-
brosian Library. The drawings from Windsor on PL LXVI have undergone a trifling
reduction from the size of the originals.
There can no longer be the slightest doubt that the well-known engraving of several
horsemen (Passavant, Le Peintre-Graveur, Vol. V, p. 181, No. $) is only a copy after
visible, the figure of the horseman is effaced. Leonardo evidently found it unsatisfactory
and therefore rubbed it out.
The base of the monument the pedestal for the equestrian statue is repeatedly
sketched on a magnificent plan. In the sketch just mentioned it has the character of
a shrine or aedicula to contain a sarcophagus. Captives in chains are here represented
on the entablature with their backs turned to that portion of the monument which more
THE SFORZA MONUMENT.
constitutes the pedestal of the horse. The lower portion of the aedicula is
strictly
surrounded by colutnns. In the pen and ink drawing PL LXVIthe lower drawing
on the right hand side the sarcophagus is shown between the columns, and above the
entablature is a plinth on which the horse stands. But this arrangement perhaps seemed to
Leonardo to tack solidity, and in the little sketch on the left hand, below, the sarcophagus
is shown as lying under an arched canopy. In this the trophies and the captive warriors
are detached from the angles. In the first of these two sketches the place for the trophies
is merely indicated by a few strokes; in the third sketch on the left the base is altogether
broader; buttresses and pinnacles having been added so as to form three niches. The
black chalk drawing on PL LXVIII shows a base in which the angles are formed by
niches with pilasters. In the little sketch to the extreme left on PL LXV, No. \, the
walking forward, we find only one drawing for the pedestal, and this, to accord with
the altered character of the statue, is and simpler in style (PI.
quieter LXXIV). It rises
almost vertically from the ground and is exactly as long as the pacing horse. The
whole base is here arranged either as an
independent baldaquin or else as a projecting
canopy over a recess in which the figure of the deceased Duke is seen lying on his sar-
cophagus; in the latter case it was probably intended as a tomb inside a church. Heret
'oo, it was intended to fill the angles with
trophies or captive warriors. Probably only
No. 724 in the text refers to the work for the base of the monument.
If we compare the last mentioned sketch with the description of a plan for an
equestrian monument Gian Giacomo Trivulzio (No.
to it seems by no means im-
72$)
possible that this drawing is a preparatory study for the very monument concerning:
vhich the
manuscript gives us detailed infonnation. We have no historical record
egarding this sketch nor do the archives in the Trivulzio Palace
give us any informa-
The simple monument to the great general in San Nazaro Maggiore in Milan
*ts merely of a sarcophagus placed in recess
high on the ivall of an octagonal
The figure of the warrior is
lying on the sarcophagus, on which his name
cribed; a piece of sculpture which is
certainly not Leonardo's work Gian
mo Trivulzio died at Chartres in 1518, only five months before Leonardo, and
me
^ ^ ^.^
t to
highly improbable that this should have been the date
of this sketch-
under these circumstance, it
r Italian
wouldhave been dong
gwral was
tf ^_ J
certainly not in favour with the French monarch at the time
:
G acomo
t Trivulzio was a sworn foe to Ludovico il
Moro, whom he strove for years
to overthrow. On the September , 499 he marched victorious into
Milan at the head
PL. LXVIII.
i iS--taa>&..>xlmi*fnmAt3iL.,
Helio9j-. Dujardin
THE TRIVULZIO MONUMENT. 7
of a French army. In a short time, however, he was forced to quit Milan again when
Lndovico il Moro bore down upon the city with a force of Swiss troops. On the
1
5** of April folloiving, after defeating Lodovico at Novara, Trivulzio once more entered
Milan as a Conqueror, but his hopes of becoming Governatore of the place were soon
wrecked by intrigue. This victory and triumph, historians tell us, were signalised by
acts, of vengeance against the dethroned Sforza, and it might have been particularly
flattering to him that the casting and construction of the Sforza monument were suspended
for the time.
the artist to prepare designs for his own monument, which he probably intended should
find a place in the Cathedral or in some other church. He, the husbatid of Marghe-
rita di Nicolino Colleoni, would have thought that he had a claim to the same distinc-
tion and public homage as his less illustrious connection had received at the hands of
the Venetian republic. It was at this very time that Trivulzio had a medal struck
with a bust portrait of himself and the following remarkable inscription on the reverse :
DEO FAVENTE 1499 DICTVS 10 IA .
EXPVLIT LVDOVICV -
SF (Sfortiam) DVC -
XVth or beginning of the XVIth century. At the beginning of this MS. there is an
exquisite illuminated miniature of an equestrian statue with the name of the general on
the base; it is however very doubtful whether this has any connection with Leonardo's
design.
Nos.j$i 740, which treat of casting bronze, have probably a very indirect bearing
on the arrangements made for casting the equestrian statue of Francesco Sforza. Some
portions evidently relate to the casting of cannon. Still, in our researches about
Leonardo's work on the monument, we may refer to them as giving us some clue to
-f
:
*
11\ :::*
.-
fWv
-
v
;
s
IV. *r: .
TS&
Imp. Eudes,
A. 43 a\ 706.
STATUA. OF A STATUE.
sia ancora capace dopo la figura tratta , which should be large enough, after the
sd'esso loco a ricieuere il marmo- che
, figure istaken out of
it, to receive also the
6
vuoi scoprir vi dentro la figura alia si- marble, from which you intend to reveal the
militudine di quella di terra di poi ^rnessa ; figure in imitation of the one in clay. After
la figura di terra in detta cassa you have put the clay figure into
abbi bacchette ch' etrino 8 ap- this said case, have little rods
puto per i sua busi e spingile , which will exactly slip in to
dentro tato per ciascuno the holes in it, and thrust them
9 buso che ciascuna bacchetta so far in at each hole that
biaca tocca la figura in I0 di- each white rod may touch the
uersi lochi, e la parte d'esse of it.
figure in different parts
bacchette, che resta fori della And colour the portion of the
"cassa, tigni di nero, e fa il co- rod that remains outside black,
trassegno alia bacchetta e al and mark each rod and each
12
suo buso in modo che a tua hole with a countersign so that
T
posta- si scotri; 3e trai d'essa each may fit into its place.
cassa la figura di terra e met- 'Then take the clay figure out
tivi il tuo I4
pezzo di marmo, e of this case and put in your
tato leua del marmo che tutte le j stue bac- , piece of marble, taking off so much of the marble
chette si nascondino sino al loro segnio in that all your .rods may be hidden in the holes
detti busi, I6 e per potere questo meglio fare as far as their marks; and to be the better
fa che tutta-la cassa si po I7 ssa- leuare in able to do this, make the case so that it can
alto, e' 1 fondo d'essa cassa resti sepre sotto be lifted up but the bottom of it will always ;
I8
il marmo ed a questo modo ne potrai- remain under the marble and in this way it
J
leuare coi ferri 9con gra facilita. can be lifted with tools with great ease.
706. i. desstatua. 2. sevolli. 3. tera . . chellai essecha mettila nvna. 4. chassa chessia anchora [dop atta] "capace". 5. loco
. .
[che] schoprir. 7. tera . . chassa . abi bachette. 8. aputo . .
esspignile tato [che] per ciasschuno. 9. ciassuna ba-
. .
707.
W. P. $-1
threads were
s ci
parte da
essi fili
708.
A. -)
"imi I semiminimi.
4Grado -- punto minvto minimo. Degree-point minute minim.
Ah. I. 19*1
709.
w. x.)
710.
2
Three braces which bind the mould.
3 Ferri che cinga la forma. [Se uolli
S enplici, fagli con vna you want to make simple casts quick-
gietti e
3
presti [If
cassa di sabbione di fiume invmidito con ly, make them in a box of river sand wet-
ted with vinegar.]
*atieto.]
709. figure di rilitvo. Leonardo applies this term as one of his arguments for abandoning the first
exclusively to wholly detached figures, especially scheme of the Sforza Monument, in which the horse
to thote standing free. This note was to be galloping (see page 2 ). It is also
apparently refers
to some particular case, though we have no know- in favour of this theory that the note is written
ledge of what that may have been. If we suppose in a manuscript volume already completed in I49 2 -
it to refer to the first model of the equestrian statue Leonardo's as to the shortcomings of
opinions
of Francesco Sforza (see the introduction to the works when compared with paintings are
plastic
notes on Sculpture) this observation under No. 655 and 656.
may be regarded given
'^^^t^^^^
.". ,' VV/^*^"***''**
THE SFORZA MONUMENT. II
6
tu avrai
[Quando . fatto la 7 forma [When you shall have made the mould
8
sopra cauallo
il e tu farai la grossezza upon the horse you must make the thickness
del metallo 9di terra.] of the metal in clay.]
IO
Nota nello allegare quante ore va Observe in alloying how many hours are
TI
per cetinajo [nel gittare ognuno tenga wanted for each hundredweight. [In cas-
I2
stoppato il fornello col suo infocato]; ting each one keep the furnace and its fire
'3[nel dentro di tutta la forma sia inbeue- well stopped up.] [Let the inside of all the
rato olio I4 di lin seme o di tremetina; e poi moulds be wetted with linseed oil or oil of
sia dato vna mano I5 di poluere di borace turpentine, and then take a handful of pow-
l6
e di pece greca con acqua vite, e la forma dered borax and Greek pitch with aqua vitae,
J
di fori inpeciata, accioche stado sotto 7 terra and pitch the mould over outside so that
1' umido non la ... being under ground the damp may not [dam-
age it?]
[Per maneggiare la forma grade, fa ne [To manage the large mould make a model
24
modello della pi 2 5ccola forma; fa una pic- of the small mould, make a small room in
cola statia a proportione ; ] proportion.]
26
[fa le bocche alia forma, metre ch'e [Make the vents in the mould while it
w. xi.] 711.
2
Fa il cavallo sopra gambe di ferro Make the horse on legs of iron, strong
ferme e stabili in bo^no fondameto, poi lo and well set on a good foundation; then
inseva e fa gli la cappa di sopra, ilasciado grease it and cover it with a coating, leaving
ben seccare a suolo a suolo, e questa in- each coat to dry thoroughly layer by layer;
arma e ferra and this will thicken it by the breadth of
gras serai tre dita -, di poi
s
secondo il biso 6 gno; oltre a di questo cava three fingers. Now fix and bind it with
ettato. 32. acquella parte a porgiere. 33. ecquesto chognio. 34. sscierai . .
710. The importance of the notes included haps they were crossed out when Leonardo found
under this number is not diminished by the fact himself obliged to give up the idea of casting
out with red the statue. In the the
that they have been lightly crossed equestrian original
two sketches are above and the third
Possibly they were the first scheme for some
first 1. I,
chalk. .
"Segnia sopra il cavallo finite tutti li Draw upon the horse, when finished, all
di che tu voi vestire the pieces of the mould with which you wish
pezzi della for'^ma,
tal cavallo, e nello interrare '<li taglia in to cover the horse, and in laying on the
questo tali "quadretti so di grade inpor- an equal distance, and for this reason these
tantia. squares are of great importance.
J2
HLa terra sia ruista 2J co rena; The clay should be mixed with sand.
'4
tollicera, a rcde 25 re, e pagare la co- Take wax, to return [what is not used]
and to pay for what is used.
?Secca la 28 a suoli. 2 9Fa la forma
2
[2 7]in layers [2 8].
Dry it
vna mez*za navata di giesso *'ti serue. half a boat load of plaster will .serve you.
Good.
[4 2]
JRitasa co ^collae terra over- chiara Dam
it up again with glue and clay, or
d'ovo *e mattone e ro^sume. white of egg, and bricks and rubbish.
C. A.
712.
Tutti i
capi deMle chiavarde. All the heads of the large nails.
7H. See PI. LXXV. The figure "40," close the back of this sheet is the text given as No. 642.
to the sketch in the
middle of the page between
Compare also No. 802.
lines 1 6 and 17 has been added by a collector's 712- See PI. LXXVI, No. i. This drawing ha,
hand.
already been published in the "Saggio delle Optre di
In the original, below line
21, a square piece L. da Vinci." Milano 1872, PI.
XXIV, No. i. But,
of the page has been cut out about
9 centimetres for various reasons I cannot
regard the editor's
by 7 and a blank piece has been gummed
into the suggestions as satisfactory.. He says: "Veggonsi le
place. armature di legname colle quali forse venne sagtcnuto il
Lines 22
24 arc written on the margin. 1.
27 and modello, quando per le noate di Bianca Maria Sfona con
28 are close to the second
marginal sketch.I. 42 is a Afassimiliano imperatore, esso fu collocato soUo un area
note written above the third
marginal sketch and on trionfale davanti al Caste//o."
PL LXXI
.
-.."'..
i- -. w
'
. .
.
'
.
v '
- N -
A^ .v .
.
f
' '
",
'" -'x '''. '
\ i! .< ? -
(^
" ^ ~
:
",' ./ *
?," ^scrt^/v^
^'
TP
'
-"'t^T'^
'
.
;-s.'--;
': ^ .
'
::.
'
';" J
.
>J.
. -. . , 'i- "'*
- '
'
y. -ft.
Heliogp Dxyardin.
713- 7H-] THE SFORZA MONUMENT.
W. XII.] 713.
di dentro. side.
w. xin 714.
714. i. stercho. 2. chalcinato effatto neliscia ecque. 3. disecha alleto focho ettutti lisster. 4. quali. 5. desslilati.
714. VASARI repeatedly states, in the fourth this, it remains doubtful whether I am justified in
chapter of his Introduzione della Scullura, that in having introduced here this text of but little interest,
preparing to cast bronze statues horse -dung was no such doubt can be attached to the sketch which
frequently used by sculptors. If, notwithstanding accompanies it.
NOTES ON SCULPTURE. [715720.
715-
W. XII I
MODO DI RICUOCERE.
METHOD OF FOUNDING AGAIN.
w. H. 716.
Model* for Ginnetto grosso di messer Galeazzo. Messer Galeazzo's big genet.
the hone of
the Sforia
monument
(716718). w H j V .
717.
Misura del siciliano, la ganba dirieto, Measurement of the Sicilian horse the leg
2
in faccia, alzata e distesa. from behind, seen in front, lifted and extended.
Ancora si potra dare opera al cauallo di Again, the bronze horse may be taken in
occasional bronzo che sara gloria Tmortale e eterno hand, which is to be to the immortal glory and
2
lothe'sTona onore della felice memoria del signore eternal honour of the happy memory of the
monument vostro e
padre della Iclyta casa Sfor- prince your father, and of the illustrious
zesca. house of Sforza.
A
'di 23 d'aprile 1-4-90 comlciai On the 23 rd of April 1490 I began this
questo libro e ricomlciai il cavallo. book, and recommenced the horse.
715. This note in 1. 4 is written below the sketches. San Severino, the famous captain who married Bianca
716. 717. These notes are by the side of a the daughter of Ludovico il Moro.
drawing of a horse with figured measurements. 719. The
from which this passage is here
letter
718. There is no sketch. belonging to this extracted be found complete in section XXI.
will
pas-
sage. Galeazro here probably means Galeazzo di (see the explanation of it, on page 2).
72i 725-J THE SFORZA MONUMENT.
Leic. 9 <}] 7 21 -
Credetelo a me, Leonardo fioretino che Believe me, Leonardo the Florentine, who
fa il cauallo del duca Francesco di brozo has to do the equestrian bronze statue of
che non ne bisognia fare stima, 2 perche a the Duke Francesco that he does not need
che fare il tenpo di sua vita , e dubito che to care about it, because he has work for
per P essene si grade opera, che non la fini- all his life time, and, being so great a work,
ra mai. I doubt whether he can ever finish it.
Del cauallo no diro niete perche cogni- Of the horse I will say nothing because
osco i
tepi. I know the times.
722. This passage is quoted from a letter to a recently published by G. Govi in Vol. V, Ser. 3 a,
committee at Piacenza for whom Leonardo seems of Transunti Reale Accademia dei Lined, sed.
, del
to have undertaken to execute some work. The 5 Giugno, 1881, with the following introductory note:
letter is given entire in section XXI. ; in it Leo- "Desidero intanto che sia.no stampati questi pocki fram-
nardo remonstrates as to some unreasonable demands. menti perche so che sono stati trascritti ultimamente, e
723. This passage occurs in a rough copy of verranno messi in luce tra poco fuori d' Italia. Li ri-
a letter to Ludovico il Moro, without date (see below pubblichi pure chi vuole, ma si sappia almeno che anche tra
the letters). noi si conoscevano, e s'eran raccolti da anni per comporne,
among
724. possibly refers to the works for
This quando che fosse, una edizione ordinata degli scritti di
the pedestal of the equestrian statue concerning Leonardo."
which we have no farther information in the MSS. The learned editor has left out line 22 and
See p. 6. has written
3 pie for 8 piedi in line 25. There
In the original, lines
725. 12 14, 33 35, 25, are other deviations of
'
less importance from the
are written on the margin. This passage has been original.
i6 NOTES ON SCULPTURE.
6
Vno corsiero grade al naturale A courser, as large as life, with the rider
coll'omo sopra vuole per la spesa requires for the cost of the metal, due. 500.
del metallo .........
due. 500. And for cost of the iron work which
7 E inside the model, and charcoal, and
per la spesa del ferrameto che ua is
in nel modello e carboni e legname e la wood, and the pit to cast it in, and for
8
fossa per gittarlo e per serrare la forma, binding the mould, and including the fur-
e col fornello doue si de' gittare due. 200. nace where it is to be cast due. . . 200.
9 Per fare il modello di terra e To make the model in clay and
poi di cera ......... due. 432. then in wax due. 432.
10
E per lauorati che lo netterano
li To the labourers for polishing it
quado fia gittato ....... due. 450. when it is cast . due. 450.
"In somma sono ..... due. 1582. in all . due. 1582.
.
per ciascuno montano due. .... 120. each, will come to due. 122.
21
E per 8 colonne di br. 2 e 6 7, And for 8 columns of 2 br. 7 in.,
x
grosse 6 4 e /2 cetinara 20 .
T
due. . 20. 4 /2 in. thick, 20 hundredweight due. 20.
22
E per 8 base che sono in tauola And for 8 bases which are 5
T
/2 in.
6 5 e J /2 e alte o 2 cent. 5 . due. .
5. square and 2 in. high 5 hund'. . due. 5.
2
^E per la pietra dou' e su la And for the slab of the tombstone
sepultura, luga br. 4 e o 10, larga br. 2 4 br. 10 in. long, 2 br. 4'/2 in. wide
e 6 4 e 1 J2 2 *centinara 36 due. ... 36. 36 hundredweight due. 36.
2s
E per 8 piedi di piedistalli che ua And for 8
pedestal feet each 8 br. long
lunghi br. 8 e larghi o 6 e J2 grossi 6
I
and 6 I /2 in. wide and 6 J /2 in. thick,
6'/2
26
centinara 20, motano . due. . 20. 20 hundredweight come to due. ... 20.
2
?E per la cornice ch'e di sotto, And for the cornice below which is 4
ch'e luga br. 4 e 6 10, larga br. 2 e br. and 10 in. long, and 2 br. and 5 in.
6 5, e grossa 6 4, cet. 32 due. ... 32. wide, and 4 in. thick, 32 hund
1
due. . .
32.
28
E per la pietra di che si fa il And for the stone of which the figure
morto ch'e lunga br. 3 e 6 8, larga of the deceased is to be made which is 3
br. uno e 6 6, grossa 6 9, cent 30, br. and 8 in. long, and i br. and 6 in.
PL LXXItt
'
\. t /
].
'
B^^fepi'^;$;'/^
:
";.
i^^^^^KCvi^^
726.] THE TRIVULZIO MONUMENT.
33Spesa della 34 manifattu35ra ne'marmi. [33] Cost of the work in marble [35].
3 6 Attorno
allo inbasameto del ca- Round the base on which the horse
uallo va figure 8 di 25 ducati Puna, stands there are 8 figures at 25 ducats
due. 2OO. each due. 200.
37 E
nel medesimo inbasameto ci And on the same base there are 8
va festoni 8 co certi altri ornameti e festoons with some other ornaments,
di questi 3 V e n'e 4 a du- and of these there are 4 at the price
prezzo^di
cati e
15 per ciascuno, 4 a^prezzo of 15 ducats each, .and 4 at the price
di 8 ducati Puno
due. 92. of 8 ducats each due. 92.
39 Eisquadrare dette pietre,
per And for squaring the stones due. 6.
due. 6. Again, for the large cornice which
4 Ancora
pel cornicione che ua goes below the base on which the
sotto lo inbasameto del cauallo, ch'e horse stands, which is 13 br. and 6 in.,
br. 13 e 6 6 a due. 2 due.
per br. .
27. at 2 due. per br due. 27.
41 E
per 12 br. di fregio, a ducati And for 12 br. of frieze at 5 due.
5 per br due. 60. per br due. 60.
42 E
per 12 br. d' architrave, a du- And for 12 br. of architrave at
cati i e J /2 per br due. 18. I'/a due. per br due. 18.
43 E
per 3 fioroni che fa soffitta And for 3 rosettes which will be
alia sepultura, a 20 ducati per fiorone, the soffit of the monument, at 20 du-
due. 60. cats each due. 60.
44 E per 8 colonne accanalate, a And for 8 fluted columns at 8
8 ducati Puna due. 64. ducats each due. 64.
4 *E per 8 base, a un ducato Puna, And for 8 bases at i ducat each,
due. 8. due. 8.
46 E per 8 piedistalli, de' quali n' e And which 4 are
for 8 pedestals, of
4 a 10 due. Puno, che ua sopra li at 10 due. each, which go above the
catoni, e 4 a 6 due. Puno due. . .
64. angles; and 4 at 6 due. each due. . .
64.
47 E
per isquadrare e incorniciare li And for squaring and carving the
piedistalli, a due due. Puno, che sono 8, moulding of the pedestals at 2 due.
due. 1 6. each, and there are 8 .... due. 16.
48 E per 6tavole con figure e trofei, And for 6 square blocks with figures
a 25 ducati Puno ...... due. 150. and trophies, at 25 due. each . . due. 150.
49 E scorniciatura della And for carving the moulding of
per la
pietra che ua sotto il morto . . . the stone under the figure of the
due. 40. deceased due. 40.
s Per la figura del morto a farla For the statue of the deceased, to
bene due. 100. do it well due. 100.
s 'Per 6 arpie colli candelieri, a 25 For 6 harpies with candelabra, at 25
ducati Puna due. 150. ducats each due. 150.
Per isquadrare la pietra dove
52 si For squaring the stone on which
posa il morto e sua incorniciatura the statue lies, and carving the moul-
due. 20. ding due. 20.
S3 In somma due. 1075. in all . . due. 1075.
54 In somma ogni cosa insieme The sum total of every thing added
giuta so due. 3046. together amount to due. 3046.
G. 43 a] 726.
ZECCA DI ROMA. MINT AT ROME.
2
Puosi ancora fare sanza molla ;
3 Ma can also be made without a spring. The
It mint of
va fessto 8 co queste. 38. ciasscuna . . luna. 39. issguadare. 40. cornicone. 41. frego.
36. va. li . .
31. larghi. 37.
esscornicare lipiedisstallo . . chessono . . luma. 48. trufei. 50. a ffaria. 52. essa scornica-
46. piedistalle. 47. issguadrare
tura. 54. soma onicossa guta so due.
. .
726. See PI. LXXVI. This passage is taken from a note book which can be proved to have been
used in Rome.
VOL. 11.
THE MINT AT ROME. [727. 728.
6 Tutte le monete che ^ non ano jl cier- All coins which do not have the rim com-
plete, are not to be accepted as good; and
8
chio intero, non sieno accisettate per
10 to secure the perfection of their rim it is
buone, e a perfectione del lor
fare la
'
"cierchio e neciessario I2 che in prima le requisite that, in the first place, all the
mone^te sie tutte di perfetto cir^colo, e coins should be a perfect circle; and to do
a fare questo I5 e' si debbe in prima fare this a coin must before all be made perfect
vna l6
moneta perfetta in peso
I7 e in larghez- in weight, and size, and thickness. There-
l8
za e grossez za, e di questa tal lar^ghezza fore have several plates of metal made of
20 the same size and thickness, all drawn through
e grossezza sie fat te molte lamine, tira-
2I
una medesima tra 22 fila, le quali re-
te per the same gauge so as to come out in strips.
stera 2 no a modo di righe, e 24 di queste And out of [24] these strips you will stamp
26
tali righe si
2
5stanpl fuori le monete tode, the coins, quite round, as sieves are made
a modo che si fa 7no criuelli da casta-
2
i for sorting chestnuts [2 7]; and these coins
2
*gnie, e queste
poi si stanpino mone 29 te can then be stamped in the way indicated
u
nel modo
sopra detto ecc.
-J
above; &c.
3 I1 vacuo della stanpa ^ 2 sia piu largo
J
[31] The hollow of the die must be uni-
da alto 33 che da basso vni^formemente, formly wider than the lower, but impercep-
35 e insesibile. tibly [3 5].
36 This cuts the coins perfectly round and
Questo monete. di perfetta taglia le
ro37tondita e grossezza e peso e ris 38 parmia of the exact thickness, and weight; and saves
1'omo che taglia e pesa, e 39rispiarmia Porno theman who cuts and weighs, and the man
che fa le monete *tonde; aduque sol pas- who makes the coins round. Hence passes it
sa per li mani 4'del trafilatore e dello only through the hands of the gauger and of
2
stanpato' re e fa monete bellissime. the stamper, and the coins are very superior.
(i)] 727.
26. chessi. 28. ecqueste. 29. sisstan pino. 30. decto ele. 31. vachuo. 32. larcho. 33. chedda. 36. Quessto. 37. grosseza
eppeso eriss. 38. spiarma . .
chettaglia eppesa. 39. rispiarma . . falle. 40. istanpito. 42 effa.
727. i. stopini inchonbusstibili. 3. brusato ettutti. 4. alume schagliolo. 6. essciasschuna . . inumidissci con acq"a". 7. biancho
o di ella prima acq"a". 8. desstillata o holio.
7a8. i. polta di smeriglo . .
acq"a". 2. ho cenere. 4. inolto [inp] in . . battutto. 5. radopiato [ere] essitiene. 6. accochettal
726. See PI. LXXVI No. 2. The text of lines will be found in this volume. Hitherto nothing
31 35 stands parallel 1. 24 27. has been known of his work in Rome beyond some
Farther evidence of Leonardo's and perhaps mythical, statements
occupations and doubtful, in Vasari.
engagements at Rome under Pope Leo X. may be 727. The meaning of scagliuolo in this passage is
, j'
if
'
if
729.] ON MEDALS AND ON STUCCO.
e si percuote per fianco col martello, e and hit it sideways with the hammer, when
cosl se ne va; poi mischia 11 I2 a poco a it will break
up; then mix it little by little
poco, e poi si pesta co facilita, e se tu lo and it can be founded with ease but if you ;
tenessi sopra 1'ancu^dine, mai lo roperesti, hold it on the anvil you will never break
essendo cosl grosso. it, when it is large.
^Chi macina smalti debbe fare tale li
Any one who grinds smalt should do it
esercitio sopra le pias is tre d'acciaio, ten- on plates of tempered steel with a cone
perato col macinatojo da conio, e poi met- shaped grinder; then put it in aqua for-
ter l6 lo nell' acqva forte, la qual risolue tis, which melts away the steel that may
tutto esso acciaio che si e ^cosumato e have been worked up and mixed with the
misto con esso smalto e lo fece nero, on- smalt, and which makes it black; it then
de poi I8 rima purificato e netto, e se tu lo remains purified and clean; and if you
macini sul porfido, esso '9 porfido si con- it on porphyry the porphyry will work
grind
suma e si mischia collo smalto e lo guasta, up and mix with the smalt and spoil it, and
aqua fortis will never remove it because it
20
e 1' acqua da partire mai lo lieva da dosso,
2I
perche no puo risoluere tale porfido. cannot dissolve the porphyry.
22 If you want a fine blue colour dissolve
Se colore bello azzurro risolui
volli fare
2
lo smalto, fatto ^ col tartaro, e po' li leva il the smalt made with tartar, and then remove
sal da dosso. the salt.
2
*L'ottone vetrificato fa bello rosso. Vitrified brass makes a fine red.
75 6} 729.
STUCCO. STUCCO.
2
Fa
stucco sopra il gobbo del over the prominence of Oa stucco
Place stucco
(?29 '
dacaio lavolo chollacq"a". 9. la negredine del ferro ellascieara. 10. lossmeriglo . . chol
ella poi. 7. here vi e. S.'piasstre . .
brunitoio e fa
I0
well ; afterwards fire it, and beat it or burnish it
brunisci co buon grosso
inverse la costa. with a good burnisher, and make it thick towards
the side.
STUCCO. STUCCO.
e poi scalda in mo- to a paste, and make stucco of it, and then
in'^pasta e fa stucco,
do si sec' 4 chi, e poi vernica con foco in heat it so that it may dry, and then varnish
modo che lustri. it, with fire, so that it shines well.
COLLA. GLUE.
8
?Togli mastice tremetina stillata e Take mastic, distilled turpentine and
biacca. white lead.
s. K. M. in 50 a] 731-
DA GITTARE. To CAST.
2
II tartaro bruciato e pol^verizzato col burnt and powdered with pla-
Tartar
on brome giesso e gittaHo fa che esso giesso si ster and cast cause the plaster to hold to-
6
s tiene insieme poi, ch' e ricot to, e poi gether when it is mixed up again ; and then
(731-740). nell' acqua si disfa. it will dissolve in water.
s. K. M. m. 53] 732-
S. K. M. II. i 95 a] 733-
Quado voi gittare di ciera, abbrucia la When you want to take a cast in wax, burn
sciuma 2 con una candela, e'l gietto verra thescum with a candle, and the cast will
sanza busi. come out without bubbles.
2
2 ocie di giesso da libbra di metallo ; 2 ounces of plaster to a pound of metal ;
3noce che fa simile alia *curva. walnut, which makes it like the curve.
. . brunissci co bio brunitoio effa. 10. chossta. ti. stuccho. 12. il orreve co ecarob e acq"a" in. ij. passta effa stucho
eppoi scal"d"a. 14. eppoi vcrnicha con vocho . . lusstri.
%"'' -
.
. t V irf
^f*>'
Ulf/lW^ *WY^ 4*r<fy/ *te/>*f] r ^
-"*
(
ij>/*/H^
<
r- ? '-"'*
:
; .-> *-WU//ih
!,IS4 _ t.
Wt'-w/-W"
~4L '"Cf
A-X'. ii<tAA- J
"
^ v
^'HT;
Imp, Eudes.
735 737-] ON CASTING BRONZE. 21
S. K. M. III. 56 a] 735-
2
[Terra asciuta 16 libbre, 100 libbre di [Dried earth 16 pounds, 100 pounds of
metallo 3 la bagniata terra 20, 4 di bagniato metal wet clay 20, of wet 100, half,
100, di meta, 5 che cresce 4 libbre d'acqua,
which increases 4 Ibs. of water, i of wax,
6
una di cera, una libbra di me7tallo, al-
8 i Ib. of metal, a little less, the scrapings
quato maco, cimatura co terra, 9misura per
of linen with earth, measure for measure.]
misura.]
52*] 736.
2
Tal fia il
gietto qual fia la stapa. Such as the mould is, so will the cast be.
PER PROVEDERE AL RAME CHE SI FREDDASSE TO PREVENT THE COPPER COOLING IN THE
NELLA FORNACE. FURNACE.
**
Quando il rame si fredasse nella When the copper cools in the furnace, be
fornace fa che subito quado tu te n'avedi, ,
ready, as soon as you perceive it, to cut it
j
sdi tagliarlo co frugatojo metre ch'eli e- with a long stick while it is still in a paste;
I paniccia overo se fusse I6 iteramete
,
or if it is quite cold cut it as lead is cut
raffreddato, taglialo, come si fa il piobo, co
I7 with broad and large chisels.
larghi e grossi scar pelli.
*
i. assciutta. 2. libre 100 Ibbre. 5. cressie. 4. librdacq"a". 6. i di . . libra.
735.
14. chessubito. 15. cho . imetre overo [mete] seffussi. 16. raffredo taglalo chome
. . . cho chargi schar. 18. aflfare . . . .
1 .
19. affare i . libre fallo . . cho 2006 libr. 20. ciasschuno . . libr.
735. The translation is given literally, but the meaning is quite obscure.
22 ON CASTING BRONZE. [738. 739-
AVESSI A FARE VNO GRA GIETTO. IF YOU HAVE TO MAKE A LARGE CAST.
r. 5J| 738-
ICOME FARE BENE A ROPERE VNA GRA MASSA HOW TO PROCEED TO BREAK A LARGE MASS
DI BROZO. 1 OF BRONZE.
2
Se volli ropere una gra massa di If you want to break up a large mass of
brozo prima, ^poi H bronze, first suspend it, and then
sospedilo
fa da 4 lati uno muro a vso di make round it a wall on the four sides,
di e fa
like a trough of bricks, and make
truogo mattoni, 11
gra
foco 4 e quado e be dali
a great fire therein. When it is
, rosso,
quite red hot give it a blow with a
uno colpo con vno s
gra peso
heavy weight raised above it, and
levato in alto co gra forza.
with great force.
6
II fornello de' essere ifra 4. The furnace should be between
*
738. i. be a . . 1 gra. 2. gra. 3. j muro . . effa . . focho. 4. ecquado . . dallt i
colpi chon.
739. i. chol. 2. e per soperire. chessi cholo. arame. fondere fornello.
3, . .
4. eppoi . .
5. i
7. grosseza . .
chappa. 8. chappa
. .
prevalichare la grosseza debessi. 9. gutro . . soctile. 10. cssia . . richotta. n. grosseza. 12. Hbr. 13.ba"lo"ta dia- . .
PL IXXV1
'
V
K,-~, <L I**
PIMMPM
*-.- +'',%J
*
740.] ON CASTING.
DELLA LUGHEZZA DELLA TROBA BELLA BOBARDA. OF THE LENGTH OF THE BODY OF THE GUN.
^Se voi ch'ella gitti una ballotta di If you want it to throw a ball of stone,
20
pietra fa la lughezza della troba in 6-0 make the length of the gun to be 6, or as
insino 7 ballotte e se la ballotta fusse
I ,
much as 7 diameters of the ball; and if the
2I
di ferro fa detta troba -Isino in 12 bal-
,
ball is to be of iron make it as much as
22
lotte e se la ballotta fusse di
, piobo- 12 balls, and if the ball is to be of lead,
farai la insino in diciotto ballotte, dico make it as much as 18 balls. I mean
2
quado la bobarda ^avesse la bocca atta when the gun is to have the mouth fitted
a ricieuere in se da 600 libr di ballotta to receive 600 Ibs. of stone ball ,
and
di pietra I su. more.
."Il foco conoscierai, quado fia bono e You may know when the fire is good
'
I2
vtile ,
alle fiame chiare, e se uedrai le and fit for your purpose by a clear flame,
*
e ese. 18. lugeza. ballotta . .
lugeza. 20. essella . . fussi. 21. essela . . fussi. 23. avesse la bocha.
. .
| 19. .
24. gro-
sseza. 25. grosseza . . debono. 26. diamitro . .
lugeza.
i. ilotare. 2.chetti . . tera di ualeza. 4, uolessi fredare. 5. chogielare . .
sciapate. 6. cho. 8. dicho la chagione . . dirivar.
740.
anchora . . seche. 10. focho. n. conosscierai . . ale . . esse uederai. 12. effinire co. 13. arai . .
acq"a". 14. alegare.
9.
pute d'esse flame turbe e finire co molto and if you see the tips of the flames dull and
fumo no te ne fidare, e massime '3qua-
, ending in much smoke do not trust it, and
do avrai il bagnio quasi in acqua. particularly when the flux metal is almost fluid.
IQlJADO SI DEBE ACC&PAGNIARE LO STAGNIO WHEN THE TIN SHOULD BE ADDED TO THE
COL RAME.1 COPPER.
19 Lo stagnio col rame si debbe met- The tin should be put in with the copper
tere quado ai il rame codotto in acqua. when the copper is reduced to a fluid.
2
sara codotto il rame in /3
"m the copper is fluid; you can then, with a
acqua , al-
lora con v legnio di castagnio ispesso stick of chestnut-wood, repeatedly stir what
rimaneggerai il rima z: nete del rame an- of copper remains entire amidst what is
15. metalo. 17. sichura. 18. acopagniare . . chol. 19. acq"a". 21. datte. 22. chastagnio . . rimanerai.
2.5
Until now very little has been known regarding Leonardo's labours in the domain
of Architecture. No building is known to have been planned and executed by him, though
by some contemporary writers incidental allusion is made to his occupying himself with
architecture, and his famous Moro, which has long been a
letter to Lodovico il
general purport, from comparing them with each other, that we can form any just esti-
notes and researches, treating on special questions, which are given in this work; that
he was merely "working at problems in which, for some reason or other he took a
special interest.
A
great number of important buildings were constructed in Lombardy during the
period between 1472 and 1499, and among them there are several by unknown arcJntects,
VOL. n. D
26 INTRODUCTION TO ARCHITECTURE.
finding out, if possible the original plans and sketches of the ciiurcJies of Santa Maria delle
Grazie at Milan, and of the Cathedral at Pavia, which buildings have been supposed to be
the work both of Bramante and of Leonardo. Since 1
876 / have repeatedly examined
Leonardo's architectural studies in the collection of his manuscripts in the Institut de
France, and some of these I have already given to the public in my work on "Les Pro-
jets Primitifs
pour la Basilique de Rome", PL 43. In 1879 / had the
de St. Pierre
opportunity of examining the manuscript in the Palazzo Trivulzio at Milan, and in \ 880
ZX Richter showed me in London the manuscripts in the possession of Lord AsJiburnJiam,
and those in the British Museum. I have thus had opportunities of seeing most of
Leonardo's architectural drawings in the original, but of the manuscripts themselves I
have deciphered only the notes which accompany the sketches. It is to
r
Richter's D
exertions that we owe the collected texts on Architecture which are now published, and
while he has undertaken to be responsible for the correct reading of t/ie original texts,
he has also made it his task to extract the wJiole of the materials from the various MSS.
It has been my task to arrange and elucidate the texts under Jlie heads which have
been adopted in this work. MS. B. at Paris and tJie Codex Atlanticus at Milan arc the
chief sources of our knowledge of Leonardo as an architect, and 1 have recently subjected
these to a thorough re-investigation expressly with a view to this work.
A
complete reproduction of all Leonardo's architectural sketches has not, indeed,
been possible, but as far as the necessarily restricted limits of the work have allowed> the
utmost completeness has been aimed at, and no efforts have been spared to include every
thing that can contribute to a knowledge of Leonardo's style. It would have been very
interesting, if it had been possible, to give some general account at least of Leonardo's
work and studies in engineering, fortification, canal-making and the like, and it is
only on mature reflection that we have reluctantly abandoned this idea. Leonardo's
occupations in these departments have by no means so close a relation to literary work,
in the strict sense of the word as we are fairly justified in attributing to his numerous
notes on Architecture.
Leonardo's architectural studies fall naturally under two heads :
HENRY DE GEYM&LLER
PL LXXVn.
2.7
XII.
Architectural Designs.
A. Sketches for laying out a new town with a double system of high-
level and low-level road-ways.
PI. LXXVII, No. i
(MS. B, 15*). A general view of a town, with the
roads outside it sloping up to the high-level ways within.
PL LXXVII, No. 3 (MS. B, 16*, see No. 741; and MS. B. 15*, see
No. 742^ gives a partial view of the town, with its streets and houses, with
explanatory references.
PI. LXXVII, No. 2 (MS. B, 15*; see No. 743). View of a double
staircaise with two opposite flights of steps.
a
PL LXXVIII, Nos. 3 (MS. B, tf ). Sketches illustrating 2 and
the connection of the two levels of roads by means of steps. The lower gal-
leries are lighted by openings in the upper roadway.
B. Notes on removing houses (MS. Br. M., 270^, see No. 744^.
B. i6a] 74 I.
Le
strade m
sono piv alte che le strade The roads m are '6 braccia higher than
/-.y- braccia 6., e ciascuna
2
strada de' es- the roads/ s, and each road must be 20
sere larga braccia 20, e avere '/ braccio braccia wide and have
^
braccio slope from %
j .^ the sides towards the middle: and in the
,. ,
di calo dalle stremita 3 al mezzo, e m esso
mi(Mle let there be at every braccio an
mezzo sia a ogm braccio uno braccio di opening, one braccio long and one finger
largo uno dove 1' acqua che wide, where the rain water may run off into
4 dito ,
fessura,
741. i. strade .
[m] M . . chelle. 2. largbr . . chalo. 3. mezo [eda esse stremita einesso mezo . . br unobr. 4. deba. 6. largeza
[742-744.
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.
742.
B.
each street receiving
cioe ciascuna
braccia
must be 300 braccia,
de' essere 300, the openings of
the upper
fessu're delle its light through
via che ricieve il lume dalle
each arch must be a winding
arco de essere streets and at
strade di sopra, e a ogni because the corners
stair on a circular plan
perche ne
catoni
una scala a Iuma3ca toda, ones are always fouled; they
c nella 'pnma of square
delle quadre si piscia, e larga, the first vault there
i destri e pisci- must be wide, and at
uolta sia vn uscio ch'entri into public privies
s scala si discieda dalla-
must be a door entering
comuni, e per from the upper
atoi
le strade
6
alte si and the said .stairs lead
strada alta alia bassa, e and the high level streets
e a esse to the lower streets
delle givnte
comlcino gates and slope up
fori porte, the ti
begin outside city
1'altezza di brac-
porte abbia?no conposto atthese gates they have
attained the height
cia 6; Fia fatta detta terra
o presso a mare built near
of 6 braccia. Let such a city be
acciocche le brutti
o altro fiume grosso, in order that the dir
sieno por- the sea or a large river
della C itta,
9 menate dall'acqua be carried off by the water.
of the city may
tate via.
743 '
'% =
15*]
construction of the stairs: The
stairs
no ^ rtifii-;:?S3&
A
<
The
>> -* in the same way
744-
Br. M. 270*)
ON MOVING HOUSES.
MUTATIONE DI CASE.
Let the houses be moved and arranged
2
Le case sieno trasmutate e messe per
4 in order;and this will be done with facility
ordine, 3 e questo co facilita si fara, per-
c 'ocl":
r
Imp Eudes
744-] PLANS FOR TOWNS.
9 Li omini, del pae I0 se abitino le nuo- [9] Let the men of the country [or the
"ve case in parte, I2 quando no v'e la village] partly inhabit the new houses when
cor^te. the court is absent [12].
744. On the same page we find notes referring given above, refers to the court of Francis I. King of
to Romolontino and Villafranca with a sketch-map France. L.g 13 are written inside the larger sketch,
of the course of the "Sodro" and the "(Lo)era" (both which, in the original, is on the right hand side of
are given in the text farther on). There can hardly the page by the side of lines I 8. The three
be a doubt that the last sentence of the passage smaller sketches are below. J.
P. R.
in a town.
//. Plans for canals and streets
. . sare . disfacicsino.
next in the.original
are on the left hand side and within On the page #*. Which comes
745 L. .-4
'* J A
|pfpipi -*. ,
Heliog-^ D-ujardin.
"..-'
f ^ ^ ......
..f: ^x :s^SS
746. 747-1 PLANS FOR CANALS AND STREETS.
stieno I3 a un altezza sara una coca, come to oblige the waters to keep constantly at
la fia all' entrare della the same level wil1 be a sort of dock > as
qui disotto, quale .
M terra,
nimici no
e megho
la disfacciessino.
..
alquato
.
detro
-IN
acioche
town or better
.
[14].
B. 36 a] 746.
Tanto sia larga la stra 2 da , quanto e la Let the width of the streets be equal to
universale 3 altezza delle case. the average height of the houses.
2
II fiume di mezzo no The main underground chan-
ricieva acqua 3
torbida, ma tale nel does not receive turbid water,
ac 4 qua vada per li fossi 5 di fori but that water runs in the ditches
6
della terra con 4 molina outside the town with four mills
8
nelFe^trata e 4 nella u scita, at the entrance and four at the
lontino; Romorantin.
I2
"Facciasi fonti in cia- [ 1 1] There should be foun-'
J
3scuna piazza. tains made in each piazza [13].
747. i. el . . mezo. 3. mattale. 7. nella vs. 8. ecquesto. 9. ringhorghare. 12. [chome] in cias. 13. piaza.
747. In the original this text comes immediately 10. Romolontino is Romorantin, South of Orleans
after the passage given as No. 744. The remainder in France.
of the writing on the same page refers to the con- Lines I II are written to the right of the plan
struction of canals and is given later, in the "Topo- lines 11 13 underneath it. J. P. R.
graphical Notes".
^sy
A. Castles.
PL LXXX, No. i (P. V.fol. 39*; No. ct'ordre 2282). The fortified
place here represented said by Vallardi to be the "castello" at Milan, but
is
without any satisfactory reason. The high tower behind the "rivellino" ra-
velin seems to be intended as a watch-tower.
PI. LXXX, No. 2 (MS. B, 2$
b
). A similarly constructed tower pro-
bably intended for the same use.
PI. LXXX, No. 3 (MS. B). Sketches for corner towers with steps
for a citadel.
PI. LXXXI, No. 2 (MS. C A, 75*; 22 i, see No. 748;. Project for
a royal residence at Amboise in France.
PL LXXXII, No. i (C. a
308*; 939 /A A plan for a somewhat
extensive residence, and various details ; but there' is no text to elucidate it; in
C08i
(Cosmo) (John),
mo nmo
c^y
k ^
5?
v 1
ViO>"
^'
&
^ r^
*4
^ f.i*f'?J."-
'
l
'*-
:
SJs^
* "i."" ^
-t^* -.
.
'.,-..
PI. LXXX:
in n rytev ^-x;v%A^
!:U; JJ.JLfc '^W>;
;
rf-A-
^1^ **
=**f-> . 1 -'
/ '
-.,/ :/'
'
/-.'
'
...-. -J? ..>"
i , v<" ,^
;-
.;/.."'*';
fl
l<.'f* A ft I
| "
Imp hudcs
>,
Imp, Eudes.
748.] CASTLES AND VILLAS. 33
PL LXXX VIII, Nos. 6 and 7 (MS. B, 12"; .see No. 75 \). sec- A
tion of a circiilar pavilion ivith the plan of a similar building by the side
of it. These huo draivings have a special historical interest because the text
ivritten below mentions the Duke and Duchess of Milan.
C. A. 75<5; 22ia] 74 8.
[II palazzo del principe de' auere dinati The Palace of the prince must have a
vna piazza.] piazza in front of it.
2
Le abitationi doue s'abbia a ballare Houses intended for dancing or any kind
o fare diuersi 3 S alti o uari movimeti con of jumping or any other movements with a
moltitudine di gente sieno terrene, perche multitude of people, must be on the ground-
gia n'6 veduto ruinare colla morte di floor; for I have already witnessed the
molti; E sopra tutto fa che ogni muro,
5
destruction of some, causing death to many
6
per sottile che sia, abbia fondameto in persons, and above all let every wall, be it
terra o sopra archi bene 7fondati. ever so thin, rest on the ground or on arches
with a good foundation.
8
Sieno li mezzanelli delli abitacoli $di- Let the mezzanines of the dwellings be
uisi da- muri fatti di stretti mat I0 toni e divided by walls made of very thin bricks,
sanza legniami per ri^spetto del fuoco. and without wood on account of fire.
I2
Tutti li neciessari abbino esalatio I3 ne Let all the privies have ventilation [by
per le grossezze de' muri, e in I4 modo che shafts] in the thickness of the walls, so as to
spirino per li tetti. exhale by the roofs.
*s Li mezzanelli sieno in volta, le quali The mezzanines should be vaulted, and
I6
sara tanto piu forti quato e' .sara mi- the vaults will be stronger in proportion as
they are of small size.
18
Le catene di quercia sie rinchi'^use The ties of oak must be enclosed in the
per li muri accio no sie ofifese 20 da foco. walls in order to be protected from fire.
748. i. palazo. 2. abitationini . . abballare offare. 3. chomoltitudine. 4. rrene . . cholla. 5. Essopra tucto . .
persottile.
6. ossopra arachi. 8. mezanelli . . abitacholi. 9. mac. 10. tono essanza . . ris. n. fuocho. 12. Tucti. 13. grosseze.
14. chesspirino . . tecti. 15. mezanelli. 18. chatene diquercie. 20. focho. 21. Lesstaze . . adesstri. 23. il ferore non isspiri.
748. The remarks accompanying the plan repro- moat. In the large court surrounded by a portico
dticed on PI. LXXXI, No. 2 are as follows: Above, "in terre No. Largha l/r.So e lugha br 120." To
to the left "in a angholo castle a large basin for
right of the
stia la the is
:
guardia de la sstalla"
"Le staze d'andare a' destri sieno The privies must be numerous and going
"molte che entrino Tuna nell' al^tra, ac- one into the other in order that the stench
K.J 749-
Largo per ogni lato br. 30; 1'entrata da 30 braccia wide on each side; the lower en-
2
basso e in una sala larga braccia 10 e trance leads into a hall 10 braccia wide and 30
30 e a 4 camere co sua cami ni. braccia long with 4 recesses each with a chimney.
4
^
lunga braccia
B. 6oa| 75.
II
primo grado sia tutto 2
ripieno. The firststorey [or terrace] must be entirely
solid.
B. 12 a] 751-
Padiglione del giardino della duchessa The pavilion in the garden of the Du-
2
di Milano. chess of Milan.
Fondameto del padiglione ch'e nel The plan of the pavilion which is in the
* mezzo del laberinto del duca di Milano. middle of the labyrinth of the Duke of Milan.
24. li . . ettutti . . vssci. 25. cholli chotrappesi. 26. ques. 26. chella larghe.
749. On each side of the castle, PI. LXXXII. taken as to the mark on the MS. as well as in his
No. 2 there of details, to the left
are drawings statements as to the date, for the MS. in question
"Camino" a chimney, to the right the central lantern, has no date the date he gives occurs, on the con-
;
^7^\ 7jr~ ^
I
'/>
j
/
;>
/.
/
P
.
i, <
jl
Bl
? < ^^
fil
.
i
?
?
M
*c ^4.
752.] CASTLES AND VILLAS. 35
B. 19 *J 752.
II terreno che si cava dalle canove 2 si The earth that is dug out from the cellars
debe elevare da cato tato in alto che sfac- must be raised on one side so high as to
che sia alto quato la sala, 4 ma
make a terrace garden as high as the level
cia un orto ,
of the hall; but between the earth of the
fa che tra'l terreno dell' orto e'l muro
terrace and the wall of the house, leave an
sdella casa sia uno intervallo, accio che interval in order that the damp may not spoil
6
l'umido no guasti i muri maestri. the principal walls.
753. i. tereno chessi chava delle chanove. 2. ellevare da chato. 3. chessia. 4. chettral tereno. 5. cbasa. 6. maesstri.
alldoubt that the MS. B, from which this passage the Duchess would be his wife Isabella of Aragon,
is is older than the dated MSS. of 1492 and
taken, to whom he was married on the second February
1493. In that case the Duke of Milan here men- 14.89. J. P. R.
tioned would be Gian Galeazzo (1469 1494) and
Ecclesiastical Architecture.
A. General Observations.
B. 39*] 753-
Senpre vno edifitio vole essere 2 spic- A building should always be detached
cato dintorno a volere dimostra^re la sua on all sides so that its form may be seen.
vera forma.
2
Qui no si pu6 ne si debe fare capa- Here there cannot and ought not to be
nile, anzi debe
3 stare separate come a il any campanile; on the contrary it must stand
do 4 mo e Sa Giovanni di Fireze-, 5e cosl il apart like that of the Cathedral and of San
domo che mo 6 stra il capanile per se
di Pisa Giovanni at Florence, and of the Cathedral
dispicca to T 7
circa e cosl il domo, e o 8 gni at Pisa, where the campanile is quite detached
vno per se puo mostrare la sua 9 perfet- as well as the dome. Thus each can display
I0 own
tione, e chi lo uolesse pure fare colla its perfection. If however you wish to join
chiesa, faccia la la^terna scusare capanile it to the church, make the lantern serve for
12
come e la chiesa di Chiaravalle. the campanile as in the church at Chiaravalle.
753. 2. ispichato.
754. I. po nessi. 2. chlpanile. 3. chome. 4. essagiovani. 6. chapanile . .
displicha. 7. circho e chosi. 8. po. 9. perfeclione.
10. colla. II. schusare chapanile.
753. The original text is reproduced on PI. XCII, cross in the style of that of the Certosa of Pavia, but
No. i to the left hand at the bottom. the style is mediaeval (A. D. 1330). Leonardo seems
754. This text is written by the side of the plan here to mean, that in a building, in which the cir-
given on PI. XCI. No. 2. cular form is strongly conspicuous, the campanile
12. The Abbey of Chiaravalle, a few miles from must either be separated, or rise from the centre of
Milan, has a central tower on the intersection of the the building and therefore take the form of a lantern.
.
'
>,k'
.
'
-.
,
"%-'
Iniv Eudes
755-] ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 37
B. 755-
755. This text is to the left of the domed church reproduced on PL LXXXVII, No. 2.
B. The theory of Dome Architecture.
combination. '
The results of some of these problems are perhaps not quite
satisfactory ; still they cannot be considered to give evidence of a want of
principle.
' In MS. B, 32 * (see M. C III, No. 2) we find eight geometrical patterns, eaeh drawn in a square; and
in MS. C.A., fol. 87 to 98 form a whole series of patterns done with the same intention.
i "..'. ,
:
M
*v~^-*
'
..^.-,-j,.< .
r
(
j
>^^
/
,'
j J
sa^^^a^a:"!';^;^;^
^%
Jn.f
tr: :^fP
ft ^
n.
THE THEORY OF DOME ARCHITECTURE. 39
pected, of this tritth. Few of them exhibit the form of a Latin cross, and
when met with, it generally gives evidence of the determination to
this is
the building.
Besides the theoretical interest of the question for Leonardo and his
Trattato and besides the taste for domes prevailing at that time, it seems
likely that the intended erection of some building of the flrst importance
like the Duomos of Pavia and Como, the church of Sta. Maria delle Grazie
at Milan, and of a Dome or central Tower (Tiburio) on
the constriiction
the cathedral of Milan, may have stimulated Leonardo to undertake a
fluence in this matter. In fact now that some of this great Architect's
studies for S. Peter s at Rome have at last become known, he must be con-
sidered henceforth as the greatest master of Dome- Architecture that ever
existed. His influence, direct or indirect ez>en on a genius like Leonardo
seems the more likely, since Leonardo s sketches reveal a style most similar
to that of Bramante, whose name indeed, occurs twice in Leonardos manu-
1 Les Projets Primitifs pour la Basilique de St. Pierre de Rome, par Bramante, Raphael etc.,
Vol. I, p. 2.
4O ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.
b
(Ash. //, 6 ) we see various dissimilar types, grouped together ; thus these
Vu
i V v
f <*.-
1. Churches formed on the plan of a Greek cross.
Group L
Group II.
The remainder of these studies show two different systems ; in the first
the dome rises from a square plan, in the second from an octagonal base.
VOL. II.
42 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.
Group III.
nave. This plan seems to have been suggested by the general arrangement
of S. Sepolcro at Milan.
MS. B. 57 b (see the sketch reproduced on p. $\). By adding towers
in the four outer angles named plan, we obtain a plan which
to the last bears
Group IV.
Domes rising from an octagonal base.
In a) On each side
of the octagon chapels of equal form are added.
In b) The chapels are dissimilar ; those which terminate the principal
axes being different in form from those which are added on the diagonal
sides of the octagon.
a. First Class.
i The ancient chapel San Satiro, via dd Falcone, Milan, is a specimen of this type.
* See Les projets primitifs etc., PI. 9 12.
Via.
lOt**/* .,.>.*<l~*il>.
*
(
^ ^a
'
hMip;" S
-r^
""^x
.. ** ..
;
:
/'"
^.>-^.j
'5^
,.
y~-.
fe;-
t^--- :i~
^r;-.:V
i
'i .
:
;v<>;
% ;
fflfl
- -V -1^ -IV _J
1-
fi\
,.' : ^:-;';vijJwaii;i5
V :
^x/
tttsfeft,
^S ?;-js
-&S
.:'[.' S'ti': 'C*-
~ " ~-
.
^**~"
'
-
'- -
ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 43
sight the appearance of mere geometrical studies. They seem to have been
suggested by the plan given on page 44 Fig. 2 (MS. B, 55^ in the centre of
which is written "Santa Maria in perticha da Pavia", at the place marked A
on the reproduction.
the angles of botJi are formed by columns. The outer sides are formed by 8 niches
forming chapels. The exterior is likewise octagonal, with the angles corre-
columns. Underneath this sketch the following note owirs: questo vole avere
1 2 facce co 1 2 tabernaculi come a b. (This will have twelve sides with
twelve tabernacles as a bj In the remaining sketches of this class the octagon is
not formed by columns at the angles.
The simplest type shows a niche in the middle of each side and is re-
peated on several sheets, viz: MS. B 3; MS. C.A. 354^ (see PI. LXXXIV,
No. \\), and MS. Ash II 6^; (see PL LXXXV, No. 9 and the elevations
Fig. i.
Fig. 2. Fig- 3-
i
V >|
---fe--~l!-S?'-
-
^tesp^?
' '
>-.' -' .
*"
tV '
/s
^->*A *
- -
'/;
'^^'K;:-:fr
"^mk i
f
-
^
-/.V
jr
->.T.?I.^-
:
'^
- -
.
.* . .
'
tl :
'
-- / -s'
,..,..
lardin
ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 45
Fig. i.
Fig. 3-
Fig. 2.
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.
A. by a square chapel:
MS. B. 34* (not reproduced here).
B. by a square with 3 niches:
MS. B.\\ b (see PI. XCIV, No. 3/
C. by octagonal chapels :
a) MS. B,2\; PI. LXXXVIII, No. 14.
MS. B, 30, and 34^; these are three repetitions of parts of the
same plan with very slight variations.
D. by a circular chapel:
MS. B, i8 a (see Fig. I on page tf) gives the plan of this arrangement in
which the exterior is square on the ground floor ivith only four of the
chapels projecting, as isexplained in the next sketch.
PI. LXXXIX, MS. B, \j b Elevation to the preceding plan sketched on
.
layr;
f
r.'-v.
**
!
^ -^4.
1
t
l -^f
op IXijardin. Kudcs.
ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 47
Fig. 3-
48 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.
E. niches:
By chapels formed by four
PL LXXXfV,No. 7 (the circular plan on the left below) shows this
become circular inside and
arrangement in which the central dome has
1
larger dimensions:
PI. XCI, No. 2 (MS. Ash. II. 8*} 2 ; on this plan the chapels themselves
to be central buildings formed like the first type of the third
appear
group. PI. LXXXVIII, No. 3.
b. Second Class.
MS. B. 2\ a shows:
a) four sides with rectangular chapels crowned by pediments
PL LXXXVII No. 3 (plan and elevation) ;
b) four sides with by octagonal domes.
square chapels crowned
PL LXXXVII
No. 4; the plan underneath.
MS. B. i8 shows a variation obtained by replacing the round chapels
a
This plan and some others of this class remind us of the plan of the Mausoleum of Augustus as it is
represented for instance by Durand. See Cab. des Estampes, Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris, Topographic de
Rome, V, 6, 82.
a The note accampanying this plan is given under No. 754.
PL .XC
Imp. Euder
PL.XC I
Imp, Elides.
I r
apse. Leonardo repeated both ideas for better comparison side by side, see
PL LXXXIV
No. 13 is a variation of the preceding sketch.
PI. XC No. 3. MS.
The round chapels of the preceding
B. 25*.
sketch are replaced by octagonal chapels, above which rise campaniles.
PI. XC
No. 4 is the elevation for the preceding plan.
PL XCII No. i. (MS. B. 39^; the plan below. On the principal as
well as on the diagonal axes are diagonal chapels, but the latter are sepa-
rated from the dome by semicircular recesses. The communication between
these eight chapels forms a square aisle round the central dome.
Above this figure is the elevation, showing four campaniles on the angles.
1
PI. CXXXIV No. 3. On the principal axes are square chapels ivith
three niches ; on the diagonals octagonal chapels with niches. Cod. Atl. 340^
as the outer semicircles have become circular chapels, projectingfrom the external
the four principal chapels the type PL LXXXVIII No. 3, as we have al-
ready seen in PL XCI No. 2 ; the exterior presents two varieties.
a) The outer contour follows the inner. 2
b) It is semicircular.
PL LXXXVII No. 2 b
(MS. B. \% ) Elevation to the first variation
MS. B. 1
9. If we were not was by Leonardo, we
certain that this sketch
VOL. 11. G
50 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS. [756.
Group V.
In MS.
A. 266 IP, 812* there is a plan almost identical with that
C.
of San Lorenzo. The diagonal sides of the irregular octagon are not indi-
cated. If it could be proved that the arches which, in the actual church,
exist on these sides in the first story, were added in 1574 by Martimo Bassi,
then this plan and the following section would be still nearer the original
state of San Lorenzo than at present. A reproduction of this slightly sketched
plan has not been possible. It may however be understoodfrom PI. LXXXVIII
No. 3, by suppressing the four pillars corresponding to the apses.
PL LXXXVII No. i shows the section in elevation corresponding with
the above-named plan.The recessed chapels are decorated with large shells in the
halfdomes like the arrangement in an Lorenzo, but with proportions
like those of Bramantes Sacristy of Santa Maria presso S. Satiro.
Ash. n. 7 a] 756.
entri nella chiesa di sotto, 4 tu cali 10 sea- lower has the dome a b, and when you
mod enter into the cr7P^ y u descend 10 steps,
lini, e quado in quello di sopra tu sali
..... ... ._ . and when * you mount into the upper you
205scalim, che a '/3 luno fano 10 braccia,
e questo e lo spatio ch'e 6 infra i piani e ach, make 10 braccia, and this is the. height
delPuna e 1'altra chiesa. between one floor of the church and the other.
10. br . e. n. ellaltra.
Above
the plan on the same sheet is a view of the exterior. By the aid
of two
these figures and the description, sections of the edifice may easily
be reconstructed. But the section drawn on the left side of the building
seems not to be in keeping with the same plan, notwithstanding the expla-
1 The small inner dome corresponds to a b on the plan it rises from the lower church into the upper
?
above, and larger, rises the dome c d. The aisles above and below thus correspond (e di sopra come di sotto,
salvoche etc.). The only difference is, that in the section Leonardo has not taken the trouble to make the form
plan of the Latin cross ; we shall begin by describing them, and shall add
a few observations.
a basilica built after the designs of Brunellesco. Leonardo has added the
indication of a portico in front, either his own invention or the reproduction
part of the church as I have ascertained by visiting the crypt with this plan.
Excepting the addition of a few insignificant walls, the state of this in-
teresting part of the church still conforms to Leonardos sketch ; but in the
Vestibolo the two columns near the entrance of the winding stairs are absent.
B. Designs or Studies.
San Sepolcro at Milan. The central part has been added to on the principle
of the second type of Group III. Leonardo has placed the "coro" (choir) in
the centre.
PL.XCIV
'**
,_
r>
lpf;p / V / 1 ft
-
fl
j
m
E 1 i
lf..;7
> *
&%& *3^'?Tfr*y4
^^i-^)^-.1^^ovr|^-Mr^t
iH
i -a C TV '
**
^J ^
"
%
fVT
!
>%Mfi "P* **"r
>
!Trf4f
~">TV*^^f * i ; :
-
>
f^&^S^^, '
:
;
elio-. Daardi Im .
Elides.
757-] ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 53
PL XCVI No. 2. In the plan the dome, as regards its interior, belongs
to the First Class of Group ""IV, and may be grouped with the one in
MS. B. 35 a The nave seems to be a development of the type represented
.
B. 24 ] 757-
sotto;
2
di sopra -si va per li campanili e above; way up is by the campaniles,
the
d ^ going up one has to use the plat-
uassi su per lo
... piano 3dove sono fondati f
form, where the drums of the four domes
^
. x
,
i
4 tibun, e detto piano 4 a uno parapetto and thig platform has a parapet in frontj
dmazi, e di detti tibun nessuno s n e riesce an d none of these domes communicate with
in chiesa, anzi sono separati I tutto. the church, but they are quite separate.
757. 4. a i
parapecto. 5. neriessie . . tucto.
PL XCVI No. i
(MS. C. A. i6 b ; 6$ a). Perspective view of a church
seen from behind; this recalls the Duomo at Florence, but with two campaniles 2 .
PL XCVII No.
3 (MS. B. 52). The central part is a development of
S. Lorenzo at Milan, such as was executed at the Duomo of Pavia. There
is sufficient analogy between the building actually executed and this sketch
to suggest a direct connection between them. Leonardo accompanied Fran-
cescodi Giorgio^ when the latter was consulted on June 2\ st 1490 as to this ,
church; the fact that the only word accompanying the plan is: "sagrestia",
seems to confirm our supposition, for the sacristies were added only in 1492,
i. e. four years after the beginning of the Cathedral, which at that time
was most likely still sufficiently unfinished to be capable of receiving the
form of the present sketch.
PL XCVII No. shows the exterior of this design. Below is the note:
2
edifitio al proposito del fodameto figurato di socto (edifice proper for the
ground plan figured below).
Here we may also mention the plan of a Latin cross drawn in MS.
C. A. fol. 266 (see p. 50,).
PL XCIV No.
External side view of Brunellescds
i
(MS. L. 15^.
Florentine basilica San Lorenzo, seen from the North.
PL XCIV No. 4 (V. A. V, \). Principal front of a nave, most
likely of a church on the plan of a Latin cross. We notice here not only the
2
Already published in the Saggio PI. IX.
3 See MALASPINA, il Duomo di Pavia. Documents.
54 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.
. .- -
r - '
Imp Eude s
C. Studies for a form of a Church most proper for preaching.
'
The note teatro de predicar, on the right side is, I believe, in lJu' handwriting of Pontpeo Leoni. J. P. R.
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.
Fig. 2.
'
.
. . >
"
.'.
,
fpfl
'V-
V '
,v^^.^.V,^-
ImD. Eiid.es.
~
i-'r vcf/A V.
^'. ^A
-;/. 'C^
-:
-^ - -v-.v-v
m&m>
(.$;?-'
'' - -
,"*
" '
:; :
;!;:' 5^^'-'-
:,' .^^aeSyGA.v'j
.-^.i ..
ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 57
like a modern theatre, whilst the exterior and the galleries and stairs recall
the ancient amphitheatres.
Fig. 3-
Fig. 4.
have comprised only about .two thirds of the circle. Leonardo wrote in the
centre "fondamento", a word he often employed for plans, and on the left
side of the view of the exterior: locho dove si predicha (a place for
preaching in).
VOL. II. n
D. Design for a Mausoleum.
PI. XCVIII (P. V., 182. No. d'ordre 2386;. In the midst of a hilly
projecting one beyond the other, and each furnished ivith a sort of heel, which
appears to be undercut, so as to give the appearance of a beam from within.
Granite alone would be adequate to the dimensions here given to the key
stone, as the thickness of the layers can hardly be considered to be less than
a foot. In taking this as the basis of our calculation for the dimensions of
the whole construction, the width of the chamber would be about 2 5 feet but,
suppose that these urns were larger than usual it would seem to be no
more than about 8 or \ o feet.
The construction of the vaults resembles those in the galleries of some
ly discovered) and also that of the chamber and passages of the pyramid of
Cheops and of the treasury of Atreus at Mycenae.
The upper cone displays not only analogies with the monuments men-
tioned in the note, but also with Etruscan tumuli, such as the Cocumella
-
-
Imp. Elide
ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 59
tomb at Vulci, and the Regulini Galeassi tomb' The whole scheme 1
. is one
of the most magnificent in the history of Architecture.
It would be difficult to decide as to whether any monument he had seen
suggested this idea to Leonardo, but it is worth while to enquire, if any
monument, or group of monuments of an earlier date may be supposed to
2
have done so.
DE VlLLEFOSSE of the Louvre was kind enough to place the abovementioned rare works at my disposal. Leonardo's
observations on the coast of Africa are given later in this work. The Herodium near Bethlehem in Palestine (Jebel
el Fureidis, Frank Mountain) was, according to the latest researches, constructed on a very similar plan. See
the
Der Frankenberg, von Baurath C. SCHICK in Jerusalem, Zeitschrift des Deutschen Palastina-Vereins,
Leipzig 1880, Vol. Ill, pages 8899 and Plates IV and V. J. P. R.
E. Studies for the Central Tower, or Tiburio of Milan Cathedral.
had to settle on the choice of a model for the crowning and central part of
this vast building. We learn from a notice published by G. L. Calvi that '
among the artistswho presented models in the year 1488 were: Bramante,
Pietro da Gorgonzola, Luca Paperio (Fancelli), and Leonardo da Vinci.
Several sketches by Leonardo refer to this important project:
PL CXIX, No. 2 (MS. S. K. Ill, No. 36*; a small plan of the
whole edifice. The projecting chapels in the middle of the transept are
wanting here. The nave appears to be shortened and seems to be approached
by an inner "vestibolo".
PL C, No. 2 (Tr. 21). Plan of the octagon tower, giving the disposition
of the buttresses ; starlingfrom the eight pillars adjoining the four principal
piers and intended
support the eight angles of the Tiburio.
to These but-
tresses correspond exactly with those described by Bramante as existing in
2
the model presented by Omodeo.
G. L. CALVI, Notizie sulla vita e sulle opere dei principali architetti scultori e pittori che fiori-
rono inMilano, Part 111, 20. See also: H. DE GEYMULLER, Les projets primitifs etc. /, 37 and 116 119.
The Fabbricceria of the Duomo has lately begun the publication of the archives, which may possibly tell us more
about the part taken by Leonardo, than has hitherto been known.
* Bramante's
opinion was first published by G. MONGERI, Arch. stor. Lomb. V, fasc. 3 and afterwards by
me in the publication mentioned in the preceding note.
^""fB^^^'-i "-"*.> '-- - -'. .T
it'- i
^r-_ !
i'
;
, ,
I- ;
;
'
-xj- i
5. C>
-;;^-4-
>i*/
E
. .
;
*
x= 1
F *
Vc!>
k^ -% L
-
-
$
.**,"->'
*v
. _- -
'
.
>-
D-ujardm
Imp. E-
758.] ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 6l
PL XCIX, No. i
(MS. Tr. 15) contains several small sketches of
sections and exterior views of the Dome; some of them show buttress-walls
shaped as inverted arches. Respecting these Leonardo notes:
L'arco rivescio e migliore per fare The inverted arch is better for giving a
2
spalla che 1'ordinario, perche il rovescio shoulder than the ordinary one, because the
3 trova sotto se muro resistete alia sua former finds below it a wall resisting its
4debolezza, e 1'ordinario no trova nel suo weakness, whilst the latter finds in its weak
sdebole se non aria. part nothing but air.
Three slight sketches of sections on the same leaf- above those repro-
duced here are more closely connected with the large drawing in the centre of
PL C, No. 4 (MS, Tr. 4 1) which shows a section of a very elevated
dome, with double vaults, connected by ribs and buttresses ingeniously dis-
above on the right side: Larcho regiera tanto sotto asse chome di sopra
se
(The arch supports as much below it [i. e. a hanging weight] as above it).
PL C, No. i (C.A. 303^. Larger sketch of half section of the Dome,
with a very complicated system of arches, and a double vault. Each stone
is shaped so as to be knit or dovetailed to its neighbours. Thus the inside
i.
Fig. 2.
Fig.
PI. XCIX, No. 3 (C.A., 262) four sketches of the exterior of the
Dome.
C. A. 1 2. Section, showing the points of rupture of a gothic vault, in
evident connection with the sketches described above.
It deserves to be noticed how easily and apparently without effort,
Leonardo manages to combine gothic details and structure with the more
Among the very few details Vasari gives as to the architectural studies
of Leonardo, we read: "And among these models and designs there was one
by way of which he showed several times to many ingenious citizens who
then governed Florence, his readiness to lift up without
ruining it, the church
of San Giovanni in Florence (the Battistero, opposite the Duomo) in order to
place under it the
missing basement with steps; he supported his assertions
with reasons so persuasive, that while he spoke the undertaking seemed feas-
able, although every one of his hearers, when he had departed, could see by
by LlBRl, Histoire des sciences mathematiques en Italic (II, 216, 217): "On a cru dans ces derniers temps
faire un miracle en mecanique en effectuant ce transport, et cependant des 1'annee 1455, Gaspard Nadi et
Aristote de Fioravantio avaient transporte, a une distance considerable, la tour de la Magione de Bologne,
avec ses fondements, qui avait presque quatre-vingts pieds de haut. Le continuateur de la chronique de
le chroniqueur affirme avoir
Pugliola dit que le trajet fut de 35 pieds et que durant le transport auquel
assist^, il arriva un accident grave qui fit pencher de trois pieds la tour pendant qu'elle tait suspendue,
mais que cet accident fut promptement repare (Muratori, Scriptores rer. ital. Tom. XVIII, col. 717, 718).
Alidosi a rapporte une note ou Nadi rend compte de ce transport avec une rare simplicite. D'apres cette
note, on voit que les operations de ce genre n'etaient pas nouvelles. Celle-ci ne couta que 150 livres
la meme annee,
(monnaie d'alors) y compris le cadeau que le L6gat fit aux deux mecaniciens. Dans
Aristote redressa le clocher de Cento, qui penchait de plus de cinq pieds (Alidosi, instruttione p. 188
Muratori, Scriptores rer. ital., torn. XXIII, col. 888. Bossii, chronica Mediol., 1492, in-fol. ad ann. 1455)-
On ne conc,oit pas comment les historiens des beaux-arts ont pu negliger de tels hommes." J. P. R.
G. Description of an unknown Temple.
Per dodici gradi di scale al magno tem- Twelve flights of steps led up to the
pio si saliva, il quale otto cento braccia great temple, which was eight hundred braccia
2
circundaua, e con ottagulare figura era in circumference and built on an octagonal
fabricate, e sopra li otto anguli otto gran plan. At the eight corners were eight large
base si posauano a un braccio e mezzo, e plinths, one braccia and a half high, and three
grosse 3, 3 e lunghe 6 nel suo sodo, col- wide, and six long at the bottom, with
Pangolo in mezzo, sopra delle quali si fon- an angle middle; on these were eight
in the
dauano 8 gra pilastri: sopra del sodo della great pillars, standing on the plinths as a
basa si Ie vava per
4
ispatio di 24 braccia, foundation, and twenty four braccia high.
e nel suo termine erano stabiliti 8 capitelli And on the top of these were eight capitals
di 3 braccia 1'uno, e largo 6, sopra di three braccia long and six wide, above which
questi se guiva architraue fregio e cornice
5 were the architrave frieze and cornice, four
con altezza di 4 braccia e 1 /2 il quale per
,
braccia and a half high, and this was carried
retta linia 6 dall' un pilastro all' altro s' asten- on in a straight line from one pillar to the next
dea, e cosl con circuito d'otto cento brac- and so, continuing for eight hundred braccia,
cia il tempio circundava infra 1* u 7 pilastro surrounded the whole temple, from pillar to
e P altro; per sostentacolo di tal mebro pillar. To support this entablature there were
erano stabiliti dieci gran colohe dell' altez- ten large columns of the same height as the
za de' pilastri e co 8 grossezza di 3 braccia pillars, three braccia thick above their bases
sopra le base, le quali era alte vn braccio e /2 which were one braccia and a half high.
l
.
^Salivasi a questo tenpio per 12 gradi di The ascent to this temple was by
scale,il
quale tempio era sopra il dodecimo twelve flights of steps, and the temple was
grado fondato in figura ottan'gulare, e sopra on the twelfth, of an octagonal form, and at
ciascuno angulo nasceva vn gran pilastro; each angle rose a large pillar; and between
e infra li pilastri erano inframessi "dieci the pillars were placed ten columns of the
759. Either this description is incomplete, or, as native land of colossal octagonal buildings, in the
seems to me highly probable, it refers to some ruin. early centuries A. D. The Temple of Baalbek,
The enormous dimensions forbid our supposing this and others are even larger than that here described.
to be any temple in Italy or Greece. Syria was the J. P. R.
759-] DESCRIPTION OF AN UNKNOWN TEMPLE.
colonne colla medesima altezza de' pilastri, same height as the pillars, rising at once
i
quali si levaua sopra del pauimeto 28 from the pavement to a height of twenty eight
I2
braccia e */ 2 sopra di questa medesima
;
braccia and a half; and at this height the archi-
altezza si posaua architraue fregio e cornice trave, frieze and cornice were placed which
con lunghezza d'otto ceto braccia, e cignea surrounded the temple having a length of
X
tenpio a vna medesima altezza circuiua
3il eight hundred braccia. At the same height,
dentro a tal circuito sopra il medesimo pi- and within the temple at the same level, and
ano; in giro in centre del tempio per spatio all round the centre of the temple at a distance
di 24 braccia nascono ^le conrispondentie of 24 braccia farther in, are pillars correspon-
delli 8 pilastri delli angoli, e delle colonne ding to the eight pillars in the angles, and
poste a esse prime faccie, e si "Sleuauano columns corresponding to those placed in
alia medesima altezza sopra detta, e sopra the outer spaces. These rise to the same
l6
tal pilastri li architraui perpetui ritor- height as the former ones, and over these the
navano sopra li
primi detti pilastri e continuous architrave returns towards the
colonne. outer row of pillars and columns.
"iciero il centre del tenpio per ispatio di 24 br . nasscie. 14. e delle [ottamta] colone . . facce essi. 15. alteza sopra
V. Palace architecture.
with this Bramante s painted front of the Casa Silvestri, and a painting by
Montorfano in San Pietro in Gessate at Milan, third chapel on the left
hand side and also with Bramantes palaces at Rome. The pilasters with ara-
besques, the rustica between them, and the figures over the window may be
middle of the first story, over which rises an attic with a Pediment repro-
duced on page 67. The details drawn close by on the left seem to indicate
an arrangement of coupled columns against the wall of a first story.
PL LXXXV
No. 14 (MS. S. K. M. Ill 79) contains a very slight
i Count GlULIO PORKO, in his valuable contribution to the Archivio Storico Lombardo, Anno VIII,
Fasc. IV (31 Dec. 1881): Leonardo da Vinci, Libro di Annotazioni e Memorie, refers to this in the following
note: "Alia pag. 41 vi e uno schizzo di volta ed accanto scrisse: 'il pilastro- sara charicho in su 6' e potrebbe
darsi che si riferisse alia cupola della chiesa delle Grazie tanto pii che a pag. 42 vi e un disegno che
rassomiglia assai al basamento che oggi si vede nella parte esterna del coro.di quella chiesa." This may
however be doubted. The drawing, here referred to, on page 41 of the same manuscript, is reproduced on PI. C No. 4
and described on page 6 1 as being a study for the cupola of the Duomo of Afilan. J. P. R.
PALACE ARCHITECTURE. 67
sketch in red chalk, which most probably is intended to represent the faqade
of a palace. Inside is the short note 7 he 7 (j and 7).
//////////// / f M m\ \\\\\\\\\\\\\\
1
1
.9
II
Fig. 2 Fig. ..
away. . .
The following texts refer to the construction of palaces and other buil-
W. XIX] 760.
760. See PL CI, no. i, and compare the dimensions here given, with No. 748 lines 26 29; and the
drawing belonging to it PI. LXXXI, no. 2.
I f4 ^*i^&^|ft fc
:
j
|ii^ ^S
. ; ,V .l/v*rtl IW
r
'
/ ' '
' ':
, , > -
_ y.y,'. '
i .
, .
'
- -
s>., , ..
(
'
-
^i&.< y s
.
-f -y. .
. '-' i
vK'.^.;^-.
.
-^.
'-. ?
]mp Eludes.
.
PALACE ARCHITECTURE. 69
B. 39*] 76l.
2
Modo come si de' componere vna The manner in which one must arrange On .^ e
,..,. ,.
dispositions
stalla: Dividerai in prima sua lar^ghez- la a stable. You must first divide its width
.
,
m
.
of a stable.
za in parti -3-6 la sua lunghezza e libera -, 3 parts, its depth matters not; and let these
e le 3 dette divisioni * sieno equali e di 3 divisions be equal and 6 braccia broad
larghezza di braccia 6 per ciascuna, e alte for each part and 10 high, and the middle
10, e la parte di mezzo 5 sia in uso de' part shall be for the use of the stablemasters ;
maestri di stalla le 2 da cato per i ca- ,
the 2 side ones for the horses, each of which
6
vagli, de' quali ciascuno ne de' pigliare must be 6 braccia in width and 6 in length,
per larghezza braccia 6 lughezza braccia 6, ,
and be half a braccio higher at the head
e alte piv dinanti che dirieto l / 2 braccio; than behind. Let the manger be at 2 braccia
7 la
mangiatoia sia alta da terra braccia 2, from the ground, to the bottom of the rack,
8
il
principio della rastrelliera braccia -3-6 3 braccia, and the top of it 4 braccia. Now,
1' ultimo braccia 4 Ora a volere atenere ;
in order to attain to what I promise, that is to
quello ch'io prometto, cioe di 9 fare detto make this place, contrary to the general
sito cotro allo universale vso pulito e netto custom, clean and neat: as to the upper
I0
inquato al di sopra della stalla ,
cioe part of the stable, i. e. where the hay is,
dove sta debe detto loco avere
il fieno ,
that part must have at its outer end a
nella sua testa di fori vna "finestra alta 6 window 6 braccia high and 6 broad, through
e larga 6, donde con vn facil modo si which by simple means the hay is brought
coduca il fieno su detto I2 solaro, come up to the loft, as is shown by the machine
appare nello strumeto E e sia collocata 1 , E; and let this be erected in a place 6 braccia
un sito di larghez^za di braccia 6, e lungo wide, and as long as the stable, as seen at
quato la stalla, come appare in k -p e 1' altre k p. The other two parts, which are on
2 parti J 4che mettano in mezzo questa, cias- either side of this, are again divided; those
cuna sia diuisa in 2 parti, le dua diverso nearest hay-loft are 4 braccia, / s,
to the
il fieno sia I5 no braccia 4 , p s ,
solo allo and only for the use and circulation of the
ofitio e andamento de' ministri d'essa stalla, servants belonging to the stable; the other two
l6
1' altre 2 che confinano colle parieti mu- which reach to the outer walls are 2 braccia,
rali sieno di braccia 2, come appare in s as seen at s k, and these are made for the
/-, I7 e queste sieno allo ofitio di dare-il purpose of giving hay to the mangers, by means
feno alle magiatoie per condotti stretti nel of funnels, narrow at the top and wide over
18
principio e larghi sulle magiatoie, accio the manger, in order that the hay should not
che'l feno no si fermi infra via, sieno ^bene choke them. They must be well plastered and
Itonicati e politi, figurati dov' e
clean and are represented at 4 fs. As to
segnato .
, ellultimo br 4 . . attenere . .
promecto. 9. decto . . necto. 10. feno . . decto . . nela. n. feno. 12. apare . . essia
colocata br 6 apare in K. p. laltre e laltre. 14. metano imezo . . si diuisa . . feno. 15. no br 4
. .
large. 13. . .
s" ofitio [de mini si.ribe] e andamento. 16. 2 che che chonfinano chole pariete . . br 2 . .
apare. 17. ecqueste . .
"p . . .
magiatore .
per condocti strecti. 18. sule magiatore acio. 20. le magiatore . . sia la sichessi. 21. magiatore chome si scho-
prano.
B. 762.
OL
2
Sia lasciata cadere 1'acqua in The water should be allowed to
762. i. fa. 2. larmadure. 5. debe. 7. mazoli. 10. chofittc. n. madura. 13. coli chon salcie[l]e. 16. cosalci. 19. cierchio i.
20. */2 br. 22. cho. 26. acquesta. 28. ale. 29. i dito. 31. mazoli di [gin] cime. 32. cholle.
762. See PI. CII, No. 3. The words here given 763. Other drawings of fountains are given on
as the title line, lines I 4, are the last in the ori- PL CI (W. XX) ; the original is a pen and ink drawing
ginal MS. Lines 5 16 are written under fig. 4. on blue paper; on PL CIII (MS. B.) and PL LXXXII.
PI,.
**>*
"'
'
- .>*
,
.-. r-'
' ' v^ ::'^
0&
m
. . 3 T r".' \ V
jlfcS^V 1> I
p4**r^SSiS .^^
TTcliop^. Dxijardin
Imp. Elides.
II
of the proportion of such details. As- every organic being in nature has its
law of construction and growth, these masters endeavoured, each in his way,
to discover and prove a law of proportion in architecture. The following
notes in Leonardos manuscripts refer to this subject.
Fig. 2.
I.
Fig.
MS. S. K. M. Ill, 47
b
(see Fig. i). A
diagram, indicating the rules
as given by Vitruvius and by Leon Battista Alberti for the proportions of
the Attic base of a column.
MS. S. K. M. Ill 55 (see Fig. 2). Diagram showing the. same rules.
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS. [764766.
L. 19 ; 765-
3 II latastro deve ^essere largo quaHo The plinth must be as broad as the
6
la grossezza di qua luque muro dove 7 tale thickness of the wall against which the plinth
8
latastro s'ap poggia. is built.
i
primi edificatori e componitori di citta gran- Siculus writes, were the first to build and
dissime. e di castelli ed edifizi publici e
construct large cities and castles, public and
privati di forma, grandezza e qualita per 3
765. 2. (il muro]. 3, illatasstro debbe. 4. fg] largo. 5. grosseza di qu"a". 7. latastro. 8. pogga.
tichatori e chomponitori di cita . . chasstella. 4. grandeza . . anticiedeti [gestupessani che] righuardevoli chonnistupefazione
764. No explanation can be offered of the mean- in use. It is to be found besides the text given
ing of the letter B, which precedes each name. above, as far as I am aware, only on two drawings
It may be meant for basa (base). Perhaps it refers of the Uffizi Collection, where, in one instance, it
to some author on architecture or an architect (Bra- indicates the abacus of a Doric capital.
mante ?) who employed the designations, thus marked 765. See PI. CX No. 3. The hasty sketch on the
for the mouldings. right hand side illustrates the unsatisfactory' effect
3. troclea. Philander: Trochlea sive trochalia aut produced when the plinth is narrower than the wall.
rechanum. 766. See PI. CIII, No. 3, where the sketches
6. Latercului or latastrum is the Latin name for belonging to lines 10 16 are reproduced, but rever-
Plinthus (TtMvdo;), but Vitruvius adopted this Greek sed. The sketch of columns, here reproduced by a
name and "lataMro" seems to have been little wood cut, stands in the original close to lines 5 8.
7 67 .
768.] ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS. 73
10
II capitello a a essere J questo formato, The capital must be formed in this
dividi la sua grossezza da capo j 8 way. Divide its thickness at the top into
d' u pie, "e fa che sia alto 5/7 e ver~ 8; at the foot make it
s/7 }
and let it be 5/7
ra a essere quadro, dipoi dividi 1'altezza J high and you will have a square ; afterwards
8, come facesti la colonna, di poi poni divide the height into 8 parts as you did for
*/8
1'uovolo I2 e un altro ottavo la grossezza the column, and then take J /s f r the echinus
della tavola che sta di sopra al capitello; and another eighth for the thickness of the aba-
'3i corni della tavola del capitello ano a cus on the top of the capital. The horns of
sportare fuori dalla maggior larghezza della the abacus of the capitalhaveto project beyond
2
capana /7 I4 cioe settimi del di sopra della the greatest width of the bell 2 /7 , i.e. sevenths
capana che tocca a ciascu corno di sporto of the top of the bell; so l /7 falls to the
Y7 I5 e la mozzatura de' corni vuole essere projection of each horn. The truncated part
l
largha quat' e alta, cioe /& jl resto degli or- ;
of the horns must be as broad as it is high.
l6
nameti lascio jn liberta degli scultori; I leave the rest, that is the ornaments, to
T
7ma per tornare alle colonne, e provare the taste of the sculptors. But to return to
la ragione secondo la forma di lor fortezza the columns and in order to prove the
18
o debolezza, dico cosl, che quado le linie reason of their strength or weakness according
si partiranno dalla sommita della I9 colonna to their shape, I say that when the lines starting
e termineranno nel suo nascimeto e la lor from the summit of the column and ending at its
uia e lughezza sia di pari 20 distanzia o base and their direction and length .,
their . .
latitudine, dico che questa colonna .... distance apart or width may be equal; I say
that this column . .
a d */3
di n m ",
2
m l
/t
r o; a b is
J
/3
of n m; mo is */6 of ^ o.
6
. a b is divided into Q 1 ^; the abacus is 3/9 the
s# b si diuida in 9 e 1 abaco e 5/9J ovolo 4/9 , the bead-moulding and the fillet
8 2 T
7ovo 4/9 ;
fusaiolo e listello 2
/9
e /9 and L,
meto ella . .
ellugheza. 20. 1 disstanzia . . dicho . . cholonna. Here the text breaks off.
767. i. El chilindro . .
chorpo . . cholo. 2. elle . . fronte. 3. dinterpositio paralella . e infra li lor cietri. 4. sastede . . linia
pa. 5. mezo . .
grossetta. 6. chilindro ottermina. 7. linia e di detta. 8. lima cietrale e dalli . . assis.
767. Leonardo wrote these lines on the margin of a page of the Trattato di Francesco 'Mi Giorgio,
where there are several drawings of columns, as well as a head drawn in profile inside an outline
sketch of a capital.
768. See PL LXXXV, No. 16. In the original the drawing and writing are both in red chalk.
VOL. u. K
74 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS. [769.
PL LXXXV No.
6 (MS. Ash. II 6 b) contains a small sketch of a
in three lines: I chorni del capitelo.
capital with the following note, written
deono essere la quarta parte d'uno quadro (The horns of a capital must
measure the fourth part of a square).
MS. S. K. M. ///72* contains two sketches of ornamentations of windows.
In MS. C. A. 308"; 938* (see PI. LXXXII No. \) there are several
sketches One of the two columns on the right is similar to those
of columns.
employed by Bramante at the Canonica di S. Ambrogio. The same columns
appear in the sketch underneath the plan of a castle. There they appear
coupled, and in two stories one above the other. The archivolls which seem
to spring out of the cohtmns, are shaped like twisted cords, meant per-
haps to be twisted branches. The walls between the columns seem to be formed
out of blocks of wood, the pedestals are ornamented with a reticulated pattern.
From all this we may suppose that Leonardo here had in mind either some
festive decoration, or perhaps a pavilion for some hunting place or park.
The sketch of columns marked "35" gives an example of columns shaped
like candelabra, a form often employed at that time, particularly in Milan,
and the surrounding districts for instance in the Cortile di Casa Castiglione
now Silvestre, in the cathedral of Como, at Porta della Rana &c.
G. 52a ] 7 6 9-
2
DELLI ARCHITRAVI DI UNO E DI PIU CONCERNING ARCHITRAVES OF ONE OR SEVERAL
PEZZI. PIECES.
-J
L' architrave di piu pezzi piu potete An architrave of several pieces is
stronger
che quel d'u 4 sol pezzo, essendo essi pezzi than that of one single piece, if those
colle lor lunghezze situati Sper inverso il pieces are placed with their length in the
cetro del modo; pruovasi perche 6 le pietre direction of the centre of the world. This
anno il neruo overo tiglio gienerato per il is proved because stones have grain their
tra 7 verso, cioe peril uerso delli orizzonti or fibre generated in the contrary direction
8
opposti d'un mede simo emisperio, e questo e. in the direction of the
/'.
opposite horizons
e contrario al tiglio delle 9piate 1 quali of the hemisphere , and this is contrary to
anno . . . fibres of the plants which have . . .
a
i
'
'
"; -"^v
Pv^
"v+pg
280S1'
I^-J^
'
only in a fragmentary state; still, there seems to be no doubt that he 'himself did not
complete them. It would seem that Leonardo entertained the idea of writing a large
and connected book on Architecture; arid it is quite evident that the materials we
possess , which can be proved to have been written at different periods, were noted
doivn with a more or less definite aim and purpose. They might all be collected
under the one title: "Studies on the Strength of Materials". Among them the investi-
gations on the subject of fissures in walls are particularly thorough, and very fully
reported; thesef passages are also especially interesting, because Leonardo was certainly
the first writer on architecture who ever treated the subject at all. Here, as in all other
cases Leonardo carefully avoids all abstract argument. His data are not derived from
the principles of algebra, but from the laws of mechanics, and his method throughout is
strictly experimental.
Though the conclusions drawn from his investigations may not have that
precision which we are accustomed to find in Leonardo's scientific labours, their interest
is not lessened. They prove at any rate his deep sagacity and wonderfully clear mind.
No one perhaps, who has studied these questions since Leonardo, has combined with a
scientific mind anything like the artistic delicacy of perception which gives interest and
lucidity to his observations.
I do not assert that the arrangement here adopted for the passages in question is
that originally intended by Leonardo; but their distribution into five groups was suggested
by the titles, or headings, which Leonardo himself prefixed to most of these notes.
Some of the longer sections perliaps sJiould not, to be in strict agreement with this divi-
WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE.
sion, have been reproduced in their entirety in the place where they occur. But the
comparatively small amount of the materials we possess will render them, even so, suffi-
ciently intelligible to the reader; it did not therefore seem necessary or desirable to sub-
The small number of chapters given under the fifth class, treating on the centre of
gravity in roof-beams, bears no proportion to the number of drawings and studies which
refer to the same subject. Only a small selection of these are reproduced in this work
since the majority have no explanatory text.
PL CIV
r* -*''
'T
*
.
-' >. ^nj.
Vj
^^ r
-.w* >^
^
;
"
/
^^^^^d^rc^ *fcM*i ^ ^ w
f
A>^?3^
m
AviriWA^ ^H-)ViVf
*' Vf 'r
j^W^W4^w
*T*f^]ViAj>l
i
4 *r &S? '
^2LT^^r?^r%
fe^vf f^r W
2.2iteft***tiTw
V/*r w/fL *
*fat*
Du]ardin
S^.; 1
Hwr-?i 9WcZV
*m *
^ir^>>i
Imp Eudes
I
77
I.
ON FISSURES IN WALLS.
Fa prima il trattato delle cause giene- First write the treatise on the causes of
ratrici de! 2 le rotture de' muri, e poi il the giving way of walls and then, separately,
trattato de'rimedi separate. treat of the remedies.
770. i. chause. 3. [di] sono. 4. chessi edifichano illochi. 5. choposti . . chon obbriquo. 8. essdrucciolente. 9. chontinovate.
10. tale . . simovan. 12. cheddisciendano. 13. chonsecho . . barcha. 16. Irimedio . .
spe. 17. pilasstri . . chessi. 18. chon.
19. abarbatiati esti. 20. pilasstri. 21. effermi. 22. rutte. 23. per [del]. 24. pozzo [no] sotto . . cho. 25. pozo . . cho . .
26 da quel
dalla somita insino al fondo lato, space one palm wide from the top to the
donde mote discede, 27 e in capo
il d'al- bottom; and after some time this smooth
quato tempo questa parte pulita, che si fecie portion made on the side of the shaft, will
28 show plainly which part of the hill is
nella pa riete del pozzo, mostrera manifesto
segnio qual parte del mote si move. moving.
Br. M. 157*] 77 1 -
Mai le fessure de' muri 2 sara paralelle, The cracks in walls will never be parallel
fuor che se la 3 parte del muro, la qual * si unless the part of the wall that separates from
separa dal suo rimanete, non disceda. the remainder does not slip down.
5
QUALE REGOLA E QUELLA CHE FA ?LI EDIFITI WHAT is THE LAW BY WHICH BUILDINGS HAVE
PERMANETI. STABILITY.
8
La permanetia delli edifiti e la regola The stability of buildings is the result
larcheza. 26. dacquel . . dissciede. 27. chapo dalquato lento questa . . chessi. 28. mossterra . . mote si m\\\\\.
771. 2. paralelle. . chella. 3. par del. s.disscieda. reghola ecquella cheffa. 8. edifiti(e)
6. ella reghola. . .
9. chelle. 10. che
qual . . cho quali. n. abraccino . . circhuitione. 12. cholle q aluche sorte. 13. anchora
. . sechi. . .
14. ara . . chellui.
copritricio dello. 29. delei disciesa. 31. locho so chavsa. 32. largha. 33. chella. 34. alia chausa. 35. dichulare.
771. Lines 15
refer to PI. CV, No. 2. ful, and the meaning in any case very obscure.
Line 9 alle due anteciedete, see on the same page. Lines 19 23 are on the right hand margin close
Lines 1618. The translation of this is doubt- to the two sketches on PI. CII, No. 3.
7/2.] ON FISSURES IN WALLS. 79
allora-quel che s'asciuga ^nell'aria, restri- or diminish and the side which is kept damp
20
gnie e diminui scesi, e quel che e inu- will not dry. And the dry portion will break
2I 22
midito no si asciuga e volentieri si r6 pe away readily from the damp portion because
al secco daH'umido perche es 23 so vmido the part not shrinking in the same pro-
damp
non a tenacita da 2 4seguitare il moto di portion does not cohere and follow the move-
quel che al continue si secca. ment of the part which dries continuously.
DELLI FESSI ARCATI LARGHI DI SOPRA OF ARCHED CRACKS, WIDE AT THE TOP, AND
2
?E STRETTI DI SOTTO. NARROW BELOW.
28
Quelli fessi arcati larghi di sopra Arched cracks, wide at the top and
2
9e stretti di sotto nascono nelle 3porte narrow below are found in walled-up
rimurate che cala piu ne3 I l'altezza che nella doors, which shrink more in their height
larghezza loro
32
per tanto quato 1'altezza than in their breadth, and in proportion as
e maggiore 33 che nella larghezza e per their height is greater than their width,
of the mortar are
quato le com34messure della calcina son and as the joints
piv numerosi
35 in nell'altezza che nella more numerous in the height than in the
larghezza. width.
3 6 I1 fesso diminuisce 37 tanto meno in The crack
diminishes less in r o than in
r o 3 8 che in quato m n,
39 infra roe. me m proportion as there is less material
n, in
ma4teria che in n m. between r and o than between ;/ and m.
4r
Ogni fessura fatta 421 loco cocavo Any crack made in a concave wall is -
51 2 a
HE ogni cosa umi S2 da si
restrignie 2. And a wet object shrinks, while drying,
nel53lo asciugare per ta.54to quanto e 1' umido in proportion to the amount of moisture which
ss che da lei si diuide. If
evaporates from it.
locho chochavo ellargha. ecquesto nasscie. 45. dallato fighu. 47. chessi inumidis
41. Oni . . tatta. 42. 43. esstretta. 44.
772. The text of this passage is reproduced in inside the sketch No.
2. L. are partly written 4146
over the sketch No. to which they refer.
facsimile on PI. CVI to the left. L. 3640 are written 3
8o WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE. [773-
DELLA CAVSA DEL RONPERE DELLI EDIFITI OF THE CAUSES OF FISSURES IN [THE WALLS
PUBLICI E PR1VATI. OF] PUBLIC AND PRIVATE BUILDINGS.
2
Romponsi li muri per fessure, che anno The walls give way in cracks, some of
del cliretto e alcune che 'anno dello obbliquo ;
which are more or less vertical and others
le rotture che anno del diretto 4 son gienerate are oblique. The cracks which are in a
dalli muri novi sin cogiutio de' muri vecchi di- vertical direction are caused the
by
littio co morse giute alii 6 muri vecchi, perche joining of new walls, with old walls,
talimorse, no potendoresistereallo ?insoppor- whether straight or with indentations fitting
tabile peso del muro a lor'cogiuto, e necies on to those of the old wall; for, as these
8
sario a quelle ronpersi e dar loco al discieso indentations cannot bear the too great weight
del predet 9 to muro novo, quale cala vn
il of the wall added on to them, it is inevitable
I0
braccio per ogni 10 braccia, o piu o meno, that they should break, and give way to the
secondo la maggiore o minore sorha di settling of the new wall, which will shrink
calcina "interposta infra le pietre murate one braccia in every ten, more or less,
e co calcina piu I2 o me
liquida; Enota che according to the greater or smaller quantity
senpre si debbe iprima fare 'Jfi muri e poi of mortar used between the stones of the
vestirli delle pietre che li ano a vestire, ^per- masonry, and whether this mortar is more or
che se cosl no si faciesse, il muro facciedo less liquid. And observe, that the walls
j
maggiore calo che sla crosta di fori, e' sa- should always be built first and then faced
I6
rebbe neciessario che le morse fatte nelli with the stones intended to face them. For, if
lati de' muri
ropessino; perche si le pietre you do not proceed thus, since the wall settles
che vestono li mu I7 ri, essendo di maggiore more than the stone facing, the projections
l8
grandezza che le pietre da quel le vestite, left on the sides of the wall must inevitably
e neciessario che ricievino minor quatita di give way ; because the stones used for facing
calcina '^nelle loro comessure e per cose- the wall being larger than those over which
they are laid, they will necessarily have less
2
gueza faccino minore calo, 9il che accadere
no puo, essendo murate tali croste poi ch' el mortar laid between the joints, and consequent-
rmr'ro e secco. ly they settle less; and this cannot happen
22
a b muro nuo 2 3vo, c e muro vechio if the facing is added after the wall is dry.
2
iche gia a fatto il calo, 2 5e lo a b fa il a b the new wall, c the old wall, which
calo poi, 26 beche a, essedo fonda 2 ?to has already settled; and the part a b
28
sopra il c muro vechio, no si puo settles afterwards, although a, being
in nes 9su modo ropere per ave 3 re on c, the old wall, cannot
2
founded
stabile fondameto 3' SO pra del muro possibly break, having a stable foun-
ve> 2 chio, ma sol si ronpe 33 ra il rima- dation on the old wall. But only the
nete del mu 34 ro nvovo b c635ciosia remainder b of the new wall will break
ch'elli e murato di 36 S opra dalla som- away, because it is built from top to
mita del edifitio insino al fondo, 37 fa- bottom of the building; and the re-
ciedo il rimanete del muro nuovo mainder of the new wall will over-
beccatello ^ 8 sopra il muro che di- hang the gap above the wall that has
sciede. sunk.
773. i. chausa . .
pubbici. 2. ronpasi . . alchune. 3. rocture. 4. novi fmurati in tepo brcvissimo]. 5. in chogiutio de muri
jo. sechondo . . ominore . . chalcina. xx. interpossta infralle . . cho chalcina. 12. ome . .
chessenpre. 13. eppoi vesstirl.
. . chelle . .
dacque. 18. vesstite chalcina. .
19. chomessure e per choseghueza
. chalo. 20. achadere murato tale . . . .
crosste. ax. essecho. 22. muro [vechio] nuo. 24. affatto il chalo. 25. ello chalo. 30. fondame. 34. cho. 30. cio chelli.
. .
DELLE PIETRE CHE si Dis 2 GiucoNO DALLA LOR OF STONES WHICH DISJOIN THEMSELVES FROM
CALCINA. THEIR MORTAR.
pietre d'equal numero nella loro Stones laid in regular courses from bottom
altezza, migrate con equal quatita di calcina, and built up with an equal quantity of
to top
fano equal s c alo nella partita dell'umido mortar settle equally throughout, when the
6
che mollifi c6 essa calcina. moisture that made the mortar soft evaporates.
7 Per lo passato si prvova che la poca By what is said above it is proved that
quatita
8
del muro nuovo interposta infra the small extent of the new wall between A and
A n fara po 9 co calo rispetto alia quatita n will settle but little, in proportion to the
del medesimo mu I0ro che s'interpone infra extent of the same wall between c and d.
c d, e tal fia la pro"portione che anno in- The proportion will in fact be that of
I2
fra loro le rareta delle dette calcine qual' the thinness of the mortar in relation to
e la proportioe delli ^nvmeri over delle the number of courses or quantity to the
quatita delle calcine interpo^ste nelle comes- of mortar laid between the stones above the
sure delle pietre murate so is pra le varie different levels of the old wall.
altezze delli muri vechi.
A. 53 a] 776.
Questo muro si ropera sotto 1' arco e This wall will break under the arch e f,
2
/perche i sette quadrelli integri no sono because the seven whole square bricks are
soffitietia sostenere il pie dell' arco sopra not sufficient to sustain the spring of the
postoli e 3
roperannosi questi 7 quadrelli arch placed on them. And these seven
nel mezzo aputo come appare in a b ; bricks will give way in their middle
la ragione si e che il quadrello a a sola- exactly as appears in a b. The reason
mete sopra se il peso a k s e 1' ultimo is, that the brick a has above it only
}
quadrello sotto 1'arco a sopra se il peso the weight a k, whilst the last brick under
6
c d, x- a\ c d- pare che facci fare for- the arch has above it the weight c d x a.
775. i. chessi. 2. giughano . . chalcina. 3. puetre. 4. chon . . chalcina. 8. cho . . chalcina. 7. la passata . . chella pocha.
9. pocho chalo risspecto. 10. chessinterpone . . ettal. n. portione [di] che anno infralloro. 12. chalcine. 13. chal-
cine. 14. ste . . chomesure.
776. i. Quessto . . larcho [c] e . f. 2. assosstenere . . archo . .
posstoli. 3. e roperanosi .
quesste . . mezo . . chome apare.
6. larcho. 7. cheffacci . . archo uerlasspalla. 8. archo. 9. chome . .
dopio.
775. See PI. CV, No. I. The top of the tower is wanting in this reproduction, and with it the
letter n which, in the original, stands above the letter A over the top of the tower, while c stands
perpendicularly over d,
VOL. II. L
82 WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE. [776.
que fa la radice delli archi come 7 6, ch' e pressure is transmitted to the root of the
piu forte il
doppio che x z. arch. Therefore the foot of the arch acts
like 7 6, which is more than double of x z.
II.
ON FISSURES IN NICHES.
lir. M. 777-
th
nella parte piii remota dalle 8 due n, it follows, by the 5 ,
that
potentie che lo premono, il quale the arch will give way at the point
e il mezzo e ,
e altre^tanto intedo which is furthest from the two forces
aver detto dell' arco opposite d acting on them and
that is the middle
g d; adu I0 que n m pesi vegono e. The samebe understood of
is to
a discedere, e disceder no posso lj no per la the opposite curve, d g b; hence the weights
a
7 che non si faccl piu vicini, e avicinar n m must sink, but they cannot sink by the 7 th ,
I2
no si pos sono, se 1'arco che infra lor s'in- without coming closer together, and they can-
terpone non avicini sua ^stremi, li li
quali not come together unless the extremities of the
no si possono accostare sanza arch between them come closer,
rottura del ^suo mezzo; adu- and if these draw together the
que 1'arco si
ronpera in 2 crown of the arch must break; and
lochi come fu primo ^pos- thus the arch will give way in
to ecc. two places as was at first said &c.
*
Domada del peso dato in
l6
I ask, given a weight at a what
a,che parte ne risponde I n counteracts it in the direction n
e co che peso s'a a f and by what weight must the
'yiinia,
vinciere il peso posto in /. weight at /
be counteracted.
777. i. rocture. 2. semil . . charicho. 3. churvita. churvita prosi essieno. archo chome
4. 5. ronpano . . . .
per la. 6. passata
ca"stremi" sono ecqualmete agravati. 7. seguita "per la 5" chellarcho." 8. chello priemano . . altrec. archo addu.
9. . .
10. veghano addissciedere e disscieder no possa. 12. sano dellarclio che infrallor. 13. achosstare. 14. larcho . . chome
fu pr"o" . ne rissponde. 17. cho . .
possto.
84 WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE. [778.
Br. M. 778.
^ La finestra a e causa della rottura del The window a is the cause of the crack
b e questa tal rot^tura e aumetata dal peso at b; and this crack is increased hy the
n m, il quale piu si ficca ovvero penetra pressure of n and m
which sink or penetrate
intra la ter 5 ra che ricieve il suo fondameto, into the soil in which foundations are built
che no fa la leuit& del b e ancora il fo- ,
more than the lighter portion at b. Besides,
6 the old foundation under b has already
dameto vechio che sta sotto b a fatto il
calo, il che fatto non avea li pi^lastri n m settled, and this the piers n and have not m
e la parte b non disciede perpendiculare, yet done. Hence the part b does not settle
anzi si gitta info 8 ri per obbliquo e non down perpendicularly; on the contrary, it is
si pu6 per gittare 1'aversario
in detro, thrown outwards obliquely, and it cannot
perch tal parte disuni^ta dal tutto e piu on the contrary be thrown inwards, be-
larga di fori che di dentro e li labri del cause a portion like this, separated from
I0
rimanente e della medesima figura, e se the main wall, is larger outside than inside
tal parte disunita avesse a etrare in den- and the main wall, where it is broken, is of
tro, "il maggiore entrerebbe nel mi- the same shape and is also larger outside
nore, il che sarebbe inpossibile; adunque than inside therefore, if this separate portion
;
12
e cocluso che per necessita la parte were to fall inwards the larger would have
e non indetro come vole ^Pauersario of the semicircular wall when disunited
ecc. from the main wall will be thrust outwards,
'sQuando le tribune intere o mezze and not inwards as the adversary says.
16
sara di sopra vinte da superchio peso, al- When a dome or a half-dome is crushed
J
7lora le sue volte si aprirano l8 co apritura from above by an excess of weight the vault
diminuitiva ^dalla parte di sopra e larga will give way, forming a crack which dimi-
20
di sot to e stretta dalla parte di dentro e nishes towards the top and is wide below,
21 22
larga di fuori, a similitudine della scorza narrow on the inner side and wide outside;
2^
del pomo ovvero melaracia divisa in molte as is the case with the outer husk of a
2
parti per la sua Iughez 'za, che quato ella pomegranate, divided into many parts length-
sara premuta da! 25 le opposite parti della wise; for the more it is pressed in the
sua lughezza, 26 quella parte delle giuture direction of its length, that part of the joints
piu si a prira, che fia piu distate alia causa
27 will open most, which is most distant from
28
che la prieme e per questo mai si 2 9deb- ,
the cause of the pressure ; and for that reason
bono caricare li archi delle volte 3di qual- the arches of the vaults of any apse should
unche emiciclo dalli archi dello 3 1 suo never be more loaded than the arches of
2
edifitiomassimo, perche quel che * pi\i the principal building. Because that which
pesa piu prieme sopra cio che li e di33sotto, weighs most, presses most on the parts be-
e piu disciende sopra li sua fon^dameti, il low, and they sink into the foundations ;
but
che interuenire no pu6 35 a lle cose piu lieui this cannot happen to lighter structures like
come sono li emi3 6 cicli predetti. the said apses.
13. gittari [dap] cholla . . inferiore [di] inforienone . . chome. 15. trebune omeze. 17. apirrano [chota]. 18. [tamaj
. .
cho. 19. ellargha. 20. esstreta . . dentro el. 21. largha . . assimilitudine. 22. over. 23. imolte parte. 24. sara permuta.
25. parte . .
lugheza. 26. quela. 27. pirra chcffia . . chausa. 28. chella . .
quessto. 29. debbe charichare. 32. sopra chilli
edi. 33. dissciende.
35. chose . . chome. 36. predecti. 37. quessti . . chubi. 38. ho. 39. chubo. 40. chubo b sosspeso. 41. in-
778. The figure on PI. CV, No. 4 belongs to following. The sketch below of a pomegranate
the first paragraph of this passage, lines I 14; refers to line 22. The drawing fig. 6 is, in the
fig. 5 is sketched by the side of lines 15 and original, over line 37 and fig. 7 over line 54.
toll.*?
. I M\ '<M
~
Y 3
Ji \
frr7l >
, \ L
|T
Vflf/ Aftw
2j^r^*T H *rt
W*:*fo ^V^-v'
>/*w *Y
^ *M^.rCJ^7 -/T
/H^
f
r'
<j
-*^ .,
778-] ON FISSURES IN NICHES.
37 8
Qual di questi due cubi dimi^ nuira Which of these two cubes will shrink the
piu vniformemete o 39il cvbo A ,posato more uniformly: the cube A resting on the
sopra il pavi'meto, o'l cubo b sospeso pavement, or the cube b suspended in the
41 infra
1'aria, essedo 1'uno
42 e 1'altro cubo
air, when both cubes
are equal in weight
equal! peso *3 e in quantita e di terra
in and bulk, and of clay mixed with equal
mista con equale vmidita?
44
quantities of water?
45
Quel cubo che si posa sopra 46 il pavi- The cube placed on the pavement dimi-
meto piu diminui^scie della sua altezza che nishes more in height than in breadth, which
8
per la * sua larghezza, il che 4 ?far no puo the cube above, hanging in the air, cannot
il cubo ch'e di 5 sopra e sospeso infra 1'a- do. Thus it is proved. The cube shown above
ria; S'pruovasi cosl; il cubo po S2 sato so- is better shown here below.
pra questa medesima 53 S ta meglio qui di The final result of two cylinders of the
sotto. damp clay that is a b will be the arid
5411 fine delli dua cilindri di ss terra pyramidal figures below c and d. This is
fresca cioe a.b sa5 6 ra le figure piramidali proved thus: The cylinder a resting on
di s; sotto c d j
8
provasi co5 sl : il cilindro a, block of stone being made of clay mixed
posato 59 suo pavimeto per esse 6o re
sopra il with a great deal of water will sink by its
lui di terra assai mista 6l coll'umido, va ca- weight, which presses on its base, and in
lado me 62 diante il suo peso che da di se proportion as it settles and spreads all the
6
3alla sua basa, e tato piu camera e in- parts will be somewhat nearer to the base
6
grossera, quato e'sa 5ra colle sua parti piu because that is charged with the whole
66 6 same
presso alla sua basa, perche 11 si cari ?ca weight, &c.; and the case will be the
il suo tutto ecc;
68
E
si mile fara il peso d, with the weight of b which will stretch
6
il
quale pi 9u s'astedera, quato elli a mag- lengthwise in proportion as the weight at
gi?or peso sotto se, la qual maggiorita 7'e the bottom is increased and the greatest ten-
ne'cofini del suo sostetaculo. sion will be the neighbourhood of the weight
which is suspended by it.
frallaria esse luno. 44. ellaltro chub. 43. missta. 44. chon. 45. chubo chessi. 47. alteza. 48. [che] il che. 49. chubo.
50. essosspeso. 51. chosi il chubo. 54. chilindri. 55. fressca. 56. ra le. 57. socto . . cho. 58. chilindro. 60. missta.
61. chollumido va chalado. 63. ettato piu cha. 64. egrossera. 65. cholle .. .
parte. 66. chari. 67. cha . . Essi. 69. sas-
stedera . .
magi. 70. laqqual magiorita. 71. cne chofusi . sostetachulo.
III.
A. 779-
DELLA QUALITA DEL PESO BELLI ARCHI. OF THE KIND OF PRESSURE IN ARCHES.
8
Poiche 1'arco fia coposto , quello ri As the arch composite force it
is a
mane in equilibrio, Ipero9che tato spi- remains in because the
equilibrium
gie 1'uno 1' altro
quato 1' altro thrust is equal from both sides; and
I0
1'uno-, e se pesa piv 1'uno quarto if one of the segments weighs more
circulo che 1' leuata
altro , quivi fia than the other the stability is lost,
e negata la permaneza, "imperoch^ because the greater pressure will out-
'1
maggiore viciera il minore peso. weigh the lesser.
DEL CARICO DATO AGLI ARCHI. OF DISTRIBUTING THE PRESSURE ABOVE AN ARCH.
il
peso equale de' quarti giving the segments of
Next to
circuli e neciessario dare loro equale the equal weight it is neces-
circle
'+peso di sopra, altremeti si corre- sary to load them equally, or you will
rebbe nel sopra detto errore. fall into the same defect as before.
*
779. i. chosa e archo. 2. archo . . forteza . . deboleze. larcho . .
choposto . . circhuli. 4. circhuli ciaschuno . debolisimo
3.
. . chadere eopone. 5. deboleze . . chouertano. 6. cha forteza. 7. dela . . deli. 8. choposto quelo . .
equilibra. 9. chettato
esse e pesa. 10. circhulo iz. chartcho dati ali. circhuli. chorerebe . . erore
. . . .
premaneza. IT. magriore. 13. 14.
ON THE NATURE OF THE ARCH.
A. 50,5] 780.
6
ON THE EVIL EFFECTS OF LOADING
DELLO INCOVENIETE CHE SEGUITA A CA-
THE POINTED ARCH DIRECTLY ABOVE
RICARE 7 L'ARCO ACUTO SUL suo MEZZO.
ITS CROWN.
15. larcho. 16. larcho . . mezo [da], 17. sechodo . . archo. 18. imezo larcho . .
quelo. 19. chadere . . dela . . alteza.
20. [c . in n che in .
e] g . e. 22. chagione. 23. larcho vera . anchora . . esserre. 24. charicho . . diriza . . archo.
780. i. dela forteza delarcho. 2. larcho. 3. chulmine. 4. charichare . . larcho. 5. charichare larcho achuto. 6. delo incho-
veniete . . charichare. 7. larcho achuto . . mezo. 8. dano . . larcho achuto. 9. charichato sopra a sua fiachi. 10. larcho
[7
8l.
WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE.
safe in itself,
An arch of small curve is
10
L'arco poco curvo fia sicuro per se,
but if it be heavily charged,
"ma se fia carico
I2
,
le
it is necessary to strengthen
bene
spalle bisognia the flanks well. An arch of a
armare; '3 1' arco d'assai weak in
very large curve
is
o-p.
781.
A. 51
H.I 36 a] 783.
Domando qui che 2 pesi fieno quelli I here ask what weight will be needed to
^ de' contrapesi a fa^re resistetia alia counterpoise and resist the tendency of each
di ciascun arco? of these arches to give way?
chera sula soraita . . mezo e pa. 15. quela. 16. cheffia . . dala.
782. 13 R. i. archo. 2. fie. 783. i 3 R. i. larcho. 784. 2. hce pesi. 3. affa. 4. resisetia.
784. The two lower sketches are taken from the MS. S. K. M. Ill, io; they have there no explanatory text.
VOL, II.
M
WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE. [785.
DELLA SITUATIONS DELLA CORDA NEL SOPRA ON THE POSITION OF THE TIE IN THE
DETTO ARCO. ABOVE NAMED ARCH.
5 La situatione della corda a equale ne- The position of the tie is of the
cessita nel princi 6 pio dell'archo, e nel fine same importance at the beginning of the
della rettitudine del pilastro 7 dove si posa; arch and at the top of the perpendicular
a
pruovasi per la 2 delli sostetaculi che pier on which it rests. This is proved
8 nd
dicie: Quella parte del sostentaculo manco by the 2 "of supports" which says: that
resiste che e piu remota dal fersmame'to part of a support has least resistance which
*
del suo tutto; adunque essendo la "somita is from its solid attachment; hence,
farthest
del pilastro vltima reniotione d il suo fer- . as top of the pier is farthest from the
the
mameto, e '1 si 1 'mile accadedo ntlli oppositi middle of its true foundation and the same
stremi dell' arco, che sono vl^tima distantia being the case at the opposite extremities of
dal mezzo, suo vero fermameto, noi abbia the arch \\hich are the points farthest from the
con^cluso, che tal corda a b di neciessita middle, which is really its [upper] attachment,
richiede la situatione delli
J
*sua oppo- we have concluded that the tie a b requires to
siti stremi infra li
4 oppositi stremi pre- be in such a position as that its opposite ends are
detti; between the four above-mentioned extremes.
'5 Dicie 1' auersario che tale arco vole essere The adversary says that this arch must
I6 be more than half a circle, and that then it
piu che mezzo tondo, e allora non avra
will not need a tie, because then the ends
perche tali stremi 7no
J
bisognio di corda
will not thrust outwards but inwards, as is
spignerano infuori, ma indentro, come si di- seen in the excess at a c, b d. To this it
l8
mostra nello ecciesso a c b d\ Qui si must be answered that this would be a very
risponde, tale ^inventione essere trista per poor device, for three reasons. The first
785. i. dellarcho. 2. premaneza dellarcho fabrichato . . architettoch \\\\\\. 3. chorda. 4. chorda . . archo. 3. chorda allaq"a"
neciessita. 6. rectitudine del pilasstro. 7. dovessi . .
pella . . sostetachuli cheddicie. 8. sostentachulo ma. 9. tucto . .
chon. 13. chluso chettal chorda "a b" di. 14. infralli . .
predecti. 15. chettale archo. 16. ara . . chorda. 17. no [gitte-
piu largha . .
interpostu infralli pilasstri\\\\\. 28. \\\\ elli pilasstri indebolisschano. 29. larcho . . la 5" he. 30. chettutta.
786.] ON THE NATURE OF THE ARCH.
LARCHO IL QUALE E CARICO SOPRA IL suo AN ARCH LOADED OVER THE CROWN WILL GIVE
MEZZO ROPERA 3 6 NEL SUO QUARTO DESTRO WAY AT THE LEFT HAND AND RIGHT HAND
E SINISTRO. QUARTERS.
a th
37Frouasi per la 7 di questo che dicie This is proved by the 7 of this which
says: The opposite ends of the support are
38 tie opposite stremita delli sostetaculi sono
equalmete agra39yate dal peso che per lor equally pressed upon by the weight suspended
si sospede; aduque il peso dato in /si 4 sete to them; hence the weight shown at f is
in b c cioe mezzo per ciascuno stremo, e felt at b c, that is half at each extremity;
per la terza che dicie: 4I Quella parte del and by the third which says: in a support
sostetacolo d' equal potetia piu presto si of .equal strength [throughout] that portion
rompe 42 che e piu distante al suo ferma- will give way soonest which is farthest from
meto, ode seguita che .... 4 3per essere d itsattachment; whence it follows that d being
equalmente distate al fe ferma equally distant from /, e
35 Se 1'armadura dell'ar3 6 co no cala in- If the centering of the arch does not
sieme 37 C ol calo dell' arco, la cal3 8 cina nel settle as the arch settles, the mortar, as it
A. 786.
DELLA FORTEZZA E QUALITA DELLI ARCHI, E ON THE STRENGTH AND NATURE OF ARCHES,
2
DOVE SONO FORTI O DEBOLI E COSI LE AND WHERE THEY ARE STRONG OR WEAK; AND
COLONNE. THE SAME AS TO COLUMNS.
IMQuella parte dell' arco che fia piv That part of the arch which is nearer
piana, fara minore resistetia
4 al to the horizontal offers least resistance to the
peso so-
pra postoli.H weight placed on it.
archo . . eciede. 31. [dellarcho] e innutile. 32. possto . . larcho. 33. churuatura . . mezo circhulo. 34. pilasstro . . cho-
tatto. 35. charicho . . mezo. 36. desstro essinisstro. 37. cheddicie. 18. sosstetachuli seno. 40. ciasscuno. 41. sosste-
tacholo . . si r\\\\\\\\\\. 42. disstante . .
seghuita che \\\\\\\\\\. 43. deq distante al f e ferma \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\. 36. cho no chala.
37. chol chalo dell archo. 38. secharsi. 40. sispicha. 41. chol. 42. legharsi. 43. e chosi. 44. leghati . .
qual che. 45. la
la . . ressta. 46. elle. 47. ve le.
786. i. forteza. 2. chosi le cholone. 3. archo cheffia. 6. chalando chaccia. 7. ciaschuno 1/2 archo. 8. echosi. n. ciasschuno
92 WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE. [ 7 86.
sQuando jl triagolo z n 6
calan- When the triangle u z n, by settling,
do caccia indirieto drives backwards the
2
2
/3 di ciascuno /3
of each '/2 circle
7j
arco 8 cioe a.s-e that is a s and in the
'/a
cosl z m, ela 9ra- same way z m ,
the
a is
gio si e che a reason is that
I0
pioba sopra b, e perpendicularly over
cosl 5-
sopra /. b and so likewise z
is above f.
1 '
Ciascuno */ 2 arco sendo vinto dal
, Either half of an arch, if overweighted,
height, the point which
2
ronpera ne /3 della
2
superchio peso ,
si will break at /3 of its
"sua altezza-, la quale-parte risponde per corresponds to the perpendicular line above
perpediculare linia sopra il mezzo della the middle of its bases, as is seen at a b;
sua l * basa- come appare in a b\ E questo and this happens because the weight tends
accade che'l pe o desidera cadere '*e pas- to fall past the point r. And if, against its
sare pel puto r E s'egli desiderasse cotra ; nature should tend to fall towards the
it
sua natura cade'Sre dal puto s -, 1'arco point s the arch n s would break precisely
M s si roperebbe nel stio mezzo apputo in its middle. If the arch n s were of a single
16
e se 1' arco n s fusse d' u solo legnio, il piece of timber, if the weight placed at n
-
peso posto in- desidereb'7be cadere in should tend to fall in the line n ni, the arch
m e ronperebbesi in mezzo * 2 all' arco e- would break in the middle of the arch e m,
m ,
altremeti
ropera nel terzo
l8
di sopra
si otherwise it will break at one third from the
20
top at the point a because from a to n
l
nel puto ?a -, perche da a n e 1'arco
2I 22
piv pia no, che non e da a o e che the arch is nearer to the horizontal than from
no^n e da o s; 2 4,e tanto quato *$p .t e -
a to o and from o to j, in proportion as / /
26
maggio re che t-n-^ tanto fia piv for 28 te is greater than t n, a o will be stronger
than
-a o che 2 9non e a n -Je similmete ; a n and likewise in proportion as s o is
3 1 tanto 2
fia piv * forte s o che 33 a stronger than o a, r p will be greater than / /.
-
quato ^r- p fia maggi^ore che p t. The arch which is doubled to four times
36
Quel arco che fia raddoppiato nella of its thickness will bear four times the
quadratura della sua grossezza 37 re giera weight that the single arch could carry, and
quattro tanti peso quanto regieva lo sce- more in proportion as the diameter of its
38 thickness goes a smaller number .of times
pio , tanto piv quanto il diamitro della
sua grossezza entra me numero di uolte into its length. That is to say that if the
nella 39 S ua lunghezza, Cioe se la grossezza thickness of the single arch goes ten
delFarco sciepio entra- 10 * volte nella sua times into its length, the thickness of the x
lughezza, la grossezza del arco dupplicato doubled arch will go five times into its length.
etrera 5 volte *' nella sua lughezza ; Adu- Hence as the thickness of the double arch
que entrado la meta meno la grossezza de goes only half as many times into its length
4 2 P arco-
dupplicato nella sua lunghezza as that of the .single arch does, it is
che no fa quella de+ 3 1'arco- sciepio nella reasonable that it should carry half as
sua -, e ragionevol cosa che regga la meta much more weight as it would have to carry
piv 4peso che no gli toccherebbe, se fusse if it were in direct proportion to the
alia proportione dell' aH SCG sciepio; Onde single arch. Hence as this double arch has
essendo quest' arco dupplicato per 4 volte 4 times the thickness of the single arch, it
la qua4 6 tita del' arco sciepio, parrebbe che would seem that it ought to bear 4 times
dovesse regiere?4 tati piv peso, 47 e la sopra the weight; but by .the above rule it is
detta regola dimostra che ne sostiene 8 co- shown that it will bear exactly 8 times as
tati apputo. much.
no fa. 43. larcho chosa che rega. 44. peso |ap] che
. . tocherebe [ali] sefuss ssi ala. 45. cho archo duplichato.. . . .
46. archo .
parebe
. dovessi. 47. cbotali aputo. 48. cheffia charicho
. . diseghuale vcra. 49. macho. 50. cholona cha . . . . . .
ON THE NATURE OF THE ARCH. 93
QUEL PILASTRO CHE FIA CARICO DI PIV DI- THAT PIER, WHICH is CHARGED MOST UN-
SEGUALE 49 PESO VERRA PIV PRESTO AL MACO. EQUALLY, WILL SOONEST GIVE WAY.
La colonna
50 c b -
per 1'essere carica The column being charged with an
c b,
d' equale somma piv perma- fia equal weight, [on each side] will be
nete, e 1'altre $ l
2 di fori ano most durable, and the other two out-
bisognio di tato peso dal loro ward columns require on the part out-
cietro infori S2q U at'e dal loro much pressure
side of their centre as
cietro indetro cioe dal cietro of their centre,
as there is inside
della colonna insino a mezzo 1'arco. that is, from the centre of the co-
lumn, towards the middle of the arch.
53 Li archi che stano per forza di catene Arches which depend on chains for their
no fieno permaneti. support will not be very durable.
S. K. M. II. 2
661] 787-
FONDAMETO. PLAN.
2
Qui si dimostra come li archi 3 fa tti ne' Here it is shown how the arches made
lati dell' ottagolo spmgo^no i
pilastri delli in the side of the octagon thrust the piers
richa . . soma . .
premanete. 51. ano . . tado . . daloro. 52. daloro . . cholona . . ihezo. 53. stano . . chatene. 54. larcho . .
. . diriza. 58. laprano edano . . ala . . archo. 59. Massettu . . archo . . chorda. 60. spale cheffacino . . chosa . . chari-
cha. 61. chelle . . dele . . dirizino. 62. circhulo archo larcho premanete. chariche larcho.
. . .' . . .
63. sapiano . .
64. larcho si uora dirizare . . charichassi. 65. tirerebe . . fussi. 66. cheffa.
8
in fori, ciod si sforzano that is they tend to force
cacciarlo dal cietro di tale it away from the centre of
^ottangolo. such an octagon.
B. 37 a] 788.
*>LfcVVi1*W
.
:(^$SpW>
r^i^ r.-^l^
f^V^^'V""^
^"'""^r^v^ If
LSfcS^*^^
^
JM w-rw"' H*" ? 1
Wl
fcn*"F - 11
:?
v
r "I _,^V'i r""'^"-<3
X- WM^W*^ -""n;"","!""^'
^
i
K iii^
A>jpiI>v
'-iVB^KPrt
*' ;'
h
%1 LA.
.iw.r.ftvo}
**
<
*n*(re*C2i'2
.J,1 /.Jirfifi.
/AvA-'""i
r/r* "/
AN "
oiiVrf*.-^"***^''
''
> v 'f
T ^^vS-'fi
JL.wv Mr *i\
c
B5Ka.J
.)
JS^tf*^
^.i?Juni^K
'_!:
:
i.^6^?J;,?-J --''
>^r : %^W
i^i-jS Wrt'* '*T c'^ > .^flT
N
Hcliog-. Dujardin ,
Imp. Eude s .
)<^*$|K^t^^
IV.
La prima parte neciessarissima e la loro The first and most important thing is
permanetia. stability.
2
Delli fondameti che anno le mebrifica- As to the foundations of the component
tioni componi3trici delli tepli e altri edi- parts of temples and other public buildings,
the depths of the foundations must bear
fiti
public!, tal proporti 4 one deve essere da
the same proportions to each other as the
profondita a profondita quale e da peso a
s
weight of material which is to be placed
si deve sopra essi me bri.
6
peso che scaricare
upon them.
della pro 8 fondita, che a la
?Ogni parte Every part of the depth of earth in a
I0
terra per alquato spatio, e
9 fatta a suoli, given space is composed of layers, and
e o TI gni suolo e coposto di I2 parti, piu each layer is composed of heavier or
grave '3e piv leue Puna chel'aHtra; nel pro- lighter materials, the lowest being the
fondarsi e piu grave, e questo si prova, heaviest. And this can be proved, because
perche qu'esti tali soli so co^posti dalle these layers have been formed by the sedi-
is
l8
turbulentie l6 delle acque scaricate I mare ment from water carried down to the sea,
dal corso de' fiumi, X 9che in quello ver- by the current of rivers which flow into it.
20 2I
sano, delle quali turbulentie la parte The heaviest part of this sediment was that
22 2
piu grave fu quella che prima 3si scarico which was first thrown down, and so on by
successiva 24 mete, e" questo fa Pac 25 qua, dov' degrees; and this is the action of water
26 2
when it becomes stagnant, having first
ella si ferma, Ie vado prima dove es ?sa
si move;
28
E
di que sti tali soli di terra brought down the mud whence it first flowed.
2
9si manifesta nelli lati 3di fiumi che coi lor And such layers of soil are seen in the banks
con3 T tinui corsi anno secati z 2 e partiti con of rivers, where their constant flow has cut
gra pro33fondita di tagli Pu m634te dall'al- through them and divided one slope from
tro, doue per li 35ghiajosi soli 1' acque so no
36 the other to a great depth; where in gra-
scolate e per questo 37 l a materia si e sec- velly strata the waters have run off, the ma-
13. eppiv lievi luna chellal. 14. tra "nel -grave" ecquesto.si prove. 15. quessti. 16. turbbulentie. 17. scharichate. 21. fuc.
22. prim"a". sisscharicho. 24. ecquesto fallac. 25. ferme. 29. manifessta. 30. cholor chon. 31. chorsi an seghati.
23.
32. esspartiti. 34. dallaltre. 35. gliorosi. 37. se secha. 38. chovertita. 40. fagho. 41. ecquesto. 43. tereste. 45. chosi
de choverso.
WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE. [790. 791.
A. 790.
UQuellaparte del fondameto delli edifiti The heaviest part of the foundations of
che piv pesa 2 piv si ficca e lascia in alto buildings settles most, and leaves the
piv leggiero disunite da se; 1 1E quel ter-
3
il lighter part above it separated from it.
reno ch' e piv premvto, sendo poroso piv , And the soil which is most pressed, if
acconsente 1 Senpre tu devi fare i fon- it be
; porous yields most.
dameti che sportino egualmete fori del You should always make the foundations
scarico-de'lor mvri e pilastri come appare project equally beyond the weight of the walls
in m
a b e se 6 farai come molti fanno,
,
and as shown at
piers, a b. If you do m
cioe di fare uno fondameto d'equale 7 lar- as do, that is to say if you make a
many
ghezza in sino alia superfitie della terra, foundation of equal width from -the bottom
e di sopra li danno diseguale 8 carico come up to the surface of the ground, and charge
t:
basso il suo fodameto che no fa il muro- and thrust its foundation downwards, which
e o che non occupa 1 interamete il suo 1
the wall at e o will not do; since it does not
fodameto, e pero meno spegnie e me si cover the whole of its foundation, and there-
I2
ficca, onde ficcadosi il pilastro b e e si -
fore thrusts less heavily and settles less. Hence,
diunisce e parte dal mv^ro e o come si the pier b e in settling cracks and parts
uede nel piv delli edifiti che sono spicati from the wall e o. This may be seen in most
intorno a detti pilastri. buildings which are cracked round the piers.
A. S3"! 791.
chome "aparc . . csse. 6. chome . . ! fondameto [equi] de quale. 7. largeza ala delatera
. . dano. 8. charicho.
. . . .
chatone. 10. baso . . none ochupa. n. ficha. 12. fi[g] chadosi disunis>cie. 13. ckome
. . chessono spichati. 14. pil.isslri.
. .
9.
A. 48*5] 792.
DEL SOSTETACULO.
2
II pilastro moltiplicato per grossezza- A pillar of which the thickness is in-
cresciera tanto piv che la sua debita po- creased will gain more than its due
tetia 3quato e' maca della ragionevole strength, in direct proportion to what its
altezza. loses in relative height.
ESENPLO. EXAMPLE.
s Se uno
pilastro debe essere alto 9 If a pillar should be nine times as high
grossezze-, cioe che s'egli sara- grosso uno as it is broad that is to say, if it is one
6
braccio, la regola lo pone di 9 braccia-; braccio thick, according to rule it should be
se ne collegherai 100 insieme per gros- nine braccia high then, if you place 100
sezza fia grosso braccia 10 e alto -9, 7 e se such pillars together in a mass this will be
ilprimo pilastro regieva 10000 libbre, perche ten braccia broad and 9 high; and if the first
8
questo secodo non e alto se non e circa a pillar could carry 10000 pounds the second
una grossezza, e macadoli 8 parti della being only about as high as it is wide, and
lunghezza e' regiera piv otto volte, 9 cioe thus lacking 8 parts of its proper length,
ogni pilastro collegato li toccera a regi- it, is to say, each pillar thus united,
that
ere piv 8 volte che dislegato, cioe I0 che se will bear eight times more than when dis-
prima regieva dieci mila libbre adesso ne , connected; that is to say, that if at first it
sosterra 90 mila. would carry ten thousand pounds, it would
now carry 90 thousand.
799. i. sosstetachulo. 2. pilasstro mvltiplichato per grosseza cressciera . tanto "piv che". 3. macha . . alteza. 5. Se I . .
gros-
seze . . chesseli . . 1 br .
[de] la. 6. 9 br . .
cholegerai . .
grosseza . br. 10. 7. esse . . Ibr . . sechodo . . circha.
8. a i
grosseza e machadoli . . dela lungeza. 9. cholegato . . tochera. 10. chesse . . mila Ibr . . sostera.
VOL. N
V.
s. K. M. n.i 72 a] 793-
2
QuelPangolo sa^ra piv resiste tia
di 4
That angle will offer the greatest resi-
6
che fia piv aScuto e '1
piv ottu so fia piv stance which is most acute, and the most
debole. obtuse will be the weakest.
PALCO DOPPIO.
S. K. M. III. i
got]
A. 531 795-
BELLA LUNGHEZZA DELLE TRAVI. ON THE LENGTH OF BEAMS.
1
Quella trave che fia luga piv che le That beam which is more than 20 times
20 sua 3maggiori grossezze, fia poco per- as long as its greatest thickness will be of
manete e roperasi in /2 *e 1
;
ricordati che brief duration and will break in half; and
14
'
793. The three smaller sketches accompany the text in the original, but the larger one is not di-
rectly connected with it. It is to be found on fol. 89 a of the same Manuscript and there we read in
a note, written underneath, coverchio della perdicha del castello (roof of the flagstaff of the castle). Compare
also PI. XCIII, No. i.
795-J ON THE RESISTANCE OF BEAMS. 99
la parte ch'etra nel mvro, sia penetrata remember, that the part built into the wall
s
pece calda e fasciata d' asse di quercia,
di should be steeped in hot pitch and filleted
acor essa penetrata ; 6 Ogni trave vole pas- with oak boards likewise so steeped. Each
sare i sua muri e esser ferma di la da essi beam must pass through its walls and be
mv^ri co soffitieti catene, perche spesso si secured beyond the walls with sufficient
vede per terremoti le tra- f , chaining, because in con-
8
vi usci re de'mvri e rovi- sequence earthquakes of
nare poi i mvri e solari; the beams are often seen
dove, se sono icatenate, to come out of the walls
9 terranno i mvri in si- and bring down the walls
eme fermi, e i mvri fermano i solari. and chained they will
floors; whilst if they are
10
Ancorati ricordo che tu no faci mai hold strongly together and the
the walls
i smalti sopra legni lj ame, imperoche nel walls will hold the floors. Again I remind
cresciere e discresciere che fa il legname you never to put plaster over timber.
12
per 1'umido e secco, spesse volte cre- Since by expansion and shrinking of
pano detti solai e crepa^te le loro diuisioni the timber produced by damp and dryness
a poco a poco si fano in poluere e fano such floors and once cracked
often crack,
^brutta evidetia. their divisions gradually produce dust and
'sAncora ti ricordo no facci solari soste- an ugly effect. Again remember not to
nvti da archi l6 e travi, imperoche col tepo il lay a floor on beams supported on arches;
floor which is made on
1
solaro, ch' e sostenvto dalle tra ?vi, cala al- for, in time the
quato in nel suo mezzo, e quella parte beams settles somewhat in the middle
18
del solaro, ch'e sostenuta dal arco, resta while that part of the floor which rests on
nel suo loco, onde *9j solari che sono soste- the arches remains in its place; hence, floors
nvti da 2 varie nature di sosteta 20 culi paiono laid over two kinds of supports look, in
col tepo fatti a colli. time, as if they were made in hills [19].
wanting. 7. cho soffitiete chatene . . tremoti . . ussci. 8. Ichatenate. 9. terano . . e e mvri. 10. Anchora ti richordo
chettu. u. cressciere e disscressciere rheffa ilegname. 12. essecho . .
isspesse . . detti soli e crep. 13. ti le . .
apocho
apocho . . effano. 15. Anchora ti richordo no faci. 16. ettrav . . chol . . dale. 17. chola . . inel . . mezo [che elp] equle
parte. 18. sostenta . . archo . . locho. 19. propositione J solari chessone. 20. ch chili paiano ch'ol . . acholli. The word
propositione written on the margin near line 19 has apparently nothing to do with this text, but M. Ravaisson, in his edition of
MS. A. has been misled by it to take j solari (line 18) for the beginning of a new paragraph.
was open to it, since we Jind among his sketches the plan of the church of
Santo Spirito* and a lateral view of San Lorenzo (PL No. i), a plan XCIV
almost identical with the chapel Degii Angeli, only begun by him (PI. XCIV ,
No. $) "whileamong Leonardos designs for domes several clearly betray the
influence of Brunellesco s Cupola and the lantern of Santa Maria del Fiore*.
The beginning of the second period of modern Italian architecture falls
during the first twenty years of Leonardos life. However the new impetus
given by Leon Battista Alberti either was not generally understood by his
contemporaries, or those who appreciated it, had no opportunity of showing
that they did so. It was only when taken up by Bramante and deve-
loped by him to the highest rank of modern architecture that this new in-
fluence was generally felt. Now the peculiar feature of Leonardos sketches
is that, like the works of Bramante, they appear to be the development and
continuation of Alberti s.
See PI. XCIV, No. 2. Then only in course of erection after the designs of Brunellesco, though he IMS
already dead; finished in 1481.
2 A small sketch of the tower of the Palazzo della Signoria (MS. C. A. 309^) proves that he also studied
mediaeval monuments.
ON THE STYLE OF LEONARDO'S ARCHITECTURE. IOI
his works (Palazzo Ruccellai, and the front of Santa Maria Novella) or
through personal intercourse? Or was it not till he went to Milan that
Albertis work began to impress him through Bramante, who probably had
known Alberti at Mantua about 1470 and who not only carried out Albertis
views and ideas, but, by his designs St. Peter s at
Rome, proved himself
for
the greatest of modern architects. When Leonardo went to Milan Bramante
had already been living there for many years. One of his earliest works in
Milan was the church of Santa Maria presso San Satiro, Via del Falcone*.
Now we find among Leonardos stiidiesof Cupolas on Plates LXXXIV
and LXXXV and in PI. LXXX several sketches which seem to me to have
been suggested byBramante s dome of this church.
The MSS. B and Ash. II contain the plans of S. Sepolcro, the pavilion
in the garden of the duke of Milan, and two churches, evidently inspired by
the church of San Lorenzo at Milan.
MS. B. containstwo notes relating to Pavia, one of them a
besides
design for the sacristy of the Cathedral at Pavia, which cannot be supposed
to be dated later than 1492, and it has probably some relation to Leonardos
call to Pavia June 21, I49O 2 These and other considerations justify us in
.
between the years 1487 and 1492 in anticipation of the erection of one of
the grandest churches of Italy, the Cathedral of Pavia. This may explain
the decidedly Lombardo-Bramantesque tendency in the style of these studies,
among which only a few remind us of the forms of the cupolas of S. Maria
del Fiore and of the Baptistery of Florence. Thus, although when compared
with Bramante s work, several of these sketches plainly reveal that masters
influence, we find, among the sketches of domes, some, which show already
Bramante s classic style, of which the Tempietto of San Pietro in Montorio,
his first building executed at Rome, is the foremost example 3 .
antique art? The answer to this important question seems at flrst difficult
to give, for we are here in presence of Bramante, the greatest of
modern architects, and with Leonardo, the man comparable with no other.
We have no knowledge of any buildings erected by Leonardo, and unless we
admit personal intercourse which seems probable, but of which there is no
proof it would be difficult to understand how Leonardo could have
,
affected
Bramante s style. The converse is more easily to be admitted, since Bramante,
as we have proved elsewhere, drew and built simultaneously in different
manners and though in Lombardy there is no building by him in his
,
classic style, the use of brick for building, in that part of Italy, may
easily accountfor it.
Bramante s name is incidentally mentioned in Leonardos manuscripts
in two passages (Nos. 1414 and 1448^). On each occasion it is only a
slight passing allusion, and the nature of the context gives us no due infor-
mation as to any close connection between the two artists.
and contrast.
The designs for churches on the plan of a Latin cross are evidently
,
intended to depart as little as possible from the form of a Greek cross; and
they also show a preference for a nave surrounded with outer porticos.
The architectural forms preferred by Leonardo are pilasters coupled
(PL LXXXII No. i) or grouped (PL LXXX
No. 5 and XCVI No. 4),
often combined with niches. We often meet with orders superposed, one in
each story, or two small orders on one story, in combination with o ne great
order (PI. XCVI No. 2).
ON THE STYLE OF LEONARDO'S ARCHITECTURE. 103
the curve of Sta Maria del Fiore (PL LXXXVIII No. 5; PL XL No. 2;
the least interesting are the designs for the tiburio (cupola) of the Milan
Cathedral. They show some of the forms, just mentioned, adapted to the
peculiar gothic style of that monument.
The few examples of interiors of churches recall the style employed in
Lombardy by Bramante, for instance in S. Maria di Canepanuova at
Pavia, or by Dolcebuono in the Monastero Maggiore at Milan (see PL CI
No. i /C. A. i8i b ; 546^ PL No. iqj. LXXXIV
The few indications concerning palaces seem prove that Leonardo
to
followed Albert? s example of decorating the walls with pilasters and a flat
rustica, either in stone or by graffitti (PL CII No. i and PL LXXXV
No. i
4;.
pointing out the analogies between Leonardos architecture and that
By
of other masters we in no way pretend to depreciate his individual and
original inventive power. These are at all events beyond dispute. The
project for the Mausoleum (PL XCVIII) would alone suffice to rank him
among the greatest architects who ever lived.The peculiar shape of the
tower (PL
LXXX), of the churches for preaching (PL XCVII No. i and
pages 56 and 57, Fig. i
4), his curious plan for a city with high and low
level streets
(PL LXXVII and LXXVIII No. 2 and No. 3;, his Loggia
with fountains
(PL LXXX II No. 4) reveal an originality, a power and fa-
cility of invention for almost any given problem, which are quite wonderful.
104 ON THE STYLE OF LEONARDO'S ARCHITECTURE.
Above the geometrical patterns on the same sheet, close to a circle inscribed
in a square is the note: la ragio d'una volta cioe il terzo del diamitro
della sua . . . del tedesco in domo.
and on PL CIII No. i MS. B, is a pen and ink drawing of a vase which
also seems intended for a fountain. Three handles seem to have been
intended to connect the upper parts with the base. There can be no doubt
that Leonardo, like Bramante, but unlike Michael Angelo, brought infinite
Anatomy and Physiology, will never be appreciated till it is possible to publish the mass
of manuscripts in which he largely treated of these two branches of learning. In the
present work I must necessarily limit myself to giving the reader a general view of
these labours, by publishing his introductory notes to the various books on anatomical
subjects. I have added some extracts, and suck observations as are scattered incidentally
examine the manuscript books which refer to them. According to him Leonardo studied
Anatomy in the companionship of Marc Antonio della Torre "aiutato e scambievolmente
aiutando." This learned Anatomist taught the science in the universities first of Padua
and then of Pavia and at Pavia he and Leonardo may have worked and studied
,
together. We have no clue to any exact dates, but in the year 1506 Marc Antonio
della Torre seems to have not yet left Padua. He was scarcely thirty years old when
he died in 1512, and his writings on anatomy have not only never been published, but
no manuscript copy of them is known to exist.
This is not the place to enlarge on the connection between Leonardo and Marc An-
tomo della Torre. I may however observe that I have not been able to discover in
Leonardo's manuscripts on anatomy any mention of his younger contemporary. The few
quotations which occur from writers on medicine either of antiquity or of the middle
ages are printed in Section XXII. Here and there in the manuscripts mention is
made of an anonymous "adversary' (avversario) whose views are opposed and refuted
'
1 1
by Leonardo, but there is no ground for supposing that Marc Antonio della Torre
should have been this "adversary".
Only a very small selection from the mass of anatomical drawings left by Leonardo
have been published here in facsimile, but to form any adequate idea of their scientific
VOL. 11. O
ANATOMY, ZOOLOGY, PHYSIOLOGY.
has
the originals in the King's L,brary
time of George III. of seeing
suc" desins
When I cons,der
had been a general and deep student.
astonishment, that Leonardo
tke My, the of ,ns u,:,v^
^a, ,:< >u,s taken upon every part of
pains attend
superiorly
mechanics an,t hydrauhcs, and the
,.v/A
genius his particular excellence in
see oojects vhich he ><as to draw
am JuUy
ihichsuch a man would ermine and
was the best Anatomist, at that time, the world m . Leo-
persuaded that Leonardo
* know of, who introduced the rac,,ce ofPmakmg
nardo was certainly the firs, man,
anatomical drawings" (Two introductory letters. London 1784, pages 37 < &
esteemed the:,.
The German Naturalist
illustrious Johan Friedrich Blumenbach
had the chance
no less he was one of tke privileged few who, after Hunter,
highly ;
He writes: Der Scharfblick dieses grosser, Forschers
of seeing these Manuscripts.
die noch Jahrhunderte nachher
und Darstellers der Natur hat schon auf Dinge geachtet,
medicinische Bibhothek,
unbemerkt geblieben sind" (sec Blumenbach's
1795 '
dra 35 i, e non avrai la no 36 titia, se no cleverness, will not see nor obtain knowledge
d'alqua,37te poche vene, de! 38 le quali io, of more than some few veins, to obtain a true
per aver^ne vera e plena 4 notitia, 6 and perfect knowledge of which I have dissec-
disfatti 4I piv di dieci co 42 rpi vmani, 43 di- ted more than ten human bodies, destroying
796. 3. quieti ecq. 4. voliano a. 5. richire nudi. 6. lungho. 9. intervera. io. archimisti. 14. voglia. 15. cq"a" morta.
17. asse. 20. somo. 23. "e" ettu che di. 27. fussi. 31. mosstrano. 35. e non arai. 37. vene de. 43. destrugendo.
mebri, "altri consumando allthe other members, and removing the very
struggendo ogni minutest particles of the flesh by which these
6 carne
con minutis sime particule ?tutta la
8 a esse 9vene si trovaua, veins are surrounded, without causing them to
chc d'intorno
bleed, excepting the insensible bleeding of
2
s-sanza insanguis'narle,
se non d'i sen-
delle vene capillari;
the capillary veins; and as one singlebody
sibileinsanSJguinameto
a tanto would not last so since it was neces-
s vn sol corpo no ssbastava
e long,
6 di mano sary to proceed with several bodies by
tepo, che bisoS gnava procedere came to an end and had a
in mano 7 in tanti
corpi, che si finisca la degrees, until I
inte^ra cognitione; le qual repli *cai 2 complete knowledge; this I repeated twice, to
learn the differences [59].
volte per vedere le diflerentie.
60 E se tu avrai 1'amore a tal cosa, And if you should have a love for such
01
tu sarai forse inpedito dallo 6a stomaco, things you might be prevented by loathing, and
63 iorse if that did not prevent you, you might be de-
e se questo no ti inpedi sce, tu sarai
6 abitare nelli te- terred by the fear of living in the night hours in
inpedito dal *la paura
coll'
66 *: those corpses, quartered and
6
notturni in copagnia di tali
5pi
morti the company of
e scorticati e 6 a flayed to see. And if this did not
and horrible
squadrati ?spaventevoli
prevent you, perhaps you might not be able to
b8
vederli; e se que sto no t'Ipedisce, forse
ti mache^rk il
disegnio bono, il
quale draw so well as is necessary for such a demon-
s'appa7rtiene a tal figuratione; E 7'se tu stration ; or, if you had the skill in drawing, it
might not be combined with knowledge of per-
2
avrai il disegnio e' no sara ? accopagnato
dalla prospettiva, ^ e se sara accopagnato spective; and if it were so, you might not under-
7e'ti machera 1'ordine 75 delle dimostratio stand the methods of geometrical demonstration
76
geometriche e 1'ordine
77 delle calculation and the method of the calculation of forces
delle valimeto de' 79muscoli; e
7*fbrze e and of the strength of the muscles; patience
forse ti 8o machera la patietia che
8l
tu no also may be wanting, so that you lack per-
sarai diligete; Delle 82 quali se in me tutte severance As to whether all these things
queste
8
->cose sono state o no, 84 i ceto were found in me or not [84], the hundred
20 libri da me 8 5conposti ne dara sente- and twenty books composed by me will give
86 8
verdict Yes or No. In these I have been hin-
tia del si o del no, nelli ?quali no sono
stato inpedi 88 to ne d'auaritia o negligetia, dered neither by avarice nor negligence, but
8
9ma sol dal tenpo vale. simply by want of time. Farewell [89].
84. Leonardo frequently, and perhaps habitually, period of his life, Leonardo speaks of his Manu-
wrote in notebooks of a very small size and only script note-books as numbering 120; but we should
moderately thick; in most of those which have hardly be justified in concluding from this passage
been preserved undivided, each contains less than that the greater part of his Manuscripts were now
fifty leaves. Thus a considerable number of such missing (see Prolegomena, Vol. I, pp. 5 7).
volumes must have gone to make 797. The meaning of the word nervo varies
up a volume of the in
bulk of the Codex Atlanticuf which now contains
*
different passages, being sometimes used for muscolo
nearly 1200 detached leaves. In the passage under (muscle).
consideration, which was evidently written at a late
797-] ANATOMY.
da uno grado d' accrescimeto a uno one. stage of growth and another. What it
altro, e che cosa lo spigna fori sdel corpo is that forces it out from the body of the
della madre e per che cagione qualche , mother,, and for what reasons it sometimes
uolta lui uega fori dal uetro di sua madre comes out of the mother's womb before the
6
inati al debito tepo. due time.
? Poi discriuerai
quali mebrasieno quelle Then I will describe which are the mem-
che crescono poi che' 1 putto e nato piv bers, which, after the boy is born, grow more
che 1'altre, 8 e da la misura d'u putto d'un than the others, and determine the propor-
anno. tions of aboy of one year.
9 Poi discrivi I'omo crescivto e la femina- Then describe the fully grown man and
e sue misure e nature di complessione woman, with their proportions, and the nature
I0 oftheir complexions, colour, and physiognomy.
colore e fisonomie.
11
Di poi descrivi com'egli e coposto Then how they are composed of veins,
di uene nerui muscoli e ossa; Questo
, , tendons, muscles and bones. This I shall do
lz
farai nell' ultimo del libro; di poi figura at the end of the book.
draw- Then, in four
in 4 storie quattro vniversali casi delli ings, represent four universal conditions of
omini, cioe letitia con uari atti di ridere, men. That is, Mirth, with various acts of
figura cagio la del riso ; piato in laughter, and describe the cause of laughter.
var modi colla sua cagione ;
cotetione Weeping in various aspects with its causes.
co uari movi^meti uccisione
d' , fughe , Contention, with various acts of killing;
pavre ferocita , ,
ardimeti micidi ,
e tutte flight, fear, ferocity, boldness, murder and
cose apparteneti poi a simil casi;
I5 di every thing pertaining to such cases. Then
figura vna fatica co tirare, spiegniere represent Labour, with pulling, thrusting, carry-
portare, fermare, sostenere e simili ing, stopping, supporting and such like things.
16
cose; Further I would describe attitudes and
T
?Di poi discriui attitudine e movimeto; movements. Then perspective, concerning
18
di the functions and effects of the eye ; and of
poi prospettiva per 1'ofitio e effetti
hearing here I will speak of music ,
dell'ochioe dell' udito, dirai di mvsicha e
and of the other senses.
treat
descrivi delli altri sesi. And then describe the nature of the senses.
9Di poi discrivi la natura de' sensi.
J
This mechanism of man we will demon-
20
Questa figura strumetale dell'omo di- strate in ... figures; of which the three
2I
mostreremo in figure, delle quali le 3 . . first will show the ramification of the bones;
prime saranno la ramificatione delle ossa, that is: first one to show their height and
cioe vna
che "dimostri 1'altitudine
dinazi position and shape : the second will be seen
de' siti e figure delli ossi, la seconda sara in profile and will show the depth of the
veduta in 2 3proffilo e mostrera la profondi- whole and of the parts, and their position.
a
ta del tutto e delle parti e loro sito; La 3 The third figure will be a demonstration of
2
figura fia dimostratrice delle ossa dalla the bones of the backparts. Then I will
parte dirieto; Di poi faremo ^3 altre make three other figures from the same point
figure ne' simili aspetti colle ossa segate, of view, with the bones sawn across, in which
nelle quali si vedranno le lor 26 grossezze e will be shown their thickness and hollow-
uacuita; 3 altre figure faremo dell' ossa in- ness. Three other figures of the bones com-
tere e de' nerui che na 2 ?scono dalla nuca,
plete, and of the nerves which rise from the
e in che mebra ramificano; E 3 altre
nape of the neck, and in what limbs they ra-
de'ossa e vene e do 28 ve ramificano, poi 3 mify. And three others of the bones and
con muscoli e 3 con pelle, e figure propor- veins, and where they ramify. Then three
tionate, e 3 della femina per dimostrare figures with the muscles and three with the
matrice e vene mestruali, 3 che vanno alle skin, and their proper proportions and three ;
altro chosu spiga. chorpo chagione uega ..del. cresscano enato. essue
9. ella
. . . . .
5. choprlessione chollore
. . . .
7. . . .
effisosbmie. n. desscrivi chom eli e choposto . musscoli. 12. chasi chouari. 13. effigura la de riso cholla
. . .
chagio . . .
. .
chagione . chotetione cho. 14. ucisione .
fuge . . ettutte chose aparteneti assimil chasi. faticha cho sosstenere
15. . .
essimili. 16. chose. 18. lofitio effetti . . della uldito musicha sesi. de 2 "sensi" sensi.
. . . .
19. . . 20. dimosterreno.
22. effigure . . sechonda. 23. mossterra. delle [ner] ossa faren. 20. uetra
24. gosseze e
. .
asspetti . .
segate . . le. 26.
uachuita . . fareno. 27. sea della nucha . . ramifichino. 28. ramifichino mvsscoli me-
. . . .
effigure. 29. tionati . .
struale.
no ANATOMY. [798.
W. An. IV. 79 8.
disfatto, cociosiache la gradissima confusione very great confusion that must result from
the combination of tissues, with veins, ar-
che 'resulta della mistione di paniculi misti
teries, nerves, sinews, muscles, bones, and
co uene, arterie, nerui, corde, "'muscoli, blood which, of itself, tinges every part the
ossi,sangue, il quale tignie di se ogni parte same colour. And the veins, which dis-
d'un medesimo colo^re, e le vene, che di tal charge this blood, are not discerned by rea-
son of their smallness. Moreover integrity
sangue si votano non sono conosciute per la
of the tissues, in the process of the inves-
lordimi I2 nutione, ela integrita delli pannicoli,
tigating the parts within them , is inevitably
nel cercare le parti che dentro a '^loro
destroyed, and their transparent substance being
s'includono, si viene a rompere, e la lor
tinged with blood does not allow you to
trasparetia, sangue, ^no ti lascia
tinta di recognise the parts covered by them, from the
conoscere coperte da loro per la
le parti similarity of their blood-stained hue; and
similitu' 5 dine del lor colore insanguinato, e you cannot know everything of the one with-
out confusing and destroying the other.
no puoi avere la notitia dell'u che tu l6 no
Hence, some further anatomy drawings be-
cofonda e distrugga 1' altro adunque e ; come necessary. Of which you want three
necessario fare piu notomie, '^delle quali 3 to give full knowledge of the veins and ar-
te ne bisognia per auere piena notitia delle teries, everything else being destroyed with
vene e arterie, l8 distruggedo con soma the greatest care. And three others to dis-
play the tissues; and three for the sinews
diligentia tutto il rimanete, e altre 3 per
and muscles and ligaments; and three for
auere la notitia '9 delli
pannicoli, e 3 per the bones and cartilages; and three for the
le corde e muscoli e legameti, e 3 per anatomy of the bones, which have to be
li ossi e car 20 tilagini ,
e 3 per la notomia sawn to show which are hollow and which
are not, which have marrow .and which are
s' anno a
delle ossa, le quali segare e dimo-
spongy, and which are thick from the out-
"strare, quale d buso e quale no, quale e side inwards, and which are thin. And some
midolloso, quale 6 spugno 22 so, e quale are extremely thin in some parts and thick
grosso dal fori al dentro, e quale e sottile, in others, and in some parts hollow or filled
e alcuno a in al^cuna parte gra up with bone, -or full of marrow, or spongy.
sottiglezza,
e in alcuna e grosso, e in alcuna busa, o And all these conditions are sometimes found
798. 2. Quessta. 3. chessettu . . ella . . chessettu. 4. conosscere le parte . . natomizate tu lo voli ollui ollochio. 5. asspetto. 6. ec-
cerchando . . ciasscu. 7. turale ta sadidisfatto . . chettal. 8. lasscia . . cocosia chella . . chonfusione. 9. della . .
pani-
chuli. 10. musscoli . . dumedesimo. n. elle . .
cognosscute. 12. nuitione ella . .
pannichuli nel cierchare le parte . . al.
23. chuna . .
sotu'glicza . alchuna . . alchuna. 24. osspugnosa e chosi . sarano. .
25. numedesimo. 26. essuo. 28- as-
110
PL. C VII.
79 8.] ANATOMY. I I I
piena
24
d'osso, o midollosa, o spugnosa; e in one and the same bone, and in some
cosl tutte queste cose sarano alcuna volta bones none of them. And three you must
tro 25 vate in un medesimo osso, e alcuno have for the woman, in which there is
osso che non a nessuna e 3 te ne bisog-
fia ;
much that is of the
mysterious by reason
26
na fare per la donna, nella quale e gra mis- womb and Therefore by my
the foetus.
drawings every part will be known to you,
2
terio, mediante la matrice e suo feto; ?a-
dunque per il mio disegnio ti fia noto ogni and all by means of demonstrations from
28
parte e ogni tutto mediante la di mostratione three different points of view of each part;
di 3 diuersi aspetti di ciascuna parte, perche for when you have seen a limb from the
quando tu avrai vedu 2 9to alcun mebro dalla front, with any muscles, sinews, or veins
parte dinanzi con qualche neruo, corda, o which take their rise from the opposite side,
vena che 3 nasca dalla opposita parte, ti fia the same limb will be shown to you in a
dimostro il medesimo mebro volto per lato side view or from behind, exactly as if you
3z o
dirieto-; non altremeti che se tu auessi had that same limb in your hand and were
in mano il medesimo mebro e andas3 si lo
2
turning it from side to side until you
voltado di parte in parte insino a tanto had acquired a full comprehension of all
che tu auessi piena notitia di que! 3 3lo che you wished to know. In the same way there
tu desideri sapere, e cosl similmete ti fia will be put before you three or four demon-
posto inariti in tre o 344 dimostrationi di strations of each limb, from various points
ciascu mebro per diuersi aspetti in modo che of view, so that you will be left with a true
tu resterai con^vera e piena notitia di quello and complete knowledge of all you wish to
che tu vuoi sapere della figura dell'omo. learn of the human figure [3 5].
36
Adunque qui con 12 figure intere ti Thus, in twelve entire figures, you will
sara mostrata la cosmografia del minor have set before you the cosmography of this
37 modo col medesimo ordine che inazi a lesser world on the same plan as, before
me fu fatto da Tolomeo nella sua cosmo- me, was adopted by Ptolemy in his cosmo-
38
grafia, e cosl diuidero poi quelle in graphy and so I will afterwards divide them
;
mebra, come lui diuise il tutto in provin- into limbs as he divided the whole world
39 e into provinces; then I will speak of the func-
cie; ,'poi diro 1'ufitio delle parti per
ciascu verso, mettedoti dinati alii ochi la tion of each part in every direction, putting
notitia 4 di tutta la figura e valitudine del- before your eyes a description of the whole
l'omo inquato a moto locale mediante le form and substance of man, as regards his
sue parti, 4I E cosl piacesse al nostro autore movements from place to place, by means
che io potessi dimostrere la natura delli of his different parts. And thus, if it
omini e Io 42 ro costumi nel modo che io please our great Author, I may demonstrate
descrivo la sua figura. the nature of men, and their customs in the
43 E ricordoti che la notomia delli ner- way I describe his figure.
ui non dara la situatione della loro rami-
ti And remember that the anatomy of the
ficatione, ne in quali muscoli essi si rami-
44 nerves will not give the position of their
ficano mediante li corpi disfatti in acqua .
ramifications, nor show you which muscles
45
correte, o in acqua di calcina, perche, they branch into, by means of bodies dis-
ancorache ti rimaga la origine de'lor nas- sected in running water or in lime water;
scimenti 46 sanza tale acqua come coll' ac- though indeed their origin and starting point
qua, le ramificationi loro pel corso del- may be seen without such water as well as
1'acqua si ?vengono a vnire, non altremeti
4 with it. But their ramifications, when under
che si fascia il lino o canapa pettinata per running water, cling and unite just like flat
48 tutto in vn fascio in modo che in- or hemp carded for spinning all into a skein,
filare,
possibile e a ritrovare in quali muscoli o in a way which makes it impossible to trace
co quale 4 9 o co quate ramificationi li nerui in which muscles or by what ramification the
s'infondino ne' predetti muscoli. nerves are distributed among those muscles.
spetti . .
quanto . . arai. 30. parte [tuj eti . .
per lalo. 31. chessettu . . imano. 32. attanto chettu. 33. Ho chettu . .
possto. 34. asspetti . . chettu. 35. chettu voi. 36. mosstro la cossmografia. 37. fuffatto dattolomeo . . cossmo. 38. imebra
. .
province. 39. ciasscu.- 40. lochale . .
parte. 41. Eccosi piacessi . . altore . . dimosstrare. 42. cosstumi . . desscrivo.
43. cholla dilora. 44. facione . . musscoli . . ramifichino. 45. corete o in acq"a" . .
rimagha. 46. tale acq"a" . .
799-
W.
THE ARRANGEMENT OF ANATOMY.
ORDINE DI NOTOMIA.
of the
draw the bones, let us say,
First
dire le braccia,
Fa prima Fossa come from
the motor muscle the
arm and put in
dalla spalla al 'gomito per the elbow with all its lines.
e poni il motore shoulder to
from the
tuttelelime;Dipoidal g omitoalbracc,o; Then proceed in the same way
mar the wrist. Then from the wrist to
Di poi dal 'braccio alia mano e dalla elbow to
the hand and from the
hand to the fingers.
motors
alii diti.
h moton
. , ,
And in the arm you will put the
norrai
sE nel braccio
of the which open, and these you
fingers
in their demonstration.
show separately
will
will clothe
In the second demonstration you
with the secondary motors c
these muscles
the and so proceed by degrees to
fingers
ado a crado per non confondere. mu- avoid confusion. But first lay
on the bones
dell' ossa quell, lie close to the said
nnmo po?ni sopra those muscles which
che con essi ossa si congiungono, confusion of other muscle
d'altri muscol,, bones, without
SSLTalSa confusione the nerves and
li neru, e uene, and with these you may put
nourishment, aftt
e co^quelli porrai veins which supply their
fat to 1 al-
che li nutriscono, auendo pnma _
first drawn the tree of veins and
delle sen- having
bero delle ue"ne e neru, sopra nerves over the simple bones.
plici
ossa.
800.
W. An. IV, XXI]
at the head and finish
la notomia alia testa e finis- Begin the anatomy
Cormcia at the sole of the foot.
cila nella piata del piede.
80 1.
W. An. II. 39* ()1
802.
W. An. IV. 151 a]
s
superficial,.
b
"
W. XXIII] 804.
Ricordoti che per farti certo del nas- Remember that to be certain of the point
cimento qualunche muscolo, che tu tiri
di of origin of any muscle, you must pull the
2
la corda, partorita da esso muscolo, in sinew from which the muscle springs in such
modo che tu veda movere esso 3 muscolo a way as to see that muscle move, and
e '1 suo nascimeto sopra delle legature where it is attached to the ligaments of the
delli ossi. bones.
NOTANDO. NOTE.
sTu non farai mai se no confusione You will never get any thing but con-
nella di 6 mostratione de' muscoli e lor fusion in demonstrating the muscles and their
siti,
positions, origin, and termination, unless you
nascimeti ?e fini, se prima non fai vna
first make a demonstration of thin muscles
8
dimostratione di muscoli- sottili a uso di after the manner of linen threads; and thus
fila di refe, e cosl potrai 9figurare Pun- you can represent them, one over another
sopra dell' altro, come li a situati la
I0
na- as nature has placed them; and thus, too,
tura, e cosl li
potrai nominare secodo il you can name them according to the limb
mebro "al quale lor they serve; for instance the motor of the
seruono, cioe il motore middle
point of the great toe, of its
della pu I2 ta del dito grosso e del suo osso
bone, of its first bone, &c. And when
di mezzo o del primo ecc; 3e dato che T
have the will
you knowledge you draw, by
tu ai tale notitia, figurerai al lato a ^questa the side of this, the true form and size and
la uera forma e quatita e sito di ciascu position of each muscle. But remember to
muscolo; 'Sma ricordati di fare li che give the threads which explain the situation
fili,
l6
of the muscles in the position which corre-
insegniano li muscoli, neg li medesimi siti
sponds to the central line of each muscle;
che son le linie centrali di ciascu musscolo, and so these threads will demonstrate the
e "cosl tali fili dimostreranno la figura del- form of the leg and their distance in a plain
la ganba
l8
e la loro distantia spedita e nota. and clear manner.
'9 Ho have removed the skin from a man
spogliato di pelle vno il quale per I
una mala 20 ttia s'era tanto diminuito che li who was so shrunk by illness that the
muscoli era 2I consumati e restati a uso di muscles were worn down and remained in
22
pellicola sottile, in modo che le corde a state like thin membrane, in such a way
in scabio del conuertirsi 2 3in muscolo si that the sinews instead of merging in mus-
convertivano in larga pelle, 24 e quado 1' ossa cles ended in wide membrane; and where
era uestite di pelle, poco acqui 25 staua the bones were covered by the skin they
della lor naturale grossezza. had very little over their natural size.
804. i. nasscimeto . . chettu. 2. corta. 3. musscolo .. nasscimeto. 6. mosstratione . . musscoli ellor . . nassci.neti. 7. effini . .
dimosstratione. 8. musscoli. 10. mebr. n. seruano coe . . motore [delluli], 12. mezo. 13. chettu. 14. cquessta . . essito . .
mussolo. 15. musscoli ne. 16. le medesimi . . chesson . . ciasscu. 17. dimostera. 18. ella . . disstantia . . e note. 19. hos-
spogliato. 20. chelli musscoli. 21. cresstati. 22. chelle corde niscabio. 23. musscolo . .
largha. 24. pocho. 25. grosseza.
804. The photograph No. 41 of Grosvenor of the foot, includes a complete facsimile of the
Gallery Publications : a drawing of the muscles text of this passage.
VOL. u.
ANATOMY. [805808.
114
W. An. I.
805.
if[
del moto del- Which nerve causes the motion -of the
Quale nervo e cagione
1'ochio a lare-che '1 moto dell'un ochio eye so that the motion of one eye moves
the other?
tin Paltro.
2
1Del chiudere le ciglia, 'dello alzare Of frowning the brows, of raising the
dello abbassare
* le ciglia.li 5 1 dello brows, of lowering the brows, of closing the
leciglia,
6
dello aprire li ochi,1i eyes, of opening the eyes, of raising the
chiudere li ochi,
71 dello alzare le narici, "del aprire le labra nostrils, of opening the lips, with the teeth
806.
ANATOMIA. ANATOMY.
2
Quali nerui over corde della mano so Which nerves or sinews of the hand are
3quelle che accostano e discostano li -diti those which close and part the fingers and
della mano e de'piedi 1'un dall'altro? toes latteraly?
W. 238*) 807.
Scuopri a grado a grado tutte le parti Remove by degrees all the parts of the
dinanti deH'omo 2
nel fare la tua notomia, front of a man in making your dissection,
e cosl insino in sull'osso; ^descritione de' till
you come to the bones. Description of
mebra della vita e lor trauagliameti. the p'arts of the bust and of their motions.
K.3 28 a] 808.
Fa la notomia della ga 2 ba insino al fiaco Give the anatomy of the leg up to the
per nutti i versi e per tutti li 'atti e in hip, in all views and in every action and in
806. i. anotamia. 3. quelle che achosstano e disscostano. 807. i. parte. 3. discretio de mebr . . vite ellor.
808. i 9 R. 2. fiucho. 7. He. 8. scghatc . .
gro.
6
tutte le spoglie,vene, arterie, nerui, corde 5
every state; veins, arteries, nerves, sinews
e mvscoli, e ossa, e poi dell'ossa
pe! le
7 and muscles, skin and bones ; then the bones
8 9
segate per uedere la gros sezza dell'ossa. in sections to show the thickness of the bones.
w. A. n. 76 <*] 809.
Farai regola e misura di ciascun muscolo, Make the rule and give the measurement
2
e renderai ragione di tutti li loro vfiti, e of each muscle, and give the reasons of all
in che moMo
s'adoperano e che li mu- their functions, and in which way they work
ove ecc. and what makes them work &c.
[4] First draw the spine of the back;
4 Farai
prima la spina del dosso, di poi
va vestendo 5a gradi 1'un sopra dell'altro then clothe it by degrees , one after the
6
di ciascu di questi musco li, e poni li nervi other, with each of its muscles and put in
all' arterie e vene a ciascun 7 muscolo per the nerves and arteries and veins to each
8
se, e oltre a di questo nota a qua ti spon- muscle by itself; and besides these note the
dili si congiugono, e che intestini sono 9 loro vertebrae to which they are attached; which of
a riscotro e che ossi e altri strumeti orga- the intestines come in contact with them; and
I0
nici ecc. which bones and other organs &c.
JI
Le The most rprominent parts of lean people On corpu-
parti piu alte de'magri son piu alte .
11 lency and
are most prominent in the muscular, and equally leanness
nelli mu I2
scolosi, e similmete ne'grassi; Ma 8 9 8l1 )-
so in fat persons. But concerning the dif- (
la differetia, che e ^dalla figura de'muscoli ference in the forms of the muscles in fat
I4 delli musco-
che anno li
grossi a rispetto persons as compared with muscular persons,
sara qui di sotto descritta. it shall be described below.
losi,
Pgrossare, e nel dimagratre quali muscoli growing fat, and which become visible in
si sco s prono. growing lean.
6
E nota che quel loco del?la superfitie And
observe that that part which on the sur-
8
del grasso che sara piu cocauata, 9quado face of a fat person is most concave, when
si disgrassa- fia
I0
piu eleuato. he grows lean becomes more prominent.
"Doue li muscoli I2 si separano 1'u dal- Where the muscles separate one from
^.I'altro, farai p^roffili, e doue s'^appiccano another you must give profiles and where
insieme . . .
they coalesce ...
i. reghola . . ciasscu musscolo. 3. he chilli. 4. lasspina . . vavesstendo. 5. hagradi . . ciasscu di quessti. 6. ciasscu.
809.
7. musscholo . . addi quessto . .
acqua. 8.chongiughano . . intesstini. 9. arrisscotro orgha. n. parte
. . mus. . . 12. scho-
losi essimilmete . . Malla diferetia. 13. musscoli che ali . . aris specto. 14. musscholosi . disocto desscrcta.
.
810. 2. perdano. 4. musscoli. 5. prano. 6. que lochi. 7. lla. 8. chessara. 9. dissgrassa. n. musscoli. 15. apichano.
811. 3. cressce. 4. ecquella. 6. infralle parte. 8. infralle parte . . chessi. 10. musscoli . . dima. n. gore grosseza. 12. afri-
809. The two drawings given on PI. CVIII no. I exists in the collection of drawings belonging to
come between lines 3 and 4. A good and very Christ's College Oxford, where it is attributed to
S. K. M. III. 66,.|
812.
NOTOMIA. ANATOMY.
2
1 membri sefnplici sono vndici cioe There are eleven elementary tissues :
The dm- 3 -
ossi - nerui vene, * arterie
pan-
-
the
cartilagine Cartilage bones nerves, veins, arteries, fascia,
"LS nicoli legamcti e c orde, cotica e carne e
s
S. K. M. III. 65*}
a capelli a. hair
n cotica n. skin
c carne musculosa c muscle
m paniculo grosso m. fascia
50 craneo cioe osso o. skull /'. e. bone
b dura madre b. dura mater
d pia madre d. pia mater
f ciervello f. brain
r-pia madre di sotto r. pia mater, below
/ dura madre /. dura mater
/ rete mirabile /. rete mirablile
s '
osso fondameto. s. the occipitul bone.
2
Causa dell' alitare, causa del moto del Of the cause of breathing, of the cause
3 causa del uomito, 4 causa del disce- of the motion of the heart, of the cause of
core,
dere
.,,.,,,,
11 s
cibo dallo stomaco, causa del
, , vomiting, of the cause of the descent of
f nA from
f <A, i c ,1 c
food the stomach, of the cause of emp-
votare li Ftestini; ty i ng the intestines.
8
Causa del moto delle 9superfluita per Of the cause of the movement of the
I0
le inte stini; superfluous matter through the intestines.
11 I2
Causa dello
inghiottire, causa dello Of the cause of swallowing, of the cause
tossire, causa dello sbadigliare, ^ causa
J 3 of coughing, of the cause of yawning, of the
dello starnuto, j s causa dell' adormetame l6 to cause of sneezing, of the cause of limbs
di diuerse mebra; getting asleep.
17 Causa del l8
perdere il seso ad alcu Of the cause of losing sensibility in any
mebro; limb.
*9 Causa del
solletico; Of
the cause of tickling.
20
Causa della lussuria e a! 2I tre necessita Of
the cause of lust and other appetites
22 2
del corpo, causa delPorinare, 3e cosl di of the body, of the cause of urine and also
tutte le lotioni natu^rali del corpo. of all the natural excretions of the body.
Le lagrime
2
vengono dal 3 core e no The tears come from the heart and not
dal 4 ceruello. from the brain.
6
sDifinisci le parti di che si co-
tutte Define all the parts, of which the body
8
corpo, co minciadosi dalla 9 cute
7
pone il iscomposed, beginning with the skin with its
colla sua so I0 praveste, la qual IJ e outer cuticle which is often chapped by the
spesso
I2
spiccata median te il sole. influence of the sun.
814. 5. dello stomacho. 6. otare le I. 7. testine. 9. super fruita. 10. stine. n. delle ingiottire. 13. isbauiglare. 14. isstarnuto.
23. tutte lutibni.
814. By the side of this text stands the pen and skull with indications of the veins in the fleshy
ink drawing reproduced on PI. CVIII, No. 4 ; a covering.
&m&&&&&$m
II.
W. An. I. 8l6.
I'onio \
la descritionc dell'oino, nella Man. The description of man, which in-
The ()IM-
qual si contengono quelli che son cludes that of such creatures as are of
sion* of the
.mini il
king- qua'si di simile spetie come babbuino, almost the same species, as Apes,
dom
(816. 817).
scimmia e simili che so molti. Monkeys and the like, which are many,
J Leone \
e suoi seguaci come pantieri, The Lion and its kindred, as Panthers.
leonze, tigri, liopardi, lupi, cervie 4 ri, Wildcats (?) Tigers, Leopards, Wolfs,
gatti di Spagna, gannetti e gatti co- Lynxes, Spanish cats, common cats
mvni c simili. and the like.
s Cdvallo e sua seguaci come mulo, asino T/ie Horse and its kindred, as Mule, Ass and
e simili che anno deti sopra e di sotto. the like, with incisor teeth above and below.
6
Toro e sua seguaci cornvti e sanza
|
The Bull and its allies with horns and
denti di sopra come bufolo ceruio, , without upper incisors as the Buffalo, Stag
daino ^capriolo, pecore, capre, stam- Fallow Deer, Wild Goat, Swine, Goat,
becchi, mvcheri, camozze, giraffe. wild Goats Muskdeers, Chamois, Giraffe.
2
Scrivi le varieta delli intestini deMla Describe the various forms of the intestines
vma 4 na, scimie e sismili; Di poi in of the human species, of apes and such like.
spetie
6
che si uaria la 8 Then, in what way the leonine species differ,
specie leonina, di poi
and then the bovine, and finally birds; and
la bovina, 9 e vltimo li uccelli, lo e vsa tal
arrange this description after the manner of
12
descrif'tione a uso di discorso. a disquisition.
816. 3. Lfonta wild cat? "Secondo alcuni, lo stesso che Ltontssa; e secondo altri con //* ffrtnza, lo stesso che
Panlira." KANFANI, Vocabolario page 858.
818823]. ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY. 119
W. A. IV. 8l8.
i53<5]
Z
riser 4 vano li cotiledoni mas s chi o femminei. if their cotyledons are male or female.
(8 i8 sfi).
G. 64 <5]
820.
M. 67 a]
821.
Che modo fa la coda del pescie a so- Of trie way in which the tail of a fish
2
spin giere il pescie innazi, e cosl 1'anguilla, acts in propelling the fish; as in the eel,
3 biscia e
mignatta. snake and leech.
819. lingha . .
pichio. 2. ella masscella. 820. 5. cheffa . . disceda.
820. 4. A passing allusion is all I can here 821. A sketch of a'fish, swimming upwards is in
permit myself to Leonardo's elaborate researches the original, inserted above this text. Compare
into the flight of birds. Compare the observations No. 1114.
on this subject in the Introduction to section XVIII 823. This text is written by the side of a drawing
and in the Bibliography of Manuscripts at the end in black chalk of a nude male figure, but there is
2 Here make
a note to demonstrate the
I
Qui fo ricordo di dimostrare
la dif-
3ferentia ch'e dall'o'mo al cauallo, e simil- difference there between man and the horse
is
6
smente delli altri ani mali e prima 7 comin- ;
and in the same way with other animals.
8
cerd alPossa, e proseguiro tutti li muscoli And first'I will begin with the bones, and then
che sanza corde na^scono e finiscono nelle will go on to all the muscles which spring
ossa,
I0
e poi di quelli che co corda na- from the bones without tendons and end in
"scono e finiscono nell'ossa, e poi di them in the same way, and then go on
"che con una sola corda da v can- to those which start with a single tendon at
quelle
to. one end.
E. ,6-]
82 5-
Nota 2
delle piegatu re delle giutu^re, e Note on the bendings of joints and in
in che mo do 4 cresce la scarne sopra di what way the flesh grows upon them in
8
6
loro nelli 7 lor
stendimesti;
piegame tio e their flexions or extensions; and of this
e di questa Iportatissima "notitia fa uno
IO most important study write a separate treatise:
12
particulare '^trattato nel' 4 la descritione |
in the description of the movements of ani-
l6
sde' movimeti delli animali *?di quattro mals with four feet; among which is man,
pi
tl(
edi,
2
infra li '^quali e 1'omo "che acora who likewise in his infancy crawls on all
2I 22
lui nella infatia va co 4 piedi. fours.
2. 4. cssimil. 6. e p"a". epposseguiro. 8. musscoli. scano effiniscano. TO. eppoi. it. scano effinisscano . .
314. la.di. 7. 9.
he poi. 12. [q] che.
825. i. "nota" delle pieghatu. 4. cressca. 5. charne. 7. pieghame. 8. esstendime. 9. quessta. 12. partichulare. 13. tractato.
826. 2. esaenpre . .
inperochessichome. 3. movano illoro . . chauallo . chosi. 4. chaccia . . desstro . . chaminare . . chaccia .
, i V \
_^4~- . H-r*
"
Ileliog-. Dujardin.
5x0/15 5x0/15 5x0/15 5^0/1) 5^0/15 ,5^0
m.
PHYSIOLOGY.
Hotrovato nella compositione del corpo I have found that in the composition of sComparative
vmano come in tutte 2 le composition!
che, the human body as compared with the bodies "r/ans of
s
delli animali, esso e di piv ottusi e grossi of animals of sense are duller ^dln^\.
the organs
sentimeti; ^cosl e composto di strumeto and coarser. Thus it is composed of less
manco ingegnoso e di lochi maco ^capaci ingenious instruments, 'and of spaces less
a ricevere la uirtu de' sensi 6 veduto nella ; capacious for receiving the faculties of sense. .
parte della sustantia del celabro, e disce- of smell is connected with part of the sub-
6
dere li narici, capace ricettaculo contro al stance of the brain which comes down the
senso dello odorato, 7 il quale entra infra nostrils, which form a spacious recep-
gra nvmero di saccoli cartilaginosi con tacle for the sense of smell, which enters
assai 8 vie contro all' avenimento del predetto by a great number of cartilaginous vesicles
celabro. with several passages leading up to where
9 Liochi della spetie leonina anno gran the brain, as before said, comes down.
I0
parte della lor testa per lor ricettacolo, The eyes in the Lion tribe have a large
e li nerui ottici inmediate congiugnersi col part of the head for their sockets and the
11
celabro; il che al !! omini si uede in con- optic nerves communicate at once with the
trario, perche le casse delli ochi sono vna brain; but the contrary is to be seen in
I2
picco la parte del capo, e li nerui ottici man, for the sockets of the eyes are but a
sono sottili e lunghi e deboli, e per debo- small part of the head, and the optic nerves
3le operatione si uede di loro il dl, e peggio are very fine and long and weak, and by the
X
la notte, e li predetti animali ^vedono weakness of their action we see by day but
in nella notte che '1 giorno; I5 e '1 segno se badly at night, while these animals can see as
ne vede, perche predano di notte I6 e dor- well at night as by day. The proof that they
mono il
giorno come fano ancora li uccelli can see is that they prowl for prey at night
notturni. and sleep by day, as nocturnal birds do also.
87- i. ottrovato . .
conpositone . . chome. 3. chosi e conpossto . . mancho . . mancho. 4. chapaci. 5. nel senso . . susstantia
del celabro disce. 6. ricettachulo. 7. sachuli chartilaginosi. 9. tessta. 10. ricettachulo elli . . ottitti . .
congugnersi.
ii. Hi . . chasse . .
picho. 12. elli . . ellunghi. 13. eppeggo . . elli. 14. vegan inela . .
gorno. 15. dormano il gorno
. . fano . . ucelli.
VOL. II.
Q
PHYSIOLOGY. [828. 829.
122
828.
lume vede di notte che "no fa can see at night than man can; hence at
it
tanto piv
can see nothing if its pupil does
Porno; ode di mezzo -dl no vede ni^ente-,
it
midday
e simil- 1
not diminish ; and, in the same way, at night
selui no diminuisce sua pupil 'la -,
notte le cose -
things look larger to it than by day.
mete vede di mag'Sgiori
che di di.
c. 44-1 829.
*Li ochi di tutti li animali ano le 3 lor The eyes of all animals have their pupils
popille, le quali per loro medesitne
cres- adapted to dilate and diminish of their own
cono e diminuiscono secodo il mag^giore accord in proportion to the greater or less
6 But in
e minore lume del sole o altro chiarore; light of the sun or other luminary.
Ma nelli uccelli fa maggio^re differetia, e birds the variation is much greater; and
massima nelli nottui^ni, come gufi, barba- particularly in nocturnal birds, such as hor-
yianni, e all' ochi ?che son di spetie
di ned owls, and in the eyes of one species of
civetta; a questi cresce
I0
la popilla in modo owl ;
in these the pupil dilates in such a way
che quasi occupa tut 1 'to 1' ochio, e dimi- as to occupy nearly the whole eye ,
or
I2
nuisce insino alia gra dezza d'u gra di diminishes to of a grain of millet, the size
miglio e sempre osser'^va figura circulare; and always preserves the circular form. But
Ma la spe M tie leonina come patere, ^ in the Lion tribe, as panthers, pards,
pardi, '.Meoze, tigri, lupi, cieruieri, *
ounces, tigers lynxes Spanish cats , ,
l6
gatti di e altri simili dimi-
Spa gnia ^ and other similar animals the pupil dimi-
nuiscono '7 la lucie dal perfetto circulo nishes from the perfect circle to the
18
alia figura biagolare, cioe questa '^e; figure of a pointed oval such as is
C t
come dimostra in margine; Ma 1'uo-
si shown in the margin. But man having
mo 20
per avere piu debole vista a weaker sight than any other animal
che nessuno altro a 2I nimale, meno e is less hurt by a very strong light and
offeso dalla superchia luce, "e me s av- his pupil increases but little 'in dark places;
meta nelli lochi tenebrosi^ ma ochi but in the eyes of these nocturnal animals, the
2
delli detti animali notturni, al <gufo vc- horned owl a bird which is the largest of
2
ciello cornuto, il quale e '1 s massimo nella all nocturnal birds the power of vision
a6
spetie delli vccelli nottur ni a questo s' au- : increases so much that in the faintest noc-
meta tanto la uirtu vi 2 ?siva, che nel minimo turnal light (which we call darkness) it sees
8j) i. dclt[o|i cchi(o]i. 3. popille le quali pe lor. 4. scano e diminvisschano . . il ma. 5. eminore. 6. vcielli. 7. diferetia
emauime neli. 8. ghufi. 9. chcsson . .
qucssti cresscie. 10. ochupa. ti. diminuisscie. 12. essenpre. 13. fighura circulare.
M lla. 14. chome. 16. diminuiscano. 17. circhulo. 18. fighura biaghola . .
quessta. 19. chome si dimosstra . . Mallom"o"
20. vissu. 21. luci'V. 23. notturniel. 24. ghupo . . chornuto. 25. vcielli. 26. acquessto. 28. quale noc dimadano . . ve
lume notturno (il 28 quale da noi dimadasi with much more distinctness than we do in the
tenebre) vede assai co 9piu vigore che noi
2
a b n e il
.coperchio di sotto che chi- a b n is the membrane which closes the
2
ude Pochio di sotto in su con coperchio eye from below, upwards, with an opaque
oppaco, *c n b chiude 1'ochio dinanzi film, c n b encloses the eye in front and
idirieto con coperchio transparete.
4 behind with a transparent membrane.
sQiiudesi sotto in su 6 perche da It closes from below, upwards, be-
alto discie"7de. cause it [the. eye] comes downwards.
8
Quando 1'ochio delli uccelli si When the eye of a bird closes
chiude ^colle sue due copriture, with its two lids, the first to close is
esso chiu I0 de prima la secondina \ the nictitating membrane which closes
la qual "chiude dal lagrimatoio from the lacrymal duct over to the
I2
alia co da d'esso ochio, e la prima outer corner of the eye; and the
si chi I3 vde da basso in alto, e que- outer lid closes from below upwards,
I4 sti due moti
intersegati occupano s in and these two intersecting motions begin
prima dal lacrimatoio, perche gia abbiamo firstfrom the lacrymatory duct, because we
veduto che l6 dinanzi e di sotto si sono have already seen that in front and below
assicurati, e sol serba I7 no la parte di birds are protected and use only the upper
l8
sopra per li pericoli delli uccielli ra paci portion of the eye from fear of birds of
che discendono di sopra e dirieto; e sco- prey which come down from above and
"^prano prima il
pannicolo di verso la coda, behind; and they uncover first the membrane
20
perche se '1 nemico viene dirieto, egli from the outer corner, because if the enemy
a la como 2I dita| del fugire innazi, e an- comes from behind, they have the power of
cora tiene 22 il pannicolo detto secondino escaping to the front; and again the muscle
e traspa*3rente perche se non avesse tale ,
called the nictitating membrane is transparent,
2
scudo, e' no 4potrebbe tener li ochi because, if the eye had not such a screen,
2
aperti cotro al Sveto che percuote 1'ochio they could not keep it open against the
nel furo 26 re del suo velocie volare; 'E wind which strikes against the eye in the
la sua 2
7popilla crescie e discrescie nel rush of their rapid flight. And the pupil of
28
uedere minore o maggiore lume cioe the eye dilates and contracts as it sees a
spledore. less or greater light, that is to say intense
brilliancy.
UL' ochio che di notte s'interporra in- If at night your eye is placed between
fra '1 lume e 1'ochio 2 della gatta, vedra the light and the eye of a cat, it will see
esso occhio parere di foco.1 the eye look like fire.
830. 2. socto . .
oppacho. 4. chon choperchio transsparete. 6. discie. 7. da. 8. vcielli. 9. cholle . .
chopriture. 12. ella. 13. di
basso . .
ecque. 14. interseghati ochupano. 15. dalacrimatoio . .
giaa ueduto. 16. assichurati.J 17. pericholi. 18. dissciendono
. . diriecto essco. 19. panitolo . . choda. 20. nemicho . . diriecto. 22. trasspa. 23. auessi.' 25. perchuote. 26. Ella.
832.
W. A.. IV. 184* (;)J
che si move
di
the portion of the tongue which
quatita della lingua moves in the mouth.
per la bocca.
3E
And when a o u are spoken
quando a o v si pronutiano with a clear and rapid pronunciation,
con intelligibile e spedita pronu-
it is necessary, in order to pronounce
tia, egli snecessario che nella
continua lor pronutiatione sanza
6 continuously, without any pause be-
intermissio di tepo, che 'I'apritura tween, that the opening of the lips
should close by degrees; that is,
de' labri si uadi al cotinuo restri-
larghi sarano
nel they are wide apart in saying a,
gnendo, cio
dire a, pi 9 u stretti nel dire o,
closer in saying o, and much closer
still to
pronounce u.
e assai piv stretti nel pr'onun-
It may be shown how all the
tiare v.
"Prouasi come tutte le uo- vowels are pronounced with the
"cali son pronQtiate colla 'Jparte farthest portion of the false palate
copre Pe'Spiglotta.
w. xxij 833.
2
Dico jl uedere essere operate da tutti say that sight is exercised by all ani-
I
On the con- li animali mediate la luce; e se alcuno mals, by the medium of light; and if any.
ditions of 11 i i j n- one adduces, as against this, the sight of
light cotra questo ^allegnera jl uedere delli
nocturnal animals, I must .say that this in
animali notturni, questo medesima-
dir6
the same way is subject to the very same
mete essere sottoposto a simile natura; .-'
natural laws. For it will easily be under-
Jperoche chiaro si coprede -, j sensi stood that the senses which receive the
ricievedo le similitudini delle cose no ma- images of things do not project from them-
dano selves any visual virtue [4]. On the contrary
fori di loro alcuna virtu ;
s a nzi me-
the atmospheric medium which exists be-
diate 1'aria, che si trova ifra 1'obietto e '1
tween the object and the sense incorpo-
seso jncorpora J se le spetie delle cose
-, , rates in itself the figure of things, and by
e per lo cotatto, 6 che a col seso, le porgie its contact with the sense transmits the ob-
a quello se li obietti o per sono o
;
per ject to it. If the object whether by sound
odore madano le potetie orechio
or by odour
presents its spiritual force
spirituali all'
to the ear or the nose, then light is not
7 o al naso , qui non e neciessario ne si
required and does not act. The forms of
adopera la luce leforme delli obietti non
;
objects do not send their images into
831. i. musscole . .
rospondano musscoli. t. boccha.
. .
conposta . .
3. lingb.ua chessi perbocha. 4. Essecquando . . cho.
4. csspedita. 7. dellabri . . resstri. 8. coe. 12. chali. 13. lla. 15. piglotto.
833. i. ettirarai. a. ello. 3. bocha tusscutirai. 4. cheffa il tramazzo. 5. panicholo.
8*. i. operate [raediitc la In) dattutti . . ette. 3. alegera . . sotto posti aasimile. similitudine alchuna.
. .
4. cSpIede . . . .
5. iou . . chessi . .
jnthorpora chotatto. 6. chol per [romore] "sono" per mSda
. .
. .
acquelo . . . . .
per la. 7. nessi
833- 5- The text here breaks off. 834. 4. Compare No. 68. 8. See No. 58-67.
835- 836.] PHYSIOLOGY. 125
etrano per similitudine jfra 1'aria, 8 se quelli the air if they are not illuminated [8]; and
no sono Ivminosi essedo cosl 1'ochio no ;
the eye being thus constituted cannot receive
la puo ricievere da quell' aria che no 1'a e that from the air, which the air does not
che tocca la sua superfitie; 9 se tu volessi possess, although it touches its surface. If
dire molti animali j quali predano di
di you choose to say that there are many ani-
notte dico che quando in questi manca
,
mals that prey at night, I answer that when
la poca luce I0 che basta alia natura de' the little light which suffices the nature of
loro ochi che questi s' aivtano colla po-
,
their eyes is wanting, they direct themselves
tetia dello udito e dello odorato, IJ i quali by their strong sense of hearing and of smell,
no sono Ipediti dalle tenebre e de' quali ,
which are not impeded "by the darkness, and
avazano di gra luga-1'omo-; Se porrai in which they are very far superior to man.
mete a una gatta I2 di giorno sal tare Ifra If you make a cat leap, by daylight, among
molte vasellameti -, vedrai quelli^ rimanere a quantity of jars and crocks you will see
salui,e se farai questo medesimo di notte, I3 them remain unbroken, but if you do the
ronpera ne assai li vccelli notturni no ;
same at night, many will be broken. Night
volano se no lucie tutta o I parte la luna,
, birds do not fly about unless the moon shines
azi si Jfra il coricare
pasco^no del sole full or in part; rather do they feed between
e la itera oscurita della notte ;
sun-down and the total darkness of the night.
'sNessuno corpo si puo coprendere No body can be apprehended without
saza lume e obra; lume e obra sono cau- light and shade, and light and shade are
sate dalla luce. caused by light.
G. 90 a] 835.
3 II uedere e meglio discosto che da Sight is better from a distance than near
pres*so in quelli omini, li quali s'attepano, in those men who
are advancing in age,
Sperche vna medesima cosa mada di se
6
because the same object transmits a smaller
minore inpressione nell'oc 7 chio, essendo impression of itself to the eye when it is
remota che quado li e vi 8 cina. distant than when it is near.
tichi speculatori ano cocluso che quella The ancient speculators have concluded that
che e data all'omo, that part of man which constitutes his judg-
parte del giuditio
sia causata 3 da vno strumeto al quale ,
ment is caused by a central organ to which the
referiscono li altri 5 mediate la ipressiva, other five senses refer everything by means of
e a detto strumeto ano posto nome seso impressibility; and to this centre they have
comvne, 4 e dicono questo seso essere given the name Common Sense. And they
situate mezzo il capo jfra la ipres-
in say that this Sense is situated in the centre
siva e la memoria; E questo nome di of the head between Sensation and Me-
seso s comvne dicono solamete perche e , mory. And this name of Common Sense
lalluce. 8. nolla po . .
dacquell . . aria'"ce nola e" che tocha. 9. che qua["do" I . . mancha la pocha. 10. allandatura
chola . . delo .
a[v]uldito. n. porai mete . i '.
gatta. 12. vedera . . esse. 13. vcielli . .
pasca. 14. corichare . . ella.
15. po .
chopledere . . e chausata.
ella . .
Ecquesto. 5. dicano . . choravne . . deli . . vldire tochare. 6. Ipresiua . . imezo . .
inpresiua. 7. similitudine . .
PHYSIOLOGY.
cio luce e tenebre, things, that is: Light and Darkness, one
varie nature d' obietti
being the cause of the perception of the
1'una-cagione dell'altre 9 -, e 1'altra priva- nine others, and the other its absence:
tione: 'Scolore e corpo figura e sito Colour and substance, form and place, dis-
remotione e proplquita moto e quiete. tance and nearness, motion and stillness [15].
Ancorache lo ingiegnio
2
vmano faccia Though human ingenuity may make va-
chose . . dali . .
scsiggugali . . mezo. 8. Infrallc . . istcriori ella Ipressiua essimilemete . . movano . . obietti le similitu-
elli. n. sechodo. 12. uisino . ala inpresiua . . deli. 13. trattereno e laltri lasciereno . . data. 14. chagne . . ellaltra.
837. i. chello. 2. vmano iniuetioni. 5. trover, n. cha e nulla. 13. fa il. 14. mebr. 16. coe. 23. dessta. 24. debbe. 25. restafui).
28
madre, la quale la nutrisce e vivifi 2 9ca and under the tutelage of the soul of the
per la vena ombelica3le, con tutti li sua mother,who nourishes and vivifies it by the
me^bri spiritual!, e cosi segu3
2
ira insino umbilical vein, with all its spiritual parts,
che tale ombe^lico 11 e giunto colla se.- and this happens because this umbilicus is
3 4 condina e li cotilido35ni per la quale il joined to the placenta and the cotyledons, by
6 unisce colla madre; 3 which the child is attached to the mother.
figlo3 lo si ?e questi
son causa che v3 8 na volonta, vn sommo desi And these are the reason why a wish, a
39derio, vna paura che 4 abbia la madre, strong craving or a fright or any other men-
o altro ^ i dolor metale a poteti 42 a piu nel tal suffering in the mother, has more influence
il
quale e detto senso comvne, e non e and is not all-pervading throughout the body,
tutta 4
per tutto il corpo come molti , as many have thought. Rather is it entirely
ano creduto -, anzi tutto in nella parte ,
in one part. Because, if it were all-pervad-
inpercche sc ella sfusse tutta per tutto e ing and the same in every part, there would
have been no need to make the instruments
tutta in
ogni parte non era necessario ,
of the senses meet in one centre and in one
li stru 6 meti de' sensi fare infra loro uno
single spot; on the contrary it would have suf-
medesimo cocorso a uno solo loco ,
anzi ficed that the eye should fulfil the function
basta?va che 1' ochio operasse 1' ufitio of its sensation on its surface only, and not
del sentimeto sulla sua superfitie e no transmit the image of the things seen, to
8 the sense, by means of the optic nerves, so
mandare per la uia delli nerui ottici la
that the soul for the reason given above
similitudine delle cose vedute al seso ,
may perceive it in the surface of the eye.
che 1' anima
sopra sdetta ragione le alia In the same way as to the sense of hearing,
poteua compredere in essa superfitie del'o- it would have sufficed if the voice had mere-
28. la qual nutrisscie vivifi. 29. cha . . vnbilica. 30. le sua. 32. chettale vnbi. 33. licho. 34. elli. 36. unisscie colla ma
37. ecquesti. 38. somo. 42. che ne. 43. spesse so. 45. della uita ecc. 54. dellania lasscio ne. 55. le mete . .
ispirita
tutto . ettutta . . neciessario . fare li. 6. infralloro .5. . . chochorso a i . . . locho. 7. operassi . . del [suo] sentimeto.
8. ottiti [il] la . . chose . . chellanima. 9. conpledere.' 10. Essimilmete il . . dellavldito . . risonassi . . chochaue. n. cho-
^37' 57- lettere incoronate. By this term Leo- the works of the early Fathers, and all the books
nardo probably understands not the Bible only, but recognised as sacred by the Roman Church.
128 PHYSIOLOGY. [839-
chio
IO
E similmete al seso dell' udito ly sounded in the porous cavity of the
;
bastaua solamete la uoce risonasse nelle indurated portion of the temporal bone which
within the ear, without making any
cocnue porosita "dell' osso petroso che lies
comune givditio; l *l\ senso dell* odorato sense of smell, again, is compelled by ne-
uede essere dalla neciessita cessity to refer itself to that same judg-
acora lui si
costretto a cocorrere a detto ^juditio; ment. Feeling passes through the perfo-
'5 II tatto passa le corde forate, rated cords and is conveyed to this com-
per
ed e portato a esso seso ;
le quali corde mon sense. These cords diverge with infi-
I6 ifinita ramifica- nite ramifications into the skin which encloses
si uanno spargicdo con
tione- in nella pelle-che circuda le corporee the members of the body and the viscera.
mebra '?e visciere l8
Le corde perforate ;
The perforated cords convey volition and
sensation to the subordinate limbs. These
portano il comadameto e sentimeto
alii
mebri ofitiali, ''le quali corde e nerui cords and the nerves direct the motions of
infra muscoli e lacierti
i
20
comadano a the muscles and sinews, between which they
quelli il mouimeto quelli ubidiscono, e ;
are placed; these obey, and this obedience
tale obedietia si "mette in atto collo sgo- takes effect by reducing their thickness;
fiare raccorta le loro for in swelling, their length is reduced, and
, imperoche '1
gofiare
22 the nerves shrink which are interwoven among
lunghezze e tirasi dirieto i nerui, i
quali
si tessono per le particule de' mebri; es- the particles of the limbs; being extended to
sendo infusi nelli stremi de' diti, ^por- the tips of the fingers, they transmit to the
tano cagione del loro cotatto
al seso la ;
sense the object which they touch.
a
*I nerui coi loro muscoli servono The nerves with their muscles obey the
alle corde come soldati a codottieri e i ,
tendons as soldiers obey the officers, and the
le corde 25 seruono al senso comune come tendons obey the Common [central] Sense as
26
i codottieri al capitano aduque la givn- ;
the officers obey the general. [2 7] Thus the
'
gusto el tatto. 15. II tutto no passa elli per le chorde . . chorde si uano [di]. 16. sprgiedo chon . . ramifichatione inella
. . circhuda le chorporee. 18. (j nervi] "le corde" . .
portano [il sentimento] il chomadameto essentimeto. 19. chorde . .
22. tcssano . partichule. 23. chagione . . chotauo. 24. choi . . mvsscoli . . servno . . chorde chome chodottieri . elle
chorde. 25. seruano . . chomvne chome i chodoueri al chapitano el seso chomvne serve. 26. [adunque il neruo . serue
. ai mvsscolo el mvsscoJo). 27. musscholo el mvsscolo . . chorda. 28. ella chorda . chomvne
. . . chomvne essedia . . ella
. . essua. 29. amvnitione . ella inpresiua essua referedaria [e il chore essuoj. 30. chome de . . all . . mlcha. 31. macha
. .
spare. 32. ellorbo.
39. i. chome. 2. chomadameto. 3. apariiscie inperro . chettu vederai . . fredolleti. 4. chome. 5. chon . . essi . benbri . .
8^8. The peculiar use of the words nervo, mus- dered by nerve, muscle cord or tendon and Common
ft/a, forda, senso comune, which are here literally ren- Sense may be understood from line 27 and 28.
840-843.] PHYSIOLOGY. 129
freddolosi, 4 e assiderati -
le loro tremati and their trembling limbs, as their head and
mebra come testa e mani sanza licieza hands , quake without leave from their soul
dell' anima la quale 5 anima co tutte sue ,
-
and their soul with all its power cannot prevent
forze no potra vietare a essi menbri che . their members from trembling. The same thing
no tremino; Questo medesimo 6 accade nel happens in falling sickness, or in parts that
malcaduco e ne' mebra tagliati come code have been cut off, as in the tails of lizards.
di lucierte over imaginatiua e
;
7 la idea The idea or imagination is the helm and gui-
timone e imperoche la cosa
briglia de' sensi , ding-rein of the senses, because the thing con-
irhaginata
8
move il seso; 9 preimaginare e ceived of moves the sense. Pre-imagining, is
I0
lo imaginare ,le cose che saranno; post- imagining the things that are to be. Post-ima-
imaginare e imaginare le cose passate. gining, is imagining the things that are past.
vedere, udire, odorato sono di poca pro- three senses: sight, hearing and smell cannot
ibitione , tato e gusto^no 1' odorato mena ;
well be prevented; touch and taste not at
con seco il gusto nel cane e altri golosi all. Smell is connected with taste in dogs
animali. and other gluttonous animals.
W. A. IV. 841.
2
Jo scopro alii omini 1'origine della pri- I reveal to men the origin of the first,
ma o forse secoda cagione del loro essere. or perhaps second cause of their existence.
trie mino Questo medessi. 6. achade . . mal chaducho . . mebr . . chome chode. 7. e etimone . .
inpero chella chosa.
9. premaginare . . chose . chessaranno. 10. posimaginare . . chose.
843. i. chorpo . . chontinuo. 2. rinasscie. 3. chosa . . nutricha . . chon. 4. chontinuo rinasscie. 5. senon. 6. esspirato esselli
he . .
no[nuj. 7. [trusscie] vita essectu. 8. mancha. 9. valtudine essettulli . . tuc. 10. ressta desstructa Massettu. n. des-
VOL. II. R
PHYSIOLOGY. [844-
130
dela col nutrimeto datoli daH'omore ''d'esaa thi nourishment afforded by the liquid of this
candcla, il quale lume ancora lui al con'sti- candle, which flame continually with a rapid
nuo con velocissimo socorso restaura di supply restores to it from below as much as is
sotto,
I6
di sopra se ne consuma mo- consumed in dying above: and from a brilliant
quato
rendo, di splendi'Ma lucie si convertc
e light is converted in dying into murky smoke ; and
I8
moredo in tenebroso fumo, la qual morte this death is continuous, as the smoke is conti-
cotinuato nutrimeto,
20
e in instante tutto il in the same instant all the flame is dead and
TiCome tu ai descritto il re delli ani- King of the animals as thou hast de-
mali ma io direi dicedo 2
re delle scribed him I should rather say king of
meglio
the beasts, thou being the greatest because
bestie essendo tu lamaggiore perche non thou hast spared slaying them, in order that
li ai uccisi, acci6 che possino poi darti 3]i
they may give thee their children for the
lor figlioli in benifitio della tua gola colla benefit of the of which thou hast
gullet,
quale tu ai te tato
4
farti sepultura di tutti attempted to make
a sepulchre for all ani-
li animali, e piu oltre direi, se'l 5 dire il
mals and I ;
would say still more, if it were
uero mi fusse integramete lecito; Ma non allowed me to speak the entire truth [5]. But
we do not go outside human matters in
usciamo 6 delle cose vmane, dicendo vna
telling of one supreme wickedness, which
somma scelerata?gine, la qual non accade does not happen among the animals of the
8
nelli animali terrestri, inperoche in quelli earth, inasmuch as among them are found
no si trovano animali che magino della none who eat their own kind, unless
loro 9S
petie se no per macameto di celabro through want of sense (few indeed among
infra e de'ma I0 dri come them, and those being mothers, as with men,
(in poche loro,
albeit they be not many in number); and
infra li
omini, beche no sieno in tato nu- this happens only among the rapacious ani-
mero); "e I2
questo non accade se no nel li mals, as with the leonine species, and leo-
itruggie . . rinasscie. 12. chonsuma assimilitudine. 13. socto della chandela chol. 14. chandela . . anchora . . chon.
15. chon velocissimo (vita) "sochorso" . . socto. 16. chonsuma. chonverte tenebro. 18. chontinua sichome chon-
17. . .
844. i. isscritto . . ma i . . dirai. 2. bestie "essendo tu la magore" | perche no li ai uticcoche ti possin. 3. figloli . . ai te.
io. numero)e. n. [alcvna volta) ecquesto none achade . . ne. 12. leonina [che sspessa]. 13. si magia che) . . cerveri
passage in the first of Andrea Corsali's letters to di carne humana, di maniera che il padre magia il
Ginliano de' Medici: Alcuni gentili chiamati Guzzarati air incontro il figliuolo
figliuolo, et il padre se^ondo che a
non si eibano di cosa alcuna cht tenga vn huomo
sangue, ne fra caso e per sorte auiene. Io viddi certo scele-
esri loro_ comentono che si noccia ad alcuna cosa animata, ratusimo che si vantaua, et si teneua a non piccola
comf il noitro Leonardo da huomtni.
Vinci. gloria di hauer mangialo pA di trecento
5 1 8.
Amerigo Vespucci, with whom Leonardo Viddi anche vna certa citta, nella quale io dimorai forse
was personally acquainted, writes in his second ventisetle giorni, done le carni humane, hauendole salate,
letter to Pietro Soderini, about the inhabitants of eran afficate alii traui, si come noi alii traui di cucina
845-8470 PHYSIOLOGY.
animali rapaci, come nella spetie leonina pards, panthers lynxes, cats and the like,
X
3e pardi, pardere, cervieri, gatte e simili, who sometimes eatbut their children;
^liquali alcuna volta si magiano i figlioli; thou, besides thy devourest father,
children
ma tu oltre 'Salli figlioli ti
magi il
padre, mother, brothers and friends; nor is this
l6
madre, fratelli e amici, e no ti basta questo, enough for thee, but thou goest to the chase
che tu vai a caccia per le altrui isole, pi- on the islands of others, taking other men
T
7gliando li altri omini e questi mezzo nudi and these half-naked, the .... and the
l8
il mebro e culi fai ingrassare e te
li testi .... thou fattenest, and chasest them down
li cacci giu per la tua gola; or Z 9non pro- thy own throat [i 8]; now does not nature
duce la natura tati senplici, che tu ti possa produce enough simples, for thee to satisfy
satia 20re? e se no ti cotenti de' senplici, thyself? and if thou art not content with
non puoi tu co la mistio 2I di quelli fare simples, by the mixture
canst thou not
conposti, come scrisse
22
infiniti il Platina e of them make infinite compounds, as Platina
li altri autori di gola?1 wrote [21], and other authors on feeding?
H.2 41 b\ 845-
Facciamo nostra vita coll' a! 2 trui morte. Our life is made by the death of others.
3ln nella cosa morta rima vi^ta dissensata, In dead matter insensible
life remains,
la quale ri s cogiuta alii stomachi de' vi 6 ui which, reunited to the stomachs of living beings,
ripiglia uita sesitiva ?e itellettiva. resumes life, both sensual and intellectual.
s. K. M. m, 846.
La natura pare qui in moltt 2 o di molti Here nature appears with many animals
animali stata piu pre^sto crudele matrignia to have been rather a cruel stepmother than
che ma 4 dre, e d'alcuni no matrignia 5 ma a mother, and with others not a stepmother,
pietosa madre. but a most tender mother.
C. A. 75 ; 219/5] 847.
L'omo e li animali sono propi trasito Man and animals are really the passage
and the conduit of food, the sepulchre of
e condotto di cibo, sepoltura d' animali
animals and resting place of the dead, one
2
albergo de' morti, facciedo a se vna del-
causing the death of the other, making them-
1' altrui morte guaina di corrutione! selves the covering for the corruption of
other dead [bodies].
chatte essimili. 14. magano i figloli, irattu. 15. figloli. 16. bassta . . chaccia. 17. meznudi. 18. ettelli caccigu. 19. chet-
847. i. elli . .
propi "trasitoe" chondotto . . morti [animali] faciedo asse. 2. morte [pigliando piacere dellaltri miserie] guaina
di chorutione.
appicchiamo le carni di cinghali secche al sole o alfumo, magnifico Pietro Soderini, Gonfaloniere della eccelsa Re-
et massimamente salsiccie, et altre simil cose: ami si ma- publica di Firenze; various editions).
rauigliauano grddemete che noi non magiassimo della carne 21. Come scrisse il Platina (Bartolomeo Sacchi, a
de nemici, le quali dicono muouere appetito, et essere di famous humanist). The Italian edition of his trea-
maraniglioso sapore, et le lodano come cibi soaui et delicati tise De arte coquinaria, was published under the
(Leltere due di Amerigo Vespucci Fiorentino drizzate al title De la honestra voluptate, e valetudine, Venezia 1487.
PHYSIOLOGY. [848851.
132
r. .-] 848.
La morte ne' vecchi sanza febre si causa Death in old men, when not from fever,
dalle
J
uene che ua dalla milza alia porta is caused by the veins which go from the
del fegaHo e s'ingrossan tanto pelle di spleen to the valve of the liver, and which
ch'elle si richiudono e non danno piu thicken so much in the walls that they be-
transito al san*gue che li nutrica. come closed up and leave no passage for
6
II continue corso che fa il sangue per the blood that nourishes it.
le sue ?uene fa che tali vene s'ingrossano [6] The incessant current of the blood
e fanno 8 si callose in tal modo che al through the veins makes these veins thicken
(4-so)- fine si riserra'no e proibiscono il corso al and become callous, so that at last they close
sangue. up and prevent the passage of the blood.
it t] 849.
naso, che tutto il sangue da basso si leua seen when a vein bursts in the nose; all the
alia altezza della rotta vena; sQ ua ndo blood rises from below to the level of the
1'aqua escie dalla rotta vena della terra burst vein. When the water rushes out from
essa osserua la natura delle altre cose piv the burst vein in the earth, it obeys the law
6
gravi che 1'aria, onde senpre cerca i lochi of other bodies that are heavier than the air
bassi. since it
always seeks low places.
Come il
sangue che torna indirieto, That the blood which returns when the
2
quado il
riapre, core si non e quel che heart opens again is not the same as that
^riserra le porte del core. which closes the valves of the heart.
Fattevi dare la difinitione e riparo del Make them you the definition and give
notes
casp
secondo .... 2 e vedrete che remedies for the case and you will see . . .
sssT omini son eletti per medici di mala^tie da that men are selected to be doctors for
loro non conosciute. diseases they do not know.
848. i. vechi. 2. mua. 3. to singrossan. 4. vdano . . transitu. 5. chelli nutricha. 6. cheffa. 7. chettali . . effan. 8. risera.
9. proibisscano . .
sanghuc.
849. i. Ragirasi. 2. fa . . animati. 3. move [dal lago] "dal mare" del . . tesste . . echi quiui ropasi. 4. chettutto . . alteza . .
849. From this passage it is quite plain that only a very brief excerpt from this note book can
Leonardo had not merely a general be given here. WILLIAM HARVEY (born 1578 and
suspicion of
the circulation of the blood but a very clear con- Professor of Anatomy at Cambridge from 1615) is
ception of it Leonardo's studies on the muscles always considered to have been the discoverer of
of the heart are to be found in the MS. W. An. III. the circulation of the blood. He studied medicine
but no information about them has hitherto been at Padua in 1598, and in 1628 brought out his me-
made public. The limits of my plan in this work morable and work: De motu cordis et
important
exclude all purely anatomical therefore writings, sanguinis.
852856.] NOTES ON MEDICINE. 133
w. xm<5] 852.
e poi vi metti denstro 1' incieso, e poi la an d then the colophony, make a mixture of
pece ;
fa ne pe 6 verada e metti sopr' al male, it and put it on the sore place.
Tr. 7] 853.
Se vuoi star sano esser a questa nor- To keep in health, this rule is wise:
2
ma; no magiar sanza voglia Eat only when you want and relish food.
3mastica bene; e per quel che niete ritiene, Chew thoroughly that it may do you good.
4sia be cotto e di semplice forma; 5 C hi Have it well cooked, unspiced and undis-
medicina piglia mal s' informa. guised. He who takes medicine is ill advised.
856. i. e ingegniati. 4. riusscira. 9. positione. 10. spetie dar. 12. ella. 13. qual. 14. noneme. 15. numero. 16. de libri.
17. che sia dime. 18. dicina. The meaning of these short lines 12 18 is doubtful.
Astronomy.
Ever since the by Vcnturi in 1797 and Libri in 1840 of some few
publication
passages of Leonardo's astronomical notes, scientific astronomers have frequently expressed
the opinion, that they must have been based on very important discoveries, and that the
great painter also deserved a conspicuous place in the history of this science. In the
passages here printed, a connected view is given of his astronomical studies as they lie
scattered through the manuscripts, which have come down to us. Unlike his other pure-
the ancients , though he does not follow the practice universal in his day of relying
on them as authorities ; he only quotes them., as we shall see, in order to refute
their arguments. His researches throughout have the stamp of independent thought.
There is nothing in these writings to lead us to suppose that they were merely an epi-
tome of the general learning common to the astronomers of the period. As early as
in the XIVth
century tliere were chairs of astronomy in the universities of Padua and
Bologna, but so late as during the entire XVIth century Astronomy and Astrology were
probable that Leonardo devoted his attention to astronomical studies less in his youth
than in his later years. It was evidently his purpose to treat of Astronomy in a connected
form and in a separate work (see the beginning of Nos. 866 and 892; compare also
No. 1167). It is quite in accordance with his general scientific thoroughness that he should
propose to write a special treatise on Optics as an introduction to Astronomy (see
Nos. 867 and 877). Some of the chapters belonging to this Section bear the title
ASTRONOMY.
136
(set Nos. 869 and 870;, this being the tenn universally applied at the
"Prospettiva"
/, /. 10, note to
No. 13, /. iq).
time to Optics as well as Perspective (see Vol.
the beginning of the
At XVI*
century
was still
the Ptolemaic theory of the universe
in the moon. Although his acute research into the nature of the moon's light and the
spots on the moon did not bring to light many results of lasting importance beyond
making evident that they were a refutation of the errors of his contemporaries, they
it
contain various explanations of facts which modern science need not modify in any
essential point, and discoveries which history has hitherto assigned to a very muck
later date.
The ingenious theory by which he tries to explain the nature of what is known as
earth shine, the reflection of the surfs rays by tlie earth towards the moon, saying that
it is a peculiar refraction, originating in the innumerable curved surfaces of the waves
of the sea may be regarded as absurd; but it must not be forgotten that he had no
means of detecting the fundamental error on which he based it, namely the assumption :
that the moon was at a relatively short distance from the earth. So long as the motion
of the earth round the sun remained unknown, it was of course impossible to form any
estimate of the moon's distance from the earth by a calculation of its parallax.
Before the discovery of the telescope accurate astronomical observations were only
possible to a very limited extent. It would appear however from certain passages in
the notes here printed for the first time, that Leonardo was in a position to study the
spots in the moon more closely than he could have done with the unaided eye. So far
as can be gathered from the mysterious language in which the description of his instru-
ment is wrapped, he made use of magnifying glasses; these do not however seem to have
been constructed like a telescope telescopes were first made about 1600. As LIBRI
Pointed out des Sciences mathematiques ITT, 101) Fracastoro of Verona
(Histoire
( 473~
! J
553) succeeded in magnifying the moon's face by an arrangement of lenses
(compare No. 910, note), and this gives probability to Leonardo's invention at a not much
earlier date.
THE EARTH AS A PLANET.
Kr. M. 857.
2
Linia
d'equalita, linia dell'orizzote, The equator, the line of the horizon, the The earth's
3 pl C he
linia giacete, ^linia
equigiacete; ecliptic, the meridian: ri v se
6
sQueste linie so quelle che con sua These lines are those
which in all their parts 8
( H- 8 8
s )-
stremi so 7 equidistant! al ce 8 tro del mondo. are equidistant from the centre of the globe.
F. 41 858.
Come la terra non e nel mezzo del The earth is not in the centre of the
cerchio del 2 sole, ne nel mezzo del modo, Sun's orbit nor at the centre of the universe,
ma e ben nel mez^zo de' sua elemeti, con- but in the centre of its companion elements,
pagni e vniti co lei, e chi 4stesse nella luna, and united with them. And any one standing
quad'ella insieme col sole Se sotto a noi, on the moon, when it and the sun are both
6
questa nostra terra coll' ele mento dell' acqua beneath us, would see this our earth and the
parrebbe e farebbe ofitio tal 7q U al fa la element of water upon it just as we see the
luna a noi. moon, and the earth would light it as it lights us.
La forza da carestia o douitia e gie- Force arises from dearth or abundance; The funda-
nerata;
2
questa e figliola del moto materi-
ale e nepote 3 del moto spirituale , e madre
it
the
is the
grand-child
child of physical motion, and^-6 "^ s
of spiritual motion, and system
1
^
~ 59
e origine del peso; 4 e esso peso e finite the mother and origin of gravity. Gravity
nell'elemeto dell' acqua e terra, 5 e essa is limited to the elements of water and
859. Only part of this passage belongs, strictly the second paragraph is more directly connected with
speaking, to this section. The principle laid down in the notes given in the preceding section on Physiology.
VOL. II. S
ASTRONOMY. r86o. 86 1.
138
gine; il quale moto, "scorredo per le mebra and this motion, flowing through the limbs
degli animali
sensibili , ingrossa 3j muscoh of sentient animals, enlarges their muscles.
di quelli-,
onde ingrossati essi muscoh si Being enlarged by this current the muscles
trarsi dirieto i nervi are shrunk in length and contract the tendons
ue'^gono a raccortare e
die con essi 'Sso e di qui si causa which are connected with them, and this is
cogiunti ,
la forza le mebra umane. the cause of the force of the limbs in man.
per
16
La delle forze d'uno The quality and quantity of the force
qualita e quatita
uomo altra forza-, la quale of a man are able to give birth to other
potra ^partorire-
l8 tanto maggiore which will be proportionally greater
sara proportio nevolmete forces,
essa sara di piv ^lugo moto, 1'una as the motions produced by them last
quato
che 1'altra. longer.
Br. M. 1750)
860.
H peso o perche non resta nel suo Why does not the weight o remain in its
sitor
2
non resta perche non a rcsistetia; place? It does not remain because it has no
e do^de si movera? Moverassi inverse il resistance. Where will it move to? It will
centre; e perche no per altre linie? per- move towards the centre [of gravity]. And
che 5 il peso, che non a resistentia, discien- why by no other line? Because a weight
dcra 6 in basso per la uia piv brieve, e '1 which has no |support falls by the shortest
piu bas?so sito e il cietro
del mondo; e road to the lowest point which is the centre
perche lo sa
8
cosl tal peso trovarlo con of the world. And why does the weight know
tanta breuita? 9 perche non va come insen- how to find it by so short a line? Because it
I0
is not independant and does not move about
sibile prima vagando per diverse linie.
in various directions.
K. 2*1] 861.
Movasi la terra da che parte voglia, Let the earth turn on which side it may
2
mai la superfitie dell'acqua uscira fori the surface of the waters will never move
della ^sua spera, ma senpre from its spherical form, but will
sara equidistante al ^centro del always remain equidistant from
mondo ;
the centre of the globe.
slDato che la terra -si ri- Granting that the earth might
movessi dal centro 6 del mon- be removed from the centre of
do, che farebbe l'acqua?1 the globe, what would happen
7 Resterebbe intorno a esso to the water?
centro 8 con equal grossezza, It would remain in a sphere
ma minore diami tro, che r)
round that centre equally thick,
quando ella auea la terra in but the sphere would have a
corpo. smaller diameter than when it
. .
poUrssi. 9. quatro. 10. ellor. 12. scoredo. musscoli di quelle musscoli. gano aracortare. 16. ecquatila
13. . .
14.
. . homo. 18. magiorc. 19. luna ccllaltra.
860. cientro he. 8. chon. perche nonva come
4. 9. [in gi] insensibilc prima. 10. vagando per diuerse linie.
860. This text and the sketch belonging to it, 861. Compare No. 896, lines 48 64; and
are reproduced on PL CXXI. No. 936.
862866.] THE EARTH AS A PLANET. 139
F. ii &\ 862.
Se la terra delli antipodi che sostiene Supposing the earth at our antipodes
2
Poceano s'inalzasse' e si scoprisse assai which supports the ocean were to rise and
3fori d'esso mare, essendo quasi pia*na, in stand unc vered, far out of the sea, but
Ogni omo senpre si troua nel mezzo Each man is always in the middle of the
modo e sotto il mezzo 2 del suo emi- surface of the earth and under the zenith of
del
his own hemisphere, and over the centre of
sperio, e sopra il cietro d'esso modo. the earth.
Leic. i a] 864.
Ricordo come io ho in prima a dimo- Mem.: That I must first show the distance
2
strare la distantia del sole dalla terra, 3 e con of the sun from the earth; and, by means
u de' sua razzi passati per ispi 4 racolo in loco of a ray passing through a small hole into
oscuro ritrovare Ma sua quatita vera, e oltre a dark chamber, detect its real size; and
a 6 di questo per lo mezzo della spera del besides this, by means of the aqueous sphere
7 P calculate the size of the globe
acqua ritrovare la gradezza della terra. 1 . . .
8
Qui si dimostra come, quasdo il sole Here it will be shown, that when the sun
e nel mezzo del nostro I0 emisperio, che li is in the meridian of our
hemisphere [io], the
IX
antipodi oriental! cogli occidentaliue I2 dono antipodes to the East and to the West, alike,
in un medesimo tenpo cias I3 cun per se and at the same time, see the sun mirrored in
spechiare il sole nelle ^loro acque, e '1 their waters; and the same is equally true of
simile quelli del po is lo artico col antartico, the arctic and antarctic poles, if indeed they
se abi l6 tatori ui sono. are inhabited.
C. A. 5; 345^1 86 5 .
Tu
nel tuo discorso ai a cocludere 2 la In your discourse you must prove that the
terra essere vna stella quasi simile alia earth is a star much like the moon, and the
luna, 4 e la nobilta del nostro modo; glory of our universe; and then you must
sE cosl farai vn discorso delle gra 6 dezze treat of the size of various stars, according
di molte stelle, secodo li autori. to the authors.
9. mezo . . nosstro. io. emissperio chelli antipodi di. n. horientali. 12. gano nun. 13. scun. 14. acque . .
quelgli.
865. R. 866. i. tutto tuo discorsa a co cludere. 3. luna [e cosi proverra], 6. altori.
864. io. II. Antipodi orientali cogli ocddentali, is used as meaning men living at a distance of 90
The word Antipodes does not here bear its literal degrees from the zenith of the rational horizon of
sense, but as we may infer from the simultaneous each observer,
reference to inhabitants of the North and South
ASTRONOMY. [867869.
140
ORDINE DEL PROVARE LA TERRA ESSERE THE METHOD OF PROVING THAT THE EARTH
VNA STELLA. IS A STAR.
W. XXVI] 868.
Infra 'I sole e noi e tenebre, e pero Beyond the sun and us there is darkness
The pnn- F aria pare azzurra. and so the air appears blue.
ciples of
astronomical
perspective
(868-873).
E. 869.
PROSPETTIVA. PERSPECTIVE.
2
Possibile e fare che Fochio no uedra It is possible to find means by which
3 le cose remote molto diminuite, come fa the eye shall not see remote objects as much
867. 3. difinissci. 4. picne . . il bat. 6. razi . . nassca . . e di chessel bate. 7. fussi . . tal ba. 9. magor. 10. istante sare trovo
veloce. n. radopiare la gradeza. 12. foco el. 15. Ha superfitie . . focho . .
ecquel. 14. razi . .
portata. 16. eppero e
pichole . . mezo. 20. foco. 21. della nuna ouoi. 22. apari. 23. orizote g chele veduto. 24. raii. 25. coe o m ilce non
. . acora. 26. magore grosseza.
868. ellenchrt . . azura.
869. i. 2. he fare chellochio . . uedera. 3. chome ffa. 4. presspcttiva naturale |le spe] le. 5. le dimin;iisschano.
proupytiva.
questa ^sperietia ci si e fatto noto che la at the same time, the experiments here made
virtu visiva no 32 si riducie in puto perche with the power of sight, show that it is not
se la ecc. ;
reduced to speck if the &c.[32].
33Leggi I margine. Read in the margin.
34
Quella cosa si ^dimostra maggi 36 ore, [34] Those objects are seen largest which
che uiene 37 all' ochio co piu 38 grosso angolo. come to the eye at the largest angles.
39 Ma le
spetie delli ob bietti, che co- But the images of the objects conveyed
4
cor 4I rono alia popilla 42 dell' ochio, si con- to pupil of the eye are distributed to
the
paH^tono sopra tal popi 44 lla nel medesimo the pupil exactly as they are distributed in
4
5modo, ch'elle son c6 46 partite infra 1'aria; the air: and the proof of this is in what
la prova di ques 48 to e in se 4 9guito; follows; that when we look at the starry sky,
4 ?e
quado noi 5riguardiamo il 51 cielo stellate without gazing more fixedly at one star than
5 2 sanza
por la ui53sta piu a una stella another, the sky appears all strewn with stars;
che all'altra, ss c he allora ci si mo5 6 stra il and their proportions to the eye are the same
cielo semina57to di stelle, e so pro s8 portio- as in the sky and likewise the spaces between
nate nell' ochio 59 S iccome lo sono in 6o cielo, them [6 1 ].
e cosl li loro 6l spati fanno il simile.
6. chosstretta attagliare. 7. piramide spetie viene. 8. llochio
. . . .
angholi. io. Ha [le] esse piramide chon angholi.
12. delloccio pigli. mostro omissperio ecques. 14. mossterra.
13. 15. pichole . . riciev. 16. popille [qir]. 17. stielle . .
23. chose. 24. aqua. 25. chose chesson. 26. crisstallino. 28. Infralli chorpi. 29. mancho. 29. a essa [ochu] popilla.
30. chon questa [no]. 31. ci se . . chella. 32. sella. 33. [Quella u]. 34. chosa. 35. dimosstra magi. 37. cho. 38. grosse
anghole. 39. Malle setie. 40. biecto che chochor. 41. rano. 42. chonpa"r". 43. tano. 45. cho. 46. infrallari"a". 47. ella.
48. sto [cm] cie inse. 49. quasa quado. 50. righuardiamo. 52. la ui. 53. ta. 58. ochi"o". 59. si chomelle. 60. chosi.
869. 9. 32. in margine: lines 34 6 1 are, in the 23. libro 113. This is perhaps the number of a
original, written on margin and above them is
th'e book in some library catalogue. But it may refer,
the diagram to which Leonardo seems to refer on the other hand, to one of the 120 Books men-
here. tioned in No. 796. 1. 84.
20 and fol. Telescopes were not in use till a 32. Compare with this the passage in Vol. I,
century later. Compare No. 910 arid page 136. No. 52, written about twenty years earlier.
ASTRONOMY. [8/0.
142
F. 6o*|
870.
PROSPETTIVA. PERSPECTIVE.
'Delle cose remosse dall'ochio con e- Among objects moved from the eye at
esser me di- equal distance, that undergoes least .dimi-
quale di'stantia, quella parra
min'vita che prima era piu. nution which at first was most remote.
s Delle cose remosse dall'ochio con When various objects are removed at equal
lor sito distances farther from their original position,
equal distantia dal prime quella
me diminuisce ?che prima era piu distante that which was at first the farthest from the eye
da esso ochio; tal
8
E
fia la proportione will diminish least. And the proportion of the
Br. M. 174*1 8 7 I.
a b k lo spiraculo donde 2
passa il
sole, a b
is the aperture through which the
e se tu poHessi misurare la grossezza de' sun passes, and if you could measure the
size of the solar rays at n m, you could
*razzi solari in n m, tu poHresti por bene
6 accurately trace the real lines of the conver-
le uere linie del concorso d'essi razzi solari,
gence of the solar rays, the mirror being at
8
7
stante lo spechio in a b, e poi fare i a b, and then show the reflected rays at
870. i. remosse "dallochio" (dellor sito cone] quala di. 4. che p"a"era .
prespcctiva. 5. chon
2. dis. 6. p"o"sito qualla . . .
>5- ' a P r "ne" achade che piu. 16. ara dopiato. 20. preposto. 21. ecquesto .
. . celestiche. 22. [1500 in] 3500 . . .
872.
a parte del corpo 6 2 broso n vede tutta a, the side of the body in light and
la pa'rte dell' emisferio e b c d e f 4 no ui shade ;/, faces the whole portion of the
vede parte alcuna sdella oscurita della hemisphere be d e f, and does not face any
6
terra; e '1 simile accade nel part of the darkness of the earth.
punto adunque lo spatio a
o; And the same occurs at the
ed' una medesima
7 tutto point o', therefore the space a
chiarezza, in s vede sol 4 gra- o is throughout of one and the
8
di delF emisperio d e fg Ji-, same brightness, and s faces
e vi vede tutta la terra ^s k a only four degrees of the hemi-
che la fa piu oscura quato sphere d e f
g A, and also the
dara la calculatione. whole of the earth h, which .$
A. 64 6} 873.
2
PRUOVA DELL' ACCRESCIMETO DEL SOLE IN NEL THE REASON OF THE INCREASED SIZE OF THE
OCCIDETE. SUN IN THE WEST.
3 Alcuni matematici dimostrano il sole Some mathematicians explain that the sun
cresciere nel ponete , perche 1' ochio sepre looks larger as it sets, because the eye always
lo uede per aria di maggiore grossezza, sees it through a denser atmosphere, alleging
4
allegado che le cose uiste nella- nebbia e that objects seen through mist or through
nel acqua pajono maggiori: ai quali io water appear larger. To these I reply: No;
rispodo di no, inperoche le cose viste Ifra la because objects seen through a mist are
872. This passage, which has perhaps a doubt- the Manuscript between those given in Vol. I as
ful right to its
place in this connection, stands in No. 117 and No. 427.
ASTRONOMY. [8 74 . 8 75 .
144
non cssendo siniili per diminvitione appari- not being similarly diminished they appear
scono di maggiore gradezza; Ancora nes- larger. Again, nothing increases in size in
suna cosa crescie-in acqua-piana, e la smooth water; and the proof of this may be
ne farai a lucidare vn asse niczza seen by throwing a light on a board placed half
pruova
sotta Ma la ragione che '1 sol under water. But the reason why the sun looks
Pacqua;
7crescie-si Ogni corpo luminoso
e che |
larger is that every luminous body appears
it is more remote.
quato piv s'allotana, piv pare grade. larger in proportion as
Br.'M. 25 a] 875.
L'onde dell'acqua crescono il simulacro The waves in water magnify the image
2
della cosa che in lor si specchia. of an object reflected in it.
J a sia il sole, n Let a be the sun,
m 1'acqua in 6-
sia and n m the ruffled
data, b e '1 simula- water, b the image
cro 4 del sole, quan- of the sun when the
do 1'acqua no fusse water is smooth. Let
inondata sia 1' o-
; f f be the eye which
chio s che uede esso sees the image in all
simulacro in tutte the waves included
1'onde che si rin- within the base of
chiudo 6 no nella basa the triangle c e f.
del triangolo c e f; Now the sun reflec-
adunque il sole 7 che ted in the unruffled
nella superfitie sanza surface occupied the
onde occupava 1'ac- space c d, while in
8
qua c d, ora nella superfitie inondata occupa the ruffled surface it covers all the watery
th
tutta 1'acqua c e (come 'prouato nel 4 space c e (as is proved in the 4 of my
875. i. aq"a" crcsscano. 2, sisspechia. 3. lacq"a". 4. lacq"a" . . fussi. 5. chessi rinchiuda. 7. ocupava lacq"a" . . or"a".
873. Lines 5 and 6 are thus rendered by M. the first diagram, is written Sole (sun), and to the
RAVAISSON in his edition of MS. A. "De memt, au- right of it luna (moon). Thus either of these
cune chose ne dans I'tau plane, et tu en /eras
croit heavenly bodies may be supposed to fill that space.
^experience en calquant un ais sous 1'eau." Compare Within the lower circle is written simulacro (image).
the diagrams in Vol. I, p. 114. In the two next diagrams at the spot here marked
874. 10. Here the text breaks off; lines n and L the word Luna is written, and in the last sole is
fol. are written in the written in the top circle at a.
margin.
875. In the original sketch, inside the circle in
875-] THE EARTH AS A PLANET. 145
della mia prospettiva), e tanto piu occupe- "Perspective") [9] and it will cover more of
I0
rebbe d' acqua quanto esso simulacro fusse the water in proportion as the reflected
image
piu distate dal'ochio. is remote from the eye[io].
"Ill simulacro del sole si dimostrera The image of the sun will be more
I2
piv lucido nell'onde mi nute che nelle onde brightly shown in small waves than in large
grandill; E questo accade perche le simili- ones and this is because the reflections or
^tudini over simulacri del sole sono piu images of the sun are more numerous in the
spesse nell'onde minute
I4 che nelle
grandi, small waves than in large ones, and the more
e li piu spessi splendori rendono maggiore numerous reflections of its radiance give a
I5lume che li splendori piu rari. larger light than the fewer.
16
L' onde intersegate a uso di scorza di Waves which intersect like the scales of
pigna rendono il si^mulacro del sole di a fir cone reflect the image of the sun with
l8
grandissimo splendore, e questo accade the greatest splendour; and this is the case
perche tanto son li simulacri quanto son because the images are as many as the
gio 9ghi del' onde vedute dal sole, e
T
li
ridges of the waves on which the sun
x
onbre che infra esse onde s' inter 20 pongono
1'
shines,and the shadows between these waves
son piccole e di poca oscurita, e li splen- are smalland not very dark; and the radiance
2I
dori di tanti simulacri insieme s'infondono of so many reflections together becomes
nelle similitudini che di lor 22 viene alPochio, united in the image which is transmitted to
in modo tale che esse obre sono insen- the eye, so that these shadows are imper-
sibili ; H ceptible.
2
3Q.uel simulacro del sole occupera That reflection of the sun will cover most
2
*piu lochi nella superfitie dell' acqua, che space on the surface of the water which is
2
Ssara piu distante dall'ochio che lo uede; most remote from the eye which sees it.
26
a sia il sole, p q e il simulacro d'esso Let a be the sun, / q the reflection of
sole, a b e la superfitie dell' acqua doue
27 the sun; a b is the surface of the water, in
28
il sol si
spechia, r sia 1'ochio che uede which the sun is mirrored, and r the eye
esso si 29 mulacro nella superfitie dell' acqua which sees this reflection on the surface of
occupare 3\o spatio m; c e I'occhio the water occupying the space o m. c is the
piu remoto 3 'da essa superfitie dell' acqua, eye at a greater distance from the surface
e cosl dal simulacro, onde esso simulacro of the water and also from the reflection;
32 d' hence this reflection covers a larger space of
occupa maggiore spatio acqua, quato
e lo spatio n <?. water, by the distance between n and o.
14. elli . . rendan magore. 15. chelli. 16. disscorsa di pina rendano [loss] il si. 17. plendore [e chiareza]. 18. ecquesto
achade. 19. ellonbre. 20. pongono . .
pichole . .
pocha osscurita elli. 21. sinfondano . . similitudine. 23.. sole [se]
ochupera. 25. chel uede. 27. ella. 28. sisspechia. 29. acq"a" ocupare. 30. Losspatio . . elloccio. 32. ochupa magore
. . elio.
9. Nel quarto della mia prospettiva. If this reference must be meant. It is the lowest and actually the
to the fifth, but he would have called it the fourth, for the
is
diagrams accompanying the text as is
usual with Leonardo and not to some particular text here given is preceded on the same page of
work, the largest of the diagrams here given the manuscript by a passage on whirlpools, with
VOL. 11. T
ASTRONOMY. [876.
146
876.
Br. M. <!
2
Questa dimostratione di tanti corpi This diagram, of several spherical bodies
interposed between the eye and the sun, is
2
sperici interposti infra 1'ochio Se '1 sole e
fatta per mostrare che, siccome in ciascuno given to show that, just as the reflection of the
d'essi 26 corpi si uede il simulacro del sole, sun is seen in each of these bodies, in the
cosl si puo vedere esso simulacro in cia- same way that image may be seen in each
2
?scuna globosita dell'onde del mare; come curve of the waves of the sea ; and as in
28
in molti di questi sperici si uedono molti these many spheres many reflections of the
soli, cosl in molte onde si uedono molti sun are seen, so in many waves there are
lustri, molta 2 9distanzia, ciascu
li
quali in many images, each of which at a great distance
lustro per se, si fanno gradi all' ochio e, cosl is much magnified to the eye. And, as
faciedo ciascu^ na onda, si uengono a con- this happens with each wave, the spaces
876. i. he [chcllol spechio]. 2. consperico possa] chettan. 4. spericho ta. 6. rissplendere. 7. ga. 8. fussi odate o globbule.
ij. echio. 14. cho ettan. 19. che co che. 20. acqui . . acquella de. 21. ecco. 22. etter. 24. sperichi. 25. sole [no]
efiatta per mosstrarc [come] che si come in ciasscuno. 26. po . . in ca. 27. globbosita . . mare c . me. 28. uede . . uede
lusstri. 29. ciasscu lusstro . . fa grande . . ciasscu. 30. lesspati . . infrallonde. 31. cagone. 32. elle pane onbro. 33. che-
ttale . . none e . . in esc.
the diagram belonging to it also here. sentence. The reflection of the sun in water is
reproduced
The words della mia prospettiva may therefore indi- also discussed in the Theoretical part of the Book
cate that the diagram to the on Painting; see Vol. I, No. 206, 207.
preceding chapter
treating on a heterogeneal subject is to be excluded. 876. In the original, at letter A in the dia-
It is a further and
difficulty that this diagram belongs gram "Sole" (the sun) is written, at o
sumare gli spati interposti infra 1' onde, 3* e interposed between the waves are concealed;
per questa tal cagione e' pare tutto vn and, for this reason, it looks as though the
sole continuato nelli molti soli s^spechiati many suns mirrored in the many waves were '
nelle molte onde, e le parti onbrose miste but one continuous sun; and the shadows,
colle spetie luminose 33 fan che tale splen- mixed up with the luminous images, render
dore non e lucido come quel del sole in this radiance less brilliant than that of the
esse ode spechia^to. sun mirrored in these waves.
F. 77 6] 877.
Questa avra inazi a se il trattato de This will have before it the treatise on
2
onbra e lumi. light and shade.
3 Li stremi della luna The edges in the
sara piu alluminati e si moon will be most strong-
dimostre 4 ran piu lumino- ly lighted and reflect most
si, perche in quelli non light, because, there, no-
appare se no le so- thing will be visible but
Smita dell' ode delle sue the tops of the waves of
acque. the water [5].
W. X] 878.
THE SUN.
5") 879.
2
Se guarderaile stelle sanza razzi (come If you look at the stars, cutting off the rays
The question si faa vedcr^lc per un piccolo foro fatto (as may be done by looking through a very
c Na strema P ata da ^ a sottile aguglia, small hole made with the extreme point of
aL^of'Ihe
apparent e questo posto quasi a toccare 1'ochio), a very fine needle, placed so as almost to
1* 6
5 tu uedrai esse stelle essere tanto minime touch the eye), you will see those stars so
""suL'
(879-884). c jie nu i6i a cosa p are essere minore, e uera- minute that it would seem as though nothing
mete la luga di 7 statia le fa ragionevol- could be smaller; it is in fact their great
8
mente diminuire, ancorache moltevisono distance which is the reason of their dimi-
che son moltissime volte maggiori che la nution, for many of them are very many
'Stella cioe la terra coll' acqua ora pensa ;
times larger than the star which is the earth
I0
quel che par rebbe essa nostra stella in with water. Now reflect what this our star must
tata distantia, e conside"ra poi, quate stelle look like at such a distance, and then con-
si metterebbero e per longitudine e la ti-
I2
sider how many stars might be added both
tudine infra esse stelle, le quali sono semi- in longitude and latitude between those stars
na'^te per esso spatio tenebroso; mai no which are scattered over the darkened sky.
posso fare z +ch'io non biasimi molti di But I cannot forbear to condemn many of the
quelli antichi, li quali disse'Sro che '1 sole ancients, who said that the sun was no larger
non avea altra gradezza che quella che than it appears; among these was Epicurus,
l6
mostra, Tfra quali fu Epicure, e credo and he founded his reason on the
I believe that
che caua'^si tale ragione da vn lume posto effects of a light placed in our atmosphere
in questa nostra a l8 ria, equidistate al cetro; equidistant from the centre of the earth.
chi lo uede, non lo uede mai di^minuito Any one looking at it never sees it dimini-
di gradezza in nessuna distatia; e le ragi- shed in size at whatever distance; and the rea-
879. i. lalde. 2. ra/i. 3. picholo. 4. acuchia ecque posto attocare. 6. lugha dis.
. .
7. statin dnlloro ragionevolc diminuire
nc anchora che. 8. magore chella. 9. coe . .
aq"a" . che pa. n. metterebbe e per
. clla. 14. quali disc.
. .
15. no
chel sole . .
gradeza. 16. mostra [alia] Ifra. 18. noluede. 19. minuto gradeza inessuna
. . elle. . .
879882. What Leonardo says of Epicurus phenomena , he probably derived from Book
lestial
who according to LEWIS, The Astronomy of the X of Diogenes Laertius, whose Vitae Philosofhorum
ancients, and MADLER, Gcschichte der Himmelskunde, was not printed in Greek till 1533, but the Latin
did not devote much attention to the study of ce- translation appeared in 1475.
88o. 88 1.]
THE SUN. 149
F. 880.
oni della sua grandezza e virtu le riser uo sons of its size and power I shall reserve
nel Z 4 libro; ma be mi maraviglio che for BookBut I wonder greatly that Socra-
4.
Socrate biasi^masse questo tal corpo, e che tes [2] should have depreciated that solar bo-
dicesse quello esse 4 re a similitudine di pie- dy, saying that it was of the nature of incan-
tra infocata, e certo, chi si' oppose di tal descent stone, and the one who opposed him
errore poco pecco; Ma io vorrei 6 avere as to that error was not far wrong. But I only
vocabuli che mi seruissero a biasimare quel- wish I had words to serve me to blame those
?li che vogliono laudare piu lo adorare li who are fain to extol the worship of men more
omini che 8 tal sole, no uededo nell' uniuerso than that of the sun; for in the whole universe
corpo 9di maggiore magnitudine e virtu di there is nowhere to be seen a body of greater
I0
quello; e '1 suo lume allumina tutti li corpi magnitude and power than the sun. Its light
lj
celesti che per l'u ni verso si copartono; gives light to all the celestial bodies which are
I2
tutte 1'anime discedono da lui, perch e il distributed throughout the universe; and from
caldo ch' e in nelli animali viui vie dall' ani- itdescends all vital force, for the heat that is in
J3
me, e nessuno altro caldo ne lume e living beings comes from the soul [vital spark] ;
nelP u I4 niverso, come mostrero nel 4 libro, and there no other centre of heat and light
is
e cier^to costoro che anno voluto adorare in the universe as will be shown in Book 4 and ;
uomimi per i dei l6 come Giove Saturno certainly those who have chosen to worship
Marte e simili anno fatto gra^dissimo errore, men as gods as Jove, Saturn, Mars and the
vededo che ancorache 1' omo fus l8 se grande like have fallen into the gravest error, seeing
quato il nostro modo, che parrebbe simple that even if a man were as large as our earth,
a vna minima stella, la qual pare vn puto he would look no bigger than a little star
20
nell' uni verso, e ancora vedendo essi omini which appears but as a speck in the universe;
2I
mortali e putridi e corruttibili nelle lor and seeing again that these men are mortal,
sepolture. and putrid and corrupt in their sepulchres.
22 2
Luspera(?)
23 e Marcello *lauda co Marcellus [23] and many others praise
m 25 olti altri
26
esso sole. the sun.
F. 881.
Forse Epicuro vide le obre delle colonne Epicurus perhaps saw the shadows cast by
2
ripercosse nelli an tiposti muri essere equali columns on the walls in front of them equal
al diametro della colona ^donde si parti a in diameter to the columns from which the
mini . . iddei. 16. gove saturno marte essimili an. 17. che anchorachellomo fu. 18. si grande . .
parebe. 19. stela.
21. pitridi e curuttibili. Lines 22 26 are written on the -margin. 22. luspera (?). 24. lalda.
880. 2. Socrates; I have little light to throw on Aristotle who goes very fully into the subject
this reference. Plato's Socrates himself declares on says the same. A
complete edition of Aristotele's
more than one occasion that in his youth he had works was first printed in Venice 1495 9^> but a
turned his mind to the study of celestial pheno- Latin version of the Books De Coelo et Mundo and
mena (MeT^wpa) but not in his later years (see G. De Physica had been printed in Venice as early as
C. LEWIS, The Astronomy of the ancients, page 109; in 1483 (H. MULLER-STRUBING).
Geschichte der have no means of identifying
23. I Marcello who
MADLER, Hintmelskunde, page 41).
Here and there in Plato's writings we find inci- is named in the margin. It may be Nonius Mar-
dental notes on the sun and other heavenly bodies. cellus, an obscure Roman Grammarian of uncertain
Leonardo may very well have known of these, since date (between the II nd and V th centuries A. C.) the
the Latin version by Ficinus was printed as early author of the treatise De compendiosa doctrina per
as 1491; indeed an undated edition exists which litteras ad filium in which he treats de rebus omni-
may very likely have appeared between 1480 90. bus et quibusdam aliis. This was much read in the
There is but one passage in Plato, Epinomis middle ages. The editio princeps is dated 1470 (H.
obra essendo adunque il coco'rso del- shadows were cast; and the breadth of the
talc ;
I0
d'obra era insesibile per la lunga distan- insensibly slight by reason of the remoteness
tia del sole; "se '1 sole fusse minore della of the sun. If the sun were smaller than
I2
terra, le stelle di gra parte del nostro on a great portion of our
the earth, the stars
emisperio sarebbero sa'^za lume; cotro a hemisphere would have no light, which is
Epicure che dice, tato e ^grade il sole, evidence against Epicurus who says the sun
quato e'pare. is only as large as it appears.
F. 882.
Dice Epicure
il sole essere tato quato Epicurus says the sun is the size it looks.
esso 2
dimostra; a dunque e'pare essere
si Hence as it looks about a foot across we
vn pie, e cosl 1'abbiamo a tenere; ^segui- must consider that to be its size; it would
rebbe che la luna quad'ella fa oscurare il follow that when the moon eclipses the sun,
sole, il so 4 le non 1'avazerebbe di gradezza the sun ought not to appear the larger, as
come e' fa, onde, sendo s la luna minor del it does. Then, the moon being smaller than
sole, essa luna sarebbe meno d'un piede, the sun, the moon must be less than a foot,
'
6
e per consegueza quando il nostro modo and consequently when our world eclipses
fa oscurare la lu?na, sarebbe minore a un the moon, it must be less than a foot by a
dito del piedi, concio sia se '1 so 8 le e un finger's breadth ; inasmuch as if the sun is a foot
piede, e la nostra terra fa onbra piramidale across, and our earth casts a conical shadow
in^verso la luna, egli e necessario che sia on the moon, it is inevitable that the lumi-
I0
maggiore il lumi noso, causa della pira- nous cause of the cone of shadow must be
mide obrosa, che 1'opaco, causa d' essa "pi- larger than the opaque body which casts the
ramide. cone of shadow.
F. 10 6} 88 3 .
F. o"] 884.
Possidonius copose libri della gradezza Posidonius composed books on the size
del sole. of the sun.
G. 34 ] 885.
883. i. metterebbe. 3. mezodi. 4. dassole . . bnchetta. 5. mezo . . chella. 5. lugeza. 6- rizi. 7. cheffa. 8. cercio chessara.
9. largha. n. ettate. 12. il n"o" chel . . entera. 13. ecqui. 16. diamitro. 17. entrassi. 18. egliare. 19. coe 300 br .
che. 20. miglo ora e che chel corso. 21. serebbela. 22. minato la sesta. 23. che questa . . lumacha del sole a. 24. rebe
. .
25. br per.
885. i 47 R. i. gradeza. 4. manifestameti. 5. sprendore. 6. po. 8. razi refre. 9. delli. n. eldore chellochio nol possa
884. Poseidonius of Apamea, commonly called Kleomedes, a later Greek Naturalist also mentions
the Rhodian, because he taught in Rhodes, was a this observation of Poseidonius' without naming the
Stoic philosopher, a contemporary and friend of titleof his work; however, as Kleomedes' Cyclia
Cicero's, and the author of numerous works on Theorica was not printed till 1535, Leonardo must
natural science, among them: Ouotxoi; Xoyo;, have derived his quotation from Strabo. He pro-
Trepl x.oay.ou, Tispl jxeTscupoav. bably wrote this note in 1508, and as the original
Strabo quotes no doubt from one of his works, Greek was first printed in Venice in 1516, we must
when he says that Poseidonius explained how it suppose him to quote here from the translation by
was that the sun looked larger when it was rising Guarinus Veronensis, which was printed as early as
or setting than during the rest of its course (III, p. 135). 1471, also at Venice (H. MULLER-STRUBING).
ASTRONOMY. [886. 887.
152
W. L. 132*]
886.
PRUOVA COME QUATO PIV SARAI PRESSO PROOF THAT THE NEARER YOU ARE TO THE
ALLA CAGI 2 ONE DE* RAZZI DEL SOLE , PIV TI SOURCE OF THE SOLAR RAYS, THE LARGER WILL
PARRA MAGGIORE 1L SOLE 3 SPECHI ATO SUL THE REFLECTION OF THE SUN FROM THE SEA
MARE. APPEAR TO YOU.
4 Se il sole adopera il suo splendore col [4] If it is from the centre that the sun em-
suo cietro 5 a fortificare la potetia di tutto ploys its radiance to intensify the power of its
6
il
corpo, e ne ciessario che i whole mass, it is evident that the
sua razzi, quato piv s' alontanano farther its rays extend, the more
da lui, piv si uadino 7 apredo se :'
widely they will be divided; and
cosl e, tu che sei col ochio presso this being so, you, whose eye is
all'acqua che spechia il sole, near the water that mirrors the sun,
8
vedi una minima parte de' razzi see but a small portion of the rays
del sole portare sulla superfitie of the sun strike the surface of
del'acqua la forma d'esso sole water, and reflecting the form
9 the
spechiato e se tu sarai presso
, of the sun. But if you were near to
I0
al sole, come sarebbe quado the sun as would be the case
il sole e I mezzodl e '1 mare when the sun is on the meridian
sia per ponete, ved"rai il sole and the sea to the westward you
spechiarsi su detto mare di gradis- would see the sun, mirrored in the
sopo. 12. percussione ar. 13. ara. 15. va chesse tale . . alia. 17. razo. 18. regiera. 20. refresso. 21. essettu . . chello.
22. fredo . . razi. 23. razo. 24. razo. 28. to [per il fo]. Lines 32 47 are much effaced and some words remain doubtful:
32. delle stan (?). 33. cedove. 34. so tundu (?). 35. si\\\\\\\\\\. 36. non aqst ( aguistera >). 37. caldeza ne. 38. an-
cora \\U\\\\. 39. passado per la. 40. spera del co. 41. simulacro. 42. alia su. a cavsa e. 44. passi per ele. 45. meto
43.
(?) pa. 46. tar si TO. 47. glia.
M6. El sol.
8*7. . razi . .
para magiore. 4. splendre. 5. a forzifichato dala . .
chorpo. 6. razi. che se chol . .
preso. 8. vedi i .
7.
parte (del sole] de razi . . sula. 9. esse tussarai. io. sarebe . . mezodi . . vede. 12. razi. 13. perco . .
magiore
886. This sentence occurs incidentally among mathematical notes, and is written in unusually large letters.
887. Lines 4 and fol.
Compare Vol. I, Nos. 130, 131.
888891.] THE SUN. 153
I2
sima forma, perche, essedo tu piu presso sea, of a very great size; because, as
al sole-, 1'ochio tuo, pigliado i razzi presso you are nearer to the sun, your eye taking in
I3 ne
the rays nearer to the point of radiation
al puto, piglia piv, e percio ne resulta
takes more of them in, and a great splendour
maggiore spledore, e per questa ca^gione is the result. And in this way it can be
luna mare essere
proved that the moon must have seas which
si potrebbe provare la
Br. M. 7 8i]
888.
2
Togli la misura del sole in solstitio Take the measure of the sun at the sol-
3 a mezzo giugnio. stice in mid- June.
A. 64 a]
Tr. 12]
MODO DI VEDERE IL SOLE ECLISSATO SANZA A METHOD OF SEEING THE SUN ECLIPSED
PASSIONE DELL'OCHIO. WITHOUT PAIN TO THE EYE.
2
Tolli vna carta Take a piece of pa-
e falle busi con una per and pierce holes in
it with a needle, and
agucchia, e per es^si
busi riguarda il sole. look at the sun through
these holes.
U
in.
THE MOON.
Br. M. 94 8g2.
moon prospcttiva
. .... .... describe the perspective of mirrors, whether
of the
r delli spechi piani, cocaui e co-
(8oa-ooi). f ,
,
.
plane, concave or convex; and first what
uessi '
e pnma che cosa e razzo lummoso,
;
ismeant by a luminous ray, and how it is
e comepiega per varie nature $di mezzi;
si refracted by various kinds of media; then,
Dipoi dove il razzo riflesso e piu potete, when a reflected ray is most powerful, whether
6
o nell'esser 1'angolo della incidentia acuto when the angle of incidence is acute, right,
retto o ottuso, o nelle couessita o piano o or obtuse, or from a convex, a plane, or a
concave surface; or from an opaque or a
7
c6cavita, o da corpo deso e trasparete;
transparent body. Besides this, how it is that
Oltre a-questo, 8 come li razzi solari, che the solar rays which fall on the waves of
percuotono 1'onde marine, si dimostrano al the sea, are seen by the eye of the same
parete . .
addiquesto. 8. (home li razi . .
perchotano. 9. llochio . .
largheza . .
aghol . . soma. io. orizote . . macha
chettalc. ti. frcsso . .
fighura . .
chosseghuc. 12. disstatia . .
largheza achora. 13. nosstro . . dimosstri parallel.!. 15. he
9 1'ochio in tanta larghezza nell'agolo dell'o- width at the angle nearest to the eye, as at
chio quanto nell' ultima somma I0 dell' ode the highest line of the waves on the horizon;
all'orizzote, e per questo no maca che but notwithstanding this the solar rays re-
tale splendore solare ri^flesso dall'ode ma- flected from the waves of the sea assume the
rittirne no sia di figura piramidale e per pyramidal form and consequently, at each
I2
consegue za in ogni grado di distatia non degree of distance increase proportionally in
gradi di larghezza acorache size, although to our sight, they appear as
I3 in-
acquisti
quato al nostro vedere si dimostri pa- parallel.
st
ralello. i .
Nothing that has very little weight is
^i 1Nessu a
lievissimo ^e opaco;! opaque.
l6
2 a 1fNessu piu lieve sta X
7sotto al me 2 dly .
Nothing that is excessively weight
lieve 1 ;
can remain beneath that which is heavier.
l8 a
3 liSe la luna a sito ^in mezzo ai 3
dly As to whether the moon is situated
.
F. 93 a] 893.
18. sella assito. 20. onno. 21. essella. 22. partichulare cho. 24. cha. 25. nosstri. 27. essella. 28. imezzo.
oppacho. . .
26. The problem here propounded by Leonardo formulated the law of universal attraction and gravi-
was not satisfactorily answered till Newton in 1682 tation. Compare No. 902, lines 5 15.
ASTRONOMY. [8 94 .
895.
I
56
Come 1'onbre si cofondono per iQnga How shadows are lost at great distances,
distatia,
*
si prvova nel' obra della luna che as is shown by the shadow side of the
in.ii Jsi vede. moon which is never seen.
O la luna a lume da se 2
o no; s'ell' a Either the moon has intrinsic luminosity
lume da se, per^che non risplende sanza or not. If it has, why does it not shine without
Paiuto del sole? the aid of the sun?
e s'ella s n on a But if it has not
lume da se, ne- any light in itself
6
cies sita la fa spe- it must of neces-
chio sperico; ?e sity be a spherical
se ella e spechio, mirror ; and if it
non e prova 8 to is a mirror, is it
in prospettiua not proved in Per-
Hche '1 sinVula- spective that the
cro d'unoobbiet-
image of a lumi-
to Iumi 10 noso no nous object will
sara mai equale never be equal to
alia "parte di the extent of sur-
quello specchio face of the reflec-
che da esso lu-
ting body that it
minoso e ^illu- '
illuminates ? And if
minate ?He secosl it be thus [13], as
e, come 'Jmostra is here shown at
qui la figura in r r s in the figure,
s, do'^de uie whence comes so
tanta quantita di
great an extent of
splendo'Sre che a radiance as that
il
plenilunio, che of the full moon
noi ve l6 diamo as we see it, at the
nella quinta deci- fifteenth day of
ma della '7 luna? the moon?
895. i. Olla . . allume dasse. 2. onno. risplde. essella. 6. dasse. 8. essello spechio.
3. 4. 9. prosspecdva. 13. parte "di
quello spechio" che . . he. 13. esse.
Br. M. 896.
896. 2. dasse, 3. vedano . . ecquella . . vede. 4. Ella . . chelli pres. 5. nosstre acque . . refretterli. 6. vedano . . elluna si
ode streme, ^ 6 che per nessuno altro loco, crests of the waves than from any other part,
as is shown by the form of the moon, whose
come mostra la figura delta luna che
rays a strike the waves b and are "reflected
37percuotedo con razzi a nell'onda b riflette in the line b d, the eye being situated at d.
in b d, dou' e situa^to 1'ochio d\ E questo This cannot happen at the full moon, when
accadere no puo nel plenilunio dove ^ 9 il the solar rays, being in the west, fall on the
razzo solare, stando all'occidete, percuote extreme waters of the moon to the East
1'onde streme della *luna alPoriete dal n from n to m, and are not reflected to the
in in, e non riflette inverso 1'oc^'chio occi- eye in the West, but are thrown back east-
wards, with but slight deflection from the
detale, ma risalta aU'oriete, poco piegado course of the solar ray; and
straight
2
la rettitu* razzo solare, e cosi
dine d'esso thus the angle of incidence is very wide
1'
angolo della incidetia e grossissimo. indeed.
La luna e corpo The moon is an opa-
opa 44 co e solido, e se que and solid body and
per lo a^Sversario ella if, on the contrary, it
6 were transparent, it would
fusse traspa* rente, ella
no ricieverebbe 47 il lume not receive the light of
del sole. the sun.
* 8 I1
rossume over tu- The yellow or yolk
orlo dell'o^vo sta sin of an egg remains in the
mezzo al suo als'bume middle of. the albumen,
sanza discedere S2 d'alcuna without moving on either
partc, ed 6 is^v lieve o side ;
now it is either lighter
54 albume e
piu grave o equale d' esso ;
s' elli e or heavier than this albumen, or equal to it; if
6
piu lisseve egli doverebbe surgie5 re sopra it is lighter, it ought to rise above all the
tutto I' albume e "fermarsi in cotatto del- albumen and stop in contact with the shell
32. cho pocho . . osschure. 3;. churuita . . arefrettere. 34. razza da qual chosa la luna . . refrette. 35. razi . . tale.
36. locho . . mosstra la fighura. 37. pcrcho tendo cho razi b e refrette. 38. Ecquesto achadere . . dove j|
o. 39. razo
solare [que] perchote stando allocidete perchote lonte. 40. refrette. 41. pocho pieghado. 42. chosi langholo. 43. chorpo.
44. cho cssolido esse. 45. e fussi. 46. cno. 49. sta [in in a! piu delle). 50. [volte] in. 51. dissciedere. .52. dalchuna.
53. grcve "o equale" desso. 54. essclli. 55. eve edovere vwirgie. 57. chotratto. 58. la [sua scho] scho'rza. 59. hovo
Br. M. 104 a] 8 97 .
[Come no si puo spechiare il sole nel That the sun could not be mirrored in the
2
corpo della luna, essendo spechio colmo, body of the moon, which is a convex mirror,
esselli. 60. dis. 61. esselli. 62. chosi. 63. cho. 64. dissotto. 66. cheddalle. 67. refrettano dalli. 68. razi . .
perchos.
69. se son quelli chausa. 70. chotinuato ellarghissi. }
897. i. po. 3. chettanto . . nalumina. 4. nesspechi. 5. avessi la superfitie che atta asspechiare. 6. cheffussi. emmosso dal-
7.
897. In the original diagrams sole is written at the place marked A; luna at C, and terra at the
two spots marked B.
i6o ASTRONOMY. [8 9 8.
in moJdo che tanto quanto esso sol ne in such a way as that so much of its surface
tanto essa luna ne specchia, se as is illuminated by the sun, should re-
allumina,
luna snon avesse la superfitie alta flect the sun unless the moon had a sur-
g& tal
a specchiare, 6
che fusse rugosa, a vso di face adapted to reflect it in waves and
di mare, ?quando in parte e ridges 4 like the surface of the sea when its sur-
superfitie
mossa dal uento]- face is moved by the wind.
dell' acqua crescono
9 il simu- The waves in water multiply the image
'[L'onde
I0 of the object reflected in it.
lacro della cosa in lei specchiata].
I2 a These waves each by its own
reflect light
Quest' onde fanno per o gni
11 linia ,
A. 64 a] 898.
2
La luna non e luminosa per se , ma The moon is not of itself luminous, but
bene atta a ricievere la natura della is highly fitted to assimilate the character of
luce a similitudine dello light after the manner of a mirror, or of
spechio e del-
-J
Poriete 4 e occidete come il sole e gli altri like the sun and the other planets. And
pianeti ;
E la ragione si e che ogni corpo the reason is that every luminous body looks
ucncto. 8. acq"a" cresscano. xo. illei. 12. assimilitu. 13. spoglia de siche. 16. fara le luna disspersi. 17. acqua [ondosa]
18. ondegiante dallacq"a". ax. siimularcro. lusstrano pero.
23. ochupi. 28. refresso. 32. acq"e". 34. chessono. 35.
38. infralla . . decima il tole. Ogni el "po"nente luna illeuante. decima
39. ella sole. 41. ella per-
.
.
40. infralla . . il
14. See the diagram p. 145. Refers to the diagram below the others.
40. 41.
38. This refers to the small diagram placed be- 898. This text has already been published by
tween B and B. 39. See the diagram below the LlBRl: Histoire des Sciences, III, pp. 224, 225.
one referred to in the preceding note.
8 99-] THE MOON. 161
luminoso s
quato piv . s' allon- larger in proportion as it is re-
tana piv cresce ;
Chiaro si mote. easy to understand
It is
puo copredere che ogni pia- that every planet and star is
neta e ste! 6 la e piv lontano farther from us when in the
da noi nel ponete che quado- .
West than when it is overhead,
cie sopra capo circa 3 500, per ,
by about 3500 miles, as is pro-
la pruova se 7 gniata da parte , ved on the margin [7], and if you
e se uedi spechiare- il sole o la see the sun or mirrored in moon
luna nelF acqua che ti sia vicina, the water near to you, it looks
8
paratti in detta to you of the same
acqua della gra- size in the water
dezza che ti pare as in the sky. But
in cielo; E se if you recede tothe
t'allontanera i- vno distance of a mile,
9 will look 100
miglio parra it
Leic. 30 a] 899.
DELLA LUNA. OF THE MOON,
2
Dico che non avendo la lu- I say that as the moon has no
na lume da se, essendo lumino- light in itself and yet is luminous,
sa, egl' e necessario che tale it is inevitable but that its light
Line 7 refers to the first diagram. A = sole (the sun), B = terra (the earth), C = luna (the moon).
VOL. 11. X
162
ASTRONOMY. [900902.
i
goo.
DELLA LUNA. OF THE MOON.
Leic.
901.
Leic. 2 a] Q02.
DELLA LUNA. OF THE MOON.
H'Nessun denso e piv lieue che 1'aria. No solid body is less heavy than the at-
mosphere.
^Avendo noi provato come la parte Having proved that the part of the moon
della luna cherisplende acqua, che
e that shines consists of water, which mirrors
Explanation
of the lumen
spechia
i . i
il
corpo del sole,
i j j i
4 la
quale ci rif-
r^
the body of the sun and reflects the radiance
cinereum in lette Io splendore da lui ncevuto h. come, ;
it it; and that, if these waters
receives from
the moon.
se { a e ac q ua fu sse sanza ode, ch' ella 5 pic-
| were devoid of waves, it would appear
cola si dimostrerebbe, ma di splendore small, but of a radiance almost like the sun ;
quasi simile al sole; Al presente bisognia [5] It must now be shown whether the
provare, se essa luna e corpo grave o lieve, moon is a heavy or a
light body: for, if it
inperoche se fusse grave, confessando che were a heavy body admitting that at every
dalla terra in su in ogni grado d'altez?za grade of distance from the earth greater
s'acquista gradi di leuita, cociosiache levity must prevail, so that water is lighter
P acqua e piu lieue che la terra, e Paria than the earth, and air than water, and fire
che 1' acqua, c'l foco che 1'aria, e cosl than air and so on successively it would seem
8
seguitando successiuamete, e'parrebbe che, that if the moon had density as it really has,
se la luna auesse densita com' ella a, ch' ella it would have weight, and having weight,
auesse gravita, e avedo 9 gravita che Io that it could not be sustained in the space
900. 2. acqu"a".
901. i. raii . . refressi . . chonvesso . . confondeano. 2. essi. 3. disspechio e per chonsegucnza . . inumerabile. 4. chessa-
luminava . . razi . . lochio di.
900. The objections are very minutely noted 902. i! On the margin are the words tola ro~
down in the manuscript, but they hardly seem to -
mantina, tola ferro stagnato (tinned iron); romantina
have a place here. some
is special kind of sheet-iron no longer known
901. The large diagram on the margin of page by that name.
161 belongs to this
chapter.
902.] THE MOON. 163
l8
laterale e superiore deriua upper portion of this light is
dal sole, e la parte inferiore derived from the sun, and the
deriva dallo oceano occiden- lower portion from the ocean
tale, il qual ^ancora lui riceue in the West, which receives
li razzi solari e li riflette nelli the solar rays and reflects them
inferior! mari della luna, e an- on the lower waters of the
20
cora per tutta la parte moon, and indeed affords the
obrosa della luna da tanto part of the moon that is in
di splendore, qual'e quel che shadow as much radiance as
da la luna alia terra nella the moon gives the earth at mid-
mez 2I zanotte, e percio no night. Therefore it is not to-
resta integralmete scura, e di tally dark, and. hence some
qui a alcuno creduto, che la have believed that the moon
"luna abbia in parte lume must in parts have a light of its
da se oltre a quel che gli e own besides that which is given
dato dal sole, il quale lume it by the sun ; and this light is due,
diriua dalla 2
ati ^detta causa as has been said, to the above-
delli nostri mari alluminati mentioned cause, that our seas
dal sole. are illuminated by the sun.
might be said
2
*Ancora si potrebbe dire Again, it
This passage would certainly seem to establish discoverer of the cause of the ashy colour of the
15.
Leonardo's claim to be regarded as the original new moon (lumen dnereum). His observations
ASTRONOMY. [902.
164
pare si chiara, che molti credono essere have taken it to be a ring of new' radiance
33 vn cerchio dinouo splendore, che finisca completing the circle where the tips of the
di circundare, doue le punte de' corni 34 a l- horns illuminated by the sun cease to shine [3 4].
luminati dal sole terminano il loro splen- And this difference of background arises from
dore; e questa varieta di nasce campo the fact that the portion of that background
35
perche quella parte d'esso campo, che which is conterminous with the bright part
termina colla parte luminosa della luna, of the moon, by comparison with that bright-
per tal 3^paragoHe di splendore si dimon- ness looks darker than it is; while at the
stra piv oscura che non e, e quella parte di upper part, where a portion of the luminous
sopra, doue pare vn pezzo di cerchio circle is to be seen of uniform width, the re-
3 7
luminoso d'uniforme larghezza, nasce che sult is that the moon, being brighter there
quiui la luna, essendo piu chiara che than the medium or background on which it
3 8 il mezzo over il
campo, oue essa si troua; is seen by comparison with that darkness it
pel parago di tale oscurita si dimostra in looks more luminous at that edge than it is.
tale confine piv lu^minosa che non e, la And that brightness at such a time itself is de-
qual luminosita in tal tenpo nasce dal rived from our ocean and other inland-seas.
nostro oceano colli altri mediterrani 4 che These are, at that time, illuminated by the
in quel tepo e alluminato dal sole che gia sun which is already setting in such a way as
e tramotato, in modo che il mare allora fa that the sea then fulfils the same function
tale ofitio alia 4I parte oscura della luna, to the dark side of the moon as the moon
qual fa la luna in qulta decima a noi, at its fifteenth day does to us when the
however, having hitherto remained unknown to one about the seasons in the moon which I con-
astronomers, Moestlin and Kepler have been credited fess not to have seen in the original manuscript:
with the discoveries which they made independently "La luna ha ogni niese un verno e una state, e ha
a century later. maggiori freddi e maggiori caldi, e i- suoi equinozii son
Some disconnected notes treat of the same sub- piu freddi de' nostri"
MS. C. A. 239 b ;
7igb an d 7i 9 b : "Perche la
ject in 23. 24. The larger of the two diagrams reproduced
luna cinta della parte
alluminata dal sole in ponente, above stands between these two lines, and the smaller
tra maggior- splendore in mezzo a tal
cerchio, che quando one is sketched in the margin. At the spot marked A
essa eclissava il sole. Questo accade perche <//' eclissare Leonardo wrote corpo solare (solar body) in the larger
ombrava il nostro oceano, il qual caso non diagram and Sole (sun) in the smaller one. At C
il sole ella
quando il sol'e tramotato, e tal propor- sun is set. And the small amount of light
}2tione e da quel poco lume che a la parte which the dark side of the moon receives
oscura della luna alia chiarezza della parte bears the same proportion to the light of
alluminata, qual e dalla . . . that sidewhich is illuminated, as that [42]. . . .
F. 84 a] 90S-
F. 84 1>\ 904.
alia . . osscura . . ciareza. 48. ochupi. 49. chon. 50. distate ochu. 51. pi all.
903. 2. disse. 3. interprsi infralla . . elli . . nos. 4. fussi . . tal. 5. bon stabili. 6. chettal. 7. fusi variate . . muterebo.
8. chessi.
904. 2. chella . .
parte. 3. transsparenti . . fussi. 5. cene . . coli. 6. rimarebbe. 7. resterrebbe. 8. ella . . mosterrebbe.
9. osscure. 10. ecquesto openione. n. piacuta . . massime aristotie e. 12. puere . .
oppennione perche inne de. 13. asspetti
trauano . . esso. 14. vederem. 15. ecquando . . farebono osscure ecquando. 16. in o. 17. ella mezo. 18. transparete
. .
42. Here the text breaks off; lines 43 52 are written on the margin.
166
ASTRONOMY. [905.
F. 85 ]
90S-
son create in essa luna, 3 da essere in se moon result from the moon being of varying
di uaria rarita e desita, il che se cosl fusse, thinness or density but if this were so, when ;
*nell'eclissi della luna i razzi solan pene- there is an eclipse of the moon the solar
trebbono per s a lcuna parte della predetta rays would pierce through the portions which
6
rarita, e, no si ueden do tale efifetto, detta were thin as is alleged [5]. But as we do
opinione e falsa; not see this effect the opinion must be false.
7 Altri dicono che la
superfitie della luna, Others say that the surface of the moon
esscndo tersa 8 e pulita, che essa, a simili- is smooth and polished and that, like a mirror,
tudine di spechio, riceue in 9 S e la simili- it reflects in itself the image of our earth.
I0
tudine della terra; Questa openione e This view is also false, inasmuch as the
falsa, conciosiache la terra, scoperta dal- land, where it is not covered with water,
1'acqua, per diuer"si aspetti a diuerse presents various aspects and forms. Hence
figure; adunque, quando la luna
I2
e al- when the moon is in the East it would
1' oriete, essa specchierebbe altre machie, reflect different spots from those it would
che quando essa ci e di sopra, o quado show when it is above us or in the West;
essa e in occidete; pero I4 le machie della now the spots on the moon, as they are
luna, come si uede nel pleni- seen at full moon, never vary
lunio, 5mai J
uariano nel
si in the course of its motion over
moto da lei fatto nel nostro our hemisphere. A second reason
emi' 6 sperio 2 a ragione e, che ;
is that an object reflected in a
piglierebcno. 19. somita dclabri. 21. razi. 22. parebono. 23. ocide. 24. alora. 26. mosterebbe. 28. ella lu.
9<>5- 3 5- Edissi. This word, as it seems to tween the sun and the earth must appear as if
me, here means eclipses of the sun; and the sense pierced, we may
say like a sieve.
of the passage, as 1 understand it, is that by the 18. come e pravato. This alludes to the accom-
foregoing hypothesis tUe modn, when it comes be- panying diagram.
906908.] THE MOON. 167
spera della terra alluminata, nella quale illuminated earth, on which only the ocean
2I and other waters reflect bright light, while
l'oceano colle altre acque risplendono, e
22
la terra fa macule in esso splendore, e the land spots makes on that brightness;
cosl si uedrebbe 23 la meta della nostra thus half of our earth would be seen girt
terra cinta dallo splendo ^re del mare allu-
2
round with the brightness of the sea lighted
minato dal sole, e nella luna tal 2 s simili- up by the sun, and in the moon this
tudine sarebbe minima parte d'essa luna; reflection would be the .smallest part of that
26 a non moon. Fourthly, a radiant body cannot be
4 e che la cosa splendida si spechia
nell'aP'tra splendida; adunque il mare, reflected from another equally radiant; there-
28
pigliando splendo re dal sole, siccome fore the sea, since it borrows its brightness
fa la luna, e' no si potrebbe in lei
spe- from the sun, as the moon- does could ,
2
9chiare tal terra, che ancora specchiar not cause the earth to be reflected in it, nor
non vi si vedesse 3 particularmete il
corpo indeed could the body of the sun be seen
del sole e di ciascuna ste! 3I la a lei op- reflected in it, nor indeed any star opposite
posta. to it.
Br. M. 19 a] 9O6.
Se
'
;
have proved by drawing them. And this
questo nasce da nuvo^li che si leuano dal- is caused by the clouds that rise from the
F acque d'essa luna, li quali s'interpongo- waters in the moon, which come between
Sno infra '1 sole e essa acqua, e colla loro the sun and those waters, and by their
onbra tolgo 6 no i razzi del sole a tale acqua, shadow deprive these waters of the sun's rays.
onde essa acqua viene a ri^manere oscura, Thus those waters remain dark, not being
per non potere spechiare il
corpo solare. able to reflect the solar body.
Leic. 5 a] 907.
Come le mac 2 chie della luna 3 son va- How the spots on the moon must have
riate da *quel che gia fu s ro, per causa del varied from what
they formerly were, by
6
corso delle sue 7
acque. reason of the course of its waters.
*
dano elli. 24. aluminato. 25. luna c. 26. 4 he chella . .
splendita no si . .
27. splendita . .
piglando. 28. si come fa la
luna e no . . illei. 29. speciar . . vedessi. 30. sole di ciasscuna. 31. allei opposita.
906. i. Setterrai. 2. troverrai. 3. offatto . .
"disegnadole" Ecquesto nassce da nugho. 4. chessi . .
sinterponga. 5. cholla . .
907. 4. ga.
908. 2. circhudino . .
gradeze e rosseza. 3. chausati . .
grosseze domori . . alteze infralla . . elli. 4. nosstri . .
Ecquel . .
i68 ASTRONOMY. [909. 910.
cosi
6 alti sieno, seen through two vapours. And so on, as
2 umori-je quanto piv
they are higher they will appear smaller and
minori c piv rossi apparirano, perche infra
redder, because, between the eye and them,
1'ochio e quello fia piv solidi umori, ?e per there is thicker vapour. Whence it is proved
questo si pruova che doue apparisce mag- that where they are seen to be reddest, the
giore rossore H e piv somma d' umori. vapours are most dense.
w. xx vn |
909.
Come tu vuoi prouare, la luna mostrarsi If you want to prove why the moon
appears than it is, when it reaches
larger
maggiore che essa non e, giugnendo
2 al-
the horizon; take a lens which is highly
1'orizzonte; nu torrai vn ochiale colmo da convex on one surface and concave on the
una e concauo dalla superfitie
superfitie opposite, and place the concave side next
opposita, e ticni 5 1'ochio dal concavo, e the eye, and look at the object beyond the
6
della superfitie con- convex surface; by this means you will have
guarda 1'obbietto fori
uessa, e cosl ?avrai fatto vn vero simile produced an exact imitation of the atmosphere
8
included beneath the sphere of fire and out-
ah" aria, che si include in^fra la spera del
side that of water; for this atmosphere is
II
foco e de^'lla acqua, la quale aria e concaua concave on the side next the earth, and
I2
diuerso la terra e conuessa diuerso il foco. convex towards the fire.
C. A. 187*; 561 a] 9 JO
Fa ochiali da vedere 2
la luna grande. Construct glasses to see the moon mag-
nified.
magiore . . edella prima. 5. omori . . sechondo . . vissto . . omori e chosi. 6. infrallochio ecquello . . solidomori. 7. apa-
riscie magiore . . domori.
909. i. volli . . mosstrare. 2. magore . .
gngnendo. 4. conchauo . . ettieni. 6. chonuessa e chosi. 7. arai. 8. chessi.
910. See the Introduction, p. 136, Fracastoro quaedam specilla ocularia fiunt tantae dtnsitatis, ut si per
ays his work Homocentres: "Per dua spirilla
in ea quis out lunam, aut aliud siderum spectel adeo pro- ,
ocularia si yuis perspiciat, alteri altero superposito, ma- pinqua ilia iudicet, ut ne turres ifsas excedanl" (sect. II
jora multo et propinquiora videbil omnia. Quin imo c. 8 and sect. Ill, c. 23).
VI.
THE STARS.
5*1 911.
Veggonsi le stelle di notte e no di di, The stars are visible by night and not by o n the light
per esser noi sotto
2
la grossezza dell' aria, day, because we
beneath the dense are L t
!
(911913).
le
_
la quale e piena d' infinite particu3le d'umi- atmosphere, which is full of innumerable
dita, le quali, ciascuna per se quado e per- particles of moisture, each of which inde-
cossa ^dalli razzi del sole, rendono splen- pendently, when the rays of the sun fall upon
dore, e cosl 1'inSnvmerabili spledori occupano it, reflects a radiance, and so these number-
esse stelle, e se 6 tale aria no fusse, il celo less bright particles conceal the stars; and if
57 912.
-
LE STELLE ANNO LUME DAL SOLE O WHETHER THE STARS HAVE THEIR LIGHT FROM
DA SE. THE SUN OR IN THEMSELVES.
2
Dicono di il lume da se, alle-
auere Some say that they shine of themselves,
gando 3che Venere e Mercuric non
se alledging that if Venus and Mercury had not
avessino ^il lume da se, quado essa s' inter- a light of their own, when they come between
pone spochio nostro e '1 sole, esse
infra our eye and the sun' they would darken so
oscurerebbero tan 6 to d'esso sole, quato much of the sun as they could cover from
esse ne coprono al ochio ^ nostro E quest' e ;
our eye. But this is false, for it is proved
8
falso, perch' e prouato come 1'onbroso, that a dark object against a luminous body
posto nel luminoso, e cinto e is enveloped and
coper9to entirely concealed by the
tutto da razzi lateral! del rimanete di tal lateral rays of the rest of that luminous
body
lu I0 minoso, e cosl resta inuisibile, come si and so remains invisible. As may be seen
gix. r. vegasi lesselle. 2. grosseza. 3. ciasscuna . . rende. 4. cossi. 5. ochupano . . esse. 6. fussi . . mosterrebbe. 7. lesstelle.
QH. i. a lume. 2. dicano di havere . . dasse. 3. uenere e merchurio non auessi. 4. illume dasse . . infral. 5. oscurerebo.
6. coprano. 9. razi. 12. iluga. 13. ochupano. 15. acade. 16. esieno . . non o. 18. nosstro. Lines 19 and 20 are written
il sole e veduto per la when the sun is seen through the boughs of
di"mostra: quando
trees bare of their leaves, at some distance
ra"mificatione delle piate sanza foghe
in
essi rami non occupano the branches do not conceal any portion of
luga di'Jstantia, the sun from our eye. The same thing
parte al' cuna
4 d'esso sole alii ochi nostri ;
simile 'accade a' predetti pianeti, li quali happens with the above mentioned planets
jl
ancora l6 che da se sieno sanza luce, eglino which, though they have no light of their
non oc^cupano, com' detto, parte alcuna own, do not as has been said conceal any
del sole
l8
aH'ochio nostro. part of the sun from our eye[i8].
"Dicono le stelle notte parere nella Some say that the stars appear most brilliant
so superiori, ci at night in proportion as they are higher
lucidissime "quato piu
e che, se esse no auessino lume
2
da -3
up; and
that if they had no light of
se, che 1'ombra che fa la terra, che their own, the shadow of the earth which
2
fra loro e '1 sole, ver- comes between -them and the sun, would
s'interpone
rebbe a scurarle, non vede'Sdo esse, darken them, since they would not face
n sedo vedute dal corpo solare; Ma nor be faced by the solar body. But
che those have not considered
questi non anno considerate,
*6
persons
1'onbra piramidale de ?lla terra non
2 that the conical shadow of the earth
e in cannot reach many of the stars; and
aggiugne infra troppe stelle,
even as to those it does reach, the cone
"quelle ch'ella aggiugne, la piramide
e tanto dimi 2 9nuita, che poco occupa is so much diminished that it covers
del corpo della stella; e '1 ri3manete e very little of the star's mass, and all the
alluminato dal sole. rest is illuminated by the sun.
F. 6o*l 913
Perched Why the planets appear larger in the
li
pianeti appariscono maggiori
di noi, che dovrebbe East than they do overhead, whereas the
2
in oriete che sopra
J
essere il contrario, contrary should be the
essendo 4 35<X) miglia case, as they are 3500
miles nearer to us when
p u vicini a noi, essen-
do 5 nel mezzo del in mid sky than when
on ffu margin. 20. pruoua. at. Dicano. 22. superiore e chesselle no auesino. 23. che obra cheffa chessinterpone. . .
24. leverebe asscurare. 25. nessedo. 26. nona chellonbra. 27. nonagugne stelle ege.
. .28. chellagugnie ettanto. . . . .
913. 1. 13. inequali, here and elsewhere does not mean unequal in the sense of not being equal to
each other, but angles which are not
right angles.
914916.] THE STARS. TIME. 171
E. 915.
2
Tullius de Diuinatione ait Astrologiam Cicero says in [his book] De
Divinatione On history
of
fuisse 3adinuenta ante
that Astrol gy has been practised five no^y?"
trojanum ^bellu
hundred seventy thousand years before the
s
Qumgentis septua ginta milibus anorum. Trojan war.
57000. 57000.
Benche il
tenpo sia annumerato infra Although time is included in the class of Of time and
le continue 2 quatita, esso, per essere inui- Continuous Quantities, being indivisible
and^^jSj*
sibile e sanza corpo, non cade integral- immaterial, it does not come entirely under
mete sotto la 3geometrica potentia, la quale the. head of Geometry, which represents its
lo diuide per figure e corpi d'infinita va- divisions by means of figures and bodies
rieta, *come continue nelle cose uisibili e of infinite variety, such as are seen to be conti-
corporee far si uede; Ma sol co' sua primi nuous in their visible and material properties.
principi si couiene But only with its first principles does it agree,
s cioe col punto e colla ,
6
linia-; punto nel tempo e da essere
jl that is with the Point and the Line the point ;
equiparato al suo instante, e la linia a may be compared to an instant of time, and the
similitudine colla Iughez7za d'una quantita line may be likened to the length of a certain
d'un tempo, e siccome i puti so principio quantity of time, and just as a line begins and
e fine della predet 8 ta linia , cosl li instanti terminates in a point, so such a space of time.
915. The statement that CICERO, De Divin. to the teaching of the Chaldaeans but says nothing
ascribes discovery of astrology to a period
the as to the antiquity and origin of astronomy. CICERO
57000 years before the Trojan war I believe to be further notes De oratore I, 16 that Aratus was
quite erroneous. According to ERNESTI, Clavis Ci- "ignartts astrologies" but that is all. So far as I know
ceroniana, CH. G. SCHULZ (Lexic. Cicer.) and the theword occurs nowhere else in CICERO; and the
edition of De Divin. by GlESE the word Astrologia word Astronomia he does not seem to have used at
occurs only twice in CICERO De Divin. II, 42. Ad Chal- : all. (H. MULLER-STRUBING.)
dtzoruin monstra veniamus, de quibus Eudoxus, Platonis 916. This passage is repeated word for word on
auditor, in astrologia judicio doctissimorum hominum page I9o b of the same manuscript and this is ac-
facile princeps, sic opinatur (id quod scriptum reliquit): counted for by the text in Vol. I, No. 4. Compare
Chaldais in prcedictione et in notatione cujusque vita also No. 1216.
ASTRONOMY. 918.
172
Br. M. i;<5-]
917.
Br. M. 1910] 9 l8
Fa che vn ora sia diui'sa in 3000 parti, Divide an hour into 3000 parts, and this
e Jquesto farai coll'oriolo ^alleggeredo o you can do with a clock by making the
aggravado sil cotrapeso. pendulum lighter or heavier.
Physical Geography.
Leonardo's researches as to the structure of the earth and sea were made at a
time, when the extended voyages of the Spaniards and Portuguese had also excited a
special interest in geographical questions in Italy, and particularly in Tuscany. Still, it
need scarcely surprise us to find that in deeper questions, as to the structure of the globe,
the primitive state of the earth's surface, and the like, he was far in advance of
his time.
The number of passages which treat of such matters is relatively considerable;
like almost all Leonardo's scientific notes they deal partly with theoretical and partly
with practical questions. Some of his theoretical views
of the motion of water were
collected a copied manuscript volume by an early transcriber, but without any
in
acknowledgment of the source whence they were derived. This copy is now in the Library
of the Barberini palace at Rome and was published under the title: "De moto e mi-
sura dell' acqua," by FRANCESCO CARDINAL!, Bologna 1828. In this work the texts
are arranged under the following titles: Libr. I.Delia spera dell' acqua; Libr. It.
Del moto dell 'acqua; Libr. III. DelPonda dell' acqua; Libr. IV. Dei retrosi d' acqua;
Libr. V. Dell 'acqua cadente; Libr. VI. Delle rotture fatte dall' acqua; Libr. VII
Delle cose portate dall 'acqua; Libr. VIII. Dell'oncia dell' acqua e delle canne; Libr. IX.
De molini e d'altri ordigni d' acqua.
The large number of isolated observations scattered through the manuscripts,
accounts for our so frequently finding notes of new schemes for the arrangement of
those relating to water and its motions, particularly in the Codex Atlanticus: I have
printed several of these plans as an introduction to the Physical Geography, and I have
actually arranged the texts in accordance with the clue afforded by one of them which
is undoubtedly one of the latest notes The text
referring to the subject (No. 920).
given as No. 930 which is also taken from a late note-book of Leonardo's, served as a
basis for the arrangement of the first of the seven books or sections , bearing the
title: Of the Nature of Water (Dell'acque in se).
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.
74
As I kavt not any part of this undertaking to print the passages which
made it
from their method and the style in which he writes of them; and we should bear it in
mind that in all investigations, of whatever kind, experience is always spoken of as the
only basis on which he relies. Incidentally, as in No. 984, lie thinks it necessary to
allude to the total absence of all recorded observations.
INTRODUCTION.
Leic. 5 a] 919.
2
Quest! libri contegono in ne' primi della These books contain in the beginning schemes for
:
its
motions the arrange-
currents,
:
ment
ot the
materials
5 che mv tano il mondo
6
di centre e which change the world in its centre and
corsi,
di figura. its shape.
Q2I.
Ute. 9-1
2
che tratti de' First you shall make a book treating of
Farai prima un libro
lochi Joccupati dall'acque 'dolci,
e '1 2 places occupied by fresh waters, and the se-
dalM' acque salse, e '1
6
3 come, per la par- cond by salt waters, and the third, how by the
?tita di quelle,' queste
8
nostre parti son disappearance of these, our parts of the
'fatte piv lieui, e
I0 world were made lighter and in consequence
per consequeza piv
"remosse dal cen"tro del modo. more remote from the centre of the world.
r- Ml 922.
F. Ma]
F. 90*] 924.
Br. M. 35*] 9
913. acq"".
924. 2. co che po.
9S. The head of tack lint it marked by tht litter d which u crosted out. i. d.ibatter . . chol inpito . . dilumi . .
dellacq'V
discorghatc. 2. chellacquc . . assaluamento. 4. acresscimeto. 5. chelle cita dacquelli . .
percossi.
\
926. 927-J INTRODUCTION. 177
Br. M. 35 3] 926.
L'acqua da principio al moto suo, Water gives the first impetus to its
motion.
2
Libro liuellamenti d' acque per diuersi A
book of the levelling of waters by
modi, various means.
3 Libro del discostare li fiumi dai lochi A book of diverting rivers from places
da loro offesi, where they do mischief.
4 Libro del dirizzar li fiumi che occu- A book of guiding rivers which occupy
pano superchio terreno, too much ground.
5 Libro del diuidere li fiumi in molti A book of parting rivers into several
rami e farli guadabili, branches and making them fordable.
6
Libro dell' acque che co diuersi moti A book of the waters which with various
passa pe' pelaghi loro, currents pass through seas.
7 Libro del
profondare li letti alii fiumi A
book of deepening the beds of rivers
co uari corsi d' acque, by means of currents of water.
8
Libro di disporre li fiumi I modo che A
book of controlling rivers so that the
li
piccoli pricipj de' sua danni non accre- littlebeginnings of mischief, caused by them,
scino, may not increase.
9 Libro de' uari moti dell' acque che A book of the various movements of waters
passan per diuerse figure di canali, passing through channels of different forms.
10
Libro del fare che li piccoli fiumi non A book of preventing small rivers from
pieghino il maggiore percosso dalle loro diverting the larger one into which their
926. 2. chessi spich[a] erano effia la terra "sotto il nostro emisperio" scoperta dellacqua. 3. tere. 4. perse nettili riepiuti porta
del mare. 5. ellor premanentia. 6. chelli . . collor . .
teginetti . . fondi "lor". 7. orrifondare. 8. cheffarsi. 9. ghi-
ara . .
acq"e".
937. i. \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\gi to dobliquita Lacq"a". 2 13. Each line is headed by an L, meaning Libro. 3. discosstare . . dalloro. 4. diri-
zar . . ce ochupan. 5. effarli. 6. cho. 7. cho . . chorsi. 8. di sporre . . chelli picholi . . accresscino. 9. acq"e" . .
VOL. 11. Z
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [ 9 28.
I 78
Br. M. ]
928.
4. charena. 5. spirachuli .
lacq"a". 6. essua. 8. acq"e" di delle traversate alii.
.
7. cicognuolc. . . . .
asspetti. 9. . .
10. secche [fatte sotto] generate, n. chorreti. u. ellor premanetia. chadende per-
lacque. 13. fighure dellargine . .
14.
pedchulare. 15. acq"a". 16. chenpedisscano . .
aeq"e". 17. globbosita. 18. condure . . navichabili . . ossotto . .
928. I. Tte first line of this passage was added subsequently, evidently as a correction of the follow-
ing line. 7. cutgnoU, see No. 966, n, 17.
929-] INTRODUCTION. 179
A. gag.
COMI'CIAMETO DEL TRATTATO DEL' ACQUA. THE BEGINNING OF THE TREATISE ON WATER.
corpo della terra a il suo oceano mare -, il has its ocean tide which likewise rises and
quale ancora lui crescie ^ e discrescie ogni fallsevery six hours, as if the world breathed;
sei ore per lo alitare del modo se dal ;
as in that pool of blood veins have their ori-
detto lago di sangue diriuano ve 8 ne -, che gin, which ramify all over the human body,
sivanno ramificado per lo corpo vmano -, so likewise the ocean sea fills the body of the
similmete il mare oceano enpie 9il corpo earth with infinite springs of water. The
della terra d' infinite vene d' acqua; man- body of the earth lacks sinews and this is,
cano al corpo della terra i nerui, i
quali because the sinews are made expressely for
I0
no ui sono -, perche i nervi sono fatti al movements and, the world being perpetually
proposito del movimeto -, e il modo sendo stable, no movement takes place, and no
JI
di perpetua non accade movi-
stabilita, movement taking place, muscles are not ne-
meto e, no accadedo movimeto, i nervi- cessary. But in all other points they are
no ui sono neciessari Ma I tutte ISTaltre ;
much alike.
cose sono molto simili.
E. ] 930.
ORDINE DEL PRIMO LIBRO DELLE ACQUE. THE ORDER OF THE FIRST BOOK ON WATER.
'Difinisci prima che cosa e altezza e Define first what is meant by height and
The .i
-- bassezza anzi come so situati ^li elemeti depth; also how the elements are situated
Book i.
1'u'dentro all'altro; Di poi che cosa e gra- one inside another. Then, what is ^meant
vita de 4 sa e che e gravita liquida, ma prima by solid weight and by liquid weight; but
che cosa e in se gravista e leuita Di poi ;
first what weight and lightness are in them-
descrivi perche 1'acqua si move e perche selves. Then describe why water moves,
ter^mina il moto suo, poi perche si fa piu and why its motion ceases; then why it be-
tarda o velocie, oltre 7 a questo come ella comes slower or more rapid; besides this,
senpre disciede, essendo in cofine d'ari*a how it being in contact with
always falls,
930. i. p"o" libro. 2. p"a" che chosa he . . ebbasseza. 3. chosa. 4. chosa. 5. elleuita. 7. addi questo chomelU . . cotino.
8. chome. 9. chalore . .
eppoi richade . . anchora. 10. dellc cime . .
essellacqua. n. chclloccieano . . cbella. 12. occic-
ano . . chome . . chettorna . . accieano eppiu. 13. [desso] della . chome ecquinotiali eppiu.
. . .
14. chelle. 15. incssuna
. . circhulo . .
iiisperi. 16. chalore . infochato. 17. talle .
.
ellacqua circhustate. 18. dissciende
. . . circhulare e chome.
931 933-] OF THE NATURE OF WATER. 181
disciende con onda circulare e come 1' acque a circular eddy. And how the waters of the
^settetrionali Son piv basse che li altri North are lower than the other seas, and
mari e tato piu, qua 20 to esse son piv fredde, more so as they become colder, until they
insin che si convertono in ghiaccio. are converted into ice.
C 266 (4)]
PRINCIPIO DEL LIBRO DELL' ACQUE. THE BEGINNING OF THE BOOK ON WATER.
Leic. 34 6] 933-
Li centri della spericita dell'acqua sono The centres of the sphere of water are or the sur-
due : 1' uno e
della vniuersale acqua, 1' altro two, one universal and common to all water, ^aterhlrda-
e particulare;
2
l'vniversale e quello, il the other particular. The universal one istin to the
quale serue a tutte 1' acque sanza moto; che that which is common to all waters not in (933-936).
sono in se in gra quatita, 3 come canali, motion, which exist in great quantities. As
fossi, viuai, fonti, pozzi, fiumi morti, laghi, canals, ditches, ponds, fountains, wells, dead
paduli, stagni e mari, li quali, ancorache rivers,lakes, stagnant pools and seas, which,
sieno di uarie altezze ciascuno per se, ano although they are at various, levels, have
li termini delle lor superfitie equi^distanti each in itself the limits of their superficies
al centro del mondo, come sono i laghi equally distant from the centre of the earth,
posti nelle cime delli alti moti come sopra such as lakes placed at the tops of high moun-
s Pietra Pana e
Lago della Sibilla a Norcia, tains; as the lake near Pietra Pana and
e tutti li
laghi che da principio a grandi the lake of the Sybil near Norcia; and all
fiumi, come Tesino 6 dal Lago Maggiore, the lakes that give rise to great rivers, as
Adda dal lago di Como, Mincio dal lago the Ticino from Lago Maggiore, .the Adda
di Garda e Reno dal lago di Costan?tia |
from the lake of Como, the Mincio from
e di Coira e dal lago di Lucerne, e come the lake of Garda, the Rhine from the lakes
Tigron, il quale passa per la Minore Asia, of Constance and of Chur, and from the lake of
8
il
quale ne porta con seco 1' acqua di 3 Lucerne, like the Tigris which passes through
paduli, 1'un dopo 1' altro, di uarie altezze, Asia Minor carrying with it the waters of three
de' quali piv alto e Munace, el mezzano
il lakes, one above the other at different heights
e Pallas 9e '1 piu basso e Triton; ancora of which the highest is Munace, the middle one
el Nilo diriua da 3 altissimi paduli in Eti- Pallas, and the lowest Triton; the Nile again
opia. flows from three very high lakes in Ethiopia.
932. Only the beginning of this passage is here the Etruscan city near Viterbo, there can be no doubt
given, the remainder consists of definitions which that by 'Lago della Sibilla! a name not known else-
have no direct bearing on the subject. where, so far as I can learn Leonardo meant
933- 5- Pietra Pana, a mountain near Florence. If Lago di Vico (Lacus Ciminus, Aen. 7).
A. 934-
quale si
il copone J infra acqua e terra which is composed of water and earth,
in forma rotoda Ma se tu volessi trovare ; having the shape of a sphere. But, if you
il cietro dello elemeto della terra questo ,
want to find the centre of the element of
e cotenuto per equidistate spatio dalla the earth, this is placed at a point equidi-
dell' oceano mare e no dalla stant from the surface of the ocean, and
superfitie ,
chiaro si comprende questa palla della for it is evident that this globe of earth has
terra non
6
avere niente di perfetta roto- nowhere any perfect rotundity, excepting in
dita , se non in quella parte dou' e mare places where the sea is, or marshes or other
o paduli o altre acque mor 7 te, e qualun- still waters. And every part of the earth
que parte d'essa terra che escie fori that rises above the water is farther from
d'esso mare, s'allontana dal suo- cietro. the centre.
E. 4*1 935
2
OF THE SEA WHICH CHANGES THE WEIGHT OF
DEL MARE CHE MUTA IL PESO DELLA TERRA.
THE EARTH.
3 Li
nichi, ostrighe e altri simili animali, The shells, oysters, and other similar ani-
<che nascono nelli fanghi marini, ci testifi- mals, which originate in sea-mud, bear wit-
scano la mutatio della terra intorno al ness "to the changes of the earth round the
6 centre of our elements. This is proved
cietro elemeti; pruovasi cosl:
de' nostri
7 Li fiumi senpre corrono con torbidu-
reali thus: Great rivers always run turbid, being
8
me, tinto dalla terra, che per lor si leua coloured by the earth, which is stirred by the
mediate la co^fregatio delle sue acque sopra friction of their waters at the bottom and on
I0
il fondo e nelle sue riue, e tal cosumati- their shores; and this wearing disturbs the face
one scopre le fronti de' gradi "fatti a' suoli of the strata made by the layers of shells,
di quelli nichi, che stan nella superfitie which lie on the surface of the marine mud,
"del fango marine, li quali in tal sito na- and which were produced there when the
scierono, qua^do 1' acque salse li coprivano, salt waters covered them; and these strata
e questi gradi erano ri coperti di tenpo were covered over again from time to time,
tali I4
composti in tata altezza, che dal fondo si raised to such a height, that they came up
'^scopriua all' aria; Ora questi tali fondi from the bottom to the air. At the present time
sono in tata l8 altezza che son fatti colli, these bottoms are so high that they form hills
o alti moti, e li fiumi, ^consuma^tori de' or high mountains, and the rivers, which
lati "d'essi monti, "scoprono **\\ gradi wear away the sides of these mountains, un-
d'es^si nichi, e co 2 5sl il Ieni 26 ficato lato cover the strata of these shells, and thus the
*? della terra 28 al cotinuo 2 softened side of the earth continually rises and
9s'inalza, e *]i
antipcP'di s'accosta^no piu al -"tietro del the antipodes sink closer to the centre of the
Jmondo, 35 e li anti^chi fondi del 37 mare earth, and the ancient bottoms of the seas
son fatti * 8 gioghi di monti. have become mountain ridges.
935- 3- osstrighe. 4. nasschano . . tessti. 5. chano. 6. nosstri. 7. senpre [stanno] cor! torbidi. 8. mediate la terra. 9. fre-
'
ghatio . .
accque . . nelle sine. 10. rive ettal . .
sconpre . . fronte. n. assuoli . . chesstan. 12. fangho . . nasscicrono.
13. ecquessti . . era ri. 14. grosse. 15. indotti. 16. faghi conpossti . . alteza. 17. quessti. 18. alteza . . clli fiumi.
22. echo.
scoprano. 24. 25. si [1] illeni. 26. fichato. 29. el sacossta. Lines 19 38 are written OH the margin.
936 938.] OF THE NATURE OF WATER. 183
Leic. 10 i] 936.
Faccia mutatio colla sua gra- la terra Let the earth make whatever changes
2
vezza, voglia, che mai la
quate farsi it
may in its weight, the surface of the
superfitie .della spera dell'acqua no si sphere of waters can never vary in its
partira dalla sua equidistatia col centre del equal distance from the centre of the
modo. world.
SE LA TERRA & ME CHE L'ACQUA. WHETHER THE EARTH is LESS THAN THE WATER.
2
Dicono alcuni esser vero, che la terra, Some .
assert that
.
it is true that the earth,
. Of the pro-
, , ,
ch'e scoperta dalle acque, sia molto which not covered by water is portion of
is
rninore che quella che da esse acqu' e much less than that covered by wa- ^aete " assth J
coperta; Ma che considerando la
3 ter. But considering the size of 7000 of the Dearth
(937- 938)-
grossezza di 7000 miglia di diametro, miles in diameter which is that of
che a essa terra, e' si puo concludere this earth, we may conclude the
1'acqua essere di *poca profondita. water to be of small depth.
Leic. 36 938.
BELLA TERRA IN SE. OF THE EARTH.
2
L' alzarsi tanto le cime de' monti sopra The great elevations of the peaks of the
la spera dell' acqua puo esser diriuato, perche mountains above the sphere of the water
il loco grandissimo 3 della terra, il quale may have resulted from this that: a very
936. i. facia . .
graveza. 2. dellacq"a".
i. Sella dicano
937. . .
chellacq"a". 2. . . chella. 3. groseza . . diamitro . .
po con chludere lacqua per essere. 4. pocha.
938. 2. lasspera . . ilocho. 3. coe. 4. isspichata. 5. iloco. 8. coe soddoma e gamora. 9. chellacq"a" . . chella terra ella . .
dell . . dimosstra.
che I0 molta the sea does not show this so that there must
lo dimostra, onde bisognia ;
939-
'Delia figura delli elemeti, e prima Of the figures of the elements; and first
The theory controa chi nega ^I'opinione di Platone, as against those who deny the opinions of
ofpuio.
che dicono che se essi elemeti vestis'sero Plato, and who say that if the elements in-"
1'un 1'altro, colle figure che mette Platone, elude one another in the forms attributed
che si caJvserebbe vacuo infra 1* uno e 1* al- to them by Plato they would cause a va-
tro; e non e vero, e *'qui lo provo, ma cuum one within the other. I say it is not
bisognia proporre alcuna co^clusione; true, and I here prove it, but first I desire
8
on e neciessario che nessuno ele mento,
Erima to propound some conclusions. It is not
che veste 1'u 1'altro, sia d'equ 1 grossezza necessary that the elements which include
in tu9tta la sua quantitk infra la parte che each other should be of corresponding magni-
I0
ueste e quel la ch'e tude in all the parts, of
uestita Noi uediamo
;
that which includes and
la dell' acqua
spera of that which is inclu-
ma^nifestamete essere ded. We see that the
di uarie grossezze dal- sphere of the waters
la sua "superfitie al varies conspicuously in
fondo, e che, no che mass from the surface to
essa vestisse I3 la terra the bottom, and that, far
quando fusse di figura cuba cioe di 8 an- from investing the earth when that was in the
goli come ^vole Platone, essa veste la form of a cube that is of 8 angles as Plato
terra che a innumerabili 'Sangoli di scogli will have it, that it invests the earth which
coperti dall' acqua e varie globosita e co- has innumerable angles of rock covered by
l6
cavita, e non si genera vacuo infra 1' ac- the water and various prominences and concavi-
qua e la terra; Ancora 1'aria veste la ties, and yet no vacuum is generated between
spera dell' acqua ^insieme colli monti e the earth and water; again, the air invests
valli che superano essa spera, e no l8 ri- the sphere of waters together with the moun-
mane vacuo infra la terra e 1'aria, sicche, tains and valleys, which rise above that sphere,
chi disse ^generarsi vacuo, ebbe tristo di- and no vacuum remains between the earth and
scorso. the air, so that any one who says a vacuum is
generated, speaks foolishly.
20
A Plato si
rispode che la superfitie But to Plato I would reply that the sur-
"delle figure che avrebbero li elemeti, face of the figures which according to him
22
che lui pone, non potrebbero sta 2 -*re. the elements would have, could not . exist.
A. 58*] 940.
13. quande fussi . . cubo *'cee di 8 angoli" come. 14. esse . . inunbili. 15. acq"a". 16. cavita "e non sigenera vacuo
infra lacqua ella terra" Ancora laria che veste. cholli. 18. ellaria siche. 20. 21. arebo. 22. chellui
17. chella. . .
potrebono.
940. i. chome tera po avr chomune. vedemo miglia "e vessare
. . . .
3. . . delle . . choredo. 4. settantrione . .
isspatio . .
94I-] OF THE NATURE OF WATER. I8 5
ispatio di 3000 miglia e versare nelle 3000 miles and flow into the Mediterranean
mediterrane ode ai liti d'Egitto, e se noi by the shores of Egypt; and if we will give
vogliamo dare a questo di calo quelle to this a fall of ten braccia a mile, as is
s dieci braccia per miglio le quali comv- , usually allowed to the course of rivers in
nalmete si concede alia vniversalita del general, we shall find that the Nile must
corso de' fiumi, 6 noi troveremo il Nilo have mouth ten miles lower than its source.
its
avere il suo fine piv basso che '1 pricipio Again, we see the Rhine, the Rhone and
miglia dieci ?Ancora vediamo il Reno, ;
the Danube starting from the German parts,
Rodano e Danvbio partirsi dalle germani- -
almost the -centre of Europe, and having a
che parti, quasi cietro 8 d'Evropa e 1'uno ,
course one to the East, the other to the
a Oriete, 1'altro a settetrione e P ultimo- , North, and the last to Southern seas.
a meridiani mari fa suo corso; 9 se tu cosi- And consider all this you will see
if you
derai bene tutto, vedrai le pianvre d' Europa that theof Europe in their aggre-
plains
I0
fare vno cocorso molto piv elevato , gate are much higher than the high peaks
che no sono 1'alte cime de' marittimi moti; of the maritime mountains; think then how
or pesa, quato le loro cime TI si trovano- much their tops must be above the sea
piv alte che liti marini. shores.
A. 55-5] 941.
DEL CALDO CHE NEL MODO E.
2
Dov'e-vita 11 e calore , e dou'e-ca- Where there is life there is heat, and where Theory of
th e n
lore vitale, quiui e mouimeto d'umori; vital heat is, there is movement of vapour. of wlter
3
Questo pruova, inperoche uede si si per This is proved, inasmuch as we see that within the
effetto che il caldo dello elemeto del the element of fire by its heat always draws
foco senpre tira a se 4 li umidi vapori e to itself damp vapours and thick mists as
folte nebbie e spessi nuvoli i
opaque clouds, which it raises from seas as
quali spic- ,
cano da' mari e altri paduli e fiumi e well as lakes and rivers and damp valleys; and
vmide s valli, e quelle tirado a poco a poco these being drawn by degrees as far as the
insino alia fredda regione quella prima ,
cold region, the first portion stops, because
6 heat and moisture cannot exist with cold
parte si ferma, perche-il caldo e vmido
no si affa col freddo e secco onde ferma ;
and dryness; and where the first portion stops
la prima parte 11 assetta 1'altre 7
parti, e the rest settle, and thus one portion after
verai [levr] le . .
deropia . . chochorso. 10. cime.
VOL. II.
AA
[86
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [942. 943.
942.
A. 943-
D'ALCUNI CHE DICONO L*ACQUA ESSERE PIV OF CERTAIN PERSONS WHO SAY THE WATERS WERE
ALTA CHE LA TERRA SCOPERTA. HIGHER THAN THE DRY LAND.
2
Cierto non poca ammiratione -mi da Certainly I wonder not a little at the
la comvne opinione fatta cotro al uero common opinion which contrary to truth,
is
dallo vniversale 3 cocorso de' givditi delli but held by the universal consent of the
omini e 'questo e che tutti s'accordano
, judgment of men. And this is that all are
che la superfitie del mare 4 sia piv alta agreed that the surface of the sea is higher
che 1'altissime cime delle motagnie alle- , than the highest peaks of the mountains;
gado molte vane e puerili ragioni, 5 cotro and they allege many vain and childish reasons,
ai quali n'allegher6 solo vna senplie e
io
against which I will allege only one simple
brieve ragione Noi vediamo chiaro che
; , and short reason: We see plainly that if
b
se si toglie via 1'argine al mare , che we could remove the shores of the sea, it
lui vestira la terra e faralla di per- would invest the whole earth and make it
fetta rotodita; ?or cosidera quata terra a perfect sphere. Now, consider how much
si leuerebbe a fare che 1'ode marine earth would be carried away to enable the
8
coprissino il modo; aduque ci6, che si waves of the sea to cover the world; there-
leuasse, sarebbe piv alto che la riua del fore that which would be carried away must
mare. be higher than the sea-shore.
2.
94*. senpici par pu. 3. chella . . chclli. 4. a d e vna. 5. lacqual. 6. essesso. 9. fussi . . arebbe. 14. dellacq"a". 15. cessi.
16. enterebbe. 17. nassce. On Ote margin is written: cella tera
di scoperta.
LtHft te 24 are olio written on ike margin. 18. nc. 22. chella. 24. acq"a".
943. i. dichanu lac<j"a" chella. chomvne oppenione
. .2. pocha amiratione . . fatto chotra. 3. chochorso . .
ecquesto e chet-
tutti sachordnno chella.
4. chellaltissime . .
ragione. 5. nalegero . . vedemo. 6. tolglie . . chellui vesstira eflaralla . .
A. 5 6a] 944-
A. 566] 945-
anno versato per le sommita de' moti have flowed from the summits of the
Armeni che si puo credere che tutta
,
mountains of Armenia, it must be believed
F acqua dell' ocieano * sia moltissime volte that all the water of the ocean has passed
passata per dette bocche or non cre- ; very many times through these mouths.
di tu che '1 Nilo abbi messo piv 3 acqua- And do you not believe that the Nile must
1 mare che non e al presente tutto lo ele- have sent more water into the sea than at
meto dell' acqua ? cierto si; e se detta present exists of all the element of water?
acqua 4 fusse caduta fori di questo corpo Undoubtedly, yes. And if all this water
della terra questa machina sarebbe gia ,
had fallen away from this body of the earth,
lugo tepo Sstata saza acqua, siche si puo this terrestrial machine would long since
cocludere che F acqua vadi dai fiumi al have been without water. Whence we may
mare e dal mare 6 ai fivmi, senpre cosl conclude that the water goes from the rivers
raggirado e voltadosi, e che tutto il mare to the sea, and from the sea to the rivers, thus
e fivmi sieno passati per la bocca del
i constantly circulating and returning, and that
Nilo infinite volte. all the sea and the rivers have passed through the
mouth of the Nile an infinite number of times
944. I. Openione dalchuni che dichano chellacqua dalchuni. 2. alta [che alchu] chelle . . somita. 4. Lacq"a" . . dalocho al-
locho sella basseza . . chorso. 5. alteza . . locho. 6. usscire . .
Ecquella. 7. cho . . dicievi. 8. tate sechuli sarebe cho
sumata . . lusscita. 9. motagnia . . chettato . .
chettigris.
chaduta . .
chorpo . . tera . . sarebe. 5. chochiudere. 6. ragirado . . chettutto . . sia pasato . .
bocha; the last two words
infinite volte are written on tlie margin.
945. Moti Armeni, Ermini in the original, in M. IrminiaK]. M. RAVAISSON also deviates from the
RAVAISSON'S transcript "monti ernini \le loro ruine?]". original in his translation
following pas- of the
He renders this "Le Tigre et I' Euphrate se sont de- sage: "Or tu ne crois pas que le Nil ait mis plus
verses par les sommeli- des monlagnes \avec leurs eaux d'eau dans la mer qdil tfy en a a present dans tout
destructives ?\ on peut cro re" &c. Leonardo always
:
V element de I'eau. II est certain que si cette eau etait
writes Ermini, Erminia, for Armeni, Armenia (Arabic : tombed &c.
V
II.
ON THE OCEAN.
G. 48*) 946.
'Dicie Plinio nel 2 suo libro, al 103 Pliny says in his second book, chapter
Refutation
ca'pitolo, che 1'acqua del mare e salata per- 103, that the water of the sea is salt because
n
iheory' u> che M'ardore del sole secca I'umisdo e the heat of the sun dries up the moisture
6
and drinks up; and this gives to the wide
the saltncss
of the sea quello
succia, e questo al mare, che molto it
mo'^stra il contrario; tali paduli ci mostra shows us, on the contrary, that these lakes
14 le loro acque essere al tutto private di have their waters quite free from salt.
sal'Ssedine; Ancora s'assegnia da Plinio Again it is stated by Pliny in the same
nel medesimo l6 capitolo che tal salsedine chapter that this saltness might originate,
946. i. essalsa. 2. a 103 capitoli. j.chellacqua . . essalata. 4. [li razi solarij Lardore . . secha "abrozre e (?)'\lumi. 5. ecquello . .
ecquesto. 6. sallargha. .sale | [Qui|. 7. Macquesto . .sella. 8. avessi chausa dello. 9. chelli "tanto magiormente" laghi. -10. [dove
lacquej sarebbono. n. |le] le . . mancho . . eddi. 12. ella . . mos. 13. in chontrario . . mosstra. 14. tucto. 15. Acora
sasegnia [nel me). 16. chapitolo chettal. 17. nassciere . . leuato |
"ne ogni" porte. 18. dolcie [dellacq"a" ressta lasspra]
946. See PLINY, Hist. Nat. II, CIII [C]. Itaque simum mare XV. stadiorum Fabianus tradit. Alii n
Salts ardore slccatur liquor: ft hoc use masculum sidus Ponto coadverso Coraxorum gentis (vacant Ba!)ea Ponti)
acctpimui, tarrens cuncta sorbensque. (cp. CIV.) Sic mart trecentis fere a continents stadiis immensam altitudinem
late pattnti saporem incoqtti salis, out quia exhausto inde marts tradunt, vadis nunquam [CIII]) repertis. (cp. CVI
dulci tfnuique, quod facillime trahat vis omne Mirabilius id faciunt aquae dulces, juxta mare, ut fi-
ignea,
ideo summa aequorum
atperiui crassiusque linquatur: stulis emicanles. Nam
nee aquarunt natura a miraculis
aqua dulciorem profundam; hanc esse veriorem causam, cessat. Dulces mart invehuntur, leviores haud dubie.
quant quod mare terrae sudor sit aeterttits: out quia Ideo et marinae, quarum nalura gravior, magis in-
plurimum ex arido misctatur illi
vapore: aut quia terrae vecla sustinent. Qiiaedam vero et dulces inter se super-
ttatura ticiit mcdiaitas aquas inficiat meant
. .
(cp. CV) : a/tis- alitis.
947-] ON THE OCEAN. 189
G. 49*] 947-
sua popoli sieno acora loro eterni; ode human species has eternally been and would
25
eternalmete fu e sarebbe la spetie vmana be consumers of salt; and if all the mass
cosu 26 matricie del sale; e se tutta la massa of the earth were to be turned into salt, it
26. sassciughano Achora fuddetto. 27. essudore. 28. acquessto . . chettutte. Lines 32 66 are written on the margin.
32. Tf finiscie quel che.- 33. macha di socto-^f 35. trovano [le ve]. 36. [ne del 5] le. 40. secho alloc. 41. elli. 42. mari
[dove] do. 43. de mai (li nuvo. 45. delli fiumi) mai. 46. no leuano ede "sare". 48. nosstri. 50. alchu. 51. fussi esse.
53. ciessi. 54. sechere. 55. cogielere. 57. acquesto. 59. sare. 61. cholla. 65. elli . . reda. 66. somersa.
947. 3. direno . . sale es. 5. chose. 6. ecquessto. segnia [lecho]. 10. enere e chalci. n. ne. 12. elle. 15. elle. 16. fruita
7.
vssci. 17. de de. 18. elle. 19. nelle. 20. couertano. Lines i 27 are written on the margin along the text no 1201 under ,
which is the text of lines 23 39, parallel with the lines 40 60. 23. essendo |
"dato" il modo "etterno", egli. 24. chelli . .
achora .
%
. ecterni. 25. etternalmete . . essarebbe lasspetie . . cosu. 26. essettutta. 27. bassterebbe. 28. chonfessare |
o
non basterebbe alii would not suffice for all human food [27];
della terra fas'?si sale,
cibi vmani, per la qual
8
cosa ci bisognia whence we are forced to admit, either that
*9
sia the species of salt must be everlasting like
confessare, o che la spetie del sale
o che quella the world, or that it dies and is born again
eterna Isieme col modo,
like the men who devour it. But as expe-
3mora e rinasca insieme cogli omini d'essa
di jl voratori; Ma
se la esperieza c'insegnia rience teaches us that it does not die, as is
non iif avere morte come per il foco si evident by fire, which does not consume
quel
non la cosuma, e per it, and by
water which becomes salt in pro-
manife^sta, il
qual
di quato ella J*sala to the quantity dissolved in it, and
1'acqua che di tato portion
si
Leic. 21 1\ 94 8.
The charac-
son dolci nelle The of the
of
teristics L'acque de' mari -* salati waters salt sea are fresh at
*ea water sua 6
era profondita. the greatest depths.
(948. 949).
G. 38*) 949-
COME L'OCEANO NO PE 2 NETRA INFRA LA THAT THE OCEAN DOES NOT PENETRATE UNDER
TERRA. THE EARTH.
L'oceano no penetra infra la terra, e The ocean does not penetrate under the
que 4 sto c'insegniano le molte e varie vene earth, and this we learn from the many and
d'acque dolsci, le quali in diuersi lochi various springs of fresh water which, in many
6
d'esso oceano pene trano dal fondo alia parts of the ocean make their way up from
sua superfitie; Ancora il me 7 desimo di- the bottom to the surface. The same thing
mostrano 8
pozzi fatti dopo lo spa tio d'u
li is farther proved by wells dug beyond the
miglio remoti dal detto ocieano, 9li quali distance of a mile from the said ocean,
I0
s'enpiano d'acqua dolcie, e questo ac cade which fill with fresh water; and -this hap-
perche 1'acqua dolcie e piu sottile che 1'ac- pens because the fresh water is lighter
"qua salata, e per cosegueza piu penetra- than salt water and consequently more pene-
I2
tiva. trating.
'J
Qual pesa piu, '*o 1'acqua ghiac'Sciata Which weighs most, water when frozen
o la no I6 ghiacciata? or when not frozen?
43. sien. 44. Ha. 46. delli ci. 48. sic quella che. 49. de. 60. nessi.
13 16 are written <m the margin. 14. diac. 15. olla. 16. diacciata. 17. dole. 18. chella. 20. chellacquat . . choiro.
947. 1.
27. That is, on the supposition that salt, once consumed, disappears for ever.
950952.] ON THE OCEAN. 191
PlU PENETRA L'ACQUA DOLCE COTRO l8 AL- FRESH WATER PENETRATES MORE AGAINST SALT
L'ACQUA SALSA, CHE LA SALSA COTRO AL I9 LA WATER THAN SALT WATER AGAINST FRESH
DOLCIE. WATER.
20
Che 1'acqua dolcie penetri piu cotro That fresh water penetrates more against
2I
all'ac qua salsa, che essa salsa cotro alia salt water, than salt water against fresh is
22
dolcie, ci lo manifesta vna sottil tela asci- proved by a thin cloth dry and old,
utta e 2 3vechia, pendente con equal bas- hanging with the two opposite ends equally
sezza 2 4colli sua oppositi stremi nelle due low in the two different waters, the surfaces
varie 2 s acque, delle quali le lor superfitie of which are at an equal level; and it will
sie
2<3
d' equal bassezza, e allor si vedra ele- then be seen how much higher the fresh
var 2 9si in alto infra essa pezza tanto piu water will rise in this piece of linen than the
28
1'acqua che la salsa, quanto
dolcie, la salt; by so much is the fresh lighter than
dolcie e piu Mieve che essa salsa. the salt.
C. A. 83 ; 240,5] 951-
HERE THE REASON is GIVEN OF THE EFFECTS
Qui SIRENDE RAGIONE DELLI EFFETTI FATTI
PRODUCED BY THE WATERS IN THE ABOVE MEN-
.DALLE ACQUE NEL PROPOSITO SITO.
TIONED PLACE.
2
Tutti li
laghi e tutti li
golfi del mare All the lakes and all the gulfs of the sea
e tutti li mari mediterrani nascono dalli and all inland seas are due to rivers which
fiumi, che in quelli spa^dono le loro acque, distribute their waters into them, and from im-
e dalli impedimeti della loro declinatione pediments in their downfall into the Mediter-
4nel Mare Mediterrano, diuisore d' Africa ranean which divides Africa from Europe
dall'Europa, e dell'Europa dall'Asia, me- and Europe from Asia by means of the Nile
diate il Nilo e Tanai che in shij versano and the Don which pour their waters into it.
le loro acque; Si domada, quale inpedi- It is asked what impediment is great en-
meto e maggiore a proibire il corso delle ough to stop the course of the waters
sue acque, che no si renda all' oceano. which do not reach the ocean.
The page of FRANCESCO DI GIOROIO'S contains some notes on the construction of dams>
952.
Trattatn, on which Leonardo has written this remark, harbours &c.
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [953-957-
192
953-
Lac. tot]
e sol riserberanno il canale al time discover their bottom to the air, and all
all' aria
that will be left will be the channel of the
maggior fiume, che dentro
vi metta, il qualc
correra all'oceano e iui uerseSra le sue greatest river that enters it; and this will run
to the ocean and pour its waters into that with
acque insieme con quelle
di tutti i fiumi,
che co seco s' accopagnano. those of all the rivers that are its tributaries.
Leic. 27 954-
Come il fiume del Po in brieve tenpo How the river Pb, in a short time might
secca il mare Adriano nel 2
medesimo modo dry up the Adriatic sea in the same way as
it has dried up a
ch'elli asseccd gra parte di Lonbardia. large part of Lombardy.
C. A. 162^; 955-
2
IDove e maggior quatita d'acqua, quivi Where there is a larger quantity of water,
a greater flow and ebb, but the con-
The ebb and
ftow thc
maggior flusso e riflusso; e '1 ^contrario there is
Leic 956.
Libro 9 delli scontri de' fiumi e lor Book 9 of the meeting of rivers and their
flusso e riflusso; e la medesima 2 causa lo flow and .ebb. The cause is the same in the
crea nel mare per causa dello stretto di sea, where it is caused by the straits of Gi-
Gibiltar, e ancora accade per le uoragini. braltar. And again it is caused by whirlpools.
956. i. Allusion may here be made to the my- the sea, which thou sawest not; but when thou shalt
thological explanation of the ebb and flow given go to the sea, thou shalt see how much thou hast drunk
in the Edda. Utgardloki says to Thor (Gylfagin- out of it. And that men now call the ebb tide."
ning 48): "When thou wert drinking out of the Several passages in various manuscripts treat of
hom, and it seemed to thee that it was slow in the ebb and flow. In collecting them I have been
emptying a wonder befell, which I should not have guided by the rule only to transcribe those which
believed possible: the other end of the horn lay in named some particular spot.
958.] ON THE OCEAN. 193
dell acqua, per essere lui 'Slungo 3 mila cumference of the aqueous sphere, being .
miglia, e '1 flusso e riflusso no fa se no 4 3000 miles long, while the flow and ebb only
volte in 24 ore, e' no s'accorderebbe tale occur 4 times in 24 hours, these results
I6
effetto col tenpo d'esse 24 ore, se esso would not agree with the time of 24 hours,
Mare Mediterra no fusse lungo semila miglia, unless this Mediterranean sea were six
perche ? se lo spogliameto di tanto mare
x
thousand miles in length; because if such a
avesse a passare per lo stretto di Gibiltar superabundance of water had to pass through
nel correr dietro l8 alla luna, e' sarebbe si the straits of Gibraltar in running behind the
grade il corso delle acque per tale stretto, moon, the rush of the \vater through that
e s'alzerebbe in tata altezza, T 9che dopo strait would be so great, and would rise
esso stretto farebbe tal corso, che per molte to such a height, that beyond the straits it
miglia infra 1'oceano farebbe inodatione e would for many miles rush so violently
bolli 20 menti
grandissimi, per la qual cosa into the ocean as to cause floods and
sarebbe inpossibile passarui, e dopo questo tremendous seething, so that it would be
subito l'ocea 2I no rederebbe colla medesima impossible to pass through. This agitated
furia F acque ricevute, donde esso le riceve ;
ocean would afterwards return the waters it
oposito . . mezanotte . .
conguntioni . .
emisspe. 5. cominca gorno
. .
congutioni ocidentali
. . comica. 6. gorno opo- . . . .
sita. 7. acresscimeto . . dellellalteze de mari ancora chelle . . nvn. 8. mostra chagoni somerse. 9. defondi ramifichano
. . . .
. .
rispondano. 10. nasscimento De . .
tolgano '-del fondo" rendano] il
[e . . andato "e tolto" invmerabili volte "nella
superfitie" umare . . Essettu . . chella . .
aparendo. 12. mediterano comicassi . . asse. 13. lassperieza . . mare "predetto".
14. terano circha . .
acqu"a". 15. lungho . . frusso e refrusso . . sacorderebe. 16. meditera fussi lungho. 17. sello . .
avessi . . dirie. 18. sarebe . . essalzerebe. 19. hesso . . infrall . . ebbolli. 21. rederebbe . . riceve . . echoche. 22. passerebe . .
VOL. ii. BB
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [959-
194
ecco che aduque mai si "passerebbe per had received with equal fury to the place they
tale stretto-, e la sperieza mostra che had come from, so that no one ever could pass
d'ogni ora vi si passa, saluo che quado il through those straits. Now experience shows
uento ''vie per la linia della correte, allora that at every hour they are passed in safety, but
il riflusso forte s'aumeta-; II mare non when the wind sets in the same direction as
alza 1'acqua nelli
2
stretti che anno vscita the current, the strong ebb increases [23]. The
ma ben s'ingorga e si ritarda dinati a sea does not raise the water that has issued
a
con furioso moto s poi ristora from the straits, but it checks them and this
quelli , onde
del suo ritardameto insino al fin retards the tide; then it makes up with fu-
il
tempo
del suo moto riflesso. rious haste for the time it has lost until the
end of the ebb movement.
Come jl flusso e riflusso non e generale, That the flow and ebb are not general;
perche in riuiera di Genova non fa niete,
2 for on the shore at Genoa there is none, at
a Vinegia due braccia, tra la Inghilterra Venice two braccia, between England and
e Fiandra fa 18 braccia; 3 Come per lo Flanders 18 braccia. That in the straits of
stretto di Sicilia la correte e gradissima, Sicily the current is very strong because
perchd di H passa tutte 1'acque de' fiumi all the waters from the rivers that flow into
che uersa 4 nel Mare Adriatico. the Adriatic pass there.
Leic. 35 \
960.
Nelle parti occidentali , appresso alia In the West, near to Flanders, the sea
Fiandra, mare cresce e maca ogni 6 ore
il rises and decreases every 6 hours about 20
circa 20 braccia, 2 e 22 quado la luna braccia, and 22 when the moon is in its
in suo fauore, ma le 20 braccia e il suo favour; but 20 braccia is the general rule,
ordinario, il quale ordinario manifestamete and this rule, as it is evident, cannot have
si uede >non essere per cavsa della luna; the moon for its cause. This variation in
Questa varieta del crescere e discrescere the increase and decrease of the sea every
del mare ogni 6 ore pu6 accadere per le 4 6 hours may arise from the damming up of
ringorgationi delle acque, le quali son con- the waters, which are poured into the
dotte nel Mare Mediterrano da quella quan- Mediterranean by the quantity of rivers from
tita de' fiu s mi dell' Africa Asia ed Evropa, Africa, Asia and Europe, which flow into that
che in esso mare versano le loro acque, le sea, and the waters which are given to it by
quali per lo stretto di Gibiltar infra Abila those rivers; it pours them to the ocean
960. i. parte hoccidentale . . cressce "e macha . . circha 20 bra. 2. 20 br quale "ordinario". 3. chavsa . . cressciere e dis-
cretscere ore po. 4. achadere . . mediterano da "quella". africha . . versano "le loro acque" le . . abile e calpe.
5.
958. 23. In attempting to get out of the Mediter- nardo accounts for this by the southward flow of
ranean, vessels are sometimes detained for a con- all the Italian rivers along the coasts, the expla-
siderable time; not merely by the causes mentioned nation is at least based on a correct observation;
by Leonardo but by the constant current flowing namely that a steady current flows southwards along
eastwards through the middle of the straits of the coast of Calabria and another northwards, along
Gibraltar. the shores of Sicily; he seems to infer, from the
959- A few more recent data may be given here direction of the fust, that the tide in the Adriatic
to facilitate comparison. In the Adriatic the tide is caused by it.
6
e Calpe promotori rende all'occeano le through the straits of Gibraltar, between Abila
acque che da essi fiumi li son date, jl quale and Calpe [5]. That ocean extends to the island
oceano, astendendosi 7 infra le isole d'ln- of England and others farther North, and it
ghilterra e 1'altre piu settetrionali, si uiene becomes dammed up and kept high in
a ringorgare e tenere in collo per diuersi various gulfs. These, being seas of which
8
golfi, li
quali, essendo tali mari discostati- the surface is remote from the centre of the
si colla lor superfitie dal centre del modo , earth, have acquired a weight, which as it is
anno acquistato peso, il quale, 9poiche greater than the force of the incoming waters
supera la potentia dell'avenimeto delle which cause it, gives this water an impetus
acque che lo cavsauano, essa acqua ripiglia in the contrary direction to that in which it
im I0 peto in contrario al suo avenimeto, e came and it is borne back to meet the waters
fa impeto contro alii stretti, che li davano coming out of the straits and this it does ;
1'
acque e massime fa "contra lo stretto di most against the straits of Gibraltar; these,
Gibiltar, il quale per alquato spatio di tenpo so long as this goes on, remain dammed up
rima ringorgato e viene a riseruarsi tut I2 te and all the water which is poured out
1'
acque che di novo in tal tenpo li so date meanwhile by the aforementioned rivers, is
dalli gia detti fiumi, e questa mi pare una pent up [in the Mediterranean]; and this
T
delle ragioni che 3si potrebbe assegnare might be assigned as the cause of its flow
della causa d'esso flusso e riflusso, come and ebb, as is shown in the 2i st of the
th
nella 21 a del 4* della mia teori^ca e provato. 4 of my theory.
'
6. asslendendosi. 7. infralle isola digilterra ellaltre . . settatrionali . . ettenere. 8. cholla . .del mo . ano. 9. chello
. .
ripiglia e. 10. peto . .
inpito . . chelli. 12. ta .lacq"a" . .
ga detti . .
ecquesti . . chausa . . frusso e
2
Theory of Gradissimi fiumi corrono sotto terra. Very large rivers flow under ground.
the circula-
tion of the
waters
(961. 962).
Leic. 310] 962.
2
Qui s'a a Imagina re la terra 1
8
le uene si partono 9 da' fondi de' start from the bottom of the seas,
ma I0 ri e tessono la "terra, e si and ramifying through the earth
Ieua l2 no alia sommita ^de'moti, they rise to the summits of the
e riuer^sano per li fiumi e 'Sritor- mountains, flowing back by the
nano al ma l6 re. rivers and returning to the sea.
Leic. xi 6]
961. i. cori.
963. i. Rogirasi. 2. fa . . animati. 3. move [dal lago] "dal mare" del . . tesste . . e chi quiui ropasi. 4. chettutto . . alteza
963. The greater part of this passage has been given as No. 849 in the section on Anatomy.
964966.] SUBTERRANEAN WATER COURSES. I
97
Quella cavsa, che move li umori in tutte The same cause which stirshumours
the
le spetie de' corpi animati e che co quelle j n eve ry species of animal body and by
soccorrea ogni lesione, 2 move 1'acqua dal- which eye is ai so moves
inj repaired
1 mfima
profodita del mare alia soma altezza
de' moti, 3 e come 1'acqua si leua dalle the waters from the utmost de P th of the sea
* inferior! parti della vite all'alte tagliature. to the greatest heights.
Br. M. 236,5]
L' acqua e proprio quella che per vitale It isproperty of water that it con-
the
umore 2
di questa arida terra e dedicata ,
stitutes human of this arid earth;
the vital
e ^ quella cavsa che la move per le sue and the cause which moves it through its
rami 4 ficate vene cotro al natural corso del- ramified veins , against the natural course of
sle cose gravi e proprio quella che mo 6 ve ,
heavy matters, is the same property which
li umori in tutte le spetie de' moves the humours in every spe-
corpi
7
animati; Ma quella, con cies of animal body. But that
soma ami 8 ratio de' sua contem- which crowns our wonder in
G. 7 o] 966.
3 II mare oceano no puo penetrare 4 dalle The water of the ocean cannot make its way
radici alle cime de' moti che con lui Scon- from the bases to the tops of the mountains
964. i. socore . . lesione. 2. frofodita . . alteza. 3. come [il sangue] lacq"a". 4. tagliature de. here the text breaks off.
finano, ma solo si leua quado la secchita which bound it, but only so much rises as
6
del mote ne tira; E se per 1'aversario la the dryness of the mountain attracts. And if,
dalla cima del monte on the contrary, the rain, which pene-
pioggia, che penetra
7
8
sua, che col mare confinano,
alle radici trates from the summit of the mountain to
disce'de e mollifica la spiaggia opposta the base, which is the boundary of the sea;
del me lo desimo monte e tira al continuo, descends and softens the slope opposite to
si come M fa la cicogniola che versa per il the said mountain and constantly draws the
suo lato piu lu"go, fusse quella che tira water, like a syphon [n] which pours through
in alto 1' acqua del 'Jmare; come se s n its longest side, it must be this which
fusse la pelle del ma're, e la pioggia di- draws up the water of the sea; thus if sn were
scende dalla cima del mo 'He a allo n da the surface of the sea, and the rain descends
vn lato e dall'altro lato di' 6 scede from the top of the mountain a to n
da a allo w, sanza dubbio que' 7 sto on one side, and on the other sides
sarebbe il modo dello stillare a it descends from a to m, without a
feltro o
l8
come si fa per la canna ^ doubt this would occur after the
detta
qua che a
cico'9gniola, e senpre 1'ac-
mollificato
20
il monte
^
in n s
manner of
happens through the tubes called
as
distilling through felt, or
per la gran pioggia, che discende syphons [17]. And at all times the
da! 2I li due oppositi lati, tirerebbe a se al water which has softened the mountain, by
lato 22
piu insieme lugo la pioggia a n the great rain which runs down the two
2 }
coll' acqua del mare perpetuamete se il -
, opposite sides, would constantly attract the
lato del mote **a fusse piu lugo che m rain a , on its longest side together with the
1'altro a n, il che essere 25 no puo, perche water from the sea, if that side of the
nessuna parte di terra che no 26 sia so- mountain a m were longer than the other a
mersa dall'oceano sara piu bassa 2 ?d'esso #; but this cannot be, because no part of the
oceano ecc. earth which is not submerged by the ocean
can be lower than that ocean.
A. 55*1 967.
DELLE VENE DEL' ACQUA SOPRA LE CIME DELLE OF SPRINGS OF WATER ON THE TOPS OF
MOTAGNIE. MOUNTAINS.
2
Chiaro apparisce che tutta la super- It quite evident that the whole surface
is
8. chol . . chonfin.1 disscie. 9. mollifiche. 10. cttira. 12. gho fussi . . chettira. chome . . fusse. 14. ella . . disciende
13.
alia. 15. da ullato. 16. disciede . . dubbio che. 17. aflfeltro. 18. chome . . lla channa [decta], 19. essenpre . . mollifi-
chato. 20. cheddissciede. ai. asse il lato. 22. lugho .
chollacq"a". sellatto. fussi . .
lugho chellaltro.
.
23. 24.
26. occieano. 27. occieano.
chella "tutu". motagni "e"
967. i. acq"a". 2. tera e chclle esso tera
aparisscie . .
3. . . . .
[mare]. 4. sopa . .
chorpo. 5.
. . avessi . . choll . .
chellacqua. 7. chccquella chagione . chettiene . . somita. 8. lacq"a".
966. n, 17. Cicognola, Syphon. See VoL I, blood, which has given rise to the comparison,
PL XXIV, No. I. was recognised as erroneous by Leonardo him-
967. 968. This conception of the rising of the self at a later period. It must be remembered that
968. SUBTERRANEAN WATER COURSES. 199
A. 5 6a] 968.
loro vmidita dal letto del mare. their moisture from the bed of the sea.
Come molte vene d' acqua salata si tro- That many springs of salt water are
vano fortemete distanti dal 2 mare, e questo found at great distances from the sea; this
potrebbe accadere, perche tal uena passasse might happen because such springs pass
per qualche miniera di sale come quella through some mine of salt, like that in
d' Ungheria, che si caua 3 il sale per le gran- Hungary where salt is hewn out of vast
dissime cave, come quasi cavano le pietre. caverns, just as stone is hewn.
968. i. chofermatioae . .
lacq"a". 2. dicho chessichome . . chalore tie "il sague" leuene . ala somita. 3. [cho] e quado [esso]
"lo" omo . . fredo. 4. bassi [chosi] echauado il . . risschalda [il n] la. 5. molti pricha essopraviene . . chon . cheffor-
.
zado. 6. vano ramifichado. 7. locho'rpo . . tera . . chalori chessparso . . choti. 8. chorpo . . elleuateEcque. 9. per
. .
i chondotto . .
chorpo. 10. chorae chosa . . vsscira della . . basseza . none. u. rischaldata . . chalore anchora il chalore.
12. focho . . chaldo . sole a .
dissuegliere. 13. lochi "de moti" ettirare. 14. nvboli essueglie . . delletto.
the MS. A, from which these passages are taken, are veins, or branched streams, on the side of the
was written about twenty years earlier than the MS. hill, like those on the skull PL CVIII/No. 4.
Leic. (Nos. 963 and 849) and twenty-five years be- 969. The great mine of Wieliczka in Galicia,
fore the MS. W. An. IV. out of which a million cwt. of rock-salt are
There is, in the original a sketch with No. 968 annually dug out, extends for 3000 metres from
which is not reproduced. It represents a hill of West to East, and 1150 metres from North to
the same shape, as that shown at No. 982. There South.
IV.
OF RIVERS.
Lcic. 970.
II
corpo della terra, a similitudine de'
2
The body of the earth, like the bodies of
on the way corpi deli animali, e tessuto di ramification! animals, is intersected with ramifications of
oV di uene, le quali son tutte insieme cogiunte, waters which are all in connection and are
are je son constituite a nvtrimento e viuifica- constituted to give nutriment and life to the
tione d'essa terra e de' sua creati partono ;
earth and to its creatures. These come from
dalle profondita del mare, e a quelle dopo the depth of the sea and, after many revolu-
molta revolutio+ne anno a tornare per li tions, have to return to it by the rivers
fiumi creati dalle alte rotture d'esse uene; created by the bursting of these springs;
e se tu volessi dire, le pioSve il uerno o and if you chose to say that the rains of
la resolutione della neue Testate essere the winter or the melting of the snows in
causa del nascimento de' fiumi, e' si ti po- summer were the cause of the birth of rivers,
6
trebbe allegare fiumi, che anno origine li I could mention the rivers which originate
ne' paesi focosi dell' Africa, nella quale non in the torrid countries of Africa, where it
piove e meno nevica, perche il superchio never rains and still less snows because the
?caldo senpre risolue in aria tutti li nuvoli, intense heat always melts into air all the
che da ueti in la son sospinti; e se tu di- clouds which are borne thither by the winds.
cessi che tali che ue 8 gono grossi il
fiumi, And if you chose to say that such rivers, as
Luglio e Agosto,
'1 son delle nevi che si risol- increase in July and August, come from the
uono il Maggio e '1 Giugnio per 1' appressa- snows which melt June from the in May and
meto del sole alle ne^ui delle montagnie sun's approach to the snows on the mountains
di Scitia, e che tali resolutioni si riducono of Scythiafp], and that such meltings come
in certe valli e fanno laghi, doue en- poi down into certain valleys and form lakes,
I0
trano per le vene e caue sotterane, le into which they enter by springs and subter-
4l
assimi ettessudi di ramifichatione "a nvtrimento" e viuifichatione terra e de sua
3. consstit
970. i. . ite
. . .
cogunte. . .
|
riduchano las.
. .
lapressamcto . .
mago . .
gugnio. 9. disscitia . . . . eflano lagh. 10. riescano . . effalso inperochelle . .
970. 9. Scythia means here, as in Ancient Geography, the whole of the Northern part of Asia as
far as India.
.
972.] OF RIVERS. 2O I
quali riescono poi all' origine del Nilo, questo ranean caves to issue forth again at the
e falso, inperoche e piv bassa la "Scitia sources of the Nile, this is false; because
che F origine del Nilo, conciosiache la Scitia Scythia is lower than the sources of the Nile,
e presso al mare di Poto a 400 miglia, and, besides, Scythia is only 400 miles from the
I2
e F origine del Nilo e remote 3000 Black sea and the sources of the Nile are
miglia dal mare d' Egitto, ove versa le sue 3000 miles distant from the sea of Egypt
acque. into which its waters flow.
Leic. 5 971.
Leic. 15 a] 972.
Quando il fiume minore versa le sue When a smaller river pours its waters On the aite-
nel
maggiore, quale maggiore il into a larger one, and that larger one flows "ed'Tn thT
acque
2 c S
direction, the course of
f
corra opposita riua, allora il corso del
dall' from the opposite "^s b i
magor . . letto el. 4. affare retroso . bocha. 5. magore. 6. minor (fiume] allora
. piegeranno. 7. magore. . .
971. The first two lines of this passage have 972. In the original sketches the word Arno is
already been given as No. 957. In the margin, written at the spot here marked A, at R. Rifredi,
near line 3 of this passage, the text given as and at M. Mn^none.
No. 919 is written.
VOL. a. cc
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [973975-
Uic. i6J]
973-
sprima dissi.
G. 48-] 974-
AQUA. WATER.
DEL MOTO D'U SUBITO ENPITO FATTO 3 DA UN OF THE MOVEMENT OF A SUDDEN RUSH MADE
FIUME SOPRA IL SUO LETTO ASCIUTTO. BY A RIVER IN ITS BED PREVIOUSLY DRY.
4 Tanto tardo o velocie il corso
e piu In proportion as the current of the water
dell'acqua,
5 data dallo isboccato lago al given forth by the draining of the lake is slow
secco fivme, qua 6 to esso fiume fia piu largo or rapid in the dry river bed, so will this
o piv stretto, over ? piu piano o cupo in river be wider or narrower, or shallower or
un loco che in un altro, 8 per quel che e deeper in one place than another, according
proposto: il flusso e ri^flusso del mare che to this proposition: the flow and ebb of the
dallo oceano entra nel Me I0 diterraneo Mare sea which enters the Mediterranean from the
e de' fiumi, che giostrano "con lui, alzano ocean, and of the rivers which meet and struggle
tanto piu o meno le loro acque, I2 quanto with it, will raise their waters more or less
tal mare e piv o meno stretto. in proportion as the sea is wider or narrower.
c. A. y>tb\ 975-
whirlpool*. 2
Voragine, cioe caverne, cioe residui Whirlpools, that is to say caverns; that
d' acque pre^cipitose. is to say places left by precipitated waters.
973- * conguntione. 3. corente . . ella corcnte. 4. congunghino . . dicho. 5. predecta disspositione chesse. 6. eflTango . .
973. Above the first sketch we find, in the original, this note: "Sofira il pott rubaeonU alia toiri-
rella"; and by the second, -which represents a pier of a bridge, "Sotto I'ospedal del
974. In the margin is a sketch of a river which winds so as to form islands.
976-978-] OF RIVERS. 203
G. 976.
profondano li letti de! 6 li lor corsi. away and deepen the beds of their currents.
II fiume che esce de' moti pone gran A river that flows from mountains The origin
t
quatita di sassi grossi in nel suo ghiareto, deposits a great quantity of large stones ini n ve r"
2
its bed, which still have some of the'ir angles (977- 9? 8 )-
i
quali fatti sono ancora con parte de'
sua angoli e lati, e nel processo del corso and sides, and in the course of its flow it
conduce pietre minori con angoli piv co- carries down smaller stones with the angles
sumati, cioe le gra 3 pietre fa minori, e piv more worn; that is to say the large stones
oltre po ghiaia grossa, e poi minvta e ,
become smaller. And farther on it deposits
seguita rena grossa, e poi minvta, dipoi coarse gravel and then smaller, and as it pro-
precede 4 litta grossa, e poi piv sottile, e ceeds this becomes coarse sand and then finer,
cosl seguedo giugne al mare 1'acqua turba and going on thus the water, turbid with sand
di rena e di rena scarica sopra
litta; la and gravel, joins the sea; and the sand settles
de' slid marini per rigurgitameto dell' ode il on the sea-shores, being cast up by the salt
salse, e segue la litta di tanta sottilita che waves; and there results the sand of so fine a
par di natura d'acqua, la qual non si fer- nature as to seem almost like water, and it
b
ma sopra de' marl liti, ma ritorna indietro will not stop on the shores of the sea but re-
coll'acqua per la sua leuita, perch' e nata turns by reason of its lightness, because it was
di foglie marcie e d'altre cose leuissime, originally formed of rotten leaves and other
si 7 che, essendo quasi, com'e detto, di very light things. Still, being almost >as was
natura d'acqua, essa poi in tenpo di bo- said of the nature of water itself, it after-
naccia si scarica e si ferma sopra del wards, when the weather is calm, settles and
8
fondo del mare, ove per la sua sottilita becomes solid at the bottom of the sea,
si condensa e resiste all'onde che sopra where by its fineness it becomes compact
vi passano per la sua lubricita, e 9qui and by its smoothness resists the waves
stanno i nichi e quest' e terra bianca da which glide over it; and in this shells are
far boccali. found; and this is white earth, fit for pottery.
Leic. 31 b\ 978.
Tutte 1'uscite dell' acque dal monte nel the torrents of water flowing from
All
mare porta co seco li sassi del monte in the mountains to the sea carry with them
es 2 so mare, e per la inodatione dell' acque the stones from the hills to the sea, and by
marine contro alii sua monti, esse pietre the influx of the sea- water towards the
era ributta^te inverso il mote, e nell'adare mountains; these stones were thrown back
e nel ritornare indietro delle acque al mare, towards the mountains, and as the waters
le pietre insieme co queMa tornavano, e rose and retired, the stones were tossed
nel ritornare li angoli loro insieme si per- about by it and in rolling, their angles hit
cuoteano, e come parte men Sresistente alle together; then as the parts, which least resisted
percosse si cosumavano e facean le pietre the blows, were worn off, the stones ceased to
sanza angoli, in figu 6 ra rotonda -, come ne' be angular and became round in form, as may
liti dell' Elsa si dimostra, e quelle rimaneva be seen on the banks of the Elsa. And those
piv grosse, che manco sara remosse ? dal lor remained larger which were less removed
e . ricitrameto . . lita . .
dachq"a". 6. indirieta collo per . . marce. 7. bonacca . . scaricha essi. 9. ecquest . biancha
daffar bochali.
978. i. lusscite dellacq"e" . . secho . . in e. 2. rebutta. 3. mode "e nelladare" e . . indirieto. 4. toravano . .
perchoteano.
5. perchose . . effacean. 6. ritonda "come ne liti dellebba si dimosstra" ecquella rimane . . mancho. 7. nasscimeto. 8. locho
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [978.
2O4
e cosl quella si facea minore, from their native spot; and they became
nascimeto;
8
rimouea dal predet to loco, in smaller, the farther they were carried from
che piv si
that place, so that in the process they were
modo che nel procedere ella si couerte in
converted into small pebbles and then into
minvta, e poi in rena 'e in vltimo sand and at last into mud. After the sea
ghiaja
in fango ; dipoi che '1 mare si discosta dalli had receded from the mountains the brine
monti la salsedine lascia'ta dal left by the sea with other humours of the
predetti ,
. .
procedere in ft . .
giara. 9. fangho . . disscosste . . lasscia. 10. ta del . . altromore . . aflTatto . .
giara errena chella.
ii. giara . . ella . . chonvcrtita. 12. inada . . adice oglio e adriano dell alpi . . tedesci el si . .
ij. darno
del. 14. cholori.
978. 13. At the foot of Monte Albano lies Vinci, the birth place of Leonardo. Opposite, on the other
bank of the Arno, is Monte Lupo .
V.
ON MOUNTAINS.
sULi moti son disfatti dalli cor^si de' Mountains are destroyed by the currents ^979 9 8 3>-
fiumi. U of rivers.
Leic. 10 a] 980.
980. 2. radice . .
petrifichate ecquesto. 3. chelle . . chorrane . . settantrione. 4. alteze . .
congugnersi cholle. 5. daflfare boch-
ali . . lumona fare al. 6. lusscire . . farli . . fiumi an. 7. alpe . .
ecquesto. 8. somita . . vede . .
conrisspodenze. 9. tutti
981.
sopra la *spera dell'acqua, per valleys which are above the sphere
9 10 of the waters are in the course of
lungo tenpo senpre s'ap-
propinquano al ce M tro del time constantly getting nearer to
mondo ;
the centre of the world.
12
In equal tepo molto pi'^v In an equal period, the valleys
si che non
le ua! 14 li sink much more than the moun-
profondano
s'alzano i mo'sti; tains rise.
16
Le base de' monti senpre The bases of the mountains
7 si fanno piv strette; always come closer together.
20
valleys become
l8
Quanto I9 la ualle piv si pro fonda, In proportion as the
piv si consu
2I
ma ne' sua lati in 22
piu bri- deeper, the more quickly are their sides
eue tenpo. worn away.
DEL MARE CHE CIGNE LA TERRA. OF THE SEA WHICH ENCIRCLES THE EARTH.
2
Jo truovo il sito della terra essere ab I find that of old, the state of the earth
antico nelle sue pianure tutto 3 occupato was that its plains were all covered up and
e coperto dall'acque salse ecc. hidden by salt water.
983. 2. ra li.
983. This passage has already been published f-^ipng 1873, P- 86. However, his reading of the
by Dr. M. JORDAN: Das Malerbuch da L. da Vinci, text differs from mine.
9.84-] ON MOUNTAINS. 2O7
Leic. 31 a] 984.
Perche molto so 2
piv antiche le
3 cose Since things are much more
ancient than xheauthori-
e
che non e maravisglia, se alii
le Iette 4 re, letters, it is our day, no study Jf th e
no marvel if, in
01
nostri 6 giorni non appari?sce scrittura de- records exist of these seas having covered so ^g'elrth
predetti ma ri essere occupa tori di
I0
many countries; and if, moreover, some
8 9
lli
jl I2
tanti pa esi; e se pure alcuna ^scrittura records had existed, war and conflagrations,
apparia,
I4
le guerre, 1'incedi, li diluvi del- the deluge of waters, the changes of languages
l6
j
1'acque sle mutationi delle lingue e delle and of laws have consumed every thing an-
ogni antichita, ma
I7 anno cosumato l8 cient. But sufficient for us is the testimony
leggi
Z
9a noi bastano le testi 20 monianze delle co- of things created in the salt waters, and
2I
se nate nelle acque "salse ritrouarsi found again in high mountains far from
2 2
3nelli aid moti, +lontani dalli mari 2 sd'allora. the seas.
984. 3. chelle. 6. gorni non aparis. 7. sciptura del. 9. ocupa. n. [esi essettu]. 12. esse. 15. "li diluui dellacque" le muta-
tioni. 16. legi. 19. basta. 20. monatie. 26. talor.
VI.
GEOLOGICAL PROBLEMS.
Leic. 3 a] 985.
In questa tua jn prima a opera tu ai In this work you have first to prove that
provare, come braccia li nichi in mille the shells at a thousand braccia of elevation
2
d'altura no ui furo portati dal diluuio, were not carried there by the deluge, because
perche si uedono a u medesimo liuello, e they are seen to be all at one level, and
si vedono auazare assai moti sopra 3 e sso many mountains are seen to be above that
liuello, e a dimadare se '1 diluvio fu per level; and to inquire whether the deluge
piogga o per ringorgameto di mare, e poi was caused by rain or by the swelling of
ai a mostrare, che ne per pioggia che in-
4 the sea; and then you must show how,
grossi i fiumi, ne per rigonfiameto d'esso neither by rain nor by swelling of the rivers,
mare li nichi, come cosa 5 grave, non sono
;
nor by the overflow of this sea, could the
sospinti dal mare alii moti, ne tirati a shells being heavy objects be floated up
se dalli fiumi cotro al corso delle 6 loro the mountains by the sea, nor have carried there
acque. by the rivers against the course of their waters.
Leic., have hitherto remained unknown. Some pre- I.IHRI, Histoire des Sciences mathematiques Iff, pages
liminary notes on the subject are to be found in 218 221, has printed the text of F
80* and 8o b ,
MS. F So3 and 8o b ; but as compared with the therefore it seemed desirable to give my reasons
fuller treatment here given, they are, it seems to for not inserting it in this work.
me, of secondary interest. They contain nothing
98;-] GEOLOGICAL PROBLEMS. 209
s
ragioni che si assegnieranno Noi abbiamo ;
seem not, for the reasons now to be given:
nella bibbia,
6
che il predetto diluvio fu We have it in the Bible that this deluge
conposto di 40 7 dl e 40 notti di continua lasted 40 days and 40 nights of incessant
e vniversa piog 8 gia, e che tal pioggia alzo and universal rain, and that this rain rose to
died 9gomiti sopra al piu alto mote del- ten cubits above the highest mountains in the
l'univer I0 so; se cosl fu, che la pioggia E world. And if it had been that the rain
fusse vniver^sale, ella vestl di se la nostra was universal, it would have covered our
I2
ter ra di figura sperica; la supern I3 tie E globe which is spherical in form. And
sperica in ogni sua parte equalmen^te di- this spherical surface is equally distant in
stante dal cietro della sva spe is ra, onde la every part, from the centre of its sphere;
l6
spera del'acqua, trovandosi nel modo hence the sphere of the waters being
della detta conditione, elli e ^inpossibile, under the same conditions, it is im-
che 1'acqua sopra di lei si mova, l8 perch e possible that the water upon it should move,
1'acqua in se non si move, s'ella non 'di-
J
because water, in itself, does not move
sciede; addunque 1'acqua di tanto dilu 20 vio unless it falls; therefore how could the
come si parti, se qui e provato, non a 2I ver waters of such a deluge depart, if it is
22
moto? e s'ella si
parti, come si mosse, se proved that it has no motion? and if it de-
ella non adava allo insu? e qui ne macano 2 ^ parted how could it move unless it went
le ragio naturali, ode bisognia per soccor- upwards? Here, then, natural reasons are
2<
*so di tal dvbitatione chiamare il mira- wanting; hence to remove this doubt it is
2 26
5colo per aiuto, o dire che tale acqua necessary to call in a miracle to aid us, or
fu vaporata dal calore del sole. else to say that all this water was evapo-
rated by the heat of the sun.
2
Se tu dirai che li nichi, che per li cori- If you were
to say that the shells which That marine
are be seen within the confines of Italy
to shells could
fini d' Italia lontano dalli mari in tata altezza .1
now, in our days, tar from the sea and at
,
'
re not go up
the moun-
tempi, siano stati nostri
si 3 alii
ueggono such heights, had been brought there by the
tains<
per causa del diluuio che 11 li lascio, io ti deluge which left them there, I should
answer that if you believe that this deluge
rispodo che, credendo tu che Hal diluvio
rose 7 cubits above the highest mountains
superasse il
piv alto monte 7 cubiti, come
as he who measured it has written these
scrisse chi li misuro, tali nichi che senpre shells, which always live near the sea-shore,
s stanno vicini ai liti del mare, e' doueano should have been left on the mountains; and
not such a little way from the foot of the
restare sopra tali motagnie, e no si poco
6 mountains; nor all at one level, nor in layers
sopra le radi ci de' monti per tutto a vna
upon layers. And if you were to say that
medesima altezza a suoli a suoli; E se tu these shells are desirous of remaining
dirai che, essendo tali 7 nichi vaghi di stare near to the margin of the sea, and that,
vicini alii marini e che, crescedo in tata
liti
as it rose in height, the shells quitted
8 their first home, and followed the in-
altezza, che li nichi si partirono da esso
crease of the waters up to their highest
lor primo sito e seguitarono 1' accrescimeto
level; to this I answer, that the cockle is an
delle acque insino alia lor 9soma altezza, animal of not more rapid movement than
Qui si risponde che, sendo il nichio anima- the snail is out of water, or even somewhat
io. chosi . . chella piggia fussi. 12. fighura spericha Ella. 13. spericha nogni. 14. disstante al. 16. chonditione. 17. chel-
lacqua . . mov "a". 20. chome. 21. essella . . chome, 22. ecquimaca. 23. sochor. 25. cholo [per sochorso] per . . oddire.
26. chalar.
987. I. 8 del. 2. settu . . chelli . . luntano dali . . alteza si uegghano. 3. nosstri tenpi sia stato . . chausa . . lasscio . .
rispode.
4. diluio superassi . .
chessenpre. 5. aliti del mare doueano . .
pocho . . li radi. 6. ce de . . assuoli assuoli Essettu.
7. cresscedo . . alteza chelli. 8. partirano . . lor p"o" sito essejuitorno lacresscimeto. 9. alteza . . che^sendo. io. chessi
tati dair onde, essedo voti e morti, io dico were carried by the waves, being empty and
che, dove andauano li morti,
poco si rimo- dead, I say that where the dead' went they
veuano da'uiui, e in que'^ste m'ontagnie were not far removed from the living; for in
sono trovati tutti uiui che si cognoscono i these mountains living ones are found, which
20
che sono colli gusci appaiati, e scno in are recognisable by the shells being in pairs ;
vn filo doue non e nessun de' morti, e and they are in a layer where there are no
poco piv alto e trovato doue eran gittati dead ones; and a little higher up they are
dall'o^de tutti li morti colle loro scorze found, where they were thrown by the waves,
all the dead ones with their shells separated,
separate, apresso a dove li fiumi cascavano
in "mare in gra profondita; come Arno, near to where the rivers fell into the sea,
che cadea dalla Gonfolina apresso a 2 Mote -'
to a great depth; like the Arno which fell
Lupo e quiui lasciaua la ghiaja, la quale from the Gonfolina near to Monte Lupo [23],
ancor si uede, che si e insieme ricogielata where it left a deposit of gravel which may
e di pie 24 tre di uari paesi nature e colori still be seen, and which has agglomerated;
e durezze se n'e fatto vna sola congelatione, and of stones of various districts, natures,
e poco piu oltre la congelatione dell'are 2 5na and colours and hardness, making one single
s' fatta tufo, dou'ella s'agiraua inverse conglomerate. And a little beyond the sand-
Castel Fioretino, piu oltre si scaricava il stone conglomerate a tufa has been formed,
26
fango, nel quale abitavano i nichi, il quale where it turned towards Castel Florentine;
s'inalzava a gradi, secondo che le piene farther on, the mudwas deposited in which the
d'Arno torbido 2 ?in quel mare versauano, shells lived, and
which rose in layers according
e di tempo in tenpo s'inalzaua il fondo al to the levels atwhich the turbid Arno flowed
mare, a gradi 28 producea essi
jl quale into that sea. And from time to time the
nichi, come
mostra nel taglio di Colle si bottom of the sea was raised, depositing
2
Gonzoli, dirupato dal flume d'Arno, 9che these shells in layers, as may be seen in
il suo piede consuma, nel qual taglio si the cutting at Colle Gonzoli, laid open by
. . lumacha . .
ecqualche . . tarda. n. solcho . .
sapogia chaminera . .
4 br. 12. chaminato . . i moferato. ij. gorni . .
18. andaua
dicho pocho.
.
19. cognoscano
. cholli gussci
. . essono. 20. in vnn pocho. 21. cholle
. . chassca- . . . . . .
987. 13. Monferrato di Lombardia. The range of the words in the MS. are: "Come Lago di Lario o'l
hills of Monferrato is in Piedmont, and Casale di Magore e di Como." In the MS. after line 16 we
Monferrato belonged, in Leonardo's time, to the come upon a digression treating of the weight of
Marchese di Mantova. water; this has here been omitted. It is II lines
Di quelli che dicono che i nichi sono As to those who say that shells existed The marine
per molto spatio e nati remoti dalli mari for a long time and were born at a distance ^St
produ-
2
per la natura del sito e de' cieli, che di-
spone e influiscie tal loco a simile creatione and
,-.
from the sea. from the nature of the place , ced ? vva y
ot which can influence a
the cycles,
- .
'
_
from the sea.
tro essere sanza sua .copritura, e no Funo and others without their operculum, nor some
esser rotto e Paltro intero, Se no 1'uno broken and others whole, nor some filled
ripieno di rena marina e rottame minvto e with sea-sand and large and small fragments
6
grosso d'altri nichi dentro alii nichi interi, of other shells inside the whole shells
che li son rimasti aperti, e no le boche de' which remained open; nor the claws of
granchi sanza il rimanete del suo tutto, e crabs without the rest of their bodies;
non ni?chi d'altre spetie appiccati con loro
li nor the shells of other species stuck on to
in forma d'animale che sopra di quelli si them like animals which have moved about
8
mouesse, perche ancora resta il uestigio on them; since the traces of their track still
del suo andamento sopra la scorza che lui remain, on the outside, after the manner of
gia, a uso di tarlo sopra il legname, ando worms in the wood which they ate into. Nor
cosumado; 9 no si troverebbero infra loro would there be found among them the bones
ossa e denti di pescie, li quali alcuni di- and teeth of fish which some call arrows and
mandano saette e altri lingue di ser I0 penti, others serpents' tongues, nor would so many
98]. i. dicano che michi. 2. infruisscie . . locho assimile . . risodera chesse . . infruetia. 3. po achadere . . enone il . . col
go. 4. ellaltro esere colla sua . . ellaltro. 6. chelli . . rimassti . . rimane dal . . e none. 7. colloro apichati . . mouessi. 8. las-
non ricievono le acque salse del mare, not been filled with salt sea water shells are
manifesto si uede nella gran valle d'Arno great valley of the Arno above Gonfolina;
di sopra alia Gonfolina, sasso per antico a rock formerly united to Monte Albano, in
vnito 'Scon Monte Albano in forma d'al- the form of a very high bank which kept
the river pent up, in such a way that before
tissimo quale tenea ringorgato
argine, il
Monte Albano seguiva il resto dell' argine rest of its bank as far as where Serravalle
insin doue oggi e posto Serravalle-; dal now stands. From the Val d'Arno upwards,
Va; d'Arno l8 di sopra insino Arezzo si as far as Arezzo, another lake was formed,
creava vno secondo lago, il quale nell'ati- which discharged its waters into the former
detto lago versaua le sue acque, ^chiuso lake. It was closed at about the spot where
note . .
inposi. 13. graveza. 14. vidone . . vale. 15. "con monte albano" in forma . . daltissima argine (il quale) tenea
. . versassi nel ma. 16. apiedi . . il
p"o"e dove ogi si uide "fruire" la. ze "insieme con" prato . . il re"ito" ogi . .
17.
ualdarno. 18. arezo lagho atidetto. chircha 20 tera porta dallacquedi. 21. acora
. . . . . .
19. . .
ochupaua. 20. di lugeza .
. . al "tissima" . . no Ian. 22. si uede disscedano. alchuno terra (azurigma come] "marina" questo
. .
23. . .
congugnea . .
collacho di peruga. 24. soma. 25. suniscano . . dicosi . . anticho. 26. nti appenini . . moti. 27. chollazurigno tere . .
e tutti li sassi, che di tal loco si cauano, with bluish marine clay; and all the rocks
son pieni di nichi; 28 I1 medesimo si cono- which are torn off in such places are full of
scie auere fatto Arno, quando cadea dal shells. The same may be observed to have
sasso della Gonfolina nel mare, 2 9che dopo been done by the Arno when it fell from the
quella non troppo basso si trovaua, perche rock of Gonfolina into the sea, which was
a quelli tempi superaua 1'altezza di San not so very far below; for at that time it
Miniato al Tedesco, 3 perche nelle somme was higher than the top of San Miniato al
altezze di quello si uedono le ripe piene Tedesco, since at the highest summit of this
di nichi e ostriche dentro alle sue mvra; the shores may be seen full of shells and
non si distesero li nr'chi inverse Val di oysters within its flanks. The shells did not
Nievole, perche 1'ncque dolci d'Arno in la extend towards Val di Nievole, because the fresh
non si astendeano; waters of the Arno did not extend so far.
Come li nichi no si ^partirono dal That the shells were not carried away
mare per diluuio, perche 1'acque, che di from the sea by the deluge, because the
uerso la terra veniuano, acora che esse waters which came from the earth although
tirassino il mare 33Jnverso la terra,' esse they drew the sea towards the earth, were
era quelle che percuoteano il suo fondo, those which struck its depths; because the
perche 1'acqua, che viene diuerso la terra, water which goes down from the earth, has
a J 4 piu corso che quella del mare, e per a stronger current than that of the sea, and
coseguenza e piv potente, entra sotto 1'al- in consequence is more powerful, and it
tra acqua del mare 35 e rimove il fondo e enters beneath the sea water and stirs the
accompagnia con seco tutte le cose mobili depths and carries with it all sorts of movable
che in quella trova, come son i
predetti objects which are to be found in the earth,
36nichi e altre simili cose, e quanto 1' acqua, such as the above-mentioned shells and other
che vie di terra, e piv torbida che quella similar things. And in proportion as the
del mare, ta^/to piv si fa potente e grave water which comes from the land is muddier
che quella; adunque io no ci vedo modo than sea water it is stronger and heavier than
8
di tirare predetti nichi tanto in3 fra terra,
i this ; therefore I see no way of getting the
se quiui nati no fussino; se tu mi dicessi, said shells so far in land, unless they had
ilflume Loira, che passa per la Francia, been born there. If you were to tell me that
39rielPaccrescimeto del mare si copre piv the river Loire [3 8], which traverses France,
di ottanta miglia di paese, perche e loco covers when the sea rises more than eighty
di gra pia 4 nvra, e '1 mare s'alza circa miles of country, because it is a district of
braccia 20, e nichi si uengono a trovare vast plains, and the sea rises about 20 braccia,
in tal pianvra, disco^sta dal mare essa and shells are found in this plain at the di-
80 miglia, qui si rispode che '1 flusso e stance of 80 miles from the sea; here I answer
reflusso ne' nostri mediterrani ^rnari no that the flow and ebb in our Mediterranean
fanno tanta varieta, perche in Genovese Sea does not vary so much; for at Genoa it
no uaria nvlla, a Vinegia poco, in A^frica does not rise at all, and at Venice but little,
poco, e dove poco varia, poco occupa di and very little in Africa; and where it varies
paese ;
little covers but little of the country.
it
Senpre la correte dell' acqua de' fiumi The course of the water of a river always
rises higher in a place where the current is
44s'inoda sopra del loco doue li e inpedito
impeded; it behaves as it does where it is
il corso ;
ancora doue essa si ristrignie per reduced in width to pass under the arches
45 archi de' ponti.
passare sotto li of a bridge.
ettutti. 28. conosscie . . fatto [il ual dnrno] arno . . chadea del . .
golfolina. 29. tropo . .
acquelli tenpi . . lalteza di
lache che diuerso terra veniuano al mare ancora e esse. 33. inverso terra . .
peroteano . . vie diuerso tera |
a. 34. che-
cquella . .
acq"a" . .
35. aconpagnia consecho . . mobile . . son e prede. 36. ecquanto . .
checquella. 37. adunque i
no ci vego . . e predetti. 38. fiatterra . . settu . . era . . franca. 39. acresscimeto . . ellocho. 40. circha br 20 e . .
38. Leonardo has written Era instead of Loera or Loira perhaps under the mistaken idea that Lo was
an article.
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [989:
214
,989.
Uic. 9 'I
3Dico che non pote portare il diluuio I say that the deluge could not
carry objects,
mare alii moti, se gia il native to the sea, up to the mountains, unless
le cose nate dal
the sea had already increased so as to create
mare gonfiando no creasse inodazione *in-
sino alii lochi sopradetti, la qual gonfia- inundations as high up as those places; and
tione accadere no pu6, perche si darebbe this increase could not have occurred because
sriem- it would cause a vacuum; and if you were
vacuo, e se tu diciessi 1'aria quiui
noi abbiamo concluso il grave to say that the air would rush in there, we
pierebbe ,
non si sostenere sopra il lieue, onde per have already concluded that what is heavy
6
neciessita si c6 clude, esso diluuio essere cannot remain above what is light, whence of
cavsato dall'acque piovane, e se cosl e, necessity we must conclude that this deluge
7 e no was caused by rain water, so that all these
tutte esse acque corrono al mare,
corre il mare alle montagnie, e se elle cor- waters ran to the sea, and the sea did not run
rono al mare, esse spingono li nichi dal up the mountains; and as they ran to the sea,
lito del mare,
8
e no le tirano a se; se E they thrust the shells from the shore of the sea
tu dicessi, poiche '1 mare alzo per 1'acque and did not draw them to wards themselves. And
piovane, port6 essi nichi a tale altezza, if you were then to
say that the sea, raised
9 abbiamo detto che le cose piv gravi
gia by the rain water, had carried these shells
delFacqua no nota sopra di lei, ma stano to such a height, we have already said that
I0
nei fondi, dalle quali no si rimovono se , things heavier than water cannot rise upon
no per cavsa di percussio d' onda E se tu ; it, but remain at the bottom of it, and do
dirai che 1'onde portassino in tali lochi le not move unless by the impact of the waves.
alti, noi abbiamo "prouato che 1'onde nelle And if you were to say that the waves had
gra profondita tornano in contrario nel carried them to such high spots, we have
fondo al moto di sopra, la qual cosa I2 si proved that the waves in a great depth move
manifesta per lo intorbidare del mare dal in a contrary direction at the bottom to the
terreno tolto vicino alii liti; Muovesi la motion at the top, and this is shown by the
cosa piv lieue che 1'^acqua insieme colla turbidity of the sea from the earth washed
sua onda, ed e lasciata nel piv alto sito down near its shores. Anything which is
della riva dalla piv alta onda; Muouesi la lighter than the water moves with the waves,
cosa ^piu grave che 1'acqua sospinta ,
and is left on the highest level of the highest
dalla sua oda nella superfitie e dal fondo margin of the waves. Anything which is
suo e per queste due conclusion!, che ai heavier than the water moves, suspended in
lochi 'Ssua-sara provate a pieno, noi con- it, between the surface and the bottom; and
cludiamo che 1'onda superfitiale no puo from these two conclusions, which will be
portare nichi, per essere piu grievi che amply proved in their place, we infer that the
16
1'acqua; waves of the surface cannot convey shells,
'7Quando il diluuio auesse avto a por- since they are heavier than water.
tare li nichi quattro cento mi- trecento e If the deluge had to carry shells three
l8 hundred and four hundred miles from the
glia distanti dalli mari, esso li avrebbe
it would have carried them mixed with
portati misti con diuerse nature insieme sea,
J
ammontati, e noi vediamo in 9tal distantie various other natural objects heaped together;
1'ostriche tutte insteme, e le conchilie, e li and we see at such distances oysters all
pesci calamai, e tutti li altri nichi, che together, and sea-snails, and cuttlefish, and
stanno insieme a congre 20 gatione, essere all the other shells which congregate together,
989. i. dicano . .
gornate . . chausa. 2. tantalta . .
superassi. j. Dicho che diluuio no po |
"te" . . cose "nate" del . . creassi
. . achadere . .
po . . dare vachuo. 5. rienpierebe . . abia . .
greve. 6. esse chosi . . corrano. 7. csselle corrano . . del
lito. 8. asse Esse . . attale alteza. 9. abia . . chelle . .
grav . . stano in fondo delle 10. removano . . . Essettu . . abia.
ii. chellonde . .
provondita. 12. del tere . . chella. 13. acq"a" lassciata.
. .
14. chellacqua .
sospinte . . e del. 15. che-
llond.i . .
po. 17. auesse. 18. disstanti . . arebbe . . chou . amotati.
.
19. losstriche . . elli conchili elli . . chalamai
990.] GEOLOGICAL PROBLEMS. 215
trovati tutti insieme morti, e li nichi sole- all be found together and dead; and the
to
tari trovarsi distant! 1'uno dall'altro, come found wide apart from each
solitary shells are
2I
ne' liti marittimi tutto il giorno vediamo; other, as we may see them on sea-shores every
E se noi troviamo 1'ostriche insieme appa- day. And if we find oysters of very large shells
retate gradissime, infra le quali assai vedi joined together and among them very many
22
quelle che anno ancora il coperchio con- which have the covering attached, indi-
still
giunlo, a significare chequi furono lasciate cating that they were left hereby the sea, and
dal mare, che ancor viveano quando fu still living when the strait of Gibraltar
2
3tagliato lo stretto di Gibilterra; Vedesi was cut through; there are to be seen, in
in nelle montagnie di Parma e Piacetia le the mountains of Parma and Piacenza, a
moltitudini di nichi e coralli 24
intarlati, an- multitude of 'shells and corals, full of holes,
cora appiccati alii sassi, de' quali, quand' io and still sticking to the rocks there. When
facevo il gra cavallo di Milano, me ne fu I was making the great horse for Milan , a
2
portato vn gra sacco ne 5lla mia fabbrica large sack full was brought to me in my
da certi villani, che in tal loco furo trovati, workshop by certain peasants; these were
fralli quali ve n'era assai delli conseruati found in that place and among them were
nella prima bota; many preserved in their first freshness.
26
Truovasi sotto terra e sotto li pro- Under ground, and under the foundations
fondi cavamenti de' lastroni li legniami of buildings, timbers are found of wrought
delle traui lauorati, fatti gia neri, li qua 27 ll beams and already black. Such were found in
furo trovati a mio tenpo in quel di Castel my time in those diggings at Castel Fiorentino.
Fioretino e questi ,
in tal loco profondo And these had been in that deep place before
28
v'erano prima che la gittata dall'Arno litta the sand carried by the Arno into the sea,
nel mare, che quiui copriva, fusse abban- then covering the plain, had heen raised to
donata in tant' altezza, e che le pianvre del such a height; and before the plains of Casen-
Casentino fussi tanto abbassate 2 9dal terre tino had been so much lowered, by the earth
che anno al continue di 11 sgonberato; being constantly carried down from them.
3E se tu dicessi, tali 31 nichi essere [30] And
you were to say that these
if
crea3
2
ti e creano a c63 tinvo in simili lochi
shells created, and were continually
were
34 S ito being created in such places by the nature
per la natura del e de' cieli, che of the spot, and of the heavens which might
6
openione non
37 tale
qui3 vi influisce, questa have some influence there, such an opinion
38sta in cervelli di trop39po discorso, perche cannot exist in a brain of much reason;
because here are the years of their growth,
qui vi s'envmera li anni
4 4I del loro accre-
Leic. io a] 9QO
Come 2
nelle falde, infra 1'una e 1'altra That in the drifts, among one and another,
there are still to be
found the traces of the
si trovano ancora li andameti delli lonbrici,
worms which crawled upon them when they
che caminavano infra esse ^quado non erano were not yet dry. And all marine clays
ancora asciutte; Come tutti ma- still contain shells, and the shells are
li
fanghi petri-
fied together with the clay. From their
ritengono ancora de' nichi ed e
rini 4
petri- firmness and unity some persons will have
ficato il nichio insieme col fango; della it that these animals were carried up to
chella litagitta. 28. copria fussi abondata . . alteza e chelle . . tante abassate. 29. del. .sgonbera 30. essettu. 31. niche.
33. nvo. 36. infruisscie. 37. none. 38. di tro. 41. deloro acresscimento. 42. sule. 43. vede picoli. 45. bono e non si
ciboro. 47. trono.
stoltitiae senplicita di quelli, che uogliono places remote from the sea by the deluge.
che taMi animali fussino alii lochi distanti Another sect of ignorant persons declare
that Nature or Heaven created them in these
dai mari portati dal diluvio; Come altra
setta d'ignoranti
6
affermano la natura, o i places by celestial influences, as if in these
cell auerli in tali lochi creati per Iflussi places we did not also find the bones of
come in 7 no si trovassino fishes which have taken a long rime to grow;
celesti, quelli
1'ossa de' lughezza di cresciuti co and as if, we could not count, in the shells
pesci
come nelle scorze de' nichi e luma- of cockles and snails, the years and months
tenpo,
che no si potcsse annvmerare li anni o i
8 of their life, as we do in the horns of bulls
mesi della lor uita, come nelle corna de' and oxen, and in the branches of plants that
buoi e de' castroni e nella ramificatione have never been cut in any part. Besides,
decile piante, che no furo mai tagliate in having proved by these signs the length of
alcuna parte; E auendo con tali segni di- their lives, it is evident, and it must be
I0
mostrato e la lunghezza della lor uita es- admitted, that these animals could not live
sere manifesta, ecco bisognio confessare, without moving to fetch their food; and we
che tali animali no uiuino sanza moto per find in them no instrument for penetrating
cercare "il loro cibo e in loro non si uede the earth or the rock where we find them
strumeto da penetrare la terra e '1 sasso, enclosed. But how could we find in a large
ove si trovano rinchiusi
I2
Ma in che modo ;
snail shell the fragments and portions of
si potrebbe trovare in vna gra lumaca i many other sorts of shells, of various sorts,
rottami e parte di molt'altre sorti di nichi if they had not been thrown there, when
di uarie na^ture, se ad essa, sopra de' liti dead, by the waves of the sea like the other
marini gia morta, non. li fussino state git- light objects which it throws on the earth?
tate dalle onde del mare, come dell'al'nre Why do we find so many fragments and
cose lieui, che esso gitta a terra? Perche whole shells between layer and layer of stone,
si truova tanto rottame e nichi interi fra if this had not formerly been covered on the
falda e falda di pie'Stra, se gia quella so- shore by a layer of earth thrown up by
pra del lito no fusse stata ricoperta da una the sea, and which was afterwards petrified?
terra rigittata dal mare, la qual poi si uenne And if the deluge before mentioned had
l6
pc trificando? E
se '1 diluvio predetto li carried them to these parts of the sea, you
auesse in tali siti dal mare portato, tu trove- might find these shells at the boundary of one
resti essi nichi in nel termi' 7 ne
d'una sola drift but not at the boundary between many
falda, enon al termine di moke; deuonsi drifts. We must also account for the winters
poi annvmerare le uernate delli
a l8 ni, che of the years during which the sea multiplied
'1 mare mvltiplicaua le falde dell' arena e the drifts of sand and mud brought down by
fango, portatoli da fiumi vicini, e ch'elli the neighbouring rivers, by washing down
scaricava in sui sua, e se '9tu volessi liti the shores; and if you chose to say that
dire, che piv diluui fussino stati a produrre there were several deluges to produce these
tali falde e nichi infra loro, e' bisognierebbe, rifts and the shells among them, you would
20
che ancora tu affermassi ogni ano essere also have to affirm that such a deluge took
vn tal diluuio accaduto; Ancora infra li place every year. Again, among the frag-
rot 2I tami di tal nichi si presume in tal sito ments of these shells, it must be presumed
essere spiaggia di mare, doue tutti i nichi that those places there were sea coasts,
in
son gittati rotti e diuisi e no 22 mai appai- where all the shells were thrown up, broken,
ati,come infra '1 mare viui si trovano con and divided, and never in pairs, since they
due gusci, che fan coperchio 1'uno all'altro; are found alive in the sea, with two valves,
E infra 2 ^le falde della riuiera e de' liti each serving as a lid to the other ; and in the
marittimi son trovati de' rottami; dentro E drifts of rivers, and on the shores of the sea they
alii termini delle pietre son trovati
2
*rari are found in fragments. And within the limits
e appaiati de' gusci, come quelli che furo of the separate strata of rocks they are found,
lasciati dal mare sotterrati viui dentro al few in number and in pairs like those which were
2
fango, il
qual 5poi si secc6 e col tenpo left by the sea, buried alive in the mud, which
o la lungeza. 10. ecci bisognia chettali. n.illor nosi. 12. nvna gra lumacha . . altre sotte. 13. ture e essa sopa de . . morta
nolli . . comella. 14. etso . . atterra. 15. fussi . . uno. 16. trifichando . Essel diluio . . auessi . . troverresti hessi . .
incl. 17. none . . di [qualunche falda] "di moke" deuensi po anvmerare [li ani] le uernate. 18. del [fango] "larena eff-
angho" portatoli . . insu lid . . esset. 19. ennichi infralloro. 20. ongni . . tatal . . acaduto [e che tenessi] Ancora infralii.
Leic. 991.
E se tu vuoi dire che tale diluuio fu And if you choose to say that it was
quello che porto tali nichi fuor de' mari the deluge which carried these shells away from
cetinaia di miglia questo no puo acca 2 dere, ,
the sea for hundreds of miles, this cannot
essendo stato esso diluuio per cause di have happened, since that deluge was caused
pioggie, perche naturalmente le pioggie by rain; because rain naturally forces the
spingono i fiumi insieme colle cose da loro rivers to rush towards the sea with all the
3portate inuerso il mare, e no tirano in- things they carry with them, and not to bear
verso de' moti le cose morte dai liti marit- the dead things of the sea shores to the
timi e setu dicessi che'l diluvio poi s'a! 4 zo
.,
mountains. And if you choose to say that
colle sue acque sopra de' moti, il moto del the deluge afterwards rose with its waters
mare fu si tardo col camino suo contro al above the mountains, the movement of the sea
corso de' fiumi, che non avrebbe 5 sopra di must have been so sluggish in its rise against
se tenvto a noto le cose piv gravi di lui, the currents of the rivers, that it could not
e se pur 1'auesse sostenute, esso nel ca- have carried, floating upon it, things heavier
6
lare 1' avrebbe lasciate in diversi lochi than itself; and even if it had supported them,
seminate; Ma come accomoderemo noi in its receding it would have left them strewn
li coralli, li
quali inverse Mote Ferrato about, in various spots. But how are we to
di Lonbardia esser si tuttoMl trovati account for the corals which are found every
intarlati appiccati alii scogli , scoperti day towards Monte Ferrato in Lombardy,
dalle correti de' fiumi? e li detti scogli with the holes of the worms in them, sticking
8
sono coperti di parentadi
tutti e famiglie to rocks left uncovered by the currents of
d'ostriche, le quali noi sappiamo che no rivers? These rocks are all covered with
si movono, ma sta senpre appiccate col' stocks and families of oysters, which as we
u de' gusci al sasso, e Paltro apro^no per know, never move, but always remain with
cibarsi d' animaluzzi ,
che nota per 1'
acque, one of their halves stuck to a rock, and the
li
quali, credendo trovar bona pastura, other they open to feed themselves on the
diuentano cibo del predetto nichio; non animalcules that swim in the water, which,
I0 ma-
si trova 1' arena mista coll' aliga hoping to find good feeding ground, become
rina essersi petrificata, poiche 1'
aliga, che the food of these shells. We do not find
la ramezzaua, venne meno; e di questo that the sand mixed with seaweed has been
Leic. 20 a] 992.
Leic. 36 993-
Tu ai ora a provare come li nichi no You now have to prove that the shells
cannot have originated if not in salt water,
nascono, se no in acque salse, quasi tutte almost all being of that sort; and that
2
le sorte, e che li nichi di Lonbardia anno the shells in Lombardy are at four levels,
4 liuelli, e per tutti, li quali sono and thus everywhere, having been made
it is
cosj
fatti in piv tepi, e questi ^sono per tutte at various And they all occur in
times.
le ualli che sboccano alii mari. valleys that open towards the seas.
Per le 2 linie de* nicchi bisognia dire From the two lines of shells we are forced
2
s'attufassesotto to say that the earth indignantly
che_la terra per sdegno submerged
il mare, e fece il
primo suolo, poi il di- under the sea and so the first layer was
luuio J fece il secondo. made ; and then the deluge made the second.
994. This note is in the early writing of about foregoing chapters are from Manuscripts of about
1470 1480. On the same sheet are the passages 1510. This explains the want of connection and the
No. 1217 and 1219. Compare also No. 1339. All the contradiction between this and the foregoing texts.
VII.
ON THE ATMOSPHERE.
r\
Leic. 20 a] 995-
Come la chiarezza dell' aria na 2 scie dal- That the brightness of the air is occa- Constituents
of th e al
1'acqua che in quella s'e resoluta e fattasi sioned by the water which has dissolved it- ,
. ., , . mosphere.
in Isesibili graniculi, li
quali, preso il lume self in it into imperceptible molecules.
del sole dall' op3posita parte, redone la chi- These, being lighted by the sun from the
arezza che in essa aria si dimonstra, e opposite side, reflect the
brightness^which
1'azzurro, che in quella apparisce, nascie is visible in the air; and the azure which is
* dalle
tenebre, che dopo essa aria si na- seen in it is caused
by the darkness that is
scondono. hidden beyond the air. [4]
Lde.
997-
S. K. M. Il.a 19*1
998.
DE MOTO. OF MOTION.
ombre 4 e similemete
,
del moto 5 del
sole. of the sun.
H.3 999.
Per cognosciere
2
meglio i
O To know
of the winds.
better the direction
veti.
Nessuna cosa nasce loco doue no in Nothing originates in a spot where there is
The globe sia vita vegetatiua e rationale;
sensitiua, no sentient, vegetableand rational life feathers ;
an organism.
nascono J e p enne S Opra H UCCelU, 6 si mv- grow upon birds and are changed every year;
tano ogni anno nascono 2 li peli sopra li ;
hairs grow upon animals and are changed
animali, e ogni anno si mvtano, saluo al- every year, excepting some parts, like the
cuna parte, come li
peli delle barbe de' hairs of the beard in lions, cats and their
lioni e gatte e simi-Jli nascono 1' erbe sopra ; like. The grass grows in the fields, and
li
prati e le foglie sopra li alberi, e ogn'ano the leaves on the trees, and every year
in gra parte si
rinovano; adunque potremo they are, in great part, renewed. So that
dire, avere anima vegetatiua, e
4 la terra we might say that the earth has a spirit of
che la sua carne sia la terra, li sua ossi growth; that its flesh is the soil, its bones the
sieno li ordini delle collegationi de' arrangement and connection of the rocks of
999. In connection with this text I may here pert quando j'<J arrompere U tep<f (Mode of weighing
mention a hygrometer, drawn and probably invented the air and of knowing when the weather will
by Leonardo. A facsimile of this is given in VoL I, change); by the sponge "Spugnea" is written,
p. 297 with the note: 'Modi di pesare I'arie tddi ta- 1000. Compare No. 929.
IOOO.] ON THE ATMOSPHERE. 221
di che si compongono le motagnie, il suo which the mountains are composed, its
vegetativa sono li fochi, che per diuersi of the vegetative soul is in the fires, which in
lochi della 9 terra
spirano bagni, e in
in many parts of the earth find vent in baths and
miniere di solfi, e in vulcani, e Mo Gibello mines of sulphur, and in volcanoes, as at Mount
di Sicilia, e altri lochi assai. in Sicily, and in many other places.
Topographical Notes.
proper place in connection with the foregoing chapters on Physical Geography. But these
observations on Physical Geography, of whatever kind they may be, as soon as they are
localised acquire a special interest and importance and particularly as bearing on the
question whether Leonardo himself made the observations recorded at the places men-
tioned or merely noted the statements from hearsay. In a few instances he himself tells
us that he writes at second hand. In some cases again, although the style and expressions
used make it seem highly probable that he has derived his information from others
though, as it seems to me, these cases are not very numerous we find, on the other hand,
among these topographical notes a greatnumber of observations, about which it is ex-
tremely difficult to form a decided opinion. Of what the Master's life and travels may have
been throughout his sixty-seven years of life we know comparatively little; for a long course
of time, and particularly from about 1482 to 1486, we do not even know with certainty
that he was living in Italy. Thus, from a biographical point of view a very great interest
attaches to some of the topographical notes, and for this reason it seemed that it would
add to their value to arrange thema group by themselves.
in Leonardo's intimate
knowledge with places, some of which were certainly remote from his native home, are
of importance as contributing open question as to the extent of Leo-
to decide the still
nardo's travels. We
findsJiall a confirmation of the view, that the MSS.
in these notes
in which the Topographical Notes occur are in only a very few instances such diaries as
may have been in use during a journey. These notes are mostly found in the MSS. books
of his later and quieter years, and itis certainly remarkable that Leonardo is very
reticent as to the authorities from whom he quotes his facts arid observations : For in-
stance, as to the Straits of Gibraltar, the Nile, the Taurus Mountains and the Tigris
and Euphrates. Is it likely that he, who declared that in all scientific research, his
own experience should be the foundationof his statements (see XIX PhilosopJiy
No. 987 991,) sJiould here have made an exception to this rule without mentioning
1
it ?
224
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES.
Among the passages which treat somewhat fully of the topography of Eastern
places by far the most interesting
is a description of the Taurus Mountains] but as this
text is written in the style of a formal report and, in the original, is associated with
certain letters which give us the history of its origin, I have thought it best not to
sever it from that connection. It will be found under No. XXI (Letters}.
That Florence, and its neighbourhood, where Leonardo spent his early years, should
be nowhere mentioned except in connection with the projects for canals , which occu-
pied his attention for some short time during the first ten years of tJie XVI century,
th
need not surprise us. The various passages relating to the construction of canals in
Tuscany, which are put together at the beginning, are immediately followed by those
which deal with schemes for canals in Lombardy ; and after these come notes on the
city and vicinity of Milan as well as on the lakes of
North Italy.
The notes on some towns of Central Italy which Leonardo visited in 1502, when
of Cesare Borgia, are reproduced here in the same order as in the note
in the service
book used during these travels (MS. L., Institut de France). 77iese notes have but
little interest in themselves excepting as suggesting his itinerary. The maps of the
drawn by Leonardo at tlie time are more valuable
districts (see No. 1054 note). The
names on these maps are not written from right to left, but in the usual manner, and
we are permitted to infer that they were made in obedience to some command,
possibly for the use of Cesare Borgia himself; the fact that they remained never-
theless in Leonardo's hands is not surprising when we remember tlie sudden political
changes and warlike events of the period. There can be no doubt that these maps,
which are here published for the first time, are original in the strictest sense of the
word, that is to say drawn from observations of the places themselves; this is proved
by tJie fact among others that we find among his manuscripts not only the finis/ted
maps themselves but the rough sketches and studies for them. And it would perhaps
be difficult to point out among the abundant contributions to
geographical knowledge
published during the XVI*k century, any maps at all approaching these in accuracy
and finish.
The interesting map of the world, so far as it was then known, wJiich is among
the Leonardo MSS. at Windsor (published in the 'Archaeologia' Vol. XI) cannot
be attributed to the Master, as the Marchese Girolamo d'Adda has sufficiently proved;
it has not therefore been reproduced here.
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 225
Such of Leonardo's observations on places in Italy as were made before or after his
as military engineer to Cesarc Borgia, have been arranged in alphabetical
official travels
order, imder Nos. 1034 1054. The most interesting are those which relate to tJie Alps
and the Appenines , Nos. 1057 1068.
Most of the passages in which France is mentioned have hitherto remained un-
known, as well as those which treat of the countries bordering on the Mediterranean,
which come at the end of this section. Though these may be regarded as of a more
questionable importance in their bearing on the biography of the Master than those
which mention places in France, it must be allowed that they are interesting as showing
the prominent place which the countries of the East held in his geographical studies.
He never once alludes to the discovery of America.
FF
ITALY.
C. A. 45*1; 1001.
L>OO^.
ciasi esso canale largo in fodo braccia 20 ,
canal may not remain dry: and let this canal
e 30 in bocca, e braccia 2 s per 1' acqua be 20 braccia wide at the bottom, and at
04-, perche dua d' esse braccia reca 4 alii the top 30, and 2 braccia deep, or 4, so that
mvlini e li prati questo bonifichera il ;
two of these braccia may flow to the mills and
paese e Prato,
,
Pistoia e Pisa insieme the meadows, which will benefit the country and ;
co Fireze, faranno 1'anno di meglio s dugie- Prato, Pistoia and Pisa, as well as Florence,
to mila ducati e porgieranno le mani ,
will gain two hundred thousand ducats a year,
e spesa a esso aivtorio, e i Lucchesi and will lend a hand and money to this useful
il simile, perche il lago di Sesto fia na- work and the Lucchese the same, for the lake
;
6
vicabile; fo lo fare la uia di Prato of Sesto will be navigable; I shall direct it to
e Pistoia e tagliare Serravalle e uscire . Prato and Pistoia, and cut through Serravalle
nel lago , perche no bisognia conche o and make an issue into the lake for there will ;
sostegni i
qua 7 li no sono eterni, anzi be no need of locks or supports, which are
senpre si sta in esercitio a operarli e not lasting and so will always be giving trouble
mantenerli. in working at them and keeping them up.
8
E
sappi che se, cauado il canale doue ,
And know that in digging this canal
esso e profondo 4 braccia, si da 4 dinari where it is 4 braccia deep, it will cost 4
per braccio quadro in doppia profondita ,
dinari the square braccio; for twice the
si 9 da 6 dinari, se fai 4 I0 braccia e' sono depth 6 dinari, if you are making 4 braccia
poi perche] seffai 4, 10. dellabri . . ellaltro. n. esse fussi. 12. cresse solo . i . bancho . . cresscie. 13. viene dinari sei
iooi. This passage is illustrated by a slightly from West to East: Pisa, Luccha, Lago, Seravalle,
sketched map, on which these places are indicated Pistoja, Prato, Firenze.
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. I IOO2 IOO4.
228
banchi -, cioe vno dal fondo and there are but 2 banks; that is to say
solamete 2
labri del fosso one from the bottom of the trench to the
del fosso -alia superfitie de' ,
nari per banco, essendo il fosso in fondo would come to 6, at 2 dinari the bank, if
the trench measured 16 braccia at the bottom;
braccia 16; ancora se'l fosso fusse largo
bracciu 16 I4 e profodo 4 ,
venedo- a 4 again, if the trench were 16 braccia wide
L 4 brac- dinari Milanesi il and 4 deep, coming to 4 lire for the
per opera ,
L. ia\
1002.
Dirizzare Arno 2
di sotto e di sopra; By guiding the Arno above and below
3 s' auanzera vn tesoro, 'a tanto per stajoro a treasure found in each acre of
will be
s a chi lo vole. ground by whomsoever will.
n muro dalle 2 Casaccie si 3dirizza alia The wall of the old houses runs towards
porta di san Niccolo. the gate of San Nicolo.
. . bancho "essendo il fosso in fondo braccia 16" anchora . . fusi largho. 14. [e al] e profodo.. 15. vena dinari.
looa. 2. gusstitia. 4. e br. 5. [8000] 7400 coe. 6. br. 7. br.
1003. i. dirizare arnno. 4. attanto pcrisstaioro. 1004. i. mro d-lle. 2. casace [con]. 3. diriza. 4. nicolo.
1002. 2. Giustizia. By this the Porta della the Arno inside Florence as in two parallel lines.
Giustizia seems
be meant; from the XVth to the
to Four horizontal lines indicate the bridges. By the
XVIth centuries it was also commonly known as side these measures are stated in figures: i. (at the
Porta Guelfa, Porta San Francesco del Renaio, Porta Ponte alia Carraja): 230 largho br. 12 e 2 di spoda
Nuova, and Porta Reale. It was close to the, Arno e 14 di pile e a ^pilastri; 2. (at the Ponte S. Trinita):
opposite to the Porta San Niccol6, which still exists. 188 largho br. 15 e 2 di sfode he 28 di pilastri for
1004. By the side of this text there is an in- delle specie e pilastri so 2 ; 3. (at the Ponte vecchio) ;
W. L. 226 a\ IOO6.
l6
makes 48; by the Arno from Florence beyond
avanzasi 16 miglia; a Vico miglia 16, ^e'l 1 6 miles; to Vico 16 miles, and the canal is
canale a 5; l8 da Firenze a Fucechio miglia from Florence to Fucechio it is 40 miles
5 ;
Leic. 1007.
with the following documents. Francesco Guidiicci alia chavalli a spese di vitto per andare chon Lionardo da
Dalla di Firenze. Dal Campo contra Pisa 24 Luglio 1503 Vinci a livellare Arno in quello di Pisa per levatto del
(Archivio di Stato, Firenze, Lettere alia Balla; published lito suo. (Published by MILANESI, Archivio Storico
by J. GAVE, Carteggio inedito d'Artisti, Firenze 1840, Italiano, Serie III, Tom. XVI.) VASARI asserts (Leo- :
1008.
che M fiume inbocchi col canale'datoli, o che discharge itself into the channel given to it,
or that by this means it may be diverted
per tal mezzo si scosti dal loco da lui dan-
from the place it has damaged, as was done
come 5 fu fatto in Fiadra, dettomi in Flanders as I was told by Niccol6 di
neggiato,
da Niccol6 di Forzore; Forsore.
Come si de' vestire di riparo vn argine How to protect and repair the banks
dal'acqua,
6 come sotto Pisola washed by the water, as below the island
percosso
de'Cocomeri. of Cocomeri.
Fig- 3-
Fig. 2.
8
?P6te Rubaconte (Fig. i); sotto il Bi- Ponte Rubaconte (Fig. i); below [the pala-
I0
ces] Bisticci and Canigiani (Fig. 2). Above the
9 e Canigiani (Fig. 2);
sticci sopra la pe-
12
scaiade lt lla Givstitia (Fig. 3); a b e vna flood gate of la Giustizia (Fig. 3); a b is a
secca 13 a riscotro doue fi'^niscie Pisola de' sand bank opposite the end of the island of the
Coco' 5 meri in mezzo d'Ar l6 no (Fig. 4). Cocomeri in the middle of the Arno (Fig. 4).
CanaUjnthe Navilio di san Cristoforo di Milano The canal of San Cristofano at Milan
1^). fatto a dl 3 di maggio 1509. made May 3 rd 1509.
F. 1010.
1008. i. chessa . . locho. 2. asspreggato e acquessto. 4. inbochi . . mezo si scossti dal locho dallui damegato. 5. nicholo
. .
percossa. 8. besticci .
9. camigagani. 10. pesscaja. n. giosstitia. 15. imezo.
1009. crisstofano . . facto addi . .
maggo.
1010. i. martigana. 2. martigana diminuissce. imol. Ecci. ecquesto 6. beuta datta terra. 8. nessono
. .
3. 4. 5. . .
checq.
1008. The course of the river Arno is also in a note written in red chalk, MS. H* 17"
discussed in Nos. 987 and 988. Leonardo has, as it seems, little to do with
1009. This observation is written above a washed Lodovico il Moro's scheme to render this canal na-
pen and ink drawing which has been published as vigable. The canal had been made in 1460 by
Tav. VI in the n Saggio. n The editors of that work Bertonino da 'Novara. II Moro issued his degree
explain the drawing as "uno Studio di boeche per in 1493, but Leonardo's notes about this canal were,
estranone d'afyua." with the exception of one (No. 1343), written about
1010. "el nmrilio di Martogantf* is also mentioned sixteen years later.
IOII. IOI2.] CANALS IN THE MILANESE. 231
fontanili, che q 6 uell'acqua, che e bevuta would be to make several little channels, since
dalla terra no fa ser^uitio a nessuno, ne the water drunk up by the earth is of no
ancora danno, perche a 8 nessuno e tolta, more use to any one, nor mischief neither,
because it is taken from no one; and by
e facedo tali fontanili, 1'acqua, 9 che prima
I0
making these channels the water which before
era perduta, ritorna di nouo a rifa re was lost returns again and is once more
seruitio e vtile alii ominr. serviceable and useful to men.
Leic. IOII.
Nessuno canale, che esca fori de'fiumi, No canal which is fed by a river can be
sara durabile, se 1'acqua del flume, donde permanent if the river .whence it originates
2
nascie, non e integralmete rinchiusa come is not wholly closed up, like the canal of
il canal diMartisana e
quel ch'escie diTesino. Martesana which is fed by the Ticino.
ettolta'effacedo . .
lacq"a". 9. primo. 10. omini E . there tfte text breaks off.
1012. The following are written on the sketches: of Travaglia); at R: rochetta ssanta maria (small rock
At the place marked N: navilio da dacqitiue (canal of Santa Maria); at A: Adda; at L: Lagho di Lectio
of running water); at M: molin del Travaglia (Mill ringorgato alii 3 corni in Adda, Concha perpetua (lake
232
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [1013. 1014.
Adda braccia 57, a dare 8 due ode di of the water of the Adda, giving a fall of
calo per ogni ceto trabochi, 9e in tal sito two inches in every hundred trabochi; and
I0
disegniamo torre la bocha del nostro at that spot we propose to take the opening
navilio. of our canal.
ISe no ui si da fama che questo sia it be not reported there that this
If
canale pu 2 blico, e'sara necessario pagare il is be a public canal, it will be necessary
to
terreno, 3e lo paghera il re col lasciare to pay for the land; and the king will
pay it
li dazi d'un ano. by remitting the taxes for a year.
43"! 1014.
NAVILIO. CANAL.
2
J1 largo in fodo brac-
navilio 3 che sia The canal which may be 16 braccia wide
cia 16 e in bocca
si potra dire 4 in 20 ,
at the bottom and 20 at the top, we may
so ma tutto largo braccia 18 e se sara , say is on the average 18 braccia wide, and if
for c nais s
profondo 4 braccia a 4 dinari il qua- ,
it 4 braccia deep, at 4 dinari the square
is
(1014. 6
dretto costera il miglio cayatura sola
, braccia; it will
only cost 900 ducats, to exca-
8
due 900 essendo quadreti di comune vate by the mile, if the square braccio is
7 . i
,
of Lecco overflowing at Tre Corni, in Adda, 1013. 3. il re. Louis XII or Francis I of France.
a permanent sluice). Near the second sketch, re- It hardly possible to doubt that the canals here
is
ferring to the sluice near Q: qui la chatena ttalie spoken of were intended to be in the Milanese.
</'H peso (here the chain is in one
piece). At in M Compare with this passage the rough copy of a
1
the lower sketch: mo/' del fravagfia, nel cavare la by Leonardo, to the
letter "Presuiente dell Ufficio
contha U tereno ara ckotrapeso c9 fossa d'acgtia (Mill regolatore deir aequa" on No. 1350. See also the
of Travaglia, in digging out the sluice the soil note to No. 745, 1. 12.
Per fare il
gra
2
canale, fa prima ^il To make the great canal, first make the
piccolo e dalli *!' acqua, che colla s r ota fara smaller one and conduct into it the waters
il
grade. which by a wheel will help to fill the great one.
giovia porta vercellina porta sco Anbrogio porta Tesinese torre dell'Imperatore Miifn
(1016-1019).
porta Lodovica acqua.
1017.
I.i
1018.
1016. See PI. CIX. The original sketch is here noticed. On the sketched Plan of Florence (see
reduced to about half The gates of the
its size. No. 1004 note) Leonardo has written on the margin
town are here named, beginning at the right hand the following names of gates of Milan: Vercel-
and following the curved line. In the bird's eye lina Ticinese Ludovica Romana Orientale
view of Milan below, the cathedral is plainly recog- Nova Beatrice Cumana. Compare too No. 1448,
nisable in the middle ; to the right is the tower of San 11. 5. I*-
L. 15
1019.
)
I
domo alia car- In the Cathedral at
In
del chiodo the pulley of the nail
ruco*la
of the cross.
della croce;
3 item. Item.
E. i
IO2O.
a]
DELLA POTENTIA DEL UACUO 'GIENERATO IN OF THE FORCE OF THE VACUUM FORMED IN
ISTATE. A MOMENT.
Leic. 28 a
lo sono gia stato a vedere tal mvltipli- I have already been to see a great
Remarks on catione (di aric) e gia 2 sopra a Milano in- variety (of atmospheric effects). And lately
n P
nomeL ^n verso " a S Maggiore vidi vna nvuola in over Milan towards Lago Maggiore I saw a
and near
Milan
(1021. 1022). 1019. i. charucho. 2. ciodo. 6. nello s here the text breaks off.
1020. i. uachuo. 2. isstate. 3. perchotere. 4. dacquella. 5. rissghuarda motana e dissciesse. 7. torre e porto chonsecho.
8. essiulse. 10. 3. br. 13. cquesto. 14. 4 br. 18. antichi ec. 19. ecquessto. 20. uachu. 21. chella. 23. lasscio.
1021. i. mvltiplicatione e ga. 2. magore . .
motaggnia . . scoli. 3. infochati . . razi . .
ga . . orizonte . .
rossegaua . .
.
1019. On this passage AMORETTI remarks (Me- observed, wholly unfounded. The MS. L, in which
morie Storiche chap. IX): NeWanno stesso lo veggiamo it occurs, is of the year 1502, and it is very un-
formare un congegno di carucole e di corde, con. cut tras- likely that Leonardo was in Milan at that time;
portare in piu venerabile e piu sicuro luogo, doe nel- this however would not prevent the remark, which
r ultima arcata della nave di mezzo dtlla metropolitana, la is somewhat obscure, from applying to the Cathedral
sacra reliquia del Santo Chiodo, che rvi ancor si venera. at Milan.
Al fol. 15 del codice segnato Q. R. in 1 6, egli ci ha la- 1020. With reference to buildings at Milan see
sciata di tal congegno una doppia figura, doe una di also Nos. 751 and 756, and PI. XCV, No. 2 (ex-
una plained on p. 52), PI. C (explained on pages 60
qttattro carucole, e di tre colle rispettive corde, sog- 62).
Siugnandovi: in Domo alia carncola del Chiodo della See also pages 25, 39 and 40.
Croce. 1021. di arie is wanting in the original but may
AMORETTI'S views as to the mark on the MS. safely be inserted in the context, as the formation
and the date when it was written are, it may be of clouds is under discussion before this text.
IO22. IO23-] ITALY. 235
mesa gradezza; 6 e infra due ore di notte sely large was it; and about two hours after
gienero si gran veto che fu cosa stupeda sunset such a violent wind arose, that it
e inavdita. was really tremendous and unheard of.
W. XXVIII.] IO22.
A dl 10 di diciembre a ore 15
2
fu On the io th
day of December at 9
appicato fuoco; il o'clock a. m. fire was set to the place.
3 A
dl 18 di dicembre 1511 a ore 15 On the 1 8 th day of December 1511 at 9
fu fatto questo ^secondo incendio da Suiz- o'clock a. m. this second fire was kindled by
zeri a Milano Sal luogo detto DCXC. the Swiss at Milan at the place called DCXC.
li. 58 ] 1023.
ecquesta. 4. asse . . picholi . . locho. 5. soraita . . mezo . . imesu gradeza. 6. stupete inavldita.
ioaa. 15 (R). 2. apicato . . fuocho. 3. Lore. 4. suizeri. 5. alloguo dicto.
1023. 2 - buse. 3. i br.
H.t
I024 '
7*1
nd
A di 2 di febraro 1494 Sforzesca
alia
2 On day of February 1494.
the 2
scalini 25 3 di 2
di braccio 1'uno, At Sforzesca I drew twenty five steps, 2/3
i /3
H. 38-)
I025 '
di
2
a dl 20 di marzo The vineyards of Vigevano on the 20 th
Vignie Vigevano
1494 day of March 1494.
H. i
IO26.
i a]
Vigievano.
I.eic. 21 a] 1027.
Ancora se la infima parte dell'argine Again if the lowest part of the bank
2
trauersalmete opposto al cor so delle acque which lies across the current of the waters
is made in deep and wide steps, after the
sara fatto in potenti e larghi gradi a uso
di scala, 1' acque ^ c he nelP abassamento manner of stairs, the waters which, in their
del lor corso sogliono perpendicularmente course usually fall perpendicularly from the
cadere dal termine di tale loco in infima top of such a place to the bottom, and wear
sua bassezza e scalzare i fondameti d'esso away the foundations of this bank can no
argine, non poHran piu discendere
con longer descend with a blow of too great a
colpo di troppa valitudine; e lo esenpio force; and I find the example of this in the
dico fu a me quella
6
scala, onde cadea stairs down which the water falls in the
1'acqua de'prati della Sforzesca di Vige- fields Vigevano over which
at Sforzesca at
uano, sulla quale ui cadea 7 1' acqua correte the running water falls for a height of 50
in 50 braccia d'altezza. braccia.
Scala di Vigevano 2
sotto la Sforzesca Stair of Vigevano below La Sforzesca,
di 130 3scaglioni, /4
e lar*ghi alti
J x
/2
brac- 130 steps, */4
braccio high and '/2 braccio wide,
cio, per la qual
s C ade 1'ac- down which the water falls, so as
6
qua e non consuma niete not to wear away anything at the
nell' ultima percussione e ,
end of its fall; by these steps
8
per tale scala e disceso stanto so much soil has come down
terreno che a I0 ssecco vn pa- that it has dried up a pool;
dule, cio"e riempl, that is to say it has filled it up
n'e fat I2 to praterie da and a pool of great depth has
le di gra profondita. been turned into meadows.
1024. See PL CX, No. 2. The rest of the notes on this page refer to the motion of water. On the
lower sketch we read: 4 br. (four braccia) and giara (for ghiaja, sand, gravel).
1025. On one side there is an effaced sketch in red chalk.
PL. CX.
"
*-" -
Leic. ii 6} I02Q.
d'acqua che sei ore crescono e sei ore water which swell for SIX hOUrS and ebb Italian lakes
I02 9- I0 33)-
calano, e io per me n' 6 veduto vna in sul for six hours ; and I for my part, have ( ,
lago di Como,
fonte Pli^niana, la detta seen one above the lake of Como called
quale fa il
predetto cresciere e diminuire Fonte Pliniana, which increases and ebbs,
in modo che, quando uersa, macina due as I have said, in such a way as to turn
mulini, e quado maca, *cala s * ch'egli e the stones of two mills; and when it fails it
come guardare 1'acqua in vn profondo falls so low that it is like looking at water
c. A. 1030.
LAGO DI COMO -
2
VAL DI CHIAUENNA. LAKE OF COMO. VALLEY OF CHIAVENNA.
sSu pel lago di Como, diuerso la Magnia, Above the lake of Como towards Ger-
e valle Chiauenna doue la Mera fiume many is the valley of Chiavenna where the
mette in esso tlago; qui si truovano mo- river Mera flows into this lake. Here are
tagnie- sterili e altissime- con gradi scogli-; barren and very high mountains, with huge
J queste motagnie s]i uccielli d'acqua sono rocks. Among these mountains are to be
detti maragoni; qui nascono abeti, larici found the water-birds called gulls. Here
e pini daini, stabecchi, camoz 6 zi e terribili
, grow larches and pines. Deer, wild-
fir trees,
orsi no ci si puo motare se non e a
; , goats, chamois, and terrible bears. It is impos-
4 piedi ;
vannoci i villani a'tepi delle sible toclimb them without using hands and feet.
7nevi co gradi ingegni per fare trabocare The peasants go there at the time of the snows
8
gli orsi giv per esse-ripe; queste motagnie with great snares to make the bears fall down
strette mettono in mezzo il fiume sono ,
these rocks. These mountains which very clo-
a destra e a sinistra per spatio ?di miglia sely approach each other are parted by the river.
20 tutte a detto modo
. truovasi di miglio ; They are to the right and left for the distance of
in miglio bone osterie su I0 per detto fiume ;
20 miles throughout of the same nature. From
si truovano cadute
d'acqua di 400 braccia, mile to mile there are good inns. Above on the
le quali fanno bel vedere
1 1
e c' e bo uiuere ;
said river there are waterfalls of 400 braccia
a 4 soldi per scotto per esso fiume si ;
in height, which are fine to see; and there is
Sasina-viene diuerso la Italia.; Val Sasina runs down towards Italy; this
questa e quasi di simile forma e natura; is almost the same form and character. There
e ci sono gra grow here many mappello and there are great
I4 nascie vi assai
mappello ,
stra e assinistra . .
isspatio. 9. imiglio. io. truova chadute . . br. le quale. u. uci bo . . ischotto per ess . . choduce.
14. nasscievi . . ecci gra . . ecchadute. 15. valle ditrozzo. 16. ellarici. 17. tessta . . Voltolina elle . . leorme. 18. sepre
1029. 2. 3. The fountain is known by this name were made in Leonardo's youth; and I should infer
to this day : it isnear Torno, on the Eastern shore from their contents, that they were notes made in
of Como. The waters still rise and fall with the anticipation of a visit to the places here described,
flow and ebb of the tide as Pliny described it and derived from some person (unknown to us) who
(Epist. IV, 30; Hist. Nat. II, 206). had given him an account of them.
1030. 1031. From the character of the hand- 14. The meaning of mappello is unknown.
7 venire il suo legniame in testa della ; brogio Fereri has his timber brought down;
Valtellina sono le motagnie di Bormio, at the head of the Valtellina are the moun-
I8
terribili e piene sepre di neve; qui na- tains of Bormio, terrible and always covered
A BELLAGGIO. BELLAGGIO.
20
A
riscontro a Bellaggio castello e il Opposite the castle Bellaggio there is
fiume Latte el quale cade da alto 2I piv
,
the river Latte, which falls from a height of
che braccia 100 dalla vena , donde nascie, more than 100 braccia from the source whence
a piobo nel lago co inestimabile strepito it
springs, perpendicularly, into the lake with
"e romore an inconceivable roar and noise. This spring
questa vena versa solamete
;
VALTELLINA. VALTELLINA.
28
temolo, il quale vive d'argieto del quale , many; this river breeds the fish temolo which
se ne truova assai per la sua rena 29
J ;
live on silver, of which much is to be found
vedere pane in its sands. In this country every one can
questo paese ognivno puo .
e vino, e'l uino vale al piv uno soldo si\ sell bread and wine, and the wine is worth
boccale e la libra della uitella uno soldo, at most one soldo the bottle and a pound
e'l sale 10 dinari, e'l simile il burro, 3ed e of veal one soldo, and salt ten dinari and
la loro libbra 30 ocie e 1'oua uno soldo la butter the same and their pound is 30 ounces,
soldata. and eggs are one soldo the lot.
C. A. 211(5; 1031.
A BORMIO. AT BORMIO.
2
A Bormio sono . i
bagni ; sopraComo At Bormio are the baths; About eight miles
otto miglia e la Pliniana, ^ la quale crescie above Como is the Pliniana, which increases
e discrescie ogni 6 ore, e'l suo cresciere fa and ebbs every six hours, and its swell
4
acqua per 2 mvlina e n'avanza, e'l suo supplies water for two mills; and its ebbing
calare fa asciugare la fonte; 5 piu su 2 makes the spring dry up; two miles
miglia e Nesso terra, dove cade uno fiume higher up there is Nesso, a place where a
6
co grade enpito per una gradissima fes- river falls with great violence into a vast
sura di mote Queste gite so da 7 fare nel ;
rift in the mountain. These excursions are
mese di maggio; E
sassi scoperti i
maggior to be made in the month of May. And
8
che si truovano questi paesi sono lein the largest bare rocks that are to be found
motagnie di Madello, vicine alle motagnie in this part of the country are the mountains
di ^Lecco e di Gravidona inverso Bellin- of Mandello near to those of Lecco, and
nascie. 19. abbcllagio. 20 arischontro abbellagio . chastcllo . . fiume lacci"o" el. 21. nasscic a piobo ne gallo cho ini-
stimabile strepido. 32. erromore. 23. valtolina. 24. chome . . circhudata . . etteribili. 25. vni . . eflfa . besstiame
. . .
paessani . . nasscicr ui. 26. ella . . ada . . chore. 27. pesscio temere it. 29. po . . i soldo, jo. bochale ella . . ! soldo
ell . . burlo. 31. Ibra . . elloua.
1031. abormi. 2. abormi . . ella priniana. 3. cresscie e disseresscie ogni . . cresscicrc. 4. assciugare. 5. piussu . . tera . .
I0
zona, a 30 miglia da Lecco, e quelle di of Gravidona towards Bellinzona, 30 miles
ualle Chiavennadi ma la maggiore e -, from Lecco, and those of the valley of
quella di Madello, "la quale-a nella sua Chiavenna; but the greatest of all is that of
basa vna buca diuerso il lago, la quale va Mandello, which has at its base an opening
sotto I2 2OO scalini-, e qui d'ogni tepo e towards the lake, which goes down 200 steps,
ghiaccio e veto. and there at all times is ice and wind.
miglia -piv la si truovano li edifiti ^della- ends 3 miles farther we find the
there.
vena del rame e dello argeto presso a , buildings of the mines of copper and silver
una terra detta Prato Santo Piet.ro, l8 e near a place called Pra' Santo Pietro, and
vene di ferro, e cose fantastiche la Grignia ;
mines of iron and curious things. La Grigna
e piv alta motagnia ch'abbino ^questi is the highest mountain there is in this part,
G. 1033-
A
Santa Maria nella valle di Rava- 2
At Santa Maria
in the Valley ofRavagnate
gnate, ne' moti Briatia so le pertiche ^di in the mountains of Brianza are the rods of
2
castagne di 9 braccia e di 14 Pu no chestnuts of 9 braccia and one out of an
in 100. average of 100 will be 14 braccia.
s A
Varallo di Ponbia presso a Sesto At Varallo di Ponbia near to Sesto on
6
sopra Tesino sono li cotogni biachi gra- the Ticino the quinces are white, large
7 di e duri. and hard.
1033. .
ilago di pusia. 2. inel lagho. 3. di serio e dano. 5. lagho dano . . br . . alto. 6. chella. 7. lagho . . br. eppiu.
. he il lagho. 8. pusta . . dano br. 20. 9. gute . . br. 22 . . br. 42. 10. ecqueste la magore alteza . . la pel . . Pusia.
2. gho di lecho.
1033- .
maria\\\\o nella. 2. di ranvagna .. briatia. 3. 9 br. e di 14 [et] 7 (?) lu. 4. re (? no) in 100 di 9 br. 5. a voral di pon-
bio presso assesto. 6. licatini. 7. edduri.
1032. This text has in the original a slight 1033. 2. Ravagnate (Leonardo writes Ravagna)
sketch to illustrate it. 3. The statement about the in the Brianza is between Oggiono and Brivio,
lake Segrino is incorrect; it is situated in the South of the lake of Como. M. Ravaisson
Valle Assina, above the lake of Pusiano. avails himself of this note to prove his hypothesis
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [10341039.
240
L.
1034-
2 th
Colobaia a Urbino a dl 30 di luglio Pigeon-house at Urbino, the 30 day
t:
of July 1502.
1502.
Ownl
Italy, visited
10^1501
(10341054)
L.
1035-
ex
Fatta al mare di Pio- Made by the sea at
bino. Piombino.
L. 10 1\ 1036.
L. 15 6] 1037.
L. 19*] 1038.
Siena *a b braccia 3
4, *a c braccia 5
10; Siena, a b 4 braccia, a c 10 braccia.
6
Scale d' Urbino. Steps at [the castle of] Urbino.
33*1 1039.
Campana di Siena, cioe 2 il modo del The bell of Siena, that is the manner of
suo moto ^e sito della dinodatura '"< del its movement, and the place of the attachment
battaglio suo. of the clapper.
1034. I. du vrbino. 2. luglio 1402. 1035. Aquapendente. 1037. rocha. 1038. 2. l.r. 3. br.
that Leonardo paid two visits to France. See 5. Varallo di Ponbia, about ten miles South of
Gazette des Beaux Arts, 1881 pag. 528: Arona is distinct from Varallo the chief town in the
Au recto du menu feuillet, on lit encore une note Val di Sesia.
relative a "nemonti brigatia" ; il me semble
une vallie 1034. An indistinct sketch is introduced with
qtfil fagit bien des monts de Brianfon, le Brigantio des this text, in the original, in which the word
anciens. Brianfon est sur la route de Lyon en Italie. Scolatoro (conduit) is written.
Ce fut par le mont Visa que passerent, en aout 1515, 1035. Below the sketch there are eleven lines
les troupes franfaises qui aUaient remporter la victoire de of text referring to the motion of waves.
Marignan. 1036. Acquapendente is about lo miles West of
Leonard de Vinci, ingenuur de Franfois Ier, comme Orvieto, and is to the right in the map on PI. CXIII,
il Pavait ftf de Louis XII , aurait-il lie pour quelque near the lake of Bolsena.
chose dans le plan du ctlebre passage des Alpes, qui eut 1037. See PL XCIV No. I the lower sketch. ,
lieu en aout 1515, et a la suite duquel on le vit The explanation of the upper sketch is given on p. 29.
aceompaipter partout le
ck^valeresque vainqueur ? Aurait- 1038. See PI. CX No. 3 compare also No. 765.
;
\ 4*
'
.: ;
-'/-
h -
.\t.
>r-
:::
i
;
'
:...:
, :- .. v x
V."
I '
'
,
,
..
- .
-',
Imp Eudes .
Heli
L. CXI1
1040 1046.] ITALY. 241
L. 36*] I0 40-
L. 40 ]
Scale del cote d'Urbino, saluatiche. Stairs of the [palace of the] Count of
Urbino, rough.
L. 46^] 1042.
L 47*] I043-
L. 666} IO 44-
L. 6 7 a] 1045.
La rocca del porto di Cesena sta a The rock of the harbour of Cesena is four
a
Ce 2 sena per la 4 di libeccio. points towards the South West from Cesena.
L. 72 a] 1046.
1040. See PI. CX, No. 4. 1043. There are four more lines of text which
1041. The text is accompanied by a slight refer to a slightly sketched diagram.
sketch. 10441 An indistinct sketch, accompanies this
passage.
VOL. ii. HH
242
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [10471050.
L. 77 1047.
Uve portate
2
a Ciesena; Thus grapes are carried at Cesena.
3 II numero de' cavatori de' fossi e The number of the diggers of the ditches
is
piramidale. [arranged] pyramidically.
UFassi vn armonia colle diuerse cadute There might be a harmony of the different
M'acqua, come vedesti alia fonte di falls of water as you saw them at the
3
Rimini; come vedesti a dl 8 d'agosto fountain of Rimini on the 8 th day of Au-
L. 1049.
L. 884] 1050.
Imola vede Bologna a s/s di ponente Imola, as regards Bologna, is five points
inverse 2
maestro con ispatio di 20 mi- from the towards the North West,
West,
glia; at a distance of 20 miles.
^Castel san Piero e ueduto da Imola Castel San Piero is seen from Imola at
in
J
/2
4 infra
ponente e maestro con ispatio four points from the West towards the North
di 57 miglia; West, at a distance of 7 miles.
6
Faenza sta con Imola tra leuate e Faenza stands with regard to Imola be-
scirocco mezzo giusto a 10 miglia di
? in tween East and South East at a distance of
8
spatio; Forll sta co Faenza infra scirocco ten miles. Forli stands with regard to Faenza
e leva^te in mezzo giusto con ispatio di 25 between South East and East at a distance of
I0
miglia da Imola e 10 da Faeza; 20 miles from Imola and ten from Faenza.
1 '
1047. A sketch, representing a hook to which two bunches of grapes are hanging, refers to these
first two lines. Cesena is mentioned again Fol. 82 a: Carro da Cestna (a cart from Cesena).
1049. In the original the text is written inside the sketch in the place here marked n.
10511053.] ITALY. 243
W. L. 229 a] 1051.
Imola uede Bologna a s/8 di po 2 nente Imola as regards Bologna is five points
inuerso maestro con disstantia di miglia 20 ;
from the West towards the North West at a di-
Castel San Piero e veduto da Imo 5 la
">
stance of 20 miles.
6
in mezzo infra ponente e mae stro in di- Castel San Pietro lies exactly North West
stantia di miglia 7. of Imola, at a distance of 7 miles.
7 Faenza da Imola
e veduto infra leuante Faenza, as regards Imola lies exactly
8
e scirocco in mezzo apunto in distantia half way between the East and South East at
9 di migla 10, e '1 simile fa Forli con Imo- a distance of 10 miles; and Forli lies in the
I0
la con distantia di miglia 20, e Forlimpo- same direction from Imola at a distance of
"poli fa il simile con Forli con distantia 20 miles; and Forlimpopolo lies in the same
I2
di miglia 25; direction from Forli at a distance of 25 miles.
^Bertinoro si uede da Imola a 2/s di Bertinoro is seen from Imola two points
leuante ^inverso scirocco con distantia di from the East towards the South East at a
27 miglia. distance of 27 miles.
L. 94 6\ 1052.
Da B6con 2
vento alia 3 Casa Nova 4 mi- From Bonconventi to Casa Nova are
8 I0
10 miles, from Casa Nova to Chiusi 9 miles,
9 , da Chiusi a Pe9rugia, da Peru gia a
Santa "Maria I2 from Chiusi from Perugia to Santa
to Perugia,
degli Angeli, e poi
'3 a
Fuligno. Maria degli Angeli, and then to Fuligno.
1053-
1051. written from left to right, i. blogna. 2. inuer maesstro con dis. 4. Chastel. 5. mezo . . emaes. 6. indisstantia . .
migla
7. veduta. 7. esscirrocho in mezo appunto in disstantia. 9. furli. 10. chon disstantia di migla . .
furlinpo. n. furli .
1053. * di p"o".
1051. Leonardo inserted this passage on the At the beginning of October 1502 Cesare Borgia
margin of the circular plan, in water colour, of was shut up in Imola by a sudden revolt of the
Imola see PI. CXI No. I. In the original the Condottieri, and it was some weeks before he could
fields surrounding the town are light green; the release himself from this state of siege (see Grego-
moat, which surrounds the fortifications and the rovius Geschichte
,
der Stadt Rom im Mittelalter,
windings of the river Santerno, are light blue. The Vol. VII, Book XIII, 5, 5).
parts, which have come out blackish close to the Besides this incident Imola plays no important
the time. I therefore think
river are yellow ochre in the original. The dark part in the history of
groups of houses inside the town are red. At the myself connecting this map, which
fully justified in
four points of the compass drawn in the middle is at with the siege of 1502 and with
Windsor,
of the town Leonardo has written (from right to Leonardo's engagements in the service of Cesare
Nos.
left):Mezzodi (South) at the top; to the left Scirocho Borgia, because a comparison of these texts,
(South east), levante (East), Greco (North East), Septan- and 1051, raise, I believe, the hypothesis to
1050
trione
(North), Maesstro (North West), ponente (West) a certainty.
Libecco (South West). The arch in which the plan 1052. Most of the places here described lie
is drawn is, in the original, 42 centimetres across. within the district shown in the maps on PI. CXIII.
244
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 1055.
I054-
PlCTURA. OF PAINTING.
'Scorta sulle sommita e in su' lati 'de' On the tops and sides of hills foreshorten
colli le figure de' terreni e le sue <diuisi- the shape of the ground and its divisions,
oni, e nelle cose uolte a te sfa le in pro- but give its proper shape to what is turned
pia forma. towards you.
Leic. 1055-
1055. 2. pozo . . circha a br. 3. ebbello . . meser . . bocha di pozo. 4. navili si scoprissi.
1054. This passage evidently refers to the By the side of this text we find, in the original,
making of maps, such as PL CXII, CXIII, and a very perhaps a plan of a posi-
indistinct sketch,
CXIV. There is no mention of such works, it is tion. Instead of this drawing I have here inser-
true, excepting in this one passage of MS. L. But ted a much clearer sketch of a position from the
this can
scarcely be taken as evidence against same MS., L. 82 b and 83 a. They are the only
my view that Leonardo busied himself very exten- drawings of landscape ,
it may be noted ,
which
sively at that time in the construction of occur at all in that MS.
maps;
and all the less since the 2. Messer Gualtitri, the same probably as is
foregoing chapters 1055.
clearly prove that at a time so full of events Leo- mentioned in Nos. 672 and 1344.
nardo would only now and then commit his obser-
vations to paper, in the MS. L.
10561059.] ITALY. 245
I057-
2
Monbracco, sopra Saluzzo, sopra la At Monbracco above Saluzzo, a mile The Alps
,
~
Certosa vn miglo, al pie di mo Viso, 57 I
3
a vna miniera di pietra ^faldata, la quale Viso, there is a quarry of flakey stone,
e biaca Scome marmo di Carrara, sanza which is as white as Carrara marble, without
6
macvle, ch'e della durez?za del porfido o a spot, and as hard as porphyry or even
8
piu; della quale il conpare 9mio, maestro harder; of which my worthy gossip, Master
Benedet 10 to scultore, a in pro lj messo di Benedetto the sculptor, has promised to give
darmene una I2 tavoletta per li colori, J 3a me a small slab, for the colours, the second
dl 2 di genaro 1511. day of January 1511.
C. A. 86 6; 250,$] 1059.
d' Arua presso a Ginevra
Riuiera di
2 J
The river Arve, a quarter of a mile from
/4 ;
remarks as follows : Le maitre sculpteur que Leonard the. sculptor's account of it. I do not understand
Lc. io6o.
E questo vedra come vid'io, chi adra And this may be seen, as I saw it, by
so pra Moboso, giogo delPAlpi che diuidono any one going up [5] Monbroso, a peak of
la Francia dalla Italia, la qual montagnia the Alps which divide France from Italy.
a la sua basa che parturisce 'li 4 fiumi The base of this mountain gives birth to the
che riga per 4 aspetti contnri tutta 1' Europa, 4 rivers which flow in four different directions
e nessuna montagnia a le sue base in si- through the whole of Europe. And no
mile ahtezza questa si leua in tanta altura
;
mountain has its base at so great a height
che quasi passa tutti li nuvoli e rare volte as this, which lifts itself above almost all the
vi cade neve, ma sol gradi s ne d'istate clouds; and snow seldom falls there, but
quando li nvvoli sono nella maggiore al- only hail in the summer, when the clouds
tezza, e questa grandine vi si coserua in are highest. And this hail lies [unmeltedj
modo, che se no 6 fusse la reth. del caderui there, so that if it were not for the absorp-
c del montarui nvuoli, che non accade 2 tion of the rising and falling clouds, which
volte in vna eta, egli ui sarebbe altissima does not happen more than twice in an age, an
quatita di ghiaccio inalzato dali gradi della enormous mass of ice would be piled up there
gradine, il qua?le di mezzo luglio vi trouai by the layers of hail, and in the middle of July
grossissimo -, e vidi 1' aria sopra di me tene- I found it very considerable; and I saw the
brosa e '1 sole che percotea la mota 8 gnia sky above me quite dark, and the sun as it
essere piv luminoso quiui assai che nelle fell on the mountain was far
brighter here
basse pianure, perche minor grossezza d' aria than in the plains below, because a smaller
s'interpone in'Tra la cima d'esso monte extent of atmosphere lay between the summit
e '1 sole. of the mountain and the sun.
Leic. 1061.
Truovasi nelle montagnie di Verona la In the mountains of Verona the red marble
sua pietra rossa mista tutta di nichi con- is found all mixed with cockle shells turned
2
vertiti in essa pietra dalli quali, per la , into stone; some of them have been filled
loro bocca, era gommata la materia d'essa at the mouth with the cement which is the
pietra, ed erano in alcuna parte restati substance of the stone; and in some parts
separati dalPaltra massa del sasso che they have remained separate from the mass
li
circundava; perche la scorza del nichio of the rock which enclosed them, because
s'era interposta, e no li auea -Uasciati the outer covering of the shell had inter-
congiugniere; E in alcun altra parte tal posed and had not allowed them to unite
gomma auea petrificate le invecchiate e with it; while in other places this cement had
quasi la scorza. petrified those which were old and almost strip-
ped the outer skin.
Ponte di Goritia 2
Vilpago. Bridge of Goertz Wilbach (?).
1060. I have vainly enquired of every available 6. in una eta. This is perhaps a slip of the pen
authority for a solution of the mystery as to what on Leonardo's part and should be read estate (summer).
mountain is intended by the name Mom boso (Comp. 1062. There is a slight sketch with this text,
Vol. Nos. 300 and 301). It seems most obvious
I Leonardo seems to have intended to suggest, with
to refer it to Monte Rosa. Rosa is derived from the a few pen-strokes, the course of the Isonzo and
Keltic ros which survives in Breton and in Gaelic, of the Wipbach in the vicinity of Gorizia (Goerz).
meaning, in its first sense, a mountain spur, but which He himself says in another place that he had been
also like Horn means a very high peak thus ;
in Friuli (see No. 1077 1. 19).
Leic. 1063.
Quella parte della terra s'e piv alienata That part of the earth which was lightest The A PP C
2 runs
dal centre del modo, la qual s' e fatta piv remained farthest from the centre of the
(10631068).
lieve-;E quella parte della terra s'e fatta world; and that part of the earth became
piv lieve, per la quale ^e passato maggior the lightest over which the greatest quantity
concorso d' acque, E si e aduque fatta piv of water flowed. And therefore that part
lieue quella parte, donde scoria piv numero became where the greatest number
lightest
di fiumi, come 1' alpi, che diuidono la Magnia of like the Alps which divide
rivers flow;
e la Francia dalla Italia, delle quali s e scie Germany and France from Italy; whence
ilRodano a mezzodl, e il Reno a tramo- issue the Rhone flowing Southwards, and
tana jl Danubio
, over Danoia a greco, the Rhine to the North. The Danube or Ta-
e '1 Po a Ieua 6 te con Invmerabili fiumi noia towards the North East, and the Po to
che con loro s'accopagnano, i quali senpre the East, with innumerable rivers which join
corrono torbidi, dalla terra ^ da loro portata, them, and which always run turbid with the
al mare; soil carried by them to the sea.
Mouosi al continvo i liti marittimi inverse The shores of the sea are constantly
8
il mezzo del mare e lo scaccia dal suo moving towards the middle of the sea and
primo sito; Riseruerassi la piv bassa parte displace it from its original position. The
del Mediterrano per letto e cor^so del Nilo, lowest portion of the Mediterranean will be
fiume massimo, che versa in esso mare, E reserved for the bed and current of the Nile,
con lui s' accompagnieranno tutti li fiumi sua the largest river that flows into that sea.
I0
adereti, che prima in esso mare le loro And with it are grouped all its tribu-
acque versar soleano, come far si uede al taries, which at first fell into the sea; as may
Po colli adereti "sua, li quali prima ver- be seen with the Po and its tributaries, which
saua nel mare che infra 1' Appennino e le first fell into that sea, which between the
Germaniche alpi si era vnito I2 col Mare Appenines and the German Alps was united
Adriatico ; to the Adriatic sea.
Come
le alpi galliche son la piv alta That the Gallic Alps are the highest part
parte delP Evropa. of Europe.
E. 1064.
E di questi 6 ri
2
trovato nelli 3 sassi del- And of these I found some in the rocks
* 6
P alto Appenino e 5 massime nel sasso of the high Appenines and mostly at the
della Verona. rock of La Vernia.
E. 80 a] 1065.
1063. 2. lequella . . seffatta. 3. magor choncorso . . Essi aduque. 4. diuidano . . ella franca . . della qual. 5. attramotana
. . danubbio . . tanoia a grecho . . alleu. 6. chon . . cholloro sacopagniano . . corra. 7. dallo portata . . movasi . .
1064. 6. Sasso della Vernia. The frowning rock as No. 1020; but their connection does not make
between the sources of the Arno and the Tiber, as it clear what Leonardo's purpose was in writing it.
Dante describes this mountain, which is 1269 metres 1065. 2. Capana, an Inn.
in height. A note on the petrifactions, or fossils near Parma
This note is written by the side of that given will be found under No. 989.
2 48 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [I066I068.
C. A.
1066.
IJ7S 4'4)
Modo di seccare il
padule
2
di Pion- A method for drying the marsh of
bino. Piombino.
Fanno li
pastori
2
in quel di Roma^gnia The shepherds in the Romagna at the
nelle radici Appenino certe sgrancon-
< dell' foot of the Apennines make peculiar large
6
cauita ne ! monte a uso di cor?no e da cavities in the mountains in the form of
Leic. 31 f>\
1068.
1066. i. sechare.
1067. 3. radice. 4. apenino. 5. chonchauita. 7. pare come. 8. tano vn chorno ecq. 9. pichol. 10. chol. n. ga. 12. sono.
1068. i. cicilia. 2. accerti . . ano. 3. chasstagno . . moltitudile 3. scie chastagnie . . chettal esscha dalchu pellagho.
4. dia poi essbochi . . cicilia.
1066. There is a slight sketch with this text 1067. As to the Romagna see also No. 1046.
in the original. Piombino is also mentioned in 1046. The chesnut tree is very common in Si-
Nos. 609, 1. 5558 (compare PI. XXXV, 3, below). cily. In writing cicilia Leonardo meant perhaps
Also in No. 1035. Cilicia.
-
'in
r<f
^f- f, W/
Si
,2g*-
'2+^1^ r-*
~ r*^ 'I flfc-~ ~, Twr^/T" 7 T < fr<
PI. .
CXIY.
-*'
.jY^iMgL
-~-?*t&'?i7^ r^'Ljr v
^r^^^^Cv
te^
S^"
otg^r^'i
:^^3
:4j^Bp&
r
1^5
$W$^
ft
m
-
II.
FRANCE.
SPAGNIA. SPAIN.
7 a. Biscaglia, a. Biscay.
8
b. Castiglia, b. Castille.
9 c. c. Galicia.
Galitia,
10
d. Portogallo, d. Portugal.
"e. Tarragona, e. Taragona.
I2
f. Granada. f. Granada.
Perpigniana ; Perpignan.
2
Roana, Roanne.
3
Lione, Lyons.
4 Paris.
Parigi,
5
Guato, Ghent.
6
Brugia, Bruges.
7
Olanda. Holland.
1069. In the original the three columns are parallel. i. alamania franca spognia. 4. nolinberg dalfinato. 5. flandra.
1069. Two slightly sketched maps, one of Europe (Rodumna) on the upper Loire, Lyonnais (Dep. du
the other of Spain, are at the side of these notes.
Loire). This town is now unimportant, but in
1070. Roana does not seem to mean here Leonardo's time was still a place of some conse-
Rouen in
Normandy ,
but is probably Roanne quence.
VOL. II. I I
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 1073.
250
Leic. IO7I
alza il mare circa a 40 braccia pel suo about 40 braccia before its ebb, and the
reflus'so, suo fiume ringorga 1'acque
e '1 river there is filled with salt water for more
salze cento cinquata miglia, e li
di than a hundred and fifty miles; and the
piv
nauili, che ^si debbono calafatare, restano
vessels which are repaired there rest high
alti sopra vn alto collo sopra dello abassato and dry on a high hill above the sea at
mare. low tide.
Leic. 1072.
El Rodano esce dal lago di Ginevra e The Rhone issues from the lake of
corre prima 2 a ponente, e poi a mezzodl, Geneva and flows first to the West and then
con corso di 400 miglia, e versa le sue to the South, with a course of 400 miles
acque nel mare mediterrano. and pours its waters into the Mediterranean.
1071. 2. This is obviously an exaggeration fille ainee a Frangois, comte d'Angouleme, Louis XII lui
founded on inaccurate information. Half of 150 avail constitut en dot les comtes de Blois, d'Asti, de Couey,
miles would be nearer the mark. de Montfort, d'Etampes et de Vertus. Une ordonnance
1073. The tenor of and 3)
this note (see lines 2 de Francois I. lui laissa en 1516 I'administration du
seems to me to indicate that this passage was not comte de Blois.
written in France, but was written from oral infor- Le roi Jit commeticer, dans la meme annee, les travaux
mation. We have no evidence as to when this de celte belle partie du chateau, conmte sous le nom
note may have been written beyond the circumstance d'aile de Francois /, et dont nous avons donnl la
that Fra Giocondo the Veronese Architect left France description au commencement de ce livre. Nous trouvons
not before the year 1505. The greater part of the en effet, dans les archives du Baron de Joursanvault,
magnificent Chateau of Blois has now disappeared. une puce qui en fixe parfaitement la date. On y lit:
Whether this note was made for a special purpose is "Je, Baymon Philippeaux, commis par le Roy a tenir le
uncertain. The original form and extent of the compte et fair le payement des bastiments, ediffices
et
Chateau is shown in Androvet Les plus excellent! , reparacions qne le dit seigneur fait faire en son chastu
MDCVII, and la somme de
Bastimtnts de France, Paris it may be de Blois, confesse avoir eu et re(eu . . .
observed that there is in the middle of the trots mille livres tournois .... le cinquieme jour de
garden a Pavilion somewhat similar to that shown juillel, Fan mil ring cent et seize. P. 24: Les jardim
on PL LXXXVIII No. 7. avaient ete decorls avec beaucoup de luxe par les different!
See S. DE LA SAUSSAYE, Histoire du Chateau de Blois possesseurs du chateau. II ne reste de tous les batimenb
edition Blois et Paris p. 175: En mariant sa y eleverent que ceux des officiers cfiargis
de Cad-
* .<*
S.S"o
PL CXV
*if^iA '<
pfrwp^.
*"*/fil
*T
^ kffff,*!
fAAhi/i!W
!Ju;ai-dm
v
Imp Eudo
10/4- I075-] FRANCE. 251
fa k m, r t; ma quado il fiume e
l6
grosso, separated, which passes by k n, which makes
allora elli corre tutto per uno solo verso, k m, r t. But when the river is very full it flows
all in one channel passing over the bank b d.
passado 1'argine b d.
L'acque sieno rin gorgatesopra termine 2 3 il The water may be dammed up above
di Ro^morontino in tasta altezza, ch'elle 6 fac- the level of Romorantin to such a height, that
cino poi nel 7 loro discieso molHe molina; in its fall it may be used for numerous mills.
1075. i. Lacqua sia rio. 2. ghorghata. 5. alteza. 7. : uo disscieso. 9. uilla, 10. francha. n. docto a romolo. 12. del
ministration et de ta culture des jardins, et un pavilion deux domes estoient proprement couvert d'ardoise et de
carre en pierre et en brique fianque de terrasses a chacun plomb dore par dehors; par dedans Us estoient lambrissez
de ses angles. Quoique defigure par des mesures clevees d'une menuiserie tres delicate. Au milieu de ce Salon il
sur les terrasses , cet edifice est tres-digne d'interet par y avait un grand bassin octogone de marbre blanc, dont
Poriginalile du plan, la decoration architectural et le toutes les faces estoient enrichies de differentes sculptures,
souvenir d'Anne de Bretagne qui le fit construire. Feli- avec les armes et les chiffres du Roy Louis XII et de la
bien describes the garden as follows Le jardin Jiaut : Reine Anne. Dans ce bassin il y en avait un autre
etait fort bien dresse par grands compartimens de toutes pose sur un piedestal lequel auoit sept piedz de diametre.
sortes de figures, avec des allees de meuriers blancs et II estait de figure ronde a godrons , avec des masques et
des palissades de coudriers. Deux grands berceaux de (fai{tres ornements tres sgauamment taillez. Du milieu
charpenterie separoient toute la longueur et la largeur du de ce deuxiesme bassin s'y levoit un autre petit piedestal
berceaux se croissent, il y auoit 4 cabinets, de mesme aussy parfaitement bien faille; c estoit de ce dernier bassin
charpentene ... IIy a pas longtemps qrfil y auoit dans que jallissoit Veau qui se rependoit en suitte dans les
ce mesme jardin ,
a Fendroit ou se croissent les allees du deux autres bassins. Les beaux ouvrages fails d^im
milieu, un edifice de figure octogone, de plus de 7 thoises marbre esgalement blanc et poli, furent brisez par la
pesanteur de tout Fedifice, que les injures
de diametre et de plus de neuf thoises de haut; avec 4 de Pair renver-
enfoncements en form? de niches dans les 4 angles des serent de fond en comble.
allees. Ce bastiment .... estoit de charpente mais d'un 1074. See PI. CXV. Lines
I 7 are above, lines
extraordinairement bien travaille. On y voyait parti- 8 10 in the middleof the large island and the
culierement la cordiliere qui regnait tout autour en forme word Isola is written above d in the smaller island;
de cordon. Car Reyne affectait de la mettre non-
la a written on the margin on the
is bank of the river
seulement a ses armes et a ses chiffres mais de la faire above 1. I ; in the reproduction it is not visible.
representer en divers manures dans tous les ouvrages As may be seen from the last sentence, the obser-
qifon lui faisaitpour elle le bastiment estait convert . . . vation was made after long study of the river's
en forme de dome qui dans son milieu avait encore un course, when Leonardo had resided for some time
plus petit dome, ou lanterne vitree au-dessus de laquelle at, or near, Amboise.
estait une figure doree representant Saint Michel. Les
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [1076. I07J
252
9 II fiume di Villa
I0
franca sia co^dotto The river at Ville Tranche may be con-
a Romor6 12 tino, e sia fatto dal suo '3po- ducted to Romorantin which may be done by
the inhabitants; and the timber of which
polo, e legni^ami, che conpo'Sgono le
li
Br. M. 1076.
Se'l fiume m n, ramo del fiume Loira, If the river m n, an affluant of the river
si manda nel 2
fiume di Romorontino colle Loire, were turned with its muddy waters, into
sua acque torbide, esso Pgrassera le can- the river [of Romorantin, this would fatten
13. elli. 14. conpo. 15. ghano. 17. aremolo. 19. ringhorgha. 21. chellacqua. 23. disscie. 25. romolotino.
107*. i. selli . .
chellacq"a". 2. alto nuna. 4. nvna. 6. bono sosstcnere . .
lacq"a". 7. chella. 8. meza. 10. essellauessi
allcua. 12. nolle leverebbe [se el] se. 13. raddopiassi. 14. mitro [e in] e. 15. [tempo] diamitro radoppiereb. 17. affare.
19. disscicso . . mozzo nossab. 20. acqu"a". 21.tochado lacqu"a". 23. Esse. 24. singrossassi. 25. fughatore. 27. chella.
28. channa della. 30. te dessi se li.
31. dieci tanta. 32. men moto. 33. che acque sto. 34. che vfitio sareb. 35. be il
suo Ris. 37. quessto. 38. chellacqua. 40. che p"a". 41. channa donde p"a" sue. 42. giena.
1077. i. fiume [era] Era |
si. 2. romolontino . . torbite. 3. essesso. 5. eflara chanale navichabile e merchatile. n. Quella.
1075. 1 8.
Compare No. 744.
1076. The topographical interest of this passage arises from the circumstance that it is written on
the reverse of the sheet on which we find the text
relating to Romorantin, No. 1074.
1078.] FRANCE. 253
il ^suo
cosuma
piu away its channel; and,
fondo, e per la co- by the converse pro-
^versa 1'acqua ch' e :
position, the slower
piu
j
starda piv la- the water the more
l6
scia di quel che deposits that which it
lini, accioche tutto il corso del fiume si ought to be opened in order that the whole
renda per ca 23 teratta in ciascu molino; sieno course of the river may pass through falls
2
molte, accioche 4si faccia mag- to each mill; there should be many in order
giore Ipeto, e cosl nettera tutto il fiume; to a greater impetus, and so all the
give
2
Se infra le due poste de' moli 26 ni sia vna river be scoured. And below the site
will
delle dette caterat 2 7te; sia vna d'esse poste of each of the two mills there may be one
di tal cate 28 ratte infra 1'uno e Pal 29 tro of the said sluice falls; one of them may be
molino. placed below each mill.
Vno
trabocco e quattro braccia e vno A
trabocco is four braccia, and one mile
e tre mila d' esse braccia '1 brac- E is thousand of the said braccia. Each
three
miglio ;
14. cheppiu. 15. lasscia. 16. chella. Lines 617 are written in the margin. 18. effaciasi. 19. nel frigholi del. 20. lacq-
"a"che . . vssciva cav"o". 21. si debbe apr \\\\\\\\\\\\\ .22. ratte demolini . . del fiume si \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ .
23. ciasscu . . .
accioche \\\\\\\\\\\\\ .
24. sapra effacci magiore . . tutto if \\\\\\\\\\\\ .
25. infralle . .
posste. 27. posste. 28. rate molini in-
1077. 19. This passage reveals to us the fact that he had stayed there for some time. Nothing
Leonardo had visited the country of Friuli and that whatever was known of this previously.
254
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES
I079-] FPANCE. 255
6
Franca e si presta al fiume di Romoron- franche and lent to the river of Romorantin
tino vuole . . . Dove Pu fiume mediante la will Where one river by reason of its
sua bassezza no ?puo entrare nell'altro, e low level cannot flow into the other, it will
neciessario ringorgarlo in tale altezza che be necessary to dam it up, so that it may
8
in quel che prima era acquire a fall into the other, which was
possa disciedere
piv alto. previously the higher.
9
1JVigilia di Sco Anto I0 nio tornai da The eve of Saint Antony I returned from
I2
Romo^rotino Abuosa, If e '1 re si parti in Romorantin to Amboise, and the King went
due I3 dl innanti da Romoro^tino. away two days before from Romorantin.
sDa Romorontino insino al l6 pote a
T
From Romorantin as far as the bridge at
Sodro si chiama Soudro; ^e da esso pote
|
Saudre it is called the Saudre, and from that
l8
insino a Tours si chiama Schier. bridge as far as Tours it is called the Cher.
T
9parai saggio del 20 liuello di quel ca- I would test the level of that channel
21
nale che si a a codur 22 re dalla Loira a which is to lead from the Loire to Romo-
Romo 23 lontino con vn ca 24 nale largo vn rantin, with a channel one braccio wide and
braccio e 2 5profondo vn braccio. one braccio deep.
cocludereno chellacqua chessi . . francha essi. 6. pressta . . remolontino vole .... mediante [la ba] la sua.
7. ringhorgharlo . . alteza . . dissciedere \\\\\\\ . 12. el re [di fran] si. 13. innanti . Lines 1518 are written
from left to right. 15. Romorantino. 17. [po] e da. 20. cha. 21. chessa a chodur. 22. rre dalliraa remo. 23. cha.
1078. Lines 6 18 are partly reproduced in the M. Ravaisson has enlarged on this idea in the
facsimile on p. 254, and the whole of lines 19 25. Gazette des Beaux Arts (1881 p. 530): Les-traces de
The following names are written along the rivers Leonard permettent d'entrevoir que le canal commengant
on the larger sketch, era f (the Loire) scier f (the soit aiipres de Tours, soit aiipres de Blois et passant par
Cher) three times. Pote Sodro (bridge of the Soudre). Romorantin, avec port d'embarquement a Villefranche,
Villa francha (Villefranche) banco (sandbank) Sodro devait, au dela de Bourges, traverser I'Allier au-dessous
(Soudre). The circle below shows the position of des affluents de la Dore et de la Sioule, aller par
Romorantin. The words 'orologio del sole
1
written Moulins jusfu' a Digoin; enfin sur Pautre rive de ,
la
below do not belong to the map of the rivers. Loire, depasser les monts du Charolais et rejoindre la
The following names are written by the side of the Saone aupres de Mdcon. It seems to me rash, however,
smaller sketch-map: tors (Tours), jfbosa (Amboise) to found so elaborate an hypothesis on these sket-
bres for Bles (Blois) mo rica \\\\ (Montrichard). Lione ches of rivers.The slight stroke going to Lione is
(Lyons). This map was also published in the perhaps only an indication of the direction. With
'Saggio' (Milano, 1872) PI. XXII, and the editors regard to the Loire compare also No. 988. 1. 38.
remark Forse la linia retla che
: va da Amboise a 1079. The meaning is obscure; a more important
Romorantin segna Fandamento proposto d'tm Canale, che passage referring to France is to be found under
poi sembra prolutigarsi in giu fin dove sta scritto Lione, No. 744.
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [1080 1082.
I080.
B.
Modo come i Tedeschi ingarbugliano The way in which the Germans closing up
on the e tessano, seradosi Isieme,
2
le loro
targhe together cross and interweave their broad
abassandosi e leather shields against the enemy, stooping
lunghe cotro a nemici ,
mettedo 3 vna delle teste a terra, tenedo il down and putting one of the ends on the
resto in mano. ground while they hold the rest in their hand.
1081.
B. 63 J]
Leic.
1082.
Come le ualli furo gia coperte in gra parte That the valleys were formerly in great
The da senpre il suo terreno fece part covered by lakes the soil of which
laghi, inperoch
Danube.
always forms the banks of rivers, and by seas,
argine a fiumi, e da mari, quali poi colla
i
which afterwards, by the persistent wearing of
li monti, e
2
perseueratione de' fiumi segarono the rivers, cut through the mountains and the
li fiumi coi lor vagabundi corsi portarono via wandering courses of the rivers carried away
the other plains enclosed by the mountains;
le altre pianvre incluse dalli moti, e le sega-
ture de'mqti so3no note per le falde delle and the cutting away of the mountains is
evident from the strata in the rocks, which
pietre, che si corrispondono nelle lor taglia-
correspond in their sections as made by the
ture fatte dalli detti corsi de' fiumi; *I1 Monte courses of the rivers The Haemus moun-
[4].
Emus che riga la Tratia e la Dardaria e tainswhich go along Thrace and Dardania
sicongiugne col Monte Sardonius, el quale, and join the Sardonius mountains which,
seguendo 5 a ponete, muta il nome di Sardus going on to the westward change their
name from Sardus to Rebi, as they come near
in Rebi nel toccare
la Dalmatia, poi se-
|
1080. 2. chome i tedesci ingarigliano ettessano. 2. large lunge. 3. dele . . attera . . imano.
io3l. i. anegare chastclani. 2. risalgalo efiano. 3. elletame secho. 4. ovoi morcha.
1082. i. laghi "inperche senpre il suo terreno fece argine afiumi" e da mari. 2. segorono . . elli fiumi co . .
portorono . .
moti elle. 3. chessi conrisspondano. 4. emus . . tratia ella dardaria essi congvgne . . monte [scardus] Sardonius. 5. nel
1080. Above the text is a sketch of a few lines 1081. There is with this passage a sketch of a
crossing each other and the words de ponderibus. The round tower shrouded in smoke.
meaning of the passage is obscure. 1082. 4. Emus, the Balkan ; Dardania, now Servia.
1082.] THE DANUBE. 257
8
Adula, doue nascie il Danubio, il quale course of 1500 miles; its shortest line is
s'astende a leuante con corso di 1500 mi- about 1000 miles, and the same or about
e la sua linia breuissima e circa the same is that branch of the Adula mountains
glia,
^mille miglia, e altrettanto o circa e'l ramo changed as to their name, as before mentioned.
del Monte Adula mutato ne'predetti nomi To the North are the Carpathians,
closing in
di moti; sta a tramon I0 tana il monte the breadth of the valley of the Danube,
Carpatus, il
quale termina la larghezza della which, as I have said extends eastward,
valle del Danubio, la qual, come dissi, a length of about 1000 miles, and is some-
s'astende "a leuate co lunghezza di circa times 200 and in some places 300 miles
mille miglia, ed e larga doue 200 e doue wide; and in the midst flows the Danube,
I2
300 miglia; questa si mette pel mezzo il the principal river of Europe as to size. The
Danvbio, primo fiume d' Europa per magni- said Danube runs through the middle of
tudine, il qual Danvbio si lascia per mezzo Austria and Albania and northwards through
di *3 Austria e Albania e per tramotana Bavaria, Poland, Hungary, Wallachia and Bos-
Bauaria, Polonia, Ungheria, Valachia e nia and then the Danube or Donau flows
Bosnia; versaua adunque il Danubio over |
into the Black Sea,which formerly extended
Da 14 noia nel
Ponto, il quale mare di almost to Austria and occupied the plains
s'astendea insino vicino all' Austria e occu- through which the Danube now courses; and
che oggi 'Sdiscorre the evidence of this is in the oysters and
paua tutta la pianvra
esso Danvbio, e'l segno dico ne mostrano cockle shells and scollops and bones of
1' ostriche e li nichi e bovoli e cappe e ossa great fishes which are still to be found in
l6
di gra pesci, che an cora in molti lochi si many places on the sides of those mountains;
trouano nell'alte coste de'predetti moti; ed and this sea was formed by the filling up of
era tale mare fatto per la ringorgatione the spurs of the Adula mountains which then
delli ra^mi del Monte Adula, che s'asten- extended to the East joining the spurs of the
deano a leuante e si congiugneano colli Taurus which extend to the West. And
rami del Mote Tauro, che s'astendono a near Bithynia the waters of this Black Sea
po nete, e circa alia Bitinia versaua 1'acque
l8 into the Propontis [Marmora] falling
poured
d'essoMare di Poto Propontico, ca- nel into the^Egean Sea, that is the Mediterranean,
dendo nel Mare Egeo cioe '9 Mar Mediter- where, after a long course, the spurs of the
rano, doue poi il lungo corso spicco li rami Adula mountains became separated from
del Mote Adula dalli rami del Mote Tauro ;
those of the Taurus. The Black Sea
li Mare 20 di Poto s'abasso e scoperse la sank lower and laid bare the valley of
Val Danubio colle prenominate provincie,
di the Danube with the above named coun-
e tuttaTAsia Minore di la dal monte Ta- tries, and the whole of Asia Minor beyond
2I
vro per tramotana e la pianvra ch'e the Taurus range to the North, and the
da Mote Caucasso al mare di Ponto plains from mount Caucasus to the Black Sea
e la pianura del Ta 22 nai to the West, and the plains of the Don this
per ponete,
dentro alii monti Rifei cioe a' piedi loro; side that is to say, at the foot of the Ural
Ecco che '1 mare di Ponto abbasso circa mountains. And thus the Black Sea must
2
a braccia 1000 -5nello scoprire di tanta have sunk about 1000 braccia to uncover
pianura.
such vast plains.
il quale . . alleuante conchorio . . ella . . circha. 9. circha . . attramon. 10. largeza. n. alleuate co lungeza . .
doue. 12. mezo danvbbio . . danvbbio si lasscia per mezo. 13. vngeria . . ebboxnia . . danubbio
largha [dalle do] . .
vcaso . . ella. 22. coe . . Ecchochel . circha a br. 1000. 23. isscoprire.
.
8. Danubio, in the original Reno; evidently a mistake as we may infer from come dissi 1. 10 &c.
KK
III.
A. 57 "1 1083.
1083. In the place marked A in the diagram the original. And at B, stretto di Spagna (straits
Mare Medtterano (Mediterranean Sea) is written in of Spain, i. e. Gibraltar). Compare No. 960.
10841086.] THE STRAITS OF GIBRALTAR. 259
quella che uersa esso mare per lo stretto which sea pours through the straits into
this
in nell'oceano mare; 4 tu vedi 1' Africa sca- the ocean. You see Africa discharging its
ricare i sua fiumi che corrono a tramo- rivers that run northwards into this sea, and
tana inesso mare ifra i quali 5 e il Nilo -, among them the Nile which runs through
che riga 3000 miglia dell' Africa e vi e , 3000 miles of Africa; there is also the
il- flume Bagrada, -e '1 Mavretano, e altri Bagrada river and the Schelif and others.
6
simili; 1'
Euro-pa vi versa il Tanai e '1 Da- Likewise Europe pours into it the Don and
nvbio il Po e '1 Rodano,
,
Arno e Teuere, the Danube, the Po, the Rhone, the Arno,
siche chiaramente questi fivmi insieme co?n and the Tiber, so that evidently these rivers,
Ifiniti fivmi di minor fama fanno mag- with an infinite number of others of less
giore larghezza e profodita e corso e , fame, make its great breadth and depth and
non e il mare stretto 18 miglia 8 che nel current; and the sea is not wider than 18
ultima terra di ponete diuide 1'Europa miles at the most westerly point of land where
daP Africa. it divides
Europe from Africa.
Leic. 27 6] IO86.
Co 2 me sopra Tunisi e il
maggior ri- The made anywhere by the
greatest ebb
Tunis.
flusso che faccia il Mare Mediterrano che Mediterranean above Tunis, being about two is
geza . . chorso
moglia. 8. nelutimatera . .leeropa africha. . . . .
acque veniano ale piagge . . chello elli faceano . elle cime. 4. apennino
ropa, che acso erano volte". 3. e cholle . . . . .
[in forma di sole] stauano in eso circhudate. 5. lafricha [non mos] dentro . . attalante no mostraua
. .
celo "scoperta . .
de" sue men sulito mare "e sopra" le. vola atturme solea
lungeza e
. .
la terra le . . circha. 6. . . . .
7. [disora] . .
pessci a grade.
1086. tuniti refrusso mediterano circha 2 br. vinegia chala . . meditera . .
pocho.
2. . .
magor . . . . . .
3.
F. 6s a] 1087.
Descriui li moti de' flessibili aridi, cioe Describe the mountains of shifting deserts;
u>y- della 'creatione dell'onde della rena portate that is to say the formation of waves of sand
dal ue^to, e de'sua moti e colli, come borne by the wind, and of its mountains and
accade nella LHbia; 1'esenplo ne vedrai hills, such as occur in Libya. Examples
sulli gra renaj sdi P di Tesino o altri may be seen on the wide sands of the Po
gra fiumi.
and the Ticino, and other large rivers.
B. io88.
Alcuni nel Mare Tirreno vsarano questo Some at the Tyrrhene sea employ this
appiccauano vn acora a Tuna
2
The modo, cioe method; that is to say they fastened an anchor
y ene
sea delle stremita dell'atena, ^e dall'altra vna to one end of the yard, and to the other a
corda che I basso s'appiccava a vn acora, cord, of which the lower end was fastened to
4 e nel pugniare attacavano detta acora ai an anchor; and in battle they flung this anchor
remeggi dell' oSposito navilio, e per forza on to the oars of the opponent's boat and by
6
d' argano quello madavano alia bada e the use of a capstan drew it to the side;
gittavano sapon tenero e stoppa Ipeciata and threw soft soap and tow, daubed with
Ifocata sulla 7prima bada dou'era 1' acora pitch and set ablaze, on to that side
8
attaccata, accioche, per fugir detto foco, i where the anchor hung; so that in order
difenditori d'esso navilio avessino a fugire to escape that fire, the defenders of that ship
da 1' op9posita bada, e faciedo cosi facievano had to fly to the opposite side; and in doing
I0
avmcto allo
spugnia tore, perche la galera this they aided to the attack , because the
piv facilmete per lo cotrapeso "andava galley was more easily drawn to the side
alia bada. by reason of the counterpoise.
io8S. The machine is fully described in the MS. 1089. This text is illustrated in the original by
and shown in a sketch. a pen and ink sketch.
IV.
THE LEVANT.
Leic. 31 a] 1090.
Truovasi nelle riue del Mare Mediter- On the shores of the Mediterranean 300 The Lava
tine Sea
rano versare fiumi 300, 2
e porti 40 mila 200, rivers flow, and 40, 200 ports. And this sea
e esso mare e di
is3000 miles long. Many times has the in-
lunghezza miglia 3000; crease of its waters, heaped up by their back-
Molte volte s'e accozza3to 1' accrescimeto ward flow and the blowing of the West winds,
de'mari del riflusso suo e'l soffiare delli caused the overflow of the Nile and of the rivers
venti occidental! al diluuio del Nilo, ed alii which flow out through the Black Sea, and have
fiumi che uersa dal mare di Poto, ed auere so much raised the seas that they have spread
dette cose sono, e sono state cagione di the West wind and the melting of the snows.
soria. u. elibano . . ella cilicia . . motermini ella . . litia dentrali. 12. ellegitto . . attalante . .
lagho . . chade.
262 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. IO92.
Tauro, e la Cilicia dentro alii moti Armeni and Egypt as far as the Atlas mountains.
in
e la Pamfilia e Licia dentro alii moticelli The gulf of Persia which was formerly a
"e 1'Egitto insino al mote Atlante; H seno vast lake of the Tigris and discharged into
di Persia, che gia fu lago gradissimo del the Indian Sea, has now worn away the
Lic. 1091.
Verso 1'acqua Mediterrana lungamente For a long time the water of the Medi-
2
The Red
pel Mare Rosso el quale e largo cento ,
terranean flowed out through the Red Sea,
IOQI^*^). miglia e lungo mille cinque cento; e tutto which is 100 miles wide and 1500 long, and
pieno di scogli, e a consumato li Ia3ti del full of reefs ; and it has worn away the sides
Mote Sinai, la qual cosa testifica, no da of Mount Sinai, a fact which testifies, not to
inodatione del Mar d'India, che in tali liti an inundation from the Indian sea bearing
percuo tesse, ma da una ruina d'acqua, la on these coasts, but to a deluge of water
4
qual portaua con seco tutti li fiumi che which carried with it all the rivers which
soprabbonsdauano al Mare Mediterrano, e abound round the Mediterranean, and besides
6
oltre a questo il riflusso del mare; e poi, this there is the reflux of the sea; and then,
essendo tagliato nel ponente, 3 mila miglia a cutting being made to the West 3000 miles
remoto da questo loco, il mote Calpe e away from this place, Gibraltar was separated
s 7 piccato dal Mote Abila, e fu tal taglio from Ceuta, which had been joined to it. And
fatto bassissimo nelle pianure che si tro- this passage was cut very low down, in the
uaua infr.i Abila 8 e 1'oceano a pie del monte plains between Gibraltar and the ocean at
in loco basso, aiutato dal concauameto di the foot of the mountain, in the low part,
qualche vallata fatta
9 da alcun flume che aided by the hollowing out of some valleys
quiui passasse; venne Ercole ad aprire il made by rivers, which might have
certain
mare nel poncte, e allora I0 l'acque ma- flowed here. Hercules came to open the sea
rine cominciarono a uersare nell'oceano to the westward and then the sea waters
occidentale, e per la gra. bassezza, il Mare began to pour into the Western Ocean ;
"Rosso rimase piv alto, onde 1'acque anno and in consequence of this great fall,
abbandonato il corso di quiui; senpre anno the Red Sea remained the higher ; whence the
poi versa I2 to 1'acque per lo Stretto di water, abandoning its course here, ever after
Spagna. poured away through the Straits of Spain.
La superfitie del Mare Rosso e in li- The surface of the Red Sea is on a level
uello coll'oceano. with the ocean.
13. chelli .
argine edessi ragualgliato . . alteza. 14. indicho Esse . . mediterano. 15. coe chesi ractialgliaua laltezza medi-
teranea . . alteza . . indicho. .
secho soprabon.
. .
5. dauono . mediterano e oltre adiquesto il refrusso. 6. chalpe es.
.
7. pichato . abile effii . . .
1091. 9. Leonardo seems here to mention to the reader an allusion to the legend of the pillars
Hercules half jestingly and only in order to suggest of Hercules.
1092.] THE LEVANT. 263
2
Puo esser caduta vna motagnia e, ser- A
mountain may have fallen and closed
rato la bocca 3 del Mare
Rosso, e proibito the the Red Sea and prevented
mouth of
the outlet of the Mediterranean, and the
1'esito al Mediterrano, e co^sl rigorgato tal
Mediterranean Sea thus overfilled had for
mare abbia per esito il trasito Pfra li gioghi
outlet the passage below the mountains of
6
Gadetani, perche similmente abbia veduti Gades; for, in our own times a similar thing
alii nostri tepi cadere v monte di sette has been seen [6]; a mountain fell seven
miles across a valley and closed it up and
7
miglia e serrare vna valle e fame lago, e
made a lake. And thus most lakes have been
fatti la maggior parte de'laghi da
8
cosl so
made by mountains, as the lake of Garda,
moti come Lago di ?Garda di Como e Lu-
Como and
I0
the lakes of Lugano, and the Lago
il Mediterrano
gano, e '1 lago Maggiore; Maggiore. The Mediterranean fell but little
cofini della Siria e assai in esso Gaditanean passage, but a great deal in this
taglio, perche
I2
ma che tal taglio si creasse, esso mare passage, because before this cutting was made
pri
the Mediterranean sea flowed to the South
versaua per scirocco, I3 e poi s'ebbe a fare
East, and then the fall had to be made by its
la calata, che corresse a tal Gaditano. run through the Straits of Gades.
14 In a cadea 1'acqua 'Sdel Mediterrano At a the water of the Mediterranean fell
l6 into the ocean.
nel oce ano.
l3
^IfTutte le pianure che son dalli All the plains which lie between the sea
T
mari-alli moti, sono 9gia state coperte and mountains were formerly covered with
dall'acque salse;Tf salt water.
TfOgni valle e fatta dal suo fiu me e Every valley has been made by its own
20 2I
22
tal proportione e da valle a va! le, quale river;and the proportion between valleys is
e da fiume a fiume; If the same as that between river and river.
3lfll massimo fiume del nostro modo e The greatest river in our world is the
2
2
'il Mediterrano fiume, If Mediterranean river,
25 If che si move dal 26
principio del Nilo which moves from the sources of the
all'Oceano occide tale, If
27 Nile to the Western ocean.
28
e la sua suprema altezza 29 e nella And its greatest height is in Outer Mau-
Mavretania este3riore, e a di corso 10 ritania and
has a course of ten thous-
it
mila 3I miglia, prima che si ripatrii 3 2 col suo and miles before it reunites with its ocean,
Oceano, padre delle acque, the father of the waters.
34Cioe 3000 il Mediterrano, 3000 35 il That is 3000 miles for the Mediterranean,
Nilo scoperto, e 3000 il Nilo 36 che corre 3000 for the Nile, as far as discovered and
a oriete ecc. 3000 for the Nile which flows to the East, &c.
tani . . simile abbia. 6. veduta. serare . . effarne lagho. 8. magiore laghi de moti . .
lagho. 9. gharda [lac] di coino
7.
21. ettal
. . choressi . . Gadetano. 14. chadea. 15. mediteraneo nel. 17. chesson. 19. dallacq. 20. effatta. pro"ne".
22. he daffiume affiume. 23. del "nostro" mode he. 24. mediterano [fatto] fiume. 25. [di] chessi . . occieano. 28. ella . .
supprema. 29 he . . esste. 32. occieano. 34. mediterano. 36. chorre [da] a oriete.
1092. See PI. CXI 2, a sketch of the shores of Como in 1483) reports that in 1513 at the foot of
the Mediterranean Sea, where lines II to 1 6 may the Alps, above Bellinzona, on the road to Switzer-
be seen. The large figures 158 are not in Leonardo's land, a mountain fell with a very great noise, in
writing. The character of the writing leads us consequence of an earthquake, and that the mass
to conclude that this text was written later than the of rocks, which fell on the left (Western) side
foregoing. A slight sketch of the Mediterranean is blocked the river Breno (T. I p. 218 and 345
also to be found in MS. I', 47 a . of D. Sauvage's French edition, quoted in ALEXIS
6. Compare also No. 1336, 11.30, 35 and 36. PERCY ,
Memtire des tremblements de terre de la pcnin-
Paolo Giovio, the celebrated historian (born at sule italique; Acadcmie Royale de Belgique. T. XXII).
264 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [1093 1096.
C. A. 94'; 1093.
B. 61 1\ 1094.
In queste 4 maglie di re 4 te
^ mettono i In these four meshes of the net the camels
pie i cameli s di carriaggi. for baggage place their feet.
Leic. 1095.
II Tigri passa per 1'Asia Minore, il The Tigris passes through Asia Minor
2
quale ne porta con seco 1'acqua di 3 pa- and brings with it the water of three lakes,
duli, F un F
dopo altro di uarie altezze, de' one after the other of various elevations;
quali il piv alto e Munace, e '1 mezzano the first being Munace and the middle
e Pallas, 3 e '1 piu basso & Triton; ancora Pallas and the lowest Triton. And the Nile
el Nilo diriua di 3 altissimi paduli in Eti- again springs from three very high lakes in
opia, il quale corre a tramotana e versa Ethiopia, and runs northwards towards the
nel mare d'Egitto con corso di 4000 miglia, sea of Egypt with a course of 4000 miles,
e la sua breuissima e diritta linia *e 3000 and by the shortest and straightest line it is
miglia; di quel che s'a notitia escie de' 3000 miles. It is said that it issues from
moti della luna con diuersi e incogniti pri- the Mountains of the Moon, and has various
cipi, e tro 6 vasi
li detti
laghi alti sopra la unknown sources. The said lakes are about
spera dell'acqua circa a 4000 braccia cio& 4000 braccia above the surface of the sphere
vn miglio e l /3 a dare ?vn braccio di ca- ,
of water, that is i mile and J /j , giving to
duta al Nilo per ogni miglio. the Nile a fall of i braccia in every mile.
Leic. 2i i] IO96.
Moltissime volte il Nilo e gli altri fiumi Very many times the Nile and other very
gra ma gnitudine anno versato tutto
2
di large rivers have
poured out their whole ele-
F elemeto dell' acqua e reduto al mare. ment of water and restored it to the sea.
1093. i. [aduque chocluderemo quelle motagnie essere di magiore altura]. ?. [sopra delle quali loriginc del nilo dai nvvoli
fiochando cade], 3. sopra delle quali "fiochando del nilo dai nvvoli
|
cade". 4. chocuderano magiore 5. fiochando
. . . .
. . nvuoli casscha.
1095. i. come trigon il quale passa per la minore africha il quane ne. 2. consecho lacq"a" . . alteze . . mezano. 4. attramo-
tana . . ella sua . . ediritti. 5. he 3000 . .
quel chessa notitio esscie. 6. vasi . .
soppra lasspera dellacq"a" circha 4000 br.
coe. 7. vn br. di.
1094. Unfortunately both the sketches which shows four camels with riders swimming through
accompany this passage are too much effaced to a river.
be reproduced. The upper represents the two 1095. 5. Incogniti prindpio. The affluents of the
sacks joined by ropes, as here described, the other lakes are probably here intended. Compare, as
to the Nile, Nos. 970, 1063 and 1084.
1097 noo.] THE LEVANT. 265
Perche il Nilo inoda Testate e vie da Why does the inundation of the Nile occur
paesi focosi? in the summer, coming from torrid countries?
Leic. 32 6} 10980
B. 6*6] 1099.
Gli Assiri e quelli di Evbea vsano ai The Assyrians and the people of Euboea Customs of
2
loro cavalli portare sacchi da potere a lor accustom horses to carry sacks which Nairn's
their
posta epiere di ueto they can at pleasure fill with air, and which I0 99- Iio ).
3 i
quali portano in ,
(
scabio di bandella della sella di sopra *e in case of need they carry instead of the
d'accanto, e bene e coperta di piastre girth of the saddle above and at the side,
di corame cotto, saccioche '1 saettame and they are well covered with plates of cuir
non le fora, si che non ano in cvore la bouilli, in order that they may not be perforated
6
fuga sicura che la uittoria icierta; vno by flights of arrows. Thus they have not on
cavallo 7 C osl fatto passa 465 omini a v their their security in flight, when the
minds
bisosrnio. victory is
uncertain; a horse thus equipped
enables four or five men to cross over at need.
B. 62 1] noo.
NAVICULA. SMALL BOATS.
2
Le navicule apresso all Assiri furono The small boats used by the Assyrians
fatte di uirghe sottili di salice *e tessute were made of thin laths of willow plaited
sopra pertiche pur di salice, ridotte I forma over rods also of willow, and bent into the
di barchetta, ilotate *di poluere sottile in- form of a boat. They were daubed with fine
beuerata d'olio, o di tremetina ridotta I mud soaked with oil or with turpentine, and
natura 5 di fango, la qual facieva resistetia reduced to a kind of mud which resisted the
6
al'
acqua, e perche il pino n'isfendea per senpre water and because pine would split; and always
stava fresca ci essere vesti detta sorte di navi- remained fresh; and they covered this sort
cule-di pelle bouine 7 nel passare Sicuris-, of boats with the skins of oxen in safely
fiume di Spagnia, secodo ne testifica Lu- crossing the river Sicuris of Spain, as is
1097. lastade . .
dipaesi.
1098. i. negha. 5. chcttal. 6. cha. 9. de. n. equal. 14. re lo. 15. nollo rebutta. 19. attalante. 20. dacq"a".
1099. i. ecquelli . .
cavagli. 3. schabio. 4. dacanto. 5. acciochel saettumel fora si che non ano inecare (?) la.
6. uettoria.
noo. 7. See Lucan's Pharsalia IV, 130: His ratibns transjecta manus festinat utrimque
Utque habuit ripas Sicoris camposque reliquit, Succisam cavare nemus cS-v.
Primum cana salix made/ado vimine parvam Caesar (de bello civ. I, 54) has the same remark
Texitur in puppim, calsogue inducto juvenco about the Britanni (confirmed by Pliny, hist. nat.
Vedoris patiens tumidum supernatat amnem. IV, 15) which Leonardo here makes about the
Sic Venetus stagnante Pado, fusoque Britatinns Assyrians. This and the foregoing text are illu-
Navigat oceano, sic cum tenet omnia JVtlus, strated by slight sketches.
Conseritur bibida Memphitis cymbo papyro.
VOL. II.
LL
266 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. flIOI 1103.
vogliono fare vn subito pote, 9 alligano-H Arabs, when they want to make a bridge in
fatti di salice le baghe overo haste, fix hurdlework made of willows
graded sopra
11- i ;_- ._e cosl3 \ ~~~~* sicura-
oi^ufi on bags of ox-hide, and so cross in
otri di pelli bouine, passa
mente. safety.
Leic. .*|
Nello ottanta 9 fu vno terremoto nel [fourteen hundred and] eighty nine
In
there was an earthquake in the sea of Atalia
Rhode* mar di Atalia presso a Rodi, il quale aperse
n ea ' * hodes > lch P e ned the sea that 1S
-
-il mare cioe il fondo,' 'nella qual apritura
.
f
its ^
bottom and into this opening such a
.
si sommerse tanto diluuio d acque, cne per torrent of water poured that for more than
di 3'- ore si scoperse il fondo del mare
piv three hours the bottom of the sea was un-
dair acque, che 3 di quiui si spogliarono, e covered by reason of the water which was lost
in if and ^en it closed to the former level.
poi si richiuse al primo grado.
L. o'J
1102.
W. XVIIal 1103.
PEL SITO DI VENERE. SITE FOR [A TEMPLE OF] VENUS.
2
Farai da 4 faccie, per le quali
le scale You must make steps on four sides, by
Cyprus si pervenga a un prato fatto dalla natura which to mount to a meadow formed by
1103. "<M)- SO p ra vn sasso, 3 il quale sia fatto vuoto e nature at the top of a rock which may be
sostenvto dinanzi con pilastri e sotto tra- ,
hollowed out and supported in front by pi-
forato con magno portico, ne! 4 li quali uada lasters and open underneath in a large portico,
iioi. Nello ottanto 9. It is scarcely likely that (an unpublished Arabic MS. in the possession of
Leonardo should here mean 89 AD. Dr. H. MULLER- Prof. SCHEFER, (Membre de 1'Institut, Paris) mention is
STROBING writes to me as follows on this subject: made of a terrible earthquake in the year 867 of
"With reference to Rhodes Ross says {Rase auf den the Mohamedan Era corresponding to the year
Gruchischen Inseln, III 70 ff. 1840), that ancient his- 1489, and it is there stated that a hundred persons
tory affords instances of severe earthquakes at were killed by it in the fortress of Kerak. There
Rhodes, among others one in the second year of are three places of this name. Kerak on the sea
the 138 th Olympiad=27O B. C. ; a remarkably of Tiberias , Kerak near Table on the Libanon,
violent one under Antoninus Pius (A. D. 138 161) which I visited in the summer of 1876 but neither
and again under Constantine and later. But Leo- of these is the place alluded to. Possibly it may
nardo expressly speaks of an earthquake "nel mar be the strongly town of Kerak = Kir Moab,
fortified
n
di Atalia fresso a Rodi which is singular. The t to the West of the Dead Sea. There is no notice
town of Attalia, founded by Attalus, which is what about this in ALEXIS PERCY, Ml'moire sur la
he no doubt means, was in Pamphylia and more tremblements de terres ressentis dans la feninsule turco-
than 150 English miles East of Rhodes in a straight hillenique et en Syrie (Memoires couronnes et memoires
line. Leake and most other des savants Academie de
geographers identify it etrangers, Royale Belgique,
with the present town of Adalia. Attalia is rarely Tome XXIII).
mentioned by the ancients, indeed only by Strabo 1103. See PL LXXXIII. Compare also p. 33
and Pliny and no earthquake is spoken of. I think of this Vol. The standing male figure at the side
therefore you are justified in assuming that Leonardo Is evidently suggested by Michael Angelo's David.
means 1489"." In the elaborate catalogue of earth- On the same place a slight sketch of horses seems
quakes in the East by Selale Dshelal eddin Sayouthy to have been drawn first; there is no reason for
1104 THE LEVANT. 267
1'acqua in diuersi vasi di graniti porfidi in which the water may fall into various vases
e serpetini, dentro a emicicli, e spaSda of granite, porphyry and serpentine, within semi-
1'acqua in se medesimi, e dintorno a tal circular recesses and the water
may overflow
;
portico inverso tratnotana sia un lago con from these. And round this portico towards the
vna isoletta 6 in mezzo, nella quale sia vn North there should be a lake with a little island
folto e obroso bosco; 1'acque in testa ai in the midst of which should be a thick and
pilastri sie uersate in uasi ai pie ?de' sua shady wood; the waters at the top of the pila-
inbasameti, de' quali si spargano piccoli sters should pour into vases at their base, from
riuetti ; whence they should flow in little channels.
8
Partendosi dalla 9riviera di Cilitia in- Starting from the shore of Cilicia towards
verso meridio si scopre I0 la bellezza dell'isola the South you discover the beauties of the is-
di Cipri. land of Cyprus.
W. XVII<5] 1104.,
Dalli meridionali lidi di Cilitia si From the shore of the Southern coast of The Caspian
Se
uede per australe la bell'isola
2
di Cipri,
Cilicia may be seen to the South the beau- (lI05 fIo6) _
odori; o quate naui quiui gia son sommerse! how many a ship has here been sunk.
o quanti ^ navili rotti negli scogli
quiui si po- !
Ah! how many a vessel broken on these
trebbero vedere invmerabili navili; chierotto rocks. Here might be seen barks without
e mezzo 8 coperto dall' arena, chi si mostra da number, some wrecked and half covered
by the sand; others showing the poop and
poppa, e chi da prua, chi da carena e chi another the prow, here a keel and there the
da costa, e para 9 a similitudine d'ungiudi- ribs; and it seems like a day of judgment
zio, chevoglia risuscitare navili morti; tant'e when there should be a resurrection of dead
somma di quelli, die I0 ships, so great is the number of them co-
la copre tutto il lito
vering all the Northern shore ; and while the
settentrionale; quiui i uenti d'aquilone North gale makes various and fearful noises
resonado fan uari e paurosi "soniti. there.
callo invita [invita] adori ga son somerse. 7. roti nelgli potrebe roto e mezo
5. infralle
.
i. . . fral . .
enpiano. 6. . . . . .
arena chissi charena e qui. assimilitudine dun giudizi che volglia risucitare nvavili tantella
8. [altri] . .
popa . .
9.
. .
assuming that the text and this sketch, which have the ancients to be the home and birth place of
no connection with each other, are of the same date. Aphrodite (KOnpi; in Homer).
1105. The handwriting of this note points to a
Sito di Venere. By this heading Leonardo appears
to mean Cyprus, which was always considered by late date.
268 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [II06II08.
1106.
F. y>\
K. 68 ( 1107.
Qui seguita che '1 Mare della Tana, che Hence it follows that the sea of Azov is
The sea of 2 con fi na col Tanai, e la piu alta parte 3 che the highest part of the Mediterranean sea,
Azov.
abbia il Mare Mediterrano, il qua4 le e re- being at a distance of 3500 miles from the
moto dallo Stretto di Gibilterra 5 35OO mi- Straits of Gibraltar, as is shown by the map
6
glia, come mostra la carta da navigation; and it has 3500 braccia of
nauicare; for
e a di calo 3500 braccia, cioe uno ? miglio descent, that is, one mile and */6j therefore
8
e '/65
e e piu alto adunque que sto mare it is
higher than any mountains which exist
che mote che abbia 1'occidcte. in the West.
Leic. -,i
1108.
1106. i. lacq"a". 5. 3500006 on miglio . . vn br. 6. acq"a" chessi. 7. e mar casspio. 9. pele. 10 chellacqua. n. venissi
. . nlteza. 12. vivsano.
1107. The passage before this, in the original, treats of the exit of the waters from Lakes in
general.
THE LEVANT. 269
L. 66 a] nog.
Ponte da Pera a Costantinopoli largo The bridge of Pera at Constantinople, Constan-
2 tmople -
Leic. 28 a] IIIO.
Se si voltera il fiu
2
me alia rottura piv If the river will turn to the rift farther T he
3
inati, mai ritorne^ra nel corpo della 5
terra, on it will never return to its bed, as the
come fa 1' Eu 6 frates
fiume, e co?sl faccia, a Euphrates does, and this may do at Bologna
chi a Bo 8
lognia rlcresce Ii 9sua fiumi. the one who is disappointed for his rivers.
C. A. 94 ; 276(1]
mi.
Mons Caucasus Comedorum e Paro- Mounts Caucasus, Comedorum, and Paro- Centrae
2 Asia.
panisi insieme cogivti, che tra Batriana e pemisidae are joined together between Bactria
India nascono Oxus fiume , che in essi moti and India, and give birth to the river Oxus
nascie 3e corre 500 miglia a tramotana e which takes its rise mountains and
in these
altrettate a ponete e versa le sue acque flows 500 miles towards the North and as
nel Mare Ircano * e co seco s' accopagnia many towards the West, and discharges its
Osus Daagodos
, Arthamis Xariaspis, , ,
waters into the Caspian sea; and is accom-
Dragamaim Ocus Margus, s fi um gra- , ,
i
panied by the Oxus, Dargados, Arthamis, Xari-
dissimi; dall' opposita parte uerso mezzodl aspes, Dargamaim, Ocus and Margus, all very
nasce jl gra fiume Indo il quale di6 rizza large rivers. From the opposite side towards
le sue ode per 600 the South rises the great river Indus which
miglia inverse meridio,
e per questa linia s' accopagnia co seco i sends its waters for 600 miles Southwards
fiumi Xaradrus Bibasis , ? Vadris Vanda- , ,
and receives as tributaries in this course the
bal Bislaspus per leuate , Suastus e Coe
, rivers Xaradrus, Hyphasis, Vadris, Vandabal
per ponete -, e incorporati tali fiumi colle Bislaspus to the East, Suastes and Coe to
8
sue acque si uolta corredo miglia 800 per the West, uniting with these rivers, and with
ponete e ribattedosi ne' Moti Arbeti uno
, their waters it flows 800 miles to the West;
gomito, e' si volta 9 a mezzodl, per la quale then, turning back by the Arbiti mountains
linia -infra 500
miglia truova il mare d'ln- makes an elbow and turns Southwards, where
1109. See PI. CX No. i. In 1453 by order of di San Francesco, che desiderata averlo per fare un ponte
Sultan Mohamed II. the Golden Horn was crossed che passassi da Gonstantinopoli a Pera. And CONDIVI,
by a pontoon bridge laid on barrels (see Joh. Dukas' Vita di M. Buonaroti chap. 30: Michelangelo allora
History of the Byzantine Empire XXXVIII p. 279). vedendosi condotto a questo, temendo delPira del papa,
The biographers of Michelangelo, Vasari as well pensd d'andarsene in Levante; massimamente essendo
as Condivi, relate that at the time when Michel- stato dal Turco ricercato con grandissime promesse per
angelo suddenly left Rome, in 1506, he entertained mezzo di certi frati di San Francesco, per volersene servire
some intention of going to Constantinople, there to in fare un ponte da Costantinopoli a Pera ed in altri
serve the Sultan, who sought to engage him, by affari. Leonardo's plan for this bridge was made
means of certain Franciscan Monks, for the purpose in 1502. We may therefore conclude that at about
of constructing a bridge to connect Constantinople that time the Sultan Bajazet II. had either announced
with Pera. See VASARI, Vite (ed. Sansoni VII, 168): a competition in this matter, or that through his
Michelangelo, veduto questa furia del papa, dubitando di agents Leonardo had first been called upon to carry
lui, ebbe, secondo che si dice, voglia di andarsene in out the scheme.
Gostantinopoli a servire il Turco, per mezzo di certi frati
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [III2.
270
dia doue per sette rami in quello si som- after a course of about 100 miles it finds the
Indian Sea, in which it pours itself by seven
mergie.
branches. On the side of the same mountains
Neiraspetto del medesimo mote
lo nascie
the great Ganges, which river flows
il magnio "Gagie, il quale fiume corre per rises
mezzodl miglia 500 e per scirocco mille I2 Southwards for 500 miles and to the South-
e Sarabas Diarnvna e Soas ^e Scilo- west a thousand . and Sarabas, Diarnuna,
. .
III2.
C. A. 384*; 1189*1
9n the amano 3 la notte, perche li rifre^sca, the night because it refreshes them and
natives of hot . .
..
countries. e ano in odio la 5
luce, perche h n- have a horror of light because it burns
Such theoretical questions, as have been laid before the reader in Sections XVI
and XVII, though they were the chief subjects of Leonardo's studies of the sea, did not
exclusively claim his attention. A few passages have been collected at the beginning of
this section, which prove that he had turned his mind to the practical problems of
navigation, and more especially of naval warfare. What we know for certain of his
life gives us no data, it is true, as to when or where these matters came under his
consideration', but the fact remains certain both from tJiese notes in his manuscripts, and
from the well known letter to Ludovico il Moro (No. 1340), in which he expressly states
that he is as capable as any man, in this very department.
The numerous notes as to the laws and rationale of the flight of birds, are scattered
through several note-books. An account of these is given in the Bibliography of the
manuscripts at the end of this work. It seems, probable that the idea which led him
to these investigations was a flying or aerial machine for man^
his desire to construct
At the same time it must be admitted that the notes on the two subjects are quite
unconnected in the manuscripts, and that those on the flight of birds are by far the
most numerous and extensive. The two most important passages that treat of the
construction of a flying machine are those already published as Tav. XVI, No. I and
Tav. XVIII in the "Saggio delle opere di Leonardo da Vinci" (Milan 1872;. The
passages Nos. 1 120 1 here printed for the first time and hitherto unknown refer
125
to the same subject and, with the exception of one already published in the Saggio
No. 1126 they are, so far as I know, the only notes, among the numerous observations
on the flight of birds, in which the phenomena are incidentally and expressly connected
with the idea of a flying machine.
The notes on machines of war, the construction of fortifications, and similar matters
which fall within the department of the Engineer, have not been included in this work,
for the reasons given on page 26 of this Vol. An exception has been made in favour of the
passages Nos. 1127 a>id 1128, because they have a more general interest, as bearing on
-
2 2 NAVAL WARFARE. MUSIC.
the important question: whence the Master derived his knowledge of these matters.
Though it would be rash to assert that Leonardo was the first to introduce the science
into Italy, if may be confidently said that he is one of the earliest writers
of mining
who can be proved to have known and understood it; while, on the other hand, if is
almost beyond doubt that in the East at that time, the whole science of besieging towns
and mining in particular, was far more advanced than in Europe. This gives a peculiar
value to the expressions used in No. 1127.
been unable to find in the manuscripts any passage wJiatever which throws
/ have
any light on Leonardo's great reputation as a musician. Nothing therein illustrates
VASART'S well-known statement: Avvenne che morto Giovan Galeazzo duca di Milano,
e create Lodovico Sforza nel grado medesimo anno 1494, fu condotto a Milano con
gran riputazione Lionardo al duca, il quale molto si dilettava del suono della lira,
perche sonasse; e Lionardo porto quello strumento ch'egli aveva di sua mano fabbricato
d'argento gran parte, in forma d'un teschio di cavallo, cosa bizzarra e nuova, acciocche
1'armonia fosse con maggior tuba e piu sonora di voce; laonde super6 tutti i musici
che quivi erano concorsi a sonare.
The only notes on musical matters are those given as Nos. 1129 and 1130, wJiicJi
1113. 6. See VlTRUVlus, De Architecture/, lib. X. reference to the machine, mentioned by Leonardo.
C. 14 (p. 264 in the edition of Rose and Miiller- Alberti says here Noi abbiamo trattato lungamente in
:
25. LEON BATTISTA ALBERTI, De Architedura lib. V., edition: Questo libra e tuttora inedito e porta il tilolo,
c. 12 treats 'de le navi e parti loro\ but there is no secondo Gesnero di 'Liber navis'.
VOL. U. MM
ON MOVING IN WATER.
274
6 modo di Battista
2
?Alberti e Battista Alberti's method which is made
I1
navi1io, si di remi co 49 me vela, e sia pi- ship, whether with oars or sails; and whether
sccolo o grade, 5o lugo e alto, 52 o basso, it be small or
large, broad or long, or high
or low, it
always serves [52].
sepre serve.
Leic. 22 1] III4.
water fori delle acque, come far si uede a delfini, out of as may be seen with
the water,
che par cosa marauigliosa for*mare salto dolphins; and
seems a wonderful thing it
sopra la cosa che non aspetta, anzi si to make a leap from a thing which does not
fugge; Del notare delli animali di luSga resist but slips away. Of the swimming of
figura, come anguille e simili; Del modo animals of a long form, such as eels and
6
del notar contro alle cored e gra cadute the like. Of the mode of swimming against
de' fiumi; Del modo come notino pesci li currents and in the rapid falls of rivers. Of
di retoda figura; Come animali 7 che non li the mode of swimming of fishes of a round
anno lunga fessa non sa notare; Come form. How it is that animals which have not
long hind quartres cannot swim. How it is that
8
tutti li altri animali naturalmente sa no
notare ,
auendo li piedi colle dita, saluo all other animals which have feet with toes,
che 1'omo; In che modo I'omo debbe in- know by nature how to swim, excepting man.
para're a notare; Del modo del riposarsi In what way man ought to learn to swim.
sopra delle acque; Come I'omo si debbe Of the way in which man may rest on the
difen I0 dere dalle revertigini over retrosi water. How man may protect himself
delle acque che lo tirano in fondo; Come against whirlpools or eddies in the water,
I'omo ti :i rato in fondo abbia a cercare which drag him down. How a man dragged
del moto riflesso, che lo gitti fori della to the bottom must seek the reflux which
32. Mattale. 33. riesscie. 35. acque]. 36. effatto. 37. essperietia. 38. chessia. 39. chol. 40. charicho. 45. dere . .
M"a". 47. a "o"gni. 48. cho. 49. essia. 50. c"j"colo ogrande star. do ollugho. 52. obbasso.
51.
riposarsi lomo sopra. io. delle revertigini. io. ctielli tirano. n. refresso . . che passegare colle br
gitti. 12. . . Come
e non. si postar . .
quanto si po. 14. isscrivo. 15. qi ato tposso . .
magare ecquesto. 16. vserebono. 17. son-
13.
52. Leonardo does not reveal the method in- 1114. 2. Compare No. 821.
vented by him. 1.. 13 19 will also be found in Vol. I No. i.
NAVAL WARFARE. 2/5
I7
col ronpere i navili in fondo, e sommer- means of destruction at the bottom of the. sea,
gierli insieme colli omini che ui son dentro, by sending ships to the bottom, and sinking
e beche io insegni l8
delli no them together with the men in them. And
altri, quelli
son although I will impart others, there is no
perche di sopra all'acqua
di pericolo,
danger in them; because the mouth of the
apparisce la bocca della canna, 'S
tube, by which you breathe, is above the
alitano, posta sopra li otri o sughero. water supported on bags or corks [19].
Ash. II. 4 6]
Se sara in pugnia naui e galee , es- Supposing in a battle between ships and On naval
sendo vincitori le naui per le loro alte galleys that the ships are victorious by reason
arf
2 ( ^
Ir s iii 6 )
gaggie, si de' tirare 1' antena -per Isino of the high of their tops, you must haul the yard
quasi alia sommita up almost to the top
dell'albero, 3 e abbi of the mast, and at
nella stremita di detta the extremity of the
atena, cioe quella ch' e yard, that is the end
sporta sopra * il nemi- which is turned towT
co, appiccato va gag- ards the enemy, have
gietta fasciata, e di a small cage fastened,
sotto e ditorno uno
wrapped up below and
5
grosso materasso all round in a great
1116.
Ah. II. 6]
Se vuoli fare vna armata marittima, vsa If you want to build an armada for the
di travi fermi di 5 fuori e di detro con asse said'ship may be one foot and a half thick, that
con cotrari liniameti; e questo navilio avra, is made with cross beams within and without,
sotto 6
l'acqua vn piede, appiccato vno with planks in' contrary directions. And this
sputone ferrato di peso e grossezza d'un ship must have attached to it, a foot below the
'n6. J. isfondare. a. cheremi . . ilor. nelato". . sinistro "come apare in M" aciochelo. sieno piv luge 1 e
3. 4. . .
pie . .
acudi 7 ne e questo per forza di remi potra, water, an iron-shod spike of about the weight
8 and size of an anvil; and this, by force of
dato il
primo colpo, tornare idirietro, e
co furia ricacciarsi inati e dare il
oars may, after it has given the first blow, be
colpo
drawn back, and driven forward again with
secodo, e poi il terzo, e tati che ropa
fury give a second blow, and then a third,
detto navilio. and so many as to destroy the other ship.
B. 8i<5] III7-
s. K. M. m. 25
1118.
Se '1 mare si pesa sul suo fondo, 2 vn If the weight of the sea bears on its bottom, On the
omo, che giacesse sopra esso 3 fondo e a man, lying on that bottom and having
v
^ te |
C. A. 7 a; 19 a] 1119.
peso . .
grosseza. 7. ecquesto . . forza adi remi . . Tdirieto. 8. richaciarsi.
1117. 2. dopio .
."peto perispatio dono . .
dopio. 3. aginochio essiasicuro dello. 4. biscognassi . . schofia. 5. essalta imare ellassciati . .
1117. AMORETTI, Memorie Storiche, Tav. II. B. ing. The two sketches belonging to this passage
Fig. 5, gives the same figure, somewhat altered. are given by AMORETTI, Memorie Storiche. Tav. II,
6. La canna del? aria. Compare Vol. I. No. I. Note. Fig. 3 and 4.
278
ON FLYING MACHINES. [II20II23.
1120.
Aih. II.
Siccome per lo fivme ghiacciato uno omo Just as on a frozen river a man may run
corre 2
sanza mvtatione di piedi cosl vn ,
without moving his feet, so a car might be
carro fia 'possibile fare che corra per se made that would slide by itself.
Definitione perch vno 2 che sdrucciola A definition as to why a man who slides
sopra il
ghiaccio
3 no cade. on ice does not fall.
Mz. 3 a 1122.
(6)J
L'uomo ne' volatili a a stare libero Man when flying must stand free
2
On Flying dalla cintura
per potersi bili- insu from the waist upwards so as to be able
machines
care come fa in barca accid che '1
>
to balance himself as he does in a boat
(i 122 1126)
ce^tro della grauita di lui e dello so that the centre of gravity in him-
strumeto si possa ^bilicare e trasmu- self and in the machine may counter-
tarsi, dove necessita il dimada salla balance each other, and be shifted as
mutatione del centre della sua resi- necessity demands for the changes of
stetia. its centre of resistance.
Ricordati siccomejl tuo vccello non debbe Remember that your flying machine must
imitare 2 altro che '1 pipistrello per cavsa che imitate no
other than the bat, because the
i
pannicoli fano 3armadura over collegatione web is what by its union gives the armour,
alle armadure, cioe ma4 estre delle ali; or strength to the wings.
5E
se tu imitassi Palie delli vccelli pen- If you imitate the wings of feathered
nvti, esse 6 son di piv potete nervatura, per birds, you will find a much stronger structure,
essere esse 7 traforate cioe che le lor penne because they are pervious; that is, their feathers
so disunite e passa 8 te dall'aria; Ma il pipi- are separate and the
passes through them. air
strello e aivtato dal pannisculo che lega il But the batis aided by the web that connects
1133. ' sichome. 2. pipisstrello . .chavsa che panichuli. 3. chollcgacione . . coe. 4. esstre . . alie. 5. essettu. 6. enervatura
*
7. coe chelle . .
eppassa. 9. chulo chellega.
assai distante 1'un centro dall'altro, cioe tend to turn over, one centre must be very
ne! 9 lo strumeto di 30 braccia di lunghezza far from the other; that is, in a machine
30
essi centri sieno distanti 4 braccia 1'un braccia long the centres must be 4 braccia
dall'altro. one from the other.
Mz. 13 a\ 1125.
C. A. 37 25; 1158 ]
1126.
Tata forza si fa colla cosa icotro al- An object offers as much resistance to
1'aria, quato 1'aria alia cosa;
2
Vedi 1'alie the air as the air does to the object. You
may see that the beating of its wings against
percosse cotro all' aria fanno sostenere la
the air supports a heavy eagle in the
pesante aquila sulla suprema sottile aria 3vi-
highest and rarest atmosphere, close to the
cina all'elemeto del fuoco; Ancora vedi la
sphere of elemental fire. Again you may
mossa mare ripercossa nelle
aria sopr'al 4 see the air in motion over the sea, fill the
gofiate vele far correr la carica e pesate swelling sails and drive heavily laden ships.
From these instances, and the reasons
nave; siche per queste demostrastive e as-
given, a man with wings large enough and
segnate ragioni potrai conosciere 1'uomo
duly connected might learn to overcome the
colle sua cogiegniate e gradi ale, 6 facciedo resistance of the air, and by conquering it,
forza cotro alia resistete aria, vincedo po- succeed in subjugating it and rising above it.
terla soggiogare a Ie 7 varsi sopra di lei.
1124. i. pericholo. 2. achadere . . tale. 3. sechondario. 4. losstrumento si uoltassi. 4. vicico. 5. disscendere. 7. losstrumeto.
8. teza. 8. potessi . . disstante . . coe. 9. br di lungeza . .
4 br lii.
1125. i. 6 br. 2. dalteza . . facca. 3. chedendo. 4. ecque,te. 5. paternosstri savol. 6. glino . . adosso.
1126. i. [vo] tata . . cholla chosa I chotro . . chosa. 2. perchosse chotro . . fassosstenere . . sulla "suplema" sottile. 3. fuocho
Anchora . .
riperchossa. 4. ghofiate . . chorrer la charicha . .
qsste [asse] demosstra. 5. chonossciere . . cholle . . cho-
giegniate. 6. chotro . . resisstete aria [potersi e] e vincedo poterla sogiogare alle.
1124. Compare No. 1428. ah Ingenieur etc., Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der
1126. A
parachute is here sketched, with Technik und der indiiktiven Wissenschaften , von Dr.
an explanatory remark. It is reproduced on Hermann Groihe, Berlin 1874, p. 50.
Tav. XVI in the Saggio, and in : Leonardo da Vinci
280 ON MINING. [1127. 1128.
1127.
Ash. II. 4")
vuoi sapere doue una caua If you want to know where a mine runs,
Se
tu
place a drum over all the places where you
2
Of mining. faccia suo corso, metti vno taburo in tutti
quelli lochi, dove tu sospetti si facci la suspect that it is being made, and upon this
cava e sopra detto tabu^ro
,
metti vno drum put a couple of dice, and when you
di dadi e sarai apresso al are over the spot where they are mining, the
pajo -, quado
loco dove si caua, i dadi risalneranno dice will jump a little on the drum at every
lo colpo che blow which is underground in the
alquato sopra del taburo per given
si da sotto terra nel cavare. mining.
s5^
I
\
3
sSono alcuni che per auere comodita There are persons who, having the con-
d'u fiume o di
6
alle lor terre, anno venience of a river or a lake in their lands,
padule
have made, close to the place where they
fatto apresso di quel loco, doue sospettano
suspect that a mine is being made, a great
si faccia 7 la cava, vno gra riserbo d'aqua,
reservoir of water, and have countermined
8
e cauato in cotra il nemi co
e, quel tro- the enemy, and having found them, have
uato, anno sboccato il bottino e annegato turned the water upon them and destroyed a
nella 9 cava gra popolo. great number in the mine.
2
Tolli carbon di salcio, e sale nitro, e Take charcoal of willow, and saltpetre,
or Greek acquavite e sulfore ,
3
pegola con icieso, ,
and sulphuric acid, and sulphur, and pitch,
fire.
e cafora, e lana etiopica e fa bollire ogni with frankincense and camphor, and Ethiopian
cosa isieme questo fuoco e di tanto desi-
; wool, and boil them all together. This
*
1197. i. settu vuoli . . cha faccia . . chorso. a. tussosspetti . .
essopra. 3. vno pa di. 4. terano . . chessi da . . tera. $. cho-
modita. 6. tere . . facci. 7. riserbo daq"a" e chauato. 8. ano isboccato . .
anegatti.
1138. T. fuocho grecho. 2. charbon di salco essale . . essulfore. 3. chafera elana etiopicha effa. 4. onichosa . . focbo . . dessi-
1 1 29.] ON GREEK FIRE. 28l
derio di bruSciare, che seguita il legniame fire is so ready to burn that it clings to
6
sin sotto 1'acque; e se aggivgnierai in the timbers even under water. And add
essa conpositione vernice liquida, ?e olio to this composition liquid varnish, and bitu-
petrolio, e tremetina, e acieto forte, minous and turpentine and strong
oil,
mischia 8 ogni cosa isieme, e secca al sole vinegar, and mix all together and dry it in
o nel forno quado n'e trat^to'l pane, e the sun, or in an oven when the bread
poi volta intorno alia stoppa di canapa o is taken
out; and then stick it round hempen
I0
altra, riduciedola in forma rotonda, e or other tow, moulding it into a round form,
IT
ficcati da ogni pa rte i chiodi acutissi- and studding it all over with very sharp
I2
mi, solamete lascia I detta
palla vn buco nails. You must leave in this ball an
come razzo; poi la copri di colofonio e opening to serve as a fusee, and cover it
di solfo; with rosin and sulphur.
13 Ancora
questo foco appiccato in Again, this fire, stuck at the top of
sommita d'una lunga asta, Ua quale J
a long plank which has one braccio
abbi uno braccio di puta di ferro length of the end pointed with iron
accio no sia bruciato da det I5 to foco, that it may not be burnt by the said
e bono per evitare e proibire Ifra le fire, is good for avoiding and keeping
naui ostili, per I6 non essere sopra- off the ships, so as not to be over-
fatti
_da Ipito; whelmed by their onset.
I7Acora gittati vasi di uetro pieni di Again throw vessels of glass full of pitch
I8
pegola sopra li aversi navili, itendenti on to the enemy's ships when the men
li omini di quelli alia battaglia ^e poi ,
in them are intent on the battle; and then by
gittato dirieto simili palle accese anno throwing similar burning balls upon them you
20
poteza a brucia re ogni navilio. have it in your power to burn all their ships.
Br. II2Q.
nag. 2. molle. 5. cholla. 8. coe. 9. sicorae. 10. fa boci. 13. quesste. 16. uoce. 17. tassti . . esserrano bichi di gra disstatie
1128. Venturi has given another short text about Suivant quelques historiens le feu gregeois etait compose
the Greek fire in a French translation (Essai % XIV). de soufre et de resine. Marcus Graecus (Liber ignium,
He adds that the original text is to be found in Paris, 1 804, in-4) donne plusieurs manieres de le faire
MS. B. 30 (?). Libri speaks of it in a note as follows qui ne sont pas tres intelligibles , mais parmi lesquelles
(Histoire des sciences mathematiques en Italie Vol. II on trouve la composition de la poudre a canon. Leonard
p. 129): La composition du feu grlgeois est ttne des de Vinci (MSS. de Leonard de Vinci, vol. B. f. 30^ dit
on le faisait avec du charbon de saule, du salpetre, de
1
chases qui ont ete les plus cherchtes et qui sont encore les
git
plus douteuses. On dit qu'il fut invente au septieme I'eau de vie, de la resine f du soufre, de la poix et du
siecle de fere chretienne par Varchitede Callinique (Con- camphre. Mais il est probable que nous ne savons pas
stantini Porphyrogenetae opera, Lugd. Batav. 1617, qu'elle etait sa composition, surtout a cause du secret
z'-8 vo ; p. 172, de admin, imper.exp. 48), et il se trouve qrfen faisaient les Grecs. En effet,Fempereur Constantin
louvent mentionne par les Historiens Byzantins. Tantbt Porphyrogenete recommende a son fils de ne jamais
on le langait avec des machines, comme on lancerait une en donner aux Barbares , de leur ripondre, s'ils en et
bouche, tantot on le soufflait avec de longs tubes, comme demand^ient, qrfil avail ete apporte du del par un ange
on un gaz ou un liquide enflamme (Annae et que le secret en avait ete confie aux Chrltiens (Con-
soufflerait
Comnenae Alexias, p. 335, lib. XL Aeliani etLeonis, stantini Porphyrogennetae opera, p. 26 27, de admin,
n
imperatoris tactica, Lugd.-Bat. 1613, in-4. part. 2 , imper., cap. 12).
p. 322, Leonis tact. cap. 19. Joinville, histoire du Saint 1129. This chapter consists of explanations of the
Louis colled. Petitot torn. II, p. 235). Les ecrivains sketches shown on PL CXXI. Lines I and 2 of the text
are to be seen at the top at the left hand side of
contemporains disent que I'eau ne pouvait pas eteindre ce
feu, mais qu'avec du vinaigre et du sable on y parvenait. the first sketch of a drum. Lines 3 5 refer to the
VOL. II.
NN
282 ON MUSIC. [II30. II3I.
JTanburo quadro, del quale si tira e 4 A square drum of which the parchment may
allenta la sua carsta colla lieua a b\ be drawn tight or slackened by the lever a b{^\.
6
Tanburo a cosonaza; A drum for harmony [6].
?Vna tabella a cosona 8 za, cio6 3 tabellc [7] A clapper for harmony; that is, three
insieme; clappers together.
10
^Siccome vn medesimo tanburo fa [9] Just as one and the same drum makes
I2 a deep or acute sound according as the parch-
voci "graui e acute, secondo le carte piu
o me 1J
tirate, cos) queste carte,
'
'variamente ments are more or less tightened, so these
tirate sopra 'Svn medesimo corpo di ta- parchments variously tightened on one and
I0
buro, fara uarie uoci; the same drum will make various sounds [i 6].
'7Tasti stretti e serrano; bicchi di gra Keys narrow and close together; (bicchi)
l8
clistatie infra loro, e sono al proposito far apart; these will be right for the trumpet
della tronba prossima di sopra; shown above.
'90 entri in loco dell'ordinarie posite a must enter in the place of the ordinary
keys which have the
ao
che anno i partici ne' lor busi de' zufoli. in the openings
of a flute.
B. 4 a] 1131.
c-d-e-f'g-h'i' k; drawn at a b c d e fg
6
da fa?re uno ciclo a uno h i k, to go round the
8
ap parecchio. decoration.
sketch immediately below this. Line 6 is written as 1130. In the original there are some more
the side of the seventh sketch, and lines 7 and" 8 at sketches, to which the text, from line 6, refers.
the side of the eighth. Lines 9 16 are at the They are studies for a contrivance exactly like the
bottom in the middle. The remainder of the text cylinder in our musical boxes.
is at the side of the drawing at the bottom.
XIX.
Under the heading of "Philosophical Maxims''' I have collected all the passages
wJiich can give us a clear comprehension of Leonardo's ideas of the world at large.
It is scarcely necessary to observe that there is absolutely nothing in them to lead to
the inference that he was an His views of nature and its laws are no doubt
atheist.
very unlike those of his contemporaries, and have a much closer affinity to those which
find general acceptance at the present day. On the 'other hand, it is obvioiis from
Leonardo's will (see No. 1566^ that, in the year before his death, he had professed to
adhere to the fundamental doctrines of the Roman Catholic faith, and this evidently
from own personal desire and impulse.
his
The incredible and demonstrably fictitious legend of Leonardo's death in the arms
of Francis the First, is given, with others, by Vasari and further embellished by this
odious comment: "Mostrava tuttavia quanto avea offeso Dio e gli uomini del mondo, non
avendo operato nell' arte come si conveniva." This last accusation, it may be remarked,
is above all evidence of the superficial character of the information which Vasari was
in a position to give about Leonardo. It seems to imply that Leonardo was disdainful
of diligent labour. With regard to the second, referring to Leonardo's morality and
dealings with his fellow men, Vasari himself nullifies it by asserting the very contrary
in several passages. A further refutation may be found in the following sentence from
PHILOSOPHY, MORALS, POLEMICS.
tJie Utter in which Melzi, the young Milanese nobleman, announces the Master's death
to Leonardo's brothers: Credo siate certificati della morte di Maestro Lionardo fratello
la cui morte sarebbe impossibile che io potesse
vostro, e mio quanto optimo padre, per
il dolore che io ho preso; e in mentre che queste mia membra si sosterranno
esprimere
insieme, io possedero una perpetua infelicita, e meritamente perche sviscerato et arden-
tissimo amore mi portava giornalmente. E dolto ad ognuno la perdita di tal uomo,
quale non e piu in podesta della natura, ecc.
// is true that, in April 1476, we find the names of Leonardo and Verrocchio
entered in the "Libro degli Uffiziali notte e de' Monasteri" as breaking the laws;
di
but we immediately after find the note "Absoluti cum condizione ut retamburentur"
(Tamburini was the name given to the warrant cases of the night police). The acquittal
therefore did not exclude the possibility of
a repetition of the charge. It was in fact
repeated, two months later, and on this occasion the Master and his pupil were again
fully acquitted. Verrocchio was at this time forty and Leonardo four-and-twenty.
The documents referring affair are in the State Archives of Florence ; they have
to this
been withheld from publication, but it seemed to me desirable to give the reader this
brief account of the leading facts of the story, as the vague hints of it, which have
recently been made public, may have given to the incident an aspect .which it had not
in reality, and which it does not deserve.
The passages here classed under the head "Morals" reveal Leonardo to us as a
man whose life and conduct were unfailingly governed by lofty principles and aims. He
could scarcely have recorded his stern reprobation and unmeasured contempt for men
who do nothing useful and strive only for riches, if his own life and ambitions had
been such as they have so often been misrepresented.
At a period like that, when superstition still exercised unlimited dominion
over the minds not merely of the illiterate crowd, but of the cultivated and learned
classes, it was very natural that Leonardo's views as to Alchemy Ghosts, Magicians, ,
and the like should be met with stern reprobation whenever and wherever he may have
expressed them; this accounts for the argumentative tone of all his utterances on such
subjects which I have collected in Subdivision HI of this section. To these I have
added some passages which throw light on Leonardo's personal views on the Universe.
They are, without exception, characterised by a broad spirit of naturalism of which
the principles are more strictly applied in his essays on Astronomy, and still more on
Physical Geography.
To avoid repetition, only such notes on PhilosopJiy, Morals and Polemics, have been
included in this section as occur as independent texts in the original MSS. Several
moral reflections have already been given in Vol. I, in section "Allegorical represen-
tations, Mottoes and Emblems'". Others will de found in the following section. Nos. 9
to 12, Vol. I, arc also passages of an argumentative character. It did not seem
requisite to repeat here these and similar passages, since their direct connection zvith
t/ie context is far closer in places where they have appeared already, than it would
be here.
PHILOSOPHICAL MAXIMS.
S. K. M. III. 64 1] 1132.
secodariamente che tu sai 4 a bbreviare o for that Thou canst shorten or prolong the
II ORATIO. A PRAYER.
Tu o Iddio ci vendi
2
3tutti li beni per Thou, O God, dost sell us all good things
prez zo di fatica.H
4 at the price of labour.
A. "34-
tu volutonon ai macare a nessuna first Mover; Thou hast not permitted that (11341139).
any force should fail of the order or quality
2
potetia F ordine e qualita de' sua necies-
sari effetti. of its necessary results.
S. K. M. III. 49 a] "35-
La neciessita e maestra 2
e tutrice Necessity is the mistress and guide of
della natura ;
nature.
3 La neciessita e tema e in^ventrice Necessity is thetheme and the inventress,
della natura Se freno e regola eterna. the eternal curb and law of nature.
Molte volte una medesima cosa e tirata In cases one and the same thing
many
da2violetie,
*
cioe neciessita e potentia ;
is by two strong forces, namely
attracted
i
terra
i~, ~ K:,, 3 Necessity and Potency.
] Water falls in rain;
1'acuua oiove, la lassorbisce, r
per j>
the earth absorbs it from the necessity for
.
tale insieme co! 2 la percussione son le gether with resistance , are the four exter-
accidentali potentie , 3 colle quali nal powers in which all the visible
quatro
tutte euidenti opere de'
1' mortali 4 anno- actions of mortals have their being and
loro essere e loro morte. their end.
Till corpo nostro e sottoposto al cielo, Our body is dependant on heaven and
e lo cielo e sottoposto allo spirito.1 heaven on the Spirit.
II moto e causa d' ogni vita. The motive power is the cause of all life.
W. XXIX] 1140.
14. chella. 13. distrugha. 17. chi nolla. The list seven lines are very indistinct. 20. si pa"r"te dal. 21. corpo e ben.
22. reto chol su. 23. o piauto e ch. 24. ore no sia. 25. anza [g] ca. 26. one.
1140. This text is on the back of the drawings reproduced on PI. CVII. Compare No. 798, 35 note
on p. II Compare
I. also No. 837 and 838.
19. In MS. I 1 15" is the note: chi no sfima la vita, non la merita.
1 1
41 1 1
46-] PHILOSOPHICAL MAXIMS. 287
Tr. 78] H4 1 -
L'anima mai si
puo corropere nella The soul can
never be corrupted with
corpo, ma fa nel corpo
2
corruttio del a the of the body, but is in the
corruption
similitudine del ueto che cavsa il suono del body as it were the air which causes the
3 C he
organo, guastadosi vna canna, no sound of the organ, where when a pipe bursts,
resultava per quella del ueto ^buono tne wind would cease to have any good
effetto. effect.
C. A. s8a; iSort]
2
Ogni parte a inclinatio di ricogiugnersi The part always has a tendency to reunite
al suo 3tutto per fugire dalla 4 sua inper- with its whole in order to escape from its
fettione ; imperfection.
L' anima desidera stare 6 col suo corpo,
s The spirit desires to remain with its body,
perche sanza strumeti organici di tal because, without the
7 li
organic instruments of
8
corpo nulla puo operare ^ne setire. that body, it can neither act, nor feel anything.
C. A. 75<z; 2iga]
Chi vuole vedere come 1' anima abita If any one wishes to see how the soul
nel suo 2 corpO', guardi come esso corpo dwells in its body, let him observe how this
3 S ua
vsa la cotidiana abitatione, cioe se body uses its daily habitation; that is to say,
if this is devoid of order and confused, the
quella *e sanza ordine e confusa, disor-
dinasto e cofuso fia il corpo tenvto dalla body will be kept in disorder and confusion
sua anima. by its soul.
... i
Br. M. 278,5]
I3t
44-
Perche vede piv certa la cosa 1'ochio ne' does the eye see a thing more clearly
Why
2
sogni che colla imaginatione, stando desto? in dreams than with the imagination being awake?
1144. 2. dessto.
Tr. 5.1
IJ 4 8 '
Scietia notitia delle cose che sono pos- Science is the observation of things pos-
2 sible, whether present or past; prescience is
prescietia notitia
'"sibili, presetie preterite; the knowledge of things which may come
principles
cose che possi uenire, 3
per6 lento. to pass, though but slowly.
2
La sperieza, interprete infra Experience, the interpreter between forma-
tiosa natu^ra e la umana specie', ne insegnia tive nature and the human race, teaches how
6
cio che essa natura infra ^mortali ado- that nature acts among mortals; and
being
pera,
8
da neciessita co^strefta non altri- constrained by necessity cannot act otherwise
I0
meti operarsi po T1 ssa che la ragio, suo than as reason, which is its helm, requires
I2 I3
timone, operare le asse gni. her to act.
I.i
La natura e piena d' infinite ragioni che Nature is full of infinite causes that have
no furo mai in isperietia. never occured in experience.
M. 58**] 1152.
2
TJLa verita fu sola fi
gliola del tenpo.Tf Truth was the only daughter of Time.
La sperieza no falla mai, ma sol fallano Experience never errs; it is only your
i vostri giuditi, promettendosi di quella judgments that err by promising themselves
2
efetti tali che ne' uostri esperimeti effects such as are not caused by your
causati no sono; experiments.
3 La sperieza no falla ,
ma sol fallano i
Experience does not err; only your
vostri giuditi, promettedosi di lei cose, che judgments err by expecting from her what
no * sono in sua potesta ; s a torto si lamen- is not in her power. Men wrongly com-
tano li omini della sperieza, co somme plain of Experience; with great abuse they
6
rampogne quella accusano esser fallace, accuse her of leading them astray but they set
1147. i. prccipia.
1148. i. notiti delle chessono possibile presente. 2. cose che pesi uine che posl uenire. 3. penvlente.
1149. i. lassperieza. ella. 8. co. ix. chella ragio "suotiraone". 12. 12. asegni.
4. 5. ninsegna. hoperare.
1150. i dela. 2. sperietia la quale speri. 3. eza here the text breaks off.
1151. 2. inisperictia.
prometa "desi". 5. attorto si lamenta . . della ("innocete" issperieza la quale con some ranpogne. 7. Ma lasciano.
1 154 1 1 58.] PHILOSOPHICAL MAXIMS. 289
8
7 ma lasciano stare essa sperietia, voltati from it with
Experience aside , turning
dalle lamentation i contro alia nostra igno- complaints as to our ignorance causing
9 fa trascorrere con uostri us to be carried away by vain and foolish
ranza, la quale ui
vani e stolti desideri a inprometterui di desires to promise ourselves, in her name,
I0
quella cose che no sono in sua potetia, things that are not in her power; saying
"dicendo quella esser fallace; I2 a torto si that she is fallacious. Men are unjust in
lametan li omini della innocente sperientia , complaining of innocent Experience, con-
J
quella spesso accusando 3di fallacia e di stantly accusing her of error and of false
bugiarde ^dimostrationi. evidence.
E. "55-
DELLA MECCANICA. OF MECHANICS.
2
La meccanica e il paradiso delle scie- Mechanics are the Paradise of mathe-
tie matema3tiche perche co quella si viene ,
matical science because here we come to
,
Br. M. 191 al
G. 956] 58 -
8. evoltati . . lamentatione . .
ingnoranza. 9. transcorrere co uosstre "vani e" in stolti . . "di quella" chose. 10. in "sua"
potetia. 12. attorto . . della "inocente" essperientia . . achusando. 13. bugarde. 14. dimostratione. Ma here the
1154. i. Lasscientia. 2. essopra. conco sia che. 4. mati "che annomoto" fanno . .
ecquali. 5. nasscano . .
possto. 6. mezo
3.
apparte . .
acquesto. 7. charesstia e douitia di mvsscoli.
C. A. 75<; 219 )
"59-
adopera lo ingiegno, ma pivtosto la me- authority uses, not his understanding, but
rather his memory. Good culture is born of a
moria; Ue buone lettere son nate da vn
bono naturale, 4 e perche si de' piv laudare good disposition; and since the cause is more
la cagio che 1'effetto, spiv lauderai vn to be praised than the effect, I will rather
6
buon naturale sanza lettere, che vn bon praise a good disposition without culture,
letterato sanza naturale. than good culture without the disposition.
1.2 82
1160.
rt)
La scietia e il
capitano, e la pratica Science is the captain, and practice the
sono i soldati. soldiers.
G. 8*1 1161.
^Quelli che s'inamora di pratica <saza Those who fall in love with practice
'
scietia so come
nocchiere che estra navi-
1 without science are like a sailor who enters
lio sanza timone e bussola, 6 che mai a a ship without a helm or a compass, and
certezza dove si vada. who never can be certain whither he is going.
1159. i. laturita. 2. longiegno. 3. senate. 4. laldare la chagio chelle fetto. 5. lalderni vn bo. 6. literato.
MORALS.
Br. M. 156 1>\ Il62.
O
tepo, consumatore delle cose, e o 2
OTime! consumer of all things; O envious
invidiosa antichita, tu distruggi tutte le age thou dost destroy all things and devour
!
cose, 3 e consumi tutte le cose da duri deti all things with the relentless teeth of years,
4
vecchiezza a poco a poco co leta
della little by little in a slow death. Helen, when
5morte! Elena quando si specchiaua, ve- she looked in her mirror, seeing the withered
dedo 6 le vizze grinze del suo viso, fatte wrinkles made in her face by old age, wept
per la vecchi 7 ezza, piagnie e pesa seco, and wondered why she had twice been
8
perche fu rapita due volte. carried away.
1162. i. On tfie margin: pro, meaning probably propositione. 2. lassperaza [del suo] el desidero 2. chas"o" assimilitudine . .
"dela farfalla alume" dell uomo. 3. cho chotinvi cho fessta asspetta. 5. chose. 6. dissfazi. 7. Desidero e ne i [qj la
. .
1163. i. chonsumatore . . chose. 2. disstruggi . . chose. 3. chonsumate . . chose. 4. vecchieza appocho appocho cho. 5. elena
. .
sisspecchiaua. 6. leuzze grinze. 7. eppesa secho. 8. da volte. 9. chonsumatore . . chose. 10. lesono chonsumate.
MORALS. [11641168.
292
H 33*1
1164.
2
danno lascia dispiacere nella Every evil leaves behind a grief in our
Ogni
ricordatione ,
saluo 3 C he'l sommo dano, memory, except the supreme evil, that is
cioe la morte, che uccide essa ricordatione death, which destroys this memory together
Isieme scolla vita. with life.
C. A. 1165.
G. Bga] 1166.
. A. 365 ; 1167.
2
ULa cognitio del tepo preterite e del The knowledge of past times and of the
sito della terra e orna^meto e cibo delle places on the earth is both an ornament and
meti vmane.li nutriment to the human mind.
E di tato vilipedio la bugia, che s'ella To lie is so vile, that even if it were in
dicesse bene gia 2 cose di Dio, ella toglie speaking well of godly things it would take off
gratia a sua deita, ed e di tata eccelle^tia something from God's grace; and Truth is so
la uerita, che s'ella laudasse cose minime excellent, that if it praises but small things
elle si fano nobili;
they become noble.
Sanza dubbio proportione e dalla tal Beyond a doubt truth bears the same
verita alia bugia, quat e s dalla luce alle relation falsehood as light to darkness;
to
tenebre, ed e essa verita in se di tanta and this truth is in itself so excellent that,
eccelle 6 tia che, ancora ch'ella s'estenda even when it dwells on humble and lowly-
sopra vmili e basse materie, 7 sanza compa- matters, it is still infinitely above uncer-
ratione ella eccede le incertezze e bugie tainty and lies, disguised in high and
1167. .
chognitio. 3. eccibo . . vraa"ne".
1168. . cde di . . chcssella dicessi. 2. dio ella to di gratia assua. chessella laldassi. 5. verita "in se" di. 6. anchora
3.
astende. 7. comperatione ellaccede . . esstese. 8. pra [le altissime] li . . disscorsi. 9. nosstra anchora. 10. no resta . .
8
estese so pra li
magni e altissimi discorsi, lofty discourses; because in our minds,
perche me9te nostra, ancora ch'ell'abbia
la even
I0 lying should be their fifth element,
if
la bugia
& pel quito elemeto, - non resta pero f i- . ., ,, ., ri ,.
tn is does not prevent that the truth of
.
j 11
, i- -
things
che la venta delle cose no sia di sommo
, -4.V
.
2
rT;
:
'Fuggi quello -studio del quale la re- Avoid studies of which the result dies with
sultante opera more insie^me coll' operante the worker.
d' essa.
C. A. 75,1; 2i 9 a] II7O.
C. A. iiirt; 34S]
2
Acquista cosa nella tua giovetu arresta Learning acquired in youth arrests the
il danno
della tua ve 3 cchiezza; ^esetu in- evil of old age; and if you understand that
tedi 5 la vechiezza aver per suo cibo la sa- old age has wisdom for its food, you will so
6
pietia, adoperati in tal modo in giove^tu conduct yourself in youth that your old age
che tal uecchiezza no machi il nu 8 trimeto. will not lack for nourishment.
chella chose somo. 12. mattu. 15. piace. 16. rag5 soffistice. 18. palari. 21. delle certe.
. . . .
ingegni ingeni. 13.
1169. 3. choll.
1170. 2. incholpando . .
tropa . .
sachorgiedo. 4. ci fa [parere] "che". 5. chosa.
i. chosa 2. cheresta chieza o chettu masstulli la tu]. 4. [a vechiezzaj essettu. 6. gove.
1171. . .
goventu. il.
3. [ovr
7. chettal vecheza.
L'acqua che tochi de' fivmi, e 1' ultima The water you touch in a river is the last
di quella che add, e la prima J di quelle of that which has passed, and the first of that
che viene; cosl il tepo *presete; which is coming. Thus it is with time present.
s La vita bene Life well spent,
spesa lunga e. if is
long.
w. xii.j "75-
Siccome magiare sanza voglia si couerte Just as food eaten without caring for it
2
1 fastidioso notrimento ,
cosl lo studio is turned into loathsome nourishment, so
sa-Jza desiderio guasta la 4
memoria, col s no study without a taste for it spoils memory,
ritenere cosa ch'ella pigli. by retaining nothing which it has taken in.
Ash. I. 1176.
Siccome il mangiare sanza voglia fia Just as eating against one's will is inju-
2
darioso alia salute cosl lo studio sanza , rious to health, so study without a liking for
desiderio guasta la memoria, e no ritie it spoils the
memory, and it retains nothing
cosa ch'ella pigli. it takes in.
No
mi pare che li omini grossi e di
! It seems to me that men of coarse and
Hristi costumi e di poco discorso meritino clumsy habits and of small knowledge do not
si bello stru^meto, ne tanta varieta di ma- deserve such fine instruments nor so great a
chinameti quanto li omini speculatiui e *di variety of natural mechanism as men of spe-
gra discorsi, ma solo vn sacco doue si ri- culation and of great knowledge; but merely a
1176. i. sichome . .
voglia [da danno] fia. 2. chosi losstudio . . chosa.
1177. x. diaciano . . bocha. 2. cfiaresti.
3. si chomc il fero sa . ruginissce. 4. ellacq"a" . . fredo. 5. sagiacia chosi. 7. pegio
istu. 8. nolantecli. 10. dinatico perche reto e chalua.
.
1178. i. chelli . .
grosi. 2. trissti chorstumi "e di pocho disscorso" meritino. 3. nettanta . .
spechulatiui e di. 4. disscorsi.
Ecco alcuni che non altramente che Some there are who are nothing else than
2
tra sito cibo e avmetatori di stereo e
di a passage for food and augmentors of excrement
rienpitori di destri chiamarsi debono, per- and fillers of privies, because through them
che per 4 loro non altro nel modo o pure no other things in the world, nor any good
alcuna virtu in opera si 5 mette, perche di effects are produced, since nothing but full
oro altro 6 che pieni destri non resta. privies results from them.
La stoltitia e scudo della vergognia, come Folly is the shield of shame, as un-
2
la improtitudine della poverta glorificata. readiness is that of poverty glorified.
Tur. Il82.
Ash. I. i a] "83.
No si dimada richezza quello che si That is not riches, which may be lost;, ^
2
puo perdere; la uirtu e vero nostro bene virtue is our true good and the
true reward
ed e vero premio 3 del suo possessore lei ;
of its possessor. That cannot be lost; that
no si puo perdere lei 4 no ci abandona -, ,
never deserts us, but when life leaves us.^jAs
5. sacho [da cibo] doue. 6. essca gudicati. 7. chella voce. 18. ella
. .ettutto erresto mancho che besstia. . . . .
1179. i. ecci che altro chettra. 3. cho "e rienpitori di desstri" chiamarsi.
. .
4. loro
[
"altro nel modo o pure" alchuna. |
6. pieni e desstr.
1180. 2. he nelloro oppennione.
1181. i. esschudo chome. 2. grorifichato.
. .
se prima la uita no ci lascia; Me robe e le to property and external riches, hold them
6
esterne diuitie senpre le tieni co timore; with trembling; they often leave their
con scorno ?e sbeffato il loro possessor in contempt, and mocked at for
spesso lasciano
possessore perdedo lor possessione. having lost them.
F. 96*) 1184.
Ogni omo desidera far capitale per Every man wishes to make money to
3
dare a medici destruttori di uite, aduque give it to the doctors, destroyers of life;
debono essere richi; they then ought to be rich [2].
L' uomo a grande discorso, del quale la
J Man has much power of discourse which
4 e vana e
falsa, li animali 1'anno for the most part is vain and false; animals
piu parte
piccolo, ma e vtiMe e vero,
e meglio e la have but little, but it is useful and true,
6
piccola certezza che la gra bugia. and a small truth is better than a great lie.
W. XIII]
1186.
S. K. M. HI. 77 a] 1187.
B. 1188.
Se tu avessi il
corpo secodo la virtu ,
If you governed your body by the rules
Rules of tu no carpesti 2
in modo of virtue you would not walk on all fours
Life
.
questo ;
in this world.
(1188-1202). cresci I
reputatione come il
pane Y ou in reputation like bread in the
grow
I mano a' putti. hands of a child.
Tr. 2] 1189.
1184. 2. medici "destruttori di iute" aduque . . esse. 4. picholo. 5. verso . . ella pichola certeza.
1188. i. settn . .
capresti. 3. cressci.
E. 31 J] "90.
Non si debbe desiderare lo inpossibile. We ought not to desire the impossible.
Dimada
cosiglio a chi be si corregge; Ask counsel of him who rules himself well.
2
Givstitia vuol potetia, intellige3tia e "Justice requires power, insight, and will;
volonta, e si assomi^glia al re delle api; and it resembles the queen-bee.
s Chi no puniscie il male, co 6 mada che He who does not punish evil commands
si facci; it to be done.
7 Chi piglia la biscia per la coda 8
quella He who takes the snake by the tail will
H.3 1192.
1
Chi no rafrena la uolutta ,
colle bestie The man who does not restrain wantonness,
2
s' acopagni ;
allies himself with beasts.
3 No puo avere maggior ne minor
si Yon can have no dominion greater or less
signio^ria che quella di se medesimo; than that over yourself.
s Chi
poco pesa, molto erra; He who thinks little, errs much.
6
Piu facilmete si cotesta al pricipio, It is easier to contend with evil at the
7 che al fine; firstthan at the last.
8
Nessuno cosiglio e piv leale che 9 quello No counsel is more loyal than that given
che da alle navr che so I0 no in pericolo;
si on ships which are in peril: He may expect
I2
"Aspetti danno quel che si regie per gio- loss who acts on the advice of an inex-
vane sconsigliato. perienced youth.
r. 39) "93-
1190. i. debba.
i-ioR. i. ach be si 2. vol. essi. gia are delleave. 5. punisscie. 9. cicava. 10. glruina.
1191. corege. 3. 4.
C. A. 115*; 357*1
" 95>
CoPERATIONE DELLA PATIETIA. A SIMILE FOR PATIENCE.
2
La patietia fa cotra
alle ingiurie non Patience serves us against insults precisely
altrameti che faccino si i
panni
3 contra del
as clothes do against the cold. For if you
freddo, jnperoche se
mvltiplicherai li ti
L. o-J 1198.
L. 1199.
2
ILa pavra nascie piv tosto che altra Fear arises sooner than any thing else.
cosa. 1
C. A. 75 J; 1200.
Siccome 1'animosita e pericolo di uita Just as courage imperils life, fear pro-
cosl la paura-e sicurita di quella; tects it.
2
Le minaccie sol sono 3 a rme dello Threats alone are the weapons of the threa-
minacciato; tened man.
H Dov' entra la uetura, la invidia vi
*
Wherever good fortune enters, envy lays
pone lo assedio e lo cobatte, e dond'ella si siege to the place and attacks it; and when
parte, vi lascia il dolore e petimeto; it departs, sorrow and repentance remain
behind.
5
URaro cade chi ben camina; He who walks straight rarely falls.
1195. 2. allengiurie : altremeti . . chessi. 3. fredo jnpero chessetti . . sechondo. 4. esso fredo. 5. grade . . cressci . . essa ingiuria.
1196. . trissto.
1198. 2. The rest of this passage may be rendered in various ways, but none of them give a satis-
factory meaning.
1201 1203-] MORALS. 299
6
U Mai' e se laudi e peggio se ripredi la It is bad if you praise, and worse if you
cosa, dico se bene tu non la intedi; reprove a thing, I mean, if you do not under-
7lMal fai se laudi e peggio se tu ri- stand the matter well.
predi la cosa quado bene tu non la It is ill to
praise, and worse to reprimand
intendi. in matters that you do not understand.
G. I2OI.
Tr. n] I2O2.
Mvouesi 1'amante per la cosa amata The lover is moved by the beloved
come il senso e lo sensibile, e co seco object as the senses are by sensible objects;
2
s'uniscie e fassi vna cosa medesima; and they unite and become one and the
3 1'
opera e la prima cosa che nasce dal- same thing. The work is the first thing
1' unione ;
4 se la cosa amata e vile , 1' amate born of this union; if the thing loved is
si fa vile; base the lover becomes base.
"
s
Quando la cosa vnita e coueniete al When the thing taken into union is per-
6
suo vnitore li
seguita dilettatione e pia-
, fectly adapted to that which receives it, the
cere e soddisfatione; result is delight and pleasure and satisfaction.
7
Quado F amate e givto all' amato, 11 si When that which loves is united to the
riposa;
8
quado il peso e posato 11 si thing beloved it can rest there; when the
riposa.
burden is laid down it finds rest there.
C. A. 64 ; 1971?] 1203.
La prima fama si fa etterna insieme There will be eternal fame also for the Politics
3 ' I2 4) '
colli abitatori
2
della citta da lui edificata inhabitantsof that town, constructed and (l2
o accresciuta; enlarged by him.
laoi. i. saddisfano. 2. alditore . . rincresscimeto. 3. uolte [alii] ttali vlditore. 4. chopiosi di sbavigli, 6. ricresscimeto . . ottu.
essettu altremeti . allora illo. 8. cho. 9. ennimicitia. 10. Esse voi . . sanza vl. n. allui. 12. ecquel . . tullo.
7. .
H02. i. lamata per la cosamato . . senso ella sensibbile e chosecho. 2. effassi. 3. ella . . chosa . . nasscie dell. 4. sella.
chosa . choueniete . . essadisfatione. 8. li si riposato. 9. la cosasa chogni usscivta chol nostro intelletto.
5. .
1203. These notes were possibly written in preparation for a letter. The meaning is obscure.
POLITICS. [I204 .
JTutti obbediscono e so mossi All communities obey and are led by their
popoli i
da lor magniati , e magniati essi si colle- magnates, and these magnates ally themselves
*
per 2 vie coi signori with the lords and subjugate them in two
gano e costringono
:
ways:
o per sanguinitk o per roba sangui- ,
: either by consanguinity, or by fortune; by con-
case co trenta 8 mila abitatori , e digregerai houses with thirty thousand inhabitants, and
tanta cogregatione di popolo che a simili- you will disperse this great congregation of
tudine di capre Pu 'adosso all' altro stanno, people which stand like goats one behind-
uinatri sanguinita . . assimilitudine. 5. tufiarai aciasscu. 6. casa [de] 02.. traga. 7. ettrrarra t br 10 citta . . mila casse.
8. edigregierai tanto . . assimilitudine. 9. allalstano . . oni . . fetore si fano . .
pessilete. n. ella . . atte . . dati effaraa
. . cresscimeto.
POLEMICS. SPECULATION.
G. 47 ] 1205.
O
speculatore de! le cose, no ti laudare
2
Oh! speculators on things, boast not of Against
e cul
^di conosciere le cose 4 che ordinariameste the that nature ordinarily (I 2 5 j2o6
knowing things
conduce; Ma
6 8
per se medesima la natura 7
brings about; but rejoice if you know the
I0
rallegrati di co nosciere il fine
9 di quelle end of those things which you yourself
cose che "son disegniate dalla I2 mete tua. devise.
S, K. M. II.2 1206.
C. A. 75 b; 219 b\ 1207.
J bugiardi interpret! di natura affermano The false interpreters of nature declare Against
P argieto viuo essere comvne semeza a tutti that quicksilver is the common seed of every (faoyf^os
i metalli
,
no si ricordado che la 2 natura metal , not remembering that nature varies
varia le semeze secodo la diuersita delle the seed according to the variety of the things
cose che essa vole produrre al modo. she desires to produce in the world.
1205. i. hosspechulatori. 2. chose . . laldare. 3. conossciere. 6. per sua [natu] "[ordine]". 7. [ralmete] chonducie. 8. dicho.
1207. i.
interpe'tri . . chomvne . . attutti . . richordado chella. 2. sechodo . . chose . .
produre.
I2O6. Another short passage in MS. I, referring pretl tra la natura e Porno, ma sol di quelli che non coi
1208.
F.
E molti
2
fecero bot^tega con I'ganni e And many have made a trade of de-
smiraculi
6
finti, ingan?nado la sto 8 lta molti- lusions and false miracles, deceiving the stupid
9tudine.
multitude.
1210.
W. An. III. 241]
6
piu feruete, quanto la cognitione e piu portion as the knowledge is more certain.
certa, la qual
7 certezza nascie dalla
cogni- And this certainty is born of a complete
tione 8 integrale di tutte quelle par9ti le knowledge of all the .parts, which, when com-
quali, essendo
insieme vnite, I0 conpongono bined, compose the totality of the thing which
se che debbono essere ought to be loved. Of what use then is he who
ir
il tutto di quelle co
egli e vero
che la inpa l8 tientia, madre della praises brevity, as if such persons had not
A i<alQl a IQ irio o r\r"#*i nl*a life 1r*r ATI/MI rrh fr* cot-wA fKr ormnt-o
long enough to serve them to acquire
^.4-s-tlt4-t f s\
stoltitia, e que^lla che lauda la breuita;
r*li /-ii 1 i 1 li fip nr
20
non avessino tato di a complete knowledge of one single subject,
come se questi tali
uita,
2I
ch'elli seruisse a potere avere vna such as the human body; and then they want
"intera notitia d'un sol particulare co^me to comprehend the mind of God in which
e vn corpo vmano! e poi vogli 24 ono ab- the universe is included, weighing it minutely
2
bracciare la mete di dio nella 5quale s'in- and mincing it into infinite parts, as if they
26
clude 1' universe cara tando e minuzzando had to dissect it!
quella in ifinite
27
parti, come se 1' avessino a Oh! human do you not per- stupidity,
anatomizzare; you have been with yourself
ceive that, though
28
O stoltitia vmana no 2 9favedi tu che all your life, you are not
yet aware of
tu sei stato con teco 3tutta la tua eta, e the thing you possess most of, that is of
non ai ancora 3I notitia quella cosa che
di your folly? and then, with the crowd of so-
cioe della tua pazzia? e phists, you deceive yourselves and others,
tu piu 32
possie di,
vuoi po 33 i colla moltitudine de' soffi stichi despising the mathematical sciences, in which
ingannare *te e altri, sprezzando le mate-
3 truth dwells and the knowledge of the things
matiche scie^zie, nelle qual si contiene la included in them. And then you occupy
uerita, no titia delle cose che in lor si cote-
36
yourself with miracles, and write that you
gono; e vuoi 37p O i scorrere ne' miracoli e possess information of those things of
scrivere ch' ai 3S notitia di quelle cose, di which the human mind is incapable and
che mete vmana 39 non e capace, e non
la which cannot be proved by any instance from
si possono dimostrare per ne 4 ssuno esenplo nature. And you fancy you have wrought
naturale, e ti
pare avere ^fatto miraculi, miracles when you spoil a work of some
laoS. 2. fece hot. 6. inga. 10. ne sasi foperia cognoscitore de loro ingani essigli poniano.
laio. i. abreuiatori . .
opre . f . fanno ingiuia. 2. cognitione [concosia che] e allo. 3. concosia chellamore . . effilol. 4. ella
12. abreuiare. 13. parte. 15. chellui lassci indirieto. 16. magor. 17. chella. 19. chellalda chomesse. 21. chclli ser- . .
delle chose che] o. 29. tu [chett] chettu se. 31. chettu. 32. coe pazzia [vole] e volli. 33. i conila inganarc. . . . .
34. splezando. 35. ze nella. 36. cotegano e voi. 39. posso. 40. naturale letti. 41. tu gnasto. 42. spcchulativo. 43. chettu.
vna tz
quado tu ai quastato opera d'alcuno speculative mind, and do not perceive that
e no t'avedi che tu you are falling into the same error as that
ingegnio speculative,
cadi nel medesimo errore,
44 die fa
quello of a man who strips a tree of the ornament
che denuda la piata deH'orna45 m ento de' sua of its branches covered with leaves mingled
6
rami, pieni di fronde, miste co4 li odoriferi with the scented blossoms or fruit
fiori o frutti, ....
4 8 come fece
Giv^stino, [48] as Justinus did, in abridging the histories
abbreuiatore delle storie scritte da Trogo written by Trogus Pompeius, who had
sP6peo, quale scrisse ornatamente tutti
il written in an ornate style all the worthy
S'H eccelleti fatti delli sua antichi, li quali deeds of his forefathers, full of the most
e 52 ra pieni di mirabilissimi ornameti; e cos! admirable and ornamental passages; and so
53conpose vna cosa ignuda, ma sol degna composed a bald work worthy only of
d'ins^gegni inpatieti, li quali pare lor perder those impatient spirits, who fancy they are
sstanto di tenpo, quato quello e che e ado- losing as much time as that which they
6
perato vtils mete, cioe
nelli studi delle opere employ usefully in studying the works of
di nature e delle 57 cose vmane; Ma stieno nature and the deeds of men. But these
8
questi tali in conpa5 gnia
delle bestie; Nelli may remain in company of beasts; among
lor cortigiani sieno cani e 59 i altri animali their associates should be dogs and other
6o
con loro animals full of rapine and they may hunt
pie di rapina e accompagniansi
correndo sempre dietro ,
e seguita- with them after , and then follow helpless
no 1' inoceti animali che co la fame alii beasts, which in time of great snows come
6l
tem 6z pi delle gra nevi ti uengono alle case, near to your houses 'asking! alms as from
dimanda 6 3tori limosina come lor tutore. their master .
Omatematici fate lume a tale er 2 rore ! mathematicians shed light on this error. On s P irits
O ,
.
(12111213). ,
3Lospirito non a voce, perche dov'e spirit has no voice, because where
The
voce 4 e corpo, e dove e corpo e occupa- there is a voice there is a body, and where
tio di lo s co, il quale inpediscie all'ochio il there is a body space is occupied, and this
ue 6 dere delle cose poste dopo tale loco; prevents the eye from seeing what is placed
8
?adunque tal corpo enpie di .se tutta la behind that space; hence the surrounding air
circustante aria, cioe colle sua s^petie. is rilled by the body, that is by its image.
B. 1212.
No puo essere voce, dove non e movi- There can be no voice where there is no
meto e percussione d'aria; 2 no puo essere motion or percussion of the air; there can
percussione d'essa aria, doue non e stru- be no percussion of the air where there is
meto 3 no puo essere strumeto incorporeo
; ;
no instrument, there can be no instrument
esse^do cosl, vno spirito no puo avere ne without a body; and this being so, a spirit
voce ne forma ne forza, 5 e se pigliera can have neither voice, nor form, nor strength.
corpo, non potra penetrare ne
entrare 6
And if it were to assume a body it could
doue li usci e se alcuno di-
sono serrati;
7 not penetrate nor enter where the passages
8
ciesse per aria cogregata e ristretta isieme
: are closed. And if any one should say
lo spirito piglia i corpi 9 di uarie forme e ,
that by air, compressed and compacted
lun se
44. cheffa. 45. misto. 46. offrutti sopra dimostra. 47. que en quella piata esser da fare [bene]. 48. di [molte]
loche. 56. coe . . dele. 57. questi. 58. cortigani sie. 59. a altri . .
rapina e aconpagniasi. 60. senpre dirieto ach fuge.
61. alii ten. 62.
uengano casi. 63. lor tutore essnull here the text
. . breaks off.
voce "| ne forma" ne forza. 5. esse. 6. sera "ti". esse diciessi perr.
1111. i. no po. 2. no po. 3. no po. 4. no po . . 7. . .
8. chorpi. 9. quelo. 10. Acquesta dicho. n. none nerui e ossa non po. 12. operrata inessuno.
. . 14. fugi. 15. isperieza.
I0
e move co a spirit may take bodies
per quello strumeto parla together, of
a
M che doue non various forms and by this means speak
forza, questa parte dico,
I2 and move with strength to him I reply that
sono nerui e ossa, non pu6 esse re forza- when there are neither nerves nor bones
operata in nessuno movimeto '-Jfatto dagl'
there can be no force exercised in any kind
imaginati spiriti; of movement made by such imaginary spirits.
M fuggi i
precetti di quelli speculator!, Beware of the teaching of these specu-
che le loro 'Sragioni- no son confermate lators, because their reasoning is not conf
dalla spericza.
med by experience.
partoritriciedeWe cose senplici e naturali; chemy, which gives birth to simple and natura
Ma e tanto piu degnia di riprensione che things. But it is all the more worthy of
P alchimia, quato ella non partorisce alcuna reprehension than alchemy, because it brinj
cosa se no simile a se, s cioe bugia; il che forth nothing but what is like itself,
non interviene nella alchimia, la quale & is, lies; this does not happen in Alchemy
ministra 6 tricie de' senplici prodotti della na- which deals with simple products of natur
tura, il quale vfitio fatto esser no puo 1 da and whose function cannot be exercised
essa natura, perche in lei non sono stru- by nature itself, because it has no organic
meti organici colli quali essa possa operare instruments with which it can work,
quel che 8
adopera Puomo mediante le men do by means of their hands, who have
mani, che in tale vfitio 9 a fatti i vetri produced, for instance, glass &c. but this
ecc. ;
ma
essa negromatia, stendardo ovvero Necromancy the flag and flying banner, blov
I0
bandiera volante, mossa dal ueto, e guida- by the winds, is the guide of the stupic
tricie della stolta moltitudine, la quale "al crowd which is constantly witness to the
continuo testimonia collo abbaiameto d'in- dazzling and endless effects of this art; and
I2
finiti effetti di tale arte; e uano epiuti i there are books full, declaring that enchant-
libri, affermando che 1'incati e spiriti ado- ments and spirits can work and speak without
perino ^e sanza lingua parlino, e sanza
-
tongues and without organic instruments
strumeti organici, saza i quali ^parlar no without which it is impossible to speak -
si puo, parlino, e
portino gravissimi pesi, and can carry heaviest weights and raise stor
facino tepestare x s e piovere, e che li omini and rain; and that men can be turned into cats
si covertino il gatte, lupi e altre bestie, and wolves and other beasts, although indeed
I6
benche in bestia prima etra che tal it is those who affirm these things who
quelli
cosa afifermano; became beasts.
17 E cierto, se tale negromatia fusse in And surely if this Necromancy did exist,
essere, come dalli bassi ingiegni e creduto, as is believed by small wits, there
l8
nessuna cosa & sopra la terra che al nothing on the earth that would be of so
danno e seruitio
dell'orno fusse di tanta much importance alike for the detriment and
valitudine, perche se fus^se vero, che in tale service of men, if it were true that there
arte si avesse potetia di far turbare la tra- were in such an art a power to disturb the
20
quilla serenita dell' ari a, convertendo quella calm serenity of the air, converting it into
in notturn aspetto, e far le corruscationi o darkness and making coruscations or winds,
venti con spa 2I vetevoli toni e with terrific thunder and lightnings rushing
folgori scorreti
infra le tenebre, e con Ipetuosi venti ruinare through the darkness , and with violent
chosa . . asse. 5. (parole] "cioe bugia" il che none archimia . . . . e minisstra. 6. dalla. 7. illei none . .
orgha-
[vfit]
nici [da potcr] "cholli quali" essa. &. lomo [il quale] mediante. 9. affatti e vetri . . stendar "do" over. 10. ueto guidatricie.
ii. chontinuu e tesstimonia chollo. 12. epiute . . chellinchati esspiriti. 13. essanza . . essanza . . saza. 14. po . .
tepesstare. .
15. chelli . .
ghattc. 16. che dattal chosa. 17. eccierto senate . . fussi . . chome. 18. chosa essopra . . al "danno e"
seruitio . . fussi . . tanta "valitudine" perchesse fu. arte [fussi] si avessi turbare [laria] la. 2. chon-
[vtilita] 19. si . . . .
vertendo . .
inotturnasspetto eflarle corrusscationi . chon ax. effolgo"ri" . . infralle . . e chonni pctuosi. 22. dira-
.
isspa.
I2I4-] POLEMICS. 305
22
li e diradicare le selue, e con
alti edifiti, storms overthrowing high buildings and rooting
li eserciti, e quelli 2 3ron- up forests and thus to oppose armies, crushing
quelle percuotere ;
e
pedo atterrado, e oltr' a questo le dannose and annihilating them; and, besides these
2
cultori ^del premio storms
tenpeste, privando li
frightful may deprive the peasants of
delle lor fatiche, o qual modo di guerra the reward of their labours. Now what
essere, che con tanto dan 2 5no possa kind of warfare is there to hurt the
puo enemy
offendere il suo nemico di aver potesta di so much as him of the harvest?
to deprive
26
privarlo delle sue raccolte? qual bat taglia What naval be compared warfare could
marittima puo essere che si assomigli a with this? I say, the man who has
power
2
dico lui che comada alii veti ?e fa to command the winds and to make ruinous
quella?
le fortune ruvinose e sommergitrici di qual- gales by which any fleet may be sub-
unche armata, cierto quel che 28 co mada merged, surely a man who could com-
a tali inpetuosi potetie sara signore delli mand such violent forces would be lord of
popoli, e nessuno vma 9no ingiegnio potra
2
the nations, and no human ingenuity could
resistere alle sue forze; Li occulti dannose -resist his crushing force. The hidden trea-
tesori e riposte nel corpo della
3giemme, sures and gems reposing in the body of the
terra, fieno a costui tutti manifest!; nessun earth would all be made manifest to him.
S'serrame o fortezza inespugnabili sara No lock
nor. fortress, though impregnable,
quelle che saluar possino a! 32 cuno sanza would be able to save any one against
la voglia di tal negromate; Questo si fara the will of the necromancer. He would
portare per 1'aria dal^l'oriente all'occidete have himself carried through the air from
e per tutti oppositi aspetti dell' universe
li ; East to West and through all the opposite
Ma perche mi voglio piu oltre estendere? sides of the universe. But why should I
35
quale e quella cosa che per ta le arteficie enlarge further upon this? What is there
far no si possa? quasi nessuna, eccietto il that could not be done by such a crafts-
levarsi la morte; ad3 6 dunque e concluso man? Almost nothing., except to escape
in parte- il danno e la vtilita che in tale death. Hereby I have explained in part
arte si contiene, esse37do vera; e s'ella e the mischief and the usefulness, contained
vera, perche non e restata infra
omini li in this art, if it is real; and if it is real why
che tanto la deside3 8 rano, non avedo riguardo has it not remained among men who desire it
a nessuna deita ? e so, che infiniti ce n'e, che so much, having nothing to do with any deity?
per soddisfare
39 a vn suo
appetite, ruine- For I know that there are numberless people
rebbero Iddio co tutto 1' universe e s' ella ;
who would, to satisfy a whim, destroy God and
non e rimasto infra 4 li omini, essendo a lui all the universe; and if this necromancy, being,
tanto neciessaria, essa no fu mai, ne mai as it were, so necessary to men, has not been
e per dovere essere, 4I per la difinitio dello left among them, it can never have existed,
spirito, il quale e invisibile in corpo e ; nor will it ever exist according to the definition
dentro alii eleme 42 ti non sono cose incor- of the spirit, which is invisible in substance;
poree, perche doue non e corpo, e vacuo, no incorpo-
for within the elements there are
e il uacuo no si da dentro alii elemeti, rate things,because where there no body, is
perche subito sarebbe dall'elemeto riepiuto; there is a vacuum; and no vacuum can exist
|
volta carta. in the elements because it would be imme-
diately filled up. Turn over.
detto, 3 come
la difinitio dello spirito 4 e vna page, that the definition of a spirit a is
potentia congiunta al corpo, perche per se power conjoined to a body; because it cannot
25.
28. chomada attali. resisstere ocholti. gieme .
chorpo achosstu. nessu. 31. fortezza
. . .
essomergitrici. 29. . .
30. .
VOL. II. QQ
POLEMICS.
3 o6
medesimo sreggiere no si pu6, ne pigliare move of its own accord, nor can it have any
6 kind of motion in space; and if you were
alcuna sorte di moto locale, e se tu dirai
che per se si regga, questo essere non to say that it moves itself, this cannot be
non pesando nel medesimo elemeto, e' pe- an element, not weighing anything compared
'Jsa nell' elemeto superiore ch'e piu lieve- with has weight in the element above
itself,
tinuo gienererebbe vacuo in quel tale elemeto, a spirit amid the elements, where it would con-
dove 25 lui si trovasse, per la qual cosa 11 tinuously generate a vacuum in whatever ele-
sarebbe neciessario la con 26 tinua fuga in- ment it might find itself, whence it would be
verso il cielo, insinche vscito fusse di tali inevitable that it should be constantly flying to-
2?
elemeti. wards the sky until it had quitted these elements.
. .
po. 7. perchessello . . inchor. 8. quantita [se] e decta vachuo. 9. chuo . . dato che se dessi subita. 10. reimpiuto
ellemento. 11. uachuo si gienerassi. 13. ossosspinto. 14. ellemeto . . chome. 16. olleuita ellaltra. 17. massetti. 18. esscttu.
19. chessi. 20. sosstener. 21. po onde le neciessario: chosi chade. 22. locho. 23. chaderebbe . . infralli. 24. chontinuo
gienerrebbe. 25. trovassi . . chosa chon. 26. fugha
. . vsscito . . fussi. 27. [adunque di reno]. 28. sello . .
chorpo
infralli. 30. losspirito . . infralli.
chorpo po. 31. . .
32. sennon . . direno cho. 33. chorpo daria chettale. 34. chesiin-
fonda perchesselli. 35. seperato e chadrebbe uachuo. Chome nuna. ssesi
decto. 37. resstare
. . . . .
. .
36. . . .
38.
chollaria coe. 39. leuificha missta. 40. chosa leuifichata a di questo. 42. disunisscie.
ressta. 41. infrallaria.
. . . . . . . . .
I2I5-] POLEMICS. 307
e non resta 4I infra 1'aria piu grossa di lei; remain among the air that is heavier than
a uirtu t2
e oltre itself; and besides
questo tal spirituale this the subtle spiritual
sparsa si disuniscie e altera sua natura, per essence disunites itself, and its nature is
la qual 4 ^ cosa essq maca della prima virtu ; modified, by which that nature loses some of
aggiugnesi vn 3 inco^veniente, e questo .
its first virtue. Added to these there is a
e, che tal corpo d'aria, preso dallo spirito, and this is that such a body
third difficulty,
e 45 S ottoposto alia penetratio de' venti, li formed of air assumed by the spirits is exposed
46
quali al continue disu niscono e stracciano to the penetrating winds, which are inces-
le parti vnite dell' aria, quelle rivolgie^do santly sundering and dispersing the united
e raggirando infra Paltra aria; adunque lo portions of the air, revolving and whirling
spirito, in tale amidst the rest of the atmosphere; therefore
the spirit which is infused in this
aria infuso, sarebbe smebrato overo sbra- air would be dismembered or rent and
2
nato e rotto insieme collo sbranameto dell' broken up with the rending of the air into
aria, nella qual s' infuse. which it was incorporated.
SE LO SPIRITO, AVEDO PRESO CORPO * D'ARIA, AS TO WHETHER THE SPIRIT, HAVING TAKEN
SI PUO PER SE MOVERE O NO. THIS BODY OF AIR,
CAN MOVE OF ITSELF OR NOT.
slnpossibile e che lo spirito, infuso a una It is impossible that the spirit infused into
6
quatita d'aria, possa movere essa aria; e a certain quantity of air, should move this air;
questo si manifesta per la passa?ta dove and this is proved by the above passage
dice Tllo spirito leuifica quella quatita del- where it is said: the spirit rarefies that por-
8
1'aria, nella quale esso s'infonde; adunque tion of the air in incorporates itself; which it
tale aria 9 si leuera in alto sopra 1'altra therefore high above the
this air will rise
I0
aria, e sara moto fatto dell'a ria per la other air and there will be a motion of the
sua leuita e no per moto volontario dello air caused by its lightness and not by a
spirito, e "se tale aria si scontra nel voluntary movement of the spirit, and if this
ueto per la 3 a di questo, essa I2 aria sara air is encountered by the wind, according to
mossa dal ueto e no dallo spirito in lei the 3 rd of this, the air will be moved by the
infuso. wind and not by the spirit incorporated in it.
SE LO SPIRITO PUO PARLARE O NO. AS TO WHETHER THE SPIRIT CAN SPEAK OR NOT.
^Volendo
mostrare, se lo spirito pud In order to prove whether the spirit can
parlare o no, e necies'Ssario in prima di- speak or not, it is necessary in the first
finire che cosa e uocie, e come si giene l6 ra ; place to define what a voice is and how it
e diremo in questo modo: la vocie e mo- is generated; and we will say that the voice is,
vime^to d'aria confricata in corpo denso, as it were, the movement of air in friction
e '1 corpo denso I8 confricato nell'aria che against a dense body, or a dense body
e il medesimo, la qual co^fricatione di in friction against the air, which is the
denso con raro condensa il raro e fassi same thing. And this friction of the dense
20
resis tetia e ancora il uelocie raro nel
,
and the rare condenses the rare and causes
tardo raro si condensa 2 'no 1'uno e Paltro resistance; again, the rare, when in swift
ne' contatti, e fanno suono e grandissimo motion, and the rare in slow motion con-
"strepito; e il suono ovvero mormorio fatto dense each other when they come in contact
dal raro 2 ^che si move nel raro co medi- and make a noise and very great uproar;
ghatio . . chon . . chondensa . . effassi. 20. steti e anchora. 21. ellaltro . . chontatti effanno sono. 22. sono over . . fac-
to . . raro [nel ra]. 23. [ro] chessi . . cho . . chome. 24. fiama . . soni infrallaria. 25. rarro co raro ecquando.
POLEMICS. [1216.
308
la gra fiamma gie- and the sound or murmur made by the rare
ocre movimeto, come
24
di suoni infra 1'aria; e '1 grandissi- moving through the rare with only mo-
neratricie
derate swiftness, like a great flame gene-
5mo fatto di raro co raro, e quando
strepito rating noises in the air ;
and the tremen-
il ra 26 ro penetra in mobile raro,
uelocie dous uproar made by the rare mingling
2
come fiama
la del foco vsci ?ta dalla bo- with the rare, and when that air which is
ancora la both swift and rare rushes into that which
barda, e percossa infra 1'aria, e
is
qua^^lunche verso con equal movimeto per direction with equal movement through the
le fessure interposte infra *\e dita della
openings between the fingers of the hand in
man che dentro a se la strignie; which it is squeezed.
J'Selo spirito a vocie articulata, 42 e se As
to whether the spirit has an articulate
lo spirito puo essere audito, 43 e che cosa voice, and whether the spirit can be heard,
e audire e vedere; 44 l'6da della vocie va and what hearing is, and seeing; the wave
45
per 1'aria come le spetie delli 4<s obbietti of the voice passes through the air as the
vanno all'ochio. images of objects pass to the eye.
Br. M. 1310]
1216.
2
Ogni quatita continva intellettualme te Every quantity is intellectually conceiv-
Nonentity, e diuisibile in infinite; able as infinitely divisible.
3
[Infra le grandezze delle cose che [Amid the vastness of the things among
sono noi 4 1' essere del nulla tiene il
infra which we live, the existence of nothingness
principato e '1 suo ofitio s 'estende infra holds its function extends
s the first
, place;
le cose che non ano 1' essere , e la sua over all things that have no existence, and
26. chome . focho vssci. 27. della . perchossa infrallaria e anchora la fiama. 28. vsscita del nugholo e perchote. 29. di-
. .
reno chello. 30. nella puo chaccia ra dasse. 31. esse uol. 32. chello. 33. sellui . nessuna. 34. locho. 36. move dasse se. .
6
essentia apresso del tenpo infra
risiede its essence, as regards time, lies precisely
'1 future, e nulla possiede
7 e '1 between the past and the future, and has
preterite
8
del presente; Questo nulla a la sua parte nothing in the present. This nothingness
al tutto e '1 tutto alia parte, 9e has the part equal to the whole, and the
equale -,
rap^presenta esso nvllo; E la podesta represents zero ; and its power has not exten-
sua non sie stende infra ^le cose di natura.] sion among the things of Nature.]
[Quello che e detto niete, si ritrova
js
[What is called Nothingness is to be
l6
solo nel tenpo parole nel tenpo e nelle ;
found only in time and in speech. In time
si trova e 1 future, ^e
infra '1
preterite it stands between the past and future and
nulla ritiene del presente e cosl infra le ,
has no existence in the present; and thus in
l8
parole delle co se che si
dicono che non speech one of the things of which we
it is
2
[O potente e gia animate strumento [O mighty and once living instrument of Reflections' 1
natura, 3 a te no valedo le
delP artificiosa formative nature. Incapable of availing
thy-^ ",^ "^
tue gra forze ti couiene abbadonare la self of thy vast strength thou hast to abandon
traquilla vita e obbedire alia legie, 4 che Iddio a life of stillness and to obey the law which
e '1
tepo diede alia gienitrice natura.] God and time gave to pro creative nature.]
7 O Ah! how many a time the shoals of terri-
quate volte furono vedute le ipav-
rite schiere 8 de' delfini e de' gra tonni fu- fied dolphins and the huge tunny-fish were
gire dal inpia tua furia, 9e tu, che... seen to flee before thy cruel fury, to escape;
I0
fulminando gienerasti nel mare subita te- whilst thy fulminations raised in the sea a
pesta con gra busse e sommersione di nayili sudden tempest with buffeting and submer-
co gra jl de odameto, epiedo gli scoperti liti sion of ships in the great waves ; and filling the
I2
degli ipavriti e sbigo ttiti pesci, toglie- uncovered shores with the terrified and desperate
dosi a te per lasciato mare rimasi in loco fisheswhich fled from thee, and left by the sea,
divenivano soperchia e J3
abbondante preda remained in spots where they became. the abun-
de' vicini popoli; dant prey of the people in the neighbourhood.
sottrare. 12. arismetrici della sua 10* caratta che re. 13. Ella . . nosistende. 15. Quello chche. 16. preterito hel.
1*17. i. esseplo . . nvuolli. 2. chouene "abadonare la traquila vita" obedire. 3. chel che . . die. 4. natura a tette no ualse.
5. haghagli arbri schiene cholle quali tu seghuitado la tua]. 6. [pleda aprivis sol chavi "chonvetro" aprendo cho
[\\\\\\\\\
te pes], 8. dalfini tua "tua" furia e cchupare. 9. ettu che chol veloce tramvre lalie cholla forci elluti choda. 10. fu-
. .
|
vano superchava (?). 13. bodante pleda. 14. o tepo chonsumatore delle chose ateri volgiedole. 15. dai [lo] alle tratte
1217 1219. The character of the handwriting become very indistinct, and is at present exceedingly
points to an early period of Leonardo's life. It has difficult to decipher. Some passages remain doubtful.
SPECULATION. [1218. 1219.
'<O tepo, velocie predatore 'sdelle cre- O rime, swift robber of all created things,
ate cose, quati re, quati popoli ai tu di- how many kings, how many nations hast thou
l6
sfatti, e qua te mutazioni di stati e vari undone, and how many changes of states
sono seguite dopo che la mara 7 vigliosa and of various events have happened since
1
casi
I8
forma di questo pescie qui mori per le the wondrous forms of this fish perished
caverne e ritorte interiora; ''ora disfatto here in this cavernous and winding recess.
dal tepo patiete giacci I questo chiuso loco ;
Now destroyed by time thou liest patiently in
20
colle spolpate ignivde ossa ai fatto e this confined space with bones stripped and
armadura e sostegnio al sopra posto bare; serving as a support and prop for the
mote. superimposed mountain.
Rimase lo elemeto dell'acqua richiuso The watery element was left enclosed
Ifra crescivti argini de' fiumi,
li e si vede between the raised banks of the rivers, and
'1 mare 2 jfra la crescivta terra 3e la cir- the sea was seen between the uplifted earth
cundatricie aria, avedo a fasciare e circon- and the surrounding air which has to enve-
*scrivere la moltificata machina della terra, lope and enclose the complicated machine
e la sua sgrossezza, che staua fra 1'acqua of the earth, and whose mass, standing
e lo elemeto del fuoco, 6 rimaga molto ri- between the water and the element of fire,
stretta e privata dalla bisogniosa acqua; i remained much restricted and deprived of
fivmi 7rimarrano senza le loro acque, la its indispensable moisture; the rivers will
8
fertile terra no madera piv leggieri frode, be deprived of their waters, the fruitful
no fieno piv i
capi adorniti dalle ricascati earth will put forth no more her light
piate; animali no trovado da pa-
tutti 9 li verdure; the fields will no more be decked
sciere fresche erbe, morranno, e ma-
le with waving corn ; all the animals , finding
I0
chera il cibo ai rapaci lioni e lupi e altri no fresh grass for pasture, will die and food
animali che vivono "di ratto, e agli omini will then be lacking to the lions and wolves
12
dopo molti ripari coverra abadonare la and other beasts of prey, and to men who
loro vita, e machera la gienerazione vmana; after many efforts will be compelled to
a questo modo la fertile e fruttuosa terra abandon and the human race will
their life,
'^abandonata rimarra. arida e sterile e per die out. In this way the fertile and fruitful
rlchivso omo I4 re della acqua, rlchivsa nel earth will remain deserted, arid and sterile
suo ventre, e per la vivace natura osserve- from the water being shut up in its interior,
'5ra alquato dello suo accrescimeto, tato and from the activity of nature it will con-
che passata la fredda e so l6 ttile aria fia tinue a little rime to increase until the cold
costretta a terminare collo elemeto del fuoco ;
and subtle air being gone, it will be forced
I7 allora la sua
superfice rimarra in riarsa to end with the element of fire; and then its
l8
cienere, e questo fia il termine della ter- surface will be left burnt up to cinder and
restre natura. this will be the end of all terrestrial nature.
Perche la natura non ordino che 1'uno Why did nature not ordain that one
animale no uivesse 2 dalla morte dell altro ? animal should not live by the death of
being inconstant and
^ la
natura, essedo vaga e pigliado piacere another? Nature,
vite nvuove e varie abitazioni [o quante]. 16. tepo [vlcitore] velocie pledatore. 17. chleate chose . dissfatti. 10. disstati .
e vari chasi sono seghuite poche la mara. 19. vgliosa forma di questo pesscie qui mori. 20. per lechavernole e ritorte
interiora. 21. ora "disfato dal tepo" pazete dicei . . locho cholle jsspogliate "spolpate". 22. sosstegnio . .
possto.
iai8. i. dela acq"a" . . cresscivte argine. 2. jnfralla cressciuta tera. 3. chotra che la circhlatricie . . affasciare e circho.
rano . .
acq. 8. chapi adornide delle richasschati biade tuti. 9. morano. 10. cher il cibo a . .
ellupe . . vano. n. rato
18. teresstre.
del creare e fare cotin^ue vite e forme, per- taking pleasure in creating and making con-
che cognisoscie che sono accrescimeto della stantly new lives and forms, because she knows
6
sua terrestre materia, e volonterosa e piv that her terrestrial materials become
thereby
creare che '1 tepo col co- augmented, is more ready and more swift in
presta col suo
?sumare; e pero a ordinato che molti ani- her creating, than time in his destruction and ;
8
mali sieno cibo Puno de! l'altro; e no sod- so she has ordained that many animals shall be
disfaciedo questo a simile desiderio, e' spesso food for others. Nay, this not satisfying her de-
9mada fuora cierti avelenati e pestileti sire, to the same end she frequently sends forth
I0
cazioni e co- certain poisonous and pestilential vapours
vapori sopra le gra moltipli upon
gregazioni d'animali, e massime sopra gli the vast increase and congregation of ani-
omini, che fanno "grade accrescimeto, per- mals; and most of all upon men, who in-
che altri animali I2 no si cibano di loro, e crease vastly because other animals do not
tolte via le cagioni macheranno li effetti; feed upon them; and, the causes being remo-
J
3aduque questa terra cierca di macare di ved, the effects would not follow. This earth
sua desiderado T *la continva moltipli-
vita, therefore seeks to lose its life, desiring only
cazione; per la tua assegniata e demon- continual reproduction; and as, by the argu-
strata 'Sragione spesso li effetti sommigliano ment you bring forward and demonstrate, like
l6
le loro cagioni; gli animali so no eseplo effects always follow like causes, animals
della vita modiale. are the image of the world.
piv vite sopra la terra che] perche. 5. osscie chessono accresscimeto. 6. pressta chol . . chol cho. 8. sosdisfaciedo qussto
assimile . .
esspesso. vapori "e pestiletie chontinva pessta" sopra. 10. chazioni e cho greghazioni
9. fano. . . n. accres-
scimeto altr. 12. chagione. 13. cho "| aduque ciercha machare. 14. chontinva moltiplichazione emosstra.
. . . . .
. . .
15. somigliano . .
chagioni. 16. dela.
3/3
XX.
Humorous Writings.
Just as Michaelangelo" s occasional poems reflect his private life as well as the
general disposition of his mind, we may find in the writings collected in this section,
the transcript of Leonardo's fanciful nature, and we should probably not be far wrong in
assuming that he himself had recited these fables in the company of his friends or at
,
the court festivals of princes and patrons. Era tanto piacevole nella conversazione -
so relates Vasari che tirava a se gli animi delle genti. And Paulus Jovius says in
his short biography of the artist: Fuit ingenio valde comi, nitido, liberal!, vultu autem
longe venustissimo, et cum elegantiae omnis deliciarumque maxime theatralium mirificus
inventor ac arbiter esset, ad lyramque scito caneret, cunctis per omnem aetatem prin-
cipibus mire placuit. There can be no doubt that the fables are the original offspring
of Leonardo's brain, and not borrowed from any foreign source] indeed the schemes and
plans for the of fables collected in division V seem to afford an external
composition
proof of this, if the fables themselves did not render it self-evident. Several of them
for instance No. 1279 are so strikingly characteristic of Leonardo's views of natural
science that we cannot do them justice till we are acquainted with his theories on suck
animals' which are singular from their peculiar aphoristic style, and I have transcribed
them in order in which they are written in
exactly the MS. H. This is one of the
very rare instances in which one subject is treated in a consecutive series of notes , all
in one MS., and Leonardo his ordinary habits, by occasionally
lias also departed from
not completing the text on the page begun. These brief notes of a somewhat mysterious
it is
bearing have been placed here, simply because they may possibly have been intended to
serve as hints for fables or allegories. They can scarcely be regarded as preparatory
for a natural history; rather they would seem to be extracts. On the one hand the names
VOL. ii. RR
HUMOROUS WRITINGS.
cies. I have not however availed myself of it as a clue to their arrangement here
because, the first place, the texts are not so numerous as to render the suggested
in
to the reader, and, also, because in reading the long series, as tliey
classification useful
occur in the original, ive may follow the author's mind; and here and there it is
not difficult to see hozv one theme suggested another. I Iiave however regarded
Leonardo's scheme for the classification of the Prophecies as available for that of tJie
Among tlie liumourous writings I might perhaps have included the 'Rebusses', of
which there are several in the collection of Leonardo's drawings at Windsor; it seems
to me not likely tJiat many or all of them could be solved at the present day and the
MSS. throw 110 light on them. Nor should I be justified if I intended to include in
the literary works the well-known caricatures of human faces attributed to Leonardo
of which, however, it may be incidentally observed, the greater number are in my
opinion undoubtedly spurious. Two only have necessarily been given owing to their
presence in text, which it was desired to reproduce: Vol. I page 326, and PI. CXXII.
It can scarcely be doubted that some satirical intention is conveyed by the drawing on
PI. LXIV (text No. 688;.
reason for not presenting Leonardo to the reader as a poet is the fact tJiat
My
the maxims and morals in verse which have been ascribed to him, are not to be found
in the manuscripts, and Prof. Uzielli has already proved that they cannot be by him.
Hence it would seem that only a few short verses can be attributed to him witJi any
certainty.
STUDIES ON THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS.
H.I 5] I22O.
1221.
INVIDIA. ENVY.
2
Del nibbio si leggie-, che quado esso We read of the kite that, when it sees
uede 3 i S ua figlioli nel nido esser di troppa itsyoung ones growing too big in the nest,
gra4 ssezza, che per invidia egli becca loro out of envy it pecks their sides, and keeps
le coste e tieSgli sanza magiare. them without food.
IMI. 2. nibio si legie. 4. ssezza che "per inuidia" egli gli beccha . . cosste ettie. 6. allegreza. 7. lalegreza e apropriata.
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1222. 1223.
ALLEGREZZA. CHEERFULNESS.
TRISTEZZA. SADNESS.
bia'^chi, che per lo grade dolore si parte great grief, and abandons them with doleful
co tristo I4 rammarichio, gl'abadona e no
I5 Tsino che non vede alquate lamentations, and does not feed them until it
gli pascie gli
l6
poche pene nere. sees in them some few black feathers.
PACE. PEACE.
2
Del castoro si legge che, quado e We read of the beaver that when it is
perse^guitato ,
conosciedo essere per la pursued, knowing that it is for the virtue
virtu testiculi, esso no
de' sua medicinali [contained] in its medicinal testicles and not
postedo piv fuggire, ferma, e per auere si being able to escape, it stops; and to be at
6
pace coi cacciatori coi sua taglieti ?deti peace with its pursuers, it bites off its testicles
si spicca i testiculi e li lascia a sua with its sharp teeth, and leaves them to its
8
nimici. enemies.
IRA. RAGE.
10
Dell* orso si dice che quado va alle It said of the bear that when it goes
is
case "delle api per torre loro il mele, esse to the haunts of bees to take their honey,
I2
api cominciando a pugierlo, che lui la- the bees having begun to sting him he leaves
sci^a il mele e corre alia vendetta, e vole- the honey and rushes to revenge himself.
'*dosi co tutte quelle che lo mordono ve- And as he seeks to be revenged on all those
'sdicare, co nessuna si uedica, in modo that sting him, he is revenged on none; in
l6
che la sua ira si couerte in rabbia, such wise that his rage is turned to madness,
e gittatosi
J
7in terra colle mani e coi and he flings himself on the ground, vainly
I8
piedi inasprado indarno da quelle si di- exasperating, by his hands and feet, the
fende. foes against which he is defending himself.
8. pichola chosa . . echa. 9. couari esscerzati. 10. tristeza. n. tristeza sasomiglia al corb. 14. ramarichio. 15. nogli
. .
poce.
ma. 2. he. 3. conossciedo. 5. fugire. 7. sisspicha . . elli lasscia assua. n. ave. 12. ave lo comiciato a pugiere o di lui
lassci. 13. core. 14. chello mordano. 15. imodo chella. 17. tero cholle mani eco . .
inaspado. 18. dacquelle.
i3. i. [miscericordia] over graditudine. 3. detti npica. 4. conossciedo .. nvtrimedo. 6. ueda. 7. fano . . elli. 8. elli notrisscano.
9. becho . . trisste. 10. cho . . redano. it. imodo. 13. rosspo si passcie . .
essenpre.
1224 1226.] THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS. 317
AVARITIA. AVARICE.
H.I 7 ]
1224.
INGRATITUDINE. INGRATITUDE.
2
1 colonbi sono assimigliati alia 3
ingra- Pigeons are a symbol of ingratitude; for
inperoche quado sono in eta che
4
titudine, when they are old enough no longer to need
non abbino piv bisoSgnio d'essere cibati, to be to with their
fed, they begin fight
cominciano a 6 cobattere col padre; e no
father, and this struggle does not end until
finisce 7 essa
pugnia insino a tato che
8 the young one drives the father out and takes
caccia il
padre e togli la moglie sfacien-
dose la sua. the hen and makes her his own.
CRUDELTA. CRUELTY.
"II basilisco e di tanta crudelta che, The basilisk is so utterly cruel that when
12
quado colla sua venenosa vista no puo
T
it cannot kill animals by its baleful gaze, it
3occidere li animali, si volta all'erbe "te
le piate, e fermado in quelle la sua Avista
turns upon herbs and plants, and fixing its
LIBERALIT' GENEROSITY.
2
Dell'aquila che non a mai si si dice It is said of the eagle that it is never
gra
3
fame-, che non
parte della sua lasci so hungry but that
leave a part of
it will
4
preda-a quelli vcciegli che gli son 5 din- its prey for the birds that are round it, which,
6
torno quali, no potedosi per se pasciere,
,
i
being unable to provide their own food, are
e neciessario che sieno cor?teggiatori d' essa necessarily dependent on the eagle, since it
aquila, perche in tal 8
modo si cibano. is thus that
they obtain food.
CORETTIONE. DISCIPLINE.
10
Quado il lupo va asentito intorno When
the wolf goes cunningly round some
1T
a qualche stallo di bestiame, e che per stable of cattle, and by accident puts his
iso I2 esso poga il piede in fallo in modo foot in a trap, so that he makes a noise, he
T
icci 3strepito, egli si morde il pie per bites his foot off to punish himself for his
J
:orreg 4giere se da tale errore. folly.
H.I 8] 1226.
1224. 4- abino. 5. comiciano. 6. finissce. 7. attato. 8. cacia . . toli. 9. rafaciendosela. n. basalisscio. 12. vissta nopo.
1225. 3. nollassci. 4. acquelli . chelle. 6. passciere . . chessieno. 7. tegiatori. 9. corettione. 10. assentito. n. acqnalche.
12. imodo faci. 13. strepido . .
percore. 14. tatale.
1226. i. lusingeover s\\\\\\e. 8. vcide. 9. semeza. 10. pascano. 13. caciatori Vesta. 14. core. 15. cho gra . . viciodale cordi.
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1227. I22{
PRUDETIA. PRUDENCE.
8
7 La
formica per naturale cosiglio pro- The ant, by her natural foresight pi
vcde per lo uerno, uccide^do le
la state vides in the summer for the winter, 1
I0
racolte semeze, perche no ri nascino, e di the seeds she harvests that they
may not ge
quelle al tenpo si pascono. minate, and on them, in due time she fee
PAZZIA. FOLLY.
II bo saluatico avedo
12 odio il co- in The wildbull having a horror of a red
'lore rosso, i cacciatori vestono di rosso colour, the hunters dress up the trunk of a
Mil pedal d'una piata, e esso bo corre a tree with red and the bull runs at this with
'Squella e co gran furia v'inchioda le corti- great frenzy, thus fixing his horns, and for
I6
ne, ode i cacciatori 1'uccidono. with the hunters kill him there.
GlVSTITIA. JUSTICE.
2
E' si puo assimigliare la uirtu della We may liken the virtue of Justice to
giusti^tia allo re quale ordinadelle api, il the king of the bees which orders and
e dispone ogni cosa co ragione, impero- arranges every thing with judgment. For
sche alcune api sono ordinate anda 6 re per some bees are ordered to go to the flowers,
fiori, altre ordinate a Iavora re, altre a co- others are ordered to labour, others to fight
7
battere colle vespe, 8 altre a leuare le spor- with the wasps, others to clear away all dir
citie, altre
9a
accopagniare e corteggiare il others to accompagny and escort the 1
loro re e qua I0 do e vecchio e saza ali, esse
;
and when he isold and has no wings they
lo portano, "e se ui vna maca di suo ofi- carry him. And if one of them fails in his
12
tio, saza alcuna remissione e punita. duty, he is punished without reprieve.
VERITA. TRUTH.
^Benche rubino 1'oua Tuna
le pernici Although partridges steal each other's egg
all'al'stra, nodimeno
figlioli nati d'esse i nevertheless the young born of these egj
ova l6 senpre ritornano alia lor uera madre. always return to their true mother.
1228.
. . ridesterebono. 9. chensieme . . are. 10. mano . . fano. n. acio chollorore no ue gli a machare. 13. torina dissga.
1229- 1230.] THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS. 319
FALSITA. FALSEHOOD.
piglia la
testa. off their heads.
BUGIA. LIES.
2
La talpa-a li ochi molto piccoli-, e The mole has very small eyes and it
senpre
3 sta sotto terra e tanto viue , always lives under ground ; and it lives as
quanto essa 4 sta occulta e come viene , long as it is in the dark but when it comes
alia luce 5 subito more perche si fa nota ;
into the light it dies immediately, because it
cos! la bugia. becomes known; and so it is with lies. '
FORTEZZA. VALOUR.
7 II anzi co forte animo
Hone mai teme ,
The never afraid, but rather fights
lion is
8
pugna co fiera battaglia contra la mol- with a boldand savage onslaught
spirit
^titudine de' cacciatori senpre ciercado , against a multitude of hunters, always
I0 that injures him.
offendere il primo che 1'offese. seeking to injure the first
ca'3dono dalle piate per autunno senpre leaves from the trees in autumn
that fall
H.I 1230.
MAGNIANIMITA. MAGNANIMITY.
2
II falcone no preda-mai-, se non uc- The falcon never preys but on large
'
celli 3
gross!., e prima si lascierebbe morire birdg .
and it win let itsdf die rather than
che 4 si cibasse de' piccoli, o che mangiasse
fetida.
feecl on ^tite ones ' or eat stmkin S meat -
14. tacole ossimili . . sibito . . inte. 15. imodo . . bocha. 16. occielli . .
uoglia becare . . e ess.
10. chellofese. 12. elle . . che cha. 13. giano delle . altunno. 14. gano.
.
1430. 2. senone ucieli. 3. lasscierebe. 4. chessicibassi de picholi. 5. feteda. 6. groria. 7. legie del pagone. 9. chontenpra inella
belleza. 10. chol . . asse.
IK MOROUS WRITINGS. 1233.
320
CoNSTANTIA. CONSTANCY.
INCOSTANTIA. INCONSTANCY.
8
II rondone si mette per la incostantia, The swallow may serve for Inconstancy,
oil quale senprc sta in
moto per no sop- for it is always in movement, since it cannot
porta
I0
re alcuno minimo disagio. endure the smallest discomfort.
TEPERAZA. CONTINENCE.
12
II camello e il piv lussurioso animate The camel is the most animal
lustful
che sia, e andrebbe mille miglia dirieto a
3 there is, and will follow the female for a
vna ^camella-, e se vsasse cotinvo co la thousand miles. But if you keep it con-
niadre o so is relle, mai le tocca; tato si sa stantly with its mother or sister it will leave
be tcperare. them alone, so temperate is its nature.
H.I n -| 1232.
INTEPERANZA. INCONTINENCE.
2
liocorno overo vnicorno per la sua
II The unicorn, through its intemperance
inte3peraza e no sapersi uiciere per lo di- and not knowing how to control itself, for
letto che a delle donzelle dimetica la sua the love bears to fair maidens forgets its
it
ferocita s e saluatichezza; ponedo da cato ferocity and wildness ; and laying aside all
6
ogni sospetto va alia sedente donzella e fear it will go up to a seated damsel and
se le adorme^ta-in grebo-, e i cacciatori go to sleep in her lap, and thus the hunters
in tal modo 8
lo pigliano. take it.
VMILITA. HUMILITY.
IO
DeH'umilita si uede somma sperietia We see the most striking example of
nello "agnello, il quale si sottomette a humility in the lamb which will submit to
I2
ogni ani male; e quado per cibo son dati any animal ; and when they are given for
ai incarcerati ^leoni-, a quelli si sottomet- food to imprisoned lions they are as gentle
tono come alia '^propria madre, in modo to them as to their own mother, so that very
che spesse volte 'Ssi e visto i lioni non li often it has been seen that the lions forbear
volere occidere. to kill them.
1331. 2. sasomiglia. 3. intcdedo. 4. sosstene lecoce 5. ti fiame. 6. ti fiamc rinasscie. 8. incosstantia. 9. imoto . . soporia.
ij. chessia e adebe. 14. csse vsassi . . osso. 15. tocha . .
teprare.
1232. 2. lalicorno. 4. dimeticha. 5. saluaticheza . .
sospeto. 6. essele. 7. chaciatori. 10. soma. 12. dati [ai dimessti] alin-
carcerati. 13. cileoni . . sottomettano. 14. imodo chesspesse. 15. se visto . . noli.
ASTINENTIA. ABSTINENCE.
9ll saluatico asino quado va alia I0 fonte The wild when
goes to the well
ass, it
per here e trova 1'acqua intor jl bidata, non to drink, and water troubled, is
finds the
avra mai si gra sete, che no I2 s'astega di never so thirsty but that it will abstain from
here, e aspetti ch'essa acqua ^si richiari. drinking, and wait till the water is clear again.
GOLA. GLUTTONY.
vulture -e tanto sottoposto alia gola
'Sll The vulture so addicted to gluttony
is
16
che andrebbe mille miglia per magiare that it will go a thousand miles to eat a
*7d'una carognia, e per questo seguita li carrion [carcase] ; therefore is it that it follows
eserciti. armies.
CASTITA. CHASTITY.
2
La
tortora no fa mai fallo al suo co- The turtle-dove is never false to its mate;
pagnio,
3 e se 1'uno more, 1'altro osserua and one dies the other preserves perpetual
if
perpetua ca stita e non si posa mai su ramo chastity, and never again sits on a green
4
verde e no sbeue mai acqua chiara. bough, nor ever again drinks of clear water.
LUSSURIA. UNCHASTITY.
i II pipistrello per la sua sfrenata lussu- The bat, owing to unbridled lust, obser-
8
non osserua alcuno vniversale mo^do
ria
ves no universal rule in pairing, but males
di lussuria, anzi maschio co maschio, I0 fe-
with males and females with females pair
mina co femina, siccome a caso si tro"vano
insieme, vsano il lor coito. promiscuously, as it
may happen.
MODERANZA. MODERATION.
X3
L s
ermellino per la sua moderatia no The ermine out of moderation never eats
magia se non vna sola volta il dl, e prima
I4 but once in the day; it will rather let itself
si lascia pi'Sgliare dai cacciatori che volere be taken by the hunters than take refuge
l6
7per no ma-
J
fugire nella infangata tana, in a dirty lair, in order not to stain its
culare la sua gietilezza. purity.
H.I 12 t] 1235-
cosente che si rinoui in giovetu, Scadendo lowing that it should renew its youth, it falls
nella poca acqua; into shallow water [5]. And if its young
6
E sesua nati no possono tenere la
i ones cannot bear to gaze on the sun [6] ;
it
morendo 'Sno perde esso lume, e mai li and when it dies it does not lose this light,
cadono giu le l6 penne, e la penna che si and its feathers never fall out, but a feather
spicca piv no '^luce. pulled out shines no longer.
H.I 1236.
Questo porta grade amore a sua nati, This bird has a great love for
2 its
young;
3e trouado quelli nel nido morti dal *ser- and when it finds them in its nest dead from
s suo a serpent's
pete, si pugie a riscotro al core e, col pierces itself to the heart,
bite, it
6
piovente sangue bagniadoli, li tor na in and with its blood it bathes them till
they
vita. return to life.
Questo -non a mebra passive, e no si This has no digestive organs, and gets
8
9cura d'altro cibo che di foco, e spesso in no food but from the fire, in which it con-
I0
quello rinova la sua scorza. stantly renews its scaly skin.
11
La salamadra nel foco I2 rinova la sua The salamander, which renews its scaly
scorza; '3
per la '^vir'stu. skin in the fire, for virtue.
H.I I
3 <5) 1237.
2
Alepo no uive fori dell'acqua. The fish alepo does not live out of water.
nossacosti. 9. chefforte la tena. n. lasscia. 12. P. fama; lumerpa fama (?). 13. nasscie . . magiore essple. 14. chet-
toglie. 15. li cade piv le. 16. ella pena chessi spicha.
1336. 4. risscotro. 9. esspesso. 12. rafeua la. 17. bietta attutti . . istare. 18. nvbe. 19. po. 20. chello. 21. acquesta. 22. came-
leone. Lines n 15 are written on the margin near the title-line.
1837. i. alepjo] pesscie. (4. suo "nutrimeto". 5. cova lava. Lines 6 and ^ are -written on the margin near tlie title-line.
1238. I239-] THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS. 323
H.I 14 a] 1238.
6
Questo dov'e piv luce piv si fa 7orbo, The more light there is the blinder this
come 8
creature becomes; as those who gaze most
e piv guarda il sole piu s'acciecca;
I0 at the sun become most dazzled. For Vice,
9
pel uitio che no puo stare do"v'e la
vir I2 tu. that cannot remain where Virtue appears.
20
ciecchi nati. ones by means of celandine.
H.I 14 6} 1239.
8. 10. canta. cacia dasse. 15. ecquado. 16. issua. 17. scano.
cinguo. 14.
masscio. 16. elle cova. co
W3 8. i. cichala. 3. cuch*. 5. palpistrello. 8. sacieca. 9. po. 14- trassmuta . .
15. iprimo. 19.
7. chessi . . vlditore. 8. bavalissco. 9. effugito dettutti . . la do. 10. mezo. H. essi. 12.
| rua per la virtu
][
324
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1240. 1241.
H.I J7
a] 1241.
COCCODRILLO. IPOCRESIA. THE CROCODILE. HYPOCRISY.
2
Questo animale piglia I'o'mo e subito This animal catches a man and straight-
1'uccide poiche 1'a morso con lametevole way kills him; after he is dead, it weeps for
voce e molte lacrime s lo e finite
him with a lamentable voice and many tears.
piage ,
pure '3 per forza v'e tenvta, si gofia tata, and if it held there by force it puffs itself out
is
che s'ascon^de la testa in basso, e privasi to much as to hide its head below and shield it-
d'essi razzi; 'Scosl fa chi e nimico della self from the rays. Thus does the foe of clear
chiara e Iucie l6 te virtu, che no puo se no con and radiant virtue, who can only be constrain-
gofiato
I
7animo forzatamete starle davati. edly brought to face it with puffed up courage.
16. stopa.
1*40. dclluno dial. 6. suo copcrbocha. 7. stlgnie deti e amaza. 8. cresscivti. n. la sciliua 12. pione locicle
. .
dellgsschor.
awimilitudine. 13. chettole viaconde. 14. 1 \\\\ mal \\\\\\\\\ che \\\ a. Lines 14 and 15 are very indistinct and
nearly effaced.
1041. i. OOeodrillo. 2. animale [essendo]. poichella morto. collametevole. 8. mostrado Icor di e ra. 12. esse.
3. 4. tigro
13. scofia chessasco. 14. baso. 15. cosi facie nemico . . ciara. 16. po . . con \\\\\\ cofiati. 17. \\ \\animo . . stale.
1242 1
244.] THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS. 325
H.I 1242.
H. 1 186] 1244.
TARATA. THE TARANTULA.
2
II morso tarata matiene I'omo
della The bite of the tarantula fixes a man's
3 nel suo proponimeto, cioe quello che 4 pen- mind on one idea; that is on the thing he
sano quado fu morso. was thinking of when he was bitten.
1242. Two notes are underneath this text. The The second :
faticha fugga cholla fama in braccio
first : 'nessuna chosa e da ttemere piu che Ha sozza fania' quasi ochultata c is written in red chalk and is evi-
is a repetition of the first line of the text given in dently an incomplete sentence.
Vol. I No. 695.
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1245 1247.
326
H.I 19 ]
1245.
volessino; Usotterrano li de^ti quado per Heaven as though they would offer sacri- *
vecchiezza gli cadono;! de' ''sua due deti fice. They bury their tusks when they fall .11
1'uno adopera a cauare I5 le radici per ci- out from old age. Of these two tusks they
l6
barsi; all'altro coserua la pOta per co- use one to dig up roots for food; but the!
battere; Quado sono '^superati da caccia- save the point of the other for fighting with;
l8
tori, e ch la stachezza gli uicie per when they are taken by hunters and when
cotali deti 1'elefanti, quelle trattesi, con esse worn out by fatigue, they dig up these buried
si ricomprano. tusks and ransom themselves.
H.I 1246.
Sono di leni menti e conoscono i peri- They are merciful, and know the dangers,
le se esso trova 1' omo solo e smarito, and one finds a man alone and lost, he
2
coli ;
if
3
piacievolmete lo rimette nella perduta kindly puts him back in the road he has
*
strada, se truova le pedate dell' omo s prima missed, if he finds the footprints of the man
che veda 1'omo; 6 1esso teme tradimeto, before the man himself. It dreads betrayal,
ode si ferma 7 e soffia, mostradolo ali altri so it stops and blows, pointing it out to
*
elefanti, e fanno schiera e vanno assentita- the other elephants who form in a troop and
mete. go warily.
Questi vanno senpre a schiere, e '1 piu These beasts always go in troops, and the
9
10
vechio va inazi, e '1 secodo d'eta resta oldest goes in front and the second in age
I2
"I'ultimo, e cosl chiudono la schiera; te- remains the last, and thus they enclose the
mono vergognia, non vsano il co'3ito se no troop. Out of shame they pair only at night
di notte di nascosto, e no tor^nano dopo and secretly, nor do they then rejoin the herd
il coito alii armeti, se prima *$no si lauano but first bathe in the river. The females do
I6
nel fiume; le femine, come
no cobattono not fight as with other animals; and it is
gli altri
e tato clemete, che
animali; ^led so merciful that it is most unwilling by nature
mal uolotieri per na l8 tura no noce ai me ever to hurt those weaker than itself. And
potenti di se, e sco^tradosi nella sua via if itmeets in the middle of its way a flock
e greggi delle pecore of sheep
chieza gli cagiano (de. 16. Qua sono. 17. caciatori e chella stacheza. 18. deti le lepate ecquele (?). 19. lelefante . .
traitosi \\\\\\ nessosiricoprano. These two last lines are muck effaced.
1346. i. sono elemcti e conosschano. 2. esse . . sole essmarito. 7. essoffia mosstradola. 8. effano sciera e vano. 9. vano . .
assciere. n. civdano lassciera. 12. temano. 13. nasscosto. 15. nocobattano. 16. me femine. 18. essco. 19. nella m .
1347. i. cholla . .
pone de [parte. 2. per nolle pestare co. 5. essassi riepiano. 6. imolalzano . . cheso. 7. rim5 \\\\\\\\ teraano.
1248. 1
249-1 THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS. 327
che esso faci! 7 mete rimoti; temono forte raising the bottom that he may easily get
8
lo stridore de'porci efugono indirect e ;
out. They greatly dread the noise of swine
I0 and fly in confusion, doing no less harm
no fa maco danno poi coi piedi a sua che
then, with their feet, to their own kind than
a nimici dilettasi de' fiumi,
' I
e sempre vano
They delight in rivers and
;
to the enemy.
I2
vagabudi intorno quelli, Tfe per lo gra peso are always wandering about near them,
no possono ^notare; diuorano le pietre, e though on account of their great weight they
tr6 I4 chi delli alberi sono loro gratissimo cibo; cannot swim. They devour stones, and the
trunks of trees are their favourite food.
J
Sanno in odio i ratti; le mosche si dilet-
l6 They have a horror of rats. Flies delight
tano del suo odore e posadosi li adosso, in their smell and settle on their back, and
quello ^arraspa la pelle, e fa le pieghe the beast scrapes its skin making its folds
strette, e 1'uccide. even and kills them.
H. 1 206} 1248.
H.I 21 a} 1249.
si forte il fiato, che si tira 6 gli uccielli in its breath so strongly that it draws the birds
bocca; Marco, 7Regulo, consule dello eser- into its mouth too. Marcus Regulus, the
cito Roma 8 no, fu col suo esercito da un simile consul of the Roman army was attacked,
9animale assalito e quasi rotto, il qua I0 le with his army, by such an animal and
animale, essedo morto per una machina almost defeated. And this animal, being
I2
"mvrale, fu misurato 123 piedi, cio e 64 killed by a catapult, measured 123 feet,
r
that is 64 /2 braccia and its head was" high
T
braccia e f2 ;
avazava colla testa tutte ^le
piate d'una selua. above all the trees in a wood.
9. dano poico piedi. 10. diletasi fiuvmi. n. essepre . . intorna. 12. quelgli . .
possa. 14. abberi soloro. 15. ano.
1249. i. anegerebono. 3. grandisimo. 5. asse . . chessi. 6. bochaa. 7. cusulo. 8. ma fu chol . . da vsimili. 10. macin"a".
328
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1250. 1251.
mede'sima si aggruppa alle ganbe della itself the legs of the cow so that it
round
vacca in mo'^do no si mova, poi la tetta in cannot move and then sucks it, in such wise
modo che quasi l8 la dissecca; di questa spe- that it almost dries it up. In the time of
tiea tepo di Claudio ^Iperatore nel mote Claudius the Emperor, there was killed, on
Vaticano ne fu morta the Vatican Hill,
H.I 1250.
a
vna che avea vno putto intero in corpo il one which had inside it a boy, entire, that
quale avea traghiottito ithad swallowed.
lughezza dello collo e delli orechi lo vari- great length of its neck and of its ears make a
?ano; pascie 1'erba allo indietro, perche a difference. It feeds on grass, going backwards,
8
si lugo il labro di sopra che pasciedo ina^zi for it has so long an upper lip that if it went
coprirebbe 1'erba; a le gabe d'u pezzo; forwards would cover up the grass. Its legs
it
10
per questo, quado vuol dormire s'appoggia are all one piece; for this reason when it
in
"a vnoalbero, e i cacciatori, ativededo I2 il wants to sleep it leans against a tree, and the
loco vsato a dormire, sega quasi tutta ^la hunters, spying out the place where it is wont
piata, e quado questo poi vi s'appoggia to sleep, saw the tree almost through, and then,
14 nel
dormire-, per lo sonno cade, e i cac- when it leans against it to sleep, in its sleep
ciato'Sri cosl lo piglano, e ogni altro modi it falls, and thus the hunters take it. And
di pi l6 glarlo e vano, perche e d'incredibile every other mode of taking it is in vain,
velocita ^nel correre. because it is incredibly swift in running.
1251.
BONASO NOCE COLLA FUGA. THE BISON WHICH DOES INJURY IN ITS FLIGHT.
2
Questo nascie in Peonia ;
a collo 3 co This beast is a native of Paeonia and
crini simile al cauallo, in tutte * 1' altre parti has a neck with a mane like a horse. In
e simile -al toro, saluo Sche le sue corna all its other parts it is like a bull, excepting
sono in modo
piegate indetro, che no puo
6
that its horns are in a way bent inwards so
cozzare, e per questo ?non a altro scanpo- that it cannot butt; hence it has no safety
che lafuga-, nella 8 quale getta stereo per but in flight, in which it flings out its excrement
9
spatio di 400 braccia del suo corso-, il to a distance of 400 braccia in its course,
I0
quale, dove to cca, abbrucia come foco. and this burns like fire wherever it touches.
12. e 64 bre '/f *5- bisscie. 16. sagluppa . . della vecha imo. 17. imodo. 18. ladiseza. 19. Iperadore . . morta.
1250. 2. tragiottito. 3. macli pel sonno egiuto. 4. iniscandinavia. 5. chella. 6. lugeza. 7. passie . . allodirieto . .
l6
Quado la leonessa difede i
figli^oli When
the lioness defends her young from
l8
dalle ma de' cacciatori, per no si spaue tare the hand of the hunter, in order not to be
dalli spiedi, abbassa li ochi a terra ^accio- frightened by the spears she keeps her eyes on
che, per la sua fuga i figli no sieno pr- the ground, to the end that she may not
H.I 22 l>\
1252.
LEONE. THE LION.
2
Questo -si terribile animale niete teme This animal, which is so terrible, fears
3
piv che lo strepido delle
vuote carrette 4 e nothing more than the noise of empty carts,
simile il cato de' galli e teme aSssai nel ,
and likewise the crowing of cocks. And it
a 6 spetto riguarda is much terrified at the
uederli e con pauroso sight of one, and looks
la sua cresta; 7 e forte invilisce, quado a at its comb with a frightened aspect, and is
IO
Questo a forma di leonessa, ma e "piv This has the form of the lioness but it
I2
alta di gabe, e piv sottile, e luga; e tutta is on its legs and slimmer and long bo-
taller
biaca e punteggiata di ma^chie nere a died; and it is all white and marked with
modo di rosette, e di que I4 sta si dilettano black spots after the manner of rosettes; and
tutti li animali di 'Svedere-, e senpre le all animals delight to look upon these rosettes,
starebbero dintorno, l6
se no fusse la terribi- and they would always be standing round it
lita del suo viso, if it were not for the terror of its face;
H.I 1253-
bellezza, osde questa subito piglia il piv uici- much beauty; when suddenly it seizes the
6
no e subito lo diuora. nearest and at once devours it.
CAMELLI. CAMELS.
se fa piv I4 uiaggio fa il simile, subito si than it is used to, and if it is taken too far
ferma, 'Sode 11 bisognia a mercatati allog- it does, the same, and suddenly stops and
l6 so the merchants are obliged to lodge there.
giare.
H.I 23 6] 1254.
simile alquato alia patera per le ^diuerse it is something like the panther from the
various on its skin. It is an animal
machie della sua pelle, ed e anismale di spots
VOL. II.
330 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1255- 1256.
6
spauotevole velocita; il caccia tore quado of terrible swiftness; the hunter when he
truova sua figli, 7 li rapiscie subito, ponedo
i
finds its young ones them off hastily,
carries
nel 8
loco donde li leua, e subito placing mirrors in the place whence he takes
spechi
them, and at once escapes on a swift horse.
sopra 'veloce cauallo si fugie; la pantera The panther returning finds the mirrors fixed
tor I0 nado truova li spechi fermi in terra, on the ground and looking into them believes
ne "quali vededosi, li
pare vedere li sua it sees its young; then scratching with its
fi
I2
glioli, e raspado colle zape scuopre 'JPin- paws it discovers the cheat. Forthwith by ,
H.I 24 a] "55-
il simile insino a tato ch'esso mota 2
in the same till he gets into his boat.
barca.
CATOPLEA. CATOBLEPAS.
*
Questa nascie in Etiopia vicino al fonte It is found in Ethiopia near to the source
H.I 24 6]
1256.
di essendo
questi, morto con vn aste of these, being killed with a spear by one who
da vno che 2 era-a cavallo, che '1 suo ve- was on horse-back, and its venom flowing
neno discorrendo 3 super Taste-, e no che on the spear, not only the man but the horse
P omo ma il cavallo morl; 4guasta le piate also died. It spoils the wheat and not only
e no solamete quelle 5 che tocca ma quelle ,
that which it touches, but where it breathes
doue soffia secca P ei^be, spezza i sassi. ; the grass dries and the stones are split.
schuopre. 13. langono. 14. essocacia. 15. lasscia. 17. r | givgnieso caciatore cffa.
1355. i. imile . . attato. 4. nasscie. 6. tucte. 7. deza . . imodo. 8. altre. 9. pesste. 10. he veduta. 13. nasscie. 14. magiore
. . he a in. 16. fisscio . . assimilitudi. 18. marito dal mezio.
1956. 2. chavallo. 2. discorendo. chellomo. guassta le biande. chettoccha macquelle . . secha. 6. belola.
3. 4. [colio] 5.
""
I2 55-
Leonardo undoubtedly derived these re-
. qui oculos ejus videre, confestim morientibus. Aelian, Hist.
marks as to the Catoblepas from Pliny, Hist. Nat. An. gives a far more minute description of the crea-
VIII. 21 (al. 32): Apud Hesperios AetJuopas fons at ture (TO x<XT<i)j3Xeirov), but he says that it poisons
Nigris (different readings), ut plerique existimavere, Nili beasts not by its gaze, but by its venomous breath.
caput Juxta hunc ftra appellatur catoblepas, mo- Athenaeus 221 B, mentions both. If Leonardo had
dica alioquin
ceterisque membris infrs, caput tantum prae-
, known of these two passages, he would scarcely have
gravt aegre ferens ; alias internecio humani generis, omnibus omitted the poisonous breath. (H.
1257- I2S8-] THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS.
331
I0
kills it with the smell of its urine, and this
cidej Po dore della quale orina acora spesse
volte "essa donola occide. smell, indeed, often kills the weasel itself.
H.I 25 a] 1257-
AMPHESIBENE. THE AMPHISBOENA.
Questa a due
2
teste ,
1' una nel suo This has two heads, one in its proper
loco, 1' al^tra nella' coda , come se no ba- place the other at the tail; as if one place
stasse che 4 da uno solo loco gittasse il were not enough from which to fling its
ueneno. venom.
credibile velocita seguita l'ucci is ditore, ed follows him who has killed it; and it is so
e tato atteto e sollecito alia vedetta, determined and eager for vengeance that it
16
che vlcie passando ogni difficulta-; overcomes every difficulty, and passing by
ogni eser^cito, solo il suo nemico cierca every troop it seeks to hurt none but its enemy.
offendere;
l8
e passa ogni spatio, e no si And it will travel any distance, and it is im-
possible to avoid it unless by crossing water
J
puo schifarlo, se no 9col passare 1'acque-
e co velocissima fuga; zo a li ochi idetro and by very swift flight. It has its eyes
e gradi orechi, e piv lo move 1'udito che turned inwards, and large ears and it hears
'1 uedere. better than it sees.
nb 7 vo di fango s'inbratta; e cos! se- itself in the sun, smears itself again with
sole, di
8
guitando 1'u do po
1'altro si fa tre o 4 veste mud, and thus, drying one after the other,
9 di corazza-, e assalta it makes itself three or four
a similitudine clipoi coatings like a
1'aspido, e be co
lo
testa co quello in modo coat of mail. Then it attacks the asp, and fights
M se well with him, so that, taking its time it
che, tolto il tepo, li caccia in gola e
catches him in the throat and destroys him.
1'annega.
trochilo, piccolissimo vcciello-, subito trochilus, a very small bird, runs at once
2
li corre alia bocca e, saltatoli fra denti to [its mouth and hops among its teeth
^dentro-, e' fora -leva beccando il fimaso and goes pecking out the remains of the
4
cibo-; e cosl stuzzicadolo co dilettevole food, and so inciting it with voluptuous
Svolutta lo inuita aprire tutta la bocca, 6 e delight tempts it to open the whole of its
cosl s'adormeta; questo veduto 7 dal icneu- mouth, and so it sleeps. This being observed
mone subito si li slacia in bocca, 8 e fora- by the ichneumon it flings itself into its
toli lo stomaco e le budelle finalmete ^I'uc- mouth and perforates its stomach and
cide. bowels, and finally kills it.
H.I 26 J] 1260.
1359. i. trocilo picholissimo vciello. 2. bocha effora bechando. cibo e e cosi stuzicadolo.
essaltatoli. 3. liva 4. 5. lontiita . .
boccha. 7. daleleumone . . si linacia in boccha. 8. elle. luccide al ramarro vergezzo). 12. alo nas.sciere.
9. [essimile
'J- cogniosscano. 15. pene. 16. sula sciena . .
paca. 17. nellor. 18. ett.tgliali. 20. etteribile acci fuggie c vili
21. accilo.
li
6
bisognia, colla litta s'infanga, e risalta opened; then when the blood has flowed as
much as he needs, he plasters himself with
alia 7piaggia; a forma quasi comecavallo;
mud and heals the wound. In form he is
8
1'ughia, fessa, coda torta, e deti di ci-
something like a horse with long haunches, a
co 9crini la pelle; no si puo twisted and the teeth of a wild boar, his
tail
ghiale; collo
neck has a mane; the skin cannot be pierced,
passare-, se no si ba I0 gnia-; pasciesi di
unless when he is bathing; he feeds on
plants
piate ne'capi, entravi "allo dirieto,
accio- in the fields and goes into them backwards so
clie pare ne sia uscito. that it may seem, as though he had come out.
3Questo a similitudine colla cicognia, This bird resembles a crane, and when
T
d'acqua, "Se col becco si fa vn clistero. and with its beak makes an injection of it.
7Questo quando si sente morso dal These creatures when they feel themselves
T
l8
ragno detto falangio magia de' grachi, e bitten by the spider called father-long-legs,
J
si libera 9di tale veneno. eat crabs and free themselves of the venom.
Questa quado cobatte colle serpi 3 man- This, when fighting with serpents eats the
e so libere. sow-thistle and is free.
gia la cicierbita;
"Questo medica-i sua-mali mangiado This beast cures its sickness by eating
12
della edera. of ivy.
1262.
H.I
H.I I26 3-
H.3 1264.
MAGNANIMITA. MAGNANIMITY.
II falcone no pi glia se 2
no vccelli grossi, The falcon never seizes any but large
e prima ^more che magiare carne di no birdsand will sooner die than eat [tainted]
bono odore. meat of bad savour.
1263. 2. cheebra. 8. becho. 9. nasscie. 10. mot seguita. 1264. 2. vcielli. 3. chare.
II.
FABLES.
1265.
FAVOLA. A FABLE.
2
Sendo
1'ostrica insieme colli altri *pe- An oyster being turned out together with Fables on
sci in casa del pescatore scarica 4 ta vicino other fish in the house of a fisherman near
(12651*270).
al mare priega il ratto,
,
s c he al mare la the sea, he entreated a rat to take him to
6
coduca; il ratto fatto disegnio di magiarla the sea. The rat purposing to eat him
la fa aprire, 7 e mordedola questa li serra bid him open; but as he bit him the oyster
8
la testa e si lo ferma; viene la gatta e squeezed his head and closed; and the cat
P uccide. came and killed him.
FAVOLA. A FABLE.
2
1 tordi si
rallegrarono forte, vededo The
thrushes rejoiced greatly at seeing a
che Pomo prese la ciuetta 3 e le tolse la man take the owl and deprive her of liberty,
liberta, quella legando con forti legami ai tying her feet with strong bonds. But this
sua piedi la * qual ciuetta fu poi mediante
;
owl was afterwards by means of bird-lime
il uischio causa no di far perdere s la liberta the cause of the thrushes losing not only
ai tordi, ma la loro propia vita-;detta their liberty, but their life. This is said
6
per quelle terre che si rallegra di uedere for those countries which rejoice in seeing their
perdere la liberta ai loro maggio^ri, me- governors lose their liberty, when by that
diante i quali poi perdono il soccorso, e means they themselves lose all succour, and
8
rimagono lega' ti in potetia del loro nemico ,
remain in bondage in the power of their ene-
lasciado la liberta e spesse volte la uita. mies, losing their liberty and often their life.
FAVOLA. A FABLE.
1
Dormedo ilcane sopra la pelle d' un- A
dog, lying asleep on the fur of a
castrone, vna delle sua 3 pu lci -, sentedo sheep, one of his fleas, perceiving the odour
1* odore della vnta lana givdico quello ,
of the greasy wool, judged that this must
loco di migliore vita e
dovesse essere be a land of better living, and also mor
sicura da denti e unghie del cane, die secure from the teeth and nails of the do*
piv
sanza altri pensieri than where he fed on the dog; and withoi
pascierSsi del cane-;e 6
abbandono il cane, e 11 entrata infra la farther reflection he left the dog and went
folta lana comincio co somma fatica a,
into the thick wool. There he began -wit
volere Urapassare a ^ e radici de' peli-;la great labour to try to pass among the roots
8
sudore trov6 of the hairs; but after much sweating had
quale inpresa dopo molto
esser uana perch& tali peli erano tanto,
to give up the task as vain, because these
spessi che 9 quasi si toccavano, e no u'era hairs were so close that they almost toucht
I0
spatio dove la pulcie potesse saggiare tal each other, and there was no space where
ode dopo lugo travaglio e fatica fleas could taste the skin. Hence, after much
pelle ;
comincio a vole"re ritornare al suo cane-, labour and fatigue, he began to wish to
I2
il
quale essendo gia partito, fu costretta return to. his dog, who however had already
dopo lugo petimeto e amari piati a mo- departed; so he was constrained after long
rirsi di fame. repentance and bitter tears, to die of hunger.
C. A. 66a ; 20oa]
1268.
FAVOLA. A FABLE.
2
Non si cotentando il uano e vagabudo The vain and wandering butterfly, not
parpaglione ^di potere comodevolmete content with being able to fly at its ease
volare per 1'aria, ^vinto dalla dilettevole through the air, overcome by the tempting
fiamma della cadela, delisbero volare in flame of the candle, decided to fly into it;
quella ;
e '1 suo giocodo movimc 6 to fu but its sportive impulse was the cause of a
cagione di subita tristitia , inperoche in sudden fall, for its delicate wings were
detto lume si consumarono le sottili ali
7 burnt in the flame. And the hapless butter-
che '1 parpa 8 glione misero caduto tutto fly having dropped, all scorched, at the
bruciato a pie del 9 candeliere dopo molto ;
foot of the candlestick, after much lamen-
I0
pianto e petime to si rascivgo le lagrime tationand repentance, dried the tears from its
dai bagniati ochi, XI e levato- il uiso in alto swimming eyes, and raising its face exclaimed:
disse o falsa luce, I2 quati come me debi
: O false light! how many must thou have
tu avere ne passa 13 ti tenpi avere mise- miserably deceived in the past, like me; or
rabilmete inganati! e se I4 pure volevo ve- if I must indeed see light so near, ought I
dere la luce no doveu' io cono'Ssciere il ,
not to have known the sun from the false
sole dal falso lume dello spurco sevo ? glare of dirty tallow?
FAVOLA. A FABLE.
^Trovando scimia vno nidio di pic- la The monkey, finding a nest of small birds,
l8
coli vccelli appressatasi a -, tutta- allegra went up to it
greatly delighted. But they,
quelli, e quali essendo gia da volare, ne being already fledged, he could only suc-
20
pote solo pigliare il minore; esse do pieno ceed in taking the smallest; greatly deligh-
d' allegrezza con esso in mano, se n'ado al ted he took it in his hand and went to
suo 2I ricetto; e comiciato a cosiderare his abode; and having begun to look at the
1367. 2. chastrone. 4. dovessi . . locho . . sichura "da denti e vnglia del cane" che passcier. 5. essanza . . abandono. 6. in
pasa. 13. cssi. 14. chome. 17. scimia [inp| vno . . di [lusi] di picioli. 18. vcielli . .
apressatasi a queli. 20. dalegreza
chon eso imano . . 21. ricieto e chomlciato a chosiderare . . vcielletto. 22. issuecerato. 23. essirinse chel-
lagli tolsi.
1269. I2/0.] FABLES. 337
22
questo vccelletto, lo comicio a baciare; e littlebird he took to kissing it, and from
per lo sviscerato amore tanto 2
3lo bacio, excess of love he kissed it so much and
e rivolse, e strinse ch' ella gli tolse la uita ;
turned it about and squeezed it till he killed
e detta per quelli che per no gastigare it. This is said for those who by not punish-
2
i
figlioli capita
5no male. ing their children let them come to mischief.
il suo gra pericolo; infrattanto venne la Meanwhile the cat came by and suddenly
6
gatta, e subito prese essa donnola, e ime- seized the weasel and forthwith devoured
diate 1'ebbe diuorata; ?allora ^ ratto-, it. Then the rat offered up a .sacrifice to
fatto sacrificio a Giove d'alquate sua noc- Jove of some of his store of nuts, humbly
ringratio sommamete la sua deita, e thanking His providence, and came out
8
ciole ,
uscito fori dalla 9 S ua buca a possedere la of his hole to enjoy his lately lost liberty.
I0
gia persa liberta, della quale subito in sieme But he was instantly deprived of it, together
colla vita fu dalle feroci unghie de' denti with his life, by the cruel claws and teeth
Iz
della gatta private. of the lurking cat.
sche-, li parue avere trouato "loco- molto to her that she had found a most convenient
comodo al suo inganno e cala I2 tosi giu ; spot to spread her snare, and having settled
per lo suo sottile filo, e etrato nella no- herself on it with her delicate web, and
entered into her new habitation, there, every
X
5va abitatione I4 faciedosi
11
ogni giorno
alii spiraculi ,
fatti dalli ^interualli de'grani day placing herself in the openings made by
l6
dell' uue -, assaltaua come ladrone i miseri the spaces between the grapes, she fell like
animali che da lui non si ^guardauano; e a thief on the wretched creatures which were
I8 a few days
passati alquanti giorni il uendemiatore not aware of her. But, after
colse essa uva e, messa coll' al^tre-insieme, had passed, the vintager came, and cut away
con quelle fu pigiata-;e cosl 20 l'una fu the bunch of grapes and put it with others,
laccio e inganno dello inganatore 2I ragnio , with which it was trodden; and thus the
come delle ingannate mosche. grapes were a snare and pitfall both
for the
22
Addormetatosi
sopra il ghi- 1'asino treacherous spider and the betrayed flies.
accio 23
u profondo
lago il suo calore
d' ,
An ass having gone to sleep on the ice
dissolue 24 esso ghiaccio e 1'asino sot- ,
over a deep lake, his heat dissolved the ice
t'
acqua a mal suo 5 danno si desto e su-
2
and the ass awoke under water to his great
bito annego. grief, and was forthwith
drowned.
sua no. 8. rigratio somaraente . . vsscito . della. 9. busa . . dela. io. ungha. n. privata.
1070. formicha. 4. lagrodo. 5. lassciarmi. 6. nassciere . . redero. 9. il quale "per la sua dolceza" era. io. mossche. n. locho
. . chomodo . . cholla. 12. gu. 13. giorno [con ingani]. 14. [chonduci]faciedosi. 15. chome. 16. dallui. 17. chon.
18. colta vua e messe. 20. laccio 21. chome mossche. 22. adormentatosi . . diaccio. 23. disolue.
. .
enganno. . .
24. diaccio ellasino sottacqa. 25. dessto. 26. soportare cho. 27. nasschodere cheffallanitra. 28. sottacqa. 29. pene.
VOL. II. UU
338
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1271. 1272.
26
fl falcone no potendo sopportare co
,
A
falcon, unable to endure with patience
patietia
3
i\\ nascodere che fa 1'anitra, fu- the disappearance of a duck, which, flying
dinazi 28 e entrado sotto acqua before him had plunged under water, wished
giedo se le 2
come to follow it under water, and having soaked
k voile, quelle, sott' acqua 9seguitare,
e bagniatosi le penne rimase in essa 3 acqua; his feathers had to remain in the water while
e 1'anitra, leuatasi in aria-, scheme 3'il fal- the duck rising to the air mocked at the
cone che annegava. falcon as he drowned.
3 2 II
ragnio volendo pigliare la mosca ,
The spider wishing to take flies in her
co sue 33 false reti fu sopra quelle dal ,
treacherous net, was cruelly killed in it by
calabrone 34 crudelmete morto. .
the hornet.
35 Volendo
1'aquila schernire il gufo, An eagle wanting to mock at the owl
rimase 3 6 coH'alie inpaniata , e fu dall'omo was caught by the wings in bird-lime and
presa e morta.
was taken and killed by a man.
s. K. M. m. 1271.
Trovandosi 1'
acqua nel superbo mare, The water finding that its element was
vene voglia di motare so- the lordly ocean, was seized with a desire
Fables on S uo eleme 2 to, le
to rise above the air, and being encouraged
'YecV pra
3 1' aria, e cofortata dal foco elemeto,
4
4 by the element of fire and rising as a very
releuatasi I sottile vapore, quasi parea subtle vapour , it seemed as though it were
della sottigliezza dell' arise ; motata in alto
really as thin asair. But having risen
very
givnse Ifra Pa6 ria piv sottile e fredda, dove high, reached the
it air that was still more rare
FAUOLA. A FABLE.
2
Vsciendo vn giorno il rasojo di quel The razor having one day come forth
manico, col quale si fa gvaina a se mede- from the handle which serves as its sheath
simo, 3 e postosi al sole vide il sole spe- ,
and having placed himself in the sun, saw
chiarsi nel suo corpo della qual cosa prese ;
the sun reflected in his body, which filled him
somma gloria, e rivolto col pensiero in- with great pride. And turning it over in his
dirieto comincio co seco medesimo a dire :
thoughts he began to say to himself: "And shall
Or tornero io 5 piv a quella bottega della I return again to that shop from which I have
quale novamete uscito sono ? cierto no ; just come? Certainly not; such splendid beauty
no piaccia alii Dei che 6 si splendida bel- shall not, please God, be turned to such base
lezza caggia in tata vilta d'animo! che uses. What folly it would be that could lead
pazzia sarebbe quella, la qual mi co?du- me to shave the lathered beards of rustic pea-
cesse a radere le insaponate barbe de' ru- sants and perform such menial service Is this !
stici villani e fare mecaniche operation!! body destined for such work? Certainly not.
8
e questo corpo da simili eserciti? cierto I will hide myself in some retired spot and
tile "cffrcda" dove. 7. focho e picoli. 8. rcstretti . . suniscano effa. 9. la superb, io. del cielo. n. bevute . . sechatera.
13. fe . .
pechato.
1974. 2. vssciendo . . rasoro . . manicho chol . .
giaina asse. 3. isspechiarsi . .
chorpo . . chosa . . soma groria. 4. chol . .
FAUOLA. A FABLE.
J9
Vna pietranovamete per Facque sco- A stone of some size recently uncovered
perta di bella gradezza si staua sopra vn by the water lay on a certain spot some-
20
cierto loco rilevato, dove terminava un what raised, and just where a delightful grove
dilettevole boschetto sopra vna sassosa ended by a stony road; here it was sur-
strada in c6 2I pagnia d'erbe, di uari fiori di rounded by plants decorated by various
diuersi colori ornate, e vedea 22 la gra flowers of divers colours. And as it saw the
somma delle pietre che nella a se sotto great quantity of stones collected together in
23
posta strada collocate erano le uenne ;
the roadway below, it began to wish it could
desiderio di la giv lasciarsi ca 24 dere, diciedo let itself fall down there, saying to itself: "What
co seco che fo io qui co queste erbe ?
: have I to do here with these plants? I want to
2
io voglio co que 5ste mie sorelle in copag- live in the company of those, my sisters."
nia abitare; e giv lasciatosi cadere infra And letting itself fall, its rapid course ended
26
le desiderate copagnie finl suo volubile among these longed for companions. When
corso e stata alquato co 2 7mlcio a essere
;
it had been there sometime it began to find
dalle rote de' carri dai pie de' ferrati ca- ,
itselfconstantly toiling under the wheels of
28
valli, e de viandati a essere in continvo the the iron-shoed feet of horses and
carts
2
travaglio chi la volta, quello la pesta 9va
; ;
of travellers. This one rolled it over, that
alcuna volta se leuava alcuno pezzo, quado one trod upon it; sometimes it lifted itself a
stava coperta da fa 3 go o stereo di qualche little and then it was covered with mud or
animale e in vano riguardava il loco do-
,
the dung of some animal, and it was in vain
3I de
partita s'era in nel loco della solletaria that it looked at the spot whence it had come
e traquilla pace; as a place of solitude and tranquil place.
32 Cosl accade a
quelli che dalla vita Thus it happens to those who choose to
soletaria cotenplativa voglio 33 no venir abi- leave a life of solitary comtemplation, and
tare nelle citta infra i popoli pieni d' infiniti come to live in cities among people full of
mali. infinite evil.
elli cho . . chosi naschosto. io. gorno vsscito . . . . . fatto assi. n. ruginete . ella . . noui spechiare. 12. cho . . dano cho
secho . . o qua. 13. chol . . il mi lusstante. 14.
. . fasstidiosa . .
rugine. .15. chenisschabio. 16. assimilitudine . . decto
nasoro perde . . suttilita. 17. ella . .
guassta. 19. pietra |
"novamete per lacque scoperta" di bella gradeza . . locho.
20. vdidi lettevole bosschetto . . Icho. 21. derbettedi uari . .cholori ornata. 22. soma asse, 23. chollochate . . . . uene . .
cho . . locho. 31. partata . . inel locho. 32. acade acquelli che della . . chotenplativa voglia.
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [I273- 1274-
340
C. A. 66a; toia]
1273.
Le fiamme gia
a aveano durato nella Some flames had already lasted in the fur-
fornace ^de' bichieri, e veduto a se avici- nace of a glass-blower, when they saw a candle
narsi vna Mandela in vn bello e lustrante approaching in a beautiful and glittering
cadeliere, con gran desideSrio si forzauano
candlestick. With ardent longing they strove
6
accostarsi a quella; infra le qua li vna, la- to reach it; and one of them, quitting its
sciato el suo naturale ?corso e tiratasi natural course, writhed up to an unbur
8
dentro a vno voto stizzo, dove si pascieva brand on which it fed and passed at
opposite end out by a narrow chink to
9 alia
e vsscita fori d'una piccola fessura
I0
cadela, che vicina 1'era, si gitto e co candle which was near. It flung itself upor
somma- gelosita-e ingordigia quella "di- it, and with fierce jealousy and greediness it
uorando quasi a fine la condusse e vo- ; devoured it, having reduced it almost to death,
lendo ripa'*rare al prolungameto della sua and, wishing to procure the prolongation of it
vita, indar'3no teto tornare alia fornace-, life, it tried to return to the furnace whence it
quello che '1 sole fecie ieri alle mia con- which the sun brought about yesterday to my
companions, who were all, in a few hours,
I5
pagnie, le quali in poche ore dal sole
furo l6 no disfatte e questo interuenne per ; destroyed by the sun. And this happened
essersi T ? posto piv alto che a loro no si from their having placed themselves higher
richiedea io vo l8 glio fugire 1'ira del sole,
; than became them. I will flee from the wrath
T
e abbassarmi, e trovare 9loco coueniete of the sun, and humble myself and find a
aliamia parua quatita; 20 e gittatasi in baso place befitting my small importance." Thus,
e comlciata a disciedere rottado "dall'alte flinging itself down, it began to descend,
spiaggie super 1' altra neve, quato piv cierco hurrying from its high home on to the other
22
loco basso piv crebbe sua quatita in , snow; but the more it sought a low place
1873- ' [1 ingordo fochosapiglia nelle legnie]. 2. [il focho] "le fiame" gia vno i. e durato nella. .
3. de bichieri . . asse.
7. stizo. 8. vsscita |
"dal oposita" fori. 9. [alume che lara] alia cadella. io. cho soma . .
ingordigia [di] quella.
n. fine
1874. * pocha. 2. apichata . . somita. 3. chollochato soprapra lasstrema. 4. teza . . rachol. 5. lam.iginatione chomlcio choo.
6. chonsiderare. givdichata. 8. droma. locho che tante. io. veduta po fria
7. picciola 9. essoportare quanto . .
n. pocha. 12. nomerta questa alteza. 13. pichola . . chonosscie . . chon. 16. disfacte ecquesto interuene. 17. alora.
18. abastarmi. choueniete. ao. chomlciata rottato. 21. dell 22. imodo. sopra 1
19. . . . .
spiagie . . quato. 23.
1 27 5-] FABLES. 341
modo 23
che, terminate il suo corso sopra the more bulk increased, so that when
its
uno colle, si trouo 24 di no quasi minor at last course was ended on a hill, it
its
che '1 colle che essa sostenea; found itself no less in size than the hill
gradezza which supported it; and it was the last of
2s
e fu P ultima che in quella state dal
the snow which was destroyed that summer
26
sole disfatta fusse detta per quelli che
;
by the sun. This is said for those who,
s' umiliano, -son esaltate. humbling themselves, become exalted.
C. A. 75 a; 219*1] 1275-
Avedo jl ciedro desiderio di fare uno The cedar, being desirous of producing Fables on
2 p
grade frutto in nella sommita di
!
10
II noce mostrado se per vna strada The nut-tree stood always by a road side
IT
ai viadanti la richezza de' sua frutti, ogni displaying the wealth of its fruit to the passers
omo lo lapidaua. by, and every one cast stones at it.
12
II fico stado sanza frutti, nessuno lo The fig-tree, having no fruit, no one
riguardava; ^volendo col fare essi frutti looked at it; then, wishing to produce fruits
essere laudato dali o I4 mini fu da quelli ,
that it might be praised by men, it was
piegato e rotto. bent and broken down by them.
IS Stando il fico vicino all' olmo-, e ri- The fig-tree, standing by the side of the
j6 elm and seeing that its boughs were bare
guardando i sua rami essere sanza frutti
e avere ardimeto I7 di tenere il sole a sua of fruit, yet that it had the audacity to keep
acerbi fichi co ra l8 pognie gli disse: o the Sun from its own unripe figs with its
olmo -, non ai tu vergognia a ^starmi di- branches, said to it: "Oh elm! art thou not
nazi? ma aspetti che mia figlioli sieno 20 in ashamed to stand in front of me. But wait
matura dove ti troverai i
eta, e vedrai ! till my are fully grown and you
offspring
quali
2I
poi maturati, capitadovi una
figlioli
will where you are!"
see But when her
offspring were mature, a troop of soldiers
22
squadra di soldati, fu da quelli per torre
i sua fichi tutto Iacera 23 to e diramato e coming by fell upon the fig-tree and her
cole. 24. gradeza. 25. effu. 26. chessa umiliano. 26. esaltate.
. imodo. 8. diradichato. tera. 10. mostado se per. n. richeza . . frutto. 12. ficho. 13. chol . . frutte . . laldato.
.
9.
cho. 18. dise hoholmo ha. 20. imatura vederai. 21. chapitadovi
17. acerbi [fra] fichi asspetta. .
15. ficho. 19.
. . .
sguadra. 22. queli pertore i sua. 23. chosi. 25. do h"o" ficho. 26. queli.
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1276. 1277.
342
a were all torn off her, and her boughs
rotto- quale stado poi cosl
il storpiato figs
dicie^do: cut away and broken. Then, when she was
delle sue mebra-, 1'olmo lo dimado
.. thus maimed in all her limbs,
limbs the elm asked
o fico quato era il meglio a stare sanza
her, saying: "O fig-tree! which was best, to
26 in si misera-
figlioli
che per quelli venire be without offspring, or to be brought by
bile stato!
them into so miserable a plight!"
s. K. M. in. 1276.
La
2
secco e ve- The
plant complains of the old and dry
piata si dole del palo
chio che se 1'era ^posto al lato e de'pali stick which stands by its side and of the
^secchi che la circudano; dry stakes that surround it.
sL'u lo matiene diritto,
6
Paltro lo guar- One keeps it upright, the other keeps it
da dalla Hriste copagnia. from low company.
FAVOLA. A FABLE.
2
Trovadosi la noce essere della cor- A nut, having been carried by a cr
del suo vechio padre e essere nella gras- , able father and lie in the fat earth covered
up by his fallen leaves it would not abandon
JI
sa terra, ricoperta dalle sue cadeti foglie ,
che non la 12 volesse lui abandonare jnpero- , it; because, finding itself in the beak of the
ch'ella, trovadosi ^nel becco della fiera cruel crow, it had there made a vow that if
corua, ^voto, che scappado da essa voleua it escaped from her it would end its life in
finire la ui'Sta sua in un piccolo buco; alle a little hole. At these words the wall, moved
l6
il mvro , mosso a copassione, to compassion, was content to shelter it in
quali parole .
fu cotento riciettarMa nel loco ov'era ca- the spot where it had fallen; and after a
I8
duta-; e infra poco tepo la noce comincio short time the nut began to split open and
aprirsi e mettere le radici infra fessure Me put forth roots between the rifts of the
delle pietre , e quelle allargare, e gitta 20 re stones and push them apart, and to throw
i rami fori della sua caverna ; e quegli 2r in out shoots from its hollow shell; and, to be
brieve leuati sopra lo edifitio, e ingrossate brief, these rose above the building and the
le "ritorte radici, comincio aprire i mvri e twisted roots, growing thicker, began to thrust
ca 2 3uare le antiche pietre de' loro uechi the walls apart, and tear out the ancient
lochi; allo 2 4ra il muro tardi e indarno stones from their old places. Then the wall
2
pianse la cagione del suo danno; 5e in too late and in vain bewailed the cause of
breve apri e rovino gra parte delle sua itsdestruction and in a short time, it wrought
me bra. the ruin of a great part of it.
[v] che schapado. 15. nvn piciolo buso. 16. chopassione . . chotento. 17. nelocho . . chaduta . .
pocho. 18. chomTcio.
19. ecquelle. 20. chaverna. 21. ingrosate. 24. tardi |
"e indarno" pianse . . dano. 25. brieve apero rovino.
i2 7 8.] FABLES. 343
FA VOL A. A FABLE.
2
rovistico
II sendo stimolato nelli sua ,
The
privet feeling its tender boughs
sottili rami ripieni di novelli 3 frutti dai pu- loaded with young fruit, pricked by the
gnieti artigli
e becco delle inportune merle, sharp claws and beak of the insolent black-
si do 4 leva co pietoso rammarichio Tuerso bird, complained to the blackbird with
pitious remonstrance entreating her that since
s
essa merla, pregando quella che, poiche
lei li
toglieva e sua diletti frutti, il merlo she stole its delicious fruits she should
6 not deprive it of the leaves with which it
non le privasse delle foglie, le quali lo
difendevano dai e cocieti razzi del sole, preserved them from the burning rays of
che coll'a?cute vnghie non la scorticasse e the sun, and that she should not divest it of
8
suestisse della sua tenera pelle Alia quale ;
its tender bark by scratching it with her
la merla con vilani rapognie rispose: o sharp claws. To which the blackbird replied
taci saluastico sterpo no sai che la natura ! with angry upbraiding: "O, be silent, un-
I0
t'a fatto produrre per mioquesti frutti cultured shrub Do you not know that Nature !
notrimeto ? no uedi che sei al modo per made you produce these fruits for my nourish-
servirmi di tale cibo? "no sai, vilano che , ment; do you not see that you are in the
tu nella prossima luernata notri-
farai in world [only] to serve me as food; do you
12
meto e cibo del fuoco-? le quali parole not know, base creature, that next winter you
ascoltate dai albero ^patietemete, no sanza will be food and prey for the Fire?" To
lacrime jnfra poco tenpo il merlo preso
,
which words the tree listened patiently, and
^dalla ragnia, e colti de' rami per fare not without tears. After a short time the
gabbia per icarcerare esso merlo ^tocco blackbird was taken in a net and boughs were
infra 1'altri rami al sottile rovistico a fare cut to make a cage, in which to imprison
l6
legni minimi della gabbia, le quali vededo her. Branches were cut, among others from
essere causa della persa liberta del merlo, the pliant privet, to serve for the small rods of
T
mosse tale parole: O merlo-
7rallegratasi the cage ; and seeing herself to be the cause of
io sono qui non acora l8 consumata, come the Blackbird's loss of liberty it rejoiced and
dicievi, dai foco; prima vedro te prigione, spoke as follows: "O Blackbird, I am here,
che tu me brugiata. and not yet burnt by fire as you said. I shall
see you in prison before you see me burnt."
FAVOLA. A FABLE.
20
Veduto il lavro e mirto tagliare il The laurel and the myrtle seeing the
pero ,
con alta
gridarono: voce
pero -,
2I
O pear tree cut down cried out with a loud
ove vai superbia che aveui
tu ? ov' e la voice: "O pear-tree! whither are you going?
22
quado avevi i tua maturi frutti? ora no Where is the pride you had when you were co-
ci farai tu obra 2 3 colle tue folte chiome ;
vered with ripe fruits ? Now you will no longer
Allora il pero rispose io ne ve 24 do 1' agri- : shade us with your mass of leaves." Then
cola che mi taglia e mi portera alia bottega the pear-tree replied: "I am going with the
d'ottimo 2 5scultore, il quale mi fara con husbandman who has cut me down and who
su' arte pigliare la forma 26
di Giove will take me to the workshop of a good
Idio -, e saro dedicate nel tenpio e dagli sculptor who by his art will make me take the
2
omini ?adorato
Giove; e tu invece di form of Jove the god; and I shall be dedicated
ti metti I
puto a rimanere
28
spesso stor- in a temple and adored by men in the place
piata e pelata de' tua rami, i quali mi of Jove, while you are bound always to remain
sieno 2 9dali omini per onorarmi poste d'in- maimed and stripped of your boughs, which
torno. will be placed round me to do me honour.
1378. Irovesstrice. 3. pugieti . . becho. 4. cho . . ramarichio. 5. poichellei . . mero nolle [togliessi] privasse. 6. dele . . razi . .
erare. 15. stocho . . rouisericho affare lenimini. 16. dela gabia . . chaua. 17. ralegratasi . . i sono . . achora. 18. chon-
sumata chome . . focho . . vedero chettu. 20. chon. 22. hora. 23. chole . . focie. 24. cholagrichola. 25. chon. 26. es-
saro dedichato.
27. ettu. 28. ispeso. 31. chastagno . . ficho. 32. "in verso
se" i sua . .
isspichava . frutti quelli i quali.
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1279.
344
FAVOLA. A FABLE.
J'Vededo jl castagnio 1' vomo sopra The chesnut, a man upon the seeing
il fico, il
quale piegava
*2 in verso se i sua fig-tree, boughs down and pulling
bending its
maturi frutti off the ripe fruits, which he put into his
rami e di quelli spiccava
i i
open
mette^va nell' aperta bocca difacie- mouth destroying and crushing them with
quali
doli e diserradoli coi duri deti, crolla^do his hard teeth, it tossed its
long boughs
rami, e' co spregevole mormorio and with a noisy rustle exclaimed: "O fig!
i
lunghi
disse: **O fico quato sei tu me di me how much less are you protected by nature
'm me *6 See how me my
obbligato alia natura-'.vedi come
than I. in sweet offspring
ordind serrati i mia dolci figlioli prima ,
are set in close array; first clothed in soft
vestiti di sottile ca 37 micia, sopra la quale e wrappers over which is the hard but softly
e no co- lined husk; and not content with taking this
posta la dura e foderata pelle ,
3Hetandosi di tanto benificarmi ch'ell'a care of me, and having given them so strong
fatto loro la forte abi^tatione, e sopra a shelter, on this she has placed sharp and
acioch6 close-set spines so that the hand of man
quella fondo acute e folte spine -,
le *mani dell'omo no mi possino nvocere ;
cannot hurt me." Then the fig-tree and her
Allora il fico com! 4I cio insieme coi sua offspring began to laugh and having laughed
2
e ferme le risa disse: * co- she said: "I know man to be of such ingenuity
figlioli a ridere,
nosci F omo
essere di tale ingiegnio che lui that with rods and stones and stakes
flung
ti
sappi collie pertiche e pietre e sterpi, up among your branches he will bereave
tratti infra i tua rami, farti povero 44 de' tua you of your fruits; and when they are fallen,
frutti, e quelli caduti posta coi piedi o coi he will trample them with his feet or with
sassi, a modo stones, so that your offspring will come out
<s che i frutti tua escino stra-
6
ciati e storpiati fora dall'armata casa; e
-
of their armour, crushed and maimed; while
io sono co diligieza tocco dalle mani, e I am touched carefully by their hands, and
no come te da bastoni e da sasso. not like you with sticks and stones."
C. A. 66 a; 201 a] 1279.
II mischio trovadosi no potere salice The hapless .willow, finding that she could
2
fruire il uedere i sua sottili
piacere di not enjoy the pleasure of seeing her slender
rami fare over 3 codurre alia desiderata branches grow or attain to the height she
grandezza e dirizzarsi al cielo per cagione wished, or point to the sky, by reason of the
della vite e di qualunche piata li era vine and whatever other trees that grew near,
uicina senpre elli
,
5 era
storpiato e dira- but was always maimed and lopped and
mato e guasto e raccolte in se tutti li
; ; spoiled, brought all her spirits together and
spiriti e' con quelli apre e' spalanca le gave and devoted itself entirely to imagina-
parti alia ^imaginatione e stando in co- ; tion, standing plunged in long meditation and
tinva cogitatione e ricier 8 cando con quella , seeking, in all the world of plants, with
F universe delle piate, co quale 9di quelle which of them she might ally herself and
esso collegare si potesse che non avessebi- which could not need the help of her withes.
so I0gnio dell' aivto de' sua legami-; essendo Having stood for some time in this prolific
" nutritiva ima-
stato alquanto in questa imagination, with a sudden flash the gourd
I2
ginatione co subito assa limeto, li corse- presented itself to her thoughts and tossing
nel pensiero la zucca e crollato tutti i ra- ,
all her branches with extreme delight, it
I3 mi
per grade allegrezza pare li avere seemed to her that she had found the com-
trovato copa^gnia al suo desiato propo- panion suited to her purpose, because the
gourd is more apt to bind others than to
j
sito, imperoch quella e piv atta sa le-
gare altri che essere legata;
I6
e fatta tal need binding; having come to this conclusion
38. benificharmi . . la [spinosa] abi. 39. achute effolte . . aciochelle. 40. aloro il ficho choml. 41. choi . . disc. 42. cho
chonosci . .
sapicho. 44. queli chaduti posta cho . . chosassi. 45. chefrutti . . straciati . . dell. 46. chasa . . cho
tocho . . chome te "da bastoni e" dassesso e.
diliberatione rizza sua rami in uerso il she awaited eagerly some who
friendly bird
cielo aspettando ^qualche amichevole should be the mediator of her wishes. Presently
vcciello, che li fusse al disiderio mez- seeing near her the magpie she said to him :
zano;
l8
]fra quali veduta a se vicina la "O gentle bird by the memory of the refuge
!
cio preso, a tirare le cime de' teneri rami drag the ends of the tender shoots down
5
inverse la teS'rra con strane torture e disagio towards the earth, with strange twisting and
di quelli. distortion.
17. chelli fussi . . mezano. 18. asse . lassgaza disse iver. 19. vcciello [jo ti priego] per
. sochorso. 20. acquesssti . inc. . . .
move \\\\\\\\\\ telle tua" issacho no poteano piv menare]. 24. [le tue alie] lalie "tue" atte. 25. re che cholle . . cho- |
. .
tassi. 38. del rarmo. 30. ecquelle. 40. ora ilia "curiosamete" cho. 41. dirizadosi zucha echo dimadate. 43. chon-
. . . .
46. cressciedo . . chollo "accresscimeto he a" primeto. 47. ochupare . . cholle. 48. attorle la belleza. 49. bastato . .
zuche comlcie per disco. 50. attirare . . inver la. 51. chon istrane. Lines 52 54 are written on the margin, 52. scon
VOL. II. XX
346 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1279.
conobbe che era nato per non aver mai In vain did it bewail itself
recognising that
bene. it was born to no good end.
tcdossi . . croll.idosi . . dasse . . chadere. 53. vanegiato ingano . . eflorte chollegatione. 54. acqucllo . .
ccquello
56. radice. 57. conobe.
III.
C. A. H7#; 361 a]
1280.
FACIETIA. A JEST.
4d'u pittore, doue spargiedo essa acqua painter's room, where he sprinkled the water
sopra alcuna sua pittuSra esso pittore vol- on some of his pictures. The painter turned
6
tosi indirieto,alquato crucciato dis se perche ; round, somewhat angered^ and asked him
faciesse tale spargimeto sopra le sue pit- why this sprinkling had been bestowed on
ture? allora ?il prete disse, essere cosl vsanza, his pictures; then said the priest, that it was
e ch'era suo debito il fare 8 cosl, e che the custom and his duty to do so, and that
facieva bene, e chi fa bene debbe aspettare he was doing good; and that he who did
be^ne e meglio, che cosl promettea Dio, e good might look for good in return, and, in-
che d'ogni bene, che si I0 facieva in terra, deed, for better, since God had promised that
se n'avrebbe di sopra per ogni vn 100; every good deed that was done on earth
allora "il pittore, aspettato ch'egli uscisse should be rewarded a hundred- fold from above.
I2
fori, se li fecie di sopra alla finestra, e Then the painter, waiting
till he went out,
gitto vn gra
sechione d' acqua adosso a went toan upper window and flung a large
esso 1 3 prete, diciedo: ecco che di sopra ti pail of water on the priest's back, saying:
-
S. K. M. III. 73 (5]
I28l.
1280. 4. hessa acq. 5. scrucciato di. 6. si . . faciessi. 8. asspettare. 9. chessi. 10. narebbe. n. asspettato chelli vsscissi.
1282.
C. A. 66 a; 201 a]
in vna 'avrea e ricca tazza sopra la tavola ding itself in a golden and richly wrought
di e motato in gloria di ta"to
Ma lovmetto, cup, on the table of Mahomet, was puffed
onore, subito fu assaltato da vna cotraria up with pride at so much honour; when
"cogitatione diciedo a se medesimo: che suddenly it was struck by a contrary reflec-
fo,c di che '^mi rallegro io? non m'awedo tion, saying to itself: "What am I about, that
essere vicino alia I4 mia morte?e lasciare I should rejoice, and not perceive that I am
1'aurea abitazione de'slla tazza e entrare now near to my death and shall leave my
l6
in nelle brutte e fetide caverne del corpo golden abode in this cup to enter into the
Vnoartigiano andando
2
spesso a visi- An artizan often going to visit a great
tare vno signiore 3 sanza altro proposito gentleman without any definite purpose, the
dimadare 4 al quale, jl signore domando gentleman asked him what, he did this for.
5 6
quello che andava faciedo? questo disse The other said that he came there to have
che veniua 11 7
per avere de' piacieri che a pleasure which his lordship could not have;
ia8a. i. II uino vedendosi "nelle partimaumettane" ogni giorno dai beuitori. 2. essere messo . inelle fasstidiose
.
. . .
brudella e choller. urina e diaciere "lu gamete" poire nei brutti e pu. 4. zalenti lochi
3. tito in
dilibero adopcrare .
|i sua spiriti]. 5. [u] ogni sua . forza [ara] al riparo di tata. 6. nefanda vilta . e trovadosi sopra la tavola di. 7. mav-
.
metto . . nvna richa e bella]. 8. trovadosi [il] il -uino. 9. richacha taza. io. groria. n. honore. 12. cheffo i di che.
13. nomavedo. 14. ellasciare. 15. taza. 15. inelle . . effetide chaverne. 16. ellisstrassmvtarmi. 17. essuave . . ettrista.
18. basstado. 18. anchora. 19. diasiere ine . . riciettacholi choll. 20. fitidae chor "o"tta . . vsscita delle. 22. danno [allora
giov'e fecie]. 23. ponessi . . attato disspregio. 24. paesse. 25. migliore . . il meno. 26. elle non . . chodotte. 27. beuto.
28. ecquello itnodo. 29. chettorna. 30. legie . . assiaticho beessi. 31. effunassciato . . libere . . cosua. 34. o stomaco.
36. esscofia. 47. cia Io comincia a. 49. effarlo. 52. cro. 53. amazado.
1983. 6. quessto. 7. chellui. 8. perochello. 9. Ivollentieri. n. fano.
I284-] JESTS AND TALES. 349
lui
8
aver no potea;
peroche ^volentieri since to him it was a satisfaction to see men
piv potenti di lui, come
I0
vedeua omi ni greater than himself, as is the way with the
"fannoi popolani, ma che '1 si gnore non
I2
populace; while the gentleman could only
potea vedere se ^non omini di me possa see men of less consequence than himself;
di lui; I4
per questo i
signori maca'Svano and so lords and great men were deprived
d'esso piacere. of that pleasure.
Vsano i frati minori a cierti tempi al- Franciscan begging Friars are wont, at cer-
cune loro quaresime, nelle quali essi non tain times, to keep fasts, when they do not eat
6
uolse a essi frati e disse: se io ho be di serves me, you do not eat any kind of flesh
ricordo-, voi no magiate in tali dl ne' vostri in your convents at this season." At these
coueti d'alcuna maniera di carne; alle quali words the friars were compelled by their rule
siderio, e cosl magio essa polastra, e i frati dinner the messmates departed, all three together,
fecero il
meglio poterono ;
ove dopo tale and after travelling some distance they came to
desinare 9questi comesari si partirono tutti a river of some width and depth. All three
e 3 di conpagnia e dopo alquanto di uiagio, , being on foot the friars by reason of their
I0
trovati vn fiume di bona larghezza e pro- poverty, and the other from avarice it was
essendo scalzi passasse sopra i sua omeri , given his wooden shoes into his keeping,
esso mercatucolo onde datoli I2 il frate al ;
he took up his man. But it so happened
servo i zoccoli, si carico di tale uomo onde ; that when the friar had got to the middle
accade, che trovandosi esso frate in mezzo of the river, he again remembered a rule
del ^ fiume -, esso ancora si ricordo della of his order, and stopping short, he looked
sua regola e fermatosi a vso di San Cristo-, up, like Saint Christopher, to the burden on
foro alzo la testa ^inverse quello che 1'ag- his back and said: "Tell me, have you any
gravava, e disse dimi vn poco , ai tu nessu :
money about you?" "You know I have",
dinariadosso? be sai, rispose que I5 sto; come answered the other, "How do you suppose
credete voi ch' a mia pari mercatate andasse that a Merchant like me should go about
altrameti attorno
oime, disse il frate, la ? otherwise?" "Alack!" cried the friar, "our
nostra l6 regola vieta che noi no possiano rules forbid as to carry any money on our
portare danari adosso e subito Io gitto !
persons," and forthwith he dropped him into
nell'acqua; la qual cosa conosciuta ^dal the water, which the merchant perceived was
mercatate facetamete la gia fatta ingivria a facetious way of being revenged on the
essere vedicata-, co piacievole uiso pacifi- indignity he had done them so, with a smiling ;
l8
camete, mezzo arossito per vergognia, la face,and blushing somewhat with shame, he
uedetta sopporto. peaceably endured the revenge.
1484. i. fratti. .tenpi. 2. uiagio . . viuano . . che hi posto. 3. viagi una "copia" dessi . . mecantuolo. 4. ostieri . .
polostro . . odehe.
5. merchantuolo. 5. hessere pocho. 7. alte gavillationi a direco essere. 8. ebe . . chosisi . . frati fraone il meglio pote-
rone . oue dopo. 9. chonpagnia. io. largeza tutte ellaltro. . . . . n. discalzi passassi . . mercatuolo. 12. asserbo
zocholi charicho
. . homo imezo. 13. hesso. richordo dela
. . . . . . . effermatosi . . cristofano. 14. chellagravava . .
pocho . .
risspose . . merchatate andassi altre. 16. chenoi . . conossciuta. 17. merchatate facietamete . . vldichata . .
M. 1285.
FACETIA. A JEST.
8
Vno volendo provare colla autorita 3 di A man wishing to prove, by the authority
come altre volte lui era * state al of Pythagoras, that he had formerly been in
Pitagora,
lasciava sfmire il suo the world, while another would not let him
modo, e vno no 6
li
disse a questo allor costui finish his argument, the first speaker said to
ragionameto,
tale: e tale segniale che ?io altre volte the second: "It is by this token that I
per 8
ci fussi stato, io mi ricor do che tu eri was formerly here, I remember that you
mvlinaro; allora costui ^sentedosi mordere were a miller." The other one, feeling him-
colle parole gli
I0
confermo essere vero, che self stung by these words, agreed that it was
lui si ricordava true, and that by the same token he remem-
I!
per questo c6 trassegnio
che questo "tale era stato 1'asino che gli bered that the speaker had been the ass
portava la
^ farina. carried the flour.
FACETIA. A JEST.
Vno lascio Io usare con uno suo amico, A man gave up his intimacy with o
2
perche quello spesso li dicieva male of his friends because he often spoke ill of
delli 3 amici sua II
quale lasciato amico ;
his other friends. The neglected friend one
4 vn dl dolendosi collo amico e dopo il day lamenting to this former friend, after
molto sdolersi Io prego, ch'elli dicesse much complaining, entreated him to sa
6
quale fusse che Io auesse fatto
la cagione, what might be the cause that had
dimeticare 7 tanta
amicitia; al quale esso- him forget so much friendship. To which
8
rispose: jo non voglio piu usare con teco he .answered: "I will no longer be
1285. 2. cholla alturita. 3. pictagora. 4. lassciava . . chostui. 6. acquesto. 7. cifussi. 8. chfettu . . chosstui. 9. cho
n. richordaua. 12. chelli. 15. pictore. 17. chausa . . auessi. 18. risspose chelle. 19. figlio.
ia86. 2 acquesta . .
disslegi [e sta liber] avcdo . . dissciolte. cosstui risspose. 4. risspuose . . conossco . . chose .
3.
1287. i. lasscio . . amicho. 2. isspesso. 3. lassciato amicho [si do]. 4. cholla amicho. 5. diciessi . . fussi. 6. chagione chello
auessi . . dimctichare. 7. risspose. 8. no . . chontecho. 9. no no. io. amicho. n.j abbia chome me affare trissta.
1288. 1289.] JESTS AND TALES. 351
Vno disputado e vantadosi di sapere A man was arguing and boasting that he .
il
quale fara a chi a me
trarre le brache play a trick which will make whomsoever I
parira; il primo vantatore, trovandosi sanza like pull off his breeches." The first man
brache, 3 disse che a me nori le sarai the boaster said: "You won't make me pull
trarre e vo'dare vn pajo di calze; il pro- off mine, and you a pair of hose on it."
I bet
ponitore d' esso gioco accettato lo invito He who proposed the game, having accepted
in pro mvto piv paja di brache, e trassele the offer, produced breeches and drew them
nel uolto al mettitore delle calze, e vinse across the face of him who bet the pair of
il
pegnio. hose and won the bet [4].
s Vno disse a vn suo conosciete : tu ai A
man said to an acquaintance: "Your
tutti li ochi trasmutati in strano colore ; eyes are changed to a strange colour." The
spesso, ma
6
Quello li
ripose interuenirli other replied: "it often happens, but you have
tu no ci e quado t'adiuie
ai posto cura; not noticed it." "When does it happen?" said
questo ? rispose 1' altro ogni volta, che mia : the former. "Every time that my eyes see
ochi vedono jl tuo viso 7 strano per la vio- , your ugly face, from the shock of so un-
lenza ricievuta da si gra dispiaciere subito pleasing a sight they suddenly turn pale and
s'impallidiscono e mvtano in istra colore; change a strange colour." to
8
Vno disse a un altro: tu ai tutti li A man
said to another: "Your eyes are
occhi mutati in istra colore; Quello li rispose changed to a strange colour." The other re-
egli e perche i mia ochi vedono 9il tuo plied: "It is because my eyes behold your
viso strano. strange ugly face."
10
Vno disse che in suo paese nascie- A
man said that in his country were the
vano le piv strane cose del modo 1' altro
; strangest things in the world. Another an-
rispose : tu che sei vi na"to, confermi ci6 swered: "You, who were born there, confirm
esser uero per la stranezza- della tua this as true, by the strangeness of your ugly
brutta presenza. face."
Dispreggiado uno vecchio publicamete An old man was publicly casting con-
vn giovane mostrado auda 2 cemete no temer tempt on a young one, and boldly showing that
he did not fear him; on which the young
quello, onde il giovane li rispuose che la
3
man replied that his advanced age served
sua luga^ eta li facieva migliore scudo che him better as a shield than either his tongue
la or his strength.
lingua *o la forza.
12. acquegli. 13. noi | "piv" insieme para. 14. siano . . tire tu . . chome. 15. tu. 16. chome.
1288. i. dissputado . . circhustanti 2. giocho trarae. 3. che no disse . . nole sarai . . giocho aciettato. 4. ettras-
parodi chalze. .
sele . . chalze. 4. chonossciete . . trassmutati in insstrano cholore. 6. chura ecquado oni vegano.
. . 7. sinpalidis. .
1288. The joke turns, it appears, on two meanings of trarre and is not easily translated.
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1290 1292.
352
S. K. M. 44 a]
I2QO.
FACIETIA. A JEST.
2
Sendo uno infermo in articulo 3<3i A
sick man finding himself in articulo
< e doma- mortis heard a knock at the door, and asking
morte, esso senti battere la porta,
dato vno de' sua serui chi era Sche batteva one of his servants who was knocking, the
6
esser vna che servant went out, and answered that it was
Puscio, esso seruo rispose
si chiamava madona ?Bona; allora 1' in- a woman calling herself Madonna Bona. Then
fermo alzato le 8 braccia al cielo ringrazio the sick man lifting his arms to Heaven
Dio con al^ta voce; poi disse ai serui che thanked God with a loud voice, and told the
lasci
I0
assino venire presto questa, accio- servantsthat they were to let her come in
12
"che potesse vedere vna donna bona at once, so that he might see one good
inazi che esso morisse, I3 imperoche in sua woman before he died, since in all his life
FACIETIA. A JEST.
2
Fu
detto a vno che si levasse dal 3 A man was desired to rise from bed,
perche gia era Ieva to il sole; E lui because the sun was already risen. To which
4
letto,
rispose se io avessi a fare tanto viaggio
s : he replied: "If I had as far to go, and
6
e facende quanto lui, ancora io sarei 7 gia much to do as he has, I should be risen by
8
levato, e pero avendo a fa re si poco ca- now; but having but a little way to go,
mino, ancora non mi voglio levare.
9 shall not rise yet."
Fo'] 1292.
Vno vedendo vna femina parata a tener A man, seeing a woman ready to hold
ta 2 vola in giostra guardo il tavolaccio up the target for a jousting match, exclaimed,
e grido 3 vedendo la sua lancia: oime looking at the shield, and considering his
a spear "Alack this is too small a workmar
4
quest'e troppo pic col lavorante si gra : !
1290. lusscie . .
risspose. 6. eser . . chessi chiamav. 8. rigrazio. 9. chellasci. n. potessi. 12. hessomorissi. 13. iperoche
. . ma ne.
PROPHECIES.
oscure caverne, T
*e 11 nelli lochi tenebrosi young ones and victuals in dark caverns, and
they will feed themselves and their families
cibera se e sua ^famiglia per molti mesi in dark places for many months without any
sanza altro lume accidentale o naturale. light, artificial or natural.
1393. 3. inrationali . . cirimonie. 4. sessta. 5. chasi. 6. inatura. 7. cresscie . . chasi. 9. emali. 12. queli . . nasscodera.
13. e sue | "figloli" e . . dentro alle "osscure" caverne. 14. elli nelli. 15. famiglia "per molti mesi" sanza . . acidentale.
I2Q3. Lines I
51 are in the original written in lines 8097 a third one (
see tne reproduction
one column, beginning with the text of line n. At of the text on the facsimile PI. CXVIII).
the end of the column is the Another suggestion for the arrangement of the
programme for the
arrangement of the prophecies, placed here at prophecies is to be found among the notes 55 57
the head: Lines
5679 form a second column, on page 357.
VOL. ii. YY
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1293.
354
ragione saranno
^sommerse eannegate; o submerged and drowned by folks devoid of
di Dio 20 perche no ti desti a ve- reason. Oh Justice of God! Why dost thou not
giustitia
dere cosl malmenare e tua 2I creati? wake and behold thy creatures thus ill used?
16. ape. 17. e amolti | "[era]" altri . . toltolte la. 18. ragone sarano. 19. gustitia. 20. dessti. 22. vache. 23. essimili.
24. invmcrabili . . elloro picholi. 25. ecquelli [crudelissimamete] scannati [essqua], 28. essimili. 29. disspietate. 30. fie-
tolti delle. 32 fanculli chesstano. 33. fasscie. 34. veggho . . uosstri. 35. dini [esse] cossi . . massci essere isstre.
([ Belli omini che dormono nell'assed'alberi.]) ([ Of Men who sleep on boards of Trees.])
Li omini dormiranno e magieranno e
57 Men
shall sleep, and eat, and dwell among
8
abiterano s infra li alberi nelli selue e ca- trees, in the forests and open country.
pagnie.
([Del sogniare.D COf Dreaming.])
60
Alii omini parra vedere nel cielo nove Men will seem to see new destructions
6l
rui ne; parra in quello leuarsi a uolo, e di in the sky. The flames that fall from it
62
quello fuggi re co penvria le fiamme che will seem to rise in it and to fly from it
6
di lui disce 3dono; sentira parlare li ani- with terror. They will hear every kind of
6
mali di qua 4luche sorte in linguaggio vma- animals speak in human language. They
no; scorre ranno inmediate colla lor per- instantaneously run in person in vari-
6s will
sona 66 in diverse parti del modo sanza ous parts of the world, without motion.
mo 6 7to; vedrano nelle tenebre gradissimi They will see the greatest splendour in the
6
68
spledori; omaraviglia dellavmana 9spetie midst of darkness. O! marvel of the human
qual frenesia t'a si condotto! 7parlerai race! What madness has led you thus!
cogli animali di qualuche spetie,
7I e
quelli You will speak with animals of every species
co teco in linguaggio vmano, ?*vedrati ca- and they with you in human speech. You will
dere di grande alture san73za tuo danno; i see yourself fall from great heights without
torretit'accompa74gneranno e mischieranno any harm and torrents will accompany you,
col lor rapido corso . . . and will mingle with their rapid course.
([Del cibo stato animate. B COf Food which has been alive.])
"martiri" esspeder. dorma nellasse. 57. magierano. 60. para. 61. para fugi.
. . 62. penvra . . fiame . . dissce.
56.
dano. 66. parte. 68. spredori . . delle vmane. 69. tasi chondotto. 71. ecqueli cotecho . .
liguagio
63. 64. ilinguaggo.
vmano gierano e miscerate chollor rapido corso. sera car
[cha]. 72. chadere. 73. tataconpa. 74. 75. \\\\\ \\UU1\\UU\\U\\\\\
80. crisstiani. 81. chettengo. 82. essol. 86. coe. 87. pezi . . chase. 88. acquella vntile. 89. cosecho . . danni queste.
84 and following; compare No. 846. the other notes on the same sheet and of a some-
1294. A facsimile of this text is on PI. CXVI what different style. The ink is also of a different
below on the right, but the. writing is larger than hue, as may be seen on the original sheet at Milan.
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1295.
356
1295.
C. A. j6*; "43)
CDell auaro.D COf the Avaricious.])
cosa che senpre li a spauetati, no cono- up a thing, which, if they only knew its
leuare di quella cosa che tanto cresciera, from a thing, which will grow in proportion
I2 diminished.
quan to se ne leuo. as it is
che, quanto piv ne piglierano ^maco which, the fewer there are the more will be
n'avranno, e cosl de conuerso piv n'avra, taken; and conversely, the more there are,
zo
quato men ne piglie ranno. the fewer will be taken.
CLe lingue de' porci e vitelli nelle COf the Tongues of Pigs and Calves in
budelle. 3 Sausage-skins. 3
28
O cosa spurca, che si vedra 1'uno ani- Oh! how foul a thing, that we should
2
male aver la lingua 9in culo all'altro. see the tongue of one animal in the guts of
another.
CDe' crivelli fatti di pelle d'animali. D COf Sieves made of the Hair of Animals. 3
J'Vedrassi il cibo degli animali passar We shall see the food of animals pass
dentro alle 32 lor pelli per ogni parte salvo through their skin everyway excepting
che per la bocca, e penetrate dall' opposita through their mouths, and penetrate from
parte insino alia piana terra. the outside downwards to the ground.
1395. 2. fien"o" . . essollecitudine seguirano. 3. chessenpre. 6. fano asstar doberebo. 7. vedanssi acquelli chesson gudichati
. .
. .
guditio. 9. della fossa ^| della informa di frenesia o farnetico. 10. dinsania di ceruello.^f n. mold "ochupati" in . .
mu nelle budelle. 26. molti si fara casa "e abiterano nelle" delle propie. 27. linguie de porci "e vitelli" nelle. 28. spur-
cha. bocha. 33. oposita. feroce difendera. 40. z*choli. 41. chelli.
32. 34. . .
possenti . .
38. voltatili. 45. delli "grandi"
I
295-] PROPHECIES. 357
CLi animali che ua sopra li alberi, adando ([Of Animals which, walk on Trees wearing
in zoccoli. D wooden Shoes. 3
4 Sara si
1
grade i fanghi che li omini The mire will be so great that men will
andranno sopra I'al4*beri de' lor paesi. walk, on the trees of their country.
C Delle sola delle scarpe che son di COf the Soles of Shoes, which are made
hue.]) from the Ox. 3
44 E si uedra in
gran parte del paese And in many parts of the country men
caminare sopra le pelli 45delli grandi ani- will be seen walking on the skins of large
mali. beasts.
([Delle pitture ne' santi adorati.3, COf Worshipping the Pictures of Saints. 3
s^arleranno li' omini alii omini che non Men will speak to men who hear not;
sentiranno ;
avra gli occhi $2
aperti e no having their eyes open, they will not see;
will not be
they will speak to these, and they
uedranno parleranno a quelli e no fia loro
;
answered. will implore favours of those
They
risposta; 53chiedera gratie a chi avra orecchi who have ears and hear not; they will make
e non ode; fara lume a chi 54 e orbo. light for the blind.
animali. 46. sara . . occi \\\\. 48. ecquelle dimezodi. 51. parlerano . . ali . . sentirano . . ara gli \\\\\\\. 52. no fie lor
riss. 53. aciara orechi . . lume e \\\\\\\. 54. he orbo parlera color di co gra \\U\\\\\\\\\U sre. 55. prenossicho. 56. metti per
ordine e mesialle cirimonie chessusano e cosi fa del. 57. gorno e della notte. 59. molti [chessanza moto di piedi] si mo-
vera [cholle br lur.] "[in altie cholle teste]. 60. chontra . .
itagliente. 61. infralloro. 62. chachiera inati. 63. tristo
chessinfra mezo . . rimara. 64. innpezzi. 65. dasseta. 66. dolenti grida [fatti chon diuerse voci] le. 67. rave e infiochate
CDel mettere e trarre il pan dalla bocca COf putting Bread into the Mouth of the
del forno. I) Oven and taking it out again. 3
7 le citti e terre e castelli e
Per tutte In every city, land, castle and house,
case uedra, per desiderio di magiare, trarre
si men shall be seen, who for want of food
sanza will take it out of the mouths of others, who
il
7'propio cibo di bocca 1'uno all'altro
fare difesa alcuna. will not be able to resist in any way.
poter
e risguardare 1'opositi ^emisperii e scoprire and facing the opposite hemispheres, uncovering
the lurking holes of the fiercest animals.
le spelonche a ferocissimi animali.
([Delle pioggie che fanno che fiumi intor- COf the Rains, which,
by making the Rivers
bidati 8o portan via le terre. 3 muddy, wash away the Land. 3
8l
Verra diuerso il cielo chi trasmutera [8 1]will fall from the sky which
Something
gran parte Africa 82 che dell' si mostra a will transport a large part of Africa which
esso cielo. inverse 1'Europa, e quella di lies under that sky towards Europe, and that
Euro 8 Jpa inverso 1' Africa e , quelle delle of Europe towards Africa, and that of the
8
provincie Scitiche si mischieranno in 4sieme Scythian countries will meet with tremendous
con gra revolutione. revolutions [84].
C Delle fornaci di mattoni e calcina.D COf Kilns for Bricks and Lime.D
fine la terra si fara rossa per lo Finally the earth will turn red from a
infocameto di molti giorni, 9e le pietre si conflagration of many days and the stones
convertiranno in cenere. will be turned to cinders.
CL'uliue che cadono dagli uliui dannoci COf the Olives which fall from the Olive
Folio che fa lume.I) trees, shedding oil which makes light. 3
^Discendera con furia diuerso la terra, And things will fall with great force from
chi ci dark notrimeto e luce. above, which will give us nourishment and light.
. . cheffieno |
"con tormento" ispogliati. 68. lassciati iiignudi |
"e sanza moto" ecquesto . . chausa . . chetlutto. 69. et-
trarre . . della bocha. 70. etterre e chastelle e chase "per desiderio di magiare" trarre. 71. (cibo] propio . . bocha "luno
all aliro" sanza . . alchuna. 73. rissguardare. 74. esschoprire . .
spilonche. 76.. allor [li ominij in. 77. chase. 78. ter-
resti . . churarsi. 79. piove chenfanche. 81. africha. 82. chessi mosstra a . .
ecquella di euro. 83. lafricha .
ecquelle . .
simichieranno. 84. chon . . revolutione [al fine si fermeranno e mvtcrano natura di novi frutti). Lines 8688 come at tke
original after lines 89 and 90, but Leonardo directs us to invert the order bv ivritting a* at the beginning of the former passage
and i" at the head of the latter one. 86. bruca no. 87. albusti . . convertirano. 89. gorni. 90. elle . convertiranno [in
.
CDelle ciuette e gufi; cio che succhiella C Of Owls and screech owls and what will
alia parra. D happen to certain birds.])
96
Molti periranno di fracassamento di Many of dashing their heads
will perish
testa e salteranno loro li ochi in gra par- in pieces, and the
eyes of many will jump
9?te della testa per causa d'animali pav- out of their heads by reason of fearful crea-
rosi vsciti dalle tenebre. tures come out of the darkness.
CDelle maniche de' coltegli fatte di coma COf the Handles of Knives made of the
XII
di castrone.D Horns of Sheep.])
II2
Nelle corna delli animali si vedranno We shall see the horns of certain beasts
IT
taglieti 3ferri colli quali si torna la uita a fitted to iron tools, which will take the lives
molti della loro II4 of of their kind.
spetie. many
Il6
([ Della notte che no si conosce alcun COf Night when no Colour can be
colore. I) discerned.])
"^Verra a tanto che non si conosciera There will come a time when no diffe-
Il8
diferenza infra colori, anzi si faran tutti rence can be discerned between colours, on
di nera qualita. the contrary, everything will be black alike.
I20
CDelle spade e lance che per se mai COf Swords and Spears which by themsel-
nuocono a nessuno.B ves never hurt any one.])
121
Chi per se e masueto e sanza alcuna One who by himself is mild enough and
I22
offensione, si fara spauentevole e feroce void of all terrible and
offence will become
mediante le triste copa I2 3gnie, e torra la vita fierce bad company, and will
by being in
crudelissimamete I24 a molte genti; e piv most cruelly take the life of many men, and
I2
n' ucciderebbe, se corpi sa 5z'anima e usciti would kill many more if they were not hin-
I26
dalle spelonche non li difendessino, cioe dered by bodies having no soul, that have
le corazze di ferro. come out of caverns- that is, breastplates of iron.
pavrosi vssciti delle. 98. cheffa . . de ceti. 99. reverita e onorata . . asscoltata 100. . . diuerse battitare. 101. chensegna.-
103. scoregiati. 104. lessconze delle isscorticate. 105. asse. 106. della lusuria. 107. essinfurieranno dellecose piu belle "a
cercare" possedere e operare le parte lor piv brutte. 108. doue poi con danno e penitentia ritornati nellorsentimento ara
vera attanto .
grade amira. 109. tio di se stessi. in. chastrone. 112. uedra. 113. feri cholli. 115. cognosscie. 117.
cognossciera. 119. ellance. 120. nocano anessuno. 121. perse |
"he sua sueto" e . . alchuna. 122. si fara spauentevole
"e feroce" mediante le trisste. ettorra. 124. nuceiderebe. 125. vssciti delle splilonche noli. 126. coe le corraze.
123.
128. chon furia "e piglierafto" e legerano. 129. e vivi esserbera . circha. 132. vsscira delle . . ettenebrose.
127. lacioli.
,
3 6o
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1295.
che mettera tutta 1'umana and obscure caves, which will put the whole
'JJspelonche
M4 pericoli e mor-
human race in great anxiety, peril and death.
spe tie in grandi affanni,
6
35te ; a molti segua'3 ci lor, dopo molti af- To many that seek them, after many sorrows
I
fanni, dara 37diletto; ma chi no fia suo par- they will give delight, and to those who are not
morra '3 8 con stento e calamita; in their company, death with want and misfor-
tigiano
commette T
39ra infiniti tradimeti, que- tune. This will lead to the commission of end-
questo
sto avmete I4 ra e persuadera li omini tristi less crimes; this will increase and persuade bad
delle lor ^"piate; per costui infiniti animali be devastated of their trees; for this endless
perderanno la ui'5'ta. animals will lose their lives.
CDe' battere il letto per rifarlo.D COf beating Beds to renew them. 3
I
7Veranno omini in tanta ingratitudine,
li Menbe seen so deeply ungrateful that
will
'^che, chi dara loro albergo sanza alcu they will turn upon that which has harboured
prezzo,
'7 2 sara carico di bastonate, in modo them, for nothing at all; they will so
che '73
gran parte delle interiora si spig- load it with blows that a great part of its
nera'74no dal loco loro e s'andranno rivol- inside will come out of its place, and will
tando pel '75 suo corpo. be turned over and over in its body.
134. pericholi. 135. molti [al sin darano piacere] sequa. 136. ci lor [dara diletto] dopo. 137. partigano. 138. chonisstento
e chalamita . . comette. 139. infmita. 140. omini "tristi" alii. 14. elle pcruita questa terra in. 142. partigani. 145. lor comolte [f]
balde ingan. 146. ingani. 147. sare meglioli. 148. chcttutti tornassi . . cosstui. 149. rimaru. 150. perda laui. 152. fuocho.
153. nassciera di picholo. 154. presteza. 155. isstimera. 156. sua pote. canegano. 161. ve-
157. tutto fara in. 160. navili
drassi. 162. chorpi. 166. chessimagano. 167. e padro posse. 168. e lor. 171. che che
. .
prezo. 172. charicho di basstonate.
. .
'73- spigera. 174. del locho. 175. essandrano. 175. chorpo. 176. chose chessi. 177. succidano. 178. sarmorto dalloro . .
effra. 179. disspietata. 182. vederassi. 187. chol suo e alticociascuo. 188. vedrassi. 189. trans [mutarsi] "correre" ora.
I295-] PROPHECIES. 361
l8l
(TDello spechiare le mura delle citta nel- COf the Reflection of Walls of Cities in the
1'acqua de' lor fossi. 3 Water of their Ditches.])
l82
Vedrannosi 1'alte mvra delle gra citta The high walls of great cities will be
sotto sopra ne' Io l8 3ro fossi. seen up side down in their ditches.
l8
CDell'acqua che corre torbida 5e mista COf Water, which flows turbid and mixed
co terra, e della polue l86 re e nebbia mista with Soil and Dust; and of Mist, which is
l8
coll' aria, e del 7foco misto col suo e altri mixed with the Air; and of Fire which is
co ciascuo.3 mixed with its own, and each with each. 3
l88
Vedrassi tutti li elementi insieme All the elements will be seen mixed to-
misti con gra re l8 9volutione trascorrere ora gether in a great whirling mass, now borne
inverso il centro del mo^do, ora inverse towards the centre of the world, now to-
il celo, e quado dalle parti meri'^dionali wards the sky; and now furiously rushing
scorrere co furia inverso il fred^do set- from the South towards the frozen North,
tentrione, qualche volta dall' oriete inverso and sometimes from the East towards the
'931' occidente, e cosl di
questo in quell' al- West, and then again from this hemisphere
tro emisperio. to the other.
din ogni punto si puo fare diuisio^Sne de' C The World may be divided into two Hemi-
2 emisperi. ]) spheres at any Point!)
J 96
Li omini tutti scabieranno emisperio All men will suddenly be transferred into
immediate. opposite hemispheres.
On ogni puto e diuisione da o^riente a ([The division of the East from the West
occidente. D may be made any point.]) at
^Moverannosi tutti li animali da oriete All living creatures will be moved from
a occidente, e cosl 200
da aquilone a meriggio the East to the West; and in the same way
scanbievolmete, e cosi de' couerso. from North to South, and vice versa.
CDell'oua che sendo magiate no possono ([Of Eggs which being eaten cannot form
2
7fare e pulcini. 3 Chickens. 3
208
O quanti fie quegli, ai quali sara pro- Oh! how many will they be that never
ibito il nascere! come to the birth!
([De' pesci che si magiano non nati. 3 ([ Of Fishes which are eaten unborn. 3
2IO be
Infinita gieneratione si perdera per Endless generations will lost by the
la morte delle grauide. death of the pregnant.
([ Del piato fatto il venerdl santo. 3 COf the Lamentation on Good Friday. 3
220 there will be a lamen-
In tutte le parti d'Europa sara piato Throughout Europe
da gra popoli per la morte d' u 22I solo omo tation of great nations over the death of
morto in oriete. one man who died in the East.
190. delle parte. 191. scorera . . il fre. 192. to settantrione acua. 193. emissperio. 194. po. 196. inmediate. 199. mo-
verosi. 200. meridio. 201. acqua. 202. e legniami chesson. 204. invmerabile morti [dondo et] togle. 206. chessendo
. .
magiata . .
possa. 207. e pulcini. 208. nassciere. 209. pessci chessi magano onato. 211. delli animali che si castrano. 212. a
gran parte della spetie masachina pell esser tolti loro e tes 213. tichuli fia proibito el generare. 214. delle bestie chef-
fano il caco. 215. illate fia tolto ai picholi figlioli. 216. delle som mate fatte delle croie. 217. a gra parte delle femine
letine fia tolto ettagliato lor le retto. 218. insieme cholla irta [ello avendo ipicholi figloletti in corpo]. 219. venerdi sco.
homo. 226. chessi chollomo. 227. vedrassi 228. chesse guiranno. dun-
220. popoli la. 221. 224. cho. effigure. 229.
. .
VOL. II. ZZ
362
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1295.
([Del sogniare.3 C Of
Dreaming. D
"J Andranno li omini e no si moveranno, Men walk and not stir, they will
will
" no si trova, senti 22 5rao talk to those who are not present, and hear
parleranno co chi
chi no parla.
those who do not speak.
CDelPonbra che si move coll'uomo.]) (I Of a Man's Shadow which moves with him. 3
"JVedrannosi forme e figure d'uomini Shapes and figures of men and animals
" 8 ed'animali, che seguiranno essi ani 22 9mali be seen following these animals and men
will
e omini dovunque fugiranno; **e tal fia il wherever they flee. And exactly as the one
moto di lui qual e del^Taltro, ma parra moves the other moves; but what seems so
2 2
cosa mirabile delle 3 varie grandezze in wonderful is the variety of height they
che essi si tras -mutano.
2
assume.
CIDell' ombra del sole e dello spechiarsi ([ Of our Shadow cast by the Sun, and our Reflec-
2
35nell'acqua in un medesimo tepo.113 tion in the Water at one and the same time. 3
236
Vedrassi 1'uno uomo
molte volte Many a time will one man be seen as
238
2
37diuentare3, e tutti lo seguo no, e spesso three and all three
together, move and
1'uno, il piv certo, 1'abandona. often the most real one quits him.
([Delle casse che riseruano 24 molti COf wooden Chests which contain great
tesori. 3 Treasures. 3
^'Troverrassi dentro a de' noci e deli Within walnuts and trees and other plants
alberi 242 e altre
piante tesori gradissimi, i vast treasures will be found, which lie hidden
quali
243 H stanno occulti e ben
guardati. there and well guarded.
([ Dello spegnere el lume a chr 24 Sva al COf putting out the Light when going
letto. D to Bed.D
2*6
Molti per mandare fori il fiato 247 con persons puffing out a breath with
Many
troppa prestezza perderanno il ue 248 dere e too much
haste, will thereby lose their sight,
in brieue tutti i sentimeti. and soon after all consciousness.
(I Delle canpanelle de' muli 2 sche stanno COf the Bells of Mules, which are close to
presso ai loro orechi.3 their Ears.])
2
5'Sentirassi in molte parti delPEuropa- In many parts of Europe instruments of
stru 2 5 2 meti di uarie magnitudini far diuerse various sizes will be heard making divers har-
2
53armonie con grandissime fatiche di chi monies, with great labour to those who hear
2
54piv presso 1'ode. them most closely.
che. 230. ettal dellui quate del. grandeze trans. 234. delleobr. 235. nvn. 237. ettutti. 238. esspesso
. .
231. para. 232.
luno piu. 243. ochulti . .
guarda. 245. valletto. 246. molti [per soi] per. 247. pressteza. 248. tutti e sentimeti. 250. chesta
aloro. sentirasi. besstemie. acchauallo. 260. 263. sara.
. .
251. 252. magnitudine. 257. disago. 258. 259. portare.
265. disstrutionc. 267. chausa . . uedra. 272. piato co. 273. dellessca. 274. chon. 275. ra visibile.
1296.] PROPHECIES. 363
20
CDe' frati che spedendo parole ;
riceuono C Of Friars, who spending nothing but words,
2I
di gra ricchezze e danno il
paradise. 3 receive great gifts and bestow Paradise. 3
24
lLe invisibili monete fara triofare Invisible money will procure the triumph
molti spe 2 5ditori di quelle.li of many who will spend it.
CDegli archi fatti
2
7colli corni de'boi.3 C Of Bows made of the Horns of Oxen. 3
28
Molti fie quelli che per causa delle Many be who will die a painful
will there
bouine corona moriranno di dolente morte. death by means of the horns of cattle.
CDello scriver lettere da \n 3!paese a vn COf writing Letters from one Country to
altro.3 '. another. 3
3 2 Parleransi liuomini di remotissimi
paesi Men will speak with each other from
1'uno all'altro e rispoderasi. the most remote countries, and reply.
CDegli emisperi che sono infiniti 34 e da COf Hemispheres, which are infinite; and
infinite linie son diuisi, in mo3Sdo che senpre which are divided by an infinite number of
ciascuno uomo n'a 3 6 vna d'esse linie infra Lines, so that every Man always has one of
l'Q de' piedi e P altro.3 these Lines between his Feet. 3
1296. i. navichare. 3. apenino ettalal scorere. 4. ocidete. 5. porterno. 6. [di spolia] donimi. 8. rivederano. 9. nella . . mora.
10. cholle . . diuessi. 12. issgonbrare. 14. chosecho . . andra. 17. i
lor[pare]. 18. acquelli. 20. riceuano . . richeze e
dano. 22. [vadrassi gradissima turba i quali acquistera gra]. 23. [dissime richezze cho prezo invisible monete]. 24. in-
visibile. 28. chausa. 33. chessono. 35. ciasscuno homo. 56. infralli lun piedi. 37. cocherano e abracieransi. 38. ilor-
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1296.
CDe' preti che dicono messe.D COf Priests who say Mass.D
4Molti che per esercitare
fien quelli
There will be many men who, when they go
la lor richissi^mamente e
arte si uestira to their labour will put on the richest clothes,
secodo 1'uso de and these will be made after the fashion of
questo parra esser fatto
grebiali. aprons [petticoats].
Le sueturate donne di propia volontk And unhappy women will, of their own
^andranno a palesare agli omini tutti le
free will, reveal to men all their sins and
*6
loro lussurie e opere vergognose e se-
shameful and most secret deeds.
gretissime.
CDelle chiese e abitatio de' frati. 3 COf Churches and the Habitations of Friars.])
53Assai saranno H
che lascieranno 54
Many will give up there be who will
esercitie le fatiche 55 e poverta di uita e work and labour and poverty of life and
$6
di roba, e andranno abitare nelle richezze goods, and will go to live among wealth
e triofanti edifiti mostrando questo esser in splendid buildings, declaring that this is
57 il mezzo di farsi amico a Dio. the way to make themselves acceptable to God.
([Del uendere il
paradise.]) C Of Selling Paradise. B
61
Infinita moltitudine venderanno publica- An infinite number of men will sell publicly
62
mente e pacificamete cose di grandissimo and unhindered things of the very highest price,
prezzo sanza licenza del padrone di quelle, without leave from the Master of it; while it
6
-*e che mai no furo loro ne in lor potesta,' never ^was theirs nor in their power; and
e a questo no prove 64 dra la giustitia vmana. human justice will not prevent it.
CDe' morti che si uanno a sotterrare.D C Of the Dead which are carried to be buried. ])
66 1 The simple
senplici popoli portera gran quantita carry vast quan- folks will
di lumi per far lumi 6 7ne' viaggi a tutti titiesof lights to light up the road for
quelli che integralmente anno perso la those who have entirely lost the power of
uirtu 68 visiua. sight.
48. ne nelle lor lussurie chon se e cogli altri omini elle messcine. 19. coverra che palesino tutte le loro ochulte opere
vergognose. 40. e premiare li asscoltatori di lor miserie e [infamie see). 51. [lerate infamie]. 53. sarano (chea) lassci-
eranno "le" [la lor povera vita). 54. elle. 56. ettrio fanti mosstrando quessto. 57. il mezo [di di farsi addio
. .
seruire]
[cfTarsi allui bcnivoloj. 59. [innnita moltitudine venderanno publichamete "chosa di gradissima valuta" quel che. 60. mai
no fu loro ne lor podesta eancho). 61. publica e chose 64. dera.
i 62.
pacifichamete. . .
prezo. 63. illor . .
acquesto.
65. chessiuanno assotterrare. 67. quelli cintera "gralm" mete an. 68. visiua o ometti ne sciocheza o viue pazzo questedue.
69. piteti onno nel prlcipio della prepositione.
70. fanculle. 72. Ha . . massci . .
guardie |
"di parenti" re. 73. vera . .
con danni grandissimi e spesso morte di with the greatest loss and frequent deaths
8l
ciascuna delle parti; questi non avra ter- on each side. And there will be no end to
mine nelle lor malignita; per le fiere me- their malignity; by their strong limbs we
82
bra di questi uerranno a terra gra parte shall see a great portion of the trees of the
delli alberi delle gran selue dell'u 83 niverso, vast forests laid low throughout the universe;
e poi ch'essi avranno pasciuto, il nutri- and, when they are filled with food the satis-
meto de' loro desideri sa 8 4ra, di dar morte faction of their desires will be to deal death
e affanno e fatiche e guerre e furie a qua- and grief and labour and wars and fury to
luche cosa animata; e per la loro smisurata every living thing; and from their immoderate
8
superbia questi si vor 5ranno leuare inverse pride they will desire to rise towards heaven,
il cielo, ma
superchia gravezza delle lor
la but the too great weight of their limbs will keep
86
membra porra in basso; nulla cosa
gli
them down. Nothing will remain on earth,
restera sopra la terra o sotto la terra e or under the earth or in the waters which will
8
1'acqua che no ?sia perseguitata remossa ,
not be persecuted, disturbed and spoiled, and
o guasta e quella dell' u paese remossa
,
those of one country removed into another.
nelFaltro;
88
e '1 corpo di questi si fara And their bodies will become the sepulture
sepultura e transito di tutti i gia da lor and means of transit of all they have killed.
morti cor 8 9pi animati; o modo, come e ;che O Earth! why dost thou not open and
no t' apri a precipitarlo nell' alte fessure de' engulf them in the fissures of thy vast abyss
tua 9 gra baratri e spelonche, e non mo- and caverns, and no longer display in the
strare piu al cielo si crudele e spies Hato sight of heaven such a cruel and horrible
mostro ! monster.
PROFETIE. PROPHECIES.
2
Molte fien quelle che cresce ra
3 nelle There will be many which will increase
lor ruine. in their destruction.
CLa palla della neue s r otolado sopra la ([The Ball of Snow rolling over
6
neue. ]) Snow. ])
8
?Molta turba
quella che, dimeticato fie There will be many who, forgetting their
loro esse^re e nome, staran come 10 morti existence and their name, will lie as dead
IT
sopra le spoglie deli altri morti. on the spoils of other dead creatures.
11 dormire sopra I3 le piume delPuccielli.D ([Sleeping on the Feathers of Birds.])
^Vedrannosi le parti orieta^li discor- The East will be seen to rush to the
l6
rere nell' occidental! e le me^ridionali in West and the South to the North in con-
settentri^one^vviluppando^si per 1' universe fusion round and about the universe, with
con grande 20 strepito e tremore o furore. great noise and trembling or fury,
22
Gil uento d'oriete che scorreua in po- din the East wind which rushes to the
nente. ]) West.])
23 1 razzi solari accende 24 rano il foco in The solar rays will kindle fire on the
te 2 5rra coll' quale s'in 26 fochera cio ch'e sotto earth, by which a thing that is under
the sky
27 il e ripercossi 28 nel suo inpedime-
cielo, will be set on fire, and, being reflected by
29 to ritorneranno 3 in basso. some obstacle, it will bend downwards.
CLo spechio cavo 32 acciede il foco, col ([The Concave Mirror kindles a Fire, with
33
quale si scalda il 34 forno che a il f6 3 sdo which we heat the oven, and this has its
che sta sotto il suo 36 cielo. D foundation beneath its roof. I)
. .
esspesso . . ciasscuna. 81. parte. .ara. 82. atterra, 83. poichessara passcuti . .
dellorA84. affanno "e fatiche e guerre e
furi" accqualuche cossa animata "e per la loro issisurata superbia" questi. 85. malla . .
gravezza "delle lor menvra" gli
tera. 86. resstera . . ossotto ellacqua. 87. quassia ecquella. 88. ettransito . .
iga da. 89. chome me no tapri e precipila
tallelle me. 18. siavilupando. cogra. 20. strepido e tremore "o furore". 23. razi. 25. si. 26. coche.
17. settantri. 19.
27. riperchossi. nto rilorneran. 31. pechio. 32. aciede. 33. 36. celo. 38. o si fugira. 39. solo . . celo. 40. rtorno
29.
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1297.
3 66
8
Gran parte del mare 3 si fuggira
37 in- A great part of the sea will fly towards
verso il 39cielo e per molto tepo no fa- heaven and for a long time will not return.
4'Restaci-il moto che separa **il mo- There remains the motion which divides
tore dal mobile. the mover from the thing moved.
Sara annegato chi fa il lume 44 al culto Those who give light for divine service
diuino. CLe ape che
S
fa no la cera delle will be destroyed. ([The Bees which make
candele. D the Wax for Candles. 3
*6 I morti uscirano sotto terra 47 e
di Dead things will come from underground
coi loro fieri cac 48 cieranno dal
mouimeti and by their fierce movements will send
mondo innumera^bili creature umane. numberless human beings out of the world.
11ferro uscito di sots 'to terra e morto, ([Iron, which comes from under ground is
sj e se ne fa 1'arme che S3ammorti tanti dead but the Weapons are made of it which
uomini. 3 kill so
many Men. 3
54 Le grandissime montagnie 56 a corache The greatest mountains, even those which
sieno remo57te da marini liti, scaccierano are remote from the sea shore, will drive the
s 8 il mare dal suo sito. sea from its place.
6o
che portanno is by Rivers which carry the Earth
CQuesto sono li fiumi le ([This
terre,
6l
da loro leuate dalle m6 62 tagnie, e le they wash away from the Mountains and bear
6
scarica63 no ai marini- liti, e doue entra it to the Sea-shore; and where the Earth
66
6
sla terra si fuggie il mare. D comes the sea must retire.])
6
?L'acqua caduta dai nuvoli ancora in The water dropped from the clouds still
moto sopra le spiaggie de' moti si ferme- in motion on the flanks of mountains will lie
8
ra per lugo spatio di tempo sanza 6 9fare still for a long period of time without any
alcu moto, e questo accade 7 ra in molte e motion whatever; and this will happen in
diuerse provincie. many and divers lands.
(I La neve che fiocca 72 che e acqua.D ([ Snow, which falls in flakes and is Water. 3
quanti grandi edifitj fieno ruinati Oh how many great buildings will be
!
8
5per causa del fuoco! ruined by reason of Fire.
79. some de. 81. disfa. 82. e cocierassicon eso. 83. dclla besttie. 85. chausa del focho. 87. boi. 86. focho. 88. i
1.2 15*]
I2 9 8 -
1.3 1299.
Vedrassi il
sangue uscire dalle strac- Blood will be seen issuing from the torn
ciate carni,
2
rigare le superfitiali parti delli flesh of men, and trickling down the sur- .
omini; face.
1 3 Verra alii omini tal crudele mala 4 tia, Men will have such cruel maladies that
che colle propie vnghie si stracScieranno they will tear their flesh with their own nails.
le loro carni (Tsara la rognia;B1[ ([The Itch. ])
H^Vedrannosi piate rimanere sanza le Plants will be seen left without leaves, and
7 e i fiurni fermare i loro corsi;U the rivers standing still in their channels.
foglie,
8
H L' acqua del mare si leuera sopra The waters of the sea will rise above
1'alte cime de' moti 9 verso il cielo, e rica- the high peaks of the mountains towards
dera sopra alle a I0 bitationi delli omini heaven and fall again on to the dwellings
(tcioe per nuvoli;])! of men. ([That is, in Clouds. B
li^Vedrannosi i
maggiori alberi delle The largest trees of the forest will be
I2
selue essere portati dal furor de' venti dal- seen carried by the fury of the winds from
1'oriete ^all'occidente Gcioe per mare ;D If 'j
East to West. ([That is across the Sea. ])
Li omini gitterao via le propie vet-
H I4 Men will cast away their own victuals.
1.2 26 a] 1300.
H Verra a tale la gieneratione vmana Humanbeings will be seen who will not
2
che no si intedera il parlare 1' uno del- understand each other's speech; that .is, a
1'altro; 3cioe un tedesco con un turco.U German with a Turk.
II
4 Vedrassi ai
padri donare le lor figliole Fathers will be seen giving their daughters
5 a lussuria delli omini e
premiare e abba- into the power of man and giving up all
donare ogni 6 passata guardia Cquado si their former care in guarding them. ([When
maritano le putte.Blf Girls are married.])
H^Uscirano li omini dalle sepulture co- Men will come out
graves turned their
uertiti
8
e assaliranno li altri
in vccelli ,
into flying they will attack
creatures; and
omini togliendo 9 loro il cibo dalle propie other men, taking their food from their very
mani e mese die mosche.])! I hand or table. ([As Flies.])
1298. i. vederassi colle vngliate. 2. secho cho. asse sottopossti. 5. vsscira deUa . . animali "vestitidi
. .
b\\\^ache. 3. . .
4.
1300. i. verano attale. vtedesco con v turco. ebadonare "e premiare" ogni. 7. vsscirano . . delle. 8. vcielli e assalirano
3. 5.
. . tolendo. 9. delle . . le mosce [ecc]. 10. arove. n. scierano. 12. quelli [che osseruerano] "che presterano
orechi" |
le . .
legere.
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1301. 1302.
VMolti fien quegli che scorticado la Many will there be who, flaying their
madre li arrove"scieranno la sua pelle mother, will tear the skin from her back.
adosso; (Li lavoratori della terra. DTI G Husbandmen tilling the Earth. D
will they be who lend ear to the
V'Felici fie quelli che presterano ore- Happy
chi alle parole de' morti; Cleggere ^le words of the Dead. G Who read good works
bone opere e osseruarle.Dl and obey them.])
1.2 1301.
ILe penne leuerano li omini siccome Feathers will raise men, as they do birds,
2
gli uccielli inverse
il cielo; Gcioe per le towards heaven ([that is, by the letters which
lettere- fatte da esse pene. DH are written with quills. D
JlL'umane opere fieno cagione di lor The works of men's hands will occasion
morte; die spade e lacie. D
|
their death. G Swords and Spears. D
11
+ Li omini perseguirano quella cc-sa Men out of fear will cling to the thing
della qual piv temono,H scioe Gsara mi- | they most fear. ([That is they will be mi-
seri per no venire I miseria. Dt serable lest they should fall into misery.])
! 6 Le cose disunite s'unirano e ricie- Things that are separate shall be united
verano in se 7 tal uirtu, che rederanno la and acquire such virtue that they will restore
8 to man memory; that is papyrus
his lost
persa memoria alii omi ni , cio i
papiri
[sheets] which are made of separate strips
che so fatti di peli disuniti ?e tegono me-
and have preserved the memory of the things
moria delle cose e fatti delli omini. H and acts of men.
IO
U Vedrannosi 1'ossa de' morti co ve- the Dead will be seen to
The bones of
loce moto tratta lr re la fortuna del suo govern the fortunes of him who moves them.
motore; Ci dadi.DI CBy Dice.])
I2
H I buoi colle lor corna difendera^no Cattle with their horns protect the Flamme
il foco dalla-sua morte; Gla laterna.
I^Le selue partoriraho figlioli che fiano
|] M from its death. Gin a Lantern [13]. 3
The Forests will bring forth young which
causa della 'Mor morte; (Til manico della will be the cause of their death. CThe
scura.DH handle of the hatchet.])
1.2 l ja \
1302.
ULi omini batteranno aspramete chi Men will deal bitter to blows to that which
fia causa 2 di lor uita; Gbatterano il is the cause of their life. Gin thrashing
grano. ]) t Grain. D
1f-*Le pelli delli animali removerano li skins of animals will rouse men from
The
omini con gran igridori e bestemie dal lor their silence with great outcries and curses.
silentio; Gle balle da giuocare.M
|
C Balls for playing Games. D
Molte volte la cosa disunita fia causa
5
Very often a thing that is itself broken
di grade unitione; 6 Gcioe il occasion of much union.
the GThat is
pettine fatto is
dalla disunita canna unisce le ^ fi la nella the Comb made of split Cane which unites
seta. ]) the threads of Silk. D
8
I II ueto passato per le pelli delli ani- The wind passing through the skins of
mali fara saltare *li omini; Ccioe la piva animals will make men dance. GThat is
che fa lo saltare. DI the Bag-pipe , which makes people dance. D
1.2 I303-
C Della bocca dell'omo ch'e sepoltura.3 COf the Mouth of Man, which is a Sepulchre. 3
9Usciranno gra romori dalle sepolture Great noise will issue from the sepul-
I0
di quelli che so finiti da cattiva e uiolete chres of those who died evil and violent
morte. deaths.
1.2
I305-
1303. 2. aranno. 3. e e sua. 4. esscorticha . . effra. 5. chassate. 7. ome . . saluadore. 8. dela bocha. 9. vsscira . . delle
. . de. 10. queli chesso finiti de. n. belle. 12. tengano. '13. che vesule. 14. cholle pelleveste del. 16. chettengano.
19. vederano. 20. stesse.
1304. i 14 R. i. ecqueli che pasca lere. 2. [cholla] fara. 4. teresti e aquatici. 6. stelle e pianeti. 8. i carri "e navi."
10. amoli fia . . bocha. n. a. 12. ecque chessi. 14. bocha.
1305. 2. i vedo. 3. marterizare. uiua. 5. verano . ara. 6. triofi . . ilor. 7. ovedella . . richeza coe. 8. delle religio.
4. .
per li loro sa
I0
ti, morti per assai Saints who have been dead a great
tepo. D while. D
"Quelli che saranno morti dopo mille Those who are dead will, after a thou-
anni 'fieri quelli che daranno le spese a
'
sand years be those who will give a livelihood
1.2 i 9 o] 1306.
9(3 quanti fien quelli che, poiche fie How many be who, after they
will there
I0
morti, mar ciranno nelle lor propie case, are dead, will putrefy inside their own houses,
epicdo le "circustate parti piene di fetulete filling all the surrounding air with a fetid
puzzo !
smell.
L. 91 a]
1307.
(L De' mvli che portano le ricche some C Of Mules which have on them rich bur-
2
dell'argieto e oro. ]) dens of silver and gold. D
^
Molti tesori e gra ricchezze saranno Much treasure and great riches will be
appre 4 sso
alii animali di 4
piedi, i quali le laid upon four-footed beasts, which will con-
porsteranno in diversi lochi. vey them to divers places.
K.2 1308.
9. vivano. n. chessarano. 15. mure. 16. cheffieno . . foco [dopo molti]. 17. inazi acquesto. 18. homini.
1306. i. chettattano. 2. franciessci domenichi. 3. delta mangierano. 7. chesson. 8. marciscano . . a lor. 10. cirano.
n. puzo.
1307. i. richc. 2. he oro. 3. richeze . .
apre. 5. terano.
1308. i. dino. 2. chol. 4. sitifa. 5. ra vicino . . diminvirano. 6. inmensa.
1307. It seems to me probable that this note, riches of the palace of Guidobaldo, whose treasures
which occurs in the note book used in 1502, when Cesare Borgia at once had carried to Cesena (see
CDelle bobarde ch'escono dalla fossa e COf great guns, which come out of a
pit
dalla forma.]) and a mould.])
sUscira-
V*S*J^-.M.I*. di sotto
^. ~~ -- terra chi con spauete-
L v^reatures will come from underground
6
volii grida stordira i circonstanti vicini e which with their terrific noise will stun all
o,,
col suo
i
fiato fara mnHtv
afr> f*r*> morire li omini y^mJnpr^
li nmini ^ e ruinare who are near; and with their breath will kill
le citta e castella. men and destroy cities' and castles.
Br. M. 1310.
2
Gitteranno li omini fori delle lor propie Men
fling out of their houses those
will
case quelle uettovalglie, le quali 3 era dedi- victuals which were, intended to sustain their
1i>f ~
cate a sostetare la lor uita. life.
CDelli alberi che nutriscono i nesti. D COf Trees, which nourish grafted shoots.])
S. K. M. II.2; 13"-
8
Li omini passera morti per le 9 sue Men, when dead, will pass through their
propie budelle. own bowels.
1312.
S. K. M. 11.2; 3)
CI calzolari.D C Shoemakers.
*Li omini vedranno co piacere ^disfare Men will take pleasure in seeing their own
e ropere 1'opere loro. work destroyed and injured.
S. K. M. II. 2 j 69*]
'Ritornera ^il tepo d' Erode, perche Thetime of Herod will come again, for
* 1'innoccti sara 5 tolti alle loro the little innocent children will be taken from
figliuoli
6 edacru 7 deli omini digran ferite mori- their nurses, and will die of terrible wounds
balie,
ranno. inflicted by cruel men.
V.
Br. M. 42 i]
FAUOLA. A FABLE.
2
El granchio sta3do sotto il sasso per The crab standing under the rock to Schemes for
piglia^re pesci che sotto a quel s lo entrauano, catch the fish which crept under it, it came
(^i!!!'^^).
vene la pi 6 ena con rovinoso precipita 7 mento to pass that the rock fell with a ruinous
8
di sassi, e col loro rotolare si fraciello tal downfall of stones, and by their fall the
grachio. crab was crushed.
1314. 2. El . . stando sta. 4. pessci chessotto acquel. 6. chon. 7. colloro tala. 8. siffracielloro tal. 10. infral. 12. suttale vue
. .
sipassi. 13. eva . . uedemi. 14. a effu pesto. 16. uite [cresscuta] "iuechiata" sopr lal. 17. vechio chade. 19. effu.
23. eppietre. 24. pochostre. 27. pessci. 28. pessci. 30. dissciese. 31. delle. 35. gierminamenti eul. 36. cresscie
C. A. 66t t *>*)
8
comvne strada-e appicarsi all'opposita high road, and cling to the opposite hedge,
^onde da uiadanti poi fu rotta. and for this it was broken away by the passers by.
siepe;
H.2 is-5]
1316.
T 3 X 7-
s. K. M. Hi-, 120]
Delle baghe.D
(I COf Bags.D
2
Le capre codur3raho il uino alle *citta. Goats will convey the wine to the city.
2
Tutte le cose che nel uerno fie nascoste All those things which in winter are
sotto la neve rimaranno sco^perte e palesi hidden under the snow, will be uncovered
nell' estate; Gdettaper la <bugia che no puo and laid bare in summer. ([for Falsehood,
stare occulta. ]) which cannot remain hidden]).
44 a]
FAVOLA. A FABLE.
2
H giglio si pose sopra la ripa di -Te- The lily set itself down by the shores
sino,
3 e la correte tiro la ripa Isieme col of the Ticino, and the current carried away
lilio. bank and the lily with it.
H.2 14 6} 1320.
FACETIA. A JEST.
2
Perche li
Ungheri tegono la croce t Why Hungarian ducats have a double
dvppia. cross on them.
1315. 2. della . . belleza. 3. chclli . . eflTa. 4. tore. 5. interotto. 5. pertera ". . diradichato. 6. istado. 7. comlcio . . cosua.
8. apicharsi . . oposita.
1316. i. calderigio da il arouialio. 2. a figlioli ingabiati.
1316. Above this text is another note, also referring to liberty; see No. 694.
13211326.] DRAUGHTS AND SCHEMES. 375
1
2
Vn vaso crudo rotto si puo riformare, A vase of unbaked clay, when broken,
3 ma il cotto no.l may be remoulded, but not a baked one.
s. K. M. m. 66<5] 1322.
2
Vededosi la carta tutta macchiata dalla Seeing the paper all stained with the deep
oscura negrezza dell' ichiostro, 3di quello si blackness of ink, it he deeply regrets it;
duole; il quale mostra a essa che per le
4 and this proves to the paper that the words,
parole che sono sopra lei coposte essere composed upon it were the cause of its
5
6
cagione della conseruatione di quella. being preserved.
L. o'] I323-
1 Neciessaria copagnia a la penna col The pen must necessarily have the pen-
2
e similemete vtile copagnia,
knife companion, and it is a useful
for a
tenperatoio,
companionship, for one is not good for much
perche 1'u sanza Paltro no vale troppo.TJ
3
without the other.
S. K. M. III. 48 a]
I 3 2 4-
II coltello, accidetale armatura, caccia The knife, which is an artificial wea- schemes for
dall'omo le sua 2
unghie, armatura natu- pon, deprives man of his nails, his natural (i^ 1329).
rale; weapons.
3Lo spechio signoria forte tene do den-
4 The mirror conducts itself haughtily hol-
tro a se spechiata la re 5 gina e partita , ding mirrored in itself the Queen. When
6
quella le spe chio riman in le . . . she departs the mirror remains there . . .
L. 72 6} 1325.
El lino e dedicate a morte e cor 2 rutione Flax is dedicated to death, and to the cor-
de' mortal!, a morte pe'lac3ciuoli delli vc- ruption of mortals. To death, by being used
celli,
4 animali e
pesci, sa corrutione per le for snares and nets for birds, animals and fish ;
6
tele line dove s' in vogliano i morti, che si sot- to corruption, by the flaxen sheets in which
terrano, 7
quali si corropono in tali tele; the dead are wrapped when they are buried, and
8
E
ancora esso lino no si spicca dal suo who become corrupt in these winding sheets.
I0
sfestuco, se esso no comicia a macerar si And again, this flax does not separate its fibre
e coronpersi, e questo e quello "collo quale till has begun to steep and putrefy, and
it
I2
si debbe incoronare e or nare li ufiti fu- this is the flower with which garlands and
nerali. decorations for funerals should be made.
1.2 9 i a] 1326.
1333. i. charta . . machiata. 2. osscura negreza. 3. dole el . . mostra a ess. 4. parolle chesso sopra lei chopone.
5. chagione.
1323. i. ha la. 2. essimilemete.
1394. i. coltello |
"accidetale armatura" cacia. 2. ungie. 3. losspechio. 4. asse. 5. losspe. 6. rimainle.
c. 89-1 1327.
Per il
pannilino che si 'tie colla
mano The cloth which is held in the hand in the
current of a running stream, in the waters of
nel course dell'acqua correHe, nella quale
6 which the cloth leaves all its foulness and
acqua
5 il
panno lascia tutte le sue brut-
tu 7 re, significa
8
questo ecc. dirt, is meant to signify this &c.
I0 the thorn with
9 Per lo
spino inscrito sopra boni fru-
li By inoculated good fruit
"tti significa que llo
I2
che per se non e^ra is signified those natures which of them-
disposto a vir'*tu, ma median'ste 1'aiuto dei selves were not disposed towards virtue, but
l6
pr ecettori da di se
I7 vn fassi nome by the aid of their preceptors they have the
vi
l8
rtu. repudation of it.
W. XXX.) 1329.
1399. 2. vivano apopoli ensiemc. 3. anegate. 5. [no] gati nelle lororo propie 6. [si some] sara se.
1330 1332-] HUMOROUS WRITINGS. 377
F. 47 a] 1330.
PERCHE LI CANI ODORA VOLENTIERI IL CULO WHY DOGS TAKE PLEASURE IN SMELLING AT
L'UNO AL 2 L'ALTRO. EACH OTHER.
carSne; E lo stereo delli animali senpre ri- especially meat. And the excrement of ani-
6
tiene della virtu della sua origine, come mals always retains some virtue of its origin
mo 7 strano le feccie as is shown by the faeces. . . .
IO
Ora icani anno si sottilissimo odo"rato Now
dogs have so keen a smell, that
che col naso sentono la uirtu rima I2 sta in they can discern by their nose the virtue
tali feccie; e che sie uero, se le trova remaining in these faeces, and if they
3per le strade odorano, e se vi sentono find them in the streets, smell them and if
J
dentro ^vi'rtu di carne o d'altro, essi le they smell in them the virtue of meat or of
pigliano, e 'Sse no, le lasciano;
e per tor- other things, they take them, and if not,
nare al quesito di l6 co, che se conoscono il they leave them And to return to the ques- :
cane mediante tali J 7odori essere ben pas- tion, I say that if by means of this smell
they know that dog to be well fed, they respect
l8
ciuto, perche stimano
essi lo riguar dano,
quello avere potete e ricco pa^drone, e him, because they judge that he has a power-
se no sentono tale odore co uirtu, essi ful and rich master; and if they discover no
sti mano
20
tal cane essere da poco, e such smell with the virtue of meet, they judge
avere povero 2I e tristo padrone, e pero that dog to be of small account and to have
mordono tali cani come fare 22 bbero il suo a poor and humble master, and therefore
padrone. they bite that dog as they would his master.
C. A. 686; 203,*]
2
Sono li moti della terra circulari assai The circular plans of carrying earth are very
vtili, 3cociosiache' mai li o 4 mini si fer- useful, inasmuch as men never stop in their
6
mano; e fa^si in piv modi, de' qua li nel- work; and it is done in many ways. By one
1'uno li omini por^tano la terra in spa! 8 la, of these ways men carry the earth on their
I0
1'altro, colli bau9li, e altri col carret to; shoulders, by another in chests and others
Quel che la porta "in spalla si fa prima on wheelbarrows. The man who carries it
12
enpiere il uassoio in ter^ra e perde tepo ,
on his shoulders first fills the tub on the
a metterselo I4 in spalla Quel dello bau is le ; ground, and he loses time in hoisting it on to his
non perde tenpo. shoulders. He with the chests loses no time.
1330. i. adora. 5. Ello stercho. 7. stra leuetie miseraice strebute insin ne. 8. le ultima basseza delle intestine. 9. per trarre
asse desse fecce la uirtu cheue. 10. rimasa ora i cani a si. n. sentano, 12. sa in tale fecce. 13. strade [elle] odorano
esse ulsenta dentro. 14. esse le. 15. lassciano. 16. cognoscano. 17. odore . .
passiuto. 18. richo. 19. esse no seta.
connection with the other texts of this section. far tesauro. This is known to be by a contem-
1332.Conte Porro has published these lines in porary poet, as Senatore Morelli informs me.
the Archivio Star. Lombarda VIII, IV; he reads the
VOL. u. EBB
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [I334- 1335-
378
Noi siamo due fratelli, che ciascuno di We are two brothers, each of us has a
Tncki no 2^ vn fratello; qui il modo del dire
j
brother. Here the way of saying it makes it
C. 19*) 1334-
2
mani equali numeri
Mettiti in 2 metti ;
Take in each hand an equal number; put
4 della ma destra nella sinistra gitta via
3
4 from the right hand into the left; cast
il rimanete gitta via altrettarto della man
|| away an equal
the remainder; cast away
sinistra metti vi sopra 5 ora tu ti trovi ;
number from the left hand; add 5, and now
sin quella mano 13 cioe io vi ti feci |! you will find 13 in this [left] hand; that
mettere 4 dalla destra ne!6 la sinistra, e is I made you put 4 from the right hand
gittar uia il rimanete; ora qui la ma destra into the left, and cast away the remainder;
a piv 4 che la 7 no sonovi; io ti fo poi now your right hand has 4 more; then I make
gittare via altrettanto dalla destra quato you throw away as many from the right as you
tu 8 gittasti dalla sinistra, che gittando dalle threw away from the left; so, throwing from
2 mani due quatita e^quali, il rimanente each hand a quantity of which the remainder
fia equale; ora e'ti resta 464, che fa 8, may be equal, you now have 4 and 4, which
10
e perch'e giocco no sia conosciuto io
il make 8, and that the trick may not be detec-
vi ti feci mettere sopra 5 "che fece 13. ted I made you put 5 more, which made 13.
^Togli da 12 in giu che numero ti piace; Take any number less than 12 that you
togli poi tati de' mia che ^tu finisca il nu- please; then take of mine enough to make
mero di 1 2-, e quel che rimane a me e up the number 12, and that which remains
15 il numero che tu aveui prima; perch& to me is the number which you at first had;
l6
quado io ti dissi to gli da 12 in giu qual because when I said, take any number less
numero ti piace, io mi missi in mano I7 I2, than 12 as you please, I took 12 into my
e di questo mio 12 tu togliesti tale numero, hand, and of that 12 you took such a number
che tu l8 faciesti il tuo numero 12 ecco ; as made up your number of 12; and what
che tu cresciesti al tuo nu-mero che
tu you added to your number, you took from
togliesti al mio; cioe che se tu aveui 8, mine; that is, if you had 8 to go as far as
a andare insino 20
in 12, tu togliesti del to 12, you took of my 12, 4; hence this
334- 3- desstra. 4. tutti trovi. 5. coc . . . della desstra. 6. chella. 7. soneva . . desstra. 8. gittassu . . sinisstra. 9. ressta . .
mio 12 vn-4; onde quel 4 trasmu 2I tato 4 transferred from me to you reduced my
da me a te fa che'l mio 1.2 resta 8, e'.l 12 to a remainder of 8, and your 8 became
22
tuo 8 si fa 12; adunque il mio 8 e 12; so that my 8 is equal to your 8, before
equale al tuo 8 dnnazi, che lo facesse 12. it was made 12.
C. A. 75/5; 219,5]
r 335-
Se 2
tu vuoi insegnia re a vno vna cosa If you want
to teach someone a subject
3 che tu no sappia, falli ^misurare ^a ^ un "
y u ^ not know yourself, let him measure
6 the length of an object unknown to you, and
ghezza sd'una cosa a te incogni ta e lui ,
sapra la mi7sura che tu prima no sa- he will learn the measure you did not know
8
peui; maestro Giovanni da Lodi. before; Master Giovanni da Lodi.
T settu volli insegni. 3. chettu sapia. 4. lungeza. 5. atte. 6. ellui. 7. chettu. 8. raaesstro. 9. dallodi.
1335-
XXL
When we consider how superficial and imperfect are the accounts of Leonardo's
life some time after his death by Vasari and others, any notes or letters which
written
can more light on his personal circumstances cannot fail to be in the highest
throiv
degree interesting. The texts here given as Nos. 1351 1353, se * s residence in Rome ^
in quite a neiv aspect; nay the picture which irresistibly dwells in our minds after
,
reading these details of his life in the Vatican, forms a striking contrast to the contem-
I have placed foremost of these documents the very remarkable letters to the
Defterdar of Syria. In these Leonardo speaks of himself as having staid among the
mountains of Armenia, and as the biographies of the master tell nothing of any such
distant journeys, it would seem most obvious to treat this passage as fiction, and so spare
ourselves the onus of proof and discussion. But on close examination no one can doubt
that these documents, with the accompanying sketches, are the work of Leonardo's own
hand. Not merely is the character of the handwriting his, but the spelling' and the
language are his also. In one respect only does the writing betray any marked deviationfrom
the rest of the notes, especially those treating on scientific questions; namely, in these obser-
vations he seems to have taken particular pains to give the- most distinct and best form
of expression to all he had to say; we find erasures and emendations in almost every
line. He proceeded, as we
same way in the sketches for letters to
shall see, in the
Giuliano de Medici, and what can be more natural, I may ask, than to find the draft
1
tatingly have declared that some unknown Italian engineer must have been, at that
in the service of the Egyptian Sultan, and that Leonardo /tad
time, engaged in Armenia
copied his documents. Under this hypothesis hoivever we should have to state that this
unknown writer must have been far one in mind with Leonardo as to use the same
so
drafts of letters be regarded as anything eke than what they actually and obviously
are 1 1f Leonardo had been a man of our own time, we might perhaps have attempted
to account for the facts by saying that Leonardo, ivithout having been in the East him-
self, might have undertaken to write a Romance of which the scene was laid in Armenia,
and at the desire of his publisher had made sketches of landscape to illustrate the text.
I feel bound to mention this singular hypothesis as it has' actually been put for-
ward (see No. 1336 note $) ; and it would certainly seem as though there were no other
possible way of evading the conclusion to wJiich these letters point, and their bearing
on tlie life of the master, absurd as the alternative is. But, if, on a question of such
I could suggest another which, as compared with that of a Fiction by Leonardo, would
be neither more nor less plausible] it is, moreover the only other hypothesis, perhaps,
which can be devised to account for these passages, if it were possible to prove that the
interpretation that the documents themselves suggest, must be rejected a priori; viz
may not Leonardo have written them with the intention of mystifying those wlio, after
his death, should try to decipher these manuscripts with a view to publishing theml
But if, in fact, no objection that will stand the test of criticism can be brought against
the simple and direct interpretation words as they stand, we are bound to regard
of the
Leonardo's travels in the East as an established fact. There is, I believe nothing in
what we know of Ids biography to negative such a fact, especially as the details of his
life for some few years are wliolly unknown ; nor need we be at a loss for evidence which
may serve to explain at any rate to some extent the strangeness of his undertaking
such a journey. We have no information as to Leonardo's history between 1482 and
1486; it cannot be proved that he was either in Milan or in Florence. On the other
hand the tenor of this letter does not require us to assume a longer absence than a year
or two. For, even if his appointment (offitio) as Engineer in Syria had been a perma-
nent one, might have become untenable by the death perhaps of the Dcfterdar, his
it
patron, or by his removal from office and Leonardo on his return home may have ,
kept silence on the subject of an episode which probably had ended in failure and
disappointment.
From the text of No. 1379 we can hardly doubt that Leonardo intended
to make an excursion secretly from Rome to Naples, although so far as has hitherto
been known, his biographers never allude to it. In another place (No. 1077) he says that
he had worked as an Engineer in Friuli. Are we to doubt this statement too, merely
because no biographer has hitherto given us any information on the matter? In the
geographical notes Leonardo frequently speaks of the East, and though sucJt past
LETTERS. PERSONAL RECORDS. DATED NOTES. 383
afford 110 direct proof of his having been there, they shoiv beyond a doubt that, next to
the Nile, the Euphrates, the Tigris and the Taurus mountains had a special interest in
his eyes. As a still further proof of the futility of the argument that there is nothing
in his drawings to show that he had travelled in the East, we find on PI. a CXX
study of oriental heads of Armenian type, though of course this may have been made
in Italy.
If the style of these letters were less sober, and the expressions less strictly to the
of a narrative of fact. Nay , we have only to compare them with such obviously
fanciful passages as No. 1354, Nos. 670673, and the Fables and Prophecies. It is
unnecessary to discuss the subject any further here; such explanations as the letter needs
The drafts of letters to Lodovico il Moro are very remarkable. Leonardo and
this prince zvere certainly far less closely connected, than lias hitherto been supposed.
It is impossible that Leonardo can have remained so long in the service of this prince,
because the salary was good, as is commonly stated. On the contrary, it would seem,
that what kept him there, in spite of his sore need of the money owed him by the
prince, was the hope of some day being able to carry out the project of casting the
'gran cavallo'.
>*- -:x^as
- ' .Wttrai"^
r ?." * * */ /
lM^-^s*t* 1^
<
:
; - -,. .-A
*
^n ^n*i **^
Imp Eudes
C. A. i43<5; 4261}]
1336. Lines I 52 are reproduced in facsimile the Mamelook supremacy over Syria, which corre-
on PL CXVI. sponded date with Leonardo's time, the office
in
I. Diodario. This word is not to be found in of Defterdar was the third in importance in the
any Italian dictionary, and for a long time I vainly State.
sought an explanation of it. The youthful remi- Soltano di Babilonia. The name of Babylon was
niscences of my wife afforded the desired clue. commonly applied in the middle ages.
to Cairo
The chief town of each Turkish Villayet, or pro- For instance BREIDENBACH, Itinerarium Hierosolyma
vince such as Broussa, for instance, in Asia Minor, p. 218 says: "At last we reached Babylon. But
is the residence of a Defterdar, who presides over this is not that Babylon which stood on the further
the financial affairs of the province. Defterdar hane shore of the river Chober, but that which is called
was, in former times, the name given to the the Egyptian Babylon. It is close by Cairo and
Ministry of Finance at Constantinople; the Minister the twain are but one and not two towns one half ;
of Finance to the Porte is now known as the is called Cairo and the other Babylon, whence they
Mallie-Nazri and the Defterdars are his subordinates. are called together Cairo-Babylon originally the town ;
A at the is merely the head is said to have been named Memphis and then Babylon,
Defterdar, present day
of the finance department in each Provincial district. but now it is called Cairo." Compare No. 1085, 6.
With regard to my suggestion that Leonardo's Egypt was governed from 1382 till
1517 by the
Diodario might be identical with the Defterdar of Borgite or Tcherkessian dynasty of the Mamelook
former times, the late M. C. DEFREMERIE, Arabic Pro- Sultans. One of the most famous of these, Sultan
fessor, and Membre de 1'Institut de France wrote to Kait Bey, ruled from 1468 1496 during whose
me as follows :Votre conjecture est parfaitement fondee; reign the Gama (or Mosque) of Kait Bey and tomb
diodario est V equivalent de devadar ou plus exactement of Kait Bey near the Okella Kait Bey were erected
Cairo, which preserve his name to this
'
sRitrovandomi io in queste parti d'Er- Finding myself in this part of Armenia [5]
minia a dare con amore e sollecitudine to carry into effect with due love and care the
who in about 1487 superintended the construction mamelucca, fatto nel 1477. Testo arabo. Torino 1878',
of the Mole at Alexandria. Felix Fabii knew him without notes or commentary). Compare the critique
and mentions him in his Historia Suevorum, written on this edition, byj. GILDEMEISTER in Zeitschrift drs
period, particularly in
Asia Minor, where they caused is and more correctly given. The Mamelook
fuller,
immense mischief. See No. lioi note. dynasty was, as is well known, of Circassian
4. The text here breaks off. The following origin, and a large proportion of the Egyptian Army
lines a fresh beginning of a letter, evidently
are was recruited in Circassia even so late as in the
addressed to the same person, but, as it would XV th century. That was a period of political storms
seem, written at a later date than the previous in Syria and Asia Minor and it is easy to suppose
text. The numerous corrections and amendments that the Sultan's minister, to whom Leonardo
amply prove that it is not a copy from any account addresses his report as his superior, had a special
of a journey by some unknown person; but, on the interest in the welfare of those frontier provinces.
contrary, that Leonardo was particularly anxious to Only to mention a few historical events of Sultan
choose such words and phrases as might best express Kait Bey's reign, we find that in 1488 he assisted
his own ideas. the Circassians to resist the encroachments of Ala-
5.
Parti (fErminia. See No. 945, note. The eddoulet, an Asiatic prince who had allied himself
extent Armenia in Leonardo's time is only
of with the Osmanli to threaten the province; the
approximately known. In the XV th century the consequence was a war in Cilicia by sea and land,
Persians governed the Eastern, and the Arabs the which broke out in the following year between the
Southern portions. Arabic authors as, for instance contending Only a few years earlier the
powers.
Abulfeda include Cilicia and a part of Cappadocia same province had been the scene of the so-
in Armenia, and Greater Armenia was the tract of called Caramenian war in which the united Venetian,
that country known
Turcomania, while Arme-
later as Neapolitan and Sclavonic fleets had been engaged.
nia Minor was the territory between Cappadocia and (See CORIALANO CIPPICO, Delia guerra dei Veneaani
the Euphrates. It was not till 1522, or even 1574 neWAsia dal 1469 1474. Venezia 1796, p. 54) and
that the whole country came under the dominion of we learn incidentally that a certain Leonardo Boldo,
the Ottoman Turks, in the reign of Selim I. Governor of Scutari under Sultan Mahmoud, as his
The Mamelook Sultans of Egypt seem to have name would indicate, one of the numerous renegades
taken a particular interest in this, the most Northern of Italian birth played an important part in the
province of their empire, which was even then in negotiations for peace.
danger of being conquered by the Turks. In the Tu mi mandasti. The address tu to a person-
autumn of 1477 Sultan Kalt Bey made a journey of age so
high singular and suggests
in office is
inspection, visiting Antioch and the valleys of the personal intimacy; Leonardo seems to
have been a
Tigris and Euphrates with a numerous and brilliant favourite with the Diodario. Compare lines 54
escort. This tour is briefly alluded to by Moodshireddin and 55.
p. 561; and by WEIL, Geschichte der Abbasiden V, I have endeavoured to show, and I believe that
p. 358. An anonymous member of the suite wrote I am also position to prove with regard
in a to
a diary of the these texts, that they are draughts of letters actually
expedition in Arabic, which has been
published by R. V. LONZONE ('Viaggio in Palestina e written Leonardo; at the same time I must not
by
Soria di h'aid Ba XVIII sultano delta II dinastia omit to mention that shortly after I had discovered
I336-] LETTERS. 387
nostro -, entrai nella ^ citta di Calindra, vi- the city of Calindra [7], near to our frontiers.
cina ai nostri confini; questa citta e posta This city is situated at the base of that
part
nelle spiaggie di quePla parte del mote of the Taurus mountains which is divided
Tavro, che e diuisa dall' Eufrates e rigu- from the Euphrates and looks towards the
arda i corni del gra Mote Tav^ro per peaks of the great Mount Taurus [8] to
ponete Questi corni son di tanta altura
;
the West [9]. These peaks are of such a
che par che tocchino il cielo, che nell' uni- height that they seem to touch the sky, and
verso non e parte terre I0 stre piv alta della in all the world there is no
part of the earth,
sua cima e senpre 4 ore inanzi di e per-
; higher than its summit [10], and~the rays of
[gra] corni del "gra". 9. altura [che lo per me non credo] "che par chettochino il celo" che nell universe
[sia] "none" parte
10. ste piv al della . .
essenpre . . di [allu] e perchossa . . sole [che allei si mostra]. n. lesere . .
petra biachissima
these texts in the Codex Atlanticus and publi- sketches on PI. CXVI to CXIX to perceive that
shed a paper on the subject in the Zeit- they are connected with the texts; and of course
schrift fur bUdende Kunst (Vol. XVI], Prof. Govi put the rest of Leonardo's numerous notes on matters
forward this hypothesis to account for their pertaining to the East, the greater part of which
are here published for the first time,
origin :
may also be some-
"Quanta alle notizie sul monte Tauro, sulP Armenia e how connected with this strange romance.
sulFAsia minore che si contengono negli altri frammenti, 7. Citta de Calindra (Chalindra}. The position of
esse vennero prese da qualche geografro o viaggiatore this city is so exactly determined, between the
contemporatieo. DalFindice che accompagna valley of the Euphrates and the Taurus
imperfetto range that
quei frammenti, si potrebbe dedurre che Leonardo volesse it ought to be possible to identify it. But it can
fame un libro, che poi non venne compiuto. A ogni hardly be the same as the sea port of Cilicia with
modo, non e possibile di trovare in
questi brani nessun a somewhat similar name Celenderis, Kelandria,
indizio di un viaggio di Leonardo in oriente, ne della sua Celendria , Kilindria, now the Turkish Gulnar. In
conversione alia religione di Maometto, come qualcuno two Catalonian Portulans in the Bibliotheque Natio-
pretenderebbe. Leonardo amava con passione gli studi nale in Paris one dating from the XV'h century, by
1
geografici, e ne suoi scritli s'incontran spesso itinerari, Wilhelm von Soler, the other by Olivez de Majorca,
indicazioni, o descrizioni di hioghi, schizzi di carte e in 1584 I find this place called Calandra. But
abbozzi topografici di varie regioni, non e quindi strano che Leonardo's Calindra must certainly have lain more
1
egli, abile narratore com era, si fosse proposto di scrivere to the North West, probably somewhere in Kurdistan.
una specie di Romanzo in forma epistolare svolgendone The fact that the geographical position is so care-
Fintreccio nell' Asia intorno alia libri determined by Leonardo seems to prove that
Minore, quale i fully
d'allora, e forse qualche viaggiatore amico suo, gli it was a place of no great importance and little
avevano somministrato alcuni elementi piu o meno known. It is singular that the words first written
fantastici. (See Transunti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei in 1. 8 were divisa dal lago (Lake Van?), altered
Vol. V Ser. 3). afterwards to dalFEufrates.
It is hardly necessary to point out that Prof. Govi Nostri confini, and in L'6 proposito nostro. These
omits to name the sources from which Leonardo refer to the frontier and to the affairs of the
could be supposed to have drawn his information, and I Mamelook Sultan. Lines 65 and 66 throw some
may leave it to the reader to pronounce judgment on light on the purpose of Leonardo's mission.
the anomaly which is involved in the hypothesis 8. / corni del gra mote Tauro. Compare the
that we have here a fragment of a Romance, cast sketches PL CXVI CXVIII. So long as it is im-
in the form of a correspondence. At the same possible to identify the situation of Calindra it is
time, I cannot but admit that the solution of the most decide
with any certainty which
difficult to
difficulties proposed by Prof. Govi is, under the peak of the Taurus is here meant ; and I greatly
circumstances, certainly the easiest way of dealing regret that I had no foreknowledge of this puzzling
with the question. But we should then be equally topographical question when, in 1876, I was pursuing
justified in supposing some more of Leonardo's letters archaeological enquiries in the Provinces of Aleppo
to be fragments of such romances; particularly those and Cilicia, and had to travel for some time in
of which the addresses can no longer be named. view of the imposing snow-peaks of Bulghar Dagh
Still, as regards these drafts of letters to the and Ala Tepessi.
Diodario ,
if we accept the Romance theory, as pro- 9 10. The opinion here expressed as to the
posed by Prof. Govi, we
are also compelled to height of the mountain would be unmeaning, unless
assume that Leonardo purposed from the first to it had been written before Leonardo moved to
illustrate his tale; for it needs only a glance at the Milan, where Monte Rosa is so conspicuous an
LETTERS. [1336.
388
[essa] "essa forte rissplende e" fa . acquesti . chome. 12. luna "nel mezzo delle tenebre" e per . le [magnie] somme"
. . .
alteza de nugoli per [piv di 4 miglia] "per isspatio di 4 miglia" a per. 13. ueduta [prima per] di dell ochcidente
|
. .
[pi] allumi. 14. e "jnsino alia 3 parte della notte" de cquella che apresso div[n]oi . tenpi . abia ga gudicato cu- . . . .
object in the landscape. 4 ore inami seems to mean, which he had at hand; more probably, indeed, of
four hours before the sun's rays one he purposed writing.
penetrate to the
bottom of the valleys. 20. Persuasione di fede, of the Christian or the
il. Pietra bianchissima. The Taurus Mountains Mohammedan faith? We
must suppose the latter, at
consist in great part of limestone. the beginning of a document addressed to so high
14. Appresso di voi. Leonardo had at first written a Mohammedan official. Predica probably stands as
noi as
though his meaning had been: This peak an abbreviation for predicazione in the
(lat. praedicatio)
appeared to us to be a comet when you and I sense of praise or glorification; very probably it
observed it in North Syria (at Aleppo? at Aintas?). may mean some such initial doxology as we find
The description of the curious reflection in the in Mohammedan works. (Comp. 1. 40.)
evening, resembling the "Alpine-glow" is certainly 26. 28. The phraseology of this is too general
not an invented fiction, for in the next lines an for to be worth
any conjecture as to its meaning
explanation of the phenomenon is offered, or at hazarding.
least attempted. Of course by an earthquake.
30. Ruina del monte.
19. The next 33 lines are evidently the contents In a catalogue of earthquakes, entitled kechf aussal-
of a connected Report or Book, but not of one ssalfb an auasf rtsel-zeleh, and written by Djelal eddin
'.tf/iA<v. Jtyrfm -Hfrtm-W
**** f
1
'""^ MMl" '** """I** -^H viw fywO 1<
fift'^"*T\''
*^S^^2y^A^lS^^
^;n^^aj^^^^^pvi-^^^"]^v'''' -lh<<- ,
fe(f
JI^A, ^.T *o*yiM
rtifi^j
cr<rt/H.J" A-J*'^-
/. -<J^
v^vf ".')']-^--P wSir(-"* ./tWUW-^ff H<^m.)}.-^T",.'^J
^,/riY'
w ''^
'""y'
1
*
.*&"*"''}'''
"f f""4* A'l^ ^"'" '"' 1 t
*1S5*\l*^"*Tlf
v
7**fl A>)
>T/i-6<t n/ririfft J*P ify,Hr* -^ ^rt> |\ v />mri /.' ;,v/ .4
/J'-ncpj^ 'J
"
-.;, i
'
v .
v
nt *> *, h
. , . .uo i if
y
'I|(--^r, }(t.^
-,A^/"^/|^. 'H,^ H].^
1
.^^ r
^.,
/ii-Mi..nf/1-rt
/, (1n
-lYirm
,, /
.'j
/,jJ./i
.
.
ufr>T ,,^ /l ^ftA-^-. *rt]r >Mp
i*/V?> /v.^0 nnV*-ntA*^.f
^Y "^"* .'(.fiiKf :
** w "'
^-'^r'7^t* H
1 " r"
I
^I^^SUfc^^'TT* ''Tl-^'i--" "gJ^J *JT;
T'w i^r v/^ /? *db/ <-Vrr -"' -*>-r.^ "j-iV-JA ""f^Tr-jt' ". \ / 'N-4
^f^^rA^^!^'' ^
I^v^w^-A-^ ^r-"-tl^ -V" rr^l ttJv'
J S
*
-^H^"!. fi.iv-
li -
,,:
v -^^-.- ^|
^yij^'wPv ^ i*4*-*^
.
H
Ww -cH^ vHAJm v
I
'
MV ^*,1ft^-.|k/.i V.
v,^4> ^*>w] "y-<W ||f -r ^ | .(/"
< \
-
\
'
W,,r H, T .M
^MAMHfUink 'M
*, -
)..
, ftN
'fr
"-rT..i fli-fll'1
-{f-'li 4V^**/r^-fc^l
T A -^
^^f^W,, iini 4i?-MI
M " l S
'
IT,
^^HMW ^F^^SS^ ?W
PiSJ ^ W.r4?-vH--7r^^
1
^
^f)-o
**-^X
XK.)iyA^*,
,'|^,v PH./*'
"
Vi ><f
''
,
iil' 1
i
'
,
v
^, .tft'..^
*,,f,
'VI J\ -&Z
.W.^flfl*(p,f
~f\
..
,^.,l'<vi ,f -T -A'-
s^^^lp^pgp^
^Hfe^^S
'"*;'U4'-
^^--^ilf^^rw^,: -^
LETTERS. 389
32
URuina di neve; [3 2] Fall of snow.
33lTrovata del profeta; The finding of the prophet [33].
34^1 La
profetia sua; His prophesy.
35TJAllagameto delle parti basse [35] The inundation of the lower portion
Erminia occidentale, 3?li scolameti delle of Eastern Armenia, the draining of which
8
quali era3 no per la tagliata di mote Tav- was effected by the cutting through the Tau-
TO ^ <IT
.
rus Mountains.
4 Come il novo profeta mostra che 4I
que- How the new prophet showed [40] that this
sta ruina e fatta 42 al suo proposito; destruction would happen as he had foretold.
43 Descritione del mote Tavro 44 e del Description of the Taurus Mountains [43]
flume Evfrates; and the river Euphrates.
4sperche il monte risplende nella sua Whythe mountain shines at the top, from
cima 46 la meta o'l 3 della notte, e pare half to a third of the night, and looks like a
vna 4 ? cometa a quelli di ponente dopo la comet to the inhabitants of the West after the
48
sera, e inati di a quelli di leuate. sunset, and before day to those of the East.
49perche essa cometa par di uariabile comet appears of variable forms,
Why this
5figura in modo che ora e tonda or so that it is now round and now
long, and now
s^unga e or diuisa in 2 or in 3 parti, e again divided into two or three parts, and now
5 2 ora
vnita, e quado si riuede. in one piece, and when it is to be seen again.
FlGURA DEL MOTE TAVRO. OF THE SHAPE OF THE TAURUS MOUNTAINS [53].
54 Non
sono, o Diodario, da essere da I not to be accused, Oh Devatdar, of
am
te inputato di pigritia come le tue rapogne idleness, as your chi dings seem to hint; but
par che accennino ma lo isfrenato amore, , your excessive love for me, which gave rise
55 il
quale ha create il benifitio ch'io pos- to the benefits you have conferred on me [5 5]
is that which has also compelled me to the
seggo da te, e quello, che mi a costretto
co somma $ 6 sollecitudine a cercare e utmost painstaking in seeking out and dili-
co diligietia a investigare la cavsa di si gently investigating the cause of so great
grade e stupedo effetto la qual cosa 57 no ;
and stupendous an effect. And this could
sanza tepo a potuto avere effetto ora, per ;
not be done without time; now, in order to
farti ben satisfatto della causa di si grande satisfy you fully as to the cause of so great
s
effetto, e neciessario ch'io ti mostri s \a an effect, it is requisite that I should explain
forma del sito, e poi verro allo effetto to you the form of the place, and then I
col quale credo rimarrai satisfatto; will proceed to the effect, by which I believe
. . sadisfatto di si grande "della causa [effetto] e . . mosstri. 58. la [cavsa ella] forma . . rimarai satisfatto. 59. risspossta
Sycmthy, the following statement occurs: "In the 40. Novo profeta, 1.
33, profeta. Mohammed. Leo-
year 889 (1484 A.D.) there were six shocks of earth- nardo here refers to the Koran:
In the name of
the most merciful God. When the
quake at Aleppo. They were excessively violent
and threw the inhabitants into consternation." I owe earth shall be shaken by an earthquake; and the earth
this communication to the kindness of Prof. Ch. shall cast forth her burdens; and a man shall say, what
Schefer, Membre de 1'Institut, to whom this un- aileth her? On that day the earth shall declare her
Lord will her. On that
published Arabic MS. belongs. The foregoing entries tidings, for that thy inspire
refer to two earthquakes in Cairo in 1476 and , day men shall go forward in distinct classes, that they
which at a spot called Gleikash, or the Hart's leap, it 54. The foregoing sketch of a letter, lines
to have remained a fragment when
measures only 35 paces across. Compare the map 5. 18,appears
on PI. CXIX and the explanation fo it on p. 391. Leonardo received pressing orders which caused
LETTERS. [1336.
39Q
della forma dell' Asia Minore, e che mari form of Asia Minor, or as to what seas or
6*
terre sien quelle che terminono la figura lands form the limits of its outline and extent,
della sua quatita, perche so che la diligen- because I know that by your own diligence
tia e sollecitudine de'tua studi non t'anno and carefulness in your studies you have not
di tal notitia 65 privato; e verro a denotare remained in ignorance of these matters [65];
la vera figura di Tavrus Mote, quale e il and I will go on to describe the true form
di si stupenda e dan- of the Taurus Mountain which is the cause
quello ch'e cavsatore
nosa maraviglia, la quale serue alia espedi- of this stupendous and harmful marvel, and
66
tione del nostro pro posito Questo monte ;
which will serve to advance us in our pur-
Tavro e quello che appresso di molti e pose [66]. This Taurus is that mountain
detto e-;sere il giogo del Monte Cavcaso, which, with many others is said to be the
6
ma, avedo ?voluto ben chiarirmi 6 voluto , ridge of Mount Caucasus ; but wishing to be
parlare con alquanti di quelli che abitano very clear about it, I desired to speak to
sopra del Mar Caspio, i
quali mostrano some of the inhabitants of the shores of the
che 68 quel uero Mote Caucaso, che, sia il
Caspian sea, who give evidence that this
benche i moti loro abbino il medesimo must be the true Caucasus, and that though
nome, questi son di maggiore altura, e their mountains bear the same name,
yet
pero cofermano, perche Caucaso in lingua these higher; and to confirm this in
are
Scitica vuol dire somma altezza , e in vero the Scythian tongue Caucasus means a
non ci e noti 6 9tia che 1' oriete ne 1' occidente very high [68] peak, and in fact we have
abbia monte di si grande altura e la ;
no information of there being, in the East
pruova, che cosl sia-, e che li abitatori de' or in the West, any mountain so high.
pae 7 si, che gli stanno per ponete, vedono And the proof of this is that the inhabitants
1 razzi del sole che allumina insino alia of the countries to the West see the rays
a
4 parte delle maggior notti gra 7'parte of the sun illuminating a great part of its
della sua cima-, e'l simile fa a quelli paesi summit for as much as a quarter of the
che gli stanno per oriete. longest night. And in the same way, in
those countries which lie to the East.
QUALITA E QUATITA DEL MOTE TAVRO. OF THE STRUCTURE AND SIZE OF MOUNT TAURUS.
?3L'onbra di questo giogo del Tauro e [73] The shadow of this ridge of the
di tanta altura che, quado di mezzo giugno Taurus is of such a height that when, in the
il sole e a mezzo giorno, la sua obra s'a- middle of June, the Sun is at its meridian, its
tua . . "desiderosa" richiessta queste [son cho] chose di che. 60. possano "bene" espriemere . . mosstrare. 61. dis^crivere.
62. sadisfarti. 63. lassciero [staj indirieto la desscriptione . . etterre . . chetterminino. 64. chella [tua] diligentii [de tua]
essollecitudine . . notanno. 65. mote |
"il quel equello che chavsatore di si stupenta e danosa maraviglia" la qu.ilc . . ess-
him to write immediately and fully on the subject which is absent from the second. I do not see
mentioned in line 43. how these two versions can be reconciled with
5962. This passage was evidently intended as the romance-theory held by Prof. Govi.
an improvement on that immediately preceding it. 68. Caucasus; Herodot Kaixaoii; Armen. Kaukaz.
The purport of both is essentially the same, but the 73 75. The statements are of course founded
first is pitched in a
key of ill-disguised annoyance on those of the 'inhabitants' spoken of in 1. 67.
290
PL cxvni
S'
- r*~~
-
T
>~
"*>
'
^^i'.. .
r Av-.
BP7/^^ :
74stende insino al principio della Sarmatia, shadow extends as far as the borders of Sar-
che so giornate 12, e a mezzo dicembre matia, twelve days off; and in the middle of
s'aste75de insino ai moti Iperborei, che e December it extends as far as the Hyper-
viaggio d'un mese inverse tramontana; borean mountains, which are at a month's
E senpre la sua parte opposita al ue? 6 to journey to the North [75]. And the side
che soffia e priva di nuvoli e nebbie, which faces the wind is always free from
perche uento, che s'apre nella percussione
il clouds and mists, because the wind which is
del sasso, dopo esso sasso si uiene a richi- parted in beating on the rock, closes again
77ydere, e in tal moto porta con seco i nv- on the further side of that rock, and in its mo-
voli da ogni parte, e lasciali nella lor tion carries with it the clouds from all quarters
percussione; e senpre e piena di per- and leaves them where it strikes. And it is al-
cussione di saette per la gra moltitudine ways of thunderbolts from the great quan-
full
di nvvoli che 11 so ricettati, onde il sasso tity of clouds which accumulate there, whence
e tutto fracassato e pien di gra ruine ;
the rock is all riven and full of huge de-
? 8 sua radici e abitato da This mountain, at its base, is inha-
Questo nelle bris [7 7].
richissimi popoli, ed e pieno di bellissimi bited by a very rich population and is full of
fonti e fiumi; e fertile e abondante d'ogni most beautiful springs and rivers, and is fertile
bene e massime nelle parti che riguardano and abounding in all good produce, parti-
a mezzo giorno; 8o
ma quando se n'e cularly in those parts which face to the South.
montato circa 3 miglia, si comlcia a tro- But after mounting about three miles we begin
vare selue de' gra 8l di abeti, pini e faggi e
le to find forests of great fir trees, and beech
altri simili alberi; dopo questi per spatio and other similar trees; after this, for a
82
di 3 a! tre miglia si trovano praterie e space of three more miles, there are meadows
gradissime pasture, e tutto il resto, insino and vast pastures; and all the rest, as far as
8
3al nascimeto del Monte Tavro, sono nevi the beginning of the Taurus, is eternal snows
Questa has subsequently been added and is written on the margin in 13 short lines nugoli chelli ettutto frachassato . . .
78. abitata . .
piena . . effiumi. 79. mezo gorno. 80. montata circha . . comlca attrovare. 81. effaggi . . alberi [m-
frallo] dopo . .
questo isspatio. 82. trova . .
passture ettutto il retto. 83. nasscimeto . . neve etterne. 84. tano chessaste-
heights of Ararat. It is hardly necessary to observe mo (probably meant for Thospitis = Lake Van, Arm.
that Ararat cannot be meant here. Its summit is
Dgov Vanai, Tospoi, and the Mountain range to the
formed like the crater of Vesuvius. The peaks South); Gordis mo (Mountains of Gordyaea),
the
sketched on PI. CXVI CXVIII are probably views of birth place of the Tigris; OrzVwte East; Tigris, and
to the left
the same mountain, taken from different sides. then, to the left, Eufrates. Then, above
Near the solitary peak, PL CXVIII these three Argeo mo (now Erdshigas, an extinct volcano, 12000
names are written goba, arnigasar, caruda, names feet high); Celeno mo (no doubt Sultan Dagh in
most likely of different peaks. PL CXVI and CXVII Pisidia). Celeno is the Greek town of KgXaivoi
are in the original on a single sheet folded down see Arian I, 29, I now the ruins of Dineir);
middle, 30 centimetres high and 43 /2 wide. East; africo libezco (for libeccio South West).
x
the oriente
On the reverse of one half of the sheet are notes In the middle of the Euphrates river on this small
on peso and bilanda (weight and balance), on the map we see a' shaded portion surrounded by moun-
other are the 'prophecies' printed under Nos. 1 293 and perhaps to indicate the inundation
tains,
mentioned
1294. It is evident from the arrangement that these were in L 35. The .affluent to the Euphrates shown as
of
written subsequently, on the space which had been coming with many windings from the high land
leftblank. These pages are facsimilied on PI. CXVIII. 'Argeo' on the West, is the Tochma Su,
which
In PL CXVI CXVIII the size is smaller than in the joins the main river at Malatie. I have not been
original; the map of Armenia, PL CXVIII, is on PL able to discover any map of Armenia of the
CXIX slightly enlarged. On this map we find the XV th or XVIth. century in which the course of the
is laid down with any thing like the cor-
following names, beginning from the right hand Euphrates
at the top: pariardes mo
(for Paryadres Mons,
Arm. rectness displayed in this sketch. The best I have
Parchar, now Barchal or Kolai Dagh; Trebizond seen is the Catalonian Portulan of Olivez de Majorca,
is on its
slope). executed in 1584, and it is far behind Leonardo's,
LETTERS. L'337-
392
4 Essendomi io piu volte con lettere Having many times rejoiced with you
teco della tua prospera fortuna by over your prosperous fortunes, I
letters
rallegrato ,
dano all alteza . . circha . . da cquesto. 85. alteza . . mai e nvuoli. 86. abiamo . . chessono circha . . dalteza. 87. circha
troviano. 88. cominca attrovare . . risscalda. 89. cipo. 90. nasscie chosa. 91. disciedano . .
nvgoli. 92. affare . .
Quessto
ettutto. 93. coe . .
nvgoli . . chandidissimo. 94. si po . .
lasspra e pericholosa.
1337. i.avedoti "io" piu commia participc
. . . . . . che didi qua. . achadute. 2. achaduta. 4. chollcttere . . techo . . so "che chome
amico" ti . comecho. 5. ecquesto he.
. 6. pericholi . . cho . . avno |
"davere" invidia . . ino credo. 7. collor . . che d
1337. On comparing this commencement of a written later than the draft here reproduced. The
letter 1. 12 with that in 3 and
1. 4 of No. 1336 Diodario is not directly addressed the person
it is quite evident that both refer to the same addressed and it seems
indeed is not known
event (Compare also No. 1337 1. IO 12 and 17 to me highly was written to some
probable that it
with No. 1336 1. 23, 24 and 32.) But the text No. other patron and friend whose name and position are
1336, including the fragment 1. 3 4, was obviously not mentioned.
PL. C XIX.
; ; '-
".^-, ": ',-^?^--'.-. '
-.
"
v'
:
;
<;";_'
.
-'-
- -
-.
..
:-. .
$
;
-
wV^B* >rg
-
..* .
VACS* .<;;;
rare f
V ^\
t JS*|
1 v V
, ,->.
>
:
V^:
^^^ *;,".:'
.
;. V: ,
^Jtff*.-.' :
: ".
*
-"', '
'
- .
".:-
'
-v*r *
*:
"V l -,
*
:
.--^ ,j
.,:" ^
^
\ _ i
'
-
i fc .
t> .,-,,. : .
*
*.
-
/
T
^1 .- ,ri
.-..-r.
k
-
1 ^&**}
TV /
P.
A
/^ * - - .
i.- ~~'.' --.^
:
--
>W*
-"*7 "
- ~:s.- ;.-'',x ;--. - ;
,^
T?
:.-"'''*.
'
.-'/ - -
^
.
~-r...
ft -.'.'
;5'.fi
:
'
!
f
. . :
}*
)l, , o- ---.^
*. &*& '-'< v-A j
.
/ .?:
'
^v-
^<L.\
z.f'- >
i- ,
..
~ "
-*,-{/-' -;
;-^ J :
V'.^^^-^-^f --^^ ^
' '
^
^i ;,;r J fes^^3ss^
,'
.0
!--' '^
^^**?s* '-'
I337-] LETTERS. 393
8
a fare tanto nocimeto alii omini quato al we have seen and gone through
us here, what
presente da noi s' e veduto e provato, in is such that I could not imagine that things
modo ch' io no posso imaginare che cosa i
could ever rise to such an amount of mis-
si possin 9pi v accresciere a tanto male, il
chief, as we experienced in the space of
quale noi provammo in spatio di died ore; ten hours. In the first place we were assailed
In prima fummo assaliti e comba I0 ttuti and attacked by the violence and fury of
dall'impeto e furore de' veti e a que- the winds [ i o]; to this was added the fall-
sto s'aggiunsero le ruine delli gra moti ing of great mountains of snow which filled
di neve, i
quali anno ripieno tutte que- up all this valley, thus destroying a great
TI
sti valli
coquassato gra e parte della part of our city[n]. And not content with
nostra citta; E no si cotentado di questo, this the tempest sent a sudden flood of water
I2
la fortuna co subiti diluvi d'acque ebbe to submerge all the low part of this city [12];
a sommergere tutta la parte bassa di questa added to which there came a sudden rain,
citta oltre di questo s' aggiunse vna subita
; or rather a torrent and flood of
ruinous
piog'jgia anzi ruinosa tepesta piena d' ac-
, water, sand, and stones, entangled
mud",
qua, sabbia, fango e pietre, insieme avvilup- with roots, and stems and fragments of various
pati co radici sterpi e ciocchi di uarie piate; trees; and every kind of thing flying through
^e ogni cosa scorrendo per 1'aria discedea the air fell upon us; finally a great fire
rivnissino . . rabie affare. 8. dannoi . . imodo . . chosa. 9. accressciere attanto male "il quale" noi prevamo ore . .
[Nori abbiamo] jn . . furno "assaliti". io. ttutti . . effurore . . veti [e in breue] acquesto sagivnse neve i quli ano
. .
ripieno . . valle. n. parte [di questa] "della nostra" citta [e morte molte giete] E no si cotenta di. 12. dilui . . assomer-
giere . .
questa [terra] citta oltre a di questo sagivnse . .
pio. 13. dacq "a" sabia avilupati co radici "sterpi" ezzochi.
. .
"scorendo per laria" discedea. focho il quala [a disfatto e] parea codotto no che da veti ma da lomilia
14. cosa i
. diavoli chel
portassino" a abruciato e difatto. 15. ancora [no da sire al suo cosumare] "noui e cessato." E que chessiano . . . . si ano
rimasi . .
esbigottimeto. 16. appena "come balordi" abiamo advre|
abandonato. 17. ciese massci effemine . . . .
picoli.
The text between tJie words capre -and Ora is written on the -margin. The words: i vicini . . nostri nimici are written in six
short lines on the right side and the following words esse no . . di fame are written in eleven lines on the opposite side: i vicini 1
II. Della nostra citta (Leonardo first wrote di questa under the title of "Description of a landscape near
citta). From this we may infer that he had at Lake Como". We do in fact find, among other
some time lived in the place in question wherever loose sheets in the Codex Atlahticus, certain texts
it
might be. referring to valleys of the Alps (see Nos. 1030,
17. Certe ruine di chiese. Either of Armenian 1031 and note p. 237) and in the arrangement of
churches or of Mosques, which it was not unusual the loose sheets, of which the Codex Atlanticus
to speak of as churches. has been formed, these happen to be placed close
Maschi e femmini insieme unite, implies an in- to this text. The compiler stuck both on the same
fringement of the usually strict rule of the separation folio sheet; and if this is not the reason for Dr.
of the sexes. JORDAN'S choosing such a title (Description &c.) I
1 8. / vicini, nostri nimici. The town must then cannot imagine what it can have been. It is, at any
have stood quite close to the frontier of the country. rate, a merely hypothetical statement. The desig-
Compare 1336. L. 7. vicini ai nostri confini. Dr. M. JORDAN nation of the population of the country round a city
has already published lines 4 13 (see Das Malerbuch, as "the enemy" (nemici) is hardly appropriate to
Leipzig, 1873, P- 9 O: his reading differs from mine) Italy in the time of Leonardo.
VOL. II. DDD
LETTERS. [1338. 1339-
394
cianno soccorso di uettovaglia, tutti sarem- succoured us with victuals, all would have
mo morti di fame; Ora vedi come ci died of hunger. Now you see the state we
'nroviamo E tutti questi mail son niete
;
are in. And all these evils are as nothing
a coparatione di quelli che in breve tepo compared with those which are promised to
ne son promessi; us shortly.
trai con eflfetto rallegrarmi del tuo bene . . . have shown my joy at your prosperity . . .
.
37*1
1338.
LlBRO 43 DEL MOTO DELL* ARIA INCLUSA SOTTO BOOK 43. OF THE MOVEMENT OF AIR ENCLOSED
L'ACQUA. IN WATER.
Ho
veduto mov^imeti d' aria tanto have seen motions of the air so furious
I
Notes about furiosi, che anno acconpagniati e misti col that they have carried, mixed up in their
ev "b
"ed corso suo li 5 grandissimi alberi delle selue course, the largest trees of the forest- and
6
e \\ fefti in teri de gra palazzi, e questa whole roofs of great palaces, and I have seen the
abroad 9
medesima ?furia fare vna buca con moto same fury bore a hole with a whirling movement
reuer^tiginoso e cavare vn ghiareto e portare digging out a gravel pit, and carrying gravel,
ghtora, rena, acqua piu d'u mezzo miglio sand and water more than half a mile through
10 the air.
in aria.
A similitudine d'uno ritrosito vento che Like a whirling wind which rushes down
scorra in un a 2 renosa e cavata valle che
a sandy and hollow valley, and which, in its
pel suo velocie corso scac'cia al cetro tutte
hasty course, drives to its centre every thing
quelle cose che s'oppogono al suo furi 4 oso
corso .... that opposes its furious course ....
"per pieta" ci a sochorso . . esse no fussi socorso di uttovaglia . . saremo. 19. Ettitti . . che brieve . . ne promesso.
20. chome . . cotrissterai . . chome . . collettere timosstra . .
ralegrarmi.
1338. i. lacq"a". 3. anno a. 5. elli. 6. palazi ecquesta. 7. bucha. 8. giareto e portare gia. 9. mezo miglo. 10. naria.
1339. i. chesschorranuna. 2. chavata . . chorso scba. 3. qlle chose chessoppoghono. 4. chorso. 5. altremeti . . settatrione
. .
riperchuote. 6. cholla. 7. mvglia il
[sellantrionale] tepesstoso. 8. [mosso cho gra Curia da] quado . . settatrionale.
1338. The first sixteen lines of this passage 1339. It may be inferred from the character of
which treat of the subject as indicated on the title- the writing, which is in the style of the note in
line have no place in this connexion and have been facsimile Vol. I, p. 297, that this passage was written
omitted. between 1470 and 1480. As the figure () at the end
2. Ho veduto mwimcnti Nothing of the kind
c. of the text indicates, was continued on another
it
happened in Italy during Leonardo's lifetime, and page, but I have searched in vain for it. The
it istherefore extremely probable that this refers to reverse of this leafis coloured red for drawing in
the natural phenomena which are so fully described has not been used for that purpose
silver point, but
in the foregoing passage. (Compare too, No. 1021.) but for writing on, and at about the same date.
There can be no doubt that the descriptions of the The passages are given as Nos. 1217, 1218, 1219,
Deluge in the Libro di Pittura (Vol. I, No. 607
1),
61 1162 and No. 994 (see note page 218). The text
and that of the fall of a mountain No. 610, 1. 17 given above is obviously not a fragment of a
30 were written from the vivid impressions derived letter, but a record of some personal experience.
from personal experience. Compare also PL No. 1379 also seems to refer to Leonardo's journeys
XXXIV XL. in Southern Italy.
/--;x
O^S /"
U' >J^
7 No fa si gra
tepestoso mugghio il Nor does the tempestuous sea bellow so
8
mare, quadoaquilone 9 lo
il settetrionale loud, when the Northern blast dashes it, with its
ripercuote colle scivmose onde fra Scilla e foaming waves between Scylla and Charybdis;
Cariddi, ne Stronboli o M6 gibello, quando
I0
nor Stromboli, nor Mount Etna, when their
le solfuree fiafhe, essendo rlchiuse, IJ per sulphurous flames, having been forcibly con-
forza ronpedo e apredo il
gra mote, fulmi- fined, rend, and burst open the mountain,
12
nado per 1'aria pietre terra Isieme col- fulminating stones and earth through the air
1'uscita e vomitata fiama . . .
together with the flames they vomit.
J
3Ne quado le infocate caverne di Mo- Nor when the inflamed caverns of Mount
gibello rivomitado il male tenuto elemeto, Etna, rejecting the ill-restained element vomit
spigniendolo
I4 alla sua regione, co furia it forth, back to its own region , driving
cacciado Inazi qualuche ostacolo ^s' inter- furiously before it every obstacle that comes
pone alia sua ipetuosa furia .... in the way of its impetuous rage ....
l6
E tirato dalla mia bramosa voglia, vago Unable to resist my eager desire and
di uedere la gran co ^delle varie e strane . . .
wanting to see the great .... of the various
forme fatte dalla artifiziosa natura, ragira- and strange shapes made by formative nature,
tomi l8 alquato Jfra gli obrosi scogli per- and having wandered some distance among
T
venni all'etrata d'una 9gra caverna dinanzi gloomy rocks, I came to the entrance of a
20
alia quale restate alquato stupefatto, e great cavern, in front of which I stood some
jgniorante di tal cosa piegato le mie rene time, astonished and unaware of such a thing.
21
in arco e ferma la staca mano sopra il Bending my back into an arch I rested my
ginocchio e colla destra mi feci tenebra left hand on my knee and held my right
22
alle abbassate e chivse ciglia; e spesso hand over my down-cast and contracted eye
piegadomi in qua e in la per ve dere de- brows often bending first one way and then
23 :
tro vi discernessi alcuna cosa, e questo the other, to see whether I could discover
vietatomi per 2 *la grade oscurita, che la anything inside, and this being forbidden
entro era, e stato alquato, subito si de- by the deep darkness within, and after having
starono 2S in me 2 cose, pavra e desiderio; remained there some time, two contrary
26
paura per la minaccio sa oscura spilonca, emotions arose in me, fear and desire fear
desidero per vedere se la etro fusse alcuna of the threatening dark cavern, desire to see
2
7miracolosa cosa.. whether there were any marvellous thing
within it .
Auedo, signore mio illustrissimo, uisto e Most illustrious Lord , Having now suf-
^^ o
f
considerate oramai a sufficietia le proue di ficiently considered the specimens of all those Lodovico n
tutti quelli che si
2
reputano maestri e who proclaim themselves skilled contrivers .
( I34 ^ 4S ).
9. riperchuote "chole scivmose onde frassilla echariddi nesstronboli. 10. zolfure. 12. cholluscita "e vomitata" fiama.
13. lefochate chaverne "di mogibello" ri vomitado male tenuto elemento" spigniendolo. 14. cho
"il . . chacciado . . ossta-
cholo. 16. vagho . . la gra cho\\\\\. 17. varie "e strane" forme ragiratom\\\\. 18. schogli pervenni
. . [alia b] all. 19. cha-
vena [nella quale] dinanzi . . resstato. 20. chosa [chomlciato] pieghato . .
ren\\\. 21. archo [e colla] "e ferma la" stacha
mano [su] "sopra il" ginocchio e cholla desstra . . feci ten\\\\. 22. ecchiuse . .
essspesso pieghadomi in qua e ilia per\\\\\.
Hauedo S"re" mio horamai ad. che le di dicti. 3. alieni dal cde ex-
36 written from left 2. .
1340. i to right, i. jll. . . . . .
probably refer (Memoire des tremblements de terre in the figures (1. 18) and the absence of any signa-
de la plninsule italique, Vol. XXII des Memoires ture prove that this is merely the rough draft of a
LETTERS. [1340.
39<5
no sono niente aliene dal commune vso: nothing different to those in common use:
I shall endeavour, without prejudice to any
Mi forzerd, no derogando a nessuno altro,
farmi Itendere da Vostra Eccellentia, apre- one else, to explain myself to your Excellency
"'<f, // f fc
r ^oofal*ra& hor+m* * / ^ j
amrtejitot*:
J C
b wStwmK
Y f f^
'
&&*- *&%t* *
-
/*
; i
do a li secreti mei
quella e appresso , showing your Lordship my secrets, and then
ad ogni suo piacimento 5 I tempi
ofiferendoli offering them to your best pleasure and
opportuni operare cu effetto ancora tutte approbation to work with effect at opportune
quelle cose che sub breuita in parte saranno moments as well as all those things which, in
6
qui disotto notate. part, shall be briefly noted below.
letter to Lodovico il Moro. It is one of the very where this passage is repeated). But whether the
few manuscripts which are written from left to fragment, as we here see it, was written from
right see the facsimile of the beginning as here Leonardo's dictation a theory favoured by the
reproduced. This probably the final sketch of a
is
orthography, the erasures and corrections or
document the clean of which copy was written whether it may be a copy made for or by Melzi
in the usual manner. Leonardo no doubt very or Mazenta is comparatively unimportant. There
rarely wrote so, and this is probably the reason of are in the Codex Atlanticus a few other documents
the conspicuous dissimilarity in the not written by Leonardo himself, but the notes in
handwriting,
when he did. (Compare PI. XXXVIII.) It is note- his own hand found on the reverse pages of these
too
worthy that here the orthography and abbre- leaves amply prove that they were certainly in
viations are also exceptional. But such superficial Leonardo's possession. This mark of ownership is
peculiarities are not enough to stamp the document wanting to the text in question, but the compiler*
as of the Codex Atlanticus, at any rate, accepted
altogether spurious. It is neither a
forgery nor it as
the production of any artist but Leonardo himself. a genuine document.
As to this point the contents leave us no doubt as With regard to the probable date of this pro-
to its
authenticity, particularly I.
32 (see No. 719, jected letter see Vol. II, p. 3.
I340-] LETTERS. 397
I .
^ Ho modi di ponti leggierissimi e forti, 1) have a sort of extremely light and
I
10
2. So I la ossidione di una terra to- 2) I know how, when
a place is besieged,
to take the water out of the trenches, and
gliere uia 1'
acqua de' fossi e fare Ifiniti
;
make endless variety of bridges, and covered
poti: gatti e scale "e altri Istrumenti per- ways and ladders, and other machines per-
tineti a delta speditione. taining to such expeditions.
12
3. Ite se per altezza di argine o per- 3) Item. If, by reason of the height of
fortezza di loco e di sito no si I the banks, or the strength of the place and
potesse
J its position, it is impossible, when
la ossidione di 3yna terra usare I'officio besieging
a place, to avail oneself of the plan of bom-
delle bombarde: ho modi di ruinare omni
bardment, I have methods for destroying
rocca o altra fortezza, ^se giano fusse fon-
every rock or other fortress, even if it were
data I su el sasso ecc. founded on a rock, &c.
^4. Ho ancora modi di bombarde. como- 4) Again I have kinds of mortars ;
dissime e facili a portare: Et con quelle most convenient and easy to carry; and with
buttare minuti sassi l6 a similitudine quasi these can fling small stones almost resem-
di tempesta ;
E
con il fumo di quella dando bling a storm ; and with the smoke of these
grade spaueto al'inimico ^con graue suo causing great terror to the enemy, to his
danno e confusione ecc. great detriment and confusion.
18
9. Et quado accadesse essere I mare, 9) [8] And when the fight should be at
ho modi di molti Istrumenti attissimi da sea I have kinds of many machines most
offendere e difendere: J 9et nauili che fa- efficient for offence and defence; and vessels
ranno resistentia al trarre di omni gros- which will resist the attack of the largest
sissima bobarda: e poluere e fiumi. guns and powder and fumes.
20
5 Ite ho modi.
per caue e uie secrete :
5) Jtem I have means by secret and
distorte fatte senza alcuno strepito per ue- tortuous mines and ways, made without
nire disegnato 2I ancora che bisogniasse . . . noise to reach a designated [spot], even if it
passare sotto fossi o alcuno flume. were needed to pass under a trench or a river.
22
6. Item faro carri coperti e sicuri loffen- 6) Item. I will make covered chariots,
safe and unattackable which, entering among
sibili
quali etrado itra li inimici con sue
,
i
a8
io. Jn tepo di pace credo di soddis- 10) In time of peace I believe I can give
fare benissimo al paragone di ogni altro in perfect satisfaction and to the equal of any other
in architecture and the composition of buil-
architettura, I compositione di edifitii e pu-
blici J9 e privati: e I codurre acqua da uno dings public and private; and in guiding
loco ad uno altro. water from one place to another.
3Jte codurrd I scultura, di marmore, Item I can carry out sculpture in marble,
:
di bronzo e di terra: simile I pictura cio bronze or clay, and also in painting whatever
che si possa fare 3'a paragone di ogni altro may be done, and as well as any other, be
e sia chi vuole. he whom he may.
32
Ancora si potra dare opera al cauallo [3 2] Again, the bronze horse may be taken
di bronzo, che sara gloria Imortale e in hand, which is to be to the immortal
glory
eterno onore della -53fe lice memoria del and eternal honour of the prince your father
signore vostro padre e dela Iclyta casa of happy memory, and of the illustrious house
Sforzesca; of Sforza.
3* E se alcuna delle And if any one of the above-named things
sopradette cose a al-
cuno paressino ipossibili e Ifattibili, mi offro seem to any one to be impossible or not
35paratissimo a fame esperimento I parco feasible, I am most ready to make the ex-
uostro, o I qual loco piacera a vostra Ecel- periment in your park, or in whatever place
6
lenza, al3 la quale umilmente quanto piu may please your Excellency to whom I com-
posso, mi raccomando ecc. mend myself with the utmost humility &c.
s. K. M. in. 28
s. K. M. m. 23*5] 1342.
1341- Evidently a note of the superscription cf not very voluminous MS. as the former one and
letter to the Duke, and written, like the foregoing it is possible that they are fragments of the same
from to right.
left The manuscript containing it letter. By the Modello, the equestrian statue is
isof the year 1493. Lodovico was not as the model of
proclaimed probably meant, particularly
and styled Duke of Milan till this statue was publicly exhibited in this
September 1494. very
The Dukedom of Bari belonged to the Sforza year, 1493, on the occasion of the marriage
till
family 1499. of the Emperor Maximilian with Bianca Maria
1342. 1343. These two notes occur in the same Sforza.
1343 1
345-] BETTERS. 399
S. K. M. III. 1343-
2
Ecco signer molti gietil omini che There are here,
my Lord, many gentlemen
faranno infra loro questa spesa, 3 lasciado who undertake this expense among them, if
will
4 mvlina
loro godere 1' entrata dell' acque , they are allowed to enjoy the use of admission to
'
e passaggio di navili, e s
quado e sara the waters, the mills, and the passage of vessels
veduto loro il prezzo loro redera 6 no il and when it is sold to them the price will be
navilio di Martigiana .
repaid to them by the canal of Martesana.
senpre disposto a vbidir uostra Eccellentia ; is always disposed to obey your Excellency.
4forse che uostra Eccellentia $no commise Perhaps your Excellency did not give
6
altro a messer Gual tieri, crededo che io further orders to Messer Gualtieri, believing
avessi dina ri ....
7 that I had money enough.
8
E mi rincrescie assai che tu m'abbi I am greatly annoyedthat you should
trovato in neciessita, e chel'auere io I0 a
ri 9 have found me in necessity, and that my having
l
guadagniare il uitto, -m'abbi 'a interronpere . . . to earn my living should have hindered me. . . .
12
Assai mi rincresce che 1'auere a gua- [12] It vexes me greatly that having to
dagnia^re il uitto m'abbia forzato interro- earn my living has forced me to interrupt
pere I'operaedisoddis'ifare adalcunipiccoli,- the work and to attend to small matters,
del seguitare 1' o'Spera che gia vostra Signoria instead of following up the work which your
mi commise; Maspero inbre l6 ue avere gua- Lordship entrusted to me. But I hope in a
dagniato tanto chepotro soddisfare ad ani-
I7 short time to have earned so much that I may
mo riposato a vostra Eccielenza, alia quale carry it out quietly to the satisfaction of your
Excellency, to whom I commend myself; and
18
mi raccomado, e se uostra Signoria cre-
desse ch'io J 9 avessi dinari, quella s'ingan- ifyour Lordship thought that I had money,
nerebbe; 6 tenvto 6 boche 56 mesi, e 6 your Lordship was deceived. I had to feed
avuto 50 ducati. 6 men for 56 months, and have had 50 ducats.
2
del premio del mio seruitio , perche no of the reward of my service. Because I am
so da essere da . . . not [able] to be . .
3 cose assegniationi, perche loro anno in- things assigned because meanwhile 'they
tante di pe . . . have to them .... . .
s no la mia
arte, la quale voglio mvtare ed.. . not my art which I wish to change and ....
given some clothing if I dare a sum ....
6
dato qualche vestimeto si oso vnasomma...
mabbi ri\\\\\\. 9. echellauere. io. guadagnare [il pane] il uicto mabi. n. anteronpere. 12. rincressce chellauere. 13. uicto
mabia interopere [lopera de il fare ad alcuni picioli de il seguitare [aluna] Io. 15. smi chomisse. 16. podro
sadis]. 14.
sadisfare. 17. eccieleza. 18. \\\\\\\\ racomado esse uostra S si. 19. \\\\\\\\ssi dinari quella quella singanerebe.
esse comesione. 6. sioso vna soma. uosstra ochupa. 8. vosstra "pichol
3. tante di pe. mi.|
. . .
1345. i. . .
4. possano 7. .
1345- The paper on. which this is written is torn down the middle; about half of each line remains.
LETTERS. [1346.
400
7Signiore ,
mete di uo-
conosciedo io la My Lord, I knowing your Excellency's
stra occupa
Ecciellentia esscre mind to be occupied ....
8
il ricordare a vostra Signioria le mie to remind your Lordship of my small matters
messe -in siletio and the arts put to silence
piccole e 1'arti
. . .
9 che '1 mio taciere fusse causa di fare that my silence might be the cause of
.
making
isdegniare vostra Signori
. . .
your Lordship scorn . .
I0
la mia vita uostri seruiti mi tie con-
ai my life in your service. I hold myself ever
tinvamete parato a vbidire . . . in readiness to obey . . .
"del cauallo no diro niete, perche cognio- [n]Of the horse I will say nothing because
sco i tepi I know the times [are
. . .
bad]
"a vostra Signoria com' io restai avere il to your Lordship how I had still to receive
salario di 2 anni -del ... two years' salary of the ....
'3 co due maestri i quali cotinvo stettero
.
with the two skilled workmen who are con-
a mio salario e spesa . . .
stantly in my pay and at my cost
'*che al fine mi trovai -avanzato detta that at last I found myself advanced the
Magnifici fabbricieri ,
intedendo io vostre Magnificent Commissioners of Buildings
2
Draft of
magni ficeze avere
preso partito di fare I, understanding that your Magnificen-
r e
lent topu cierte di bronzo; delle quali
magnie opere cies have made up your minds to make
nza io vi 3daro alcuno ricordo prima che voi certain great works in bronze, will remind you
7
no siate tanto veloci e tanto presti a fare
. of certain things first that you should not be
:
essa allocatione 4 che per essa cielerita sia so hasty or so quick to give the commission,
tolto potere fare boha eletione
la uia del lest by this haste it should become impossible
d' opere e qualche omo che
e maestri; to select a good model and a good master;
per la sua insofficietia abbia apresso a and some man of small merit may be chosen,
vostri s successori a vituperare, se ella vo- who by his insufficiency may cause you to
cllnrcimesse. 9. fussi chausa. io. mi tie. n. [ia dinaro. 12. chomio . . avc"re" el. 13. maessti . . cotinovo stettono . .
ii. See No. 723, where this passage is repeated. il Moro. One may inferfrom the concluding sen-
17. See No. 1344 1. 12. tence (No. 1346, 1.
33. 34 and No. 1347), that
19. In April, 1498, Leonardo was engaged in Leonardo, who no doubt compiled this letter,
painting the Saletta Nigra of the Castello at Milan. did not forward it to Piacenza himself, but gave
(See G. MONGERI, PArte in Milano, 1872, p. 417.) it to some influential patron, under whose name
Piacenza belonged to Milan.
1346. 1347. The and signature a copy of it was sent to the Com-
Lord spoken of in this letter, is no doubt Lodovico mission.
1346.] LETTERS. 4OI
massime la citta de' Fiorentini, quasi ne' that other cities, and chiefly the
city of the
medesimi tepi, essere ?dotata di si belle e Florentines, has been as it were in these very
magnie opere di bronzo, intra le quali le days, endowed with beautiful and grand works
porte del loro Battisterio in bronze; among which are the doors of
la qual Fioretia-, ;
si come Piacietia, 8 e terra di passo doue their Baptistery. And this town of Florence,
cocorrono assai forestieri ., i
quali vedendo like Piacenza, is a place of intercourse,
through
le opere belle o bone, belle fanno a se which many foreigners pass; who, seeing that
9 medesimi
inpressioni: quella citta essere the works are fine and of good
quality, carry
fornita di degni abitatori, vedendo 1' opere away a good impression, and will say that that
testimonie d' essa opinione e per lo contra- ; city is well filled with
worthy inhabitants, seeing
I0
rio di co, vedendo tanta spesa di metallo the works which bear witness to their opinion ;
operata si tristamete, che me uergognia and on the other hand, I say seeing so much
XI
alia citta sarebbe che esse porte fussino metal expended and so badly wrought, it were
di scnplicelegniame perche la poca spesa ,
less shame to the city if the doors had been of
I2
della materia no parebbe meriteuole di plain wood; because, the material, costing so
grade spesa di magisterio ode che ,
. .
little, would not seem to merit any great
outlay of skill . . .
'3 La
principale parte che per le citta si
ricierchi si sono i domi, ai quali appres- Now
the principal parts which are sought
satisi, le prime cose, ^che all'ochio ap- for in cities are their cathedrals, and of these
pariscono, sono le porte donde in esse the first things which strike the eye are the
chiese passare si possa. doors, by which one passes into these churches.
cado . . heta fussi. 6. givditio che di . . maesstri vedendo "nellaltre citta e massime" nella cita.
| 7. magnie "opere di bronzo intrall
|
quali le" porte . . batissterio. 8. he tera . . cocorre . . fano asse. On the margin near line i if fhe note: piacietia he terra
di passo come fiorenza. 9. inpressione . . essere [ben] fornita . . abitatori |
"vedendo lopere testimonie desso oppenione" e
per lo contra di. io. ovedendo trisstamete. n. sarebe. . parebe. 13. la principale "parti" chosa delle citta
perchella pocha. 12.
"sanza pensare alia loro sofitiezia" dir ne maessro bochali coraze chanpanaro. 25. sonaglieri [in-
24. sanza
. . . . . . .
.
EEE
|
VOL. II.
LETTERS. [1347- 1348.
402
tera a cavallo e andra dal signiore e im- were not enough he would mount on horse-
petrera tali lettere,
28
che per uoi mai simile back, and go to his Lord and obtain such
o guardate letters that you could never refuse [to give]
opera no gli sark dinegata ;
dove maestri,
i
2
9atti a simili opere, sono him the work. But consider where masters
ridotti quado con simili omini anno a ga- of real talent and fit for such work are
reggiare; ^'aprite
li ochi-e vogliate be brought when they have to compete with such
uedere che i vostri dinari no si spedino men as these. Open your eyes and look
3' in
conprare le uostre vergognie jo 2vi so ; carefully lest your money should be spent in
annvntiare che di questa terra voi no 3 tra- buying your own disgrace. I can declare to you
rete non e opere di sorte e di vili e
se thatfrom that place you will procure none but
grossi magisteri no ci
e uomo che vaglia ; ; average works of inferior and coarse masters.
33 e credetelo a me, saluo Leonardo Fiore- There is no capable man, [33] and you may be-
tino, che fa il cauallo del duca Fracesco lieve me, except Leonardo the Florentine, who
di biozo, che non e bisognio fare stima, is making the equestrian statue in bronze of the
34perche a che fare il tenpo di sua vita-, Duke Francesco and who has no need to bring
e dubito che per 1'essere si grade opera himself into notice, because he has work for all
che non la finira mai. his life time; and I doubt, whether being so
351 miseri 3 6 studiosi .... 4I con che spe- great a work, he will ever finish it [34].
42 ranza e'
posso 43 no aspettare pre mio di
44 The miserable painstakers .... with what
lor virtu? hope may they expect a reward of their merit?
Ecco vno
il
quale il signiore , per fare There is one whom his Lordship invited
questa sua opera a tratto di Firenze che
2
from Florence to do this work and who is a
e degnio maestro, ma a tata facieda che worthy master, but with so very much business
non la finira mai; 3 e credete voi che diffe- he will never finish it ; and you may imagine
retia sia a vedere vna cosa bella da una that a difference there is to be seen between a
brutta; 4
allega Plinio. beautiful object and an ugly one. Quote Pliny.
1348.
Illmo ac Rrho Dno Meo Unico. Most Illustrious and most Reverend Lord.
D .
Hip Car . ."li Estensi D . meo Colmo. The Lord Ippolito, Cardinal of Este
Ferrarie. at Ferrare.
Him ac ne mi hu co men. R me D . . . . Most and most Reverend Lord.
Illustrious
Letter to the Pochi giorni sono ch'io venni da Milano, I arrived from Milan but a few days since
Cardinal
Ippolito
et trovando che uno mio fratello maggiore and finding that my elder brother refuses to
d'Este.
27. che [vel sara] motera a cchavallo e andra [attrovare] del signiore e [che vi portera] inpetera" tale. 28. gli sa dinegata
mo . . dove [i maesstri dibono ingiegnio]. 29. agimile garegiare. 30. voliate uedere [in] che [modo] . . i vosstri dinari [si
debbono spendere] no . . le uosstre le uossire vergogni . . anvntiare . . tera. none e hopere di sorte
32. [e vili dib] e di
vile . homo. .
33. saluo [qucl] leonar fioretino" cheffa il chauallo . . frac" "di brozo" che lesere..
34.. nolla. 36. sru-
diosi dif .
37. [li uirtu che co]. 38. [tanti studi sono]. 39.-[venvti in qual]. 40. [co grado di disc]. 41. [gnio] chon
che spie. 42. possa. 43. asspettare.
1347. i. Eci . . attratto di firenze. 2. tata facieda nolla. 3. diferetia da i brutta.
1346. 26. Messer Ambrogio Ferrere was Farmer Ippolito d' Este is here given from Marchese
of the Customs under the Duke. Piacenza at that G. CAMPORI'S publication: Nuovi documents per la Vita
time belonged to Milan. di Leonardo da Vinci. Atti e Memorie dellt R. R. Depu-
1348. This letter addressed to the Cardinal tazioni di Storia patria per la provincie modfnosi e far-
349-] LETTERS.
403
non mi vuol servare uno testamento facto carry into effect a will, made three years
da 3 anni in qua che e morto nostro padre; ago when my father died as also, and no
ancor che la ragione sia per me, non di- less, because I would not fail in a matter I
meno per non mancare a me medesimo in esteem most important I cannot forbear to
una cosa che io stimo assai, non ho voluto crave of your most Reverend
Highness a letter
ommettere di richiedere la R. ma V. S. di una of recommendation and favour to Ser Ra-
ra
i. commendatizia et di favore, qui a el phaello Hieronymo, at present one of the illu-
or
S. Raphaello Jheronymo, che e al presente strious members of the
Signoria before whom
uno de n. ri excelsi Sig. ri ne quali questa , my cause is being argued; and more particu-
mia Causa si agita et particularmente e suta larly it has been laid by his Excellency the Gon-
tia
dal Ex. del gonfaloniere rimessa nel faloniere into the hands of the said Ser Ra-
to or ia
pren. S. Raphaello et sua S. la ha a phaello, that his Worship may have to decide
decidere et terminare prima venga la festa and end it before the festival of All Saints.
di tutti e sancti. Et pero Mons. or mio io And therefore, my Lord, I entreat you, as
prego quanto piu so e posso V. R. S. che urgently as I know how and am able, that
ra or
scriva una i. qui al decto S. Raphaello your Highness will write a letter to the said
in quel dextro et affettuoso modo che lei Ser Raphaello in that admirable and
pressing
sapra, raccomandandoli Leonardo Vincio sv- manner which your Highness can use, recom-
re
isceratissimo Ser. suo, come mi appello, et mending to him Leonardo Vincio, your most
sempre voglio essere: ricercandolo e gra- ,
humble servant as I am, and shall always be;
vandolo mi voglia fare non solo ragione, requesting him and pressing him not only
ma expeditione favorevole, et io non du- to do me justice but to do so with des-
bito punto per molte relation! mi son facte patch; and I have not the least doubt, from
or
che, sendo el S. Raphaello a V. S. Affec- many things that I hear, that Ser Raphaello,
tionatissimo, la cosa mi succedera ad votu. being most affectionately devoted to your
ra
II che attribuiro a la i. di V. R. S. a la Highness, the matter will issue ad votum.
quale iterum mi racomando. Et bene And this I shall attribute to your most Re-
valeat. verend Highness' letter, to whom I once more
a
Florentie XVIII. ;bris 1507 humbly commend myself. Et bene valeat.
E V. R. D. Florence XVIIP ybris 1507.
S. tor .Humil. E. V. R. D.
Leonardus Vincius pictor. your humble servant
Leonardus Vincius, pictor.
Jo ho sospetto che la poca mia remu- I am afraid lest the small return I have Draft of
neratione de'gran benifiti che io ho rice- made for the great benefits, I have received Governor*
2
uuti da nostra Ecceletia non 1'abbino al- from your Excellency, have not made you Milan.
1349. i. sosspecto chella poche . . uosstra. 2. nonabbino isdegnare conmecho ecquesto . . uosstra [ecci]. 3. auto risspossta . . cossti . .
mentsi, Vol. III. It is the only text throughout this a significare cosl il casato come il paese; restando a
work which I have not myself examined and copied sapere se il name del paese di Vinci fosse assunto a cog-
from the original. The learned discoverer of this norne della famiglia di Leonardo nel qual supposto piu
letter the only letter from Leonardo hitherto known propriamento avrebbe a chiamarsi Leonardo Vinci, o
as having been sent adds these interesting remarks: Vincio (latinamente Vincius) cotrtegli stesso amb segnarsi
Codesto Cardinale nato ad Ercole I. nel 1470, ardvescovo in questa lettera, e come scrissero parecchi contenporanei di
di Strigonia a sette anni, poi d'Agra, aveva conseguito lui, il Casio, il Cesariano, Geoffroy Tory, il Gaurico, il
nel 1497 la pingue ed ambita cattedra di Milano, la Bandello, Raffaelle Maffei, il Paciolo. Per ultimo non
dove avra conosciuto il Vinci, sebbene il poco amore ctiei lascerb d'avver.tire come la lettera del Vinci e assai ben
professava dlle arti lasd credere che le proteste di servitu conservata, di nitida e larga scrittura in forma pienemente
di Leonardo piu che a gratitudine per favori ricevuti e corrispondente a quella del suoi manoscritti , vergata
per opere a lui allogate, accennino a speranza per un alfuso comune da sinistra a destra, anziche contraria-
favore che si aspetta. Notabile e ancora in questo pre- mente come fu suo costume; ma indubbiamente autentica
zioso documento la ripetuta signatura del grande artista e fornita della menzione e del stiggello che fresca ancora
che si scrhie Vincio e Vincius, non da Vina come si conserva Vimpronta di una testa di profilo da un picciolo
tiene comunemente,. sebbene Puna e faltra possano valere antico cammeo. (Compare No. 1368, note.)
LETTERS. [1350.
404
con meco, e questo somewhat angry with me, and that this is
quato fatto sdegniare
e che da tante lettere che io ho scritte a why to so many which I have written
letters
uostra 3 Signoria io non 6 mai avuto rispo- to your Lordship I have never had an answer.
I now send Salai to
sta; hora io mando cost! Salai per
fare in- explain to your Lord-
tendere a uostra Signoria come io sono
4
ship that I am almost at an end of the liti-
quasi al fine del mio letigio che io ho gation I had with my brother; that I hope
co' mia fratelli, come io credo trouarmi costl to find myself with you this Easter, and to
inquesta pasqua e portare
con meco due carry with me two pictures of two Madonnas
quadri di due nostre donne di uarie gran- of different sizes. These were done for our
6 most Christian King, or
dezze, Le quali son fatte pel cristianissimo whomsoever your for
nostro re, e perche a uostra Signoria pia- Lordship may should be very glad
please. I
cerk, jo avrei ben caro di sapere alia mia to know on my return thence where I
may
7tornata di costa, doue io auessi a stare have to reside, for I would not give any
per stanza, perche non uorrei
dare piu more trouble to your Lordship. Also, as I
8
noia a uostra Signoria, e ancora, auendo have worked for the most Christian King,
io lauorato pel cristianissimo re, se la mia whether my salary is to continue or not.
prouisione e per correre o no; jo scriuo I wrote to die President as to that water which
9al presidente di quella acqua che mi dono the king granted me, and which I was not put
il-re-, della quale non fui messo in posses- in possession of because at that time there
10
sione, perche in quel tepo u'era carestia was a dearth in the canal by reason of the
nel nauilio per causa de'gran secchi, e perche great droughts and because [xojits outlets
i sua bocchelli non erano moderati ma be ;
were not regulated; but he certainly promised
mi promise che, "fatta tal moderatione, io me that when this was done I should be put
ne sarei messo in possessione; sicche io in possession. Thus I pray your Lordship
prego uostra Signoria che non le incresca, that you will take so much trouble, now that
12
che ora che tali bochelli son moderati, di these outlets are regulated, as to remind the
fare ricordare al presidente la mia espedi- President of my matter; that is, to give me
tione doe di darmi la ^ possessione d'essa possession of this water, because on my
acqua, perche alia uenuta mia spero farui return I hope to make there instruments and
su strumeti e cose che sara di gra piacere other things which will greatly please our
al I4 nostro cristianissimo re; Altro non mi most Christian King. Nothing else occurs to
accade; sono senpre a uostri comandi. me. I am always yours to command.
Draft* of Magnifico presidete, io mando costl Sa- Magnificent President, I am sending thither
thfsueri- l a i m i
2
discepolo, il quale di questa sia apor- Salai, my pupil, who is the bearer of this, and
tmdent of tatore e da lui intenderete a bocca la causa from him you will hear by word of mouth
Canals and , , / i \
to Fr. Meizi. del mio tanto sopra (sedere) . . . the cause of my . . .
uosstra. 4. lettigio . .
fratelgli . . cossti in quessta. 5. passqua epportare commecho . . nosstre . .
quale. 6. crisstinis-
simo . . nosstra . . arei. 7. cossta . . asstare per isstanza . . uosstre he. 8. re sella . . he per . . onno. 9. posessione.
io. sechi . . bochelli non era . .
promisse. n. posessione siche io priegho uosstra . . nolle incressca. 12. expeditione coe
di darnela. 33. posessione . .
isspero . . chessara. 14. nomi acade.
1350. i. Magni"co" presidete [questa sol per condare] io .. quale [di questa sia]. 2. [la porta] di questa .. abocha sopra. 3. Ma-
1349- Charles d'Amboise, Marechal de Chaumont, Storiche, ch. II, that the following note existed on
was Governor of Milan under Louis XII. Leonardo the same leaf in MS. C. A. I have not however
was in personal communication with him so early succeeded in finding it. The passage runs thus:
as in
1503. He was absent from Milan in the Jo sono quasi al fine del mio letigio che io d con mil
autumn of 1506 and from October 1510 when he fratetgli .... Ancora ricordo a V. Exc*'" la
besieged Pope Julius II. in Bologna till his death, facenda che d cum Ser Juliana mio Fratello capo delU
which took place at Correggio, February u. 1511. altri fratelli ricordandoli come se offerse di conciar le
Francesco Vinci, Leonardo's uncle, died as Amo- cose nostre fra noi fratelli del comune della eredita de
retti tells us in the winter of 1510 II (or according mio Zio, e quelli costringa alia expeditione, quale conteneva
to Uzielli in 1506?), and Leonardo remained in la lettera che lui me mandd.
Florence for business connected with his estate. io. Compare Nos. 1009 and 1010.
The letter written with reference to this affair, Leonardo has noted the payment of the pension
No. 1348, is
undoubtedly earlier than the letters from the king in 1505.
Nos. 1349 and 1350. Amoretti tells us, Memorie
1350- LETTERS. 405
era carestia d' acqua nel navilio, si pel gra when it was given
there was a dearth to me
secco come pel non essere ancora moderati of water in the canal, as well by reason of
li sua bochelli; ma 8 mi fu promesso da the great drought as also because the out-
uostra Eccellentia che fatta tal moderatione lets were not regulated; but your Excellency
io avrei 1'inttento mio; di poi, intendendo promised me that as soon as this was
essere acconcio il navilio, io scrissi piu volte done, I should have my rights. Afterwards
a vo9stra signoria e a Messer Girolamo da hearing that the canal was complete I wrote
Cusano, che a apresso di se la carta di tal several times to your Lordship and to Messer
10
donazione, e cosl scrissi al Corigero, e mai Girolamo da Cusano, who has in his keeping the
ebbi risposta; Ora io mado costl Salai, mio deed of this gift; and so also I wrote to Corigero
discepolo, aportatore di questa, al quale and never had a reply. I now send thither Salai,
vostra Signoria potra "dire a bocca tutto my pupil, the bearer of this, to whom your Lord-
quel ch' e seguito, della qual cosa io prego ship may tell by word of mouth all that
vostra Ecciellenza; I2 Jo credo esser costl happened in the matter about which I petition
in questa pasqua per esser presso al fine your Excellency. I expect to go thither this
del mio piateggiare, e portero co meco due Easter since I am nearly at the end of my
quadri di nostra
^ donna che io 6 comml- lawsuit, and I will take with me two pictures
ciate, e 6 le ne' tempi, che mi sono ava- of our Lady which I have begun, and at the
zati, condotte in assai bo porto; Altro no present time have brought them on to a very
mi accade. good end; nothing else occurs to me.
^Magnifico Signore mio, 1'amore che Lord the love which your Excel-
My
uostra Eccelletia m'a senpre dimostro, e' lency has always shown me and the benefits
benefiti ch'io 6 riceuuti da quella al con- that I have constantly received from you I
tinue : s mi so dinazi .... have hitherto . . .
16
Io 6 sospetto che la poca remuneratio I am have
fearful lest the small return I
gni"co" [mio] presidete [ave] io. 4. presidede esendomi uostra [se] eccielletia. 5. a [vostra signoria] "acquesta" la. .
. .
fattarai [alia partita mia di costa] a coe "la posessione" di. 6. dacq"a" donatomi
. .
cristianissimo posessione. . . . .
abi. conmecho ecquesto osscritte avosstra inono. 18. vta rissposta hora
. .
vosstra. 19. letigo comia
. .
cossti . . . .
17.
comTcate asstare istantia. 21. uorei [piu] uosstra.
. .
passqua . . comecho . . doue su. 20. gradeze . . . . arei . . . .
LETTERS. [1350.
406
alia mia tornata di costa, dove io 6 a stare know where, on my return from this place,
no uorrei dare piu I shall have to reside, because I do not
per stanza, perche
noia a uostra Signoria, e a"cora, auendo wish to give more trouble to your Lordship;
io lauorato pel cristianissimo Re, se la mia and then, having worked for the most Christian
prouisione 6 per correre
o no io scriuo al ; King, whether my salary is to be continued
presidente di quell' acqua che
mi dono il or not. I write to the President as to the
1350. 2836. Draft of a letter to Francesco Melzi practised art under Leonardo as a dilettante
Melzi, born 1493 a youth therefore of about 17 in and not as a pupil, like Cesare da Sesto and others
1510. Leonardo addresses his young friend as (See LERMOLIEFF, Die Galeritn &*c., p. 476).
"Messer", as being the son of a noble house.
LETTERS. 407
C. A. 243*}; 729 6\
2
[Jllustrissimo mio Signore, Assai mi ral- [Most illustrious Lord. I greatly rejoice Drafts of a
legro, illustrissimo mio signiore , del uostroj. most Illustrious Lord at your .]
. .
GiSo'de"
Medici
*Tanto mi son rallegrato, o illustrissimo was so greatly rejoiced, most illustrious (IJ
I
mio signore, del desiderate acquisto di Lord, by the desired restoration of your
vostra sanita che io quasi ho [riavuto la health, that it almost had the effect that [my
sanita mia] [sono all' ultimo del mio male] own health recovered] [I have got through
e' 1 male mio da me s' e fuggito - -
della my illness] my own illness left me of
quasi reintegrata sanita di vostra Eccellenza ; your Excellency's almost restored health. But
4 Ma assai mi rincrescie il no auere io po- I am extremely vexed that I have not been
tuto integralmete satisfare alii desideri able completely to satisfy the wishes of your
di uostra Ecciellentia mediate la malignita Excellency, by reason of the wickedness of
di cotesto ingannatore, al quale non 6 las- that deceiver, for whom I left
nothing undone
ciato indirieto cosa alcuna colla quale 6 io which could be done for him by me and by
li abbia potuto giovare che per me non which I might be of use to him; and in the
li sia stata fatta e
prima la sua provisione first place his allowances were
paid to him
inanzi al tepo li era pagata, la quale io before the time, which I believe he would
credo che volentieri ? negherebbe, se io non willingly deny, if I had not the writing signed
avessi la scritta e testificata da me e dallo by myself and the interpreter. And I, seeing
interprete, e vedendo io che per me no si that he did not work for me unless he had
8
lauorava, se no quado i lavori d'altri no work to do for others, which he was very
si macavano, de' quali lui era sollecito in- careful in solliciting, invited him to dine
vestigatore, jo Io preghai che dovesse with me, and to work afterwards near me,
mangia^re con meco, e lauorare indi ap- because, besides the saving of expense, he
1351. i. Illusimo permio signiore e vett. 2. rallegro [della] illustrissimo. 3. del [famoso] desiderate . . uosstra . . che 5 quasi
ho sfatto "[riavta la sanita mia]" "[son sono allultimo del mio male]" "el mal mio dame se fuggito" [del grade acquisto]
della . .
reintegrata . . uosstra eccielleca. 4. [chel mia rincresscie [della malignita] il.auere "io" potuto "integral-
. . .
|
6. giovare |
"che per me non li sia stata fatta" e li sua
[danari] provisione "inanzi al tepo" immediate
.
paghata. 7. ne- . .
gherebbe "neghata" se . . avesi lasscritta ettesticata di me dello interpetre. 8. daltri [era finiti] "si macavano" de . . sol-
lecito cerchatore "investighatore" jo [Io uolsi e] Io [feci] "Io" pregha "i"che do"ve" ssi. comecho "ellauorare di lindi
9.
^S 1 - X 353- It is clear from the contents of this war der edelsie aller damaligen Medici, ein
notes that they refer to Leonardo's residence in Mensch Richtung, unbefriedigt durch das
-von innerlicher
Rome in 1513 1515. Nor can there be any doubt Leben, mitten im Sonnenglanz der Herrlichkeit Lto's X.
that they were addressed to Leonardo's patron at eine dunkle Gestalt die ivie ein Schatten voriiberzog.
the time Giuliano de' Medici, third son of Lorenzo
: Giuliano lived in the Vatican, and it may be safely
the Magnificent and brother of Pope Leo (born X inferred from No. 1352 1. 2, and No. 1353 1. 4, that
1478). In 1512 he became the head of the Florentine Leonardo did the same.
Republic. The Pope invited him to Rome, where From the following unpublished notice in the
he settled; in 1513 he was named patrician with Vatican archives, which M. Etig. Miintz, librarian of
much splendid ceremonial. The medal struck in the Ecole des Beaux arts, Paris, has done me the
honour of the event bears the words MAG. IVLIAN. favour communicate to me, we get a more
to
MEDICES. Leonardo too uses the style "Magnifico", accurateview of Leonardo's relation to the often
in his letter. Compare also No. 1377. named GIORGIO TEDESCO:
GlNO CAPPONI (Storia della Repubblica di Firenze, Nota delle provisione (sic) a da pagare per me in
Vol. Ill, p. 139) thus describes the character of name del nostro ill. S. Bernardo Bini e chomp a di
Giuliano de' Medici, who died in 1516: Era il Roma, e prima della iH'a sua chonsorte ogni mese d. 800.
migliore della famiglia, di vita placida, grande spenditore, A Ldo da Vinci per sua provisione d. XXXIII, e
tenendo inlorno a se uomini ingegnosi, ed ogni nuova cosa piu d. VII al detto per la provisione di Giorgio tedescho,
voleva prmare. che sono in tutto d. 4-
See too GREGOROVIUS, Geschichte der Stadt Rom, From this we learn, that seven ducats formed the
VIII (book XIV. Ill, 2): Die Luftschlosser fiirstlicher German's monthly wages, but according to No. 1353!. 7
Grosse, wozu ihn dfr Papst hatte erheben ^vollen zerfielen. he pretended that eight ducats had been agreed upon.
LETTERS.
408
biasimando; e perche lui magiava co quelli criticising and because he dined withit;
I0
della guardia del papa, e poi se n'adava those of the Pope's guard, and then they
in conpagnia colli scoppietti, amazado vcci- went out with guns killing birds among the
elliper queste anticaglie e cosl seguitava ruins; and this went on from after dinner till
da dopo desinare a sera E se io mandavo ;
the evening; and when I sent Lorenzo to urge
Lorezo "a sollecitarli il lavoro lui si cru- him to work he said that he would not have
ciava e dicieva che no volea tanti maestri so many him, and that his
masters over
sopra capo, e che il lauorar
suo era I2 per work was for your Excellency's Wardrobe;
la guardaroba di vostra Eccielletia, e passo and thus two months passed and so it went
dua mesi e cosl seguitava e indi, trovado on; and one day finding Gian Niccol6 of
Giannicolo della ^guardaroba, domadailo the Wardrobe and asking whether the German
s' Tedesco avea finite 1' opere del magni-
el had finished the work for your Magnificence,
fico, e lui mi disse non esser vero, ma che he told me this was not true, but only that
so'+lamete li avea dato a nettar dua he had given him two guns to clean. Afterwards,
scoppiette; di poi faciedolo io sollecitare lui when I had urged him farther, be left the
lascio la bettega, e comlci6 a lavorare I workshop and began to work in his room, and
came^ra, e perde assai tepo nel fare vnaltra lost much time in making another pair of pincers
morsa e lime e altri strumeti a vite e qui- ;
and files and other tools with screws; and there
l6
ui lavorava mulinelli da torcere seta, li he worked at mills for twisting silk which he
quali nascodeva, quado un de' mia v'etrava, hid when any one of my people went in, and
e con mille bestemie e rimbrotti, in modo with a thousand oaths and mutterings, so that
che nessu de mia voleva piv entrare. none of them would go there any more.
mio Signore, del desiderate acquisto di Lord, by the desired restoration of your
vostra sanita che quasi il male mio da me health, that my own illness almost left me.
l8
s'e fugito; Ma assai mi rincrescie il non But I am greatly vexed at not having been
avere io potuto integralmete satisfare alii able to completely satisfy your Excellency's
desideri di uostra Eccellenza ^mediante wishes by reason of the wickedness of that
la malignita di cotesto inganatore tedesco, German deceiver, for whom I left nothing
per il quale non 6 lasciato indireto cosa undone by which I could have hope to please
20
alcuna, colla qiiale io abbia creduto farli him; and secondly I invited him to lodge
piaciere; e secondariamente invitarlo ad abi- and board with me, by which means I should
tare e vivere con meco, per la qual cosa io constantly see the work he was doing and
ve 2l drei al continue 1' opera che lui faciesse, with greater ease correct his errors while,
e co facilita ricorreggierei li errori e oltre ;
besides this, he would learn the Italian tongue,
di inparerebbe la lingua italiana,
questo by means of which be could with more
"mediante la quale Jui co facilita potrebbe ease talk without an interpreter; his moneys
parlare sanza interprete; e li sua danari li were always given him in advance of the
schopietti . .
antichaglic "ecosi segutava da dopo desinare assera" Esse. n. [a richordarli] a solecitarli . . lui "si scruciava
e" dicieva . . maesstri . .
chapo echese [la] cche se [la] e i lauorare. 12. ghuarderoba [del s] di . . e [chosi] passo . .
seghuit.i ve [se no] e vndi [li| trovado. 13. ghuardaroba [del s] domadalo selli [ave] sel tedessco . .
magi-ificho ellui
dattorcicre. 16. loi quali nasscodeva . . nesun de mia vedrava comilc rinbrotti nesu. 17. vosstra .
. . che "quasi" . . . . .
|
il
[mio] male. 18. rincresscie . . sadifare . . uosstra. 19. inganatore [tedesco il quale] tedesco . . lassciato . . chosa.
20. cholle . . e "p" prima |
"secondariamente" invitarlo . . vi"ve"re comecho. 31. chellui faciessi. 22. ricoregiere . . oltre
I352-] LETTERS. 409
2
furo 3sepre dati inazi
tepo Dipoi la al ; time due. when
Afterwards he wanted to
richiesta avere li modelli
di costui fu di have models finished in wood, just as
the
2
4finiti di legniame, com'ellino aveano a they were to be in iron, and wished to carry
essere di ferro, e' quali volea portare nel them away to his own country. But this I
suo paese; La qual cosa io li negai dicie- refused him, telling him that I would give
2s
doli ch' io li darei in disegnio la larghezza, him, in drawing, the breadth, length, height
lunghezza e grossezza e figura di cio ch'elli and form of what he had to do ; and so we
avesse a fare, e cosl restammo mal voletieri. remained in ill-will.
26
La secoda
cosa fu, che si fecie vn The next thing was that he made himself
altrabottega e morse e strumenti, dove another workshop and pincers and tools in
dormiua, e quivi lavorava per altri, dipoi his room where he slept, and there he
andava a desi 2 7nare coi Suizzeri della guar- worked for others; afterwards he went to
dia, dove sta giete sfacciedata, della qual dine with the Swiss of the guard, where
28
cosa lui tutti li uicieva; e'l piv delle there are idle fellows, in which he beat
volte se n'andauano due o tre di loro, colli them all; and most times they went two
scoppietti; ammazzava vccielli per le anti- or three together with guns, to shoot birds
caglie, e questo durava insino a sera; among the ruins, and this went on till
2
?A1 fine 6 trovato come 3 questo evening.
maestro Giova 3 1 ni delli Spechi e quello At last I found how this master Giovanni
3 2 che a fatto il tutto
per
33 due
cagioni; e the mirror-maker was he who had done it all,
la prima 34 perche lui a avuto a dire che 35 la for two reasons; the first because he had
venuta mia qui 36 li ^ tolto la couersa^tione said that my coming here had deprived him
e'l favore di uostra 38Signoria, che senpre of the countenance and favour of your Lord-
ve . 39L' altra e 4 che la statia 41 di que-
. .
ship which always The other is that . . .
sto fereui 42 disse couenirsi a lui per 43j a - he said that his iron- workers' rooms suited
vorare li spechi, e 44 di questo n'a fatto him for working at his mirrors, and of this
dimostra4Stione che, oltre al farmi 46 costui he gave proof; for besides making him my
nimico, li a fatto ve 4 ?dere ogni suo e enemy, he made him sell all he had and
lasciare 48 a lui la sua bot 4 9tega, nella qual leave his workshop to him, where he works
lavora 5co molti lavorati assai speS'chi with a number of workmen making numerous
per madare alle fiere. mirrors to send to the fairs.
Tanto mi son rallegrato, illustrissimo mio was so greatly rejoiced, most Illustrious
I
signiore, del desiderato acquisto di uostra Lord, by the wished for recovery of your
me health, that my own ills have almost
2 left
sanita, che quasi il male mio da s'e
dico iddio ne sia laudato, Ma assai me; and I say God be praised for it. But
fuggito ;
mi rincresce il non avere io potuto inte- it vexes me greatly that I have not been
gralmete satisfare alii desideri di uostra able completely to satisfy your Excellency's
Eccellenza 3mediante la malignita di co- wishes by reason of the wickedness of that
testo inganatore tedesco, per il quale non German deceiver, for whom I left nothing
6 lasciato indirieto cosa alcuna, 4 colla quale undone by which I could hope to please
io abbia creduto farli piacere, e seconda- him; and secondly I invited him to lodge
riamente invitarlo ad abitare e vivere con and board with me, by which means I should
meco, per la qual cosa si o farei piantare see constantly the work he was doing,
"e prima" sua. 23. 'nazi [al mese] al tepo allcuttofu Di . . naessta
interprete [e ottre a di questo]
li
a di questo . . taliana . .
zeri . .
ghardia . . ulcieva dissene vssciva el piv. . .
mia 36- tolto s] la. 37- sstra. 38. Signoria che senpre
34. lui avuto. qui. [il
assera. 30. maesstro. 33. ella. 35. [ari]
47. ellassciare. 48. allui . . boc. 49. tecca. 51. chi pe.
Here the text breaks off 2. The text from lines 1-4: Ma
seffuggito "dicho idio ne sia laldato" Ma..rincre.
.
135*. 2.
comecho chosa io vedrei .\- Here folk vx slu
to ad abitare e vivere an exact copy of lines 18-20 No. i 3 49- 4- . .
VOL. II.
FFF
LETTERS. [1353- I354-
4io
facilita si
reeled with greater ease.
ricorreggierebbe.
fengosa terra, parve che cadesse vna motag- miry state of the ground it was as though
355)-
nia; * onde la capagnia guassata di terremoto, a mountain had fallen so that the country
e spaveto 5 a Plutone Jfernale; e per la gra shook as with an earthquake, and terror
6
percossa ristette sulla piana terra alquato fell on Pluto in hell. From the violence of
stordito; e subito ?il popolo, crededo fusse the shock he lay as stunned on the level
8
morto di qualche saetta, tomato la gran ground. Suddenly the people, seeing him as
turba, a guisa di formiche che scorrono a one killed by a thunderbolt, turned back;
9furia, quando per il corpo del caduto like ants running wildly over the body
robore (?); cosl questi I0 scorredo per 1'ampie of the fallen oak, so these rushing over
membra e le ravrado con spesse "ferite; onde his ample limbs them with
17. chesseli piacea che i farei. 18. collui merchato . . casscuna. 19. facessi e asstima attato. 20. dachordo. 21. ellasciolli
32. vendcda ogni cosa e vene attrovare.
1354. i. benedeto prtarli. 2. dela. 3. tera . . cadessi. 4. gussa di tere moto. 5. plutone Jfernale .
.
percosa. 6. sula . tera .
. . stordito on sobito. 7. il
popo jrededo fusi. 8. gra turba scorano.
. .
9. furi o\\\\\ndo per olcorpo del caduto uogore
cosi. io. per larpie mebra e lera vrado conispese. n. ferie. 12. dale . . sendesi. 13. vmuglio. 14. fusi . . le + (4?)
1354- A puzzlingpassage, meant, as it would renewing his strength whenever he fell and came
seem, for a jest. Compare the description of Giants in contact with his mother earth; but that Her-
in Dante, Inf. XXI and XXII. Perhaps Leonardo cules lifted him up and so conquered and strangled
had the Giant Antaeus in his mind. Of him the him. Lucan gives a full account of the struggle. Phar-
myth relates that he was a son of Ge, that he fed salia IV, 617. The reading of this passage, which
on lions; that he hunted in Libya and killed in
is very indistinctly written, is many places
the inhabitants. He enjoyed the peculiarity of doubtful.
CXXI
offr/mn
.
1-
?
v ;i
x '.%, ^.
/ :
Imp
1355-1 MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS. 411
I2
risentito gigate e setedosi
jl quasi coperto frequent wounds; by which, the giant being
dalla moltitudine, subito sentesi cuo^cere roused and feeling himself almost covered
per le,puture;
mise un mugghio che parve by the multitude, he suddenly perceives the
I4 fusse vno
spavetoso tono, e posto le sue smarting of the stabs, and sent forth a roar
terra, e levatosi
x
maiii in s il
pavroso volto, which sounded like a terrific clap of thunder;
l6
e postosi vna delle mani J capo trovo and placing his hands on the ground he
l8
selo *7pieno d'uomini appiccati e canna- raised his terrible face: and
20
having lifted
a similitudine de' mi nvti animali, che one hand to his head he found it full of
^glia
22
fra que
2I
gli sogliono nascere; onde scu- men and rabble sticking to it like the minute
otendo jl capo gli o^mini lacia non altrameti creatures which not unfrequently are found
gradine, quado va
24 la
per 1' aria che si facia there; wherefore with a shake of his head he
co furor di veti, e trovossi mold s di questi
2
sends the men flying through the air just as
vomini esser morti da quegli che gli stavano hail does when driven by the fury of the
so 26 pra ritti ;
coi piedi calpestado . . . winds. Many of these men were found to
be dead; stamping with his feet.
de' marinai quado e fortuna, che corrono who run up the ropes to lessen the force of
2
super le corde 9per abbassar la a poco2 veto. the wind [by taking in sail].
3Nuove delle cose 3I di levate; 3 sappi News of things from the East.
come 33nel mese ^ di givgnio 3S e apparito Be it known to you that in the month
36 38 a of June there appeared a Giant, who came
vn gigate che vie dalla 37deserta Libia,
similitudine delle 39formiche furia 4 do from the Lybian desert . . . mad with rage
4 I abbatuto dall 42
rigido villano. like ants .... down by the
struck rude.
43Questo gigate era nato nel Mot'Ata- This great Giant was born in Mount Atlas
late, ed era un eroe, e ebbe cotrastare
44 and was a hero and had to fight
cogli Egiti e Arabi 4S Medi e Persi; viveva against the Egyptians and Arabs, Medes and
J mare delle
bale 46 ne de' gra capidogli e Persians. He lived in the sea on whales,
de' navili. grampuses and ships.
?Marte, temedo della 48 vita, s'era fugito
4 Mars fearing for .his life took refuge
sotto le 4 9 di Giove. . . . . under the ... of Jove.
s TIE per la gra caduta parve la pro- And at the great fall it seemed as though
vicia s'tutta tremasse.lf the whole province quaked.
w. xxxi.] 1355-
partito s' era -, con alta vocie co tali parole had departed, with a loud voice and with
mosse . . .
these words, moved
it . . .
2
E se alcuno uomo beche abbi discretione
o bota ,
dalli altri omini 3 And if any man though he may have
e peggio se da esso son remote. wisdom or goodness
16. dele. minvti animali]. 18. apicati e cane. 19. glia similitudine. 20. ani-
raa"ni"J. 15. tera elevatosia. 17. pieno [di
mali cheraque. 21. 22. ode scutedo jl cap glio. 23. mini faciano non altremeti. 24. trovosi. 25. morti da quegli che
gli.
gli tepesta vonatoso. 26. parito co pie di. 27. e atenedo a capegli egiegniadosi nascodere tra. 28. quade fortuna cecorono.
29. abasarla a poco. 30. nuove dell cose qua. 32. sapi. 33. del. 35. aparito. 36. gigate ce vie dila. 37. diserta. 38. dele.
do orgnarlo super lorgero. abatuto dale sura del. 42. rigido vilano. 44. ueroe debe cotro atuserse cogli egiti
40. 41.
e arabi. 47. dela. 49. rodi di ove. 51. tuta tremassi.
i. El quale cierbio chon vo cie [ne] cotali. 2. alchuno homo . . bota di nolme li che me dalli altri omini
1355. . . . . . .
la settu\\\\\\\\\ e peggiose do esso son remote. 4. spiritoche dode me partisti joho . . homo"a"male . .
3.
O felice; o aveturato spirito, dode O blessed and happy spirit whence com-
uomo a male mio est have I known this man,
thou? Well
partisti! jo ho questo
be conoSscivto Questo e ricietto much This one is a receptacle
against my will.
grado ;
si trova, che alcuna bonta possegga, non be found among them any that possesses any
altri meti come che me dalli altri
8 uomini good, they will not be treated differently to
trattati sono e in effetto io ho questa co-
, myself by other men; and in fine, I come to
clusione ch' e 9 male s' eli sono nimici e peg- the conclusion that it is bad if they are hos-
gio s'eli son amici. tile, and worse if they are friendly.
C. A. 3800; 1357-
Io ho uno che per auersi di me pro- I know one who, having promised me
messo cose assai me che debite, 2 essendo much, less than my due, being disappointed
rimasto inganato del suo prosontuoso desi- of his presumptuous desires, has tried to
derio, a te^tato di tormi tutti li amici e per- deprive me of all my friends; and as he
che li a trouati saui e non Ieggi 4 eri al suo has found them wise and not pliable to his
volere mi a minaciato che trouate le annu- will, he has menaced me that, having found
tiationi 5che mi torra i benefattori ode io ;
means of denouncing me, he would deprive
ho questo informato
di 6
vostra Signoria me of my benefactors. Hence I have in-
accio [che, volendo questo seminare li usati formed your Lordship of this, to the end
scadoli, non troui terreno atto a semi- [that this man who wishes to sow the usual
7
nare pensieri e li 8 atti della sua mala scandals, may find no soil fit for sowing the
9
natura]; die, tentado lui fare di uostra thoughts and deeds of his evil nature] so
signoria strumeto della sua iniqua e mal- that he, trying to make your Lordship, the
I0
uagia natura rimaga ingannato di suo instrument of his iniquitous and maliceous
desiderio. nature may be disappointed of his desire.
E in questo caso io so che io ne acqui- And in this case I know that I shall make
stero non pochi 2
nemici, conciosia che nessu few enemies seeing that no one will believe
credera ch'io possa dire di lui, perche pochi what I can say of him; for they are but
chono. 5. uilania . . amv nitione. 6. chopagnia . . voi cho . . affatichadomi lassom.i de pechati. 7. solo nello trovati sono
Esse alchuno . . alchuna . .
possega. 8. chorac . . omini . . effetti . . choclusione. 9. male sell sonimiche e pegio sell
son irattatiamicho.
1356. i. chessono. 2. furono [no sodisfare] 3. [bono al a ssere messi]. 4. in opera [allo iniquo desiderio]. 5. |di questo homo].
7. no sadissfarebono. 9. ino . .
chollungeza dite. n. cociudo.
1357. i. huno . .
promesse chose. 2. desiderio atte. 3. sauieno legi. 4. nia minaciato . . tronata le anutione. 5. torra e beni-
factori. 6. vosstra . . le usate. 7. chadali . . tereno . . asseminare "[aricievere]" in pensicrei elli. 9. [accioche no ui
odiano. 6. vole.
1358. Below this text we read gusstino Giustino quoted (No. 1210, 1. 48). The two have however no
and in another passage on the same page Justin is real connection.
1359- PERSONAL RECORDS. 413
?E se ne trova virtuoso e
alcuno si If you meet with any one who is virtuous
8
bono, non da voi; fatteli
lo scacciate do not drive him from you; do him honour,
onore, accio che non abbia a fugirsi da so that he may not have to flee from you and
9 voi e ridursi neli eremi, o spelonche, o be reduced to hiding in hermitages, or caves
I0
altri lochi soleta ri, per fugirsi dalle vostre or other solitary places to escape from your
insidie, e se alcun di questi "tali si trova, treachery; if there is such an one among
fatteli onore, perche questi sono li uostri you do him honour, for these are our Saints
Iddei I2 terrestri, questi merita da uoi le upon earth; these are they who deserve sta-
statue e li simulacri; ma ^be ui ricordo che tues from us, and images; but remember that
li lor simulacri no sie da uoi ma^giati their images are not to be eaten by you,
come acora in alcuna regione del India; as is done in some parts of India [15],
still
5che quado li simulacri operano alcuno where, when the images have according to
J
mi l6 raculo secondo loro, li sacerdoti li ta- them, performed some miracle, the priests cut
gliano in pezzi, essen do di legno, e ne
I7 them in pieces, being of wood, and give
danno a tutti quelli del paese no l8 sanza them to all the people of the country,
premio, e ciascu raspa sottilmete la sua not without payment; and each one grates
parte *9e mette sopra la prima vivanda his portion very fine, and puts it upon the
che magiano; e cosl te 20 gono per fede firstfood he eats; and thus believes that by
aversi magiato il suo santo, e credono che faith he has eaten his saint who then pre-
lui li
2I
guardi poi da tutti li pericoli che ti j
serves him from all perils. What do you think
22
pare, uomo, qui della tua spetie? sei tu here, Man, of your own species? Are you
cosi sauio, come tu ti tieni? son 3queste
2
so wise as you believe yourselves to be?
cose da esser fatte da omini? Are these things to be done by men?
C. A. 1359-
Come io vi dissi ne' dl passati, voi As I told you in past days, you know
2
sapete che io sono sanza alcuno . . . that I am
without any. . . .
C. A. 38,5; 124^]
Dimmi come le cose sono passate. Tell me how the things happened.
. . esse. esse . vertuoso . nollo scaccia de. 8. da voi[m] fatteli . . abia affugirsi. 9. ermi . . saleta. io. vosstre . .
7. |
esse. n. fate . . onore che "perche" questi. 12. statue elli onori "simulacri" ma. 13. chelli. 14. gati chome achora.
18. rasspa. viuada che magano. 20. ga per fede
16. lo tagliano . .
pezi esse. 17. attutti . .
paese [el qa]no. 19.
L. In of this passage I have when burnt, are mixed with dough, and small
15. explanation
received .the following communication from Dr. G. figures usually of Buddha are stamped out of
W. LEITNER of Lahore: "So far as Indian customs them and some are laid in the grave while others
are known to us, this practice spoken of by Leo- are distributed the relations. The custom
among
nardo as 'still in some parts of India' is spoken of by Leonardo may have prevailed
existing
perfectly unknown; and it is equally opposed to there but I never heard of it." Possibly Leo-
the of Hinduism, Mohammedanism and nardo refers here to customs of nations of
spirit
Sikhism. In central Thibet the ashes of the dead, America.
414 PERSONAL RECORDS. 1367.
X 3 61 '
C. A. 17 6 1 67*]
a 6
/ lorezott inbiadalim -Hnferri de\u 4 in lorezo\\\ [inno abuil]\u in acocatuu\ 7
per la
sellam
8
colte di lonu 9 v cavallottiu
I0
el uiaggw "al\\\ "a lurezw '3 in biadaw 1
+inferri\u i
I6
'Sabussoui in viaggiu '^alorezuil
E
cosl piacesse al nostro autore che io And so may it please our great Author
potessi dimostrare la natura delli
omini a e that I may demonstrate the nature of man
loro costumi nel modo che io descrivo la and his customs, in the way I describe
sua figura. his figure.
c. A. 6$ t; 199*1 r 3 6 3-
Questo scriuersi distintamete del nibbio This writing distinctly about the kite
2
che sia mio destine, perche nella
par seems to be my destiny, because among the
prima 3 ricordatione della mia infantia e' first recollections of my infancy, it seemed
mi *parea che, essendo io in culla, che vn to me that, my cradle, a kite
as I was in
s nibbio venisse a me e mi aprisse la came to me and opened my mouth with its
6
bocca colla sua coda, e molte volte 7 mi tail, and struck me several times with its
8
percuotesse co tal coda dentro alle labra. tail inside
my lips.
C. A. 2 4 8a; 737*1]
[Quado io feci bene, essendo putto, voi [When I did well, as a boy you used
mi mettesti in prigione, 2 ora s' io Io fo grade, to put me in prison. Now if I do it
being
voi mi farete peggio.] grown up, you will do worse to me.]
Br. M. 251*1
Dimmi se mai fu fatto alcuna cosa. Tell me if anything was ever done.
1361. This seems to be the beginning of a 1362. A preparatory note for the passage given
letter, only the first words of the lines have
but as No. 798, 11. 4142.
been preserved, the leaf being torn down the middle. 1363. This note probably refers to the text No. 1 22 1.
No translation is
possible. 1367. This note seems to be a quotation.
13681371.] DATED NOTES. 415
W. An. I. i a] 1370.
C. A. 103^; 325*1]
A dl primo d'agosto 1499 scrissi qui On the i st of August 1499, I wrote here
de moto e peso. of motion and of weight.
1368. m"o". 1369. 2. addi 2 daggossto. 1370. 1489 [del] libro. 1371. adi p"o" dagosto.
1368. So Leonardo writes his name on a sheet p. 254), so that it is hnrdly possible to determine
with sundry short notes, evidently to try a pen. exactly the date of a manuscript from the style of
Compare the signature with those in Nos. 1341, the handwriting, if it does not betray the peculiarities
1348 and 1374 (see also No. 1346, 1. 33). The of style as displayed in the few notes dated pre-
form "Lionardo" does not occur in the autographs. vious to 1480. Compare the facsimile of the manu-
The Portrait of the Master in the Royal Library at scripts 1479 on PI. LXII, No. 2 ; No. 664, note,
Vol. I
Turin, which is reproduced slightly diminished on p.346. This shows already a marked simplicity as
PI. I,has in the original two lines of writing under- compared with the calligraphy of 1478.
neath; one in red chalk of two or three words is The text No. 720 belongs to the year 1490;
partly effaced: lionardo it . . . Im (or /a/?); the second No. 1510 to the year 1492; No. 1459, No. 1384 and
written in pencil is as follows fatto da lui stesso assai : No. 1460 to the year 1493; No I 4 6 3 No I S I 7> No
- - -
1369. This date is on a drawing of a rocky land- 1371. Scrissi qui, Leonardo does not say where ;
characters are in all essential points identical with age. The next date is 1502; to this year belong
those that we see in the latest manuscripts written No. 1034, 1040, 1042, 1048 and 1053. The note
in France (compare the facsimiles on PL CXV and No. 1525 belongs to the year 1503.
416 DATED NOTES. [I372I376.
A dl 9 mercoledl a ore
di luglio 1504, Onthe 9 th of July 1504, Wednesday, at
a
7 mori Ser Piero da Vinci, notaio al Pa- seven o'clock, died Ser Piero da Vinci, no-
lazzo del Podesta, mio padre, a ore 7, era tary at the Palazzo del Podesta, my father,
d'et d'anni 80, lasci^d 10 figlioli ma'schi at seven o'clock, being eighty years old,
e 2 femmine. leaving behind ten sons and two daughters.
Mercoledl a ore 7 2 mori Ser Piero da On Wednesday at seven o'clock died Ser
Vinci a dl 9 3 di luglio 1504. Piero da Vinci on the 9 th of July 1504.
s. K. M. 1374-
Principiato da me
2
Leonardo da Vlci Begun by me, Leonardo da Vinci, on the
a dl 12 di luglio 1505. 12 th of July 1505.
F. in] 1375-
1372. This statement of Ser Piero's age contradicts by whom he had six children: Margherita (b. 1491),
that of the Riassunto della portata di Antonio da Vinci Benedetto (b. 1492), Pandolfo (b. 1494), Guglielmo
(Leonardo's grandfather), who speaks of Ser Piero (b. 1496),
Bartolommeo (b. 1497), and Giovanni) date
as being thirty years old in
1457; and that of the of birth unknown). Pierino da Vinci the sculptor
Riassunto della portata di Ser Piero e Francesco, sons (about 1520 1554) was the son of Bartolommeo, the
of Antonia da Vinci, where Ser Piero is mentioned fifth of these children. The dates of their deaths
as being forty in 1469. These documents were are not known, but we may infer from the above
published by G. UziELLI, Ricerche intorno a L. da passage that they were all still living in 1505.
Vinci, Firenze, 1872, pp. 144 and 146. Leonardo was, 1373. This and the previous text it may be
as well known, a natural son.
is His mother 'La remarked are the only mention made by Leonardo
Catarina' was married in of his father; Nos. 1526, 1527 and No. 1463 are of
1457 to Acchattabriga di
Piero del Vaccha da Vinci. She died in
1519. Leo- the year 1504.
nardo never mentions her inthe Manuscripts. In 1374. Thus he writes on the first page of the
the year of Leonardo's birth Ser Piero married MS. The title is on the foregoing coversheet as
Albiera di Giovanni Amadoci, and after her death follows: Libra titolato disstrafformatione coe (cioe)
d'un
at the age of
thirty eight he again married, Fran- corpo mm (in un) altro sanza diminuitione e acresscemento
cesca, daughter of Ser Giovanni Lanfredi, then di materia.
G. o'] 1377.
of Savoy, and aunt to Francis I, -Louis XII's 1378. Castello del clli. The meaning of this word
successor on the throne of France. Louis XII died -is obscure; it is perhaps not written at full length.
GGG
VOL. n.
?
XXIL
Miscellaneous Notes.
The incidental memoranda scattered here and there throughout the MSS.. can have
been for the most part intelligible to the writer only; in many cases their meaning and connection
are all the more obscure because we
are in ignorance about the persons with whom Leo-
nardo used to converse nor can we say what part he may have played in the various events
of his time. Vasari and other early biographers give us a very superficial and far from
accurate picture of Leonardo 's private life. own memoranda, referring for
Though his
the most part to incidents of no permanent interest, do not go far towards supplying this
deficiency, they are nevertheless of some importance and interest as helping us to solve
the numerous mysteriesin which the history of Leonardo's long life remains involved.
We may at any rate assume, from Leonardo's having committed to paper notes on more
or less trivial matters on his pupils, on his house-keeping, on various known and
unknown personages, and a hundred other trifies that at the time they must have been
insome way important to him.
I have endeavoured to make these 'Miscellaneous Notes' as complete as
meaning of some other note of a similar kind. The first portion of these notes (Nos.
1379 1457,), as we^
as those referring to his pupils and to other artists and artificers
who lived in his house ^1458 1468) are arranged in chronological order. A con-
siderable proportion of these notes belong to the period between 1490 and 1500, when
Leonardo was living at Milan under the patronage of Lodovico il Moro, a time concerning
which we have otherwise only very scanty information. If Leonardo did really as has
always been supposed, spend also the greater part of the preceding decade in Milan,
it seems hardly likely that we should not find a single note indicative of the fact, or
referring to any event of that period, on the numerous loose leaves in his writing that exist.
Leonardo's lifein Milan between 1489 and 150x3 must have been comparatively uneventful.
The MSS. and memoranda of those years seem to prove that it was a tranquil period
intellectual and artistic labour rather than of bustling court life. Whatever may
of
420
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.
have betn the fate of the MSS. and note books of the foregoing years whether, they
were destroyed by Leonardo himself or have been lost it is certainly strange tliat
nothing whatever exists to inform us
as to his life and doings in Mi/an earlier than
the consecutive series of manuscripts which begin in the year 1489.
There is nothing surprising in the fact that the notes regarding his pupils are
few and meagre. Excepting for the record of money transactions only very exceptional
circumstances would have prompted him to make any written observations on the persons
with whom he was in daily intercourse, among whom, of course, were his pupils. Of
them all none is so frequently mentioned as Salai, but the character of the notes does
no f as if seems to me justify us in supposing that he was any thing more than a
sort of factotum of Leonardo's (see 1519, note).
Leonardo's quotations from books and his lists of titles supply nothing more than
a hint as to his occasional literary studies or recreations. It was evidently no part of
his ambition to be deeply read (see Nrs. 10, II, 1159) and he more than once expressly
states (in various passages which will be found in the foregoing sections) that he did not
recognise the authority of the Ancients, on scientific questions, which in his day was
h eld paramount. ArcJiimedes is the sole exception, and Leonardo frankly oivns his
admiration for the illustrious Greek to whose genius his own was so much akin (see
No. 1476). All his notes on various authors, excepting those which have already been
inserted in the previous section, have been arranged alphabetically for the sake of con-
venience (1469 1508^.
The passages next in order contain accounts and; inventories principally of house-
hold property. The publication of these often very trivial entries is only justifiable as
proving that the wealth, the splendid mode of life and lavish expenditure which Jiave
been attributed to Leonardo are altogether mythical; unless we put forward the very
improbable hypothesis that these notes as to money in hand, outlay and receipts, refer
throughout to an exceptional state of his affairs, viz. when he was short of money.
The memoranda collected at the end (No. 1505 1565,) are, in the original, in the
usual writing, from left to right. Besides, the style of the handwriting is at variance
with what we should expect it to be, if really Leonardo himself had written these notes.
Most of them are to be found in juxtaposition with undoubtedly authentic writing of
his. But this may be easily explained, if we take into account the fact, that
Leonardo frequently wrote on loose sheets. He may therefore have occasionally used
-
paper on which others had made short memoranda, for the most part as it would seem,
for his use. At the end of all I have given Leonardo's will from the copy of it pre-
served in the Mclzi Library. It has already been printed by Amoretti and by Uzielli. It
is not known what has become
of the original document.
C. A. 243 a; 727 a] 1379.
Truova ingol e digli che tu 1'aspetti Find Longhi and tell him that you wait Memoranda
amor a e che tu andrai co seco ilopan a for him at Rome and will go with him to
2
;
^^Jf^.
fatti fare enoiganod al; e tolli il libro di Naples; make you pay the donation [2] and
Vitolone, e le misure delli edifiti
3
public! ;
take the book by Vitolone, and the measure-
fa fare 2 casse coperte da mvlattiere, ma ments of the public buildings. [3] Have two
meglio fia le coperte da letto, che son 3,
4 covered boxes made to be carried on mules,
delle quali lascierai una a Vinci; togli le but bed-covers will be best; this makes three,
grattugie (?) da Gio va of which you will leave one at Vinci. [4] Obtain
s
fodere (?) delle
Lonbardo telajuolo di Verona
il
copra ;
the from Giovanni Lom-
delle tovaglie e matili scarpini, bardo the linen draper of Verona. Buy hand-
6
calze 4 para, vn giubbone di cimoza e kerchiefs and towels, .... and shoes, 4 pairs
pelli per fare ne de' novi il tornio d' Ales- ;
of hose, a jerkin of ... and skins, to
7sandro ;
vendi quel che no si puo portare; make new ones; the lake of Alessandro. [7]
piglia da Gian di Paris il modo de colorire Sell what you cannot take with you. Get
8
a secco ,
el modo del sale bianco e del from Jean de Paris the method of painting
fare le carte inpastate ; folie in moMi doppi ;
in tempera and the way of making white
r. truova ingol edilli chettu chettu 2. fare la eno iganodal ettolli elle. faffare
1379. . . . .
ilopana. . .
3. . .
coperte dalletto.
4. lascierai i a uinci . . le fochere delle gratuto dago. 5. lonbardo il teraajo (?) di uerona . . matili bretre (?) scarpini.
6. gubbone di ci moza . . tornio dale. 7. si po . .
piglia dagandiparis. 8. assecho . . folie in mol. 9. ti
doppi ella sua
1379. The mysterious looking words, quite dis- had at the time plans for travelling further 'than
e la sua cassetta de' colori; inpar la tem- salt, and how to make tinted paper; sheets
I0
a disoluere of paper folded up; and his box of co-
pera delle carnagioni, inpara
la lacca gommata, lin del seme, de . . . .
lours; learn to work flesh colours in tem-
..e dele . biache, "delli agli da . .
pera, learn to dissolve gum lac, linseed
Piacetia, togli 'De Poderibus;' tolli 1'operc of the garlic of Pia-
white,
t2 '
di Leonardo cremo nese; leua il fornello cenza; take 'de Ponderibus ; take the works of
ij della ^semeza de ligli 15 e Leonardo of Cremona. Remove the small fur-
dell'erba stella,
l6
delle zuche marine, ^vedi nace seed of lilies and of ... Sell the
I8
1'asse della sosta, fatti dare la . . . . boards of the support Make him who stole it,
20 2I
*9a chi la rubo, pi glia il liuellare, quato give you the .... learn levelling and how
terreno puo "cauare 1'omo in un dl. much soil a man can dig out in a day.
1380.
B. 50*) 1381.
No.MI D' fGIEGNIERI. NAMES OF ENGINEERS.
2
Callias Rodiano, ^Epimaco Ateniense, Callias of
Rhodes, Epimachus the Athe-
*Diogine filosofo Rodiano, Calcedonio di
5
nian, Diogenes, a philosopher, of Rhodes,
c
Tracia, Febar di Tiria, ?Callimaco architetto, Calcedonius of Thrace, Febar of Tyre, Calli-
maestro di fochi. machus the architect, a master of fires.
FI. uff.]
.
cornage inpara. 10. lacha gommatalli del seme de fotteragi e delle gniffe biache. u. delli algli da piacetia
. . . Iconardo
chcrmo. 13. diganni noto della. 14. semeza deli gli. 15. e dellerba stella. 16. delle zuche marine. 17. dalla. 18. fatti
II. De Ponderibus. large number of Leonardo's A method of boring marble (Paus. I, 26, J), was also
notes bear this superscription. Compare No. 1436, 3. famous for his casts in bronze (Plin. XXXIV,
1380. This note must have been made in Milan; 8, 19). .He invented
a lamp for the temple of
as we know from the date of the MS. Athene Polias, on the Acropolis of Athens (Paus.
1381. of Aradus, mentioned
Callias, Architect I, 26, 7). The other names, here mentioned, cannot
by Vitruvius Epimachus, of Athens, in-
(X, 16, 5). be identified.
vented a battering-enginee for Demetrius Poliorketes 1382. Condotti d'acqua. Possibly a book, a MS. or
(Vitruvius X, 16, 4). Callimachus, the inventor of a map.
the Corinthian capital (Vitr. IV, I, 9), and of the 1383. On the same sheet is the text No. 663.
13841389-] MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 423
S. K. M. III. 1384.
Maestro Givliano da Mar 2 liano a v bello Maestro Giuliano da Marliano has a fine
S. K. M. III. 94 a] 1387-
4
per la via di Brera; s benefitio dello Stan- by the road of Brera[4]; benefice of Stan-
6 8
ghe; bene fitio della por?ta nova; benefitio ghe[5]; benefice of Porta Nuova; benefice
10
diMon9sa ir
errore dell' Inta co;
I2
dl ;
of Monza; Indaco's mistake; give first the
prima benefit]; li e poi I4 le in- ^ e poi 1'opere benefices; then the works; then ingratitude,
l6
gratudini *5e poi le Idegni e Ia metationi e . . .
indignity and lamentations.
H. 3 47-5] 1389.
1388. i. Opera di roma. 2. dich. 5. benefitio . . beni. 8. benefitio. 9. cia. 10. crore. n. cho. 12. benefiti. 14. ingralitu-
1384. Compare Nos. 1522 and 1517. Caterina 1386. Compare No. 616, note. 4. legnamiere
seems to have been his housekeeper. (milanese dialect) legnajuolo.
=
1385. Refers perhaps "to the regulation of the 1388. 4. Brera, see No. 1448, 11, 13; 5. Stanghe,
water in the canals. see No. 1509.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [l39 1397-
mona che lavora be -Jcordoni di paglia, e she works good straw plait, and a friar of
vno frate *di Sco Francesco. Saint Francis.
H.i 4 6..|
2 3
Aguglia Niccolao, refe,
, Ferrado, Needle, Niccolao, thread, Ferrando,
6
?colo- lacopo Andrea,; canvas, stone, co-
<iacopo adrea, stela, pietra,
I0
n^ penella, navoletta da colori, spu- lours, brushes, pallet, sponge, the panel
"tavola del Duca. of the Duke.
ga,
K. M. T 39 2 -
S. II.2 7/1]
s. K. M. n. 2 7*1 1393-
S. K. M. n.2 12 a] 1394-
Givlia Trobetta, 2
Antonio di Ferrara, Giuliano Trombetta, Antonio di Ferrara,
3 olio di bolla. Oil of
s. K. M. n. X 397
27*]
1398. i. domenicho. 2. meza . . meser. 3. franc"o" meza. 4. Piero dagale. 5. ra sotto il coperio debe lacq"a".
1390. La Colomba day the name of a small house at Cremona, decorated with frescoes.
is to this
S. K. M. II.2 52 a]
S. K. M. II.2 53 a] *399'
s. K. M. n.2 6 3 a] 1400.
Da al patrone lo eseplo
2
del capitano, Give your master the instance of a
caP tain who does not himself win the vic-
che no lui vPcie, ma li soldati mediate il
S. K. M. II.2 6 9 a] . I4O2.
2
Olio, giallo, 3Ambrosio, hoc- Oil, yellow, Ambrosio, the mouth,
ca,
s la masseria. the farmhouse.
S. K. M. H.2 7S<5]
2
Alessandro carissimo, da Parma per la My dear Alessandro from Parma, by the
ma di . . . hand of ...
1.2 ii a]
34 braccia e mezzo fanno uno trabocco; 4 braccia and a half make a traboccp.
vna pertica e 1936 braccia D, A perch contains 1936 square braccia,
5 owero 1944- or J 944-
1399. i. arigo. 3. arigo. 5. mezo. 1400. i. padrone. 1401. meser pier ato chodi. 2. diga.
1406.
l.i 7*}
'La strada di messer Mariolo e braccia The road of Messer Mariolo is i3 /4 brac- J
Mariolo. riolo.
1.1 1407.
Domando in che parte del suo moto I ask at what part of its curved motion
curvo 2
la cavsa, che move, lasciera la cosa the moving cause will leave the thing
mossa mobile. moved and moveable.
Parla co Pietro Moti di questi tali Speak to Pietro Monti of these methods
s modi di trarre i dardi. of throwing spears.
1.2 87 a] 1408.
2
Antonio de' Risi sta al co siglio di Antonio de' Risi is at the council of
Givstitia. Justice.
I.I 28 a] 1409.
Disse Paolo che nessuno strumento Paolo said that no machine that moves
2
che move vn altro . . another .
1406. On
this page and that which faces it, here given, deals with questions in mechanics.
MS. I 2 two diagrams with numerous reference
71*, are The instances in which Leonardo quotes the opi-
numbers, evidently relating to the measurements of nions of his contemporaries on scientific matters
a street. are so rare as to be worth noticing. Compare
1409. The passage, of which the beginning is No. 901.
14101414-] MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 427
W. P. 7.] 1410.
Caravaggio. Caravaggio.
Carrucole,
2
chiodi,
3
corda, 4 mercu- Pulleys, nails, rope, mercury, cloth,
6
rio, stela, lunedl. Monday.
RlCORDO. MEMORANDUM.
2
Maghino Speculus di maestro Giovanni Maghino, Speculus of Master Giovanni
Fraciese; -^Galieno de vtilita. the Frenchman; Galenus on utility.
w. x.]
L. o'J 1414.
Buildings by Bramante.
[4]
*Edifiti di Bramate; The governor of the castle made a
s II castellano fatto prigione; prisoner,
6
II Visconte strascinato e poi morto il [6] Visconti carried away and .his son
figliuolo ;
killed.
?Gian della Rosa toltoli i
danari; Giovanni della Rosa deprived of his money.
8
principle e nol voile, e pero
Borgonzo [8]Borgonzio began .; and moreover . . .
1413. i. richordo. 2. maghino spechulus di m"o". 1413. i. chorduso . . daffossano. 2. essera fino.
1414. i. pagolo di uannocco. 2. codi rocho . domenico chia umo. 5. prigone. 6. bissconte stracinato . . el figlolo. 7. gan
della rosa tollto li e danari. 8. borgonzo . .
pro. 9. ella roba elliberta.
1410. Caravaggio, a village not far from the Adda events in Milan at the time of the overthrow of
between Milan and Brescia, where Polidoro and Michel- Ludovico il Moro. Amoretti published it in the
angelo da Caravaggio were born. This note is given 'Memorie Storiche' and added copious notes'.
in facsimile on PL XIII, No. i (above, to the left). 6. Visconti. Chifosse quel Visconte non sapremmo in-
On PL XIII, No. 2 above to the right we read dovinare fra tanti di questo name. Arluno narra che
cerovazo. allora atterrate le case de' Viconti, de' Castiglioni,
furono
de Botta e non e improbabile che ne
1
24 of the text No. 710. Corduso, Cordusio (curia fossero insultatie mortii padroni. Mold Visconti annffvera lo
duds) =
Cordus in the Milanese dialect, is the name stessoCronista che per essersi rallegrati del ritorno del
of a Piazza, between the Via del Broletto and the duca in Milano furono da' Francesi arrestati, e strascinati
Piazza de *
Mercanti at Milan. In the time of il in Francia come prigionieri di stato; e fra questi Messer
Moro was the centre of the town. The persons
it Francesco Visconti, e suo figliuolo Battista. ( AMORETTI,
here named were members of the noble Milanese Mem. Star. XIX.)
family de'Fossani; Ambrogio da Fossano, the con- 8. Borgonzio o Brugonzio Botta fu regolalore delle du-
cui la casa sua fu
temporary painter, had no connection with them. call entrate sotto il Mora, alia fuga
1414. 1. 4 10. This passage evidently refers to pur messa a sacco da'partitanti francesi. (AMORETTI, 1.
c.)
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [I4I5-I420.
428
L. i a]
.
M Abrosio Petri,
3 Sco Marco, *4 Ambrosio Petri, St. Mark, 4 boards for
L. 1 1] 1416.
Panno d'arazzo,
2
seste, ^libro
di Ma- Piece of tapestry, pair of compasses,
so,
4 libra
Becj, Scassa in
di Giovanni Tommaso's book, the book of Giovanni
6 la vesta, ?cintura della Benci, the box in the custom-house, to cut
dogana, tagliare
8 9C the cloth, the sword-belt, to sole the boots,
spada, rinpedulare li stivaletti, appello
I0 "il de- a light hat, the cane from the ruined
legieri, canne delle casaccie,
I2
bito della touagla, baga da notare, houses, the debt for the table linen, swim-
'^libro di carte bianche per disegnare, ming-belt, a book of white paper for draw-
I4
'sHquato e uno fiorino
carboni.
l6
di su- ing, charcoal. much is a florin How
,
l8
I7 1vn
guarda cuore di pelle.t a leather bodice.
gello?1
L. 2 a] 1417.
Borges ti fara avere Archimede del Borges shall get for you the Archimedes
2
vescouo di Padova, e Vitellozzo quello from the bishop of Padua, and Vitellozzo the one
dal Borgo a San Sepolcro. from Borgo a San Sepolcro.
L. 30 i] 1418.
L. o"] 1419.
Dou'e Valentino? 2
stiuali, 3casse in Where is Valentino? boots, boxes in
dogana,
4 . . .
., sfrate del Carmine, the custom-house, , [5] the monk at the
6 8
squadre, ?Piero Martelli, Salui Bor- Carmine, squares, [7] Piero Martelli,
^rimanda le sache, I0 send back the bags,
gherini, sostetaculo [8] Salvi Borgherini,
delli ochiali, "lo igniudo del Sangallo, a support for the spectacles, [n]the nude
12
la cappa. study of San Gallo, the cloak.
J
3Porfido, ^gruppi, 'Ssquadra, Porphyry, groups, square, [16] Pan-
l6
Pandolfino. dolfino.
1418. marzoccho. 1419. i. chasa diachomo. 1430. 4. falleri. 8. borgerini. it. lognudo.
A Spanish name.
1417. Borges. 5. Carmine. A church and monastery at Flo-
1420. Valentino.
probably Cesare Borgia is milies. See No. 4.
meant. After being made Archbishop of Valence by n. San Gallo; possibly Giuliano da San Gallo,
Alexander VI he was commonly, called Valentinus the Florentine architect.
or Valentino. With reference to Leonardo's engage- 1 6. Pandolfini, see No. 1544 note.
ments by him see pp. 224 and 243, note.
14211423.] MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 429
F. o'] 1421.
1422.
De' 3 corpi regolari cotro alcu cometa- Of the three regular bodies as opposed to
2
tori che biasima li atichi ivetori dode na- some commentators who disparage the An-
quero le gramatiche e le scientie . . .
cients, who were the originators of grammar
and the sciences and .
W. An. III. r 4 2 3-
217* (-G-)]
1421. 2. dauinega. 3. vocabolissta . sino pel. 4. ellatino. 5. buemia . . alia. 6. vederai. 7. meteura. 9. trugrauitatis .
16. oratio . . del celo. These six words are written in four short lines on the margin near line i 4.
impeachable authority on all medical questions. Marliani originali felidter extracta, M(ilano) 1482.
Leonardo possibly points here to a printed edition: Another work by him has the title: Marlianus
Avicennae canonum libri V, latine 1476 Patavis. mediolanensis. Questio de caliditate corporum humanorum
Other editions Padua 1479, and Venice 1490. tempore hiemis ed estatis de antiparistasi ad celebrem
et
are,
3. 6. See Vol.. I, No. 343 note.
Vitruvius. philosophorum et medicorum universitatem tidnensem. 1474-
during Leonardo's life-time. plan of a house. On the same page is the date
w. (.F.)J
Riserua all' ultimo dell'obre le figure The figures you will have to reserve for
2
che copariranno nello scrittoio di Gerar^do
the last book on shadows that they may appear
in the study of Gerardo the illuminator at San
miniatore a Sa Marco in Fireze.
Marco at Florence.
[Va per il Melso, se allo Ambasciatore [Go to see Melzo, and the Ambassador,
6
e a maestro Bernardo.] and Maestro Bernardo].
M. 1425.
Ermete 2
filosofo. Hermes the philosopher.
M. 8,1] 1426.
2
Suisset cio calculatore, Tisber, Suisset, viz. calculator, Tisber, An-
* Alberto. Alberto.
Angelo Fossobro, gelo Fossobron,
M. .53 6} 1427.
Modo del pote leuatojo che mi mostrd Thestructure of the drawbridge shown me
Donnino,
2
e perch6 c e d spingano in basso. by Donnino, and why c and d thrust downwards.
1424. L. I
3 are in the original written between 1427. The sketch on
the same page as this text
lines 3 and 4 of No. 292. But the sense is not clear represents two poles one across the other. At the
in this connection.scarcely possible to de-It is ends of the longest are the letter c and d. The
vine the meaning of the following sentence. sense of the passage is not rendered any clearer.
2. 3. Gherardo Miniatore, a famous
illuminator, 1428. This seems to be a speculation about the
'445 H97 to whom Vasari dedicated a section of flying machine (compare p. 271).
his Lives (Vol. II pp. 237243, ed. Sansoni 1879). Leonardo perhaps alludes to the Gauls under
1429.
5. Bernardo, possibly the painter Bernardo Ze- Brennus, who laid his sword in the scale when the
nale. tribute was weighed.
1430 1435-1 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 431
K.2 27 1} I43O-
Alberto da. Imola; algebra doe dimo- Alberto da Imola; Algebra, that is,
stratione come una cosa s'agguaglia a un the demonstration of the equality of one thing
altra. to another.
W. A. III. 152 a]
r 43 2 -
Dimada la moglie di Bia 2 gio Crivelli Ask the wife of Biagio Crivelli how the
come il cappone 3 allieva e cova Pouadella capon nurtures and hatches the eggs of
4
gallina, essendo lui inbrisacato. the hen, he being drunk.
Libro dell'acque a messer Marco An- The book on Water to Messer Marco
tonio. Antonio.
Fa tradurre Avicenna ;
de' giovameti ;
Have Avicenna's work on useful inven-
2
ochiali col cartone, ^acciajuolo e forchetta tions translated; spectacles with the case, steel
e 4
carbone, asse e fogli e lapis
;
and fork and , charcoal, boards, and
. . . .
petto. chest.
W. L. 141 i] 1435.
1430. 2. alcibra coe mostra come. 3. n"o" e cosa sagualglia alia cosa.
1431. i. ioanes ''erobbia" rupicissa. 1432- 2> & cr ' ve ll' cuppone. 4. ghallina.
1433. Possibly Marc -Antonio della Torre, see tioche in quel tempo il lapis non era in uso) e con tal
1434. 4. Lapis. Compare Condivi, Vita di'-Michel- of the year 1496. Lapis means pencil, and chalk
agnolo Buonarotll, Chap. XVIII. Ma egli (Michel- :
(matita). Between lines 7 and 8 are the texts given
angelo) non avendo che mostrare, prese una penna (per- as Nos. 819 and No. 7.
432
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [14361439.
W. L. 1436.
RlCORDO. MEMORARDUM.
2
Andare in provisione per il mio giar- To make some provisions for my garden,
dino, ^Giordano 'de poderibus', 4 el co-
Giordano, De Ponderibus\_$\, the peace-
ciliatore, de flusso e reflusso del mare, maker, the flow and ebb of the sea, have two
6
s far fare due casse da soma, vedi il tor- baggage trunks made, look to Beltraffio's [6] lathe
nio del Beltraffio e falli trarre vna pietra, and have taken the stone, out leave the books
?Lascia il libro a messere Andrea tedesco, belonging to Messer Andrea the German,
8
fa vna bilancia d'una freccia e pesa la make scales of a long reed and weigh the
cosa Ifocata e poi la ripesa fredda; ^Lo substance when hot and again when cold.
spechio di maestro Luigi,
l
A b flusso e The mirror of Master Luigi; A b the flow
reflusso dell'acque, provato al molino di and ebb of the water is shown at the mill
Vaprio,
' '
beretta. of Vaprio, a cap.
W. L. i2(t\ 1437-
2
Giovanni Fabre, Lazaro del Volpe, Giovanni Fabre, Lazaro del Volpe,-
Jcomune, 4 Ser Piero. the common, Ser Piero. |
W. L. 2030] 1438.
2
[Lattantio] [libro di
3
Benozzo], gruppi, [Lactantius] , [the book of Benozzo],
4 6
legare il libro, sLucerna, Ser Pe- groups, to bind the book, a lantern, Ser
8
cantino, ^ Pandolfino , [Rosso] squa- ,
9 Pecantino , Pandolfino. [Rosso] a square,
I0 12
dra, coltellini, "carrozze, stregghia small knives, carriages, curry combs
1 J '* tazza.
[cavallina], cup.
2
Quadrate di Carlo Marmocchi, mes- Quadrant of Carlo Marmocchi, Messer
ser Francesco Araldo, 3 Ser Benedetto Francesco Araldo, Ser Benedetto d'Accie
d'Accie perello, Benedetto, del abbaco, perello, Benedetto on arithmetic, Maestro
6
s maestro
Pagolo medico, Domenico Paulo, physician, Domenico di Michelino,
di Michelino, ?el caluo deli Alberti, of the Alberti, Messer Giovanni
9 messer Giovanni Argimboldi. Argimboldi.
1436. i. Richordo. 2. provitione. 4. frusso e refrusso. 5. dassoma. 6. effalli. 7. lasscia . . messere aiulrea tedesscho. 8. Ifo-
1439. i. charlo. 2. franc"o". 3. benedetto daccieperello. abbacho. maesstro pagholo medicho. 6. domenicho. chaluo.
4. 5. 7.
8. meser argirobolto.
peared at Nuremberg: Liber Jordani Nemorarii de 1437. These names are inserted on a plan of
pondtribus, propositiones XIII et earundctn demonstra- plots of land adjoining the Arno.
1440 1444-] MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 433
C. A. 19 6; 726] 1440.
Archimede, -
2
3
Colore, formulario, Colours, formula, Archimedes, Mar-
6
Marcanto7nio; cantonio.
8
Ferro stagnate, 9 ferro traforato. Tinned iron, pierced iron.
C. A. jo a; 207 a] 1442.
marcho. 19. rotti fisici. 20. rif ire lalbernuscio. 22. ca-
1444. 2. coltegli. 3. darrigare. 5. 9. pagolo infermieri. 17. sotilissimo.
tenuza. 23. ipara. 24. radice . . maesstro. 27. vesta di ga bellotto. 29. govanni.
1441. 6. Marc Antonio, see No. 1433. favour of Pandolfino's authorship (compare No. 1454,
1443. Alessandro Farnese, afterwards Pope Paul III line 3).
was created in 1493 Cardinal di San Cosimo e San 7. The works of Lactantius were published
Damiano, by Alexander VI. very often in Italy during Leonardo's lifetime. The
1444. i. Pandolfino, Agnolo, of Florence. It is to first edition published in 1465 "in monastero
this day doubtful whether he or L. B. Alberti was sublacensi" was also the first book printed in
Famiglia\ It is the more probable that Leonardo 15. Sansovino, Andrea the sculptor; 1460 1529.
should have meant this work by the words il libro, 25. Leonardo here probably alludes to the map,
because no other book is known to have been not executed by him (See p. 224), which is with the
written by Pandolfino. This being the case this al- collection of his MSS. at Windsor, and was publi-
lusion of Leonardo's is an important evidence in shed in the Archaeologia Vol. XI (see p. 224).
VOL. It.
Ill
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [I445I448.
434
C. A. 145-; 43 2 J
1445-
meto che nessun altra cosa ; to be admired than any thing else.
H'L'imitatione delle cose antiche e The imitation of antique work is better
piv laudabile che quella delle moderne I'- than that of the things. modern
J No
ll pu6 essere bellezza e vtilita Beauty and utility cannot exist together,
come appare nelle fortezze e nelli omini;! as seen in fortresses and in men.
Is II trotto e quasi di qualita di cavallo The trot is almost the nature of the free
libero; horse\.
6
Doue manca la uiuacita naturale, bi- Where natural vivacity is lacking it must
sognia fame una accidetale.il be supplied by art.
Algibra ch'e apresso i Marliani fatta An algebra, which the Marliani have,
dal loro padre, written by their father, [i]
2
Dell'osso, de' Marliani, On the bone, by the Marliani,
^Dell'osso che fora, Gian Giacomo da On the bone which penetrates, Gian Gia-
Bellinzona, e tirare fori il chiodo co faci- como of Bellinzona, to draw out the nail with
lita, facility,
^Misura di Boccalino, The measurement of Boccalino,
sMisura di Milano e borghi, The measurement of Milan and the sub-
urbs, [5]
6
Libro che tratta di Milano e sua A book, treating of Milan and its chur-
chiese, che a 1' ultimo cartolaio luerso il ches which is to be had at the last statio-
M45- ' lalda . . chosa. 2. chose . . laldabile chelle. 3. pro essere belleza . . chome apare. 5. trocto . . chavallo. 6. mancha
*
. . fare accidetale.
1446. 2. piaza di sco\\\\\\. 3. pelliccai\\\\\. 4. detare a franc" paio\\\\\\. 5. 5 di lenzola e per so\\\\\.
1447. pazi.
1448. i. alcibra. 3. cheffora giaiachomo da belinchona ettirare . . ciodo cho. 4. bochalino. 6. chettatta . . essa . . chartolaio
. . chorduso. 7. chorte. 8. chastello. 9. dabbacho . .
riquadrare i magloto (?). n. mosstrarc : . fralte. 13. frnffillippo.
1445. Quel di Pavia. Pavia is possibly a clerical 2. See No. 487 note. Vol. I p. 244.
error for Padua, and if so the meaning of the pas- 1448. i. 2. Marliani, an old Milanese family, now
sage is Quel di Padua would be
easily arrived at: extinct.
the bronze equestrian statue of Gattamelata, on the 21. See PI. CIX and No. 1016.
5.
Piazza del Santo at Padua executed by Donatello in 6. Corduso, see No. 1413, note.
1443 (see pp. 2 and 3).
1449-1 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 435
"Fatti mostrare al frate di Brera 'de Get the Friar di Brera to show you [the
c
poderibus', book] de Ponderibus' [ 1 1 ],
12
Delia misura di Sco Lorenzo, Of the measurement of San Lorenzo,
J
^A fra Filippo di Brera prestai cierti I lent certain
groups to Fra Filippo de
gruppi, Brera, [i 3]
^Ricorda a Giouanino bonbardieri del Memorandum: to ask Maestro Giovan-
modo, come si mvro la torre di Ferrara nino as to the mode in which the tower of
saza buche, Ferrara is walled without loopholes,
'sDimada maestro Antonio, come si Ask Maestro Antonio how mortars are
pianta bobarde e bastioni di dl o di notte, placed on bastions by day or by night,
l6
Domanda Benedetto Portinari in che Ask Benedetto Portinari how the people
modo si corre per lo ghiaccio in Fiadra, go on the ice in Flanders,
J
7Le proportioni
Alchino colle cosi- d' On
proportions by Alchino, with notes-
derationi del Marliano da messer Fatio, by. Marliano, from Messer Fazio,
18
La misura del sole promessami da The measurement of the sun, promised me
maestro Giovanni frazese, by Maestro Giovanni, the Frenchman,
J
9Balestra di maestro Gianetto, The cross bow of Maestro Gianetto,
20
II libro di Giovanni Taverna che a The book
Giovanni Taverna that by
messer Fatio, Messer Fazio,
2I
Ritrarai Milano, You will draw Milan [21],
22
Misura di navilio, conche e sostegnio The measurement of the canal, locks and
e barche maggiori e spesa, supports, and large boats; and the expense,
23
Milano I fondameto, Plan of Milan[23],
24
Gruppi di Bramate, Groups by Bramante[24],
2
sMeteora d'Aristotile vulgare, The book on celestial phenomena by
Aristoteles, in Italian [25],
26
Fa d'avere Vitolone ch' e nella libreria Try to get Vitolone, which is in the
di Pauia che tratta della matematica, library at Pavia of [2 6] and which treats
richorda a govanni . cho ne . . tore' di ferara. 15. chome. 16. chore . . diacio di fiadra. 17. cholle chosidera-
14. .
11. 13. Brera, now Palazzo delle Scienze ed Arti. 25. Meleora. By this Leonardo means no doubt
Until 1571 it was the monastery of the order of the the four books rd jxerecupoXoYtxa. He must refer
Umiliati and afterwards of the Jesuits. here to a MS. translation, as no Italian translation
De ponderibus, compare No. 1436, 3.
is known to have been published (see No. 1477
12. Sco Lorenzo. A church at Milan, see pp. 39> note).
C. A. 358*; 1450.
Br. M. 480]
Pandolfino. Pandolfino.
M. X 45 2 -
Br. ija t]
1450. i 12 R. 4. nicholo. 5. zasti. 7. rede di. n. nicholo. 1453. t. el vespucco . . dare i libro di giometria.
1450. I. Guiliano Condi. Ser Piero da Vinci, Leonardo's death to Giuliano da Vinci at Florence
Leonardo's father, lived till 1480, in a house be- (see p. 284), he says at theper end "Datemene risposta
longing to Giuliano Gondi. In 1498 this was pulled i Condi" (see UziELLI, Kicerche, passim).
down to make room for the fine Palazzo built on Most of the other names on the list are those
the Piazza San Firenze by Giuliano di San Gallo, of well-known Florentine families.
which still exists. In the Riassunto del Catasto di Ser 1452. See No. 844, note, p. 130.
Piero da Leonardo is not mentioned; it
Vinci, 1480, 1453. 1506 Pope Julius II gave Donna
In July
is evident therefore that he was living elsewhere. It Lucrezia della Rovere, the daughter of his sister
may be noticed incidentally that in the Catasto di Lucchina, in marriage to the youthful Marcantonio
Giuliano Gondi of the same year the following men- Colonna, who, like his brothers Prospero and
tion is made of his four eldest sons: Fabrizio became one of the most famous Cap-
,
Lionardo mio figliuolo d'eta d'anni 29, non fa nulla, tains of his family. He gave to him Frascati
Giovambatista d'eta d'anni 28 in Ghostantinopoli, and made him a present of the palazzo he had
Billichozo d eta d'anni 24 a Napoli,
1
8
phenomena,
Lattantio de' va a casa de' Lactantius of the go to the house of
Daldi, .
Pazzi, Daldi, the Pazzi,
Libro di maestro
9
cassetta, Book from Maestro small box,
Paolo Infermieri, Paolo Infermieri, .
IO
Stiualetti, calze e suchiellino, Boots, shoes and small gimlet,
scarpe, hose,
XI
Lacca, .... Lac, ,
I2
Garzone pe' mo- .... An apprentice for ,
34spechio del Rosso vederlo fare, 35i/3 di the caps, Rosso's mirror; to see him make
che n'6 s/ 6 36 Meteora d' Aristotele
, , it,
J
/3
of which I have 5
/6 ,
on the cele-
3?casse di Lorezo di Pier Francesco, 3 mae- stial phenomena, by Aristotle [3 6], boxes
stro Piero dal Borgo, 39l e gare il mio libro, of Lorenzo di Pier Francesco [3 7], Maestro
4Hmostra al Serigatto il libro, e fatti 4I Piero of the Borgo, To have my [book
dare la
regola dell'orilogio, anello,lf bound, Show the book to 'Serigatto,
4 2 noce 43 and get the rule of the clock [4 i],
muscato, gomma, 44 squadra,
45Giova Batista a la piazza de' Mozzi, ring, nutmeg, gum, the square, Giovan'
4 6 Giovanni Giovanni
Benci il libro mio, e' diaspri, Batista at the piazza de' Mozzi,
4?ottone per li ochiali. Benci has my book and jaspers, brass for
the spectacles.
12. dali antelessi. 14. per rotti fisici vatro. 15. del ca. 16. fetto per lalie. 20. la bruncio (?). 24. archo. 25. mapa-
modo. 27. di ganbelletto. 30. clomica. 32. moncatto. 35. n"o". 36. metaura. 38. maesstro. 41. effatti. 42. misscado.
7. 36. Meteora. See No. 1448, 25. 37. Lorenzo di Pier Francesco and his brother Gio-
16. Pier di Cosimo the well known Florentine vanni were a lateral branch of the Medici family and
painter 14621521. See VASARI, Vite (Vol. IV, p. 134 changed their name for that of Popolani.
ed. Sansoni 1880) about Leonardo's influence on 41. Possibly this refers to the clock on the tower
Piero di Cosimo's style of painting. of the Palazzo Vecchio at Florence. In February
17. Fzlippo e Lorenzo; probably the painters Filippino 1512 it had been repaired, and so arranged as to
Lippi and Lorenzo di Credi. L. di Credi's pictures indicate the hours after the French manner (twelve
and Vasari's' history of that painter bear ample evi- hours a. m. and as many p. m.).
dence to his intimate relations with Leonardo.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [14561458.
438
* molte
fie disce 3 e
questo e mostr
. . .
. . . . . .
many veins for anatomical demonstra-
tion.
vene per 1'anotomia.
c. 15* 1458.
Jacomo venne a stare con meco jl di Giacomo came to live with me on St.-Mary
Notes on della Maddalena nel mille 490, d'eta d'anni Magdalen's [i] day, 1490, aged io years. The
pU l
M5 8 -i 468.)
I0 5 2l1 second dl lj feci tagliare 2 cami- second day I had two shirts cut out for him,
cie, uno pajo di calze e vn giubbone,
e qua- a pair of hose, and a jerkin, and when I put
do mi posi i dinari al lato per pagare dette aside some money to pay for these things
cose lui mi lire 4 he stole 4 lire
3detti dinari dalla scarsella, e mai fu possibile themoney out of the purse; and I could never
farli leconfessare, bench' io n'avessi veracier- make him confess, though I was quite certain
tezza; ladro, bugiardo, ostinato, ghiotto. of the fact. Thief, liar, obstinate, glutton.
*
seguente andai a ciena con la-
II dl The day after, I went to sup with Gia-
como, Andrea e detto lacomo cieno per ;
como Andrea, and the said Giacomo supped
2 e fece male per 4, inperoche rupe 3 for two and did mischief
four; for he for
ampolline,
s verso il
uino, e dopo questo brake 3 cruets, spilled the wine, and after
venne a ciena doue me . . . this came to sup where I ....
6
Ite a dl 7 di settebre rubo uno gra- Item: on the 7 th day of September he
fio di valuta di 22 soldi a Marco che staua stole a silver point of the value of 22 soldi
con meco, jl quale era lire 4 from Marco [6] who was living with me, 4 lire
?d'argieto e tolse gli lo dal suo studiolo, this being of silver; and he took it from his
e poi che detto Marco n' ebbe assai ciercato, studio, and when the said Marco had sear-
lo trov6 na 8 scosto in nella cassa di detto ched for it a long while he found it hidden
lacomo lire 4. in the said Giacomo's box 4 lire.
1458- i. lachomo vene . . chomecho . . madalena . . dani. 2. sechondo . . chamice i paro di chalze . .
gibone ccquado . . chose
3. della scharsella . . farlie le qhonfessare . . cierteza . ladro . .
ghiotto these four words are written OH the margin.
4. chon iachomo . .
3 amole. 5. vene. 6. graffio . . ualluta . . marcho . . chomecho . . era [di ua] lire. 7. (luto di]
durgicto ettolse glielo del . . marcho [glielebe] nebe assai cierco lo tro na. 8. schosto inella chassa . . iachomo lire 4*.
1456. This fragmentary note is written on the reference to the drawing on which it is written
margin of a drawing of two legs. but obviously of the same date. Though I have
is
1457. This note occurs on a pen and ink drawing not any opening here for discussing this question of
made by Leonardo as a sketch for the celebrated the cartoon, it seemed to me important to
point out
large cartoon in the possession of the Royal Aca- that the character of the writing in this note does
dejny of Arts, in London. This cartoon is com- not confirm the opinion hitherto held that the Royal
monly supposed to be identical with that described Academy cartoon was the one described by Vasari,
and lauded by Vasari, which was exhibited in Flo- but, on the contrary, supports the hypothesis put
rence at the time and which now seems to be lost. forward by Mr. Marks.
Mr. Alfred Marks, of Long Ditton, in his valuable 1458. // dl della Maddalena.
July 22.
paper (read before the Royal Soc. of Literature, Marco, probably Leonardo's pupil Marco d'Og-
6.
June 28, 1882) "On the St. Anne of Leonardo da gionno; 1470 is supposed to be the date of his
Vinci", has adduced proof that the cartoon now in the birth and 1540 of his death.
Royal Academy was executed earlier at Milan. The note Che stava con meco. We may infer from this that
here given, which is on the sheet containing
written he left the master shortly after this, his term of
the study for the said cartoon, has evidently no study having perhaps expired.
I459-] NOTES ON PUPILS. 439
da Pauia donato in detta casa una pelle Maestro Agostino da Pavia gave to me a
turchesca da fare uno lire 2. Turkish hide to have 2 lire.
pajo di stiualetti esso Giacomo infra a pair of short boots made of it; this Gia-
I4
,
uno mese me la rubo, e vende la a uno como stole it of me within a month and
conciatore di IS scarpe per 20 soldi, de' quali sold it to a cobbler for 20 soldi, with
danari secondo che lui propio mi cofesso, which money, by his own confession, he
ne copro anici cofetti; bought anise comfits.
l6
Ite ancora a dl 2 d'aprile, lasciado Gia Item: again, on the 2 nd April, Giovan
Atonio uno grafio d'argieto sopra uno suo Antonio [i 6] having left a silver point on a
esso Giacomo gli lo rubo, il drawing of his , Giacomo stole it, and this
J 7
disegnio,
a
qual era di ualuta di soldi 24 lira I 6" 4. was of the value of 24 soldi i lira 4 ,S.
18
II
primo
I9 anno The first year
20 v matello, lire 2 A cloak, 2 lire,
2I 6 shirts, 4
camicie 6, lire 4 lire,
22 6
3 givboni, lire 3 jerkins, 6 lire,
2
2
34 paja di calze lire, 788 4 pairs of hose, 7 lire 8 soldi,
4vestito foderato, lire 5 i lined doublet, 5 lire,
2s
24 paja di scarpe, lire 6-85 24 pairs of shoes, 6 lire 5 soldi,
26
vna baretta, lire I A cap, i lira,
2 i lira.
i. laces,
7strighe lire,
s. K. M. m. i a] 1459-
A
penvltimo di settembre;
dl .
On the last day but one of September;
th
Thursday the 2; day of September
giobia, a dl 27 di settebre, 3torno
2
9. Ite adi . . . . . .
.
chofessone chopre . . ch5fetti. 16. anchora . . lassciado . . Stonio i graffio. 17. iachomo glielo. 1827. R. 21. camiCe.
23. para di chalze. 24. li 5. 25. para . . scarpeli. 27. inclti strlge.
R. maesstro. 6. tedessco. asstare mecho. R. The -words lucia piero lionard are written
1459. i. 2. grobia. 3. 4. addi. 7. 9.
on the margin.
Galeazzo. See No. 718 note. but of the wild tricks of the youth, and we may
9.
Giovan Antonio, 1467 to therefore assume that the note was not made merely
1 6. probably Beltraffio,
as a record for his own use, but as a report to be
1516.
forwarded to the lad's father or other responsible
Leonardo here gives a detailed account not only
of the loss he and others incurred through Giacomo guardian.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1460 1464.
440
H.J 1460.
1493-
2
A novebre facemmo -c6-
dl primo di On the I st day of November we settled
mesi 4 4 e accounts. Giulio had to
to; Givlio restava a rimettere |j pay 4 months;
maestro Tomaso mesi 9;
s maestro Tomaso and Maestro Tommaso 9 months; Maestrjo
6
fece di poi 6 cadellie ri dl 10-; Givlio in -,
Tommaso afterwards made 6 candlesticks,
cierte molli ?dl 15; lavoro poi per se in- 10 days' work; Giulio some fire-tongs
line a dl 27 di maggio, e Iavor6 9 per me 15 days work. Then he worked for himse
uno martinello insino a dl 18
I0
di luglio, tillthe 27 th May, and worked for me at
se insino a dl 7 "d'agosto, e lever till the i8 th July; then for himself till
poi per I2
the 7 th of August, and for one day, on the
questo uno mezzo dl per una donna;
di
H.i 1461.
H A dl 23 d'agosto da Pulisona;H
lire 12 the 23 rd day of August, 12 lire from
On
-'a dl 14 di marzo 1494 ^venne Galeazzo Pulisona. On the 14 th of March 1494, Ga-
a stare con meco 4 co patto di dare 5 lire leazzo came to live with me, agreeing to
il mese 5 per le sue spese, pagado ogni 14 pay 5 lire a month for his cost paying on
th
dl de' mesi. the 14 day of each month.
7 Dettemi suo padre fiorini 2 di Reno; His father gave me 2 Rhenish florins.
8
A dl 14 di luglio ebbi da Galeazzo On the 14 th of July, I had from Galeazzo
fiorini 2 di Reno. 2 Rhenish florins.
A dl 15 di
2
settebre Givlio comr'cio On the 15 th day of September Giulio began
6
la serratuSra del mio studiolo 14794. the lock of my studio 1494.
rd
Sabato mattina a dl 3 d'agosto- 1504 Saturday morning the 3 of August 1504
venne lacopo 2 tedesco a stare con meco Jacopo the German came to live with me
in casa; convennesi con me'co che io in the house, and agreed with me that I should
G. 0-1 1464-
I5II. 1511.
A 26 di dl settebre Antonio 2
si rupe On the 26 th of September Antonio broke
la gaba, a a stare 40 dl. his leg; he must rest 40 days.
E. I465-
1466. Written from left to right, i. gienaro . dottobre a di 4 elm. 3. asstato cho mecho. 4. dellano . .
tepo ame. vitato li
5.
38 e. 6. anneauto. 8. joatti (?) venne . . settebr. 9. stato come. n. ane aun li.
1467. i. 2. \\\\\\\iberdo.
\\\\\nco. 5. gian petro.
1465. 2. Giovan; it is not likely that Leonardo extracts made by Oltrocchi before the Leonardo
should have called Giovan' Antonio Beltraffio at one MSS. were conveyed to Paris on the responsibility
time Giovanni, as in this note and another time An- of the first French Republic. Lorenzo, by this, must
tonio, as in No. 1464 while in No. 1458 1. 16 we find have been born in 1487. The sculptor Lorenzetto
was born in 1490. Amoretti has been led by the
1
Giovan Antonio, and in No. 1436, 1. 6 Beltraffio. Possibly
the Giovanni here spoken of is Leonardo's less above passage to make the following absurd obser-
known pupil Giovan Pietrino (see No. 1467, 5). vations :
2. 3. Francesco de' Melzi is often mentioned, see Cotesto Lorenzo, che pot gli fit sempre compagno , al-
Nos. 1350. meno sin che stette in Italia, sarebb' egli Lorenzo Lotto
3. Salai. See No. 1519 note. bergamasco? Sappiamo essere stato questo valente dipin-
1
4. Lorenzo. See No. 1351, 1. 10 (p. 408). Amoretti toreuno de bravi scolari del Vinci (!).
gives the following note in Mem. Star. XXIII: 1505. II Fafoia, perhaps a nickname. Cesare da Sesto,
Martedi sera a dl 14 d'aprile. Venne Lorenzo a stare Leonardo's pupil, seems to have been in Rome in these
con mecho: disse essere d eta1
d'anni 17 . . a dl 15 del years, as we learn
from a drawing by him in the Louvre.
1466. This seems to be an account for two
detto aprile ebbi scudi
25 d'oro dal chamerlingo di Santa assis-
Maria nuova. This, he asserts is derived from a MS. tants. The name of the second is
scarcely legible.
marked S, in quarto. This MS. seems to have The year is not given. The note is nevertheless of
vanished and left no trace behind; Amoretti himself chronological value. The first line tells us the date
had not seen it, but copied from a selection of when the note was registered, January 3^ and the
VOL. n. KKK
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1468. 1469.
442
C. A. F.
1468.
2O Salai, 20 lire,
Salai lire
3
Bonifacio lire 2 Bonifacio, 2 lire,
cannot therefore have written thus in Florence where Fiore di virtu pag. 73. " Libricciuolo composto di bello stile
:
the year was, at that period, calculated as beginning verso 1320 epiu volte impresso nel secolo
il XV (ristampato
in the month of March (see Vol. I, No. 4, note 2). poi anche piu tardi). Gli ofcademici della Crusca
He must then have been in Milan. What is more ammettono nella serie del testi di lingua. Vedasi Gamba,
important is that we thus learn how to date the Razzolini, Panzer, Brunei, Lechi, ecc. (G. D'A.)
beginning of the year in all the notes written at 2. "Historia naturale di C. Plinio Secondo, tradotta di
Milan. This clears up Uzielli's doubts: A Milano
lingua latina in fiorentina per Ckristophoro Laudino &*
/acevasi cominciar Vanno ab incarnatione, cioe il 25 Nicolai anno salutis
Opus Jansonis gallici imp.
Marzo e a natrvitate, eide il 25 Decembre. Ci sembra
M.CCCC.LXXVI.Venetiis n in-fol.Diogene Laertio.
frobabile che Leonardo dovesse prescegliere lo stile che era
Incomintia: "El libro de la vita de philosophi etc.: Im-
in uso a Firenze. (Ricerche, p. 84, note.)
pressum Venetiis per Bernardinum Celerium de Luere,
1467. See No. 1465, 2.
5.
1480", -4 (G. D'A.).
1469. The
late Marchese Girolamo d'Adda published
3. "La Bibia volgare historiata (per Nicold di Mai-
a highly valuable and interesting disquisition on this
ler mi) Venecia .... M.CCCC.LXXI in kalende di
passage under the title: Leonardo da Vinci e la sua
un Augusto (per Vmdelino de Spira)" 2 vol. in-fol. a 2 col.
Libreria, note di (Milano 1873. Ed. di soli
bibliofilo
di 50 lin .; od altra edlz. della stessa versione del Mal-
75 esemplari; privately printed). In the autumn of
lermi, Venetia 1471, e sempre: "Venecia per Gabriel de
1880 the Marchese d'Adda showed me a consider-
Piero 1477," in-fol.; 2 vol.; Ottavio Scotto da Modoetia
able mass of additional notes prepared for a second
1481," "Venetia 1487 per Joan Rosso Vercellese," "1490
edition. This, as he then intended, was to come
Giovanni Ragazo di Monteferato a instantia di Luchanthonio
out after the publication of this work of mine. After
di Giunta, ecc." Lapidario Teofrasto? Mandebille: "Le
the much regretted death of the elder Marchese, his
Marchese Gioachino d'Adda was so liberal grand lapidaire" versione italiana ms. f Giorgio Agricola . . .
son, the
non pub essere, perche nato nel 1494, forse Alberto Magno:
as to place these MS. materials at my disposal for *
de mineralibus. Potrebbe essere una traduzione del poenta
the present work, through the kind intervention of
latino (Liber lapidum seu de gemmis) di Marbordio Veterio
Signor Gustavo Frizzoni. The following passages,
di Rennes (morto nel 1123,) da lui stesso tradotto in fran-
with the initials G. d'A. are prints from the valuable
cese dal greco di Evao re a" Arabia celebre medico che
notes in that publication, the MS. additions I have
faveva composto per fimperatore Tiberio. Marbodto scrisse
marked*. I did not however think myself justified
ilsuo prima per Filippo Augusto re di Francia. Vi sono
in reproducing here the acute and interesting ob-
anche traduzioni in prosa. "II lapidario o la forta e la
servations on the contents of most of the rare books
virtu delle pietre preziose, delle Erbe e degli Animali"
here enumerated.
I. "I. a nobel opera de arithmethica ne la qual se tracta
(G. D'A.)
Piero borgi da Veniesia", in-q>. In fine: "Nela indita Noi crediamo piuttosto il Valturio. Questo libro doveva
cita di Venetia aforni.2 augusto. 1484 .fu imposto fine essere uno de'favoriti di Leonardo poiche libro di scienza
Le edizioni a stampa sono le seguenti: La prima: Bernardini de gerardinis de Amelia, 1478," in-4.
" Roberti Valturii de re
militari, libri XII ad Sigismun- Altra edizione di "Bologna per Bazalino di Bazaliero,
dum Panditlfum Malatestam . . .
Johannes ex Verona I 493>" *-4 got. (G. D'A.)
oriundus: Nicolai cyrugiae media filius : Artis impressorie 8. Forse "Guido dalle Colomie" detto anche "da Cau-
magister: hunc de re militari librum elegantissimum ; Utteris, liaco." "Giiidonisde Cauliaco Cyrurgia. Turra de Castello
&* figuratis signis sua in patria primus impressit. An. recepta atque balnei de Porecta ecc. Venetiis mandato 6
M. CCCCLXXII." in-fol. senza numerazione. expensis Octaviani Scott cura 6 arte Boneti Locatelli,
La seconda edizione e di Bologna, 1483, ristam- 1498" in-fol. got.: rarissimo trattato di chirurgia. Ebbe
pata a Parigi nd 1532, e poi nuovamente ncl 1533. traduzioni francesi parecchie e nel secolo XV anche una
Paolo Ramusio la volgeva in ilaliano e la pubblicava di versione italiana s. I. ed un altra in lingua casti-
n. a.
nuovo in Verona coi tipi del Paganino , sempre in-fol., gliana nel 1498. Vedi: Brunet, Panzer, Hain e Mendez.
1483 (le .stampe di formato piu piccolo), e Luigi Meigret L. Guil. de Saona rhetorica nova,.S. Albano, in- Ac 1480
la traduceva in lingua francese nel 1555 a Parigi. (Laurentius Guilelmus). E libra dJpiu rari (Brunet,
"Mediolani per Leon. Pachel & Ulric. Scinzenzeler Tomo V, col. 137^. S. Albans, Albani Villa, Verulan-
1484" /-4 .
tium, Borgo inglese nella contea di Hertfordshire, la pa-
5 7. Abbiamo varie versione delleDeche di Tito Lh/io, tria di Bacone Francesco. (G. D'A.)
impresse nel secolo XV. II "Tito Livio volgarizzato (da 9. De agricultura. "II libra della agricultura di Pietro
Ruggiero Ferario) Roma Uldarico Gallo nel 1476," tin Crescientio" prima edizione di questa versione italiana
torn, in 3 vol. in-fol. "Bologna per maestro Antonio da scritta nel trecento e testo di lingua citato dal? Accademia
" me Nichdatim Laurentii
Bologna 1478," piccolo in-fol. "Venetia Octaviano Scoto della Crusca. Florentie per
1481," pic. in-fol. Venetia Bartholomeo de Alexandria o alemanum diocesis uralislaviensis anno M. CCCC. L. XXVIII"
Andrea de Asula 1485. Bart/wlomeo de Zanis, 1490, ecc" in-fol. Cibdone: Le materie trattate in questo singolarissimo
Vedasi il Mamtel del Brunet o meglio il Repertorium libretto sono: deifrutti, delle erbe, della Jlebotomia, della me-
deir Hain ed il Panzer. (G. D'A.) dicina, della luxuria, del bagno, ecc. Almansor-ebn-Isahck
5. "Arnaldi de Villanova 6 Johannis Mediolanensis fu governatore del Chorassan ed al suo name intitolava Raze
Regimen sanitatis Salernitanum , 1480," it 1-4 owero i suoi dodici libri di medidna, che in compendia conten-
1
"Tractate utilissimo circa la conservations de la sanitade, gono tutto il sistema medico degli Arabi. Quest" ultima
ecc. composto per il clarissimo ed excellente philosopho edizione m-4. Brescia per d. Bapt. de Farfengo, si com-
6 medidna messer Ugo Benzo di Siena, ecc",
doctore di pone di sei carte s. n. 2. o seg. caratteri semigotici a 2 col.
m-4, caratteri gotici senza numeri e senza name di tipo- (G. D'A.)
grafo. In fine: "Exactum est hoc opus Mli (Mediolani) 10. Quadriregio (libra chiamato il) di Federigo Frezzi
cura &* diligentia Petri de Corneno Mediolanensis, 1481. domenicano. E poema. religioso
- morale - scientifico in
comite principe nostro inviclissimo dominante." V. Sassi- migliori"non indegno di gir dietro a Dante' dice il
6. L'Acerba (da acervns , cumulo), il noto poema di quasi sconosciuto, ancorche in tempi da not lontani fosse
Francesco Stab Hi, astrologo nemico delC Alighieri. Nume- stato nobilmente stampato fiu volte. Ebbe almeno sette
rose edizioni del secolo XV e XVI. E una vera enciclo- edizioni dal 1481 al 1515, e contiene bellezze di primo
pedia in versi, ripiena di idee arditissime e che valsero ordine.
*
Dedizione che con molta probabilita era fra i libri
all' infelice pensatore il rogo nel 1347. In questo poema di Leonardo riteniamo quello di Milano 1488 Zaroto.
trovansi delineate le origini di molti trovati moderni, ed Un esemplare alV Ambrosiana fra
i quattrocentisti donati
in particolare della circolazione del sangue, due secoli prima da G. Porro; forse piu rara che molte altre.
del Michele Serveto. Della prima edizione di Brescia Fer- "Fabulae de Esopo hisioriate? /-4 fig. senza nota di
randus s. a. in-fol. non si conosce che un solo esemplare tempo e di luogo; o F edizione di Venezia per Manfredo
nella Spenceriana. V. Dibdin. (G. D'A.) da Monferrata, in-$ fig. 1481 e 1490; od anche: "Brescia
7. "Incomenza el libra chiamato della vita ecc., cbposto per Boninum de Boninis 1487," in-4 con 67 belle figure
sildgrafiche; "Roma, Silber 1483,"
Venetia Manfredo Bo-
per Alberto magno filosofo excellentissimo ecc. Neapoli
444
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1469.
Sana "
neilo da Streno, 1497, /V/-4, ecc., o piu probabilmente: 1 6. i viaggi del cavaliere Mandeville," gentil-
"Aesop? vita & fabulcr latine cum versione ilalica 6 uomo inglese. Scrisse il suo libra in lingua francese.
allegoriis fr. Tuppi impressa, Nafoli, 1483," in-fol., rara stampato replicatamente nel secolo
l-'it in francese, in XV
editiane ornata di belle -vignette incise in legno. Questo inglese ed in italiano* ed in tedesco; del secolo ne XV
Esopo e anche libra di novelle. Nel Catalogo Cicognara annoverano forse piu di 27 edizioni, di cui ne conoiciamo
abbiamo una minuta descrizione di questo rarissimo vo- 8 in francese, quatlro in latino, sei in tedesco e niolte altre
lume. (G. D'A.) in volgare. (G. D'A.)
11. "Donatus latine &>
Impressum Venetiis im-
italice: 17. // Platina (Bartolomeo Sacchi) la versione italiana
pensis Johannis Baptistae de Sessa anno 1499, *-4". "de la honesta voluptate, & valetudine (& de li
obsonnii)
"El Psalterio de David in lingua volgare (da Malermi Venetia (senza name di tlpografo) 1487," piccolo in-
Venetia nel M.CCCC.LXXVI? in-fol s. n. (G. D'A.) gotico. (G. D'A.) Compare No. 844, 21.
12. Compare No. 1210, 48. La versione di Girolamo 18. // Manganello: Satira eccess'rvamente vivace contra
Squarzafico: "II libra di Justino posio diligentemetite in le donne ad imitazione della Sesta di Giovenale. Manga-
materna lingua. Venetia ale spesse (sic) di jfohahe de Colonia nello non e sollanlo il titolo del libricino, sua ben anche
" Mars ilit name dellaulore cKera un Di questo //'-
&*JohaheGhcretze . . .
1477," in-fol. Ficini, Theo- il "mtfanese".
logia platonica, sive de animarum immortalitate, Florentine, bercolo rarissimo t che sembra impresso a Venezia dallo
per Ant. Misconimum 1482," in-fol. , owero qualche ver- Zoppino (Nicolb d'Aristotile delta il), senza data, ma dei
sione italiana di qtieslo stesso libra, ms. (G. D'A.) frimissimi anni del secolo XVI, e forse piu antico , come
1
3. Forte "la Historia Trojana Guidonis," od il "mani- vedremo in appresso, non se ne conoscono fra biblioteche
pulus" di "Guido da Monterocherii? ma piu probabilmente pubbliche e private che due soli esemplari in Eurofa.
"Guido d'Arezzo? il di cui libra: "Micrologus, seu disci- (G. D'A.)
plina artis musicae" poteva da Leonardo aversi ms.; di 19. "Cronica desidero", sembra si deggia leggere piitt-
1
questi ne esistono in molto biblioteche, e fn poi impresso lasto "cronico disidoro"; ed in questo caso s in tendered be la
nel 1784 dal Geibert. "cronica d'hidoro" tanto in voga a quel tempo "Comenza
Molte sono le eJizione dfi sonetti di Burchiello Fioren- la Cronica di Sancto Isidoro menore con alchune additione
tino, impresse nel secolo XV. La prima e piu rara e cavate del testa <S istorie de la Bibia &> del libra di Paulo
" Incominciano li Oroso ....
recercata: sonetti, ecc. (per Christoforo Impresso in Ascoli in casa del rcverendo
Arnaldo}\ in-4" senza numeri, richiami o segnature, del misser Pascale per mono di Guglielmo de Linis
1475, tfoffanche del 1472, secondo Morelli e Dibdin, ecc. de Alamania M.CCCC.LXXVir in-y> di \tf f. E il
in-4 e "Antotti de Francesco, 1487," /-4 e Francesco per pre: Baptista de Farfengo" (tn ottave) o : "El libra
di Jacopo 1 489," -4 ed altre ancora di Venezia e senza dele Epistole di Ovidio in rima volgare per messere Do-
alfiina nota ecc. (G. D'A.) minico de Monticelli toschano. Brescia Farfengo? tn-4"
15. L'na delle edizioni del Morgante impresse nel se- got. (in rima volgare), 149 1 ,
ed anche la versione di Luca
colo XV, ecc. Pulci. Firenze, Mischomini, 1481, m-4". (G. o'A.)
Qualt delle opere di Francesco Petrarca, sarebbe ma- 21. See 1. 4.
lagevole C indavindre, ma probabilmente il Canzottier*. 22. "Jo: de Sacrobusto" o"Goro Dati? o "Tolosanc d>i
(G. D'A.) Colle" di cui molteplici ediziom del secolo XV. (G. D'A.)
5
2
3Facietie di Poggio, The Jests of Poggio [2 3]
2/
*De chiromatia, Chiromancy, [24]
25 Formulario di pistole.
Formulary of letters, [25]
S. K. M. III. 87 i] *47O.
2
Nonio Marciello, Festo Popeo, 3 Marco Nonius Marcellus, Festus Pompeius, Mar-
Varrone. cus Varro.
F. o]
Piata d'Elefante d'India che a Anto- Map of Elephanta.in India which Antonello
nello Merciaio 2
da maestro Maffeo; perche Merciaio has from maestro Maffeo; there for
seven years the earth rises and for seven
7 anni la ter3ra alza e 7 abbassa; ^cerca
it at the stationers
years sinks; Enquire
di Vetruvio 5 fra cartolaj. about Vitruvius.
Leic. 13 ] 1472.
Vedi de naui messer Battista e Fron- See 'On Ships' Messer Battista, and Fron-
tino de' aquidotti. tinus 'On Acqueducts' [2].
J 473-
2
Anasagora; ogni cosa vie da ogni cosa, Anaxagoras Every thing proceeds from :
ed ogni cosa si fa ogni cosa, 3 e ogni every thing, and every thing becomes every
thing, and every thing can be turned into
cosa torna in ogni cosa, perche cio ch'e
every thing else, because that which exists in
nelli elemeHi e fatto da essi elemeti. the elements is composed of those elements.
23. Tre edizioni delle facezie del Poggio abblamo in Five books out of this list are noted by Leonardo
lingua italiana della fine del secolo XV, tutte senza data. in another MS. (Tr. 3): donato, lapidario, pli-
"Facetie de Poggio fiorenlino traducte de latino in vulgare nio, abacho, morgante.
ornatissimo" m-4, segn. ae in caratteri romani; Paltra: 1470. Nonius Marcellus and Sextus Pompeins Festus
"Facetie traducte de latino in vulgare" in-ap, caratteri were Roman grammarians of about the fourth cen-
gotici, ecc. (G. D'A.) tury A. D. Early publications of the works of Mar-
cellus are: De proprietate sermonis, Romae (about 1470),
* "Die Kunst Cyromarttia 26
24. etc. in tedesco. ff. di and 1471 (place of publication unknown). Compen-
testo e figure il tutte su tavole di legno verso la
esequito diosa doctrina, adfilium, de proprielate sermonum. Ve-
fine del secolo XV da Giorgio Schapff". Dibdin, Heinecken,
nice, 1476. BRUNET, Manuel du libraire (IV, p. 97)
Sotheby e Chatto ne diedero una lunga descrizione ; i primi notes : Le texte de cet antien grammairien a ete reimprime
tre accompagnati da La data 1448 che silegge XVe avec ceux de Pom-
plusieurs fois a la fin du
fac-simili. siecle,
alia fine del titolo si riferisce al periodo della composizione
ponius Festus et de Terentius Varro. La plus andennc
del testo, non a quello della stampa del volume benche celle de Parme,
editionqui rhinisse ces trots auteurs est
tabellario. Altri mold libri di Chiromanzia si conoscono di
Celles de Venise, 1483, 1490, 1498, et de
1480 . . .
logna per Ugo di Rugerii" in-4, del secolo XV. Altra Frontinus. The note referring to this author thus
edizionedi " Venetia Bernardino diNovara, 1487" e "Milano suggests a solution of the problem of the date of
t.9,1 '474-
Archimede del uescouo -di Padoua. The Archimedes belonging to the Bishop
of Padua.
W. 191 ]
1475-
2
Archimede a dato la Dra d'una figura Archimedes gave the quadrature of a poly-
late^rata eno del cerchio; isadunque Ar- gonal figure, but not of the circle. Hence
8
6
chimede non ?quadr6 mai figu ra di lato Archimedes never squared any with
figure
curuojl 9cioe quadr6 il cer'chio meno una curved sides. He squared the circle minus
I2
portio^ne tanto minima qua to lo intelletto
the smallest portion that the intellect can
possa immaginare, cio quanto il
puto vi-
sibile. conceive, that is the smallest point visible.
Br. M. 279*1
essi Romani, e nella pre'^sa di Siracusa fu great rewards from these very Romans; and
cercato dilige l6 temete d'esso Archime- when Syracuse was taken, diligent search was
mide, e tro^vato morto; ne fu fatto mag- made for Archimedes; and he being found
l8
giore lametatione nel senato e ^popolo dead greater lamentation was made for him
20
Romano, che s' egli' auessi no perso tutto by the Senate and people of Rome than if
2I
il loro esercito, e non mancarono d'ono- they had lost all their army; and they
rarlo di sepoltu 22 ra e di statua, della quale did not fail to honour him with burial and
2
fu capo 3 Marco Marcello; e dopo la se- with a statue. At their head was Marcus
conda 24 ruina di Siragusa fu ritrouato 2 sda Marcellus. And after the second destruction
Catone la sepoltura d'esso Archi 26 mede of Syracuse, the sepulchre of Archimedes was
ne! 27 le ruine d'un tenpio; onde Catone fe- found again by Cato [25], in the ruins of a
28 2
cie rifare il
tepio e la sepoltura 9onora- temple. So Cato had the temple restored and
tissima . . . 3e di questo si scriue 3'auere the sepulchre he so highly honoured ....
detto Catone *2 non si di 33 n es- Whence it is written that Cato said that he
gloriar
suna cosa tan^to, quanto d' auere 35 onorato was not so proud of any thing he had done
esso Archi3 6mede d'esso orna^meto. as of having paid such honour to Archimedes.
1474. uescouo. M75- i. data. 3. rato. 6. chimenide. 10. cio meno i. n. tanta. 12. inmaginare coe q"u"to.
1476. i. auessi trovata. 4. romani [qual] co. 5. presteza arebero conquisa. 7. ccqual. 8 potessi . . attanto. 10. chellui auessi
not even the diligent Mazzucchelli, mentions una macchina di fino ramf, invention d Archi-
1
any troniio 2
version in which Cato named. mede (see 'Saggio\ p. 20).
is It is evidently a
14771483-] NOTES ON BOOKS AND AUTHORS. 447
1.282*] 1477-
M. 62 a] 1478.
Dice Aristotile che se vna potentia Aristotle says that if a force can move
move v 'Icorpo vn tanto spafaVin tanto
a bod a iven distance in a iyen t[ ^
me^desima potentia movera la meta
tepo, la
same force Wl11 move half the same body
diquel icorpoduetantidispationelmede-
simo tepo.l twice as far in the same time.
C. A. 121 a; 1480.
"Dicie Aristotele che ogni cosa desidera Aristotle says that every body tends to
matenere la sua natura. maintain its nature.
De incremeto 2
Nili , opera d' Aristotile On the increase of the Nile, a small book
piccola. by Aristotle.
Avicenna vole 2 che 1' anima partorisca Avicenna will have it that soul gives birth
anima, e '1 corpo
3 1' il
corpo,
4 e ogni to soul as body to body, and each member
mebro per rata. to itself.
F. o"] 1483.
1480. 2. la gravita per essere etc. etc. 1481. 3. pichola. 1482. i. aviciena. 2. chellanima parlorischa.
1483. i. avicena.
1481. De inundatione Nili, is quoted here and de coelo et mundo; de anima libri III; libri VIII physi-
by others as a work of Aristotle. The Greek corum; libri de generatione et corruptione; de sensu et
original but a Latin version of the beginning
is lost, sensato . . . omnia latine, interprete Averroe. Venetiis 1483
exists (Arist. Opp. IV p. 213 ed. Did. Par.). (first Latin edition). There is also a separate edition
In his quotations from Aristotle Leonardo possibly of Liber de coelo et mundo, dated 1473.
refers to one of the following editions Aristotelis libri IV :
1482. Avicenna, see too No. 1421, 1. 2.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [14841487.
448
B,M.,.'|
Tr. 4| 1486.
1487.
Demetrio solea dire non essere differe- Demetrius was wont to say that there was
tia dalle parole e voci dell'inperiti ignio- no difference between the speech and words
2
rati, che sia da suoni e strepiti cavsati dal of the foolish and ignorant, and the noises
ventre ripieno di superfluo veto * e questo ;
and rumblings of the wind in an inflated
no senza cagio dicea, iperoche lui no re- stomach. Nor did he say so without reason,
putava esser differetia da qual parte 4 costoro for he saw no difference between the parts
madassino fuora la voce, o dalle parti whence the noise issued; whether their lower
Iferiori o dalla bocca, Sche Tuna e 1' altra parts or their mouth, since one and the
era di .pari valimeto e sustatia. other were of equal use and importance.
. .
choporal . . chosi. 8. delonsagio enivna . . chosa e da a questa coparare. .
1487. i. difcretia . . evoce. 2. chessia da soni e strepidi. 3. ecquesto. 3. Iperochellui . . diferetia. 4. parte. . bochn. 5. chel-
luna cllnltra.
1484. The earliest printed edition known to Brunei 1486. Aulns Cornelius Celsus, a Roman physician,
of the works of Roger Bacon, is a French trans- known as the Roman Hippocrates, probably contem-
lation, which appeared about fourty years after Leo- porary with Augustus. Only his eight Books 'De
nardo's death. Medicina', are preserved. The earliest editions are :
1485. Cleomede. A Greek mathematician of the Cornelius Celsus de medicina libr. VIII., Milan 1481
,
IVth century B. C. of Me- We have a Cyclic theory Venice 1493 and 1497-
teoricaby him. His works were not published before 1487. Compare Vol. I, No. 10.
Leonardo's death.
1488 149 1 -] NOTES ON BOOKS AND AUTHORS.
449
S. K. M. III. 93 a] 1488.
2
Maestro Stefano Caponi, medico, 3 S ta Maestro Stefano Caponi, a physician lives
alia piscina, 4 a Euclide 'de posderibus'. at the piscina, and has Euclid De Ponderibus.
K.2 2 a] 1489.
K.2 1490.
2
relatiuamente e detta al tutto, e in of in relation to the whole; and all their
questi due estremi sta tutta 3 la relatione relations liebetween these two extremes, and
di quegli, e chiama.4si mvltiplici. are called multiples.
Dice Ippocrate che la origine della Hippocrates says that the origin of men's
sperm derives from the brain, and from the
2
nostra semenza diriva dal cielabro e dal
lungs and testicles of our parents, where the
3 di nostri 4
polmone e' testiculi gie nitori ,
1489. 2. p" difinitione is -written on the margin. 3. magore concosia. 4. chella. 5. gore. 6. ditta ecque. 7. che moltiplichatiua
coe. .10. cumune agreghatiua cqu"e". 12. plia [ma fa] piu . . tutt'V. 13. chollaiuto. 14. rifacea. 15. pero e detto
agregatiua. 16. 2" difinitione is written on the margin. La multiplici e magore. 19. difinimo . . extreme. 20. ecqui si di-
finissce il maggore.
1490. 2. quessti duextremi. 4. mvltiplici.
nosstra senza. ettestichuli di nosstri. dovessi dechotione. ettutti . .
porgano. 6. sus-
1491. i. ipocrate chella. 2. 3. 4. . .
5.
1491. The works of Hippocrates were printed first after Leonardo's death.
VOL. n. LLL
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1492-1495.
450
Tr. a]
1493-
w. xxni.) 1494.
2
Dice Modino che li muscoli che alza no Mondino says that the muscles which
li diti del
piede stanno nella parte ^siluestra raise the toes are in the outward side of
della coscia, e poi soggiugne 4 che '1 dosso the thigh, and he adds that there are no
del piede non a muscoli, s perche la natura muscles in the back [upper side] of the feet,
livoile fare legieri ac6 cioche fussino facili because nature desired to make them light, so
al movimeto, per?che se fussino carnosi, as to move with ease; and if they had been
8
sarebber piu gravi; e qui la sperietia mo- fleshy they would be heavier; and here ex-
stra .
perience shows . . .
G. 8 a] 1495-
Del' error di quelli che vsano 2 la pra- Of the error of those who practice with-
tica sanza scietia; 3 Vedi primo *la poetica out knowledge; [3] See first the 'Ars poe-
'd'Oratio. tica' of Horace [5].
1493. i. araiano . . abrusiati. 2. 7 ceto M"a" [di] volumi . . nela [spu] pugnia. 3. ivlio.
1494. i. chelli musscoli. a. piedi. cosscia sogugne. 4. piedi musscoli. 5. le voile coche
3. . . . . . .
legieri a. 6. fussi facile.
1492. Lucretius, de rerum natura libri VI were prin- per Matthfitm Cerdonis de Vuindischgretz , 1484," j-4;
ted about 1473, at Verona in 1486, at Brescia in
first "Lipsia, 1493," <-4; "Venezia, 1494," in-^ e rvi "1498,''
!495> at Venice in 1500 and in 1515, and at Florence in con fig. Queste figure per aitro non sono, come si e pre-
1515. The numbers 165 and 167 noted by Leonardo at teso, le prime che fossero introdotte in un trattaio di No-
the end of the two passages seem to indicate pages, tomia. Nel 'fasciculus Medicinal di Giovanni Ketliam,
but ifnone of the editions just mentioned can
so,
1
che riproduce r'Anatomia del Mundinus, impresso pure a
here be meant, nor do these numbers refer to the Venezia da J. e G. de Gregoriis, 1491, in-fol. t conten-
veises in the poems of Lucretius. gonsi intagli in legno (si vogliono disegnati non gia in fist da
1493. Ammiani Marcellini historiarum libri qui ex- Andrea Mantegna) di grande dimensione, e che furono
tant XIH, published at Rome in 1474. piu volte riprodotti negli anni successive. Qutsf edisione
1494. "Mundini anatomia. Mundinus, Anothomia (sic). del "fasciculus" del 1491, sta fra nostri libri e potrebbe
Mundmi praestantissimorum doctorum almi studit ticiensis benissimo essere il volume d" Anatomia notato da Leonardo.
cura diligentissime emendata. Impressa
(sic) Papiae per ma- (G. D'A.)
gistrum Antonium de Carcano 1478," in-fol,; ristampata: 1495. A 3 5 are written on the margin at the side
"Bononiae Johan. de Noerdlingen, 1482," in-fol.; "Padma of the title line of the text given, entire as No. 19
1496 1498-] NOTES ON BOOKS AND AUTHORS. 451
B. 8 a] 1497-
Catapulta, come dice Nonio e Plinio, e The catapult, as we are told by Nonius
vno strumeto ritrovato da quelli ecc. and Pliny, is a machine devised by those &c.
O ritrovato nele Storie delli Spagnioli have found in a history of the Spaniards
I
come nelle guerre da loro 2 avute colli that their wars with the English Archi-
in
sopra alia gaggia costrignievano li omini, to which the grappling-iron had clung. This
che 11 erano, a ^abbadonare detta gaggia, was hooked on to the edges of the top
l8
ode calato 1' ancora colle acut quella and then suddenly the cord attached at the
cauava ai labri della gaggia; e subito era base of the top to support the cord which
tagliata la corda posta ^al nascimeto della went from the grappling iron, was cut, giving
gaggia a sotenere quella corda ch'adava way and drawing in the enemy's ship; and
20
dal' acora al' argano, e tirade il navilio . . . if the anchor was cast ...
following words are written on the margin: chera attaca etacata conuua cordella. n. nasimeto nassimeto delo albore. . .
2. vn [albore] rgano. 13. nassimeto. 14. chon somo. 15. pido sua raza e piogia. 16. ala gagia chostrignieva. . .
abadonare
7. gagia chalato lancora chcle achuti rapo (?). 18. gagia essubito. 19. [assostenere] a noscimeto dela
. . . .
gagia . .
quela chorda. 20. navilio demi(?) essi(?) poneva(?) dancora(?).
1497. Plinius, see No. 946. me from Madrid, that Spanish savants have no know-
Archimedes never visited Spain and the
1498. , ledge of the sources from which this story may have
names here mentioned cannot be explained. Leonardo been derived.
seems to quote here from a book, perhaps by some 6. Compare No. 1115.
questionable mediaeval writer. Prof. C. Justi writes to 14. Compare No. 1128.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [14991503.
452
Ui,
Trifone Alessadrino, il
quale duceua Tryphon of Alexandria, who spent his life
sua eta in Apolonia citta d' Albania (163). at Apollonia, a city of Albania (163).
Mcsser Vlcentio Aliprado, che sta Messer Vincenzio Aliprando, who lives
a il Vetru 3 uio near the Inn of the Bear, has Giacomo An-
'presso aH'osteria dell'Orso,
di lacomo Andrea. drea's Vitruvius.
53*1 1502.
Dice Vetruvio che modelli piccoli 2 non i Vitruvius says that small models are of
sono in nessuna operatione confor^mi al- no avail for ascertaining the effects of large
1'efTetto de' grandi la qual co*sa qui disotto
; ones; and I here propose to prove that
intendo dimostraSre tale conclusione essere this conclusion is a false one. And chiefly
6
falsa, e massimamente allegando quelli by bringing forward the very same argument
me desimi termini, coi quali lui c6 8 clude
7 which led him to this conclusion; that is, by
tale sententia, cioe colla 9 S perientia della an experiment with an auger. For he proves
I0
triuella, per qua lamostra essere fatto
le lui that if a man, by a certain exertion of
dalla po"tentia dell'omo vno buso di cier- . strength, makes a hole of a given diameter,
12
ta quantita di diametro, e che poi *3vn and afterwards another hole of double the
buso di dupplicato diametro no ^ sara fatto diameter, this cannot be made with only
da dupplicata potentia I5 di detto uomo, ma double the exertion of the man's strength,
da molto piv; all l6 a qual cosa si puo molto but needs much more. To this it may very
ben rispo^dere, allegando che il trivello well be answered that an auger
L. 53 ] 1503-
1503. i. picho. 2. inessuna. 3. dall effecto. 4. disocto . . dimosstra. 6. que me. 8. coe colla. 9. essperictia . trinclla la qua.
10. mosstra. n. fatto. 12. diamitro. 13. diametro. 14. potemi"a". 15. homo. 16. si po . .
risspo. 17 trivell"o".
X 1503. i. duplicbata . . non po. 3. concosia chclla. 4. e di du. 6. quadruplata. 7. mosstra le due.
\ 1499. The Greek philosophers had no opportunity 1500. Tryphon of Alexandria, a Greek Gram-
to study the phenomenon of the ebb and flow of marian of the time of Augustus. His treatise ita&T)
the tide and none of them wrote about it. The move- Xet appeared first at Milan in 1476, in Constantin
ment of the waters in the Euripus however was to Laskaris's Greek Grammar.
a few of them a puzzling problem.
15041507.] NOTES ON BOOKS AND AUTHORS.
453
G. 95 a] 1504.
DELLA Da BEL CIRCULO, E CHI FU IL PRIMO OF SQUARING THE CIRCLE, AND WHO IT WAS
CHE LA 2 TROVO A CASO. THAT FIRST DISCOVERED IT BY ACCIDENT.
3"Vetruvio, misurando le miglia colle Vitruvius, measuring miles by means of
molte intere revolutioni 4delle rote che the repeated revolutions of the wheels which
movono i carri, distese nelli suoi stadi move vehicles, extended over many Stadia
molte linie 5 circuferetiali del circolo di tali the lines of the circumferences of the circles
rote; Ma 6
lui le inparo dalli ani mali motori of these wheels. He became aware of them
di tali carri; Ma
no conobbe quello essere by the animals that moved the vehicles. But
il mezzo D to equale a vn circolo,
7 a dare il he did not discern that this was a means of
il
quale prima per Archimede Siragusano finding a square equal to a circle. This was
8
futrovato: che la multiplicatione del semi- first done
by Archimedes of Syracuse, who
diamitrod'un circolo colla 9meta della sua by multiplying the second diameter of a circle
circuferetia facieva vn quadrilatero rettilinio, by half its circumference produced a rectan-
I0
equale al circolo. gular quadrilateral equal figure to the circlet 10].
B. 58 fl] 1506.
Br. M. 79 6] 1507-
Vitolone in Sa Marco. Vitolone, at Saint Mark's.
1504. i. de O* del ce chi . . chella. 2. achaso. 3. cholle. 4. movano i charri . . nelle sue stadi. 5. circhuferetiali del c. di . .
1505. i. sanza lalde. 2. atici lalde chofermate ta testimoni da\\\\\noma. 3. colegati etraversati c per molificatio cogivte(?).
1506. uitolone he 805 chonchisioni in prosspettiva. 1507. marcho.
1504. Vitruvius, see also Nos. 1113 and 343. con aggiunte del principe Boncompagni, e le illustrazioni
10.Compare No. 1475. del cav. Enrico Narducci. Nel 'Catalogo di manoscritti
1
1505. The end of the text cannot be deciphered. possednti da D. Baldassare dJprincipi Boncompagni, com-
1506. (Witelo, Vitellion, Vitellon) Vitellione. da E pilato da esso Narducci, Roma, 1862, sotto al n. 358,
vedersi su questo ottico prospettico del secolo XIII Luca troviamo citato: Vitellio,
*
Perspective, manoscritto del secolo
Pacioli, Paolo Lomazzo, Leonardo da Vinci, ecc. e fra i XIV. La 'Prospettiva di VitelleonJ (sic) Thuringo-poloni
moderni il Graesse, il Libri, il Brunei, e le Memorie e citata dtte volte da Paolo Lomazzo nel Trattato deir arte
pubblicate dal principe Boncompagni, e 'Sur Vorthographe della pittura. Vitellio o Vitello> o Witelo. II suo libro
du nom et sur
de Witelo (Vitellion) note de
la patrie fu impresso in foglio a Norimberga nel 1 5 35/ ?a secondo
Maximilien Curtze, professeur a Thorn , ove sono descritti edizione e 0^/1551, sempre di Norimberga, ed una terza
1
il principe Boncompaghi, ha una biogrqfia del Vitellione. curadiG. D'A., Milano 1879. P. I. Appendicep. 113. 114).
Questo scritto del Baldi reca la data 25 agosto 1588. 1507. Altro codice di cotesta 'Prospettiva? del Vitolone
Discorsero poi di lui Federigo Risnerio e Giovanni di Mon- troviamo notato nel 'Canone bibliographico di Nicolb V\
teregio nella prefazione delf Alfagrano, Giovanni Boteone, conservato alia Magliabecchiana , in copia delf originale
tato
1
da Luca Pacioli v ha un secondo esemplare del Kurtz, di G. D'A. Parte I, p. 97).
454 NOTES ON BOOKS AND AUTHORS. [15081513.
K. ..*]
X S8.
Come Xenofonte pro pose il falso. 2
How this proposition of Xenophon is false.
*Se a cose disequali si leuano cose <dis- If you take away unequal from quantities
equali, le quali sieno nella mede s sima pro- unequal quantities, but in the same propor-
&c.
portione ecc. tion,
B. 4.1
r 59-
inventorie A dl 28 d' aprile ebbi da Marchesino On
the 28 th day of April I received from
Ash. I. i a] 1510.
S. K. M. III. 47 a]
A dl primo di febraio lire 1 200. On the first day of February, lire 1200.
S. K. M. III. 43 a\ 1512.
H.3 77")
1508. X^nopfiqn's works were published several is a blank space after cFaprile. Marchesino Stange
times during Leonardo's lifetime. was one of Lodovico il Moro's officials. Campare
1509 Instead of tVe indication of the year there No. 1388.
1514-1517-] INVENTORIES AND ACCOUNTS. 455
H.3
H.3
H.3 I5l6.
H.2
^Caterina S 10 to Caterina S 10
"t Caterina S 10. to Caterina S 10
JS'S- 3- perllaltra.
varco eli. goni. nona. mazo.
1516. i -10 R. i. 6 in vna. 2. rev(?). 3. soldi 4 nv. 4. 5. 7. 9.
S. K. M. II.* 44]
Petrosemolo parti 10 Parsley 10 parts
2
meta parte i mint parti
3serpillo parte I
thyme parti
S. K. M. IM o-] I5 2 -
Martedl si copro il uino da mattina, On Tuesday I bought wine for morning [drink-
2
venerdl a dl 4 di settebre il simile. ing]; on Friday the 4 th day of September the same.
s. K. M. H.I 94 1\ IS 21
Piscina all'ospedale, The cistern at
2
ducati 2, J
fave, 4 melica biaca, s meli- the Hospital , 2 ducats ,
beans , white
6 8
ca rossa, panico,
^
miglio, fagiuoli, maize, red maize, millet, buckwheat,
9 x "
fave, pisegli. kidney beans, beans, peas.
S. K. M. II. i 950] I5 22 -
SPESE PER LA SOTTERATURA DI CATERINA. EXPENSES OF THE INTERMENT OF CATERINA.
2
Libbre 3 di cera S 27 For the 3 Ibs of tapers 27 S
3
per lo cataletto S 8 For the bier 8 S
4
palio sopra il cataletto S 12 A pall over the bier 12 S
s
portatura e portura di croce S 4 For bearing and placing the cross 4 S
6
per la postatura del morto S 8 For bearing the body 8QO
i
per 4 preti e 4 cherici S 20 For 4 priests and 4 clerks 20 S
8
canpana , libri, spuga S 2 Bell, book and sponge 2 S
9
per li sotteratori S 16 For the gravediggers 16 S
10
all' atiano S 8 To the senior 8 S
11
per la licietia ali ufitiali S i For a license from the authorities 1 S
106 106 S
12
medico
il S 2 The doctor 2 S
^zucchero e cadele S 12 Sugar and candles 12 S
1 20 120 S
1518. 17 R. 6. ettelaro.
1519. i. petrose milo parte. 3. srpilo pa. 4. aceto peneo essale. 5. canovacci 2 prsi.
1521. i. piscin damozania(r) allospedadi. 8.
4. meliga. 5. meliga. fagioli.
1533. i. socteratura. 2. In libr. 3/ 3. catalecto. 4. sopra catalecto. 7. cerici. 8. libr. 9. socteratori.\ 10. allatiano. 12. in
medico. 13. zuchero.
L. 94 a] I523-
1.2 1524.
La
mattina di Sco Pietro a dl 29 di On the morning of San Peter's day,
2 th
giugno 1504 tolsi ducati io, de' quali ne June 29 , 1504, I took io ducats, of which
diedi uno a Tomaso, mio 3fa miglio, per I gave one to Tommaso my servant to
spedere; spend.
1525. With regard to Vante or Attavante, the mi- one of the committee of artists who, in 1503, considered
niature painter (not Nanni as I formerly deciphered the erection and placing of Michel Angelo's David.
this name, which is difficult to 'read; see Zeltschrift The date of his death is not known; .he was of the
and Vasari, Lives of Frate
fiir Bild. A'unst, 1879, p. 155), same age as Leonardo. Further details will be found
Giovanni da Fiesole, of Bartolommeo della Gatta, in 'Notizie di Attavanle miniatore, e di alcuni suoi lavor?
and of Gherardo, miniature. He, like Leonardo, was (Milanese's ed. of Vasari, III, 231235).
VOL. II.
MMM
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1527.
458
lunedl mattina fiorino uno a Salai per On Monday morning i florin to Salai to
spend on the house.
spendere in casa, On Thursday I took
smartedl tolsi fiorino uno per mio spen- i florin for my own
dere, spending.
6
mercoledl sera fiorino uno a lomaso, Wednesday evening i florin to Tommaso,
before supper.
inati cena,
7sabato mattina fiorino uno a Tomaso, Saturday morning i florin to Tommaso.
8
lunedl mattina fiorino uno maco S 10, Monday morning i florin less 10 soldi.
fiorino uno maco S Thursday to Salai florin less 10 soldi.
'giouedi a Salai 10, i
a Tomaso, Tommaso.
^lunedl mattina a Tomaso fiorino uno, Monday morning, to Tommaso i florin.
Br. M. 1527.
1504. 1504.
2
Venerdl a dl 9 d'agosto 1504 tolsi On the 9 th day of August, 1504, I took
10 florins in gold [2] . . . .
[3] on Friday the
fiorini IO d'oro J. . . . venerdl a dl 9 th
9 of August fifteen grossoni that is
day
d'agosto grossoni quintiici cioe fr. 5 S 5 fl.
5 .... given to me i florin in gold
85
.... dato a me fr. i d'oro a dl 12 d'a- on the 12 th day of August [4] on the
th
gosto,
5 . ... a dl 14 d'agosto grossoni 32 a i4 of August, 32 grossoni to Tommaso. On
6
e a dl 18 del detto grossoni 5 the 18 th of the same 5 grossoni to Salai.
Tomaso,
a ?a dl 8 di settebre grossoni 6 al
On the 8 th of September 6 grossoni to the
Salai,
8
workman to spend; that is on the day of
fattore per spendere cioe il dl della donna; our Lady's birth. On the i6 th day of Sep-
9 a dl 16 di settembre detti grosso 4 10 a tember I gave 4 grossoni to Tommaso: on
Tomaso in domenica. a Sunday.
i" attomaso. 17. attomaso fr i. 18. [mercholedi mattin . . fr i attomaso]. 19. govedi "mattina" addi . . fr i" attomaso.
20. domenicha . . fr i". 21. addi. 22. tolgho.
1527. Written from left to right. 3. anne dato [addi] venerdi . . coe. 4. m\\\\\ dato ame fri doro addi 12 d'agosto. 5. an\\\\\\to
addi . .
3 (?) atto maso. 6. addi . . assalai. 8. isspendere coe. 9. addi. 10. attomaso indomenicha.
1527. In the original, the passage given as No. 1463 the nick-name of Giovanni Franceso Penni, born in
is written between lines 2 and 3 of this text, and Florence in 1486, and subsequently a pupil of Ra-
it is possible that the entries in lines 3 and 4 refer phael's. According to Vasari he was known by it
to the payments of Jacopo Tedesco, who is there even as a boy. Whether he is spoken of in this
mentioned. The first words of these lines are very passage, or whether the word Fattore should be trans-
illegible. lated literally, I will not undertake to decide. The
7. Al fattore. II Fattore, was, as is well known, latter seems to me more probably right.
I528I533-] INVENTORIES AND ACCOUNTS. 459
F. o ] 1528.
A dl d'ottobre 1508 ebbi scudi 30; On the day of October, 1508, I had
2
13 ne prestai a Salai per copiere la dota 30 scudi; 13 I lent to Salai to make up his
alia 3 S orella, e 17 ne resto a me. sister's dowry, and 17 I have left.
Ricordo de' danari che io ho avuto dal Memorandum of the money I have had
re per mia prouisione dal luglio 1508 insino from the King as my salary from July 1508
2
aprile prossimo 1509: prima scudi IOO ,
till April next
1509. First 100 scudi, then
poi 70, e poi 50, e poi ^20, e poi 2OO 70, then 50, then 20 and then 200 florins at
fiorini a 48 S. per Puno. 48 soldi the florin.
C. A.
nd
Sabato a di 2 di marzo 2 ebbi da Sea Saturday the 2 day of March I had from
Maria Nova ^ducati 5 d'oro, resto 4 ve ne Santa Maria Novella 5 gold ducats, leaving
450, de' quali 2 ne sdetti il medesimo dl 450. Of these I gave 2 the same day to
a Salai, 6 che me li avea prestati. Salai, who had lent them to me.
C. A. 253 b; 748 a]
2
11 Giovedl, a dl 8 di givgnio tolsi gros- Thursday, the eighth day of June, I took
S '? grossoni, 1 8 soldi; on the same Thurs-
soni 17 i8 t 'giovedl detto da mattina
;
w. xxxii.] I 53 2t
c. A. 17 b-, 6 7 6] T 533-
IDetti a Salai
2
36 ne I gave to Salai 93 lire 6 soldi, of which
lire 93-S 6;
avuti lire 67, 4 r esta dare 26- S 6.1 I have had 67 lire and there remain 26 lire
6 soldi.
C. A. }***, 949*1
1534-
A Salai S 42 To Salai S 42
'dozzine 2 di stringe S 8 2 dozen of laces S 8
J in fogli S 3 for papers S 3
<vn pajo di scarpe S 14 a pair of shoes S 14
sin veluto S 14 for velvet S 14
6 S 21 a sword and knife S 21
spada e coltello
7 in barbiere S ii to the barber S ii
8
a Paolo per una . . . S 20 to Paolo for a . S 20
9
per dire la uentura S 6 For having his fortune told S 6
S 3 ceived mushrooms S. . d
fruit S . . d
[6] bran S. . d
at the barber's S . . d
for shoes S . . d
C. A. 212*; 627*]
2
prima grossoni 20, poi 13 volte 3 f., e di first 20 grossoni, then on 13 occasions 3 f.
poi grossoni 61,
3 e
poi 3, di poi 3 3 ;
and then 61 grossoni, then 3, and then 3-3;
S 46 grossoni 12. 46 soldi 12 grossoni.
Tf rt //1
1539-
1535. i 8. WritUn front left to right. 2. fr. I assalai perispe. 3. auta, innova. 5. frutte. 6. crussca. 8. iniscarpe.
1535. 6. Compare Nos. 1545, 1. 4 arid 5, with similar entries for horse's fodder.
1 54" I
54 2 INVENTORIES ATSTD ACCOUNTS. 461
Br. M. 2270:]
Br. M. 42<5J
I 54 I -
Br. M. 212 a] I 54 2 -
Letto 7 o S. Bed 7 o S
2
anello 7 o ring 7 o
3stovigli 2 5 crockery 2 5
^ortolano I 2 gardener i 2
smainardo
6
28 28
fachini 2 i porters 2 i
7 bichieri i o glasses i
8
in ferri da foco 3 6 fuel 3 6
9 in serrature i. a lock i
4. libr "2" 22 "4". 7. libre f a. 8. [aivrichaf "aioricha". 9. aquiriajibr sei a i la. 12. dipigniere libre 4 o [per] soldi.
H.J Ml
C. A. 1320; 402 a]
Calze
2
paglia
3 biada
* vino
s
pane
6
carne
?uova
8
salata
9 barbiere
I0
cavalli
C. A. 26a; 87 rt]
Domenica
'543- '
para. 3. picolo. 6. piattelecti. 8. sciugatto. 12. !.
13. !. 15. picolo.
1544. 7. hova.
'545- J 25 P- < domenic S. 6. ricote. 7. mcloroi(?). 13. ricotc. 23. -melonne. 24. cruvsca.
1546. 1
547-J INVENTORIES AND ACCOUNTS. 463
Ash. i. 186}
Miseracione divina sacro sancte Romane ecclesie tituli n cardinalis 2 wulgarit er nun- Notes b y
cupatus venerabili religioso fratri Johanni Mair d'Nustorf 3ordinis praedicatorum provintie "persons"
teutonic (?) conventus Wiennensis capellano ^nostro commensali salutem in dno sempi- am n the
^ fs
ternam Religione zelus rite ac in [ferite?] s honestas aliarumque laudabilium probitatis et (1546-1565).
6
virtutum merita quibus apud nos fide digno commendationis testimonio Magistri videlicet
ordinis felicis recordacionis Leonardi de ?Mansuetis de Perusio sigillo suo us dans . . . .
8
tibi ad opera virtutum comen(salem) ? locum et tempus success(ores) cujus simi-
liter officium ministratus qui praedecessoris sui donum (?) 9 C onfirmavit et de novo dedit
I0
aliorumque plurima [laudatis] qui opera tua laudant nos inducunt ut tibi (?) reddamus
ad gratiam liberalem hinc est quod nos cupientes.
w. xii b\ 1547-
auere; 5 Non vale fortuna a chi non s'affa- for gain. Good fortune is valueless to him
6
tica; Colui si fa felice, che Christum vestiga; who knows not toil. The man becomes.
7
perfetto dono no s'a sanza gran pena; happy who follows Christ. There is no per-
8
Passano nostri triumfi, nostre pompe; 9 la fect gift without great suffering. Our glories
gola e '1 sonno e 1' otiose piume Anno and our triumphs pass away. Foul lust, and
dal mondo-ogni virtu sbandita, 10 tal che dreams, and luxury, and sloth have banished
dal corso suo quasi smarita; Nostra na- every virtue from the world; so that our
turae vinta dal costume; "Ormai-con- Nature, wandering and perplexed, has almost
vien cosl che tu ti spoltri; Disse il maestro lost the old and better track. Henceforth it
che segiendo in piuma, I2 in fama non si were well to rouse thyself from sleep. The
viene, ne sotto coltri, Sanza la qual chi master said that lying in down will not bring
sua vita consuma ^tal uestigia in terra thee to Fame ; nor staying beneath the quilts.
di se lascia -, Qual fumo in aria o nel- He who, without Fame, burns his life to waste,
1'acqua la s'chiuma. leaves no more vestige of himself on earth than
wind-blown smoke, or the foam upon the sea.
15461566. All Uiese texts are written in the ordinary -way from left to right.
maesstro chessiegiendo. 12. si uen nessotto choltri. 12. chissua . . chonsuma. 13. uesstigia . . lasscia . . onnellacqua
lasschiuma.
1546. The meaning of this document, which is in Leonardo's hand. (Nos. 483, 661, 519, 578, 392,
very difficult to decipher, and is written in unintelli- 582, 887 and 894.)
gible Latin, is, that Leonardo di Mansuetis recom- 1547. From the last sentence we may infer that
mends the Rev. Mair of Nusdorf chaplain at Vienna, , by the hand of a pupil of Leonardo's.
this text is
to some third person ; and says also that something, On the same sheet are the notes Nos. 1175 and 715
which had to be proved, has been proved. The rest in Leonardo's own handwriting.
of the passages on the same leaf are undoubtedly
464 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1548. 1549.
I 54 8.
Br. M. 148
Br. M. 1549-
Martedl Tuesday
2
pane S 6 d bread S 6
*carne S ii d meat S ii
4 vino S 7 d wine S 7
s frutta S 9 d fruit S 9
6
minestra S 2 d soup S 2
7 insalata S i d salad S i
1548. i. matina . .
ganobi . .
mago. 2. ebi . . comincai. 3. magarita. 4. arefaere. 6. bonbove. 7. hove. 9. veleto. 13. fonghi.
15. frvte. 17. poniti. 19. domenega. 24. frute. 25. candcl. 30. frvte.
'549- ' martedi here Leonardo notes in his usual handwriting ',, a grecho. 5. frvte.
1548. 1549. On the same sheet is the text No. 1015 in Leonardo's own handwriting.
I550I554-] NOTES BY UNKNOWN HANDS.
465
Br. M. 271 a]
r 55 J -
Br. M. 2740]
C. A. 4*5 X 553'
na]
2
Essendomi d'amor non ne sollecitato; Having become anxious .......... Ber-
che dvnque Bernardo di Simone, 4 Sil-
. . .
3 nardo di
Simone, Silvestro di Stefano, Ber-
uestro di Stefano s Bernardo nardo
di Jacopo, , Jacopo, Francesco di Matteo Bon-
di
6
Francesco di Matteo Bonciani, ? Antonio ciani, Antonio di Giovanni Ruberti, Antonio
di Giovanni Ruberti;
8
Antonio da Pistoia da Pistoia .... Antonio; He who has time
. , ., Antonio;
.
9 C hi
tenpo a e tenpo aspetta and waits for time, will lose his friends and
perde 1' amico e' danari.
* his money.
C. A. 34 6; 109 a} I 554-
1551. i. el Ivnedi . .
prestaio . .
perispende. 2. vermadi d. 7 nel i. 3. di poi imponi di chossto nonebbi mi se nuoperepochi
soldimi foro.
1551. This note is followed by an account very like the one given as No. 1549-
1552. Compare No. 674, 21 23.
VOL. II.
NNN
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1555-1560.
466
C. A. 1555-
75s
Delle cose vedute infra la nebbia quella Of things seen through a mist that which
2
uicina alii estremi, sara isnearest its farthest limit will be least visible,
parte che sara piu
manco uisibile, e tanto meno 3q U ato so and all the more so as they are more re-
mote.
piu remote.
Cod. A. 77;*MS*1
Teodoricus Rex 2
semper Augustus. Theodoricus Rex Semper Augustus.
Tot?
th
Canonica di a dl 5 di Luglio 1 507. Canonica of on the 5 of July 1507;
2
Cara mia diletta madre, e mie sorelle, e my dearly beloved mother, sisters and cou-
mio cognato, avisovi come 3 S ono per la sin I herewith inform you that thanks to God
portat;ela alla piazza delli Strozzi (?) a Maso Maso at the piazza ....
4
bring it to
della e spediro la facenda 5 di Piero in
. . . and I will settle the business of Piero so
modo che .... that .
1557. The notes in Greek, Nos. 1557, 1558 and Melzi. I have not succeeded in deciphering com-
1562 stand in close connection with each other, but pletely the 13 lines of this text. Amoretti reads at
the meaning of some words is
very doubtful, and a the beginning Canonica di Vaprio, but Vaprio seems
translation is thus rendered impossible. to me
a very doubtful reading.
1559. AMORETTI, Mem. Stor. XXIV, quotes the first These three epigrams on the portrait of
1560.
three lines of this letter as
by Leonardo. The cha- Lucrezia Crivelli, a picture by Leonardo which must
racter of the however does not favour this have been lost
writing very early date, seem to have
at a
hypothesis, and still less the contents. I should been dedicated Leonardo by the poet. Leonardo
to
regard it rather a rough draft of a letter used the reverse of the sheet for notes on geometry.
by young
1561 1564.] NOTES BY UNKNOWN HANDS.
467
C. A. ; 515,*]
C. A. 175 a; 526a]
TOI
Ricordo a Vostra Eccellentia come Ri- To remind your Excellency that Ridolfo
2
dolfo Manini condusse a Firenze una som- Manini brought to Florence a quantity
ma 3 di cristallo ..... altre pietre come of crystal besides other stones such as
sono are ...
1561. i. Liber magistri Egidii de pulsibus matrice confess that I myself have not succeeded in deci-
compositus(cumcommentarioGentilis deFulgineo) published phering completely this French writing of which two
in 1484 at Padova, in 1494 and in 1514 at Venice, words remain to me doubtful. But so much seems to
and in
1505 at Lyons. be quite evident that this is not an address of a letter
2. This text appears to be in a at all, but a certificate or note. Amboise
handwriting differ- [1. 6] I believe
ent from that in the note, 1. i. Here the reading is to be the signature of Charles d' Amboise the Go-
not so simple as AMORETTI gave it, Mem. Stor. XXV: vernor of Milan. explanation is the right
If this
A Monsieur Lyonard Peintre du Roy pour Amboyse. He one, it can be easily explained by the contents of
says too that this address is of the year 1509, and Nos. 1350 and 1529. The note, line I, was perhaps
Mr. Ravaisson remarks: "De cette inscription il semble added later by another hand; and Leonardo himself-
qu'on peut inferer que Leonard etail alors en France, & wrote afterwards on the same sheet some geome-
la cour de Louis XII Pour condure je crois qu'il
. . . trical explanations. I must also point out that the
rfest pas prouve que Leonard de Vinci rfait pas fait un statement that this sheet belongs to the year 1509
voyage de quelques mois en France sous Louis XII, entre has absolutely no foundation in fact. There is no
le printemps de 1509 et fautomne de
1510." I must clue whatever for giving a precise date to this note.
468
LEONARDO'S WILL. [1565. 1566-
portato il suo corpo nela dicta chiesia, tator desires, that in the said church of Saint
esso Testatore, vole siano celebrate ne la Florentin three grand masses shall be cele-
dicta chiesia di sancto Florentino tre grandi brated by the deacon and sub-deacon and
messe con diacono et sottodiacono, et il dl thaton the day when these three high masses
che se diranno dicte tre grandi messe che are celebrated,thirty low masses shall also
se dicano anchora trenta messe basse de be performed at Saint Gregoire.
Sancto Gregorio. Item. That in the said church of Saint
Item nella dicta chiesia de Sancto Dio- Denis similar services shall be performed, as
nisio si mil servitio sia celebrate come di above.
sopra. Item. That the same shall be done in
Item nella chiesia de dicti Fratri et re- the church of the said friars and lesser
ligiosi minori simile servitio. brethren.
Item el prefato Testatore dona et con- Item. The aforesaid Testator gives
and
cede ad Messer Francesco da Melzo, Gen- bequeaths to Messer Francesco
da Melzo,
tilomo da Milano, per remuneratione de' nobleman, of Milan, in remuneration for ser-
sen itii ad epso grati a lui facti per il pas- vices and favours done to him in the past, each
1565. A facsimile of this note, which refers to a well known book by St. Augustin, is given on page 254.
1566. See page 420.
5 66.] LEONARDO'S WILL. 469
Johan Sapin, et tutte et ciaschaduna summe treasurer -general M. Johan Sapin, and
de' danari che ha receputo dal p. Sapin each and every sum of money that he h'as
de la dicta sua pensione, e in caxo chel already received from the aforesaid Sapin
decede inanzi al prefato Melzo, e non al- of his said pension, and in case he should
tramente li quali danari sono al presente die before .the said Melzo and not otherwise ;
nella possessione del dicto Testatore nel which moneys are at present in the pos-
dicto loco de Cloux como el dice. Et si- session of the said Testator in the said place
milmente el dona et concede al dicto de called Cloux, as he says. And he likewise
Melze tucti et ciaschaduni suoi vestimenti gives and bequeaths to the said Melzo all and
quali ha al presente ne lo dicto loco de each of his clothes which he at present pos-
Cloux tam per remuneratione de boni et sesses at the said place of Cloux, and all in
LEONARDO'S WILL. [I 5 66.
470
a lui facti da qui inanzi, che remuneration for the good and kind services
grati servitii,
et fatiche chcl done by him in past times till now, as well as
per li suoi salarii vacationi
in payment for the trouble and annoyance he
potra avere circa la
executione del presente
may incur with regard to the execution of this
Testamento, il tutto per6 ale spese del dicto
present testament, which however, shall all
Testatore. be at the expense of the said Testator.
Ordina et vole, che la summa de quat- And he orders and desires that the sum
trocento scudi del sole che ha in deposito of four hundred scudi del Sole, which he
in man del Camarlingo de Sancta Maria has deposited in the hands of the treasurer
de Nova nela citta de Fiorenza, siano dati of Santa Maria Nuova in the city of Florence,
all soy fratelli carnali residenti in Fiorenza may be given to his brothers now living in Flo-
con el profitto et emolumento che ne po rence with all the interest and usufruct that
essere debito fino al presente da prefati may have accrued up to the present time, and
Camarlinghi al prefato Testatore per casone be clue from the aforesaid treasurer to the afore-
de dicti scudi quattrocento da poi el dl said Testator on account of the said four hun-
che furono per el prefato Testatore dati et dred crowns, since they were given and con-
consignati alii dicti Camarlinghi. signed by the Testator to the said treasurers.
Item vole et ordina dicto Testatore die Item. He desires and orders that the
dicto Messer Francisco de Melzo sia et said Messer Francesco de Melzo shall be
rcmana solo et in sol per il tutto executore and remain the sole and only executor of
del Testamento del prefato Testatore, et the said will of the said Testator; and that the
die questo dicto Testamento sortisca suo said testament shall be executed in its full and
pleno et integro efiecto, et circa ci6 che complete meaning and according to that which
e narrato et decto havere tenere guardare is here narrated and said, to have, hold,
keep
et observare epso Messer Leonardo de and observe, the said Messer Leonardo da Vinci,
Vince Testatore constitute ha obbligato et constituted Testator, has obliged and obliges by
obbliga per le presente epsi soy heredi et these presents the said his heirs and successors
successori con ogni soy beni mobili et im- with all his goods moveable and immoveable
mobili presenti et advenire et ha renunciato present and to come, and has renounced and
et renuncia per la presente expressamente expressly renounces by these presents all and
ad tucte et ciaschaduna le cose ad cio con- each of the things which to that are contrary.
trarie. Datum nelo dicto loco de Cloux Given at the said place of Cloux in the
ne presencia de magistro Spirito Fieri
la presence of Magister Spirito Fieri vicar, of
Vicario nela chiesia de Sancto Dionisio de the church of Saint Denis at Amboise, of
Amboysia, M. Gulielmo Croysant prete et M. Guglielmo Croysant priest and chaplain,
capellani, magistro Cipriane Fulchin, Fratre of Magister Cipriane Fulchin, Brother Fran-
Francesco de Gorton et Francesco da Mi- cesco de Gorton, and of Francesco da Milano,
lano religioso del convento de fratri minori a brother of the Convent of the Minorites
de Amboysia, testimonii ad cio ciamati et at Amboise, witnesses summoned and requi-
vocati ad tenire per il iudicio de la dicta red to that end by the indictment of the
Corte in presentia del prefato M. Francesco said court in the presence of the aforesaid
de Melze acceptante et consentiente il quale M. Francesco de Melze who accepting and
ha promesso per fede et sacramento del agreeing to the same has promised by his
corpo suo per lui dati corporalmente ne le faith and his oath which he has administered
mane nostre di non mai fare venire, dire, to us personally and has sworn to us never
ne andare in contrario. Et sigillato a sua to do nor say nor act in any way to the con-
requesta dal sigillo regale statuito a li con- trary. And it is sealed by his request with
tracti legali d' Amboysia, et in segno de the royal seal apposed to legal contracts at
verita. Amboise, and in token of good faith.
Dat-a dl XXIII de Aprile MDXVIII Given on the XXIII rd day of April
avanti la Pasqua. MDXVIII, before Easter.
Et a dl XXIII d'epso mese de Aprile And on the XXIII rd day of month of
this
MDXVIII ne la presentia di M.. Gulielmo April MDXVEI, in the presence of M. Gu-
Borian notario regio ne la corte de Baliagio glielmo Borian, Royal notary in the court
d' Amboysia il
prefato M. Leonardo de of the bailiwick of Amboise, the aforesaid
Vince ha donato concesso per il suo
et M. Leonardo de Vinci gave and bequeathed,
testamento et ordinanza de ultima volunta by his last will and testament, as aforesaid,
supradicta al dicto M. Baptista de Vilanis to the said M.
Baptista de Vilanis, being
presente et acceptante il dritto de laqua present and agreeing, the right of water which
S 66.] LEONARDO'S WILL.
che qdam bone memorie Re Ludovico XII the King Louis XII, of pious memory lately
ultimo defuncto ha alias dato a epso de deceased gave to this same de Vinci, the
Vince suxo il flume del naviglio di Sancto stream of the canal of Santo Cristoforo in
Cristoforo ne lo Ducato de Milano per the duchy of Milan, to belong to the said
gauderlo per epso De Vilanis a sempre Vilanis for ever in such wise and manner
mai in tal modo et forma che dicto Signore that the said gentleman made him this gift
ne ha facto dono in presentia di M. Fran- in presence of M. Francesco da Melzo,
the
cesco da JVTelzo Gentilhomo de Milano et io. gentleman, of Milan and in mine.
Et a dl prefato nel dicto mese de Aprile And on the aforesaid day in the said
ne lo dicto anno MDXVIII epso M. Leo- month of April in the said year MDXVIII
nardo de Vinci per il suo testamento et the same M. Leonardo de Vinci by his last
ordinanza de ultima volunta sopradecta ha will and testament gave to the aforesaid
donate al prefato M. Baptista de Vilanis M. Baptista de Vilanis, being present and
presente et acceptante tutti et ci-aschaduni agreeing, each and all of the articles of
mobili et utensili de caxa soy de presente furniture and utensils of his house at pre-
ne lo dicto loco du Cloux, in caxo pero sent at the said place of Cloux, in the event
che el dicto de Vilanis surviva al prefato of the said de Vilanis surviving the aforesaid
M. Leonardo de Vince, in presentia del M. Leonardo de Vinci, in the presence of
prefato M. Francesco da Melzo et io No- the M. Francesco
said Melzo and of me
tario etc. Borean. Notary &c. Borean.
REFERENCE TABLE TO THE NUMERICAL ORDER OF THE
CHAPTERS..
APPENDIX
i. Leonardo by his will expressly devised all colorire. Costui non e molto che venne a Fiorenza
his MSS. and drawings to his younger friend a vedermi, desiderando stampar questa opera,
Francesco Melzi, who carried them back to Mi- e la condusse a Roma per dargli esito; ne so poi
lan. Four years after Leonardo's death Alberto (Ed. Sansoni, IV. 37).
che di cib sia seguito.
Bendedeo wrote from Milan to Alfonso d'Este, In another place Vasari mentions that he
Duke of Ferrara "Et perche ho fatto mentione
: himself possessed some drawings by Leonardo.
de la casa de Melzi, aviso a V. Ex. cheunfra- Lomazzo, the Milanese painter, writes in ,
nd
tello di questo che ha giostrato fit creato de Lio- 1590 (Idea del Tempio della pittura, 2 Ed.,
nardo da Vinci, et herede et ha molti d suoi P- 15):
sue opinioni
secreti, et tutte le Credo ch'egli
. . . Ma sopra a tutti questi scntton e degno di
habbia quelli libriccini de Lionardo de la Nuto- memoria Lionardo Vinci, il qual insegnb I'Ana-
mia, et de molte altre belle cose" See G. Cam- totnia dei corpi umani, e dei cavalli, cKio ho
pori, Nuovi 'Documenti. veduta appresso a Francesco Melzi, designata
When Vasari visited Milan probably in divinamcnte di sua mano. Dimostrb anco infigura
1566 he saw Leonardo's MSS. in Francesco tutte le proporzioni dei membri
del corpo umano;
Melzi's possession, and wrote as follows Lio- : scrisse della prospettiva dei lumi, del modo di
nardo . di brutti caratteri scrisse lettere, che
. . tirare le figure maggior del naturale, e molti altri
sono fatte con la mano mancina a roves do; t chi libri . . . Ma
di tante cose niuna se ne ritrova in
non ha pratica a leggere, non fintende, perche non stampa; ma solamente di mano di lui, che in
si leggono se non con lo specchio. Di queste carte buona parte sono pervenute nelle mani di Pom-
della notomia degli uomini rte gran parte nelle peo Leoni, statovaro del Cattolico Re di Spagna,
mani di messer Francesco da Melzo gentiluomo che gli ebbe dal figliuolo di Francesco Melzi, e n'e
mi/anese, che nel tempo di Lionardo era bellis- venuto di questi libri ancora nelle mani del Sig.
simo fanciullo e molto amato da lui, cost come Guido Mazenta, Dottore virtuosissimo, il quale
oggi e bello e gentile vecchio, che le ha care e tiene gli tiene molto cari.
come per reliquie tal carte, insieme con il ritratto 2. In the short anonymous biography of Leo-
della felice memoria di Lionardo: e chi legge nardo which, as it seems to me, must have
quegli scritti, par impossible che quel divino been written somewhat earlier than Vasari's Vite
(published by Milanesi, Arch. Star.
1
Ital. XVI)
spirito abbi cost ben ragionato delf arte e de mu-
scoli e nervi e vene, e con tanta diligenta d'ogni the MSS. are mentioned in these terms (Leo- :
in Fran da
cosa. Come anche sono nelle mani di . . .
.,pittor nardo} tornossene a Milano et dipoi
milanese, alcuni scritti di Lionardo , pur di al servizio del re Francesco, dove portb assai d
caratteri scritti con la mancina a rovescio, che sua disegni, de quali ancora ne lascib in Firenze
nello Spedale di S. Maria Nuova con altre mas-
1
trattano della pittura e de modi del disegno e
Till: HISTORY OF THE MANUSCRIPTS.
480
instrument et ritratti circa la pittitra et arte et et il vint a Pise chez Manuce. Je lui fis honte
Melzi family still possessed Leonardo's lite- tomiques, et beaucoup de precieuses reliques de
rary bequest intact, or at any rate, were the r atelier de Leonard. Pompeo Leoni fut un de
sole possessors of it. We have fuller informa- ses chasseurs; son pere avail ete eleve de Michel
th
tion at the beginning of the XVII century, Ange Buonarotti, et lui-m:tne etait au service du
for Leonardo's MSS. had by that time become roi d* Espagne, pour qui il a fait tons les bronzes
famous and were sought after as relics and de rEscurial. Pompeo promit au Z^ Melzi
curiosities.Guido Mazenta, who is mentioned offices, magistratures siege dans le senat de
,
by Lomazzo as possessing MSS. by Leonardo, Milan, pouvait reprendre les treize volumes
s'il
was the brother of the author of an interesting et les lui donner pjur les envoyer au roi Philippe,
memoir entitled: Alcune memorie de fatti da 1
ster aux pricres du due de Savoie et d'autres 6. MS. see Bibl. 25, E.
princes qui le lui demandaient : il en a refuse plus 7. MS. see Bibl. 22, F.
de six cents ducats. 8. MS. see Bibl. 26, G.
3. The MSS. in the possession of the brothers Three MSS. bound in one
9. vol.; see Bibl.
Mazenta, had, it would seem, been gradually 8 10, H H1
,
2
H3.
,
reduced to three. Guido Mazenta whose name 10. Two small MSS. bound in one, see
is to be seen in the MS.
given by him to Car- Bibl. 13, 14.
dinal Borromeo (see Bibl. No. 2), died in 1613. 11. MS. see Bibl. 18, L.
In 1636, Count Galeazzo Arconati who 12. MS. see Bibl. 27, M.
is named in Mazenta's report presented In 1674 Count Orazio Archinti
presented
twelve MS. volumes by Leonardo to the Am- to the same Library a MS. by Leonardo, con-
brosian Library at Milan. The explicit deed sisting of three small note-books in one Vol.;
of gift may be seen, translated into French in Bibl. 32 34.
the Cabinet de PAmateur,
1861, pp. 53 59. In In 1790, Stefano Bonsignori made a short
the catalogue of these MSS. the binding is catalogue of the MSS. in the Ambrosian Li-
more particularly described than the contents. brary at Milan. It includes i.MS. C. A, see
The following twelve MSS. were included in Bibl. 28; 2. MS. B and Ash. II, see Bibl. 3, 4;
this gift. i. the Codex Atlanticus (Bibl. 38), 3. MS. Ash. I and A, Bibl. 5, 6; 4. MS. D,
2. a MS. now lost, but described as follows: MS. E, Bibl. 25; 7. MS. G, Bibl. 26;
Bibl. 31; 5.
Le deuxieme est un livre in-folio ordinaire, 8.MSS. H 1 H 2 H3, Bibl. 8 10.
, ,
de la grandeur du papier coupe ordinaire. II est The descriptions of the others are too
relie en bois convert de cuir rouge, orne defrises vague and slight to admit of our indentifying
et de fleurs d'or, Le volume est entierement com-
by them any MSS. now existing: 6. Miscellanea;
pose de feuillets de velin et commence par ces idrostatica, etc. E in- 8 piccolo, in cartone rustico.
paroles , ecrites en rouge: T A A A VOL DELL 9. Miscellanea. Moto , macchine, macchinette da
PRESENTE. Suivent huit feuillets sans pagina- forar cristalli, etc. E
legato in perga-
in-i6,
tion. Elle commence au suivant, qui a un ornement mena. 10. Miscellanea in-i6, in cartone rustico,
en qui dit: Eccellentis s. prencipe, etc., et la
tete ii. Miscellanea. Abbozzi informi, moto ecc. E
pagination suit jusqu'au cent vingtieme feuillet, m-i6, pergamena (see Dozio, degli scritti di . . .
quatre-vingt-sept pour le text, trois blancs et le Leonardo da Vinci. Milano \%i\,pp. 21 24).
reste des dessins divers calories, le premier desquels It will be observed that one MS. fewer is here
est intitule: Sfera solida, et le dernier : Piramis named than in the deed of gift from Count
laterata exagona vacua; au fond du feuillet est Arconati; on the other hand a MS. D, not
un texte grec qui exprime la meme chose. previously mentioned, is now included. The
3. Le troisieme est un livre in-quarto, relie en fifthMS. of Arconati's list isevidently wan-
velin, sur le dos duquel on lit les paroles sui- ting in this list. The volume given to the Am-
vantes: DI LEONARDO DA VINCI; il est brosian Library by Cardinal Borromeo in 1603
de cent feuillets juste, mats le premier manque; C) seem also to have been omitted.
(Bibl. 2,
sur le second il y a
quelques cerises noires,feuilles It is then that we cannot exactly
evident
et fruits calories.Dans finterieur du volume, au determine how many of these MSS. were to be
feuillet 49, ona ins ere cinq feuillets de dessins va- found in the Ambrosian Library in the year
ries, armes de hast pour la plupart, et a la fin un 1796. At the suggestion of Bonaparte the
autre petit volume (volumetto) de diverses figures Directory of the French Republic conveyed
de mathematiques et d oiseaux, dedix-huitfeuillets,
1
Austrian governement demanded the restora- have derived the Leonardo MSS. in his posses-
Ambrosian Library of thirteen (or sion from Arconati, and not from Spain; but
tion to the
number stated in Mr. Alfred Marks of Long Ditton, has lately
fourteen?) MSS., being the
Venturi's Essay written in 1796. (Venturi says disproved this clearly in two contributions to
in his essay : Les Manuscrits sont au nombrc de the Athenaeum, Nos. 2626 and 2645. John
quatorze, parceque
le Volume contient un appen- B Evelyn in his Memoirs (Vol. I, p. 213 ed. 1818)
dice de dix-huit feuillets qu'on peut separer et tellsus that when travelling in Italy in 1646
considerercomme le quatorzifme volume). he received from Lord Arundel, then sick at
However, only the Codex Atlanticus found Padua, where he died in the course of this year,
its way back again; the other twelve MSS. re- advice as to what he should try to see. After-
main in the possession of the Institut de France. wards, visiting the Ambrosian Library, Evelyn
These facts cover all that is known of the writes:
continent, that is to say in France and Italy. inscription of Cavaliero Galeazzo Arconati,
I am unfortunately not in a position to give valueing his gift to the librarie of several! draw-
so full an account of the vicissitudes of such ings by Da
Vinci, but these we could not see,
of Leonardo's MSS. as are now in England. the keeper of them being out of towne and he
Of the MS. volume at Windsor, W. L. (6101.36) always carrying the keys with him, but my Lord
Chamberlain tells us (Original Designs, Lon- Martial, who had seene them , told me all but
don, 1812): // was one of the three volumes, which one booke are small, that an huge folio cm tain' d
became the property of Pompeo Leoni that is tiow 400 of scratches of Indians [sketches
leaves full
1
in his Majesty s possession. If is rather probable of engines?] &=c., but whereas the inscription
than certain that this great curiosity was acqui- pretends that our King Charles had offered 1 ,000 /.
redfor King Charles I. by the Earl of Arundel, for them my Lord himselfe told me that it was
,
when he wetit an Ambassador to the Emperor he 7i>ho treated with Galeazzo for himselfe in
Ferdinand II. in 1636, as may indeed be inferred the name and
by permission of the King, and
from an instructive inscription over the place, that the Duke
of Feria, who was then Governor,
where the volumes are kept, which sets forth should make the bargain: but my Lord having
that James King of England offered three thou- seen them since did not think them of so much
sandpistoles for one of the volumes of Leonardo's worth?
works. And some documents in the Ambrosian The leaves of the Codex Atlanticus are
Library give colour to this conjecture. This numbered up to 393; hence it is probable that
volume was happily preserved, during the civil in giving this description Lord Arundel had this
wars of the last century , among other speci- single MS. in his mind. The MS. W. L. at
mens of the fine arts, which the munificence of Windsor which, with the MS. C. A. formerly
Charles I. had amassed with a diligence equal to belonged to Pompeo Leoni now consists of
his taste. And
discovered scon after his it was only 234 folio leaves. Arconati (see above)
present Majesty's accession, in the same cabinet, mentions, it is true, one collection only of MSS.
where Queen Caroline found the fine portraits i. e. MS. C. A. as
being in the hands of Pompeo
of the court of Henry VIII. by Hans Holbein, Leoni; but it can hardly be doubted that the
which the King's liberality permitted me lately MSS. and drawings W. L. were also in his
to lay before publick.
possession, since Leoni's name is given in the
Chamberlain, apparently misled by the inscription on the old binding of the two vo-
well-known inscription 1 in the Ambrosian Lib- lumes in the same way.
rary seems to assume that Lord Arundel must "Pompeo Leoni of Arezzo, Court sculptor
to King Philip II. of Spain, died in Madrid A. D.
The following on the staircase of 1610, as we learn from Carducho 'Dia/ogos de
1
inscription is
the Ambrosian Library la Pinturd (1633). Part of his property was
LEONARDI VINCII MANU ET INGENIO . .
. .
. .
.
.
books/' may we say? "one of sketches, one acquisition of Leonardo's MSS. and drawings
manuscript"), which the Prince of Wales had in the Windsor Library is, as we have seen,
in vain sought to purchase. The contents of
probably inaccurate, we may still give credit
these volumes Carducho unfortunately descri- to his information as to the
finding of them by
bes only in very general terms. In Mr. Sains- Queen Caroline in Kensington Palace, for he
bury's 'Original Unpublished Papers illustrative as Royal Librarian at the time must certainly
of the Life of Rubens/ we find evidence that have been acquainted with the facts. His
Lord Arundel was subsequently in treaty for statement is moreover confirmed
by Walpole
these very books, or, perhaps, for one of them (Anecdotes of "painting I, 84: Soon after the
only. On p. 294 will be found a note of Endy- accession of the late King, Queen Caroline
found
mion Porter's "of such things as my Lord in a bureait at Kensington, a noble collection
of
Embassador S r Francis Cottington is to send Holbein's original drawings for the
portraits of
owt of Spaine for my Lord of Arondell; and some of the chief personages of the court of
not to forget the booke of drawings of Leo- Henry VIII).
nardo de Vinze w ch is in Don Juan de Espinas This, however, is by no means the earliest
hands." This is of the date 1629, when Sir information we possess regarding Leonardo's
Francis was for the third time setting out for MSS. and drawings in the possession of Roy-
Spain as ambassador. His negotiations for the alty.In the MS. Department of the British
book were unsuccessful, for on January 19 th , Museum I found an old inventory from which
1636 37, we find (p. 299) Lord Arundel writ- I give the following extracts List
of the : draw^
ing from Hampton Court to Lord Aston, then \
in ye Cabinet in \ His Maj^5 Lower
Apart-
[|
humor change." There can, I think, be little the Books of drawings and Prints in the btiroe
doubt that, on the change of Don Juan's "foo- in His Majesty's great Closet at Kensington.
lish humor," a priceless treasure, the object of No. 3. By Hans Holbein those framed 6
so many fruitless attempts, at last rewarded the hang at Richmond.
persistence of the great English collector" (A. No. 5. Prints by Hollar; delivered to her
MARKS). Majiy Aug. 1735 af*d by her lent to Lady Bur-
Here, beyond a doubt, only the MS. W. L.
e
lington, since put in Volumes and laid in y Lib-
is meant, for this, as being a collection of Leo- rary at Kensington.
nardo's most important drawings, must be re- No. 6. Drawings by Leonardo de Vinci.
garded as exceptionally precious. But did No. 13. Drawings by Leonardo di Vinci;
Lord Arundel ultimately get this Manuscript. d
these mark with a cross were delivered for her
We cannot say more than that this seems pro- Majtys use in y e year 1728.
bable; and for this reason: Hollar engraved The oldest inventory in Windsor Castle
drawings of Leonardo's which are now in isonly of the beginning of the present century.
"
Windsor and inscribed them "W. Hollar fecit On p. 23 we find: 'Leonardo da Vinci, Tom. 1"
1646 ex collectione Arundeliana", drawings and a list follows of the drawings, comprised
which most probably were'included in this W. on 41 pages. For instance: page i His own
L. collection before it was divided. portrait, profile, red chalk (a well known draw-
On the other hand it can be positively ing in the present collection). Only a few can
shown that Lord Arundel possessed the MS. be identified, for the descriptions are very brief.
"
Br. M., Bibl. 23, which was no doubt purchased On p. 26 we come to da Vinci,
Leonardo
by him for a relatively small sum in conside- Tom. //" which is also a list of drawings com-
ration of the smaller artistic interest of the prised on 40 pages. It begins: page i, the last
drawings, and for the same reason it is quite Supper, the Architecture is varied in the painting
intelligible that no mention should be made of at Millan where an open door is represented be-
it in the correspondence at the time. But hind our Saviour, black chalk. NB. This Draw-
whether the MS. W. L. was purchased by ing was not in the Vol. compiled by Pompeo Leoni,
Charles II. when Lord Arundel's collections but in one of the Volumes in the Buonfiliuolo
were sold in Holland, or whether Charles I. had Collection bought at Venice. men-
(By the way I
previously acquired it after his journey to Spain tion that the drawing in question, Wind- still at
as Prince of Wales in 1623 when he, in per- sor, is not an original drawing, but an old
son, purchased some works of art from among copy). This gives us an incidental clue to a
Leoni's collection, is not known. So much as second source whence the treasures of the
this alone is certain, that it has now for a very Windsor collection have been derived. Nothing
long period belonged to the Royal collections. more, however, is known concerning the Buon-
filiuolo collection.
Though Chamberlain's statement as to the
APPENDIX.
484
-- \ 2 Heads, of Judas and one of the are not mounted nor even at the present date
No ' "
j Apostles for the last supper
at Milan. arranged. Their large number rendered it
i Mechanical Pouters necessary that they should be classified accord-
\' Anatomy. ing to their contents and the probable date of
NB. All the Leaves from 41 to 142, their being written, with a view to this present
marked otherwise, are I therefore sorted them under the
except those few> publication.
full of very copious and accurate studys following heads: W. H., Bibl. 16; W. An. II.,
in Anatomy which were done with Bibl. 17; W. M., Bibl. 19; W. An. III., Bibl. 24;
the assistance of Marc Antonio della W. An. IV., Bibl. 35 ; W., Bibl. 37. The loose
Torre &>c. leaves in the Windsor collection are numbered
Manuscript Here ends the Ana- consecutively (from i 249) without any refe-
'43 tomical study. rence to their connection, while the Roman
As the reader will have observed, the num- numbers refer to those sheets which are moun-
ber of leaves in the MS. W. L. does not corre- ted. By this means reference to the originals is
II.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
The Manuscripts are arranged here in the are by Leonardo will be found mentioned in the
same chronological order as shown in Vol. I. pp. lists. The bindings are in parchment, if not other-
5 7. The numbers of the sheets are generally wise stated. The following abbreviations have
not by the author, but in a more modern hand- been introduced in the description of the contents
writing. The few instances when these numbers (the Italian words are headings used by Leonardo)
= Acqua (Water).
:
A Mn = Machines.
Ar = Architecture. O = Optics. .
the teeth a
3 b, 4 on the skull
\ 4 b
|
+
2. C.
Inscribed in golden letters on the front neus agit autem de lumine et umbra. First
||
b
(14) 220 3 (13) 218 4a 217 4 b
I
3* 219 I i;aO O l8a. 303 | i;
b
(18) |
b 2 I b (i;) 257 22 a A, M, O
PI. VI, 2 5 (n) moto, voce, forza e moto | 22 b (8) P 23 a |
I I
213, A 1
7
b M, 30, P 12 lines, 160, F 8 a
(9) |
e terra 27a O| 2 7 b (3) 53, O 2 8a|
28 b |
M |
O 8b a O b O ioa >
3- B.
front-cover. On the first sheet is a short, indistinct LXXVIII, Nos.2 and 3 3 7 b PL LXXIX, No.i, i
3 8a 745 No *e
b canals
39 PL
note in Spanish, probably by P. Leoni, stating that a
745 I 37 |
\
b
Leonardo wrote backwards. The following sheets LXXVIII, No. i, 761 39 PL XCII, No. i, |
a
are numbered by very large numbers from 3 90 753 34 nomi d'arme da offendere, Ge 4o b
I |
Ph 4 b A, 1212 Ma 5 a Fo
| | | 5
b and 6a Mn I
48 b Fo 49 and 49 Mn
a b a
5o Fo so
|
b
| |
Mn 1381, Mn 5 1 and 5 1
6 b Mn natura de' spechi a and b a b Mn a PL XCVII
|
| 7 7 52
52 Fo, Mn 53 A Mn
Fo 8 a 1497 8 b io a Arms io b dapassare b a camino b a
| | | 53 54 | j |
Mn 54 A Mn 55
un flume, Ge 1 a b PI. d'alzare acque, bombarda b a
|
1
|
XCIV, No. 2
1 1
j |
and No. 3, Mn |
12 a PI. LXXXVIII, No. 6 Vol. II, p. 44 Fig. 2 and p. 56 Fig. i 55 b |
of flowers 1
3 and \
b 1 4
a Ge and sketches of modo chome si debbe riparare a vna furia di
flowers i4
b
camino, |
Ma | 15
a PL XCIII, soldati 56 PL XCII, No. 2 and No. 3, and
a
|
No. i, Fo 15 |
b PI.
LXXVII, No. i and 2, 742, Vol. II, p. 45 Fig. 2 57 a PL XCV, No. 2 | |
b
743 |
i6 a PI. LXXVII, No. 3, 741 i6 b Fo, |
a
5 7 Vol. II, p. 51, Diagram, rivellino 5 8 1506, |
Me | i;a Ge | i;
b PI. LXXXIX |
iS a Vol. 1023, Ar, lupanario 58 Fo 59 Mn S9 |
a
|
a
|
b
752, Ar 20 a A Mn 20 b A 511 21 a PL
| | | 1099 62 a PL
LXXXV, No. 13,
|
on passing a
LXXXVII, No. 3 and No. 4, Fo 2i b PL |
river 62 b iioo 63 a F. P.
\ 63
b 1081
64 a | |
|
b b a a
Mn 27 a PL C, No 5, 788 2; b arms, draw-
| ]
PL CII, No. 2 7i 73 74 75 fly S in | I
4. Ash. II.
756, PL XCI,
a
1 6 sheets, small numbers; sheets i and 16, Fig. 3, p. 74 first lines 7 |
arms, drawn with the silverpoint ; the outside is No. 2, arms io a arms and
754 | 9
a Mn | 9
b
\
a and 1 a are three draw- io b 1505, arms and a nude youth, resting
left blank. On sheets 3 4 ships |
b
b
4 1115, Fo 5
a Fo
5
b 1120, Mn 6 a in6
| |
|
1 3 1204 \four columns of names
a.
\ 13 1382
6b PL LXXXV, No. i ii, Vol. II, p. 45 Sketches of insects, a caricature &c.
APPENDIX.
486
5. Ash. I.
b a b
i
a
1510, 686, Drawing of knots, 1183
i <*
535, 653 1 7
298, 145, 604 1
7 582, I |
ib knots, 1176, Ge 2 a 267, 580, 589, 516 14, 291, 391, 299 i8 a 483, 661, 519, 578, |
|
b 283, 132, 547, 392, 583 i8' 1546, O 19* 887, 894, 565,
2 55'. 484, 515. 284 3 | | |
h 20 * 139,
574 and PI. XXXI, No. 4, the
b 576, 588, 557 1
9 542, 709, 509
203 | 3 I I
a 20 b 2i a
head on the right, 245, 133 4 5^8, 563, |
140 138 | 48, 236, 205, 533 |
439 4
b
536, 504, 601 s
a 21 b PI. Ill, No. 2, 149 22* PI. Ill, No. r,
528, 540, 561, |
| |
602 h
595, 182, 196 6a 584, 592, 164 275, 148 22 b PI. II, No. i, 61, 40, 546 23
a
5 | | | !
b
6 b 573 and PI. XXXI, No. 4 the head on PI. VI, No. 4, 224 23 173 24 a a diagram | |
b a b
497, 489, 587 9*572, 507, 495 9 496, |
| 537, 534 25 I. 171, 352 25 I a diagram
I
|
b b
538, 102, 558 13-1 508, 23, 294, 591 i3 | |
XXXI, No. 2 512 | 29 560, PI. XXVIII,
b P |3i b 506 32
119, 125, 199
a
i4 552, 559, 122, 550 i4 |
No. 6, 390, Ph |
M
|
a b
606, 594 15 520, 567, 176, 567 11- 1322, | | 32 O, 68.
361 15
b
566, 659, 652, 513, 600 i6 a 654 j
i
6. A.
- 5 2 b PM
| |
i a 628, 190,
527, 708 i b
[P], [M] 524, |
Ma, 780 | 53
a
S i a
78i, Mn | 5 i b
j
83 2* O, 235, 518 2 b
O, PI. XVII, No. i, 795. 79i, 776 53
b P 54 is wanting M
MPO
| | |
M
I
P, Mn 3
a
5 3
b
4
a
5
a P
I |
M 55
a P O 55
b
929, 967, 941 s6 A
a
| |
b b
5
b Ge 6 a Ge P 6 b Ge 7
a
Mn, Ge 7 b 968, 944 56 945 Ph S7 a Ph, 1083 5 7
1 8 b 129, 624, 100, 93, 234 9
a
|
| |
|
|
M 58
a A
|
b
s8 A, 934, 940, 943 5 9
a
|
|
|
|
|
-
M b
9 88, O, 69
|
io a 52 io b 94, 85 a
| | |
n 6i a A|6i b a 62 b 311, two MO|62 MP|
98 Ge b and i2 a Ge i2 b
| Ge, O n13* |
|
heads of horses, P a
63 312, PI. VIH, No. 1 | 1
a
i5 Ge is , i6 PGe
b a i6 b i8 b Ge
| ig
a
| |
63 A 64 898, 889, A 64 O 214, 249,
b
|
a
|
b
acoustics, M |
i
9
b
281, O, acoustics \
20 a 282, 873. The following blank sheet has the marks S
O, Ph |
20 b , 2I a Ma 2I b 22 b |
M 23
a
|
on the front, and S b and the number 4, on the
549, 514, 586, M, acoustics 23 \
b A |
a
24 M, reverse. They are by an unknown hand.
1134, A 24 b 25 b A 26 a A, | |
M |
26 b O A splendid edition of the whole volume was
M|27 a Ms8|27 b MA| 28 a M |
28 b PI. published in 1881 by A. Quantin, Paris.
XXU, No. 4, 369, 596 I 29
a PI.
XXII, No. 3, It contains photographs of all the texts. M.
359 |
29b O, M | 3 oa 35
b P 3o b 383 M Charles Ravaisson-Mollien, the editor, has added
36* M P, acoustics \
b
36 a
55 37 O, 56 37
b
| |
to the facsimile the transcript of the Italian,
57, O 1 38
a
O, 86 | 3 8b 41, PI. XXXI, No. 3, a French translation, notes and an elaborate
a
526 | 39 40 a Ge I
4o b 543 |
41 a 544 j
index.
7. S. K. M. III.
32 Mn 33 O 33 34 Mn 34 +
Marked 32 on the first sheet by an unknown b b a
: b
| |
b
35 Mn
hand: i a
1459 i
^84 2 a 3 a Ph b a Ge PI. XCIX, No. 2
| | 3 | 3 | | ;
|
M |
8b Ge a Ar b + io a Vol. II, p. 89 a + b a
| 9 | 9 | 33 39 42 is wanting
I 43 \
ting | 15
a + | i5
b
,
i6 a A |
i6 b 1491 47
b Vol.
II, p. 71 Fig. i 48* 662, 1324
i8 a 764 49 a 1135 49b Mn 5o 731
Ph a
"79 65ii | | |
23
a Ge
23 1342 24 a | 5i
b Mn
52
a b
52 A, 629 |53* 614, 646, M | |
Mn 24 b + 25 a 49 | 498 8 25
b 1118 26 a | | j 73 2 53
a
54 moto della saetta 54 |
26 b Ge 27 a Mn b + 28 a and a
knots 2/ 27
\ | | |
forma di corpo 55 Vol. II, p. 71 Fig. 2, |
2g Mn 30*1385
28 b Ge a b
3o b
b
734 56 a 735 56 distan-
1>
29 i34i | | | | 647, 1386 55 | | |
384 | 59
a Ph | 59
b A 60 is wanting 6i a A
M
| \ |
6i b |
62 a cavaletti da lauorare |
62 b a dia- .
gram 1 63
a + | 63 A 64^ Ge 64
b
|
|
b
1132-1'
65
a Mn 66 a
] 65
b PI.
CVIII, No. 3, 813, M |
812 67
|
Ma 67 + 68 a a66 b 1322
a
|
b
|
b
71 A
a a b
wanting 7o 4- 7o circles 71 , \ |
\ |
a sketches b sketches
72 of legs of horses 72 of \
74 b passavolante 75 a P 75 b, 76 a + 76
b
| | |
8. H.3
sheets at the beginning and at the end of each sketch of horses and oxen drawing a car b
58 \
H
| [ j
MSS H H
\
2
and 3 are numbered throughout. The 8 1 a Mn 8 1 b 1515 82 a Sketch of a car drawn
| |
9. H.'
3
b
1265 | 4a |
ii b knots, A |
i2 canale | 38 39 , 39
a
828, 31 | 38
b Mn |
a
Mn
12 b 1197, a sketch of ornaments A of a barrel on a car, A 32
a sketch
knots, |
40
13* 693
b
13 , i4
a b
i4 1390, 1320, |
A |
M 40 671
J
41 A 41 b 845 42 a ricor-
a
|
M | |
i5
a
i5
b M
694, 1316 i6 a i6 b1
A dati quado cometi lacque dallegar prima ||
1024 i8 a 152 i8 b a
i9 , ig
|
b 2o a Mn A | 43
a
1014 43
b
33 44a P 44 b P A||
| |
AM
| |
a A b
A, 464 A
20 b 2I a 21 b 22 a |
22 b |
,
A I 45 45
b Ge
46|
a
1391 46 620, | |
Mn 23 a 228, A
| 23
b Mn a Mn |
a4
b
yhs maria 1493, and by an unknown hand the
2 b A Mn 2 6a 26b A P a PI.
XXIII, mark Y 46.
3, 377 | 27
b MMn
10. H. 1
See introductory note of No. 8. The text 1231 II a 1232 I2a 1234 |
nb 1233 I |
a I2 a a b
isupside-down on the first 28 sheets. i amo, 1235 i3 1237 I4 i3 1236 | |
b a b i6 a
amas amat &c., 1026 i b 2 a amabam + j
1238 I4 1239
|
15 1240 15 , +| J |
|
b a b i6 b 1194 a b i8 a
&c.,
b
, 3
a
A|2 3 4 forms <7/"amo |'4 + |
i7 1241 i7 1242
b
| j |
8b a 20 b 1 a
1223
a b 8 a 1226 7 1224 71225 I 1246 20 1247
|
1248 2 1249 I |
I I
1253 I *3
b
"54 | 24 a "55 I 24 "56 37
b A
1025 38 A Mn 39*, 39
| 38-1 |
b
|
25
a
"57 25 b I2 5 I
26a I2 59 I
26 b Mn 4o 695 40 b 696 41 a 1461 41 b
|
a
| | |
ia6o | 27
a ia6i |
27
b
I
z8 Mn a b a
| \
|
M
|
a A b
32 842, Ge
a
32 b, 33 ments \ 46 b A 47
a Mn
48 a A
48^
31 | 31 308 |
| | | |
Mn, 1164 34 a A 34 Mn
b b
knots 33 | |
1263 |
783 3 6 Mn 37 P|
'' a b a
knots 35 782 36 | | |
2
ii. S. K. M. II.
The two MSS. S. A'. M. // 2 andS. K. M. //' seated, holding a child in her lap 30 a + 30 b '
\ |
are bound in one volume; the sheets are separately sketch 1 a P 3i + 32, 33 > 34 are wan-
| 3 |
a + b
position, so that the two parts begin
at the oppo- 43 43 1291 44 a 1290 I 44 b knots | |
49 +
b a sketch b
of a head 5o , 51 a +
b 2 a 665 a
sketch i 666, 697 3 1312, | | 5 I \
M
|
b b
5i , 52 Ge
b a + a a b
Ma 3
b
|
4 a
1519 4 5 S > Ma | | I I 52 i3g8 53 1399 53 , 54
a
| | |
6a 6b + a b
|
8a M | 7 1392, M | 7 M, 1393 |
Ge 54 b Mn 55 is wanting 56-1 +
| 56
b
j \ |
b Mn a a Ma b sketch
Mn I
8b + | 9
a Ge | 9 |
io a sketch of sketch 57 59 59
\ of a head
a flower io b O 1 1 a P
| | |
n b PI. LXXXV, 60 a + 6o b, 6i a Ma 62 a Ge 62 a +
|
62 b | |
Ge b
64 b Ma
2a a
No. 15, Vol. II, p. 74 below |
1 1394, 1317, | 1400 63 63 653 97, | |
sketch of a head I2 b Ar \ | 13
a knots b
13 66 b Mn 67 a Ar 68 a Mn 68 b 1401 6g a | | | |
Mn i4 a 372 |
i4 , '15 Mn 15 Fo |
b a
|
b i6 a 1313, 1402 69
b +
70, 71, 72 are wan- | |
M i6 b 103, P
|
a
i7 Ph i7 , i8 Mn
b a
| | | i9
b
ting | 73
a + I 73
b M 74 P 74, 75 a +
|
a
| |
a
998 20 1395, 376, PI. XXIII, NO. 2
| |
20 b , 75
b
1403 Mn | 76
a Ge b
76 154 77
a
78
a
| |
21 a P 21 b sketches 22 a 1396 22 b
| \ | 23
b Ge | 78
b
667, 1404 | 79
a Ma 8oa Mn 8o b
| |
12. S. K. M.
See preliminary Note of No. 1 1 The bile b Ar a b b P 76 a
.
j 7i | 72 793 |
72 75
numbers of the sheets are in Leonardo's hand- t
86 a Mn |
86 b Sketch Vol. I, p. 201 and
writing and begin from the end, going backwards. Vol. n, 99 below 87 88 Mn 89** p. |
a b
|
1520, M, 612 i a
36 i
b Ge 2a 26 a | | |
centre del mondo, A b
94 1521 95
a
733, | |
43
a
"37 43 66 b 787 P, | incipiendu, this note is not in Leonardo* s hand-
1206 b 68 a
67 784 | perpetuum mo- | writing, but by a later hand.
2
13. I.
magistr M M
a to a a b + a b +
cover, i
jachomo (this note is 57
| , 58 A, 58 59 ^79 59 I
M
I
A i4 Ma 75 A
b
78 +
i2 a b b
1405 | i4 a |
iq I
a a
75
a
78 Latin vocabulary
| \
I
7
a
1302 | 17
b
1303 I i8 a 1304 i8 1160 82 b 1477 83|
a 86 a P 86 b M |
M |
a b a b
1305 | i9 1306 | i9 24 a 24 uterque, utraque &c. 87 1408 87 alius, | |
932 Ge I -3i
b A | 31 alia &c. 88 a qui que quod 88 b 89|
a
|
M |
38 a M | 38
b
43
a M | 44 a 47
a M 1326 91
b numbers. -
|
The two following
sketches i>f knots and shells \ 48 a sketch
of a dog's sheets bear only the marks Q 3 and Q.
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 489
I 4 . I.'
Ge i2b 394 i3 a , ^b Ge i 4 a, i 4 b
'
a
|
b
| |
|
39
15 1140 Note 15 i7a Ge i7
b
241 |
1318 40 a quis vel qui que quod vel quid
I
b_
|
I
i8 a 1151 242 i8 b Ar i9
a sketch
igb &c. 40 a O
| | \ 42 43 43
23 Mn
20 a ** b a b da forare Mn
|
37*
** 38 2o
i|
23
w |
i *-* |
i
6b sketch
4 rt_ j 4 7/ a 1092
T- wy <& Note
1^1 VJ 1C /I / I
\
.1 II
cristalli 24 a a sketches
of shields b sketch 4 8 a 463 b
25 |
25 \
4 8 Mn. The Marks II
b Mn
|
Mn
|
15. W. P.
2, 334
|
6 lib
X 28 Cm) 1410,
|
of each sheet are here given in brackets: i a PI. XVI, No. i, 335 7
a
4o
(2oY2 X
30 Cm) 324 jb 322 2 (2l3/4 |
X 3i4, 338, 328, PI. XIII, 326, 330, PI. XIV,
(
sketch of a horse's legs, measurements and notes. 342 8 a (28 2o</2 Cm) PI. XV, 331, 345,
3 I
a
(13 '/2 X i4*/2 Cm) PI. XI, 318 3 Ila 323 8b + a
9 (27 20V2 ) 9
b i a, x V +
X
| |
|
n x
|
(17 15 Cm) PI. VII, No. 4, 327, 321 iob (22 Cm) a
(29^Xi6 20 Cm) Mn I
3 Ib, 3 lib +a
4 ( 2I >< I2 i/2 Cm) PI. XIX,
I
PI. LXIII, 684 1 1 b
685 1 2 a PI.
x, 3 i6.
-
x
| |
16. W. H,
With regard to these studies see Vol. II, p. 4. della pittura I chap. 20, IV, 23 and Idea del
The sheets are numbered 46 68, differing in size, tempio della pittura chap. 16. Vasari also
and many not mounted are coloured in various mentions these studies. 64. 716 |
IV. 717.
tints: Compare also Lomazzo, Trattato dell'arte
17. W. An. H.
a b
The sheets forming this treatise are all of the 809 77 (21) muscles of the leg
| 77 , 78 a \
b
same size and originally formed a small book. (n) veins of the leg 78 veins of the hand \ \
At present the sheets are separated. The old 8 4 a (10) 8 4 b the chest a b
85 the lungs 85 \ \
numbers and marks which are to be found on albero di tutti i nervi 86 a arteries 86 b | (13) \
arm a b the
most of the sheets are here given in brackets after veins of the )i 4 ) the lungs ,
\
87 87
the new numbers: 36 (21) 797 b heart the a 2 7 a ( 4 ) blood-vessels b
36 muscles | 125 1
\
12 7
\
of the leg
a
37 814, PI. CVIII, No. 4 37
|
b
| spine i28 a (5) the mouth and the lips
|
i28 b
a b veins matrice di uaccha a b
the veins on the head &c. 38 (o) 38 |
i56 , 1 5 6 genitals i73 |
b
of the leg 39 veins on the leg and on the
| (16. 17 t^vo sheets, not separated} intestines
b 816 b intestines a
39 801 4 o nervi, matrice 40 +
b a b a
spine | | | [
827 | 173 | i78 , i78 \ 183
b veins 20 i a
4 i (7) Belli musscholi che mova li labri della
a veins on the neck i83 (M)
\ \
b a
che mova la lingha 4 3 b muscles of the foot, No. 203 357, PI. XXII, No. i 2o 4 (3)
i |
|
b a della
8 4 3 44* ($) veins of the arm 44^ veins 74 a
| \ \
stomacho 2o 4 vene, fegato 205 | |
206
2o6 b
arm of the ape (scimmia) and of man (omo) 2
'
75
a 2
( )> 75
b muscles
of the leg 76 a dello \ 1214 242 1213. |
b
vfitio de mesoplevri 76 PI. CVIII, No. i, |
1 8. L.
1102 I
a
1002, 1415 I
b
1416 2a 1417, 648, I |
6i b 62'' V 63a 6sb Fo 66 a nog, PI. |
I
knights kneeling 2 b Ma a
3 sketch of a head | |
CX, No. i 66 b 1044 67 a 1045 68 a, 68 b |
| I
3
b
4a knights kneeling 4
b
s
a a note
5
b A | \
Ar 6 9 a P A 69 b 71 a Mn 71 b a sketch
|
a
6 1034 b
6 1035 a b Fo 8 a co- a a Ge
knots |
7 , 7 | | | 72 1046 | 7 1325 | 73
lobaia 8 b Ma 9 |
io a plans io b 1036
| \ \ 3<>7M
75
b
n + a b I2 a
|
n b
i2 , i3 a i3
b Mn |
+ | 77
b 226
78 1048 A
a b
78 1049 a
79 488, | |
CX, No. 3, left side 1038 20 a PI. No. 3, CX Note 82 a and 83 a Vol. II, p. 244, sketch
|
23 Ma
a
23
b Mn Fo 24, b 26 a Mn
I I
85
a Mn | 85
b p |
86 a Ge |
86b 87 Mn |
a
P Mn 27 b P, 378 28 a Mn | | 449 8 7 b 393 ! I
88 a sketch \
88 b 1050 8 9 a |
knots Fo | 3o b Mn
29
b Mn | 3o a A |
sketches b
\ 89 Mn | gobjigg |
a
91 1307 92
a
M
j|
a A b Mn a Ma b Mn a b voca bolo
1418 | 33 33 1039 34 | | 623, 93 | 92 | | 93
36
a Mn b
36 1040, PI. CX, No. 4
a
37 Ar 1
lombardo &c 94 1523
b
94 I474> IO 52 |
a
|
Ma 39 Ar 39 Mn 4o 1041
b a a b a O" 1053, 1198, 1419, and, by an unknown hand:
37 ;8 | |
40 b, 41 Mn | 41
b
35 | 42 a_4 4 b M | 45
a Le carte sono 94 cioe nouata quart.
19. W. M.
See Vol. II, p. 224 and No. 1051 Note. Tuscany, in water colours (40 27 Cm), includ- X
As to the Maps in MS. W. L. see No. 36. ing Livorno, Pisa, Luccha, Volterra. 5. Central
The follcnving maps are on separate sheets i .
Italy (45 23 Cm) within the limits of Cor- X
PI. CXIII, The original is someivhat larger neto, Rimini, Pesaro, washed in Indian ink.
(19 X
i3V4 in) ;the whole is executed in water 6. Study for the
Map PI. CXIII, washed in In-
colours. The rivers are in blue 2. PI. CXIV, dian ink; the names are written in Leonardo's
3
(i5 /4 XII, in) 3. Part of the Arno, in water-
| ordinary writi/ig (28 21 Cm). X
colours (39X22) PI. CXII. 4. Map of apart of
20. S. K. M. I.
1
This small MS. is bound in one Volume with to have bought them at Vienna for a low sum.
MS. S.K. M. I 2 On the first sheet is the note, . The title of the treatise on sheet i a fs
given in
written in German: TCeonarbo ba $inci ber X 374> Note ; no other subject is discussed en the
groftc .flaaler. aug bet italienifdjtn 38 sheets which form this MS. ib 1374 jo
1452 su fcinci ce&oren, ttat 1502 alg voglio abbassare la grosseza d'una tavola a
Daumcitfcr in die ^icnflc j
^ersogg Valentin data grosseza sanza mvtatione di sua largheza |
Borgia, unb 1519. - This volume and domado quato cressce in sua lugezza c. 4 a ,
-
flarB |
the^ltto others n<nv in the Forster Library of 6 a, 8 b, na^ I2 ^ jgb are blank. - -
On the
the South Kensington Museum, London, were last sheet a is the mark
39 46.
given to Mr Forster by Lord Lytton, who is said
2
21. S. K. M. I.
end of this Note h ok is the mark 6614. This de poderibus, modo di misurare vn alteza
MS. has the pages numbered \ 28. -- i 4 1728 Mn A.
Mn | 5 635, 649 |
6 Mn | 7 385 i
8 650,
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 491
22. F.
617 56
b acoustics a b
|
| 57 912 | 57 59
has the mark F inside and outside, o' 1421, Ge 6oa 6i a 6i b
|
913, 870 | M, 1087
-
1292 I a
|
I b Ge 2 a1375, 2 b 2 848 I I
A I 64 b O 65 a 67 a A 67 b dell'arco celeste
|
A
j
|
|
b b
4 p 4 h'5 ro I0 delle varie pro-
a a
3 3 |
,,
|
68 a A, 1107 68 b A 69 P 6 9
a b
72 A
b
| |
|
75 | |
reflusso 7
a 8a 8 b 882 a
9 , 9
b io a
|
A | |
A 1'ossa di fori &c. b
79 delle ossa de pesci che
n
| |
883 io b, a Ge
| 862, A i2a i7b |
nb |
sitrova ne' pesci petrificati 80 a nichi e loro |
93 b, 94
a A b
94 874, O 95
a
A, O 95
b
|
I
|
|
|
A 38
|
b
40 a O 40 b, 41 a A 41 b 858, V | |
806 96 a chemical materials 613
I 96
b
1184, |
a
42 A, anatomy 42 b 46b A a
47 1330 \ |
626, chemical materials O" carte 96 a questo \
b
48 A 49 a P 49 b P, O
b a
47 50 1106 | | |
Libro saza la coperta, 1483, 1471 11. i 3,
1528, 884, 698, 1471 11. 4, 5.
AV | 54
a
55
a A | 55
b
Ge, cells
\ 56
a
866,
23. Br. M.
Bound Volume in the MSS. Department of n6 a iiga P iiQ
b + i2o a 1'universo | |
nally divided between the Royal Society and the drawing Vol. II, p. 68 Fig. 3 i26 b V,
PM
|
been in the possession of the Royal Society were V i3o a A, aria 13 i a 1216 I3i b 45 13 2 a
| | | |
133 a, i33 Ma
b b
acquired for the British Museum. On the 46 i32 i452 | 134^ i 34 b | |
+ a b
volume has been partly made up from loose J 3^ Z
39 ^45 i39 fiamme I
i4o a I |
the first sheets can be assigned to the date indi- CV, i42 Ge
a
47 i42 +
b
i43
a
!45
b
| | |
Ph b
| igagoe
b
23 Ge |
b
24 a , 24 man- i9 |
851 i48
a
1548 |
i48 b 1549 a
i49 1015 |
| |
a b 26* b a + b a
tice 25 A, 875 25 A, geology \
i
49 1550 i5o iso 1453 i5i 1 | |
M
| |
a b
2 6b b a
27 Ma| 28 895, 876 1218 156 1217 i56
|
994, 1219, 1162 |
3o 982 2 6 33 34 |
a i 5 7 a PI. CIV 770
b
i57 PI. 775, 771 |
CV
a A
59 Ma
b a
A a
35 925
b
35 926 37
a
42 a |
i
5 8a 777, 773 i
58 785 i i5 9 | | |
|
M 42 1314 1297,1541 43 V
b a
43
b
774 i6oa
44 a 350
|
a
45 928 45
b
47 MaPh
b
|
~ |
i68 a A a
i69 6o5, 305
|
i69
b a
i7o chemi-
| |
|
+ |
|
O i72
a + | i72
b
471, 454, 476 a
i73 687 |
i
M
| |
|
b b a
830 65 a 77bphMa 71 1484 72 centro
b b
i73 1916 |
i74 a 615, P, |
i74 871 175 |
b A
|
b a
dellagravita 78
a +
78
b 888
79 ap 79 | | I
i75 176 | |
a Ph Ma b a
|
b b Ph Ma i88a
1507 80* 93 93 207 94 | | 917/857 i76 i87 231 |
| |
igoa Ph Ma igo
a V a
a A b O Z 88 b
15
892 94 896 95 95 9 6
| j ) |
916 191 918, | |
b
i9i Mn
a +
|
b 112 a b
6b
9 io2 b Ph Ma 103
a
897 103 | 56; 1454 192 i92 i455, I |
|
202 a Ph Ma 202 b
|
b a + b
Ph O 1 12 a , 1 13
a + ii3 458 |
ii4 a 763 1
93 i93 | .| |
|
a 2 53 a
1542 212 1310 goma 1366 253 sketch of a child's
| |
Ma |
220-' 75, 84 |
22o b ,
22 1
a Ma |
22 i
b
head, drawn with the silverpoint 254 255
a
\
74 |
b
223 Ge
222 a + 2 2 4 a P J/r/
I
222 b |
-
1
-f 225
a decorative
|
designs 22? b + 226 a
, \ |
CXV 269
b
1076 270* I
sketches 270'' |
226 b 22 1540M 22 7 b P
|
2 28 a, 22 8 b | | 744, 747, 1075, 1077 271
a
1551 271'' | |
h b
Ph 23 1
a + |
b
231 678, sketch with figures \ sketches 273 ioo4 274-11552, 1005\ 274 , | |
a A b canals
275-1 +
b Ge b
232
a
, 232 J 237 233 964 234-1 | | 275 276* 277 a del | \
b
235 236'* 9^5 23 7 "S veto 277 473 21%*. sketch of a river
| 278'* | \
b +
itself. Here the paper is of a thin greyish blue
a
217 225 (N) battimento del cuore |
particular treatise. All the sheets are of the same cuore, 22 b the heart and veins O 22 9 a |
\
b
tal letter, as shown here in brackets. Sheet 217 nerui muscoli, corde &c., 815 230 + 23 2
a
| |
25. E.
The cover of thin grey card is the original i6a 108, 825 i6 b a
869 | | 107 17 | 237, 153,
binding. The outside bears the mark E. B is 268, 153, 355 i7
b
24 | |
1 8 a 286 j
i8 b 440,
tivice written inside the cover. The compiler of PI. XXVin, No. 3 right side 19 a \ 461, 441,
the treatise on painting in the Vatican library PI. XXVIH, 3 left side i 9 b 363*
2o a 362,
(Urbinas 1270) which was published by Manzi P |
20 b, 21 24-1 + 24
b a P |
22 a - 23 b V \
|
|
a de
51-1 V
211 3 b a h 35 b Ma a
codensatione, 360, 238 3 117, 35 Si 52
I
b a b Ge 5 6 b
V|S4' 55 , 55
PM 7_ | .
a 8o
80 15, 223 o'" le carte b
17 |222, 1065 | |
26. G.
The cover of thin grey card is the original 7 et il 1 8 col suo conpagno 31. This note is
binding. Inside and outside the cover is the mark by an unknown hand i a 1033
\ |
li
pedali delli
G. The numbers of the sheets are in Leonardo's alberi anno superficie ... i
b
1057 2 a 2 b |
Mn |
giusto 96 ciofc Nouantasei eccetto che maca il 11. i ir, 406, 429 11.
1214 I 5
a
405, Mn | 5
b
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 493
53; 55 6 a 455
607 7 is wanting 8 a 1495, 6b
I I 1
\
38 b Ge
1161,19,421,430 8b 43 i 9 a 432 9 b 442 10 a V bG a
|
| 1
I 42 43 726, PI. LXXVI, No. 2
del moto dell' aria 423 bGe
iobpl.XXVIII,No.2, |
43 44 a 829 44 b de cigognola 4 5 a , | |
b
13 399 1 | |
637 4 7 a Mn 1205 47 b sagoma 4 8 a 974
|
A
| |
P I 4 a
400, P b
4 8 b 946
I3
49 I20 i, 947 49 b 976, A 5'
go, |
I 4 15 a
603 i I5
b 6b 4 i 5 + I
l6a M I
Ge 50 b del moto de navili 5i a 410 5i
|
| I
I
Ge i
i9
b a
!9 554-
4^5 443 I Mn 52 a 769, Mn 52 b Ge 53 a 641 53
I
| I
2 i b 446
21 a 445
| |
22 a 447
I
M
64 a V
notes about plants a
25 482, 499 25 \ | 6 4 b 820 6 5 aV I
66 a I |
6 9 b Ge 7o a 966 a
73 |
75 P
a b
75 729 7 6a_88a Mn, PhM 88 b 'I I' |
a b
92 on the wings of the fly 9 2 vento, della \
27. M.
The cover of thin grey card is the original 59
a 6ib Ph M 62 a
1478 62 b_66b Ph
M
I I
binding, marked
b Ge
outside the cover, o' 1425 |
Mn | 67a 821 67b | 76b ph M | 77
a +
I a
|
a
3 4 699, PI. LX, No. 2 | 4b | ;;b 420, 78a p 7 8b PI. XXVHI, No. i | |
700, PI. LX, No. 3 5 a 701, PI. LX, | 395, PI. XXVII, No. i, left side 79
a
396, |
Ge 8 a 1426 36
b
53
a p Ma 8oa 115 8ob Ge 8ia 8 4 a Mn 8 4 b,
M
| | |
+
|
b b a b Ge
53 1427 54 bonibarda, passa- 85 | 85 |
86a camino 86b
8 9 a_ 94 b p^ Mn. O"
|
a 88a Ge
volanti 55 373 55 > 5 6a ponte
1i
I
|
88b+ |
28. Tr.
Marked S inside the cover and on the first Italian 27 Mn 28 863,and Latin words \ |
sheet. At the beginning of the Volume is the 168* 201, 146 30 sketch of a male
|
29 |
following note: 1783-5 Gennaro Questo Co- figure 31 list of words 32 1173 (33, 3 4
|
\
dicetto di Leonardo da Vinci era del Signor Mn 35 38 lists of Italian words 3 9 1193,
|
\
Don Gaetano Caccia Cavaliere Nouarese, ma Italian words 4 o Italian words: 4 i PI. C, \
domiciliato in Milano, morto 1'anno i75 2 alii No. 4, Vol. II, p. 61 42 PI. LXXXI, No. 1 |
1
9 di Gennaro sotto la Parocchia di S. Dami- 43 sketch of a building resembling the one given
anino La Scala. Jo Carlo Triuulzio 1'acquistai on PI. LXXVIII, No. I 44 geometrical |
mente a un quinario oro di Giulio Maporiano d' 640, acoustics 50 list of Italian words 51 | \
e a qualche altra cosa che non piu mi ricordo list of Italian words, 1148
52 737 53 bom- | |
ripetizione che io due anni avanti aveva com- barda 57 1487, 1181, list of Italian words
[ \
perato usato per sedici gigliati mache in verita 58 nulla puo essere scripto per nvouo ricer-
era ottimissimo, che pero questo codicetto mi chare 1 ecquale cosa dite a me stesso pro-
viene a costare sei in sette gigliati. In the MS. metta, list of Italian words 5 9 sketch of a \
the pages are numbered, not the sheets. 2 14 9 3, head, fornello, list of Italian words 60 list of \
caricatures, 1332, 1189 j 3 1469 Note, ships Italian words 61 A, list of Italian words 62 | \
4 1486 5 Mn 6 P Mn 7 853 Ar Mn 8, 9 | | |
list of Italian words 63 6 4 A, list of \
Mn |
n
|
PI. C, No. 3 1 7 Vol. II, p. 61 Fig. i and 68 1209, 43, 1174, list of Italian words 6 9 \
|
2 |
1 8, i
9 + 2 o lists of words, 144 21 PI. j |
acoustics 70 1146, 1138, list of Italian words | \
C, No. 2 |
22 1429, 177 I 23 26 lists of 71 M, 539 72 list of Italian words 73 1321, | \
APPENDIX.
494
P 80 + 8 1 M, list | I
short account of this was published in 1 88 1 MS
H*t of Italian words8295 by count Giulio Porro in the Archivio Storico
of Italian words \
29. Leic.
Bound volume in leather cover. On the first or subjects treated on the page. Most of these
five sheets before the beginning of the original cases are introduced by 'Come' (How, or that).
MS are the following Notes. On i a marked in 1 a 864 i
b
1082, 901 2 a 902, PL CVIII,
|
|
and motion of water . . . has never been printed. che sbochi nel mare, Ph on the moon 3 a A, |
an extract from the life of Lionardo da Vinci, by 971, 919, 907, luna 5
b 6 a libro 2 delle |
A |
Dufresne, in which this volume is particularly diuersita delFonde dell' acqua 6 b 958, A, |
though the name of the possessor has been obli- 8 a A, 386, PL XXIV, No. 3, Ph 8 b <8' |
jb + 2 a +
| 3
a Libro
Originale
|
Delia ||
'15' 3
rd
case: 1063, 980, 990, io b '15' Mn |
Natura, peso, e moto delle Acque, Com- || 991, 1056, rioi, 936, 1085,
a 'casi Mn n |
Acque del Nauilio della Martesana dall' Adda || and i6 th 1008 13 b 'casi 16' i4
a 'casi 21'
|
A |
nd
tione che ne fa Raffaelle du fresne nella Vita i
st
and 2 972 15 b 'propositioni 38' 920 on |
di detto Leonardo, suo Libro descritta nel the margin i6 a 'pro positioni 23' i6 b \
A j
a 'casi
stampato in Parigi daGiacomoLonglois 1'Anno 'casi 1 8' 1499 on the margin, 973 i7 |
1
65 1 intitolato Trattato Delia Pittura Ac-
|| || ||
2 9' A
1 b 'hordine del libro delle
| 7 casi acque,
quistato 'conla gran forza dell'Oro' (these words 28' 956 i8 a 'casi 32', 22 nd ion |
i8 b 'casi [
<./* // ,7V.w//v), per sublimare le fatigose 1 6', 1007 on the margin a 'casi b
||
i9 17' i9 \ |
th b th
scritti quei sedici Volumi de quali di gia 2 9' 9 1097 22 'casi 39', i2 andff. 1114, i, |
spechio grande, e probabile ch'egli facessi son casi che anno a stare nel principio* on air
questo, accio tutti non legessero cosi facilmente and water 25
b 'casi
15' 26 a 'casi 18'
\
A |
i suoi scritti.
L'impresa dell nauiglio di Marte- A |
26 b 'casi 15' 27
a 'casi
23' A 27
b A | |
th th th a
sana gli diede ocasione di scriuere un libro '19' i3 1071, 7 1086, 8 954 28 '8'iiioo
29^13' A 29
della natura, peso e moto delle Aque pieno di the margin, 1021 28 b 'i5'A b
| | |
th th
per molini, a regolar il corso dell' aque, e le- sioni 9' 962 on the margin, 5 1091, 6 andjf.
4 + b th th
uarle in Alto 4 a (in an earlier hand-
| | 1090, 984 on the margin 3i , 4 1068, 5 |
th th
and 9 978 a b
writing) Libro scritto da Leonardo Vincio che 1108, 8 32 A, 1028 32 | |
b
of this MS. are somewhat unusual. On the a
36 938, centro del mondo, 301, 993, 36
head of many pages there are title lines here 900, A.
' '
30. Mz.
2b 3 (6) 1122,
a V | 3 bV | 4a (6?)> 4
b V the architectural drawing reproduced
5
a
(8 altered in 7) 5
b
|
V |
6 a (9 altered in 8) Vol. II ; p. 67.
the headings. i a Perche la natura non fece lacro del sole e vnico in tutta la spera dell'ac-
i b
equal virtu e potentia nella virtu visiva | qua che vede ed e veduta da esso sole ma pare
perche li razzi de' corpi luminosi si fan tato diuiso in tante parti quanti son li ochi delli
maggiori quanto son piu remoti dal lor nasci- animali che in diversi siti vedono la superfitie
meto 2 a se 1'idolo over simulacro a termi-
|
dell' acqua 6 b La popilla dell' ochio a virtu
|
nato sito sopra dell' ochio o no ... come la visiua tutta per tutto e tutta in ogni sua parte
rettitudine del concorso delle spetie si piega a come la
7 popilla piglia li simulacri delle cose
nello entrare nell'ochio |
2b come le spetie antiposte all' ochio solamente dalla luce e non
b
di qualuche corpo che per alcuno spiraculo dallo obbietto 7 perche la cosa destra non |
passano all'ochio s'inpremon sotto sopra nella pare sinistra nell'ochio 8 a 71 8 b dimostra- | |
a
sua popilla e'l senso le vede diritte 3 come |
tione perche 1' ochio vede adietro a se cose
9 dell' ochio vmano
le cose destre no pajono destre alia virtu visiva, a
poste nelli spati laterati | |
delli obietti li lati destri ne' sinistri e li sinistri spetie delli obbietti infuse per 1'aria. At the
ne' destri 4 b che sia vero che ogni parte
|
end four blank sheets, two bearing the mark S.
della popilla abbia uirtu visiua a dell'ochio
5 |
32. K.'
one Volume with a leather cover inscribed LEO- MDCLXXIV Thenfollowfour blank sheets. i a ||
NARDI VINCI in golden letters. The sheets A, and the mark 44 i b Ma 2 a 1067 2 b
| |
I] || |
Ge a Dividi
of each MS. are separately numbered. Inside | 3 4 libri il trattato delli vccelli in
K b a V b sketch
the cover are the marks and 13. On the first &c. 3 |
i4 I4 of a male j
a + b a Ge ma in black
sheet is the inscription: Commentarii auto- figure i5 15 , 31
| |
b a in ink b
graphi Leonardi Vincii||
Pictoris Archi- ||
chalk 3i 48 |
47 has the mark \
tecti cerissimi
|| quos dono dedit Bibliothe- || ||
O O 47 4 b + I |
cae Ambros. ||
Comes Horatius Archintus
33-
1308 2 a 2 b
1489 | J 1490 3
a
|
Ma 3
b i8 a A |
i8 b + | !9
a 27a Ma | 27
b
1430
na V
|
i b 28 a a
I4 8! 4 a_sa Ge
I I
8b 9+a
| |
32 Ma.
12 a Ma i2 b 1508 a Ge ,b
de fiumi | |
| 13 j
APPENDIX.
496
34. K.3
A Ma 37 a A
i6 b b PL
Ge i2 | 133 16 + | | 17 3 6 749, LXXXII, No. 2 37'' | |
20 b 21 b A b a O
i9
b A
2o a 1073 de | |
chemicals 38 a Ph 38 40 4i a , 41 b
\ | |
M
|
muscoli 22 b 25 a A b
25 113 |
26 a 114 | |
j
V 42 a , 42 b O
| 43
a
44 a 44 b 47 b | |
28 b 29 a aqua del b
27 A
b 28 a 808 a vaso and the mark
2 $b | |
, popilla 48 48 1431 1, |
navilio 29
b
1501, 824 PI. CVIII, No. 2
|
L L48.
3o
a M
3o b 657* 31 I
3i
b
175, O |
sheets are here given in brackets. a on veins, 1434 11. 1-7, 819, 7, 1434 11. 8-17, 796
157 (-B-) j
b muscles a b a
798, 822 15 7 of the spine | 7 \ i67 the heart 370 i69 (Y)thf heart i69 b \ | \
(A A) 810 7 + 80 b
b 80 a (Cn) the spine 1 70 a
|
| \
intestines (o/o)albero delle corde
\ i7o b |
b a
mone 130 |
a
i3o figuratione della mano ,
i82 b + i84 (7) 832/837 i84 b seguita
| |
b
torso i46 head and hand i47 a, I47 b mus-
| \ 2i3 a Ge, Anatomy 2i3 b + 2i4 a, 2i4 b Ge, \ |
a b a Polmone b urine-bladder
e malattie 5 2 embryos, 1432, coitus, 658 1 5 2
1 torso 223
| 223 | \
a b a b
embryos \ I53 1433, intestines i53 embryos, 23 4 1'inpeto del sangue 23 4 la revolutione |
i54 +
b b
i55 coitus, 155 +
a a che vfitio faccino li muscoli delle coste
| i59 muscles |
\
59 +
b l6 a ( l8 ) torso, the heart i6o b 2l8 b
X
I \
+.
i62 a Ge i62 b + a
thefacc\ (-8-) i63 the | |
36. W. L.
i46 Ma
The history of this Volume is given on pp. 482, b
i46 a 62, 130 a
ig8 682 | |
b A
483. Here as in the MS. C. A. the original sheets 683 i99
a
i99 |
200 a sketch
of a head. |
were fixed on the sheets of the volume, but most 2oo b sketchmaps of the Valle Brembana with the
of them have been taken out again. The following names and distances of the villages from Bergamo
references are exclusively to such sheets as are still and Ponte a San Piero up to the Val Tellina,
to be found undetached in this celebrated volume. and of the Val Trompia bet;ceen Brescia and
The size varies greatly. On
the folio No. 124 the lago d'Idro. a
2 03 1438, Ge 203
b Mn |
(containing no drawing at present] is the Spanish sketch for the map on fol. 2i2 a 2i2 a part |
note: ogni falsaua esta y nosecueta. The back of the Arno river 1437 2 1 2 b sketch-plan of |
of some sheets is covered by the mounting. 132 a Florence, 1004 Note, 1016 Note 21 7 a five |
M5 a A 597, PL V, 183, B 66, 270, 78, C water colour drawing of a villa with gardens
276, D 81, 11 2453, "O, 81 11. 1523, 11. (not by Leonardo) \224- sketch-map of the Val
5497* i45 b A 288, B 77, C 80, 47, 87, D
I
di Serio between Bergamo and Ardese, with
79 11. 15, 274, 81 11. 114, 73, 79 11. 612 |
numbers showing the distances between the
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
497
Tillages 224 b small map of the same valley, plan of Imola 1051 and CXVI, No.
|
PI. i
map of the Oglio between Palazzolo and Ponte a
secco: Pontaseg
23 1 map of the river Arno near Florence
confini d' Italia, b b
sketch-map 23 1 whirlpools 234-1 sketch of river 23 4 \
37-
Collection chiefly treat on Anatomy. They vary No. 2 i97 b sketches ig8 a legs 207 209
|
\ \
greatly in size, nor is there any consecutive or- Mn Ph 2io a 799 2io b popilla de'animali
| |
der. The following accoutit of the very rich ma- notturni 21 5 a 358, PL XXII, No. 2 2i 5 b
|
|
terialsmust therefore be confined here to general + 2i9 a 2ig b muscles of the arm 224 a
|
b + +
i veins 224^ 231* 477, PL XXXVI, PL
.
| \ |
2a b + a
PL XXIII, XXXVII
Fo| 233 a A, 2 33 b +
2 3 379, 297,
b
|
235238-1 | |
tomy 23 9 b + 24o a lo 6
per strumento di
|
questo
|
de pasqualibus debet dare etc. by an unknown 241 a 1157, 1358, 844, 1210 241 b + 243 a | |
b P
9 M., drawing of a horse Vol. II p. 24 trees 244^ +\ 245 sketch of fire 245 +
a b
|
\ j
a b
drawings 36 797 36 legs and muscles
\ | \
sketches of horses 250 anatomy. The following \
a intestines b +
45 45 69
a
Mn, 69 b + \ j |
Roman numbers refer to selected drawings with
PL LII, No MSS., most of which are mounted on cartoons:
a b I PL XXXII, 137, 575, 577
mostly sketches 79 79 anatomy of the head \ |
II 170 |
III 356,
8i a
832. anatomy | 83
b + a the muscles
\
PL XXI IV 389 PL XXV | |
V PL XXVI* |
88 b + 92
a
99
a sketches
|
100 standing \
VI 456 |
VII 475 VIII 642, PL IX 688,
|
male figure ioo b + ioi a PI. XXXVIII, \ XLIV X7io, 1413, 878 | | Xl7ii,PLLXXV|
No. 3 ioi b +| io2 a (19. 21) Pl.XXVIII^
|
XII 713, 1175, XIIb 1547 |
XIII 639,714, 852,
No. 7 io2 b + |
a
io3 standing male figitre |
\
1186 |
XIV 715 |
XV 717 |
XVI PL LXXX,
103 b + io4 a PI. VII, No. 5 | io4 b + |
No. 4(reversed in the reproduction) XVII PL \
105, in 114 various sketches H9 a 313 \ LXXXIII, 1103, XVII b 1104 XVIII CII, |
1293- blood-vessels
b
i29 polmone 13 6
a
\ | 1494 XXIV 823 XXV 856 XXVI 868
| | | |
1
44 anatomy, various notes and sketches 1
58
a
\
XXVII 909 XXVIII 1022 XXIX 1140 | | |
Ar i88 b anatomy 190 Ar, Ph i9o anato- b the notices of the various treatises at Windsor
| \ |
38. C. A.
This best known and most voluminous Vo- and the same sheet , I have introduced here, in
lume is composed of loose sheets of various size, addition to the numbers of LeonV s folio sheets,
each folio containing one or more sheets of original second numbers which refer to the separate ori-
MS.. The mounting is the same as in the Volume ginal sheets. In the following description it see-
W. L. Such sheets as have notes on both med to me desirable to refrain from giving detailed
sides are not fixed by their back to the folio accounts of the contents of such sheets, as do
of identification and in order to facilitate a com- sheets,being quite accidental, throws no light
whatever on the connection of the various shi-
parison of the writing on the opposite sides of one
RRR
APPENDIX.
152*451-1 6n
a a * a
the cover is the inscription in golden letters: 1
5 1
1153 449
1
52 45 2 | |
DISEGNI . Dl MACCHINE. |
DELLE . ARTI .
b
986 i53 45 5
b 1180
| 157* 463* 309, 581, |
NARDO DAVINCI RACCOLTI DAD POMPEO i62 b 482'' 955 164* 49o a Ge i64 b 490'' | |
a andi b b
No. 248 . i a
,
i ,
i Q5 |
2a 2a 4 a io a a a
i74 523 184)
Mn 4
a a
|
1553 4 63i, 1359. The fol- n I
b nb M, bombarda |
b
lowing draivings and texts nearly all refer to ma- I76 533 b 7 2 5 176 53~2 b 1446 b
i76 53i b I I
chines 7
a a
I9 1119
a
37 a P I.
|
b
37
b
I
" n 67 i7 8a 536* 374, 271
I i7 9
b
541
b
1353 |
corda b b a a
i85 557 i447 i87 56i Ge, 910
| | |
b a b b
I24 i36o 4i 132-1101 4i i32 A, Antonius | | XXXI, No. i 200-1 594 a 13, 39 201 a 597 a | |
Salualichus. 44 a 13 7 a farai la natomia dell'alie 54, 179, PL IV, No. 4 2oi b 598 b 72 202 b | |
b b
i4O
a ioor
i^o^cana/s 46 i44 150 58 a | \ 1030 2ii b 6i9 b 1031 21 i b 62 i a 1337
| | |
a
1440, 619 7o 207 a 1163, 1442, 619 lionardo | 23 1 b
233-1 700 1013 696 1062
234 702-
b b
191, PL VI, No. i
mio etc- by an unknown hand b b
70 2O7 \ 890 237 II 7i 5 243
b 208 b b
243 727 vaso pieno, Ma
a b b
632, 621 70 1526, 1373, 1525 71 | | 72 7 1379 243
b 616 b 21 i b 1016 PL CIX a 2 4 6 a 733 a
73 1 1378, Ge
a
209 72 73* |
| |
b 22 1 b
847, 1207, 1200, 1335 75 748, PL I 785, fedelissimo amico aviso ti come qui ne di
LXXXI,No.2 76 a 223 a 1530 | passati fu uno (not continued} O Ma |
260 a 793 a
a
225 Ge
voce d'eco a b b 2 6 2 a 799* PL XCIX, No. 3 266 II b
77 77 225 1556, | | 1467 | |
a a b
855 78 228 6io,Pl.XXXVni, No.i,472|
| 8i3 PLLXXXVH, No. i 270^21*1032 |
83
b a a
245 51 85 247 a 1149 |
2 7 2b O sketches of hats 278 85o
83 3* 724, | \
a a
b
27i b 1557 9 4 b
a a Ge 8 57 a 759 a a b b
834 94 27i | 94 | | 284 865 1003 284 865 1479, I |
1093, mi
b a ioo b 3i3 b 286 b 8;o b 7i8 292 a 888*826 292 b
27 98 3o8 354 | | 1177 | | |
a Mn b b Vol.II.
1171, O
b
| 865 mn 1443
b b
|
89i 293 89i
notes about washing,
p.63. |
i2i a
1444 1534 3 x3 95 ia 73 I
b b
376 1558 82 |
i2 383*248, 1449 316* 95 a 1346, 722
8 |
b b
39 8b I5i> 104
a a
132 401 1544 i33 |
a
98o i388, sketch of a river 3 28 983 1345, |
b b a a sketch
70 | 65 I36 4i2 25, 60 | 723 | map: castiglione are-
929 99i
a a b a
montecchio
I37 4i5 593 *39 . I . tino, 329 9g2 sketch map: etc. |
b b b 2io b
42i b ioi2 the Tiber a
I39 4i9 i48s 42o 142! | | | Corneto, Valley of 329 993 1078, |
h b io62 b
43 426 a 1293, PL CXVIH, PL
a
425 96 1
|
r5 6 5 334 b ioi7 b 1564 337 I
598, |
a a a
No. 2 346 1072* 478 349 io85 Vol. II
I
, |
X 35 O 1167 | 372 a
ns6 a 1126
a a b
p. 104 architectural drawing 35o io89 376 68 1473 38o 1357
340 353
|
a II0 a Io6
5 9 354
a a PI.
I
|
LXXXIV j
b b
358 H24 1070, 1450 | 362 a 1 1 97
a
1009, iig8 PL LXXXII, No. 4
a
, |
ii34 a 1295 |
b
362 b ii34 975,1296* | 363 I2o8 a Ar 393 b 1222 b Mn (Last sheet}.
1
3955-
39. The drawings and S. by Leonardo in MS 47. Paris, Collection of drawings in theposses-
theRoyal Library, Turin, are mounted on card. sion of M. Armand; a drawing with MS.
b Mn
Card 7 319, PI. XII 7 25 Mn 17 | | |
note similar to that at Munich and to that in
1182 1 1
| 320 i 1369 Note, PI. I 5 PI. | |
the Collection of A. Morrison, Esq. London.
XLII |
6 PI. CXX. 48. British
Museum, Printroom. Several
40. Florence, Uffizi Collection of drawings drawings by Leonardo 1457 and PL LII, No. 2
:
Frame 115 No. 446 663, 1383. drawing of A and a drawing with MS. notes on warfare.
a machine is on the back. Drawing of Land- 49. A mounted sheetVl. LXII, No. I 664,
scape (2%
T
X
i9 /2 Cm)z'# a portfolio, not exhibited, in possession of K. W. Thibaudeau, Esq. London.
not mounted nor numbered. 1369. 50. Collection of A. Morrison, Esq. (see
41. Venice,Academy of Fine Arts, Room No. 47).
VIII, Frame IV, 16, 315, PI. IX, Frame V 5 1 Collection of the late Prince Henry of the
.
LONDON
BY
LEIPZIG.
n
1
d
^
o> if
> J3
BJ
* g
S
s .-a
< H